The Instructor
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
The 1, chapter 1
1.1.1Stählin 1:89–90
Κεκρότηται κρηπὶς ἀληθείας, ὦ παῖδες ὑμεῖς, ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, ἁγίου νεὼ μεγάλου θεοῦ θεμέλιος γνώσεως ἀρραγής, προτροπὴ καλή, διʼ ὑπακοῆς εὐλόγου ζωῆς ἀιδίου ὄρεξις, νοερῷ καταβληθεῖσα χωρίῳ. τριῶν γέ τοι τούτων περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὄντων, ἠθῶν, πράξεων, παθῶν, ὁ προτρεπτικὸς εἴληχεν τὰ ἤθη αὐτοῦ, θεοσεβείας καθηγεμών, ὁ τροπιδίου δίκην ὑποκείμενος λόγος εἰς οἰκοδομὴν πίστεως, ἐφʼ ᾧ μάλα γανύμενοι καὶ τὰς παλαιὰς ἀπομνύμενοι δόξας πρὸς σωτηρίαν νεάζομεν, ψαλλούσῃ συνᾴδοντες προφητείᾳ »ὡς ἀγαθὸς τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ὁ θεός, τοῖς εὐθέσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ«, πράξεών τε ἁπασῶν λόγος ἐπιστατεῖ ὁ ὑποθετικός, τὰ δὲ πάθη ὁ παραμυθητικὸς ἰᾶται, εἷς ὢν πᾶς ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτος λόγος, τῆς συντρόφου καὶ κοσμικῆς συνηθείας ἐξαρπάζων τὸν ἄνθρωπον, εἰς δὲ τὴν μονότροπον τῆς εἰς τὸν θεὸν πίστεως σωτηρίαν παιδαγωγῶν. ὁ γοῦν οὐράνιος ἡγεμών, ὁ λόγος, ὁπηνίκα μὲν ἐπὶ σωτηρίαν παρεκάλει, προτρεπτικὸς ὄνομα αὐτῷ ἦν (ἰδίως οὗτος ὁ παρορμητικὸς ἐκ μέρους τὸ πᾶν προσαγορευόμενος λόγος· προτρεπτικὴ γὰρ ἡ πᾶσα θεοσέβεια, ζωῆς τῆς νῦν καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ὄρεξιν ἐγγεννῶσα τῷ συγγενεῖ λογισμῷ)· νυνὶ δὲ θεραπευτικός τε ὢν καὶ ὑποθετικὸς ἅμα ἄμφω, ἑπόμενος αὐτὸς αὑτῷ, παραινεῖ τὸν προτετραμμένον, κεφάλαιον, τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν παθῶν ὑπισχνούμενος τὴν ἴασιν. κεκλήσθω δʼ ἡμῖν ἑνὶ προσφυῶς οὗτος ὀνόματι παιδαγωγός, προακτικός, οὐ μεθοδικὸς ὢν [ὁ παιδαγωγός], ᾗ καὶ τὸ τέλος αὐτοῦ βελτιῶσαι τὴν ψυχήν ἐστιν, οὐ διδάξαι, σώφρονός τε, οὐκ ἐπιστημονικοῦ καθηγήσασθαι βίου.
Kekrotētai krēpis alētheias, ō paides hymeis, hēmin autois, hagiou neō megalou theou themelios gnōseōs arragēs, protropē kalē, diʼ hypakoēs eulogou zōēs aidiou orexis, noerǭ katablētheisa chōriǭ. triōn ge toi toutōn peri ton anthrōpon ontōn, ēthōn, praxeōn, pathōn, ho protreptikos eilēchen ta ēthē autou, theosebeias kathēgemōn, ho tropidiou dikēn hypokeimenos logos eis oikodomēn pisteōs, ephʼ hǭ mala ganymenoi kai tas palaias apomnymenoi doxas pros sōtērian neazomen, psallousę̄ synądontes prophēteią »hōs agathos tǭ Israēl ho theos, tois euthesin tę̄ kardią«, praxeōn te hapasōn logos epistatei ho hypothetikos, ta de pathē ho paramythētikos iatai, heis ōn pas ho autos houtos logos, tēs syntrophou kai kosmikēs synētheias exarpazōn ton anthrōpon, eis de tēn monotropon tēs eis ton theon pisteōs sōtērian paidagōgōn. ho goun ouranios hēgemōn, ho logos, hopēnika men epi sōtērian parekalei, protreptikos onoma autǭ ēn (idiōs houtos ho parormētikos ek merous to pan prosagoreuomenos logos; protreptikē gar hē pasa theosebeia, zōēs tēs nyn kai tēs mellousēs orexin engennōsa tǭ syngenei logismǭ); nyni de therapeutikos te ōn kai hypothetikos hama amphō, hepomenos autos hautǭ, parainei ton protetrammenon, kephalaion, tōn en hēmin pathōn hypischnoumenos tēn iasin. keklēsthō dʼ hēmin heni prosphyōs houtos onomati paidagōgos, proaktikos, ou methodikos ōn [ho paidagōgos], hę̄ kai to telos autou beltiōsai tēn psychēn estin, ou didaxai, sōphronos te, ouk epistēmonikou kathēgēsasthai biou.
My children, we have laid a foundation of truth for ourselves: an unbreakable foundation of knowledge for the holy temple of the great God, a noble exhortation, a longing for eternal life through reasonable obedience, laid down in the ground of the mind. There are three things in the human being: character, actions, and passions. The Word who exhorts has taken character as his province: he is the guide to godliness, lying beneath, like a ship's keel, for the building up of faith. Rejoicing greatly in him and renouncing our old opinions, we grow young again for salvation, singing with the prophecy that sings, “How good is God to Israel, to the upright in heart.” Over all our actions the Word who counsels presides, and the passions the Word who consoles heals. Yet it is one and the same Word throughout, snatching the human being from the custom of the world in which he was brought up, and training him in the one salvation of faith in God. So the heavenly guide, the Word, when he was calling us to salvation, had the name “Exhorter” (this word of encouragement is properly called by the name of the whole from a part, for all godliness is exhortation, begetting in the reason that is akin to it a longing for the life that now is and for the life to come). But now, being both healer and counselor at once, following on from himself, he advises the one he has already converted, and, most important of all, promises the healing of the passions within us. Let us give him one fitting name: the Instructor, a guide to practice, not to method, since his aim is to improve the soul, not to teach, and to lead us to a life of self-control, not of knowledge.
1.1.2Stählin 1:90–91
καίτοι καὶ διδασκαλικὸς ὁ αὐτός ἐστι λόγος, ἀλλʼ οὐ νῦν· ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς δογματικοῖς δηλωτικὸς καὶ ἀποκαλυπτικός, ὁ διδασκαλικός, πρακτικὸς δὲ ὢν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς πρότερον μὲν εἰς διάθεσιν ἠθοποιίας προὐτρέψατο, ἤδη δὲ καὶ εἰς τὴν τῶν δεόντων ἐνέργειαν παρακαλεῖ, τὰς ὑποθήκας τὰς ἀκηράτους παρεγγυῶν καὶ τῶν πεπλανημένων πρότερον τοῖς ὕστερον ἐπιδεικνὺς τὰς εἰκόνας. ἄμφω δὲ ὠφελιμώτατα, τὸ μὲν εἰς ὑπακοήν, τὸ παραινετικὸν εἶδος, τὸ δὲ ἐν εἰκόνος μέρει παραλαμβανόμενον διττὸν καὶ αὐτὸ παραπλησίως τῇ προτέρᾳ συζυγίᾳ, τὸ μὲν αὐτοῦ ἵνα μιμώμεθα αἱρούμενοι τὸ ἀγαθόν, τὸ δὲ ὅπως ἐκτρεπώμεθα παραιτούμενοι τὸ θάτερον.
kaitoi kai didaskalikos ho autos esti logos, allʼ ou nyn; ho men gar en tois dogmatikois dēlōtikos kai apokalyptikos, ho didaskalikos, praktikos de ōn ho paidagōgos proteron men eis diathesin ēthopoiias proutrepsato, ēdē de kai eis tēn tōn deontōn energeian parakalei, tas hypothēkas tas akēratous parengyōn kai tōn peplanēmenōn proteron tois hysteron epideiknys tas eikonas. amphō de ōphelimōtata, to men eis hypakoēn, to parainetikon eidos, to de en eikonos merei paralambanomenon ditton kai auto paraplēsiōs tę̄ proterą syzygią, to men autou hina mimōmetha hairoumenoi to agathon, to de hopōs ektrepōmetha paraitoumenoi to thateron.
Yet the same Word is also a teacher, but not now. In matters of doctrine the Teacher explains and reveals; but the Instructor, being practical, first exhorted us to a disposition of good character, and now calls us also to the practice of our duties, giving us pure precepts and showing those who come later the examples of those who went astray before. Both are most useful: the one, the kind that advises, leads to obedience; the other, taken in the form of example, is itself twofold, like the previous pair: in the one part, that we may imitate it by choosing the good; in the other, that we may turn away from it by rejecting the opposite.
1.1.3Stählin 1:91
Ἴασις οὖν τῶν παθῶν ἐνθένδε ἕπεται, κατὰ τὰς παραμυθίας τῶν εἰκόνων ἐπιρρωννύντος τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ ὥσπερ ἠπίοις φαρμάκοις ταῖς ὑποθήκαις ταῖς φιλανθρώποις εἰς τὴν παντελῆ τῆς ἀληθείας γνῶσιν τοὺς κάμνοντας διαιτωμένου. ἴσαι δʼ οὐκ ἔστον ὑγίεια καὶ γνῶσις, ἀλλʼ ἣ μὲν μαθήσει, ἣ δὲ ἰάσει περιγίνεται. οὐκ ἂν οὖν τις νοσῶν ἔτι πρότερόν τι τῶν διδασκαλικῶν ἐκμάθοι πρὶν ἢ τέλεον ὑγιᾶναι· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὡσαύτως πρὸς τοὺς μανθάνοντας ἢ κάμνοντας ἀεὶ τῶν παραγγελμάτων ἕκαστον λέγεται, ἀλλὰ πρὸς οὓς μὲν εἰς γνῶσιν, πρὸς οὓς δὲ εἰς ἴασιν. καθάπερ οὖν τοῖς νοσοῦσι τὸ σῶμα ἰατροῦ χρῄζει, ταύτῃ καὶ τοῖς ἀσθενοῦσι τὴν ψυχὴν παιδαγωγοῦ δεῖ, ἵνʼ ἡμῶν ἰάσηται τὰ πάθη, εἶτα δὲ εἰς διδασκάλου [ὃς] καθηγήσεται, καθαρὰν πρὸς γνώσεως ἐπιτηδειότητα εὐτρεπίζων τὴν ψυχήν, δυναμένην χωρῆσαι τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ λόγου. σπεύδων δὲ ἄρα τελειῶσαι σωτηρίῳ ἡμᾶς βαθμῷ, καταλλήλῳ εἰς παίδευσιν ἐνεργῆ τῇ καλῇ συγχρῆται οἰκονομίᾳ ὁ πάντα φιλάνθρωπος λόγος, προτρέπων ἄνωθεν, ἔπειτα παιδαγωγῶν, ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἐκδιδάσκων.
Iasis oun tōn pathōn enthende hepetai, kata tas paramythias tōn eikonōn epirrōnnyntos tou paidagōgou tas psychas kai hōsper ēpiois pharmakois tais hypothēkais tais philanthrōpois eis tēn pantelē tēs alētheias gnōsin tous kamnontas diaitōmenou. isai dʼ ouk eston hygieia kai gnōsis, allʼ hē men mathēsei, hē de iasei periginetai. ouk an oun tis nosōn eti proteron ti tōn didaskalikōn ekmathoi prin ē teleon hygianai; oude gar hōsautōs pros tous manthanontas ē kamnontas aei tōn parangelmatōn hekaston legetai, alla pros hous men eis gnōsin, pros hous de eis iasin. kathaper oun tois nosousi to sōma iatrou chrę̄zei, tautę̄ kai tois asthenousi tēn psychēn paidagōgou dei, hinʼ hēmōn iasētai ta pathē, eita de eis didaskalou [hos] kathēgēsetai, katharan pros gnōseōs epitēdeiotēta eutrepizōn tēn psychēn, dynamenēn chōrēsai tēn apokalypsin tou logou. speudōn de ara teleiōsai sōtēriǭ hēmas bathmǭ, katallēlǭ eis paideusin energē tę̄ kalę̄ synchrētai oikonomią ho panta philanthrōpos logos, protrepōn anōthen, epeita paidagōgōn, epi pasin ekdidaskōn.
Healing of the passions, then, follows from this, as the Instructor strengthens souls with the consolations of examples, and, as with gentle medicines, treats the sick with his kindly precepts, leading them to the complete knowledge of the truth. Health and knowledge are not the same: the one is gained by learning, the other by healing. No one who is still sick would learn any of the lessons of teaching before being fully healed. For not every precept is spoken in the same way to those who are learning and to those who are sick: some are addressed to some for knowledge, others to others for healing. Just as those sick in body need a physician, so those who are weak in soul need an Instructor, to heal our passions; and then he will lead us to the Teacher, preparing the soul pure and fit for knowledge, able to receive the revelation of the Word. So the all-loving Word, eager to perfect us by a saving gradation, uses a fine plan suited to effective education: first he exhorts, then he trains, and finally he teaches.
The 1, chapter 2
1.2.4Stählin 1:91–92
Ἔοικεν δὲ ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν, ὦ παῖδες ὑμεῖς, τῷ πατρὶ τῷ αὑτοῦ τῷ θεῷ, οὗπέρ ἐστιν υἱός, ἀναμάρτητος, ἀνεπίληπτος καὶ ἀπαθὴς τὴν ψυχήν, θεὸς ἐν ἀνθρώπου σχήματι ἄχραντος, πατρικῷ θελήματι διάκονος, λόγος θεός, ὁ ἐν τῷ πατρί, ὁ ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ πατρός, σὺν καὶ τῷ σχήματι θεός· οὗτος ἡμῖν εἰκὼν ἡ ἀκηλίδωτος, τούτῳ παντὶ σθένει πειρατέον ἐξομοιοῦν τὴν ψυχήν· ἀλλʼ ὃ μὲν ἀπόλυτος εἰς τὸ παντελὲς ἀνθρωπίνων παθῶν, διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ μόνος κριτής, ὅτι ἀναμάρτητος μόνος· ἡμεῖς δέ, ὅση δύναμις, ὡς ὅτι ἐλάχιστα ἁμαρτάνειν πειρώμεθα. κατεπείγει γὰρ οὐδὲν τοσοῦτον ὡς ἡ τῶν παθῶν καὶ νοσημάτων ἀπαλλαγὴ πρῶτον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἡ κώλυσις τῆς εἰς τὴν συνήθειαν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων εὐεμπτωσίας. ἄριστον μὲν οὖν τὸ μηδʼ ὅλως ἐξαμαρτάνειν κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον, ὃ δή φαμεν εἶναι θεοῦ· δεύτερον δὲ τὸ μηδενὸς τῶν κατὰ γνώμην ἐφάψασθαί ποτε ἀδικημάτων, ὅπερ οἰκεῖον σοφοῦ· τρίτον δὲ τὸ μὴ πάνυ πολλοῖς τῶν ἀκουσίων περιπεσεῖν, ὅπερ ἴδιον παιδαγωγουμένων εὐγενῶς· τὸ δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ μήκιστον διατρῖψαι τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι τελευταῖον τετάχθω· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο [δὲ] τοῖς εἰς μετάνοιαν
Eoiken de ho paidagōgos hēmōn, ō paides hymeis, tǭ patri tǭ hautou tǭ theǭ, houper estin huios, anamartētos, anepilēptos kai apathēs tēn psychēn, theos en anthrōpou schēmati achrantos, patrikǭ thelēmati diakonos, logos theos, ho en tǭ patri, ho ek dexiōn tou patros, syn kai tǭ schēmati theos; houtos hēmin eikōn hē akēlidōtos, toutǭ panti sthenei peirateon exomoioun tēn psychēn; allʼ ho men apolytos eis to panteles anthrōpinōn pathōn, dia touto gar kai monos kritēs, hoti anamartētos monos; hēmeis de, hosē dynamis, hōs hoti elachista hamartanein peirōmetha. katepeigei gar ouden tosouton hōs hē tōn pathōn kai nosēmatōn apallagē prōton, epeita de kai hē kōlysis tēs eis tēn synētheian tōn hamartēmatōn euemptōsias. ariston men oun to mēdʼ holōs examartanein kata mēdena tropon, ho dē phamen einai theou; deuteron de to mēdenos tōn kata gnōmēn ephapsasthai pote adikēmatōn, hoper oikeion sophou; triton de to mē pany pollois tōn akousiōn peripesein, hoper idion paidagōgoumenōn eugenōs; to de mē epi mēkiston diatripsai tois hamartēmasi teleutaion tetachthō; alla kai touto [de] tois eis metanoian
Our Instructor, my children, is like God his Father, whose Son he is: sinless, blameless, and without passion in soul; God undefiled in the form of man, minister of the Father's will, the Word who is God, who is in the Father, who is at the Father's right hand, God with the form as well. He is our spotless image; to him we must try with all our strength to make our soul like. He is entirely free from human passions, and that is why he alone is judge, because he alone is sinless; but we, as far as we can, try to sin as little as possible. For nothing is so urgent as, first, to be set free from passions and diseases, and then to be kept from easily falling into the habit of sin. Best of all is not to sin at all in any way, which we say belongs to God; second, never to touch any deliberate wrongdoing, which is proper to the wise man; third, not to fall into very many involuntary sins, which is characteristic of those who are nobly instructed; and let the last place be given to not remaining very long in our sins. But even this is saving for those who are called back to repentance, to renew the fight.
1.2.5Stählin 1:92–93
ἀνακαλουμένοις ἀναμαχέσασθαι σωτήριον. καί μοι δοκεῖ παγκάλως διὰ Μωσέως φάσκειν ὁ παιδαγωγός »ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ αἰφνίδιον, παραχρῆμα μιανθήσεται ἡ κεφαλὴ εὐχῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ ξυρήσεται«, τὴν ἀκούσιον ἁμαρτίαν αἰφνίδιον θάνατον προσειπών· μιαίνειν δὲ αὐτὸν λέγει κηλιδοῦντα τὴν ψυχήν· διὸ καὶ τὴν θεραπείαν ᾗ τάχος ὑποτίθεται ξυρᾶσθαι παραχρῆμα τὴν κεφαλὴν συμβουλεύων, τὰς ἐπισκιαζούσας τῷ λογισμῷ τῆς ἀγνοίας κόμας ἀποψήξασθαι παραινῶν, ὡς γυμνὸν δασείας καταλειφθέντα ὕλης (τῆς κακίας) τὸν λογισμὸν (ἐνθρονίζεται δὲ οὗτος ἐν ἐγκεφάλῳ) ἐπὶ τὴν μετάνοιαν παλινδρομῆσαι. ἔπειτα ὀλίγα προσειπὼν ἐπιφέρει »αἱ δὲ ἡμέραι αἱ πρότεραι ἄλογοι«, διʼ ὧν δῆλον ὅτι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι μηνύονται αἱ μὴ γεγονυῖαι κατὰ λόγον. καὶ τὸ μὲν ἀκούσιον αἰφνίδιον προσεῖπεν, τὸ δὲ ἁμαρτάνειν ἄλογον. οὗ δὴ χάριν ὁ λόγος ὁ παιδαγωγὸς τὴν ἐπιστασίαν εἴληχεν εἰς τὴν ἀλόγου κώλυσιν ἁμαρτίας. σκόπει δὲ ἐνθένδε ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς »διὰ τοῦτο τάδε λέγει κύριος«· τὸ ἁμάρτημα ἐλεγκτικῶς τὸ προυπάρξαν διὰ τῆς ἑπομένης δείκνυται ῥήσεως, καθὸ ἡ δικαία κρίσις ἕπεται, καὶ τοῦτο ἐμφανῶς διὰ τῶν προφητῶν καταφαίνεται, ὡς, εἰ μὴ ἥμαρτες, λεγόντων, οὐκ ἂν τάδε ἠπείλησεν, καὶ »διὰ τοῦτο οὕτως λέγει κύριος« καὶ »ἀνθʼ ὧν οὐκ ἠκούσατε τῶν λόγων τούτων, διὰ τοῦτο τάδε λέγει κύριος« καὶ »διὰ τοῦτο ἰδοὺ λέγει κύριος«. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ ἡ προφητεία, διʼ ὑπακοὴν καὶ παρακοήν, διʼ ἣν μὲν ἵνα σωθῶμεν, διʼ ἣν δὲ ἵνα παιδευθῶμεν.
anakaloumenois anamachesasthai sōtērion. kai moi dokei pankalōs dia Mōseōs phaskein ho paidagōgos »ean tis apothanę̄ epʼ autǭ aiphnidion, parachrēma mianthēsetai hē kephalē euchēs autou kai xyrēsetai«, tēn akousion hamartian aiphnidion thanaton proseipōn; miainein de auton legei kēlidounta tēn psychēn; dio kai tēn therapeian hę̄ tachos hypotithetai xyrasthai parachrēma tēn kephalēn symbouleuōn, tas episkiazousas tǭ logismǭ tēs agnoias komas apopsēxasthai parainōn, hōs gymnon daseias kataleiphthenta hylēs (tēs kakias) ton logismon (enthronizetai de houtos en enkephalǭ) epi tēn metanoian palindromēsai. epeita oliga proseipōn epipherei »hai de hēmerai hai proterai alogoi«, diʼ hōn dēlon hoti hai hamartiai mēnyontai hai mē gegonuiai kata logon. kai to men akousion aiphnidion proseipen, to de hamartanein alogon. hou dē charin ho logos ho paidagōgos tēn epistasian eilēchen eis tēn alogou kōlysin hamartias. skopei de enthende apo tēs graphēs »dia touto tade legei kyrios«; to hamartēma elenktikōs to prouparxan dia tēs hepomenēs deiknytai rhēseōs, katho hē dikaia krisis hepetai, kai touto emphanōs dia tōn prophētōn kataphainetai, hōs, ei mē hēmartes, legontōn, ouk an tade ēpeilēsen, kai »dia touto houtōs legei kyrios« kai »anthʼ hōn ouk ēkousate tōn logōn toutōn, dia touto tade legei kyrios« kai »dia touto idou legei kyrios«. dia touto gar hē prophēteia, diʼ hypakoēn kai parakoēn, diʼ hēn men hina sōthōmen, diʼ hēn de hina paideuthōmen.
(… to renew the fight.) And it seems to me that the Instructor speaks very beautifully through Moses: “If anyone dies suddenly beside him, the head of his vow will immediately be defiled, and he shall be shaved,” calling involuntary sin a “sudden death.” He says it defiles, because it stains the soul; so he prescribes the cure as quickly as possible, advising that the head be shaved at once, that is, urging that the locks of ignorance that overshadow the reason be cut off, so that the reason (which is enthroned in the brain), stripped of the thick growth of wickedness, may run back to repentance. Then, after a few words, he adds: “But the former days were irrational,” by which it is clear that sins are meant, those that were not done according to reason. He called the involuntary “sudden,” and sinning “irrational.” For this reason the Word, the Instructor, has been given charge of preventing irrational sin. See this from the Scripture: “Therefore thus says the Lord.” The sin that came before is shown, by way of reproof, in the saying that follows, since just judgment follows; and this appears plainly through the prophets, as if they were saying, “If you had not sinned, he would not have made these threats”; and “Therefore thus says the Lord,” and “Because you did not hear these words, therefore thus says the Lord,” and “Therefore behold, says the Lord.” For this is why there is prophecy: because of obedience and disobedience; because of the one, that we may be saved, and because of the other, that we may be disciplined.
1.2.6Stählin 1:93–94
Ἔστιν οὖν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν λόγος διὰ παραινέσεων θεραπευτικὸς τῶν παρὰ φύσιν τῆς ψυχῆς παθῶν. κυρίως μὲν γὰρ ἡ τῶν τοῦ σώματος νοσημάτων βοήθεια ἰατρικὴ καλεῖται, τέχνη ἀνθρωπίνῃ σοφίᾳ διδακτή. λόγος δὲ ὁ πατρικὸς μόνος ἐστὶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἰατρὸς ἀρρωστημάτων παιώνιος καὶ ἐπῳδὸς ἅγιος νοσούσης ψυχῆς. »σῶσον τὸν δοῦλόν σου,« φησίν, »ὁ θεός μου, τὸν ἐλπίζοντα ἐπὶ σοί· ἐλέησόν με, κύριε, ὅτι πρὸς σὲ κεκράξομαι ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν.« »ἰατρικὴ μὲν γὰρ« κατὰ Δημόκριτον »σώματος νόσους ἀκέεται, σοφίη δὲ ψυχὴν παθῶν ἀφαιρεῖται«· ὁ δὲ ἀγαθὸς παιδαγωγός, ἡ σοφία, ὁ λόγος τοῦ πατρός, ὁ δημιουργήσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὅλου κήδεται τοῦ πλάσματος, καὶ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν ἀκεῖται αὐτοῦ ὁ πανακὴς τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος ἰατρός. ὁ σωτὴρ »ἀνάστα,« φησὶ τῷ παρειμένῳ, »τὸν σκίμποδα ἐφʼ ὃν κατάκεισαι λαβὼν ἄπιθι οἴκαδε«. παραχρῆμα δὲ ὁ ἄρρωστος ἐρρώσθη. καὶ τῷ τεθνεῶτι »Λάζαρε,« εἶπεν, »ἔξιθι«· ὃ δὲ ἐξῆλθεν τῆς σοροῦ, ὁ νεκρός, οἷος ἦν πρὶν ἢ παθεῖν, μελετήσας τὴν ἀνάστασιν. ναὶ μὴν καὶ καθʼ αὑτὴν ἰᾶται τὴν ψυχὴν ἐντολαῖς καὶ χαρίσμασιν, ἀλλὰ ταῖς μὲν ὑποθήκαις τάχα δὴ μέλλει· χαρίσμασι δὲ πλούσιος »ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι« τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς ἡμῖν λέγει. ἡμεῖς δὲ ἅμα νοήματι νήπιοι γεγόναμεν, τὴν ἀρίστην καὶ βεβαιοτάτην τάξιν παρὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ εὐταξίας μεταλαμβάνοντες, ἣ πρῶτον μὲν ἀμφὶ τὸν κόσμον καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν τάς τε ἡλιακὰς περιδινήσεις κύκλους τε καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἄστρων τὰς φορὰς ἀσχολεῖται διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἔπειτα δὲ περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον αὐτόν, περὶ ὃν ἡ πᾶσα σπουδὴ καταγίνεται· καὶ τοῦτον ἔργον ἡγουμένη μέγιστον, ψυχὴν μὲν αὐτοῦ φρονήσει καὶ σωφροσύνῃ κατηύθυνεν, τὸ δὲ σῶμα κάλλει καὶ εὐρυθμίᾳ συνεκεράσατο, περὶ δὲ τὰς πράξεις τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος τό τε ἐν αὐταῖς κατορθοῦν καὶ τὸ εὔτακτον ἐνέπνευσεν τὸ αὐτῆς.
Estin oun ho paidagōgos hēmōn logos dia paraineseōn therapeutikos tōn para physin tēs psychēs pathōn. kyriōs men gar hē tōn tou sōmatos nosēmatōn boētheia iatrikē kaleitai, technē anthrōpinę̄ sophią didaktē. logos de ho patrikos monos estin anthrōpinōn iatros arrōstēmatōn paiōnios kai epǭdos hagios nosousēs psychēs. »sōson ton doulon sou,« phēsin, »ho theos mou, ton elpizonta epi soi; eleēson me, kyrie, hoti pros se kekraxomai holēn tēn hēmeran.« »iatrikē men gar« kata Dēmokriton »sōmatos nosous akeetai, sophiē de psychēn pathōn aphaireitai«; ho de agathos paidagōgos, hē sophia, ho logos tou patros, ho dēmiourgēsas ton anthrōpon, holou kēdetai tou plasmatos, kai sōma kai psychēn akeitai autou ho panakēs tēs anthrōpotētos iatros. ho sōtēr »anasta,« phēsi tǭ pareimenǭ, »ton skimpoda ephʼ hon katakeisai labōn apithi oikade«. parachrēma de ho arrōstos errōsthē. kai tǭ tethneōti »Lazare,« eipen, »exithi«; ho de exēlthen tēs sorou, ho nekros, hoios ēn prin ē pathein, meletēsas tēn anastasin. nai mēn kai kathʼ hautēn iatai tēn psychēn entolais kai charismasin, alla tais men hypothēkais tacha dē mellei; charismasi de plousios »apheōntai soi hai hamartiai« tois hamartōlois hēmin legei. hēmeis de hama noēmati nēpioi gegonamen, tēn aristēn kai bebaiotatēn taxin para tēs autou eutaxias metalambanontes, hē prōton men amphi ton kosmon kai ton ouranon tas te hēliakas peridinēseis kyklous te kai tōn loipōn astrōn tas phoras ascholeitai dia ton anthrōpon, epeita de peri ton anthrōpon auton, peri hon hē pasa spoudē kataginetai; kai touton ergon hēgoumenē megiston, psychēn men autou phronēsei kai sōphrosynę̄ katēuthynen, to de sōma kallei kai eurythmią synekerasato, peri de tas praxeis tēs anthrōpotētos to te en autais katorthoun kai to eutakton enepneusen to autēs.
Our Instructor, then, is the Word, who by his counsels heals the unnatural passions of the soul. Strictly speaking, the help given for the diseases of the body is called medicine, an art taught by human wisdom; but the Father's Word is the only healer of human infirmities, the physician and holy charmer of the sick soul. “Save your servant,” it says, “my God, who hopes in you; have mercy on me, Lord, for I will cry to you all the day long.” “Medicine,” according to Democritus, “heals the diseases of the body, but wisdom rids the soul of passions.” But the good Instructor, Wisdom, the Word of the Father, who made the human being, cares for the whole of his creature; the all-healing physician of humanity heals both its body and its soul. The Savior says to the paralytic, “Rise, take the couch on which you lie, and go home”; and at once the sick man was made strong. And to the dead man he said, “Lazarus, come out”; and the dead man came out of the coffin, just as he had been before he suffered, having rehearsed the resurrection. Indeed, he heals the soul by itself too, by commandments and by gifts: by his counsels, perhaps, he takes time; but, rich in gifts, he says to us sinners, “Your sins are forgiven you.” And in the same instant we have become children, receiving from his good order the best and most secure order, which is concerned first with the world and the heavens, the courses of the sun and the circuits and movements of the other stars, for the sake of the human being; and then with the human being himself, on whom all its care is spent. Considering him its greatest work, it directed his soul by wisdom and self-control, blended his body with beauty and proportion, and breathed into human actions its own rightness and good order.
The 1, chapter 3
1.3.7Stählin 1:94
Πάντα ὀνίνησιν ὁ κύριος καὶ πάντα ὠφελεῖ καὶ ὡς ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὡς θεός, τὰ μὲν ἁμαρτήματα ὡς θεὸς ἀφιείς, εἰς δὲ τὸ μὴ ἐξαμαρτάνειν παραπαιδαγωγῶν ὡς ἄνθρωπος. εἰκότως ἄρα φίλος ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῷ θεῷ, ἐπεὶ καὶ πλάσμα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα κελεύων μόνον πεποίηκεν, τὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον διʼ αὑτοῦ ἐχειρούργησεν καί τι αὐτῷ ἴδιον ἐνεφύσησεν. τὸ οὖν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπεικονισμένον ἢ ὡς διʼ αὑτὸ αἱρετὸν τῷ θεῷ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ δεδημιούργηται τοῦ θεοῦ ἢ ὡς ἕνεκεν ἄλλου αἱρετὸν διαπέπλασται. εἰ μὲν οὖν διʼ αὑτὸ αἱρετὸν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀγαθὸς ὢν ἀγαθὸν ἠγάπησεν, καὶ τὸ φίλτρον ἔνδον ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, τοῦθʼ ὅπερ ἐμφύσημα εἴρηται θεοῦ· εἰ δὲ ἕνεκεν τῶν ἄλλων ὁ ἄνθρωπος αἱρετὸν γέγονεν, οὐκ ἄλλην αἰτίαν ἔσχεν τοῦ ποιεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς ἢ ὡς οὐκ ἄνευ αὐτοῦ οἵου τε ὄντος τὸν μὲν γενέσθαι δημιουργὸν ἀγαθόν, τὸν δὲ εἰς γνῶσιν ἀφικέσθαι θεοῦ (οὐ γὰρ ἄλλως ἂν τὸ οὗ ἕνεκεν ἄνθρωπος γέγονεν ἐποίησεν ὁ θεός, εἰ μὴ ἄνθρωπος ἐγεγόνει), καὶ ἣν εἶχεν ἐναποκεκρυμμένην ἰσχύν, τὸ βούλεσθαι, ὁ θεὸς διὰ τῆς ἔξωθεν τοῦ πεποιηκέναι προσανεπλήρωσεν δυνάμεως, λαβὼν παρὰ ἀνθρώπου ὃ πεποίηκεν ἄνθρωπον καὶ ὃ εἶχεν εἶδεν καὶ γέγονεν ὃ ἠθέλησεν·
Panta oninēsin ho kyrios kai panta ōphelei kai hōs anthrōpos kai hōs theos, ta men hamartēmata hōs theos aphieis, eis de to mē examartanein parapaidagōgōn hōs anthrōpos. eikotōs ara philos ho anthrōpos tǭ theǭ, epei kai plasma autou estin. kai ta men alla keleuōn monon pepoiēken, ton de anthrōpon diʼ hautou echeirourgēsen kai ti autǭ idion enephysēsen. to oun hypʼ autou kai pros auton apeikonismenon ē hōs diʼ hauto haireton tǭ theǭ hypʼ autou dedēmiourgētai tou theou ē hōs heneken allou haireton diapeplastai. ei men oun diʼ hauto haireton ho anthrōpos, agathos ōn agathon ēgapēsen, kai to philtron endon estin en tǭ anthrōpǭ, touthʼ hoper emphysēma eirētai theou; ei de heneken tōn allōn ho anthrōpos haireton gegonen, ouk allēn aitian eschen tou poiein auton ho theos ē hōs ouk aneu autou hoiou te ontos ton men genesthai dēmiourgon agathon, ton de eis gnōsin aphikesthai theou (ou gar allōs an to hou heneken anthrōpos gegonen epoiēsen ho theos, ei mē anthrōpos egegonei), kai hēn eichen enapokekrymmenēn ischyn, to boulesthai, ho theos dia tēs exōthen tou pepoiēkenai prosaneplērōsen dynameōs, labōn para anthrōpou ho pepoiēken anthrōpon kai ho eichen eiden kai gegonen ho ēthelēsen;
The Lord helps us in all things and benefits us in all things, both as man and as God: as God he forgives our sins, and as man he trains us not to sin. Naturally, then, the human being is dear to God, since he is his creature. The other things he made by command alone, but the human being he shaped with his own hands and breathed into him something of his own. So what was fashioned by him and in his likeness was made by God either because it is desirable to God for its own sake, or it was formed as desirable for the sake of something else. If the human being is desirable for his own sake, then God, being good, loved what is good; and the love charm is within the human being, that very thing which is called God's breath. But if the human being was made desirable for the sake of other things, God had no other reason for making him than that without him God could not have become a good Creator, nor could man have come to the knowledge of God (for God would not otherwise have made that for which the human being was made, had the human being not been made). And the power which God had hidden within himself, his will, he fulfilled by the power of making that was outside him, receiving from man that for which he made man; and he saw what he had, and what he willed came to be.
1.3.8Stählin 1:94–95
οὐδὲν δὲ ὃ μὴ δύναται θεός. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἄρα ὃν πεποίηκεν ὁ θεός, διʼ αὑτὸν αἱρετόν ἐστιν, τὸ δὲ διʼ αὑτὸν αἱρετὸν οἰκεῖόν ἐστιν ὅτῳ περ ἂν ᾖ διʼ αὑτὸν αἱρετόν, τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ἀσμενιστὸν καὶ φιλητόν. ἀλλὰ καὶ φιλητὸν μέν τί ἐστί τινι, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ φιλεῖται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ; φιλητὸς δὲ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἀποδέδεικται, φιλεῖται ἄρα πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος. πῶς γὰρ οὐ φιλεῖται, διʼ ὃν ὁ μονογενὴς ἐκ κόλπων πατρὸς καταπέμπεται λόγος τῆς πίστεως; [ἡ] πίστις ἐκ περιουσίας αὐτὸς σαφῶς ὁ κύριος ὁμολογῶν καὶ λέγων »αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε,« καὶ πάλιν ὁ αὐτὸς »καὶ ἠγάπησας αὐτούς, καθὼς ἐμὲ ἠγάπησας«. τί μὲν οὖν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς βούλεται καὶ τί ἐπαγγέλλεται, ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ διακείμενος καὶ ὑπαγορεύσει μὲν τῶν πρακτέων, ἀπαγορεύσει δὲ τῶν ἐναντίων, ἤδη που δῆλον.
ouden de ho mē dynatai theos. ho anthrōpos ara hon pepoiēken ho theos, diʼ hauton haireton estin, to de diʼ hauton haireton oikeion estin hotǭ per an ę̄ diʼ hauton haireton, toutǭ de kai asmeniston kai philēton. alla kai philēton men ti esti tini, ouchi de kai phileitai hypʼ autou? philētos de ho anthrōpos apodedeiktai, phileitai ara pros tou theou ho anthrōpos. pōs gar ou phileitai, diʼ hon ho monogenēs ek kolpōn patros katapempetai logos tēs pisteōs? [hē] pistis ek periousias autos saphōs ho kyrios homologōn kai legōn »autos gar ho patēr philei hymas, hoti hymeis eme pephilēkate,« kai palin ho autos »kai ēgapēsas autous, kathōs eme ēgapēsas«. ti men oun ho paidagōgos bouletai kai ti epangelletai, en ergǭ kai logǭ diakeimenos kai hypagoreusei men tōn prakteōn, apagoreusei de tōn enantiōn, ēdē pou dēlon.
There is nothing that God cannot do. The human being, then, whom God made, is desirable for his own sake; and what is desirable for its own sake is akin to the one for whom it is desirable for its own sake, and to him it is also welcome and lovable. But can something be lovable to someone and not be loved by him? The human being has been shown to be lovable; so the human being is loved by God. For how can he not be loved, for whose sake the only-begotten is sent down from the bosom of the Father, the Word of faith, faith in abundance? The Lord himself confesses it plainly, saying, “For the Father himself loves you, because you have loved me”; and again, “And you loved them, as you loved me.” What the Instructor wants and what he promises, then, being engaged in both deed and word, prescribing what is to be done and forbidding the opposite, is by now clear.
1.3.9Stählin 1:95
σαφὲς δὲ ὡς ἄρα θάτερον εἶδος τῶν λόγων, τὸ διδασκαλικόν, ἰσχνόν τέ ἐστι καὶ πνευματικόν, ἀκριβολογίας ἐχόμενον, τὸ ἐποπτικόν, ὃ δὴ ὑπερκείσθω τὰ νῦν. καθήκει δʼ ἡμῖν ἀνταγαπᾶν μὲν τὸν καθηγούμενον ἀγαπητικῶς ἀρίστου βίου, βιοῦν δὲ πρὸς τὰ διατάγματα τῆς αὐτοῦ προαιρέσεως, οὐ μόνον ἐπιτελοῦντας τὰ προσταττόμενα ἢ παραφυλάττοντας τὰ ἀπαγορευόμενα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν εἰκόνων τὰς μὲν ἐκτρεπομένους, τὰς δὲ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα μιμουμένους ἐπιτελεῖν καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ, ἵνα δὴ τὸ »κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν« πληρωθῇ. ὡς γὰρ ἐν σκότῳ βαθεῖ ἀλώμενοι τῷ βίῳ ἀπταίστου καὶ ἀκριβοῦς καθοδηγοῦ δεόμεθα. ὁδηγὸς δὲ ἄριστος οὐχὶ τυφλός, καθά φησιν ἡ γραφή, τυφλοὺς εἰς τὸ βάραθρον χειραγωγῶν, ὀξὺ δὲ [ὁ] βλέπων καὶ διορῶν τὰ ἐγκάρδια λόγος. καθάπερ οὖν οὐκ ἔστι φῶς ὃ μὴ φωτίζει οὐδὲ κινοῦν ὃ μὴ κινεῖ οὐδὲ φιλοῦν ὃ μὴ φιλεῖ, οὐδὲ ἀγαθόν ἐστιν ὃ μὴ ὠφελεῖ καὶ εἰς σωτηρίαν καθοδηγεῖ. ἀγαπῶμεν οὖν τὰς ἐντολὰς διʼ ἔργων τοῦ κυρίου (καὶ γὰρ ὁ λόγος αὐτὸς ἐναργῶς σὰρξ γενόμενος τὴν αὐτὴν ἀρετὴν πρακτικὴν ἅμα καὶ θεωρητικὴν ἐπιδεικνύς) καὶ δὴ νόμον ὑπολαμβάνοντες τὸν λόγον, τὰς ἐντολὰς καὶ τὰς ὑποθημοσύνας αὐτοῦ ὡς συντόμους ὁδοὺς καὶ συντόνους εἰς ἀιδιότητα γνωρίσωμεν· πειθοῦς γὰρ ἀνάπλεω, οὐ φόβου, τὰ προστάγματα.
saphes de hōs ara thateron eidos tōn logōn, to didaskalikon, ischnon te esti kai pneumatikon, akribologias echomenon, to epoptikon, ho dē hyperkeisthō ta nyn. kathēkei dʼ hēmin antagapan men ton kathēgoumenon agapētikōs aristou biou, bioun de pros ta diatagmata tēs autou proaireseōs, ou monon epitelountas ta prostattomena ē paraphylattontas ta apagoreuomena, alla kai tōn eikonōn tas men ektrepomenous, tas de hōs eni malista mimoumenous epitelein kathʼ homoiōsin ta erga tou paidagōgou, hina dē to »katʼ eikona kai kathʼ homoiōsin« plērōthę̄. hōs gar en skotǭ bathei alōmenoi tǭ biǭ aptaistou kai akribous kathodēgou deometha. hodēgos de aristos ouchi typhlos, katha phēsin hē graphē, typhlous eis to barathron cheiragōgōn, oxy de [ho] blepōn kai diorōn ta enkardia logos. kathaper oun ouk esti phōs ho mē phōtizei oude kinoun ho mē kinei oude philoun ho mē philei, oude agathon estin ho mē ōphelei kai eis sōtērian kathodēgei. agapōmen oun tas entolas diʼ ergōn tou kyriou (kai gar ho logos autos enargōs sarx genomenos tēn autēn aretēn praktikēn hama kai theōrētikēn epideiknys) kai dē nomon hypolambanontes ton logon, tas entolas kai tas hypothēmosynas autou hōs syntomous hodous kai syntonous eis aidiotēta gnōrisōmen; peithous gar anapleō, ou phobou, ta prostagmata.
It is clear that the other kind of discourse, the teaching kind, is subtle and spiritual, attending to precision: it is the discourse of the higher mysteries, and let it be postponed for now. It is our duty to love in return him who lovingly guides us to the best life, and to live according to the ordinances of his will, not only doing what is commanded and guarding against what is forbidden, but also turning away from some examples and imitating others as closely as possible, so as to do the works of the Instructor in his likeness, that the words “in the image and likeness” may be fulfilled. For wandering in life as in deep darkness, we need a guide who cannot stumble and is accurate. The best guide is not a blind one, who, as the Scripture says, leads the blind by the hand into the pit; but the Word, who sees keenly and discerns the secrets of the heart. Just as there is no light that does not give light, nor mover that does not move, nor lover that does not love, so there is no good that does not benefit and lead to salvation. Let us love, then, the commandments through the works of the Lord (for the Word himself, clearly made flesh, displayed the same virtue as both practical and contemplative); and, taking the Word as law, let us recognize his commandments and counsels as short and swift roads to eternity; for his precepts are full of persuasion, not of fear.
The 1, chapter 4
1.4.10Stählin 1:95–96
Ταύτην τοίνυν πλέον τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἀσπασάμενοι πειθαρχίαν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπιδῶμεν κυρίῳ, τὸν βεβαιότατον τῆς πίστεως αὐτοῦ ἐξαψάμενοι κάλων, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀρετὴν ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς εἶναι νενοηκότες. εἰ γὰρ ἀμφοῖν ὁ θεὸς εἷς, εἷς δὲ καὶ ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἀμφοῖν. μία ἐκκλησία, μία σωφροσύνη, αἰδὼς μία, ἡ τροφὴ κοινή, γάμος συζύγιος, ἀναπνοή, ὄψις, ἀκοή, γνῶσις, ἐλπίς, ὑπακοή, ἀγάπη, ὅμοια πάντα· ὧν δὲ κοινὸς μὲν ὁ βίος, κοινὴ δὲ ἡ χάρις, κοινὴ δὲ καὶ ἡ σωτηρία, κοινὴ τούτων καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ καὶ ἡ ἀγωγή. »ἐν γὰρ τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ«, φησίν, »γαμοῦσι καὶ γαμίσκονται,« ἐν ᾧ δὴ μόνῳ τὸ θῆλυ τοῦ ἄρρενος διακρίνεται, »ἐν ἐκείνῳ δὲ οὐκέτι,« ἔνθα τοῦ κοινωνικοῦ καὶ ἁγίου τούτου βίου τοῦ ἐκ συζυγίας τὰ ἔπαθλα οὐκ ἄρρενι καὶ θηλείᾳ, ἀνθρώπῳ δὲ ἀπόκειται, ἐπιθυμίας διχαζούσης
Tautēn toinyn pleon tēn agathēn aspasamenoi peitharchian sphas autous epidōmen kyriǭ, ton bebaiotaton tēs pisteōs autou exapsamenoi kalōn, tēn autēn aretēn andros kai gynaikos einai nenoēkotes. ei gar amphoin ho theos heis, heis de kai ho paidagōgos amphoin. mia ekklēsia, mia sōphrosynē, aidōs mia, hē trophē koinē, gamos syzygios, anapnoē, opsis, akoē, gnōsis, elpis, hypakoē, agapē, homoia panta; hōn de koinos men ho bios, koinē de hē charis, koinē de kai hē sōtēria, koinē toutōn kai hē aretē kai hē agōgē. »en gar tǭ aiōni toutǭ«, phēsin, »gamousi kai gamiskontai,« en hǭ dē monǭ to thēly tou arrenos diakrinetai, »en ekeinǭ de ouketi,« entha tou koinōnikou kai hagiou toutou biou tou ek syzygias ta epathla ouk arreni kai thēleią, anthrōpǭ de apokeitai, epithymias dichazousēs
Embracing, then, this good obedience still more, let us give ourselves to the Lord, holding fast to the most secure cable of faith in him, and recognizing that the virtue of man and woman is the same. For if the God of both is one, the Instructor of both is also one. One church, one self-control, one modesty; their food is common, marriage a yoke of two; breathing, sight, hearing, knowledge, hope, obedience, love, all are alike. Those whose life is common, whose grace is common, whose salvation is common, have virtue and training in common too. “For in this age,” he says, “they marry and are given in marriage,” in which alone female is distinguished from male; “but in that age no longer.” There the rewards of this shared and holy life of marriage are laid up not for male and female, but for the human being, separated from the desire that divides him.
1.4.11Stählin 1:96
αὐτὸν κεχωρισμένῳ. κοινὸν οὖν καὶ τοὔνομα ἀνδράσιν καὶ γυναιξὶν ὁ ἄνθρωπος. ταύτῃ μοι δοκοῦσιν οἱ Ἀττικοὶ παιδάριον ἐπικοίνως οὐ μόνον τὸ ἄρρεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ θῆλυ κεκληκέναι, εἴ τῳ πιστὸς καταφαίνεται ὁ κωμικὸς ἐν Ῥαπιζομένῃ Μένανδρος ὧδέ πως λέγων τοὐμὸν θυγάτριον,... πάνυ γάρ ἐστι τῇ φύσει φιλάνθρωπον τὸ παιδάριον σφόδρα. ἄρνες δὲ δὴ ἐπίκοινόν ἐστιν ἀφελείας ὄνομα ἄρρενός τε καὶ θήλεος ζῴου· αὐτὸς δὲ ἡμᾶς ὁ »κύριος ποιμαίνει« εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ἀμήν. »ἄνευ δὲ ποιμένος οὔτε πρόβατα οὔτε ἄλλο οὐδέν πω βιωτέον, οὐδὲ δὴ παῖδας ἄνευ τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ, οὐδὲ μὴν οἰκέτας ἄνευ τοῦ δεσπότου.«
auton kechōrismenǭ. koinon oun kai tounoma andrasin kai gynaixin ho anthrōpos. tautę̄ moi dokousin hoi Attikoi paidarion epikoinōs ou monon to arren, alla kai to thēly keklēkenai, ei tǭ pistos kataphainetai ho kōmikos en Rhapizomenę̄ Menandros hōde pōs legōn toumon thygatrion,... pany gar esti tę̄ physei philanthrōpon to paidarion sphodra. arnes de dē epikoinon estin apheleias onoma arrenos te kai thēleos zǭou; autos de hēmas ho »kyrios poimainei« eis tous aiōnas, amēn. »aneu de poimenos oute probata oute allo ouden pō biōteon, oude dē paidas aneu tou paidagōgou, oude mēn oiketas aneu tou despotou.«
(… separated from the desire that divides him.) So the name “human being” is common to men and women. This is why, it seems to me, the Athenians called not only the boy but also the girl by the common name paidarion (“little child”), if the comic poet Menander is to be trusted, who says in The Girl Who Was Slapped: “my little daughter … for the little child (paidarion) is very loving by nature.” And “lambs” is a name for simplicity common to male and female animals; and the “Lord himself shepherds” us forever, amen. “Neither sheep nor anything else should live without a shepherd, nor children without an instructor, nor servants without a master.”
The 1, chapter 5
1.5.12Stählin 1:96–97
Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἡ παιδαγωγία παίδων ἐστὶν ἀγωγή, σαφὲς ἐκ τοῦ ὀνόματος· λοιπὸν δέ ἐστι τοὺς παῖδας ἐπιθεωρῆσαι, οὓς αἰνίττεται ἡ γραφή, εἶτα τὸν παιδαγωγὸν αὐτοῖς ἐπιστῆσαι. οἱ παῖδες ἡμεῖς· πολλαχῶς δὲ ἡμᾶς ἐξυμνεῖ πολυτρόπως τε ἀλληγορεῖ ὀνόμασι ποικίλοις τὸ ἀφελὲς τῆς πίστεως ἐξαλλάττουσα ἡ γραφή. ἐν γοῦν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ· »σταθείς«, φησίν, »ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῷ αἰγιαλῷ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς (ἁλιεύοντες δὲ ἔτυχον) ἐνεφώνησέν [τε], παιδία, μή τι ὄψον ἔχετε;« τοὺς ἤδη ἐν ἕξει τῶν γνωρίμων παῖδας προσειπών. »προσήνεγκάν τε αὐτῷ«, φησί, »παιδία« εἰς χειροθεσίαν εὐλογίας, κωλυόντων δὲ τῶν γνωρίμων, εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς »ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με· τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν.« τί βούλεται τὸ λεχθέν, αὐτὸς διασαφήσει ὁ κύριος λέγων »ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία ταῦτα, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν,« οὐ τὴν ἀναγέννησιν ἐνταῦθα ἀλληγορῶν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐν παισὶν ἁπλότητα εἰς ἐξομοίωσιν παρακατατιθέμενος ἡμῖν. τοὺς παῖδας [ἡμᾶς] καὶ τὸ προφητικὸν ἐκλέγεται πνεῦμα· »δρεψάμενοι«, φησί, »κλάδους ἐλαίας ἢ φοινίκων οἱ παῖδες ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν κυρίῳ καὶ ἐκέκραγον λέγοντες, ὡσαννὰ τῷ υἱῷ Δαβίδ, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου,« φῶς καὶ δόξα καὶ αἶνος μεθʼ ἱκετηρίας τῷ κυρίῳ· τουτὶ
Hoti men oun hē paidagōgia paidōn estin agōgē, saphes ek tou onomatos; loipon de esti tous paidas epitheōrēsai, hous ainittetai hē graphē, eita ton paidagōgon autois epistēsai. hoi paides hēmeis; pollachōs de hēmas exymnei polytropōs te allēgorei onomasi poikilois to apheles tēs pisteōs exallattousa hē graphē. en goun tǭ euangeliǭ; »statheis«, phēsin, »ho kyrios epi tǭ aigialǭ pros tous mathētas (halieuontes de etychon) enephōnēsen [te], paidia, mē ti opson echete?« tous ēdē en hexei tōn gnōrimōn paidas proseipōn. »prosēnenkan te autǭ«, phēsi, »paidia« eis cheirothesian eulogias, kōlyontōn de tōn gnōrimōn, eipen ho Iēsous »aphete ta paidia kai mē kōlyete auta elthein pros me; tōn gar toioutōn estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn.« ti bouletai to lechthen, autos diasaphēsei ho kyrios legōn »ean mē straphēte kai genēsthe hōs ta paidia tauta, ou mē eiselthēte eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn,« ou tēn anagennēsin entautha allēgorōn, alla tēn en paisin haplotēta eis exomoiōsin parakatatithemenos hēmin. tous paidas [hēmas] kai to prophētikon eklegetai pneuma; »drepsamenoi«, phēsi, »kladous elaias ē phoinikōn hoi paides exēlthon eis hypantēsin kyriǭ kai ekekragon legontes, hōsanna tǭ huiǭ Dabid, eulogēmenos ho erchomenos en onomati kyriou,« phōs kai doxa kai ainos methʼ hiketērias tǭ kyriǭ; touti
That the instruction of children (paidagōgia) is the training of children (paides) is clear from the word itself. It remains to consider the children whom Scripture means, and then to set the Instructor over them. We are the children. Scripture praises us in many ways and speaks of us allegorically in many forms, varying the simplicity of faith with a range of names. In the Gospel, for instance, it says: “The Lord stood on the shore and called to the disciples (they happened to be fishing): Children, have you any fish?” calling them children, though they were already disciples. “And they brought to him children,” it says, for the laying on of hands in blessing, and when his disciples prevented them, Jesus said, “Let the children alone, and do not hinder them from coming to me, for of such is the kingdom of heaven.” What the saying means, the Lord himself will make plain, saying, “Unless you turn and become like these children, you will not enter the kingdom of heaven.” Here he is not speaking figuratively of rebirth, but setting before us the simplicity of children for us to imitate. The prophetic Spirit too chooses us as children: “Having cut branches of olive or palm,” it says, “the children went out to meet the Lord and cried out, saying, Hosanna to the son of David; blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.” Light and glory and praise, with supplication, to the Lord: this is what “Hosanna” means when translated into Greek.
1.5.13Stählin 1:97–98
γὰρ ἐμφαίνει ἑρμηνευόμενον Ἑλλάδι φωνῇ τὸ ὡσαννά. καί μοι δοκεῖ ἡ γραφὴ ταύτην αἰνιττομένη τὴν προφητείαν τὴν προειρημένην ἐν ὀνείδους μέρει τοῖς ῥᾳθύμοις ἐγκαλεῖν· »οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων κατηρτίσω αἶνον;« τοῦτό τοι καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ μυωπίζει τοὺς γνωρίμους, προσέχειν αὐτῷ παρορμῶν ὡς ἤδη σπεύδων πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ὀρεκτικωτέρους παρασκευάζων τοὺς ἀκροατὰς μετʼ ὀλίγον ἀπεῖναι προμηνύων, ὡς δέον αὐτοῖς ἀποκαρπίζεσθαι τῆς ἀληθείας ἀφειδέστερον δηλῶν ὅσον οὐδέπω ἀπαίροντος εἰς οὐρανὸν τοῦ λόγου. πάλιν οὖν αὐτοὺς παιδία καλεῖ· φησὶ γὰρ »παιδία, ἔτι μικρὸν μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι.« αὖθίς τε παιδίοις ὁμοιοῖ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν »ἐν ἀγοραῖς καθημένοις καὶ λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε, ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε,« καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τούτοις οἰκείως ἐπήγαγεν. καὶ οὔτι γε μόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ταύτῃ φρονεῖ, ὁμοδοξεῖ δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ἡ προφητεία. λέγει γοῦν Δαβὶδ »αἰνεῖτε, παῖδες, κύριον, αἰνεῖτε τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου.« λέγει δὲ καὶ διὰ Ἡσαΐου »ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ καὶ τὰ παιδία, ἅ μοι ἔδωκεν ὁ θεός.«
gar emphainei hermēneuomenon Helladi phōnę̄ to hōsanna. kai moi dokei hē graphē tautēn ainittomenē tēn prophēteian tēn proeirēmenēn en oneidous merei tois rhąthymois enkalein; »oudepote anegnōte hoti ek stomatos nēpiōn kai thēlazontōn katērtisō ainon?« touto toi kai ho kyrios en tǭ euangeliǭ myōpizei tous gnōrimous, prosechein autǭ parormōn hōs ēdē speudōn pros ton patera, orektikōterous paraskeuazōn tous akroatas metʼ oligon apeinai promēnyōn, hōs deon autois apokarpizesthai tēs alētheias apheidesteron dēlōn hoson oudepō apairontos eis ouranon tou logou. palin oun autous paidia kalei; phēsi gar »paidia, eti mikron methʼ hymōn eimi.« authis te paidiois homoioi tēn basileian tōn ouranōn »en agorais kathēmenois kai legousin, ēulēsamen hymin kai ouk ōrchēsasthe, ethrēnēsamen kai ouk ekopsasthe,« kai hosa alla toutois oikeiōs epēgagen. kai outi ge monon to euangelion tautę̄ phronei, homodoxei de autǭ kai hē prophēteia. legei goun Dabid »aineite, paides, kyrion, aineite to onoma kyriou.« legei de kai dia Hēsaïou »idou egō kai ta paidia, ha moi edōken ho theos.«
(… when translated into Greek.) And it seems to me that Scripture, alluding to the prophecy just mentioned, rebukes the careless: “Have you never read, Out of the mouths of infants and nursing babes you have prepared praise?” So too in the Gospel the Lord spurs on his disciples, urging them to attend to him as one already hastening to the Father, making his hearers more eager by telling them in advance that he will soon be gone, and showing them that they must gather the fruit of the truth all the more generously, since the Word was about to depart for heaven. So again he calls them children: “Little children, yet a little while I am with you.” And again he likens the kingdom of heaven to children “sitting in the marketplaces and saying, We played the flute for you and you did not dance; we mourned and you did not lament,” and the other things he added in keeping with these. And not only the Gospel thinks so; prophecy agrees with it. David says, “Praise the Lord, you children; praise the name of the Lord.” And he says through Isaiah, “Behold, I and the children whom God has given me.”
1.5.14Stählin 1:98
Θαυμάζεις ἀκούων τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς ἐν ἔθνεσι παῖδας παρὰ κυρίῳ; οὔ μοι δοκεῖς Ἀττικῆς ἐπαΐειν φωνῆς, παρʼ ἧς ἔστιν ἐκμαθεῖν τὰς καλὰς καὶ ὡραίας, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἐλευθέρας νεάνιδας παιδίσκας καλουμένας, παιδισκάρια δὲ τὰς δούλας, [καὶ] νεάνιδας δὲ καὶ αὐτάς, πρὸς τὸ εὐθαλὲς τῆς παιδικῆς ἡλικίας ὑποκοριστικῶς τιμωμένας. καὶ »τὰ ἀρνία δέ μου«, ὅταν λέγῃ, »στήτω ἐκ δεξιῶν«, τοὺς ἀφελεῖς αἰνίττεται, παῖδας ὡς ἄρνας, οὐκ ἄνδρας ὡς πρόβατα ὄντας κατὰ γένος· τὰ δὲ ἀρνία προνομίας ἠξίωσεν, τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἁπαλότητα καὶ ἁπλότητα τῆς διανοίας, τὴν ἀκακίαν, προτιμῶν. αὖθίς τε ὅταν φῇ »ὡς μοσχάρια γαλαθηνά,« ἡμᾶς πάλιν ἀλληγορεῖ, καὶ »ὡς περιστερὰν ἄκακον καὶ ἄχολον«, πάλιν ἡμᾶς. νεοττούς τε ἔτι δύο περιστερῶν ἢ τρυγόνων ζεῦγος ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτίας κελεύει διὰ Μωσέως προσφέρεσθαι, τὸ ἀναμάρτητον τῶν ἁπαλῶν καὶ ἄκακον καὶ ἀμνησίκακον τῶν νεοττῶν εὐπρόσδεκτον εἶναι λέγων τῷ θεῷ καὶ τὸ ὅμοιον τοῦ ὁμοίου καθάρσιον ὑφηγούμενος· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ δειλὸν τῶν τρυγόνων τὴν πρὸς τὰς ἁμαρτίας εὐλάβειαν ὑποτυποῦται. ὅτι δὲ ἡμᾶς τοὺς νεοττοὺς λέγει, μάρτυς ἡ γραφή· »ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις συνάγει τὰ νοσσία ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτῆς«, οὕτως ἐσμὲν νεοττοὶ κυρίου, θαυμαστῶς πάνυ καὶ μυστικῶς τοῦ λόγου τὴν ἁπλότητα τῆς ψυχῆς εἰς ἡλικίαν ὑπογραφομένου παιδικήν. πῇ μὲν γὰρ παῖδας ἡμᾶς καλεῖ, πῇ δὲ νεοττούς, ἔσθʼ ὅτε δὲ νηπίους, υἱοὺς δὲ ἀλλαχόθι καὶ τέκνα πολλάκις καὶ λαὸν νέον καὶ λαὸν καινόν· »τοῖς δὲ δούλοις μου«, φησί, »κληθήσεται ὄνομα καινόν« (νέον ὄνομα λέγει τὸ καινὸν καὶ ἀίδιον, ἄχραντον καὶ ἁπλοῦν καὶ νήπιον καὶ ἀληθινόν),
Thaumazeis akouōn tous andras tous en ethnesi paidas para kyriǭ? ou moi dokeis Attikēs epaïein phōnēs, parʼ hēs estin ekmathein tas kalas kai hōraias, eti de kai eleutheras neanidas paidiskas kaloumenas, paidiskaria de tas doulas, [kai] neanidas de kai autas, pros to euthales tēs paidikēs hēlikias hypokoristikōs timōmenas. kai »ta arnia de mou«, hotan legę̄, »stētō ek dexiōn«, tous apheleis ainittetai, paidas hōs arnas, ouk andras hōs probata ontas kata genos; ta de arnia pronomias ēxiōsen, tēn en anthrōpois hapalotēta kai haplotēta tēs dianoias, tēn akakian, protimōn. authis te hotan phę̄ »hōs moscharia galathēna,« hēmas palin allēgorei, kai »hōs peristeran akakon kai acholon«, palin hēmas. neottous te eti dyo peristerōn ē trygonōn zeugos hyper hamartias keleuei dia Mōseōs prospheresthai, to anamartēton tōn hapalōn kai akakon kai amnēsikakon tōn neottōn euprosdekton einai legōn tǭ theǭ kai to homoion tou homoiou katharsion hyphēgoumenos; alla kai to deilon tōn trygonōn tēn pros tas hamartias eulabeian hypotypoutai. hoti de hēmas tous neottous legei, martys hē graphē; »hon tropon ornis synagei ta nossia hypo tas pterygas autēs«, houtōs esmen neottoi kyriou, thaumastōs pany kai mystikōs tou logou tēn haplotēta tēs psychēs eis hēlikian hypographomenou paidikēn. pę̄ men gar paidas hēmas kalei, pę̄ de neottous, esthʼ hote de nēpious, huious de allachothi kai tekna pollakis kai laon neon kai laon kainon; »tois de doulois mou«, phēsi, »klēthēsetai onoma kainon« (neon onoma legei to kainon kai aidion, achranton kai haploun kai nēpion kai alēthinon),
Are you surprised to hear that men from among the nations are children before the Lord? You do not seem to me to understand the Attic language, from which one can learn that beautiful, lovely, and freeborn young women are called paidiskai (“girls”), and slave women paidiskaria, though these too are young women, honored with a diminutive on account of the bloom of youth. And when he says, “Let my lambs stand on the right,” he means the simple, children like lambs, not men like sheep by kind; and he has given the lambs a privilege, preferring gentleness and simplicity of mind in human beings, innocence. And again when he says, “like suckling calves,” he speaks allegorically of us again; and “like a dove, innocent and without gall,” us again. And through Moses he commands two young doves or a pair of turtledoves to be offered for sin, saying that the sinlessness, innocence, and forgiving nature of the tender young birds is acceptable to God, and suggesting that like purifies like; and the timidity of turtledoves figures caution toward sins. That he calls us the young birds, Scripture bears witness: “as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings”; so we are the Lord's chicks, the Word most wonderfully and mystically describing the simplicity of the soul in terms of the age of childhood. For sometimes he calls us children, sometimes chicks, sometimes infants, elsewhere sons, often little children, and a young people and a new people: “My servants,” he says, “shall be called by a new name” (by “new” name he means fresh and eternal, pure and simple and childlike and true),
1.5.15Stählin 1:98–99
»ὃ εὐλογηθήσεται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.« ἀλληγορῶν δὲ αὖθις ἡμᾶς πώλους καλεῖ, τοὺς ἀζυγεῖς κακίᾳ, τοὺς ἀδαμάστους πονηρίᾳ, ἀφελεῖς δὲ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν μόνον τὸν πατέρα σκιρτητικούς, οὐχὶ »τοὺς ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν πλησίον γυναιξὶν χρεμετίζοντας ἵππους, τοὺς ὑποζυγίους καὶ θηλυμανεῖς,« ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ νεογνούς, τοὺς γαύρους διὰ τὴν πίστιν, τοὺς εἰς ἀλήθειαν εὐδρόμους, τοὺς ταχεῖς πρὸς σωτηρίαν, τοὺς καταπατοῦντας καὶ κροαίνοντας τὰ κοσμικά. »χαῖρε σφόδρα, θύγατερ Σιών· κήρυσσε, θύγατερ Ἱερουσαλήμ· ἰδοὺ ὁ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεταί σοι δίκαιος [πραῢς] καὶ σῴζων, καὶ αὐτὸς πρᾶος καὶ ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὑποζύγιον καὶ πῶλον νέον.« οὐκ ἤρκει τὸ πῶλον εἰρηκέναι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ νέον προσέθηκεν αὐτῷ, τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ νεολαίαν τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος καὶ ἀγήρω μετὰ ἁπλότητος ἀιδιότητα ἐμφαίνων. τοιούτους δὲ ἡμᾶς νέους πώλους τοὺς νηπίους ὁ θεῖος ἡμῶν πωλοδάμνης ἀνατρέφει. εἰ δὲ καὶ ὄνος εἴη ὁ νέος ἐν τῇ γραφῇ, πλὴν ἀλλὰ πῶλος ὄνος καὶ οὗτος. »καὶ τὸν πῶλον«, φησί, »προσέδησεν ἀμπέλῳ·« τὸν ἁπλοῦν τοῦτον καὶ νήπιον λαὸν τῷ λόγῳ προσδήσας, ὃν ἄμπελον ἀλληγορεῖ· φέρει γὰρ οἶνον ἡ ἄμπελος, ὡς αἷμα ὁ λόγος, ἄμφω δὲ ἀνθρώποις ποτὸν εἰς σωτηρίαν, ὁ μὲν οἶνος τῷ σώματι, τὸ δὲ αἷμα τῷ πνεύματι. ὡς δὲ καὶ ἄρνας ἡμᾶς λέγει, ἐχέγγυος μάρτυς διὰ Ἡσαΐου τὸ πνεῦμα· »ὡς ποιμὴν ποιμανεῖ τὸ ποίμνιον αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ βραχίονι αὐτοῦ συλλέξει ἄρνας,« τὸ ἔτι ἁπαλώτερον τῶν προβάτων εἰς ἀφέλειαν ἄρνας ἀλληγορῶν.
»ho eulogēthēsetai epi tēs gēs.« allēgorōn de authis hēmas pōlous kalei, tous azygeis kakią, tous adamastous ponērią, apheleis de kai pros auton monon ton patera skirtētikous, ouchi »tous epi tais tōn plēsion gynaixin chremetizontas hippous, tous hypozygious kai thēlymaneis,« alla tous eleutherous kai neognous, tous gaurous dia tēn pistin, tous eis alētheian eudromous, tous tacheis pros sōtērian, tous katapatountas kai kroainontas ta kosmika. »chaire sphodra, thygater Siōn; kērysse, thygater Hierousalēm; idou ho basileus sou erchetai soi dikaios [praÿs] kai sǭzōn, kai autos praos kai epibebēkōs epi hypozygion kai pōlon neon.« ouk ērkei to pōlon eirēkenai monon, alla kai to neon prosethēken autǭ, tēn en Christǭ neolaian tēs anthrōpotētos kai agērō meta haplotētos aidiotēta emphainōn. toioutous de hēmas neous pōlous tous nēpious ho theios hēmōn pōlodamnēs anatrephei. ei de kai onos eiē ho neos en tę̄ graphę̄, plēn alla pōlos onos kai houtos. »kai ton pōlon«, phēsi, »prosedēsen ampelǭ;« ton haploun touton kai nēpion laon tǭ logǭ prosdēsas, hon ampelon allēgorei; pherei gar oinon hē ampelos, hōs haima ho logos, amphō de anthrōpois poton eis sōtērian, ho men oinos tǭ sōmati, to de haima tǭ pneumati. hōs de kai arnas hēmas legei, echengyos martys dia Hēsaïou to pneuma; »hōs poimēn poimanei to poimnion autou kai tǭ brachioni autou syllexei arnas,« to eti hapalōteron tōn probatōn eis apheleian arnas allēgorōn.
“which shall be blessed on the earth.” And again, figuratively, he calls us colts: unyoked by vice, unbroken by wickedness, simple, and frisking toward the Father alone; not “horses neighing after their neighbors' wives,” beasts of burden mad for females, but free and newborn, spirited through faith, swift runners toward truth, quick to salvation, trampling and stamping on the things of the world. “Rejoice greatly, daughter of Zion; proclaim it, daughter of Jerusalem: behold, your king comes to you, righteous [meek] and saving, and he is gentle and riding on a beast of burden and a young colt.” It was not enough to say “colt”; he added “young” as well, showing the youthfulness of humanity in Christ and its ageless eternity together with simplicity. Such young colts, us infants, our divine colt-tamer rears. And even if the young animal in the Scripture is an ass, still it too is a colt. “And he tied the colt to the vine,” it says: tying this simple and infant people to the Word, whom he calls figuratively a vine. For the vine bears wine, as the Word bears blood, and both are drink for human beings for salvation: the wine for the body, the blood for the spirit. And that he also calls us lambs, the Spirit is a trustworthy witness through Isaiah: “As a shepherd he will shepherd his flock, and gather the lambs with his arm,” calling figuratively “lambs” the part of the flock still more tender in simplicity.
1.5.16Stählin 1:99–100
Ἀμέλει καὶ ἡμεῖς τὰ κάλλιστα καὶ τελεώτατα τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ κτημάτων παιδικῇ προσηγορίᾳ τιμήσαντες παιδείαν καὶ παιδαγωγίαν κεκλήκαμεν. παιδαγωγίαν δὲ ὁμολογοῦμεν εἶναι ἀγωγὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐκ παίδων πρὸς ἀρετήν. ἐμφαντικώτερον δʼ οὖν ἡμῖν ἀποκαλύπτων ὁ κύριος τὸ σημαινόμενον ἐκ τῆς παιδίον προσηγορίας »γενομένης ζητήσεως ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις, ὅστις αὐτῶν εἴη μείζων, ἔστησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν μέσῳ παιδίον εἰπών· ὃς ἐὰν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινώσῃ ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο, οὗτος μείζων ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν.« οὐκ ἄρα κατακέχρηται τῇ τῶν παιδίων προσηγορίᾳ ὡς ἀλογίστων ἡλικίᾳ, ᾗ τισιν ἔδοξεν, οὐδʼ ἂν εἴπῃ »ἢν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία ταῦτα, οὐκ εἰσελεύσεσθε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ,« ἀμαθῶς ἐκδεκτέον. οὐκ ἄρʼ ἔτι κυλιόμεθα οἱ νήπιοι χαμαὶ οὐδὲ ἕρπομεν ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν ἐπὶ γῆς ὄφεων δίκην, ὅλῳ τῷ σώματι περὶ τὰς ἀνοήτους ἐπιθυμίας ἐλυσπώμενοι, ἀνατεινόμενοι δὲ ἄνω τῇ ἐννοίᾳ, κόσμῳ καὶ ἁμαρτίαις ἀποτεταγμένοι, »ὀλίγῳ ποδὶ ἐφαπτόμενοι τῆς γῆς,« ὅσον ἐν κόσμῳ εἶναι δοκεῖν, σοφίαν μεταδιώκομεν ἁγίαν· μωρία δὲ αὕτη τοῖς εἰς πανουργίαν ἠκονημένοις δοκεῖ.
Amelei kai hēmeis ta kallista kai teleōtata tōn en tǭ biǭ ktēmatōn paidikę̄ prosēgorią timēsantes paideian kai paidagōgian keklēkamen. paidagōgian de homologoumen einai agōgēn agathēn ek paidōn pros aretēn. emphantikōteron dʼ oun hēmin apokalyptōn ho kyrios to sēmainomenon ek tēs paidion prosēgorias »genomenēs zētēseōs en tois apostolois, hostis autōn eiē meizōn, estēsen ho Iēsous en mesǭ paidion eipōn; hos ean heauton tapeinōsę̄ hōs to paidion touto, houtos meizōn estin en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn.« ouk ara katakechrētai tę̄ tōn paidiōn prosēgorią hōs alogistōn hēlikią, hę̄ tisin edoxen, oudʼ an eipę̄ »ēn mē genēsthe hōs ta paidia tauta, ouk eiseleusesthe eis tēn basileian tou theou,« amathōs ekdekteon. ouk arʼ eti kyliometha hoi nēpioi chamai oude herpomen hōs to prosthen epi gēs opheōn dikēn, holǭ tǭ sōmati peri tas anoētous epithymias elyspōmenoi, anateinomenoi de anō tę̄ ennoią, kosmǭ kai hamartiais apotetagmenoi, »oligǭ podi ephaptomenoi tēs gēs,« hoson en kosmǭ einai dokein, sophian metadiōkomen hagian; mōria de hautē tois eis panourgian ēkonēmenois dokei.
Indeed, we too have honored the finest and most perfect possessions in life with a name drawn from childhood, calling them education (paideia) and instruction (paidagōgia). We agree that instruction is good training from childhood toward virtue. The Lord reveals to us more expressively what is meant by the name “child”: “When a question arose among the apostles as to which of them was greatest, Jesus set a child in their midst, saying, Whoever humbles himself like this child, he is greatest in the kingdom of heaven.” So he did not use the name “children” for the age of those who lack reason, as some have thought; nor, when he says, “Unless you become like these children, you will not enter the kingdom of God,” is it to be taken ignorantly. We infants no longer roll on the ground, nor creep on the earth like snakes as before, wriggling with our whole body around senseless desires; but, stretched upward in our thought, having renounced the world and sins, “touching the earth with a light foot,” only so far as to seem to be in the world, we pursue holy wisdom, which seems folly to those who are sharpened for knavery.
1.5.17Stählin 1:100
Παῖδες οὖν εἰκότως οἱ θεὸν μόνον ἐγνωκότες πατέρα ἀφελεῖς καὶ νήπιοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι, οἱ κεράτων μονοκερώτων ἐρασταί. τοῖς γοῦν προβεβηκόσιν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ταύτην ἐπεκήρυξεν τὴν φωνὴν ἀφροντιστεῖν κελεύων τῶν τῇδε πραγμάτων καὶ μόνῳ προσέχειν τῷ πατρὶ παραινῶν μιμουμένους τὰ παιδία. διὸ κἀν τοῖς ἐχομένοις λέγει »μὴ μεριμνᾶτε περὶ τῆς αὔριον· ἀρκετὸν γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς.« οὕτως ἀποθεμένους τὰς τοῦ βίου φροντίδας ἐξέχεσθαι μόνου τοῦ πατρὸς παραγγέλλει. καὶ ὁ πληρῶν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην τῷ ὄντι νήπιός τέ ἐστι καὶ παῖς θεῷ τε καὶ τῷ κόσμῳ, τῷ μὲν ὡς πεπλανημένος, τῷ δὲ ὡς ἠγαπημένος. εἰ δὲ »εἷς διδάσκαλος ἐν οὐρανοῖς,« ὥς φησιν ἡ γραφή, ὁμολογουμένως, οἱ ἐπὶ γῆς εἰκότως ἂν πάντες κεκλήσονται μαθηταί.
Paides oun eikotōs hoi theon monon egnōkotes patera apheleis kai nēpioi kai akeraioi, hoi keratōn monokerōtōn erastai. tois goun probebēkosin en tǭ logǭ tautēn epekēryxen tēn phōnēn aphrontistein keleuōn tōn tę̄de pragmatōn kai monǭ prosechein tǭ patri parainōn mimoumenous ta paidia. dio kan tois echomenois legei »mē merimnate peri tēs aurion; arketon gar tę̄ hēmerą hē kakia autēs.« houtōs apothemenous tas tou biou phrontidas exechesthai monou tou patros parangellei. kai ho plērōn tēn entolēn tautēn tǭ onti nēpios te esti kai pais theǭ te kai tǭ kosmǭ, tǭ men hōs peplanēmenos, tǭ de hōs ēgapēmenos. ei de »heis didaskalos en ouranois,« hōs phēsin hē graphē, homologoumenōs, hoi epi gēs eikotōs an pantes keklēsontai mathētai.
Rightly, then, those who have known God alone as Father are children: simple, infant, and pure, lovers of the unicorn's horns. To those who have advanced in the Word he proclaimed this saying, commanding them to take no thought for the affairs of this world and urging them to attend to the Father alone, imitating children. So in what follows he says: “Do not be anxious about tomorrow; sufficient for the day is its own evil.” So he commands them to lay aside the cares of life and to hold fast to the Father alone. And whoever fulfills this commandment is truly an infant and a child both to God and to the world: to the world as one who has gone astray, to God as one beloved. And if, as Scripture says, there is “one teacher in heaven,” then all on earth may rightly be called disciples.
1.5.18Stählin 1:100–101
ἔχει γὰρ οὕτως τὸ ἀληθές, τὸ μὲν τέλειον εἶναι παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ τῷ διδάσκοντι ἀεί, τὸ δὲ παιδικὸν καὶ νήπιον παρʼ ἡμῖν τοῖς ἀεὶ μανθάνουσιν. ταύτῃ τοι ἡ προφητεία τὸ τέλειον τῇ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τετίμηκεν προσηγορίᾳ καὶ διά γε τοῦ Δαβὶδ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ διαβόλου »ἄνδρα αἱμάτων« φησὶ »βδελύσσεται κύριος«, ἄνδρα αὐτὸν ὡς τέλειον ἐν κακίᾳ καλεῖ· λέγεται δὲ καὶ ὁ κύριος ἀνὴρ διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν τέλειον ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ. αὐτίκα γοῦν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐπιστέλλων πρὸς Κορινθίους φησίν· »ἡρμοσάμην γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀνδρὶ παρθένον ἁγνὴν παραστῆσαι τῷ Χριστῷ«, εἴτε ὡς νηπίους καὶ ἁγίους πλὴν ἀλλὰ τῷ μόνῳ κυρίῳ. σαφέστατα δὲ Ἐφεσίοις γράφων ἀπεκάλυψεν τὸ ζητούμενον ὧδέ πως λέγων· »μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον, εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἵνα μηκέτι ὦμεν νήπιοι, κλυδωνιζόμενοι καὶ περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἐν τῇ κυβείᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν πανουργίᾳ πρὸς τὴν μεθοδείαν τῆς πλάνης, ἀληθεύοντες δὲ ἐν ἀγάπῃ αὐξήσωμεν εἰς αὐτὸν τὰ πάντα·« ταῦτα λέγων »εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος Χριστοῦ«, »ὅς ἐστι κεφαλή« καὶ ἀνὴρ ὁ μόνος ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ τέλειος. ἡμεῖς δὲ οἱ νήπιοι τοὺς παραφυσῶντας εἰς φυσίωσιν φυλαξάμενοι τῶν αἱρέσεων ἀνέμους καὶ μὴ καταπιστεύοντες τοῖς ἄλλους ἡμῖν νομοθετοῦσι πατέρας, τελειούμεθα τότε, ὅτε ἐσμὲν ἐκκλησία τὴν κεφαλήν, τὸν Χριστόν, ἀπειληφότες.
echei gar houtōs to alēthes, to men teleion einai para tǭ kyriǭ tǭ didaskonti aei, to de paidikon kai nēpion parʼ hēmin tois aei manthanousin. tautę̄ toi hē prophēteia to teleion tę̄ tou andros tetimēken prosēgorią kai dia ge tou Dabid epi men tou diabolou »andra haimatōn« phēsi »bdelyssetai kyrios«, andra auton hōs teleion en kakią kalei; legetai de kai ho kyrios anēr dia to einai auton teleion en dikaiosynę̄. autika goun ho apostolos epistellōn pros Korinthious phēsin; »hērmosamēn gar hymas heni andri parthenon hagnēn parastēsai tǭ Christǭ«, eite hōs nēpious kai hagious plēn alla tǭ monǭ kyriǭ. saphestata de Ephesiois graphōn apekalypsen to zētoumenon hōde pōs legōn; »mechri katantēsōmen hoi pantes eis tēn henotēta tēs pisteōs kai tēs epignōseōs tou theou, eis andra teleion, eis metron hēlikias tou plērōmatos tou Christou, hina mēketi ōmen nēpioi, klydōnizomenoi kai peripheromenoi panti anemǭ tēs didaskalias en tę̄ kybeią tōn anthrōpōn, en panourgią pros tēn methodeian tēs planēs, alētheuontes de en agapę̄ auxēsōmen eis auton ta panta;« tauta legōn »eis oikodomēn tou sōmatos Christou«, »hos esti kephalē« kai anēr ho monos en dikaiosynę̄ teleios. hēmeis de hoi nēpioi tous paraphysōntas eis physiōsin phylaxamenoi tōn haireseōn anemous kai mē katapisteuontes tois allous hēmin nomothetousi pateras, teleioumetha tote, hote esmen ekklēsia tēn kephalēn, ton Christon, apeilēphotes.
For this is how the truth stands: perfection is always with the Lord who teaches, and childhood and infancy with us who are always learning. So prophecy has honored the perfect with the name “man.” Through David, speaking of the devil, it says, “The Lord abhors a man of blood,” calling him “man” as perfect in wickedness; and the Lord too is called “man” because he is perfect in righteousness. So the apostle, writing to the Corinthians, says: “For I betrothed you to one man, to present you as a pure virgin to Christ,” whether as infants and holy, but in any case to the Lord alone. Writing to the Ephesians, he revealed most clearly what we are seeking, saying: “Until we all attain to the unity of the faith and of the knowledge of God, to a perfect man, to the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ, so that we may no longer be infants, tossed to and fro and carried about by every wind of doctrine, by the trickery of men, by craftiness in deceitful scheming; but speaking the truth in love, we may grow up in all things into him.” He says this “for the building up of the body of Christ,” “who is the head,” and the only man perfect in righteousness. And we infants, guarding against the winds of the heresies that puff us up with pride, and not trusting those who set up other fathers for us, are perfected when we are the church, having received the head, Christ.
1.5.19Stählin 1:101
Ἐνταῦθα ἐπιστῆσαι δίκαιον τῇ προσηγορίᾳ τοῦ νηπίου, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπὶ ἀφρόνων τάττεται τὸ νήπιον· νηπύτιος μὲν γὰρ οὗτος, νήπιος δὲ ὁ νεήπιος, ὡς ἤπιος ὁ ἁπαλόφρων, οἷον ἤπιος νεωστὶ καὶ πρᾶος τῷ τρόπῳ γενόμενος. τοῦτό τοι σαφέστατα ὁ μακάριος Παῦλος ὑπεσημήνατο εἰπὼν »δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι ὡς Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι ἐγενήθημεν ἤπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν, ὡς ἂν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα.« ἤπιος οὖν ὁ νήπιος καὶ ταύτῃ μᾶλλον ἀταλός, ἁπαλὸς καὶ ἁπλοῦς καὶ ἄδολος καὶ ἀνυπόκριτος, ἰθὺς τὴν γνώμην καὶ ὀρθός· τὸ δέ ἐστιν ἁπλότητος καὶ ἀληθείας ὑπόστασις. »ἐπὶ τίνα γάρ«, φησίν, »ἐπιβλέψω ἢ ἐπὶ τὸν πρᾶον καὶ ἡσύχιον;« τοιοῦτος γὰρ ὁ παρθένιος λόγος, ἁπαλὸς καὶ ἄπλαστος· διὸ καὶ τὴν παρθένον ἀταλὴν νύμφην καὶ τὸν παῖδα ἀταλάφρονα κεκλῆσθαι ἔθος, ἀταλοὶ δὲ ἡμεῖς οἱ ἁπαλοὶ πρὸς πειθὼ καὶ εὐέργαστοι πρὸς ἀγαθωσύνην ἄχολοί τε καὶ ἀνεπίμικτοι κακοφροσύνῃ καὶ σκολιότητι· ἡ μὲν γὰρ γενεὰ ἡ παλαιὰ σκολιὰ καὶ σκληροκάρδιος, χορὸς δὲ νηπίων, ὁ καινὸς ἡμεῖς λαός, τρυφερὸς ὡς παῖς.
Entautha epistēsai dikaion tę̄ prosēgorią tou nēpiou, hoti ouk epi aphronōn tattetai to nēpion; nēpytios men gar houtos, nēpios de ho neēpios, hōs ēpios ho hapalophrōn, hoion ēpios neōsti kai praos tǭ tropǭ genomenos. touto toi saphestata ho makarios Paulos hypesēmēnato eipōn »dynamenoi en barei einai hōs Christou apostoloi egenēthēmen ēpioi en mesǭ hymōn, hōs an trophos thalpę̄ ta heautēs tekna.« ēpios oun ho nēpios kai tautę̄ mallon atalos, hapalos kai haplous kai adolos kai anypokritos, ithys tēn gnōmēn kai orthos; to de estin haplotētos kai alētheias hypostasis. »epi tina gar«, phēsin, »epiblepsō ē epi ton praon kai hēsychion?« toioutos gar ho parthenios logos, hapalos kai aplastos; dio kai tēn parthenon atalēn nymphēn kai ton paida atalaphrona keklēsthai ethos, ataloi de hēmeis hoi hapaloi pros peithō kai euergastoi pros agathōsynēn acholoi te kai anepimiktoi kakophrosynę̄ kai skoliotēti; hē men gar genea hē palaia skolia kai sklērokardios, choros de nēpiōn, ho kainos hēmeis laos, trypheros hōs pais.
Here it is right to consider the name “infant” (nēpios): the infant is not classed among the foolish. The foolish one is nēpytios; but nēpios is ne-ēpios (“newly gentle”), as ēpios is the tender-minded, as if one had newly become gentle and mild in character. The blessed Paul pointed to this most clearly when he said: “Though we could have been a burden as apostles of Christ, we became gentle among you, as a nurse cherishes her own children.” The infant, then, is gentle, and in this way more tender, delicate, simple, guileless, and without hypocrisy, straightforward and upright in mind; and this is the foundation of simplicity and truth. “For on whom shall I look,” it says, “but on the gentle and quiet?” Such is the virgin speech, tender and unaffected; so it is customary to call a maiden a tender bride and a boy tender-minded. And we are tender, soft toward persuasion and easily shaped toward goodness, without gall and unmixed with malice and crookedness. For the old generation is crooked and hard-hearted; but the chorus of infants, we the new people, is delicate as a child.
1.5.20Stählin 1:101–102
ἐπὶ δὲ »ταῖς καρδίαις τῶν ἀκάκων« ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολῇ χαίρειν ὁ ἀπόστολος ὁμολογεῖ, καὶ δὴ ὅρον τινὰ νηπίων, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἀποδίδωσιν εἰπών· »θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς σοφοὺς μὲν εἶναι εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἀκεραίους δὲ εἰς τὸ κακόν.« καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ ἔστιν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ νηπίου κατὰ στέρησιν ἡμῖν νοούμενον, ἐπεὶ τὸ νη στερητικὸν γραμματικῶν νομοθετοῦσιν παῖδες. εἰ γὰρ ἄφρονας ἡμᾶς οἱ τῆς νηπιότητος κατατρέχοντες καλοῦσιν, ὁρᾶτε πῶς βλασφημοῦσιν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον τοὺς εἰς θεὸν καταπεφευγότας ἄφρονας ὑπολαμβάνοντες· εἰ δέ, ὅπερ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐξακουστέον, τοὺς νηπίους καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁπλῶν ἐκδέξονται, χαίρωμεν τῇ προσηγορίᾳ· νήπιαι γὰρ αἱ νέαι φρένες εἰσίν, ἐν παλαιᾷ τῇ ἀφροσύνῃ αἱ νεωστὶ συνεταί, αἱ κατὰ τὴν διαθήκην τὴν καινὴν ἀνατείλασαι. ἔναγχος γοῦν ἔγνωσται ὁ θεὸς κατὰ τὴν Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν. »θεὸν γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἔγνω, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ᾧ ἂν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ.« νέοι τοίνυν ὁ λαὸς ὁ καινὸς πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου λαοῦ, τὰ νέα μαθόντες ἀγαθά. καὶ ἔστιν ἡμῖν τὸ οὖθαρ τῆς ἡλικίας ἡ ἀγήρως αὕτη νεότης, ἐν ᾗ πρὸς νόησιν ἀεὶ ἀκμάζομεν, ἀεὶ νέοι καὶ ἀεὶ ἤπιοι καὶ ἀεὶ καινοί· χρὴ γὰρ εἶναι καινοὺς τοὺς λόγου καινοῦ μετειληφότας.
epi de »tais kardiais tōn akakōn« en tę̄ pros Rhōmaious epistolę̄ chairein ho apostolos homologei, kai dē horon tina nēpiōn, hōs eipein, apodidōsin eipōn; »thelō de hymas sophous men einai eis to agathon, akeraious de eis to kakon.« kai gar oude estin to onoma tou nēpiou kata sterēsin hēmin nooumenon, epei to nē sterētikon grammatikōn nomothetousin paides. ei gar aphronas hēmas hoi tēs nēpiotētos katatrechontes kalousin, horate pōs blasphēmousin epi ton kyrion tous eis theon katapepheugotas aphronas hypolambanontes; ei de, hoper kai mallon exakousteon, tous nēpious kai autoi epi tōn haplōn ekdexontai, chairōmen tę̄ prosēgorią; nēpiai gar hai neai phrenes eisin, en palaią tę̄ aphrosynę̄ hai neōsti synetai, hai kata tēn diathēkēn tēn kainēn anateilasai. enanchos goun egnōstai ho theos kata tēn Christou parousian. »theon gar oudeis egnō, ei mē ho huios kai hǭ an ho huios apokalypsę̄.« neoi toinyn ho laos ho kainos pros antidiastolēn tou presbyterou laou, ta nea mathontes agatha. kai estin hēmin to outhar tēs hēlikias hē agērōs hautē neotēs, en hę̄ pros noēsin aei akmazomen, aei neoi kai aei ēpioi kai aei kainoi; chrē gar einai kainous tous logou kainou meteilēphotas.
In the letter to the Romans the apostle declares that he rejoices over “the hearts of the innocent,” and he gives something like a definition of infants when he says: “I want you to be wise as to what is good, and guileless as to what is evil.” For we do not understand the word nēpios (“infant”) as a privative, though the grammarians lay down that nē is privative. If those who disparage our infancy call us foolish, see how they blaspheme against the Lord, supposing that those who have fled to God are foolish. But if, as is rather to be understood, they themselves take “infants” to mean the simple, let us rejoice in the name. For the minds that are infant are new minds, newly made wise amid the old folly, which have dawned according to the new covenant. For God has been known only recently, at the coming of Christ: “No one has known God except the Son, and anyone to whom the Son reveals him.” The new people, then, are young, in contrast to the older people, having learned the new good things. And we have this ageless youth as the fullness of our life, in which we are always in the prime of understanding, always young, always gentle, always new. For those who have shared in the new Word must be new.
1.5.21Stählin 1:102–103
τὸ δὲ ἀιδιότητος μετειληφὸς ἐξομοιοῦσθαι φιλεῖ τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ, ὡς εἶναι ἡμῖν τῆς παιδικῆς ἡλικίας τὴν προσηγορίαν ἔαρ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν διὰ τὸ ἀγήρω εἶναι τὴν ἐν ἡμῖν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀνακεχυμένον ἡμῶν τὸν τρόπον. σοφία δὲ ἀειθαλής, ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχουσα καὶ οὔποτε μεταβάλλουσα. »Τὰ παιδία«, φησίν, »αὐτῶν ἐπʼ ὤμων ἀρθήσονται καὶ ἐπὶ γονάτων παρακληθήσονται· ὡς εἴ τινα μήτηρ παρακαλέσει, οὕτως κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς παρακαλέσω.« ἡ μήτηρ προσάγεται τὰ παιδία καὶ ἡμεῖς ζητοῦμεν τὴν μητέρα, τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. τὸ μὲν τοίνυν [καὶ] ἀσθενὲς καὶ ἁπαλὸν ἅπαν, ἅτε διʼ ἀσθένειαν [ᾗ] βοηθείας δεόμενον, κεχαρισμένον τέ ἐστι καὶ ἡδὺ καὶ τερπνόν, τοῦ θεοῦ μὴ περιισταμένου τῷ τηλικῷδε τὴν βοήθειαν· ὡς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες καὶ αἱ μητέρες ἥδιον ὁρῶσιν τῶν μὲν ἵππων τοὺς πώλους, τῶν δὲ βοῶν τὰ μικρὰ μοσχάρια καὶ λέοντος σκύμνον καὶ ἐλάφου νεβρὸν καὶ ἀνθρώπου παιδίον, οὕτως καὶ τῶν ὅλων ὁ πατὴρ τοὺς εἰς αὐτὸν καταπεφευγότας προσίεται καὶ ἀναγεννήσας πνεύματι εἰς υἱοθεσίαν ἠπίους οἶδεν καὶ φιλεῖ τούτους μόνους καὶ βοηθεῖ καὶ ὑπερμαχεῖ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὀνομάζει παιδίον. ἐγὼ καὶ τὸν Ἰσαὰκ εἰς παῖδα ἀναφέρω· γέλως ἑρμηνεύεται ὁ Ἰσαάκ. τοῦτον ἑώρακεν παίζοντα μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ βοηθοῦ, τῆς Ῥεβέκκας, ὁ περίεργος βασιλεύς. βασιλεύς μοι δοκεῖ (Ἀβιμέλεχ ὄνομα αὐτῷ) σοφία τις εἶναι ὑπερκόσμιος, κατασκοποῦσα τῆς παιδιᾶς τὸ μυστήριον· Ῥεβέκκαν δὲ ἑρμηνεύουσιν ὑπομονήν. ὢ τῆς φρονίμου παιδιᾶς, γέλως [καὶ] διʼ ὑπομονῆς βοηθούμενος καὶ ἔφορος ὁ βασιλεύς. ἀγαλλιᾶται τὸ πνεῦμα τῶν ἐν Χριστῷ παιδίων ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολιτευομένων καὶ αὕτη ἡ θεία παιδιά. τοιαύτην τινὰ παίζειν παιδιὰν τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Δία Ἡράκλειτος λέγει.
to de aidiotētos meteilēphos exomoiousthai philei tǭ aphthartǭ, hōs einai hēmin tēs paidikēs hēlikias tēn prosēgorian ear pantos tou zēn dia to agērō einai tēn en hēmin alētheian kai tę̄ alētheią, anakechymenon hēmōn ton tropon. sophia de aeithalēs, aei kata ta auta kai hōsautōs echousa kai oupote metaballousa. »Ta paidia«, phēsin, »autōn epʼ ōmōn arthēsontai kai epi gonatōn paraklēthēsontai; hōs ei tina mētēr parakalesei, houtōs kagō hymas parakalesō.« hē mētēr prosagetai ta paidia kai hēmeis zētoumen tēn mētera, tēn ekklēsian. to men toinyn [kai] asthenes kai hapalon hapan, hate diʼ astheneian [hę̄] boētheias deomenon, kecharismenon te esti kai hēdy kai terpnon, tou theou mē periistamenou tǭ tēlikǭde tēn boētheian; hōs gar hoi pateres kai hai mēteres hēdion horōsin tōn men hippōn tous pōlous, tōn de boōn ta mikra moscharia kai leontos skymnon kai elaphou nebron kai anthrōpou paidion, houtōs kai tōn holōn ho patēr tous eis auton katapepheugotas prosietai kai anagennēsas pneumati eis huiothesian ēpious oiden kai philei toutous monous kai boēthei kai hypermachei kai dia touto onomazei paidion. egō kai ton Isaak eis paida anapherō; gelōs hermēneuetai ho Isaak. touton heōraken paizonta meta tēs gynaikos kai boēthou, tēs Rhebekkas, ho periergos basileus. basileus moi dokei (Abimelech onoma autǭ) sophia tis einai hyperkosmios, kataskopousa tēs paidias to mystērion; Rhebekkan de hermēneuousin hypomonēn. ō tēs phronimou paidias, gelōs [kai] diʼ hypomonēs boēthoumenos kai ephoros ho basileus. agalliatai to pneuma tōn en Christǭ paidiōn en hypomonę̄ politeuomenōn kai hautē hē theia paidia. toiautēn tina paizein paidian ton heautou Dia Hērakleitos legei.
What has shared in eternity tends to be made like the incorruptible, so that for us the name of childhood is the springtime of our whole life, because the truth in us is ageless, and our character is steeped in that truth. And wisdom is ever-blooming, always remaining the same and unchanging, never altering. “Their children,” it says, “shall be carried on shoulders and comforted on knees; as a mother comforts someone, so will I comfort you.” The mother draws her children to her, and we seek our mother, the church. Everything weak and tender, since it needs help because of its weakness, is welcome, sweet, and delightful, since God does not refuse help to such an age. For as fathers and mothers take more pleasure in seeing the foals of horses, the little calves of cattle, the lion's cub, the fawn of the deer, and the human child, so the Father of all things welcomes those who have fled to him; and having regenerated them by the Spirit to adoption, he knows them as gentle, and loves these alone, and helps them, and fights for them; and so he names them “child.” I also refer Isaac to the child. Isaac means “laughter.” The curious king saw him playing with his wife and helper, Rebecca. The king (Abimelech was his name) seems to me to be a certain supramundane wisdom, spying on the mystery of the play; and they interpret Rebecca as “patience.” O the wise play! Laughter helped by patience, and the king watching over it! The spirit of the children in Christ, who live in patience, rejoices; and this is the divine play. Heraclitus says that his Zeus plays such a game.
1.5.22Stählin 1:103
τί γὰρ ἄλλο εὐπρεπὲς ἔργον σοφῷ καὶ τελείῳ ἢ παίζειν καὶ συνευφραίνεσθαι τῇ τῶν καλῶν ὑπομονῇ καὶ τῇ διοικήσει τῶν καλῶν, συμπανηγυρίζοντα τῷ θεῷ; ἔστι καὶ ἄλλως ὑπολαβεῖν τὸ ὑπὸ τῆς προφητείας μηνυόμενον χαίροντας ἡμᾶς καὶ γελῶντας ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ὡς τὸν Ἰσαάκ. ἐγέλα δὲ κἀκεῖνος τοῦ θανάτου λελυμένος, παίζων καὶ ἀγαλλιώμενος σὺν τῇ νύμφῃ τῇ εἰς σωτηρίαν ἡμῶν βοηθῷ, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ· ᾗ ὑπομονὴ ὄνομα πάγιον τέθειται, ἤτοι ἐπεὶ μόνη αὕτη εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας μένει χαίρουσα ἀεὶ ἢ ἐξ ὑπομονῆς τῶν πιστευόντων συνέστηκεν, οἵ ἐσμεν μέλη Χριστοῦ· καὶ ἡ τῶν εἰς τέλος ὑπομεινάντων μαρτυρία καὶ ἡ ἐπὶ τούτοις εὐχαριστία, αὕτη [δέ] ἐστιν ἡ μυστικὴ παιδιὰ καὶ ἡ σὺν τῇ σεμνῇ θυμηδίᾳ βοηθοῦσα σωτηρία. ὁ γοῦν βασιλεὺς ὁ Χριστὸς ἄνωθεν ἡμῶν ἐπισκοπεῖ τὸν γέλωτα καὶ »διακύψας τῆς θυρίδος«, ὥς φησιν ἡ γραφή, τὴν εὐχαριστίαν καὶ τὴν εὐλογίαν ἀγαλλίασίν τε καὶ εὐφροσύνην, ἔτι τε ὑπομονὴν συνεργοῦσαν, καὶ τὴν τούτων συμπλοκήν, τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἐποπτεύει τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, μόνον ἐπιδεικνὺς τὸ πρόσωπον τὸ αὑτοῦ τὸ λεῖπον τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ,
ti gar allo euprepes ergon sophǭ kai teleiǭ ē paizein kai syneuphrainesthai tę̄ tōn kalōn hypomonę̄ kai tę̄ dioikēsei tōn kalōn, sympanēgyrizonta tǭ theǭ? esti kai allōs hypolabein to hypo tēs prophēteias mēnyomenon chairontas hēmas kai gelōntas epi sōtērią hōs ton Isaak. egela de kakeinos tou thanatou lelymenos, paizōn kai agalliōmenos syn tę̄ nymphę̄ tę̄ eis sōtērian hēmōn boēthǭ, tę̄ ekklēsią; hę̄ hypomonē onoma pagion tetheitai, ētoi epei monē hautē eis tous aiōnas menei chairousa aei ē ex hypomonēs tōn pisteuontōn synestēken, hoi esmen melē Christou; kai hē tōn eis telos hypomeinantōn martyria kai hē epi toutois eucharistia, hautē [de] estin hē mystikē paidia kai hē syn tę̄ semnę̄ thymēdią boēthousa sōtēria. ho goun basileus ho Christos anōthen hēmōn episkopei ton gelōta kai »diakypsas tēs thyridos«, hōs phēsin hē graphē, tēn eucharistian kai tēn eulogian agalliasin te kai euphrosynēn, eti te hypomonēn synergousan, kai tēn toutōn symplokēn, tēn ekklēsian, epopteuei tēn heautou, monon epideiknys to prosōpon to hautou to leipon tę̄ ekklēsią,
For what other work is fitting for the wise and perfect than to play and rejoice together in the patience of good things and the ordering of good things, keeping festival with God? The message of the prophecy can also be understood in another way: that we rejoice and laugh at our salvation, like Isaac. He too laughed, freed from death, playing and rejoicing with the bride who is our helper for salvation, the church. The fixed name of patience has been given her, either because she alone remains forever, always rejoicing, or because she is composed of the patience of believers, who are members of Christ. And the witness of those who endured to the end, and the thanksgiving for them, is the mystic play and the salvation that helps us, with holy joy. So Christ the King looks down from above on our laughter, and, “looking out through the window,” as Scripture says, he beholds the thanksgiving and the blessing, the exultation and gladness, and also the patience that works with them, and their union, the church, his own; showing only his face, which is lacking to the church,
1.5.23Stählin 1:103–104
βασιλείῳ τελειουμένῃ κεφαλῇ. καὶ ποῦ ἄρα ἦν ἡ θυρίς, διʼ ἧς ὁ κύριος ἐδείκνυτο; ἡ σάρξ, διʼ ἧς πεφανέρωται. αὖθίς ἐστιν ὁ Ἰσαὰκ (καὶ γὰρ ἔστιν ἑτέρως ἐκλαβεῖν) τύπος [ὅς ἐστι] τοῦ κυρίου, παῖς μὲν ὡς υἱός (καὶ γὰρ υἱὸς ἦν Ἀβραὰμ ὡς ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ θεοῦ) ἱερεῖον δὲ ὡς ὁ κύριος. ἀλλʼ οὐ κεκάρπωται ὡς ὁ κύριος· μόνον ἐβάστασε τὰ ξύλα τῆς ἱερουργίας ὁ Ἰσαάκ, ὡς ὁ κύριος τὸ ξύλον. ἐγέλα δὲ μυστικῶς, ἐμπλῆσαι ἡμᾶς προφητεύων χαρᾶς τὸν κύριον τοὺς αἵματι κυρίου ἐκ φθορᾶς λελυτρωμένους. οὐκ ἔπαθεν δέ, οὐ μόνον εἰκότως ἄρα [ὁ Ἰσαὰκ] τὰ πρωτεῖα τοῦ πάθους παραχωρῶν τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ κυρίου τὴν θειότητα αἰνίττεται μὴ σφαγείς· ἀνέστη γὰρ μετὰ τὴν κηδείαν ὁ Ἰησοῦς * * μὴ παθών, καθάπερ
basileiǭ teleioumenę̄ kephalę̄. kai pou ara ēn hē thyris, diʼ hēs ho kyrios edeiknyto? hē sarx, diʼ hēs pephanerōtai. authis estin ho Isaak (kai gar estin heterōs eklabein) typos [hos esti] tou kyriou, pais men hōs huios (kai gar huios ēn Abraam hōs ho Christos tou theou) hiereion de hōs ho kyrios. allʼ ou kekarpōtai hōs ho kyrios; monon ebastase ta xyla tēs hierourgias ho Isaak, hōs ho kyrios to xylon. egela de mystikōs, emplēsai hēmas prophēteuōn charas ton kyrion tous haimati kyriou ek phthoras lelytrōmenous. ouk epathen de, ou monon eikotōs ara [ho Isaak] ta prōteia tou pathous parachōrōn tǭ logǭ, alla kai tou kyriou tēn theiotēta ainittetai mē sphageis; anestē gar meta tēn kēdeian ho Iēsous * * mē pathōn, kathaper
the church being perfected by her royal head. And where, then, was the window through which the Lord was shown? The flesh, through which he was made manifest. Again, Isaac (for it can be taken in another way too) is a type of the Lord: a child as son (for he was the son of Abraham, as Christ is the Son of God), and a sacrificial victim like the Lord. But he was not offered up as the Lord was; Isaac only carried the wood of the sacrifice, as the Lord carried the wood of the cross. He laughed mystically, prophesying that the Lord would fill us with joy, us who have been redeemed from corruption by the Lord's blood. But he did not suffer; not only, fittingly, yielding the first place in suffering to the Word, but also, by not being slain, hinting at the divinity of the Lord. For Jesus rose after his burial … without suffering, just as
1.5.24Stählin 1:104
ἱερουργίας ἀφειμένος ὁ Ἰσαάκ. μέγιστον δὲ εἰς συνηγορίαν καὶ ἄλλο παραθήσομαι τοῦ προκειμένου. τὸν κύριον αὐτὸν ὀνομάζει παιδίον, τοῦτο διὰ Ἡσαΐου θεσπίζον, τὸ πνεῦμα· »ἰδοὺ παιδίον ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν, υἱὸς καὶ ἐδόθη ἡμῖν, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὤμου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος.« τί οὖν τὸ παιδίον τὸ νήπιον, οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμεῖς οἱ νήπιοι; διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ προφήτου διηγεῖται τὸ μέγεθος αὐτοῦ· »θαυμαστὸς σύμβουλος, θεὸς δυνάστης, πατὴρ αἰώνιος, ἄρχων εἰρήνης τῷ πληθύνειν τὴν παιδείαν· καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστι πέρας.« ὢ τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ, ὢ τοῦ τελείου παιδίου· υἱὸς ἐν πατρί, καὶ πατὴρ ἐν υἱῷ· καὶ πῶς οὐ τέλειος ἡ παιδεία τοῦ παιδίου ἐκείνου, ἣ ἐπὶ πάντας διήκει τοὺς παῖδας ἡμᾶς παιδαγωγοῦσα τοὺς νηπίους αὐτοῦ; οὗτος εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐξεπέτασε τὰς χεῖρας τὰς ἐναργῶς πεπιστευμένας. τούτῳ προσμαρτυρεῖ τῷ παιδίῳ καὶ Ἰωάννης »ὁ μείζων ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν προφήτης«· »ἰδοὺ ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ.« ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἄρνας ὀνομάζει ἡ γραφὴ τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς νηπίους, τὸν θεὸν τὸν λόγον τὸν διʼ ἡμᾶς ἄνθρωπον γενόμενον, κατὰ πάντα ἡμῖν ἀπεικάζεσθαι βουλόμενον, ἀμνὸν κέκληκεν τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸν νήπιον τοῦ πατρός.
hierourgias apheimenos ho Isaak. megiston de eis synēgorian kai allo parathēsomai tou prokeimenou. ton kyrion auton onomazei paidion, touto dia Hēsaïou thespizon, to pneuma; »idou paidion egennēthē hēmin, huios kai edothē hēmin, hou hē archē epi tou ōmou autou, kai eklēthē to onoma autou megalēs boulēs angelos.« ti oun to paidion to nēpion, hou katʼ eikona hēmeis hoi nēpioi? dia tou autou prophētou diēgeitai to megethos autou; »thaumastos symboulos, theos dynastēs, patēr aiōnios, archōn eirēnēs tǭ plēthynein tēn paideian; kai tēs eirēnēs autou ouk esti peras.« ō tou megalou theou, ō tou teleiou paidiou; huios en patri, kai patēr en huiǭ; kai pōs ou teleios hē paideia tou paidiou ekeinou, hē epi pantas diēkei tous paidas hēmas paidagōgousa tous nēpious autou? houtos eis hēmas exepetase tas cheiras tas enargōs pepisteumenas. toutǭ prosmartyrei tǭ paidiǭ kai Iōannēs »ho meizōn en gennētois gynaikōn prophētēs«; »idou ho amnos tou theou.« epei gar arnas onomazei hē graphē tous paidas tous nēpious, ton theon ton logon ton diʼ hēmas anthrōpon genomenon, kata panta hēmin apeikazesthai boulomenon, amnon keklēken tou theou, ton huion tou theou, ton nēpion tou patros.
Isaac was released from being sacrificed. I will add another very strong argument for my point. The Spirit calls the Lord himself a child, prophesying this through Isaiah: “Behold, a child is born to us, and a son is given to us, whose government is upon his shoulder; and his name is called Angel of Great Counsel.” Who, then, is this infant child, in whose image we infants are? Through the same prophet he describes his greatness: “Wonderful Counselor, Mighty God, Eternal Father, Prince of Peace, for the increase of his instruction; and of his peace there is no end.” O great God! O perfect child! The Son in the Father, and the Father in the Son! And how could the instruction of that child not be perfect, which extends to all of us his children, instructing us his infants? He has stretched out to us his hands, which are clearly trusted. John too, “the greatest prophet among those born of women,” bears witness to this child: “Behold the Lamb of God.” For since Scripture calls the infant children lambs, it has called God the Word, who became man for our sake and wished to be made like us in every way, the Lamb of God, the Son of God, the Father's infant.
The 1, chapter 6
1.6.24Stählin 1:104
Ἔξεστι δὲ ἡμῖν ἐκ περιουσίας πρὸς τοὺς φιλεγκλήμονας ἐπαποδύσασθαι·
Exesti de hēmin ek periousias pros tous philenklēmonas epapodysasthai;
We can also, and abundantly, strip for the contest against those who love to find fault.
1.6.25Stählin 1:104–105
οὐ γὰρ παῖδες ἡμεῖς καὶ νήπιοι πρὸς τὸ παιδαριῶδες καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητον τῆς μαθήσεως προσηγορεύμεθα, καθὼς οἱ εἰς γνῶσιν πεφυσιωμένοι διαβεβλήκασιν· ἀναγεννηθέντες γοῦν εὐθέως τὸ τέλειον ἀπειλήφαμεν, οὗ ἕνεκεν ἐσπεύδομεν. ἐφωτίσθημεν γάρ· τὸ δὲ ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τὸν θεόν. οὔκουν ἀτελὴς ὁ ἐγνωκὼς τὸ τέλειον. καί μου μὴ λάβησθε ὁμολογοῦντος ἐγνωκέναι τὸν θεόν. ὧδέ πως γὰρ ἔδοξεν εἰπεῖν τῷ λόγῳ· ὃ δὲ ἐλεύθερος. αὐτίκα γοῦν βαπτιζομένῳ τῷ κυρίῳ ἀπʼ οὐρανῶν ἐπήχησε φωνὴ μάρτυς ἠγαπημένου »υἱός μου εἶ σὺ ἀγαπητός, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε.« πυθώμεθα οὖν τῶν σοφῶν· σήμερον ἀναγεννηθεὶς ὁ Χριστὸς ἤδη τέλειός ἐστιν ἤ, ὅπερ ἀτοπώτατον, ἐλλιπής. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, προσμαθεῖν τι αὐτῷ δεῖ. ἀλλὰ προσμαθεῖν μὲν αὐτὸν εἰκὸς οὐδὲ ἓν θεὸν ὄντα. οὐ γὰρ ἂν μείζων τις εἴη τοῦ λόγου οὐδὲ μὴν διδάσκαλος τοῦ μόνου διδασκάλου. μή τι οὖν ὁμολογήσουσιν ἄκοντες τὸν λόγον, τέλειον ἐκ τελείου φύντα τοῦ πατρός, κατὰ τὴν οἰκονομικὴν προδιατύπωσιν ἀναγεννηθῆναι τελείως; καὶ εἰ τέλειος ἦν, τί ἐβαπτίζετο ὁ τέλειος; ἔδει, φασί, πληρῶσαι τὸ ἐπάγγελμα τὸ ἀνθρώπινον. παγκάλως. φημὶ γάρ· ἅμα τοίνυν τῷ βαπτίζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου γίνεται τέλειος; δῆλον ὅτι. οὐδὲν οὖν πρὸς αὐτοῦ προσέμαθεν; οὐ γάρ. τελειοῦται δὲ τῷ λουτρῷ μόνῳ καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος τῇ καθόδῳ ἁγιάζεται; οὕτως ἔχει.
ou gar paides hēmeis kai nēpioi pros to paidariōdes kai eukataphronēton tēs mathēseōs prosēgoreumetha, kathōs hoi eis gnōsin pephysiōmenoi diabeblēkasin; anagennēthentes goun eutheōs to teleion apeilēphamen, hou heneken espeudomen. ephōtisthēmen gar; to de estin epignōnai ton theon. oukoun atelēs ho egnōkōs to teleion. kai mou mē labēsthe homologountos egnōkenai ton theon. hōde pōs gar edoxen eipein tǭ logǭ; ho de eleutheros. autika goun baptizomenǭ tǭ kyriǭ apʼ ouranōn epēchēse phōnē martys ēgapēmenou »huios mou ei sy agapētos, egō sēmeron gegennēka se.« pythōmetha oun tōn sophōn; sēmeron anagennētheis ho Christos ēdē teleios estin ē, hoper atopōtaton, ellipēs. ei de touto, prosmathein ti autǭ dei. alla prosmathein men auton eikos oude hen theon onta. ou gar an meizōn tis eiē tou logou oude mēn didaskalos tou monou didaskalou. mē ti oun homologēsousin akontes ton logon, teleion ek teleiou phynta tou patros, kata tēn oikonomikēn prodiatypōsin anagennēthēnai teleiōs? kai ei teleios ēn, ti ebaptizeto ho teleios? edei, phasi, plērōsai to epangelma to anthrōpinon. pankalōs. phēmi gar; hama toinyn tǭ baptizesthai auton hypo Iōannou ginetai teleios? dēlon hoti. ouden oun pros autou prosemathen? ou gar. teleioutai de tǭ loutrǭ monǭ kai tou pneumatos tę̄ kathodǭ hagiazetai? houtōs echei.
For we are not called children and infants because of the childish and contemptible character of our learning, as those who are puffed up about knowledge have slandered us. On the contrary, as soon as we are regenerated we have received the perfection for which we were striving. For we were enlightened, and that is to know God. So the one who has known the perfect is not imperfect. And do not find fault with me for professing to have known God; for this is how it pleased the Word to speak, and he is free. For example, when the Lord was baptized, a voice sounded from heaven as witness to the Beloved: “You are my beloved Son; today I have begotten you.” Let us ask the wise, then: is Christ, begotten again today, already perfect, or, what is most absurd, deficient? If the latter, he must learn something more. But it is not reasonable that he should learn anything more, since he is God. For no one could be greater than the Word, nor a teacher of the only Teacher. Will they not, then, be forced to admit that the Word, born perfect of the perfect Father, was perfectly born again, in accordance with the prefiguring of the divine plan? And if he was perfect, why was the perfect one baptized? “It was necessary,” they say, “to fulfill what is required of human beings.” Excellent. For I say: then at the moment he was baptized by John, did he become perfect? Clearly. Then he learned nothing more from him? No. But is he perfected by the washing alone, and sanctified by the descent of the Spirit? So it is.
1.6.26Stählin 1:105–106
Τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ συμβαίνει τοῦτο καὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς, ὧν γέγονεν ὑπογραφὴ ὁ κύριος· βαπτιζόμενοι φωτιζόμεθα, φωτιζόμενοι υἱοποιούμεθα, υἱοποιούμενοι τελειούμεθα, τελειούμενοι ἀπαθανατιζόμεθα »ἐγώ«, φησίν, »εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ὑψίστου πάντες.« καλεῖται δὲ πολλαχῶς τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο, χάρισμα καὶ φώτισμα καὶ τέλειον καὶ λουτρόν· λουτρὸν μὲν διʼ οὗ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἀπορρυπτόμεθα, χάρισμα δὲ ᾧ τὰ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν ἐπιτίμια ἀνεῖται, φώτισμα δὲ διʼ οὗ τὸ ἅγιον ἐκεῖνο φῶς τὸ σωτήριον ἐποπτεύεται, τουτέστιν διʼ οὗ τὸ θεῖον ὀξυωποῦμεν, τέλειον δὲ τὸ ἀπροσδεὲς φαμέν. τί γὰρ ἔτι λείπεται τῷ θεὸν ἐγνωκότι; καὶ γὰρ ἄτοπον ὡς ἀληθῶς χάρισμα κεκλῆσθαι θεοῦ τὸ μὴ πεπληρωμένον· τέλειος δὲ ὢν τέλεια χαριεῖται δήπουθεν· ὡς δὲ ἅμα τῷ κελεῦσαι αὐτὸν πάντα γίνεται, οὕτως ἕπεται τῷ χαρίσασθαι μόνον βουληθῆναι αὐτὸν τὸ πεπληρῶσθαι τὴν χάριν. τὸ γὰρ μέλλον τοῦ χρόνου τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ θελήματος προλαμβάνεται.
To de auto symbainei touto kai peri hēmas, hōn gegonen hypographē ho kyrios; baptizomenoi phōtizometha, phōtizomenoi huiopoioumetha, huiopoioumenoi teleioumetha, teleioumenoi apathanatizometha »egō«, phēsin, »eipa, theoi este kai huioi hypsistou pantes.« kaleitai de pollachōs to ergon touto, charisma kai phōtisma kai teleion kai loutron; loutron men diʼ hou tas hamartias aporryptometha, charisma de hǭ ta epi tois hamartēmasin epitimia aneitai, phōtisma de diʼ hou to hagion ekeino phōs to sōtērion epopteuetai, toutestin diʼ hou to theion oxyōpoumen, teleion de to aprosdees phamen. ti gar eti leipetai tǭ theon egnōkoti? kai gar atopon hōs alēthōs charisma keklēsthai theou to mē peplērōmenon; teleios de ōn teleia charieitai dēpouthen; hōs de hama tǭ keleusai auton panta ginetai, houtōs hepetai tǭ charisasthai monon boulēthēnai auton to peplērōsthai tēn charin. to gar mellon tou chronou tę̄ dynamei tou thelēmatos prolambanetai.
The same thing happens with us, for whom the Lord became a model. Being baptized, we are enlightened; being enlightened, we are adopted as sons; being adopted, we are made perfect; being made perfect, we are made immortal. “I said,” it says, “You are gods, and all of you sons of the Most High.” This work is called by many names: grace, enlightenment, perfection, and washing. It is a washing, by which we are cleansed of our sins; a grace, by which the penalties due to our sins are remitted; an enlightenment, by which that holy light of salvation is beheld, that is, by which we see the divine clearly; and we call perfect that which lacks nothing. For what more does the one who has known God still lack? It would truly be absurd for something not complete to be called a grace of God; being perfect, he will surely give perfect gifts. And as everything comes to be at the moment he commands, so the completion of the grace follows at the moment he merely wills to give it. For the future is anticipated by the power of his will.
1.6.27Stählin 1:106
πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἡ τῶν κακῶν ἀπαλλαγὴ σωτηρίας ἐστὶν ἀρχή. μόνον δὲ ἄρα οἱ πρῶτον δραξάμενοι τῶν ὅρων τῆς ζωῆς ἤδη τέλειοι, ζῶμεν δὲ ἤδη οἱ θανάτου κεχωρισμένοι. σωτηρία τοίνυν τὸ ἕπεσθαι Χριστῷ. »ὃ γὰρ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ, ζωή ἐστιν.« »ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,« φησίν, »ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων καὶ πιστεύων τῷ πέμψαντί με ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον καὶ εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται, ἀλλὰ μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν.« οὕτω τὸ πιστεῦσαι μόνον καὶ ἀναγεννηθῆναι τελείωσίς ἐστιν ἐν ζωῇ· οὐ γάρ ποτε ἀσθενεῖ ὁ θεός. ὡς γὰρ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ἔργον ἐστὶ καὶ τοῦτο κόσμος ὀνομάζεται, οὕτως καὶ τὸ βούλημα αὐτοῦ ἀνθρώπων ἐστὶ σωτηρία καὶ τοῦτο ἐκκλησία κέκληται. οἶδεν οὖν οὓς κέκληκεν, οὓς δὲ κέκληκεν, σέσωκεν· κέκληκεν δὲ ἅμα καὶ σέσωκεν. »αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε.« οὐκ ἄρα θεμιτὸν ἡμῖν ἀτελὲς τὸ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ διδασκόμενον νοεῖν, τὸ δὲ μάθημα ἀίδιος σωτηρία ἀιδίου σωτῆρος, ᾧ ἡ χάρις εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ἀμήν. καὶ ὁ μόνον ἀναγεννηθείς, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ τοὔνομα ἔχει, φωτισθεὶς ἀπήλλακται μὲν παραχρῆμα τοῦ σκότους, ἀπείληφεν δὲ αὐτόθεν τὸ φῶς.
pros de kai hē tōn kakōn apallagē sōtērias estin archē. monon de ara hoi prōton draxamenoi tōn horōn tēs zōēs ēdē teleioi, zōmen de ēdē hoi thanatou kechōrismenoi. sōtēria toinyn to hepesthai Christǭ. »ho gar gegonen en autǭ, zōē estin.« »amēn amēn legō hymin,« phēsin, »ho ton logon mou akouōn kai pisteuōn tǭ pempsanti me echei zōēn aiōnion kai eis krisin ouk erchetai, alla metabebēken ek tou thanatou eis tēn zōēn.« houtō to pisteusai monon kai anagennēthēnai teleiōsis estin en zōę̄; ou gar pote asthenei ho theos. hōs gar to thelēma autou ergon esti kai touto kosmos onomazetai, houtōs kai to boulēma autou anthrōpōn esti sōtēria kai touto ekklēsia keklētai. oiden oun hous keklēken, hous de keklēken, sesōken; keklēken de hama kai sesōken. »autoi gar hymeis«, phēsin ho apostolos, »theodidaktoi este.« ouk ara themiton hēmin ateles to hypʼ autou didaskomenon noein, to de mathēma aidios sōtēria aidiou sōtēros, hǭ hē charis eis tous aiōnas, amēn. kai ho monon anagennētheis, hōsper oun kai tounoma echei, phōtistheis apēllaktai men parachrēma tou skotous, apeilēphen de autothen to phōs.
Moreover, deliverance from evils is the beginning of salvation. Those, then, who have merely first grasped the boundaries of life are already perfect; and we who have been separated from death already live. Salvation, then, is following Christ: “For what came to be in him is life.” “Truly, truly, I say to you,” he says, “whoever hears my word and believes him who sent me has eternal life and does not come into judgment, but has passed from death to life.” So merely believing and being born again is perfection in life; for God is never weak. For as his will is a work, and this is called the world, so his intention is the salvation of human beings, and this has been called the church. He knows, then, whom he has called; and those whom he has called, he has saved; and he has called and saved at the same moment. “For you yourselves,” says the apostle, “are taught by God.” It is not lawful for us, then, to think imperfect what is taught by him; and the lesson is the eternal salvation of the eternal Savior, to whom be thanks forever, amen. And the one who has only been regenerated, as the very name shows, being enlightened, is at once set free from darkness and receives the light on the spot.
1.6.28Stählin 1:106–107
ὥσπερ οὖν οἱ τὸν ὕπνον ἀποσεισάμενοι εὐθέως ἔνδοθεν ἐγρηγόρασιν, μᾶλλον δὲ καθάπερ οἱ τὸ ὑπόχυμα τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν κατάγειν πειρώμενοι οὐ τὸ φῶς αὑτοῖς ἔξωθεν χορηγοῦσιν, ὃ οὐκ ἔχουσιν, τὸ δὲ ἐμπόδιον ταῖς ὄψεσι καταβιβάζοντες ἐλευθέραν ἀπολείπουσι τὴν κόρην, οὕτως καὶ οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι, τὰς ἐπισκοτούσας ἁμαρτίας τῷ θείῳ πνεύματι ἀχλύος δίκην ἀποτριψάμενοι, ἐλεύθερον καὶ ἀνεμπόδιστον καὶ φωτεινὸν ὄμμα τοῦ πνεύματος ἴσχομεν, ᾧ δὴ μόνῳ τὸ θεῖον ἐποπτεύομεν, οὐρανόθεν ἐπεισρέοντος ἡμῖν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος· κρᾶμα τοῦτο αὐγῆς ἀιδίου τὸ ἀίδιον φῶς ἰδεῖν δυναμένης· ἐπεὶ τὸ ὅμοιον τῷ ὁμοίῳ φίλον, φίλον δὲ τὸ ἅγιον τῷ ἐξ οὗ τὸ ἅγιον, ὃ δὴ κυρίως κέκληται φῶς· »ἦτε γάρ ποτε σκότος, νῦν δὲ φῶς ἐν κυρίῳ.« ἐντεῦθεν τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑπὸ τῶν παλαιῶν ἡγοῦμαι κεκλῆσθαι φῶτα. ἀλλʼ οὐδέπω, φασίν, ἀπείληφεν τὴν τελείαν δωρεάν. σύμφημι κἀγώ, πλὴν ἐν φωτί ἐστιν καὶ τὸ σκότος αὐτὸν οὐ καταλαμβάνει· φωτὸς δὲ ἀνὰ μέσον καὶ τοῦ σκότους οὐδὲ ἕν· ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν πιστευόντων ἀπόκειται τὸ τέλος· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἄλλου τινός ἐστι μεταλαβεῖν ἀλλʼ ἢ τῆς προωμολογημένης ἐπαγγελίας τυχεῖν. μὴ γὰρ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον ἅμα ἄμφω συνίστασθαί φαμεν, τήν τε πρὸς τὸ πέρας ἄφιξιν καὶ τῆς ἀφίξεως τὴν πρόληψιν· οὐ γάρ ἐστι ταὐτὸν αἰὼν καὶ χρόνος οὐδὲ μὴν ὁρμὴ καὶ τέλος, οὐκ ἔστιν· περὶ ἓν δὲ ἄμφω καὶ περὶ ἄμφω ὁ εἷς καταγίνεται. ἔστι γοῦν, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ὁρμὴ μὲν ἡ πίστις ἐν χρόνῳ γεννωμένη, τέλος δὲ τὸ τυχεῖν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας εἰς αἰῶνας βεβαιούμενον. αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ κύριος σαφέστατα τῆς σωτηρίας τὴν ἰσότητα ἀπεκάλυψεν εἰπών· »τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ πιστεύων ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐν
hōsper oun hoi ton hypnon aposeisamenoi eutheōs endothen egrēgorasin, mallon de kathaper hoi to hypochyma tōn ophthalmōn katagein peirōmenoi ou to phōs hautois exōthen chorēgousin, ho ouk echousin, to de empodion tais opsesi katabibazontes eleutheran apoleipousi tēn korēn, houtōs kai hoi baptizomenoi, tas episkotousas hamartias tǭ theiǭ pneumati achlyos dikēn apotripsamenoi, eleutheron kai anempodiston kai phōteinon omma tou pneumatos ischomen, hǭ dē monǭ to theion epopteuomen, ouranothen epeisreontos hēmin tou hagiou pneumatos; krama touto augēs aidiou to aidion phōs idein dynamenēs; epei to homoion tǭ homoiǭ philon, philon de to hagion tǭ ex hou to hagion, ho dē kyriōs keklētai phōs; »ēte gar pote skotos, nyn de phōs en kyriǭ.« enteuthen ton anthrōpon hypo tōn palaiōn hēgoumai keklēsthai phōta. allʼ oudepō, phasin, apeilēphen tēn teleian dōrean. symphēmi kagō, plēn en phōti estin kai to skotos auton ou katalambanei; phōtos de ana meson kai tou skotous oude hen; en de tę̄ anastasei tōn pisteuontōn apokeitai to telos; to de ouk allou tinos esti metalabein allʼ ē tēs proōmologēmenēs epangelias tychein. mē gar kata ton auton chronon hama amphō synistasthai phamen, tēn te pros to peras aphixin kai tēs aphixeōs tēn prolēpsin; ou gar esti tauton aiōn kai chronos oude mēn hormē kai telos, ouk estin; peri hen de amphō kai peri amphō ho heis kataginetai. esti goun, hōs eipein, hormē men hē pistis en chronǭ gennōmenē, telos de to tychein tēs epangelias eis aiōnas bebaioumenon. autos de ho kyrios saphestata tēs sōtērias tēn isotēta apekalypsen eipōn; »touto gar esti to thelēma tou patros mou, hina pas ho theōrōn ton huion kai pisteuōn epʼ auton echę̄ zōēn aiōnion, kai anastēsō auton en
So those who have shaken off sleep are at once awake within; or rather, as those who try to remove a cataract from the eyes do not supply them from outside with light, which they do not have, but by removing the obstruction from the eyes leave the pupil free; so we who are baptized, having wiped away by the divine Spirit the sins that darken us, like a mist, have the eye of the spirit free, unobstructed, and full of light, by which alone we behold the divine, as the Holy Spirit flows into us from heaven. This is a blending of eternal radiance, able to see the eternal light; since like is dear to like, and the holy is dear to him from whom the holy comes, who is properly called light: “For you were once darkness, but now you are light in the Lord.” That is why, I think, the human being was called by the ancients phōs (“man,” also “light”). “But he has not yet received the perfect gift,” they say. I agree; yet he is in the light, and the darkness does not overtake him; and between light and darkness there is nothing. The end is reserved for the resurrection of those who believe; and it is not the receiving of something else, but the obtaining of the promise already made. For we do not say that both exist together at the same time, the arrival at the goal and the anticipation of the arrival. For eternity and time are not the same, nor are the beginning and the end; but both concern one thing, and the one Lord is concerned with both. Faith, so to speak, is the beginning, born in time; the end is the obtaining of the promise, secured forever. The Lord himself revealed most clearly the equality of salvation, saying: “For this is the will of my Father, that everyone who looks on the Son and believes in him should have eternal life, and I will raise him up on …
1.6.29Stählin 1:107–108
τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ.« καθʼ ὅσον μὲν οὖν δυνατὸν ἐν τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ, ὃν ἐσχάτην ἡμέραν ᾐνίξατο, εἰς τότε τηρουμένους ὅτε παύσεται, τελείους ἡμᾶς γενέσθαι πιστεύομεν. πίστις γὰρ μαθήσεως τελειότης· διὰ τοῦτό φησιν »ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν υἱὸν ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον.« εἰ τοίνυν οἱ πιστεύσαντες ἔχομεν τὴν ζωήν, τί περαιτέρω τοῦ κεκτῆσθαι ζωὴν ἀίδιον ὑπολείπεται; οὐδὲν δὲ ἐνδεῖ τῇ πίστει τελείᾳ οὔσῃ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς καὶ πεπληρωμένῃ. εἰ δὲ ἐνδεῖ τι αὐτῇ, οὐκ ἔστιν ὁλοτελής, οὐδὲ πίστις ἐστί, σκάζουσα περί τι, οὐδὲ μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀποδημίαν ἄλλα μένει τοὺς πεπιστευκότας, ἀδιακρίτως ἐνταῦθα ἠρραβωνισμένους, ἐκεῖνο δὲ τῷ πιστεῦσαι ἤδη προειληφότες ἐσόμενον, μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἀπολαμβάνομεν γενόμενον, ὅπως ἂν ἐκεῖνο πληρωθῇ τὸ λεχθὲν »γενηθήτω κατὰ τὴν πίστιν σου.« οὗ δὲ ἡ πίστις, ἐνταῦθα ἡ ἐπαγγελία, τελείωσις δὲ ἐπαγγελίας ἡ ἀνάπαυσις. ὥστε ἡ μὲν γνῶσις ἐν τῷ φωτίσματι, τὸ δὲ πέρας τῆς γνώσεως ἡ ἀνάπαυσις, ὃ δὴ ἔσχατον νοεῖται ὀρεκτόν. καθάπερ οὖν τῇ πείρᾳ ἡ ἀπειρία καταλύεται καὶ τῷ πόρῳ ἡ ἀπορία, οὕτως ἀνάγκη τῷ φωτισμῷ ἐξαφανίζεσθαι τὸ σκότος· ἡ ἄγνοια δὲ τὸ σκότος, καθʼ ἣν περιπίπτομεν τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν, ἀμβλυωποῦντες περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν. φωτισμὸς ἄρα ἡ γνῶσίς ἐστιν, ὁ ἐξαφανίζων τὴν ἄγνοιαν καὶ τὸ διορατικὸν ἐντιθείς. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ τῶν χειρόνων ἀποβολὴ τῶν κρειττόνων ἐστὶν ἀποκάλυψις. ἃ γὰρ ἡ ἄγνοια συνέδησεν κακῶς, ταῦτα διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως ἀναλύεται καλῶς.
tę̄ eschatę̄ hēmerą.« kathʼ hoson men oun dynaton en tǭde tǭ kosmǭ, hon eschatēn hēmeran ę̄nixato, eis tote tēroumenous hote pausetai, teleious hēmas genesthai pisteuomen. pistis gar mathēseōs teleiotēs; dia touto phēsin »ho pisteuōn eis ton huion echei zōēn aiōnion.« ei toinyn hoi pisteusantes echomen tēn zōēn, ti peraiterō tou kektēsthai zōēn aidion hypoleipetai? ouden de endei tę̄ pistei teleią ousę̄ ex heautēs kai peplērōmenę̄. ei de endei ti autę̄, ouk estin holotelēs, oude pistis esti, skazousa peri ti, oude meta tēn enthende apodēmian alla menei tous pepisteukotas, adiakritōs entautha ērrabōnismenous, ekeino de tǭ pisteusai ēdē proeilēphotes esomenon, meta tēn anastasin apolambanomen genomenon, hopōs an ekeino plērōthę̄ to lechthen »genēthētō kata tēn pistin sou.« hou de hē pistis, entautha hē epangelia, teleiōsis de epangelias hē anapausis. hōste hē men gnōsis en tǭ phōtismati, to de peras tēs gnōseōs hē anapausis, ho dē eschaton noeitai orekton. kathaper oun tę̄ peirą hē apeiria katalyetai kai tǭ porǭ hē aporia, houtōs anankē tǭ phōtismǭ exaphanizesthai to skotos; hē agnoia de to skotos, kathʼ hēn peripiptomen tois hamartēmasin, amblyōpountes peri tēn alētheian. phōtismos ara hē gnōsis estin, ho exaphanizōn tēn agnoian kai to dioratikon entitheis. alla kai hē tōn cheironōn apobolē tōn kreittonōn estin apokalypsis. ha gar hē agnoia synedēsen kakōs, tauta dia tēs epignōseōs analyetai kalōs.
“… the last day.” So, as far as is possible in this world, which he hinted at as “the last day,” being kept until the time when it will end, we believe that we have become perfect. For faith is the perfection of learning; that is why he says, “Whoever believes in the Son has eternal life.” If, then, we who have believed have life, what remains beyond the possession of eternal life? Nothing is lacking to faith, which is perfect of itself and complete. If anything is lacking to it, it is not wholly perfect, and it is not faith, limping in some respect. Nor do other things await believers after their departure from here, who have all alike received the pledge here; but what we have already grasped beforehand by believing as something that will be, we receive after the resurrection as something that has come to be, so that the saying may be fulfilled: “Let it be done according to your faith.” Where faith is, there is the promise; and the fulfillment of the promise is rest. So knowledge is in the enlightenment, and the end of knowledge is rest, which is understood to be the last thing desired. As inexperience is ended by experience and perplexity by a way through, so darkness must vanish by enlightenment. Darkness is ignorance, by which we fall into sins, being dim-sighted about the truth. Enlightenment, then, is knowledge, which makes ignorance vanish and gives clear sight. And the casting off of worse things is the revealing of better things; for what ignorance wrongly bound, knowledge rightly unbinds.
1.6.30Stählin 1:108
τὰ δὲ δεσμὰ ταῦτα, ᾗ τάχος, ἀνίεται πίστει μὲν ἀνθρωπίνῃ, θεϊκῇ δὲ [τῇ] χάριτι, ἀφιεμένων τῶν πλημμελημάτων ἑνὶ παιωνίῳ φαρμάκῳ, λογικῷ βαπτίσματι. πάντα μὲν οὖν ἀπολουόμεθα τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, οὐκέτι δέ ἐσμεν παρὰ πόδας κακοί. μία χάρις αὕτη τοῦ φωτίσματος τὸ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι τῷ πρὶν ἢ λούσασθαι τὸν τρόπον. ὅτι δὲ ἡ γνῶσις συνανατέλλει τῷ φωτίσματι περιαστράπτουσα τὸν νοῦν, καὶ εὐθέως ἀκούομεν μαθηταὶ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς, πρότερόν ποτε τῆς μαθήσεως ἐκείνης προσγενομένης· οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἔχοις εἰπεῖν τὸν χρόνον. ἡ μὲν γὰρ κατήχησις εἰς πίστιν περιάγει, πίστις δὲ ἅμα βαπτίσματι ἁγίῳ παιδεύεται πνεύματι· ἐπί, ὅτι γε μία καθολικὴ τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος σωτηρία ἡ πίστις, ἰσότης δὲ καὶ κοινωνία τοῦ δικαίου καὶ φιλανθρώπου θεοῦ ἡ αὐτὴ πρὸς πάντας, ὁ ἀπόστολος σαφέστατα ἐξηγήσατο ὧδέ πως εἰπών· »πρὸ τοῦ δὲ ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα συγκλειόμενοι εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι· ὥστε ὁ νόμος παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν γέγονεν εἰς Χριστόν, ἵνα ἐκ πίστεως δικαιωθῶμεν· ἐλθούσης δὲ τῆς πίστεως οὐκέτι ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν
ta de desma tauta, hę̄ tachos, anietai pistei men anthrōpinę̄, theïkę̄ de [tę̄] chariti, aphiemenōn tōn plēmmelēmatōn heni paiōniǭ pharmakǭ, logikǭ baptismati. panta men oun apolouometha ta hamartēmata, ouketi de esmen para podas kakoi. mia charis hautē tou phōtismatos to mē ton auton einai tǭ prin ē lousasthai ton tropon. hoti de hē gnōsis synanatellei tǭ phōtismati periastraptousa ton noun, kai eutheōs akouomen mathētai hoi amatheis, proteron pote tēs mathēseōs ekeinēs prosgenomenēs; ou gar an echois eipein ton chronon. hē men gar katēchēsis eis pistin periagei, pistis de hama baptismati hagiǭ paideuetai pneumati; epi, hoti ge mia katholikē tēs anthrōpotētos sōtēria hē pistis, isotēs de kai koinōnia tou dikaiou kai philanthrōpou theou hē autē pros pantas, ho apostolos saphestata exēgēsato hōde pōs eipōn; »pro tou de elthein tēn pistin hypo nomon ephrouroumetha synkleiomenoi eis tēn mellousan pistin apokalyphthēnai; hōste ho nomos paidagōgos hēmōn gegonen eis Christon, hina ek pisteōs dikaiōthōmen; elthousēs de tēs pisteōs ouketi hypo paidagōgon
These bonds are loosed as quickly as possible, by human faith and divine grace, when our offenses are forgiven by one healing medicine, the baptism of the Word. We wash away all our sins, and are no longer evil on the spot. This is one grace of the enlightenment: that our character is not the same as before we were washed. And since knowledge rises together with enlightenment, flashing around the mind, we who were unlearned are at once called disciples, that learning having come to us at some earlier time; for you could not name the moment. For instruction leads to faith, and faith, together with baptism, is trained by the Holy Spirit. Further, that faith is the one universal salvation of humankind, and that the equality and fellowship of the just and loving God are the same toward all, the apostle explained most clearly, saying: “Before faith came, we were guarded under the law, shut up for the faith that was to be revealed; so the law became our instructor to Christ, that we might be justified by faith; but now that faith has come, we are no longer under an instructor.”
1.6.31Stählin 1:108
ἐσμεν.« οὐκ ἀκούετε ὅτι ὑπʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν νόμον οὐκέτι ἐσμέν, ὃς ἦν μετὰ φόβου, ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν λόγον τῆς προαιρέσεως τὸν παιδαγωγόν; εἶτα μέντοι ἐπήγαγεν τὴν ἁπάσης ἐκτὸς προσωποληψίας φωνήν· »πάντες γὰρ υἱοί ἐστε διὰ πίστεως θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ· ὅσοι γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε. οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὔτε Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὔτε ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ· πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ.« οὐκ ἄρα οἳ μὲν γνωστικοί, οἳ δὲ ψυχικοὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οἱ πάντες ἀποθέμενοι τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἴσοι καὶ πνευματικοὶ παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ. καὶ ἀλλαχόθι πάλιν γράφει· »καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι ἡμεῖς πάντες εἰς ἓν σῶμα ἐβαπτίσθημεν, εἴτε Ἰουδαῖοι εἴτε Ἕλληνες, εἴτε δοῦλοι εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι· καὶ πάντες ἓν πόμα ἐποτίσθημεν.«
esmen.« ouk akouete hoti hypʼ ekeinon ton nomon ouketi esmen, hos ēn meta phobou, hypo de ton logon tēs proaireseōs ton paidagōgon? eita mentoi epēgagen tēn hapasēs ektos prosōpolēpsias phōnēn; »pantes gar huioi este dia pisteōs theou en Christǭ Iēsou; hosoi gar eis Christon ebaptisthēte, christon enedysasthe. ouk eni Ioudaios oute Hellēn, ouk eni doulos oute eleutheros, ouk eni arsen kai thēly; pantes gar hymeis heis este en Christǭ Iēsou.« ouk ara hoi men gnōstikoi, hoi de psychikoi en autǭ tǭ logǭ, allʼ hoi pantes apothemenoi tas sarkikas epithymias isoi kai pneumatikoi para tǭ kyriǭ. kai allachothi palin graphei; »kai gar en heni pneumati hēmeis pantes eis hen sōma ebaptisthēmen, eite Ioudaioi eite Hellēnes, eite douloi eite eleutheroi; kai pantes hen poma epotisthēmen.«
Do you not hear that we are no longer under that law, which was with fear, but under the Word, the Instructor of free choice? Then he added the saying that is free of all partiality: “For you are all sons of God through faith in Christ Jesus; for as many of you as were baptized into Christ have put on Christ. There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male and female; for you are all one in Christ Jesus.” So in the Word himself there are not some who are “gnostics” and others “psychics,” but all who have put away the desires of the flesh are equal and spiritual before the Lord. And elsewhere again he writes: “For in one Spirit we were all baptized into one body, whether Jews or Greeks, whether slaves or free; and we were all made to drink of one drink.”
1.6.32Stählin 1:108–109
Οὐκ ἄτοπον δὲ καὶ τοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκείνων συγχρήσασθαι ῥήμασιν, οἳ διυλισμὸν μὲν τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν μνήμην τῶν κρειττόνων εἶναί φασιν. διυλισμὸν δὲ νοοῦσιν τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπομνήσεως τῶν ἀμεινόνων τῶν χειρόνων χωρισμόν· ἕπεται δὲ ἐξ ἀνάγκης τῷ ὑπομνησθέντι τῶν βελτιόνων ἡ μετάνοια ἡ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἥττοσιν· αὐτὸ γοῦν τὸ πνεῦμα ὁμολογοῦσι μετανοῆσαν ἀναδραμεῖν. τὸν αὐτὸν οὖν τρόπον καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις μετανενοηκότες, ἀποταξάμενοι τοῖς ἐλαττώμασιν αὐτῶν, διυλιζόμενοι βαπτίσματι, πρὸς τὸ ἀίδιον ἀνατρέχομεν φῶς, οἱ παῖδες πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. »ἀγαλλιασάμενος γοῦν ἐν τῷ πνεύματι Ἰησοῦς, ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, πάτερ, φησίν, ὁ θεὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἀπέκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις·« νηπίους ἡμᾶς ὁ παιδαγωγὸς καὶ διδάσκαλος ἀποκαλῶν τοὺς τῶν ἐν κόσμῳ σοφῶν ἐπιτηδειοτέρους εἰς σωτηρίαν, οἳ σοφοὺς σφᾶς ἡγούμενοι τετύφωνται. καὶ ἐπιβοᾶται, ἀγαλλιώμενος καὶ ὑπερευφραινόμενος, οἱονεὶ συντραυλίζων τοῖς νηπίοις· »ναί, ὁ πατήρ, ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου.« διὰ τοῦτο τὰ κεκρυμμένα ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν τοῦ νῦν αἰῶνος ἀπεκαλύφθη τοῖς νηπίοις. νήπιοι ἄρα εἰκότως οἱ παῖδες τοῦ θεοῦ οἱ τὸν μὲν παλαιὸν ἀποθέμενοι ἄνθρωπον καὶ τῆς κακίας ἐκδυσάμενοι τὸν χιτῶνα, ἐπενδυσάμενοι δὲ τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἵνα καινοὶ γενόμενοι, λαὸς ἅγιος, ἀναγεννηθέντες ἀμίαντον φυλάξωμεν τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ νήπιοι ὦμεν ὡς βρέφος τοῦ θεοῦ κεκαθαρμένον πορνείας
Ouk atopon de kai tois autōn ekeinōn synchrēsasthai rhēmasin, hoi diylismon men tou pneumatos tēn mnēmēn tōn kreittonōn einai phasin. diylismon de noousin ton apo tēs hypomnēseōs tōn ameinonōn tōn cheironōn chōrismon; hepetai de ex anankēs tǭ hypomnēsthenti tōn beltionōn hē metanoia hē epi tois hēttosin; auto goun to pneuma homologousi metanoēsan anadramein. ton auton oun tropon kai hēmeis epi tois hēmartēmenois metanenoēkotes, apotaxamenoi tois elattōmasin autōn, diylizomenoi baptismati, pros to aidion anatrechomen phōs, hoi paides pros ton patera. »agalliasamenos goun en tǭ pneumati Iēsous, exomologoumai soi, pater, phēsin, ho theos tou ouranou kai tēs gēs, hoti apekrypsas tauta apo sophōn kai synetōn, kai apekalypsas auta nēpiois;« nēpious hēmas ho paidagōgos kai didaskalos apokalōn tous tōn en kosmǭ sophōn epitēdeioterous eis sōtērian, hoi sophous sphas hēgoumenoi tetyphōntai. kai epiboatai, agalliōmenos kai hypereuphrainomenos, hoionei syntraulizōn tois nēpiois; »nai, ho patēr, hoti houtōs eudokia egeneto emprosthen sou.« dia touto ta kekrymmena apo sophōn kai synetōn tou nyn aiōnos apekalyphthē tois nēpiois. nēpioi ara eikotōs hoi paides tou theou hoi ton men palaion apothemenoi anthrōpon kai tēs kakias ekdysamenoi ton chitōna, ependysamenoi de tēn aphtharsian tou Christou, hina kainoi genomenoi, laos hagios, anagennēthentes amianton phylaxōmen ton anthrōpon kai nēpioi ōmen hōs brephos tou theou kekatharmenon porneias
It is not out of place to use the very words of those people, who say that the remembrance of better things is a straining of the spirit. By “straining” they mean the separation of worse things that comes from the recollection of better; and repentance for lesser things necessarily follows for the one who has recalled the better; indeed they admit that the spirit itself, having repented, runs back up. In the same way we too, having repented of our sins, renouncing our failings, strained clean by baptism, run back to the eternal light, children to the Father. “Jesus rejoiced in the Spirit and said, I thank you, Father, God of heaven and earth, that you have hidden these things from the wise and understanding, and revealed them to infants.” The Instructor and Teacher calls us infants, who are better suited for salvation than the wise of the world, who, thinking themselves wise, are puffed up. And he cries out, rejoicing and exceedingly glad, as if lisping along with the infants: “Yes, Father, for so it was well-pleasing before you.” For this reason what was hidden from the wise and understanding of this age has been revealed to infants. Rightly, then, the children of God are infants: those who have put off the old man and stripped off the tunic of wickedness, and put on the incorruption of Christ, so that, having become new, a holy people, born again, we may keep the human being undefiled, and be infants as a newborn of God, cleansed of sexual immorality …
1.6.33Stählin 1:109–110
καὶ πονηρίας. σαφέστατα γοῦν ὁ μακάριος Παῦλος ἀπήλλαξεν ἡμᾶς τῆς ζητήσεως ἐν τῇ προτέρᾳ πρὸς Κορινθίους ἐπιστολῇ ὧδέ πως γράφων· »ἀδελφοί, μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσίν, ἀλλὰ τῇ κακίᾳ νηπιάζετε, ταῖς δὲ φρεσὶ τέλειοι γίνεσθε.« τὸ δὲ »ὅτε ἤμην νήπιος, ἐφρόνουν ὡς νήπιος, ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος« τὴν κατὰ νόμον ἀγωγὴν αἰνίττεται, καθʼ ἣν οὐχ ὡς ἁπλοῦς ἤδη, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἔτι ἄφρων νήπια μὲν φρονῶν ἐδίωκε, νήπια δὲ λαλῶν ἐβλασφήμει τὸν λόγον. δύο γὰρ σημαίνει τὸ νήπιον. »ἐπειδὴ γέγονα, φησίν, ἀνήρ,« πάλιν ὁ Παῦλος λέγει, »κατήργηκα τὰ τοῦ νηπίου.« οὐχ ἡλικίας μέγεθος ἀτελές, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ μὴν χρόνου μέτρον ὡρισμένον, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀνδρικῶν καὶ ἐντελεστέρων μαθημάτων διδαχὰς ἄλλας ἀπορρήτους αἰνίττεται, τὴν νηπιότητα ὑπερόριον ἀποστέλλων ὁ καταργεῖν αὐτὴν ὁμολογῶν ἀπόστολος, ἀλλὰ νηπίους μὲν τοὺς ἐν νόμῳ λέγει, οἳ τῷ φόβῳ, καθάπερ οἱ παῖδες τοῖς μορμολυκείοις, ἐκταράττονται, ἄνδρας δὲ τοὺς λόγῳ πειθηνίους καὶ αὐτεξουσίους κέκληκεν· οἳ πεπιστεύκαμεν ἑκουσίῳ προαιρέσει σῳζόμενοι, ἐμφρόνως, οὐκ ἀφρόνως, δεδιττόμενοι τῷ φόβῳ. αὐτὸς περὶ τούτου μαρτυρήσει ὁ ἀπόστολος τοὺς Ἰουδαίους κατὰ τὴν προτέραν διαθήκην κληρονόμους λέγων, κατʼ ἐπαγγελίαν δὲ ἡμᾶς. »λέγω δέ,« φησίν, »ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον ὁ κληρονόμος νήπιός ἐστιν, οὐδὲν διαφέρει δούλου κύριος πάντων ὤν, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ ἐπιτρόπους ἐστὶ καὶ οἰκονόμους ἄχρι τῆς προθεσμίας τοῦ πατρός. οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς, ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι, ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἦμεν δεδουλωμένοι· ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικός, γενόμενον ὑπὸ νόμον, ἵνα τοὺς ὑπὸ νόμον ἐξαγοράσῃ, ἵνα τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν διʼ αὐτοῦ.«
kai ponērias. saphestata goun ho makarios Paulos apēllaxen hēmas tēs zētēseōs en tę̄ proterą pros Korinthious epistolę̄ hōde pōs graphōn; »adelphoi, mē paidia ginesthe tais phresin, alla tę̄ kakią nēpiazete, tais de phresi teleioi ginesthe.« to de »hote ēmēn nēpios, ephronoun hōs nēpios, elaloun hōs nēpios« tēn kata nomon agōgēn ainittetai, kathʼ hēn ouch hōs haplous ēdē, allʼ hōs eti aphrōn nēpia men phronōn ediōke, nēpia de lalōn eblasphēmei ton logon. dyo gar sēmainei to nēpion. »epeidē gegona, phēsin, anēr,« palin ho Paulos legei, »katērgēka ta tou nēpiou.« ouch hēlikias megethos ateles, allʼ oude mēn chronou metron hōrismenon, allʼ oude andrikōn kai entelesterōn mathēmatōn didachas allas aporrētous ainittetai, tēn nēpiotēta hyperorion apostellōn ho katargein autēn homologōn apostolos, alla nēpious men tous en nomǭ legei, hoi tǭ phobǭ, kathaper hoi paides tois mormolykeiois, ektarattontai, andras de tous logǭ peithēnious kai autexousious keklēken; hoi pepisteukamen hekousiǭ proairesei sǭzomenoi, emphronōs, ouk aphronōs, dedittomenoi tǭ phobǭ. autos peri toutou martyrēsei ho apostolos tous Ioudaious kata tēn proteran diathēkēn klēronomous legōn, katʼ epangelian de hēmas. »legō de,« phēsin, »ephʼ hoson chronon ho klēronomos nēpios estin, ouden diapherei doulou kyrios pantōn ōn, alla hypo epitropous esti kai oikonomous achri tēs prothesmias tou patros. houtōs kai hēmeis, hote ēmen nēpioi, hypo ta stoicheia tou kosmou ēmen dedoulōmenoi; hote de ēlthen to plērōma tou chronou, exapesteilen ho theos ton huion autou, genomenon ek gynaikos, genomenon hypo nomon, hina tous hypo nomon exagorasę̄, hina tēn huiothesian apolabōmen diʼ autou.«
… and wickedness. The blessed Paul most clearly released us from the inquiry in the first letter to the Corinthians, writing: “Brothers, do not be children in your minds; be infants in evil, but in your minds be perfect.” And the saying, “When I was an infant, I thought as an infant, I spoke as an infant,” hints at his life under the law, in which, not yet as one simple but as one still foolish, thinking childish things he persecuted, and speaking childish things he blasphemed the Word. For “infant” has two meanings. “When I became a man,” Paul says again, “I did away with the things of the infant.” The apostle who confesses that he does away with infancy, banishing it, is not hinting at an immature stage of life, nor at a fixed measure of time, nor at other secret teachings of manly and more perfect lessons; but he calls “infants” those under the law, who are terrified by fear as children are by bogeys, and “men” those who obey the Word and are free: we who have believed, saved by our own free choice, frightened by fear intelligently, not foolishly. The apostle himself will bear witness to this, calling the Jews heirs according to the former covenant, and us heirs according to the promise: “I say,” he says, “that as long as the heir is an infant, he differs in nothing from a slave, though he is lord of all, but is under guardians and stewards until the time set by the father. So we too, when we were infants, were enslaved under the elements of the world; but when the fullness of time came, God sent forth his Son, born of a woman, born under the law, to redeem those under the law, so that we might receive adoption through him.”
1.6.34Stählin 1:110
Ὅρα πῶς ὡμολόγησεν εἶναι νηπίους τοὺς ὑπὸ φόβον καὶ ἁμαρτίας, τοὺς δὲ ὑπὸ τὴν πίστιν υἱοὺς καλῶν ἀπήνδρωσεν ὡς πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τῶν ἐν τῷ νόμῳ νηπίων. »οὐκέτι γάρ«, φησί, »δοῦλος εἶ, ἀλλὰ υἱός· εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ κληρονόμος διὰ θεοῦ.« τί οὖν ἐνδεῖ τῷ υἱῷ μετὰ τὴν κληρονομίαν; χάριεν τοίνυν οὕτως ἐξηγήσασθαι τὸ »ὅτε ἤμην νήπιος,« τουτέστιν ὅτε ἤμην Ἰουδαῖος (Ἑβραῖος γὰρ ἄνωθεν ἦν), »ὡς νήπιος ἐφρόνουν,« ἐπειδὴ εἱπόμην τῷ νόμῳ· »ἐπεὶ δὲ γέγονα ἀνήρ,« οὐκέτι τὰ τοῦ νηπίου, τουτέστι τὰ τοῦ νόμου, ἀλλὰ τὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς φρονῶ, τουτέστι τὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὃν μόνον ἄνδρα ἡ γραφή, καθὼς προειρήκαμεν, καλεῖ, »κατήργηκα τὰ τοῦ νηπίου.« ἡ δὲ ἐν Χριστῷ νηπιότης τελείωσίς ἐστιν, ὡς πρὸς τὸν νόμον. Ἐνταῦθα γενομένοις τῇ νηπιότητι ἡμῶν συνηγορητέον. ἔτι καὶ τὸ πρὸς τοῦ ἀποστόλου εἰρημένον ἐπεξηγητέον »γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, ὡς νηπίους ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ βρῶμα· οὔπω γὰρ ἐδύνασθε· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἔτι νῦν δύνασθε.« οὔ μοι γὰρ δοκεῖ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ἐκδέχεσθαι δεῖν τὸ ῥητόν. ἀντιπαραθήσω γὰρ κἀκείνην τὴν γραφὴν »εἰσάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθήν, τὴν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι.« ἀνακύπτει τοίνυν
Hora pōs hōmologēsen einai nēpious tous hypo phobon kai hamartias, tous de hypo tēn pistin huious kalōn apēndrōsen hōs pros antidiastolēn tōn en tǭ nomǭ nēpiōn. »ouketi gar«, phēsi, »doulos ei, alla huios; ei de huios, kai klēronomos dia theou.« ti oun endei tǭ huiǭ meta tēn klēronomian? charien toinyn houtōs exēgēsasthai to »hote ēmēn nēpios,« toutestin hote ēmēn Ioudaios (Hebraios gar anōthen ēn), »hōs nēpios ephronoun,« epeidē heipomēn tǭ nomǭ; »epei de gegona anēr,« ouketi ta tou nēpiou, toutesti ta tou nomou, alla ta tou andros phronō, toutesti ta tou Christou, hon monon andra hē graphē, kathōs proeirēkamen, kalei, »katērgēka ta tou nēpiou.« hē de en Christǭ nēpiotēs teleiōsis estin, hōs pros ton nomon. Entautha genomenois tę̄ nēpiotēti hēmōn synēgorēteon. eti kai to pros tou apostolou eirēmenon epexēgēteon »gala hymas epotisa, hōs nēpious en Christǭ, ou brōma; oupō gar edynasthe; allʼ oude eti nyn dynasthe.« ou moi gar dokei Ioudaïkōs ekdechesthai dein to rhēton. antiparathēsō gar kakeinēn tēn graphēn »eisaxō hymas eis tēn gēn tēn agathēn, tēn rheousan gala kai meli.« anakyptei toinyn
See how he acknowledged that those under fear and sins are infants, while he made men of those under faith, calling them sons, in contrast to the infants under the law. “For you are no longer a slave,” he says, “but a son; and if a son, then an heir through God.” What, then, does the son lack after the inheritance? So it is fitting to explain the words “When I was an infant” thus: that is, when I was a Jew (for he was a Hebrew from the beginning), “I thought as an infant,” since I followed the law; “but when I became a man,” I no longer think the things of the infant, that is, of the law, but the things of the man, that is, of Christ, whom alone Scripture, as we said before, calls “man”; “I did away with the things of the infant.” But infancy in Christ is perfection, compared with the law. Having come this far, we must defend our infancy, and also explain what the apostle said: “I gave you milk to drink, as infants in Christ, not solid food; for you were not yet able; indeed, even now you are not able.” For it seems to me that the saying should not be understood in the Jewish way. I will set beside it that other Scripture: “I will bring you into the good land, flowing with milk and honey.” There arises, then,
1.6.35Stählin 1:110–111
ἀπορία μεγίστη κατὰ τὴν τῶν γραφῶν τῶνδε συμβολήν, τί νοοῦσιν. εἰ γὰρ ἀρχὴ τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν πίστεως ἡ διὰ τοῦ γάλακτος νηπιότης ἐστίν, ἐξευτελίζεται δὲ αὕτη ὡς παιδαριώδης καὶ ἀτελής, πῶς ἡ τοῦ τελείου καὶ γνωστικοῦ μετὰ τὴν βρῶσιν ἀνάπαυσις αὖθις νηπίῳ τετίμηται γάλακτι; μή τι οὖν τὸ »ὡς«, παραβολῆς ὂν δηλωτικόν, τοιοῦτόν τι ἐμφαίνει, καὶ δὴ ἀναγνωστέον ὧδέ πως τὸ ῥητόν· »γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα ἐν Χριστῷ« καὶ διαστήσαντες ὀλίγον ἐπαγάγωμεν »ὡς νηπίους,« ἵνα κατὰ τὴν διαστολὴν τῆς ἀναγνώσεως τοιαύτην ἀποδεξώμεθα διάνοιαν· κατήχησα ὑμᾶς ἐν Χριστῷ ἁπλῇ καὶ ἀληθεῖ καὶ αὐτοφυεῖ τροφῇ τῇ πνευματικῇ· τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ τοῦ γάλακτος ζωοτρόφος οὐσία, φιλοστόργοις πηγάζουσα μαστοῖς· ὡς νοεῖσθαι τὸ πᾶν τῇδε· ὥσπερ τῷ γάλακτι αἱ τίτθαι τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς νεογνοὺς ἐκτρέφουσιν, κἀγὼ δὲ οὕτω τῷ Χριστοῦ γάλακτι λόγῳ πνευματικὴν ὑμῖν ἐνστάζων τροφήν.
aporia megistē kata tēn tōn graphōn tōnde symbolēn, ti noousin. ei gar archē tēs eis Christon pisteōs hē dia tou galaktos nēpiotēs estin, exeutelizetai de hautē hōs paidariōdēs kai atelēs, pōs hē tou teleiou kai gnōstikou meta tēn brōsin anapausis authis nēpiǭ tetimētai galakti? mē ti oun to »hōs«, parabolēs on dēlōtikon, toiouton ti emphainei, kai dē anagnōsteon hōde pōs to rhēton; »gala hymas epotisa en Christǭ« kai diastēsantes oligon epagagōmen »hōs nēpious,« hina kata tēn diastolēn tēs anagnōseōs toiautēn apodexōmetha dianoian; katēchēsa hymas en Christǭ haplę̄ kai alēthei kai autophyei trophę̄ tę̄ pneumatikę̄; toiautē gar hē tou galaktos zōotrophos ousia, philostorgois pēgazousa mastois; hōs noeisthai to pan tę̄de; hōsper tǭ galakti hai titthai tous paidas tous neognous ektrephousin, kagō de houtō tǭ Christou galakti logǭ pneumatikēn hymin enstazōn trophēn.
… a very great difficulty, when these Scriptures are compared, as to what they mean. For if the infancy that comes by milk is the beginning of faith in Christ, and it is despised as childish and imperfect, how is the rest of the perfect and knowing man, after solid food, honored again with infant's milk? Perhaps, then, the “as,” which indicates a comparison, shows something like this, and the saying should be read as follows: “I gave you milk to drink in Christ,” and, pausing a little, let us add, “as infants,” so that, by this division of the reading, we may accept a meaning like this: I instructed you in Christ with simple, true, and natural spiritual food. For such is the life-nourishing substance of milk, springing from loving breasts. So that the whole may be understood thus: just as nurses rear newborn children on milk, so I too, with the Word, the milk of Christ, instill spiritual food into you.
1.6.36Stählin 1:111–112
Οὕτω γοῦν τελεία τροφὴ τὸ γάλα ἐστὶ τὸ τέλειον καὶ εἰς τέλος ἄγει τὸ ἀκατάπαυστον. διὸ κἀν τῇ ἀναπαύσει τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐπήγγελται γάλα καὶ μέλι. εἰκότως γάλα αὖθις ὑπισχνεῖται τοῖς δικαίοις ὁ κύριος, ἵνα δὴ σαφῶς ὁ λόγος ἄμφω δειχθῇ, ἄλφα καὶ ὦ, ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος [ὁ λόγος ἀλληγορούμενος γάλα]. τοιοῦτόν τι καὶ Ὅμηρος ἄκων μαντεύεται τοὺς δικαίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων »γαλακτοφάγους« καλῶν. ἔξεστι δὲ καὶ οὕτως ἐκλαμβάνειν τὴν γραφήν· »κἀγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, οὐκ ἐδυνήθην λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς, ἀλλʼ ὡς σαρκίνοις, ὡς νηπίοις ἐν Χριστῷ,« ὡς δύνασθαι σαρκίνους νοεῖσθαι τοὺς νεωστὶ κατηχουμένους καὶ νηπίους ἔτι ἐν Χριστῷ. πνευματικοὺς μὲν γὰρ τοὺς πεπιστευκότας ἤδη τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι προσεῖπεν, σαρκικοὺς δὲ τοὺς νεοκατηχήτους καὶ μηδέπω κεκαθαρμένους, οὓς »ἔτι σαρκικοὺς« εἰκότως λέγει ἐπʼ ἴσης τοῖς ἐθνικοῖς τὰ σαρκὸς ἔτι φρονοῦντας. »ὅπου γὰρ ἐν ὑμῖν ζῆλος καὶ ἔρις, οὐχὶ σαρκικοί ἐστε καὶ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖτε;« διὸ καὶ »γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα« φησίν, τὴν γνῶσιν ὑμῖν ἐνέχεα, λέγων, τὴν ἐκ κατηχήσεως ἀνατρέφουσαν εἰς ζωὴν ἀίδιον. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ »ἐπότισα« ῥῆμα τελείας μεταλήψεως σύμβολόν ἐστιν. πίνειν μὲν γὰρ οἱ τέλειοι λέγονται, θηλάζειν δὲ οἱ νήπιοι. »τὸ αἷμά μου,« γάρ φησιν ὁ κύριος, »ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις.« μή τι οὖν »γάλα« εἰπὼν »ἐπότισα« τὴν ἐν λόγῳ γάλακτι τελείαν εὐφροσύνην, τὴν γνῶσιν τῆς ἀληθείας, ᾐνίξατο; τὸ δʼ ἐπαγόμενον ἑξῆς »οὐ βρῶμα, οὔπω γὰρ ἐδύνασθε« τὴν ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι ἐναργῆ ἀποκάλυψιν βρώματος δίκην πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον αἰνίττεσθαι δύναται. »βλέπομεν γὰρ ὡς διʼ ἐσόπτρου νῦν,« ὁ αὐτὸς ἀπόστολος λέγει, »τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον.« διὸ κἀκεῖνο ἐπήγαγεν· »ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἔτι νῦν δύνασθε, ἔτι γὰρ σαρκικοί ἐστε,« τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς φρονοῦντες, ἐπιθυμοῦντες, ἐρῶντες, ζηλοῦντες, μηνιῶντες, φθονοῦντες· οὐ γὰρ ὅτι ἔτι ἐν σαρκί ἐσμεν, ὡς ὑπειλήφασί τινες· σὺν αὐτῇ γὰρ τὸ πρόσωπον ἰσάγγελον ἔχοντες πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον
Houtō goun teleia trophē to gala esti to teleion kai eis telos agei to akatapauston. dio kan tę̄ anapausei to auto touto epēngeltai gala kai meli. eikotōs gala authis hypischneitai tois dikaiois ho kyrios, hina dē saphōs ho logos amphō deichthę̄, alpha kai ō, archē kai telos [ho logos allēgoroumenos gala]. toiouton ti kai Homēros akōn manteuetai tous dikaious tōn anthrōpōn »galaktophagous« kalōn. exesti de kai houtōs eklambanein tēn graphēn; »kagō de, adelphoi, ouk edynēthēn lalēsai hymin hōs pneumatikois, allʼ hōs sarkinois, hōs nēpiois en Christǭ,« hōs dynasthai sarkinous noeisthai tous neōsti katēchoumenous kai nēpious eti en Christǭ. pneumatikous men gar tous pepisteukotas ēdē tǭ hagiǭ pneumati proseipen, sarkikous de tous neokatēchētous kai mēdepō kekatharmenous, hous »eti sarkikous« eikotōs legei epʼ isēs tois ethnikois ta sarkos eti phronountas. »hopou gar en hymin zēlos kai eris, ouchi sarkikoi este kai kata anthrōpon peripateite?« dio kai »gala hymas epotisa« phēsin, tēn gnōsin hymin enechea, legōn, tēn ek katēchēseōs anatrephousan eis zōēn aidion. alla kai to »epotisa« rhēma teleias metalēpseōs symbolon estin. pinein men gar hoi teleioi legontai, thēlazein de hoi nēpioi. »to haima mou,« gar phēsin ho kyrios, »alēthēs esti posis.« mē ti oun »gala« eipōn »epotisa« tēn en logǭ galakti teleian euphrosynēn, tēn gnōsin tēs alētheias, ę̄nixato? to dʼ epagomenon hexēs »ou brōma, oupō gar edynasthe« tēn en tǭ mellonti aiōni enargē apokalypsin brōmatos dikēn prosōpon pros prosōpon ainittesthai dynatai. »blepomen gar hōs diʼ esoptrou nyn,« ho autos apostolos legei, »tote de prosōpon pros prosōpon.« dio kakeino epēgagen; »allʼ oude eti nyn dynasthe, eti gar sarkikoi este,« ta tēs sarkos phronountes, epithymountes, erōntes, zēlountes, mēniōntes, phthonountes; ou gar hoti eti en sarki esmen, hōs hypeilēphasi tines; syn autę̄ gar to prosōpon isangelon echontes prosōpon pros prosōpon
So milk is perfect food, since it is perfect and leads to the end that has no end. That is why the same milk and honey are promised in the rest as well. Rightly the Lord again promises milk to the righteous, so that the Word may be clearly shown to be both, the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the end [the Word being figuratively called milk]. Homer too, unwillingly, prophesies something of this kind when he calls the righteous among men “milk-drinkers.” The Scripture can also be understood in this way: “And I, brothers, could not speak to you as to spiritual people, but as to people of the flesh, as to infants in Christ,” so that “people of the flesh” may be understood as those recently instructed and still infants in Christ. For he called spiritual those who have already believed in the Holy Spirit, and fleshly those newly instructed and not yet purified, whom he rightly calls “still fleshly,” since, like the pagans, they still think the things of the flesh. “For where there is jealousy and strife among you, are you not fleshly and walking as mere men?” That is why he says, “I gave you milk to drink,” meaning, I poured into you the knowledge that nourishes from instruction to eternal life. And the word “I gave to drink” is a symbol of perfect partaking; for the perfect are said to drink, and infants to suck. “For my blood,” says the Lord, “is true drink.” When he said, “I gave you milk to drink,” did he not then hint at the perfect gladness in the Word, the milk, the knowledge of the truth? And what follows, “not solid food, for you were not yet able,” may hint at the clear revelation in the age to come, face to face, like solid food. “For now we see as in a mirror,” the same apostle says, “but then face to face.” So he added that too: “Indeed, even now you are not able, for you are still fleshly,” thinking the things of the flesh: desiring, loving, being jealous, raging, envying. Not because we are still in the flesh, as some have supposed; for with the flesh, having a face like the angels', we shall see the promise face to face.
1.6.37Stählin 1:112
τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν ὀψόμεθα. πῶς δέ, εἰ ἐκείνη ὄντως ἐστὶν ἡ ἐπαγγελία μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαγήν, »ἣν ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν οὐδὲ ἐπὶ νοῦν ἀνθρώπου [οὐκ] ἀνέβη,« εἰδέναι φασὶν οὐ πνεύματι ἐννενοηκότες, ἀλλὰ ἐκ μαθήσεως παρειληφότες »ὃ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσέν ποτε« ἢ μόνον ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἐν τρίτῳ ἁρπασθὲν οὐρανῷ; ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο ἐχεμυθεῖν ἐκελεύετο τότε. εἰ δὲ ἀνθρωπίνη σοφία ἐστίν, ὅπερ ὑπολείπεται νοεῖν, ἡ μεγαλαυχία τῆς γνώσεως, ἄκουε τὸν νόμον τῆς γραφῆς· »μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ σοφὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ ἰσχυρὸς ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτοῦ, ὁ δὲ καυχώμενος ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω.« ἡμεῖς δὲ »θεοδίδακτοι« καὶ τῷ Χριστοῦ ὀνόματι καυχώμενοι. πῶς οὖν οὐ ταύτῃ νοεῖν τὸν ἀπόστολον ὑποληπτέον τὸ γάλα τῶν νηπίων, εἴ τε ποιμένες [ἐσ]μὲν οἱ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν προηγούμενοι κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ποιμένος, τὰ δὲ πρόβατα ἡμεῖς. μὴ οὐχὶ καὶ γάλα τῆς ποίμνης τὸν κύριον λέγοντα τὴν ἀκολουθίαν φυλάττειν ἀλληγοροῦντα; καὶ δὴ τὸ ῥητὸν αὖθις τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐφαρμοστέον· »γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, οὐ βρῶμα· οὔπω γὰρ ἐδύνασθε,« οὐκ ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸ γάλα τὸ βρῶμα ὑπολαμβάνοντος, ταὐτὸν δὲ τῇ οὐσίᾳ· ὡσαύτως γὰρ καὶ ὁ λόγος ὁ αὐτὸς ἢ ἀνειμένος καὶ ἤπιος ὡς
tēn epangelian opsometha. pōs de, ei ekeinē ontōs estin hē epangelia meta tēn enthende apallagēn, »hēn ophthalmos ouk eiden oude epi noun anthrōpou [ouk] anebē,« eidenai phasin ou pneumati ennenoēkotes, alla ek mathēseōs pareilēphotes »ho ous ouk ēkousen pote« ē monon ekeino to en tritǭ harpasthen ouranǭ? alla kakeino echemythein ekeleueto tote. ei de anthrōpinē sophia estin, hoper hypoleipetai noein, hē megalauchia tēs gnōseōs, akoue ton nomon tēs graphēs; »mē kauchasthō ho sophos en tę̄ sophią autou, kai mē kauchasthō ho ischyros en tę̄ ischui autou, ho de kauchōmenos en kyriǭ kauchasthō.« hēmeis de »theodidaktoi« kai tǭ Christou onomati kauchōmenoi. pōs oun ou tautę̄ noein ton apostolon hypolēpteon to gala tōn nēpiōn, ei te poimenes [es]men hoi tōn ekklēsiōn proēgoumenoi katʼ eikona tou agathou poimenos, ta de probata hēmeis. mē ouchi kai gala tēs poimnēs ton kyrion legonta tēn akolouthian phylattein allēgorounta? kai dē to rhēton authis tę̄ dianoią epharmosteon; »gala hymas epotisa, ou brōma; oupō gar edynasthe,« ouk allo ti para to gala to brōma hypolambanontos, tauton de tę̄ ousią; hōsautōs gar kai ho logos ho autos ē aneimenos kai ēpios hōs
(… face to face.) But if that promise truly comes after our departure from here, “which eye has not seen, nor has it entered into the mind of man,” how do they claim to know, not having understood by the Spirit but having received it by learning, “what ear has never heard,” except that which was caught up to the third heaven? But even that he was commanded to keep silent about at the time. And if the boasting of knowledge is human wisdom, which is what remains to be understood, hear the law of Scripture: “Let not the wise man boast in his wisdom, and let not the strong man boast in his strength; but let him who boasts, boast in the Lord.” But we are “taught by God” and boast in the name of Christ. How, then, should we not suppose that the apostle understood the milk of infants in this way? And if those who lead the churches are shepherds in the image of the Good Shepherd, and we are the sheep, should we not suppose that the Lord, speaking allegorically, keeps to the sequence by calling himself the milk of the flock? And the saying is again to be fitted to the meaning: “I gave you milk to drink, not solid food; for you were not yet able,” not supposing that the solid food is something other than the milk, but the same in substance. For the same Word is either loosened and gentle like
1.6.38Stählin 1:112–113
γάλα ἢ πεπηγὼς καὶ συνεστραμμένος ὡς βρῶμα. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇδε ἐκλαμβάνουσιν ἡμῖν γάλα νοεῖσθαι τὸ κήρυγμα δύναται τὸ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον κεχυμένον, βρῶμα δὲ ἡ πίστις εἰς θεμέλιον ἐκ κατηχήσεως συνεστραμμένη, ἣ δὴ στερεμνιωτέρα τῆς ἀκοῆς ὑπάρχουσα βρώματι ἀπεικάζεται, ἐν αὐτῇ σωματοποιουμένη τῇ ψυχῇ. τὴν τοιάνδε τροφὴν ἀλλαχόθι [δὲ] καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ἰωάννην εὐαγγελίῳ ἑτέρως ἐξήνεγκεν διὰ συμβόλων »φάγεσθέ μου τὰς σάρκας« εἰπὼν »καὶ πίεσθέ μου τὸ αἷμα«, τὸ ἐναργὲς τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ βρώσιμον καὶ τὸ πότιμον ἀλληγορῶν· διʼ ὧν ἡ ἐκκλησία, καθάπερ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ πολλῶν συνεστηκυῖα μελῶν, ἄρδεταί τε καὶ αὔξεται συγκροτεῖταί τε καὶ συμπήγνυται ἐξ ἀμφοῖν, σώματος μὲν τῆς πίστεως, ψυχῆς δὲ τῆς ἐλπίδος, ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐκ σαρκὸς καὶ αἵματος. τῷ γὰρ ὄντι αἷμα τῆς πίστεως ἡ ἐλπίς, ὑφʼ ἧς συνέχεται, καθάπερ ὑπὸ ψυχῆς, ἡ πίστις. διαπνευσάσης δὲ τῆς ἐλπίδος δίκην ἐκρυέντος αἵματος τὸ ζωτικὸν τῆς πίστεως ὑπεκλύεται.
gala ē pepēgōs kai synestrammenos hōs brōma. ou mēn alla kai tę̄de eklambanousin hēmin gala noeisthai to kērygma dynatai to epi pleiston kechymenon, brōma de hē pistis eis themelion ek katēchēseōs synestrammenē, hē dē steremniōtera tēs akoēs hyparchousa brōmati apeikazetai, en autę̄ sōmatopoioumenē tę̄ psychę̄. tēn toiande trophēn allachothi [de] kai ho kyrios en tǭ kata Iōannēn euangeliǭ heterōs exēnenken dia symbolōn »phagesthe mou tas sarkas« eipōn »kai piesthe mou to haima«, to enarges tēs pisteōs kai tēs epangelias to brōsimon kai to potimon allēgorōn; diʼ hōn hē ekklēsia, kathaper anthrōpos ek pollōn synestēkuia melōn, ardetai te kai auxetai synkroteitai te kai sympēgnytai ex amphoin, sōmatos men tēs pisteōs, psychēs de tēs elpidos, hōsper kai ho kyrios ek sarkos kai haimatos. tǭ gar onti haima tēs pisteōs hē elpis, hyphʼ hēs synechetai, kathaper hypo psychēs, hē pistis. diapneusasēs de tēs elpidos dikēn ekryentos haimatos to zōtikon tēs pisteōs hypeklyetai.
milk, or set and thickened like solid food. Moreover, taking it in this way, we may understand milk as the proclamation, poured out most widely, and solid food as faith, compacted by instruction into a foundation; faith, being more solid than hearing, is likened to food, being given body in the soul itself. The Lord also expressed this kind of food in another way, by symbols, in the Gospel according to John, when he said, “Eat my flesh and drink my blood,” speaking figuratively of the evident drink and food of faith and of the promise. By these the church, like a human being composed of many members, is watered and grows, is knit together and made firm from both: from the body, which is faith, and from the soul, which is hope; just as the Lord too is of flesh and blood. For hope is truly the blood of faith, by which faith is held together as by a soul; and when hope breathes its last, like blood that has drained away, the vital force of faith is dissolved.
1.6.39Stählin 1:113–114
Εἰ δὲ ἄρα προσφιλονεικεῖν ἐθέλοιέν τινες τὰ πρῶτα μαθήματα τὸ γάλα μηνύειν λέγοντες, ὡσανεὶ πρώτας τροφάς, τὸ δὲ βρῶμα τὰς πνευματικὰς ἐπιγνώσεις, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀνάγοντες εἰς γνῶσιν, ἴστωσαν, ὡς ἄρα στερεὰν τροφὴν τὸ βρῶμα λέγοντες καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὑποφέρονται τῇ σφῶν αὐτῶν μεγαλαύχῳ σοφίᾳ ἐπὶ τὴν ἁπλότητα τὴν ἀληθῆ. πρωτόγονον γὰρ τὸ αἷμα εὑρίσκεται ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ, ὃ δή τινες οὐσίαν εἰπεῖν ψυχῆς τετολμήκασιν· τοῦτο δὴ τὸ αἷμα φυσικῇ τρεπόμενον πέψει, κυησάσης τῆς μητρός, φιλοστοργίᾳ συμπαθεῖ ἐξανθεῖ καὶ γηράσκει πρὸς τὸ ἄφοβον τοῦ παιδίου· καὶ ἔστι μὲν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑγρότερον τὸ αἷμα, οἷον ὑγρά τις οὖσα σάρξ, τοῦ δὲ αἵματος νοστιμώτερον τὸ γάλα καὶ λεπτομερέστερον. εἴτε γὰρ τὸ ἐπιχορηγούμενον αἷμα τῷ ἐμβρύῳ καὶ διὰ μητρῴου πρότερον ἐπιπεμπόμενον ὀμφαλοῦ εἴτε αὖ τὸ καταμήνιον αὐτό, ἀποκλεισθὲν τῆς οἰκείας φορᾶς, κατὰ φυσικὴν ἀνάχυσιν χωρεῖν κελεύεται πρὸς τοῦ παντρόφου καὶ γενεσιουργοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς φλεγμαίνοντας ἤδη μαστοὺς καὶ ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἀλλοιούμενον θερμοῦ ποθεινὴ σκευάζεται τῷ νηπίῳ τροφή, αἷμα τὸ μεταβάλλον ἐστί. μάλιστα γὰρ πάντων μελῶν μαστοὶ συμπαθεῖς μήτρᾳ. ἐπὰν οὖν κατὰ τοὺς τόκους ἀποκοπὴν λάβῃ τὸ ἀγγεῖον, διʼ οὗ πρὸς τὸ ἔμβρυον τὸ αἷμα ἐφέρετο, μύσις μὲν γίνεται τοῦ πόρου, τὴν δὲ ὁρμὴν ἐπὶ τοὺς μαστοὺς τὸ αἷμα λαμβάνει καὶ πολλῆς τῆς ἐπιφορᾶς γενομένης διατείνονται καὶ μεταβάλλει τὸ αἷμα εἰς γάλα, ἀναλόγως τῇ ἐπὶ τῆς ἑλκώσεως εἰς πῦον τοῦ αἵματος μεταβολῇ· εἴτε αὖ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν μαστοῖς παρακειμένων φλεβῶν ἀναστομουμένων κατὰ τὰς διατάσεις τῆς κυήσεως τὸ αἷμα μεταχεῖται εἰς τὰς φυσικὰς τῶν μαστῶν σήραγγας, τούτῳ δὲ ἀνακιρνάμενον τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν γειτνιωσῶν καταπεμπόμενον ἀρτηριῶν πνεῦμα, μενούσης ἔτι τῆς ὑποκειμένης ἀκεραίου τοῦ αἵματος οὐσίας, ἐκκυμαινόμενον λευκαίνεται καὶ τῇ τοιαύτῃ ἀνακοπῇ κατʼ ἐξαφρισμὸν μεταβάλλεται, παραπλήσιόν τι πεπονθὸς τῇ θαλάττῃ, ἣν δὴ κατὰ τὰς ἐμβολὰς τῶν πνευμάτων οἱ ποιηταί φασιν »ἀποπτύειν ἁλὸς ἄχνην«· πλὴν ἀλλὰ αἷμα ἔχει τὴν οὐσίαν.
Ei de ara prosphiloneikein etheloien tines ta prōta mathēmata to gala mēnyein legontes, hōsanei prōtas trophas, to de brōma tas pneumatikas epignōseis, sphas autous anagontes eis gnōsin, istōsan, hōs ara sterean trophēn to brōma legontes kai sarka kai haima tou Iēsou hypopherontai tę̄ sphōn autōn megalauchǭ sophią epi tēn haplotēta tēn alēthē. prōtogonon gar to haima heurisketai en anthrōpǭ, ho dē tines ousian eipein psychēs tetolmēkasin; touto dē to haima physikę̄ trepomenon pepsei, kyēsasēs tēs mētros, philostorgią sympathei exanthei kai gēraskei pros to aphobon tou paidiou; kai esti men tēs sarkos hygroteron to haima, hoion hygra tis ousa sarx, tou de haimatos nostimōteron to gala kai leptomeresteron. eite gar to epichorēgoumenon haima tǭ embryǭ kai dia mētrǭou proteron epipempomenon omphalou eite au to katamēnion auto, apokleisthen tēs oikeias phoras, kata physikēn anachysin chōrein keleuetai pros tou pantrophou kai genesiourgou theou epi tous phlegmainontas ēdē mastous kai hypo pneumatos alloioumenon thermou potheinē skeuazetai tǭ nēpiǭ trophē, haima to metaballon esti. malista gar pantōn melōn mastoi sympatheis mētrą. epan oun kata tous tokous apokopēn labę̄ to angeion, diʼ hou pros to embryon to haima ephereto, mysis men ginetai tou porou, tēn de hormēn epi tous mastous to haima lambanei kai pollēs tēs epiphoras genomenēs diateinontai kai metaballei to haima eis gala, analogōs tę̄ epi tēs helkōseōs eis pyon tou haimatos metabolę̄; eite au apo tōn en mastois parakeimenōn phlebōn anastomoumenōn kata tas diataseis tēs kyēseōs to haima metacheitai eis tas physikas tōn mastōn sērangas, toutǭ de anakirnamenon to apo tōn geitniōsōn katapempomenon artēriōn pneuma, menousēs eti tēs hypokeimenēs akeraiou tou haimatos ousias, ekkymainomenon leukainetai kai tę̄ toiautę̄ anakopę̄ katʼ exaphrismon metaballetai, paraplēsion ti peponthos tę̄ thalattę̄, hēn dē kata tas embolas tōn pneumatōn hoi poiētai phasin »apoptyein halos achnēn«; plēn alla haima echei tēn ousian.
But if some want to argue further, saying that milk signifies the first lessons, as the first food, and solid food spiritual knowledge, raising themselves up to knowledge, let them know that when they call solid food meat and the flesh and blood of Jesus, they are brought down by their own boastful wisdom to the true simplicity. For blood is found to be the first thing formed in a human being, and some have even dared to call it the substance of the soul. This blood, changed by a natural digestion when the mother conceives, blooms and ages through sympathetic love, so that the child need not fear. Blood is more liquid than flesh, being a kind of liquid flesh; and milk is more nourishing than blood and finer in texture. For whether the blood supplied to the embryo, previously sent through the mother's navel, or the menstrual flow itself, shut off from its proper course, is commanded by God, who nourishes all and brings all to birth, to go by a natural diffusion to the breasts, now swelling, and, changed by warm air, is prepared as desirable food for the infant, it is the blood that is changed. For of all the members the breasts are in closest sympathy with the womb. So when, at birth, the vessel by which blood was carried to the embryo is cut off, its passage closes, and the blood takes its course toward the breasts; and when much of it flows there, they are distended and the blood is changed into milk, just as blood is changed into pus in an ulcer. Or again, the veins beside the breasts open when they are stretched in pregnancy, and the blood pours into the natural cavities of the breasts; mixed with the air sent down from the neighboring arteries, while the underlying substance of the blood remains intact, it foams and turns white, and by such agitation is changed into froth, much as the sea, which the poets say, when winds strike it, “spits out the foam of the brine.” But its substance remains blood.
1.6.40Stählin 1:114
τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ καὶ οἱ ποταμοὶ ῥόθῳ φερόμενοι τῇ ἐμπεριλήψει τοῦ περικεχυμένου ἀέρος ξαινόμενοι ἀφρὸν μορμύρουσιν, καὶ τὸ ἐνστόμιον ἡμῶν ὑγρὸν τῷ πνεύματι ἐκλευκαίνεται. τίς οὖν ἡ ἀποκλήρωσις μὴ οὐχὶ καὶ τὸ αἷμα ἐπὶ τὸ φωτεινότατον καὶ λευκότατον ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τρέπεσθαι ὁμολογεῖν; πάσχει δὲ τὴν μεταβολὴν κατὰ ποιότητα, οὐ κατʼ οὐσίαν. ἀμέλει γοῦν οὐ τροφιμώτερον ἄλλο τι οὐδὲ μὴν γλυκύτερον ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ λευκότερον εὕροις ἂν γάλακτος.
toutǭ tǭ tropǭ kai hoi potamoi rhothǭ pheromenoi tę̄ emperilēpsei tou perikechymenou aeros xainomenoi aphron mormyrousin, kai to enstomion hēmōn hygron tǭ pneumati ekleukainetai. tis oun hē apoklērōsis mē ouchi kai to haima epi to phōteinotaton kai leukotaton hypo tou pneumatos trepesthai homologein? paschei de tēn metabolēn kata poiotēta, ou katʼ ousian. amelei goun ou trophimōteron allo ti oude mēn glykyteron allʼ oude leukoteron heurois an galaktos.
In this way rivers too, rushing along with a roar, are churned by the surrounding air they take in and seethe with foam; and the moisture in our mouths is whitened by breath. What objection, then, is there to admitting that blood too is changed by air to the brightest and whitest? It undergoes the change in quality, not in substance. Indeed, you could find nothing more nourishing than milk, nor sweeter, nor whiter.
1.6.41Stählin 1:114–115
πάντῃ δὲ ἔοικεν τούτῳ ἡ πνευματικὴ τροφή, γλυκεῖα μὲν διὰ τὴν χάριν ὑπάρχουσα, τρόφιμος δὲ ὡς ζωή, λευκὴ δὲ ὡς ἡμέρα Χριστοῦ, καὶ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ λόγου πεφανέρωται ὡς γάλα. ταύτῃ τοίνυν περὶ τὴν ἀποκύησιν οἰκονομούμενον τῷ βρέφει τὸ γάλα χορηγεῖται, καὶ οἱ μαστοί, οἱ τέως τὸν ἄνδρα περιβλεπόμενοι ὀρθοί, ἤδη κατανεύουσι πρὸς τὸ παιδίον, τὴν ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως πεπονημένην εὔληπτον παρέχειν διδασκόμενοι τροφὴν εἰς ἀνατροφὴν σωτηρίας· οὐ γὰρ ὡς αἱ πηγαὶ πλήρεις εἰσὶν οἱ μαστοὶ ἐπεισρέοντος ἑτοίμου γάλακτος, ἀλλὰ μεταβάλλοντες τὴν τροφὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐργάζονται γάλα καὶ διαπνέουσιν. ἡ τροφὴ δὲ ἡ κατάλληλος αὕτη καὶ πρόσφορος νεοπαγεῖ καὶ νεοφυεῖ παιδίῳ πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ τροφέως καὶ πατρὸς τῶν γεννωμένων καὶ ἀναγεννωμένων πονουμένη, οἷον τὸ μάννα οὐρανόθεν ἐπερρέετο τοῖς παλαιοῖς Ἑβραίοις, ἡ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐπουράνιος τροφή. ἀμέλει καὶ νῦν αἱ τίτθαι τὸ πρωτόχυτον τοῦ γάλακτος πόμα ὁμωνύμως ἐκείνῃ τῇ τροφῇ μάννα κεκλήκασιν. ἀλλʼ αἱ μὲν γυναῖκες αἱ κυοῦσαι μητέρες γενόμεναι πηγάζουσι γάλα· ὁ δὲ κύριος ὁ Χριστὸς τῆς παρθένου καρπὸς οὐκ ἐμακάρισεν τοὺς γυναικείους μαστοὺς οὐδὲ ἔκρινεν αὐτοὺς τροφεῖς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ φιλοστόργου καὶ φιλανθρώπου πατρὸς ἐπομβρήσαντος τὸν λόγον αὐτὸς ἤδη τροφὴ γέγονεν πνευματικὴ τοῖς σώφροσιν.
pantę̄ de eoiken toutǭ hē pneumatikē trophē, glykeia men dia tēn charin hyparchousa, trophimos de hōs zōē, leukē de hōs hēmera Christou, kai to haima tou logou pephanerōtai hōs gala. tautę̄ toinyn peri tēn apokyēsin oikonomoumenon tǭ brephei to gala chorēgeitai, kai hoi mastoi, hoi teōs ton andra periblepomenoi orthoi, ēdē kataneuousi pros to paidion, tēn hypo tēs physeōs peponēmenēn eulēpton parechein didaskomenoi trophēn eis anatrophēn sōtērias; ou gar hōs hai pēgai plēreis eisin hoi mastoi epeisreontos hetoimou galaktos, alla metaballontes tēn trophēn en heautois ergazontai gala kai diapneousin. hē trophē de hē katallēlos hautē kai prosphoros neopagei kai neophyei paidiǭ pros tou theou tou tropheōs kai patros tōn gennōmenōn kai anagennōmenōn ponoumenē, hoion to manna ouranothen eperreeto tois palaiois Hebraiois, hē tōn angelōn epouranios trophē. amelei kai nyn hai titthai to prōtochyton tou galaktos poma homōnymōs ekeinę̄ tę̄ trophę̄ manna keklēkasin. allʼ hai men gynaikes hai kyousai mēteres genomenai pēgazousi gala; ho de kyrios ho Christos tēs parthenou karpos ouk emakarisen tous gynaikeious mastous oude ekrinen autous tropheis, alla tou philostorgou kai philanthrōpou patros epombrēsantos ton logon autos ēdē trophē gegonen pneumatikē tois sōphrosin.
The spiritual food is like it in every way: sweet through grace, nourishing as life, white as the day of Christ; and the blood of the Word has been shown to be like milk. In this way milk is provided at birth for the infant by God's plan; and the breasts, which until then stood upright looking toward the husband, now bend toward the child, taught to supply the easily digested food prepared by nature for the nurture of salvation. For the breasts are not full like springs, with milk ready-made flowing into them; they change the food within themselves, make milk, and send it out. This food, suited and fitting for the newly formed and newborn child, is prepared by God, the nourisher and Father of those born and born again, just as the manna flowed from heaven for the Hebrews of old, the heavenly food of angels. Indeed, even now nurses call the first-flowing drink of milk by the same name as that food, “manna.” But women who conceive and become mothers pour forth milk; the Lord Christ, the fruit of the Virgin, did not bless women's breasts nor judge them to be nourishers, but, since the loving and kind Father rained down the Word, he himself has become spiritual food for the self-controlled.
1.6.42Stählin 1:115
Ὢ θαύματος μυστικοῦ· εἷς μὲν ὁ τῶν ὅλων πατήρ, εἷς δὲ καὶ ὁ τῶν ὅλων λόγος, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ πανταχοῦ, μία δὲ μόνη γίνεται μήτηρ παρθένος· ἐκκλησίαν ἐμοὶ φίλον αὐτὴν καλεῖν. γάλα οὐκ ἔσχεν ἡ μήτηρ αὕτη μόνη, ὅτι μόνη μὴ γέγονεν γυνή, παρθένος δὲ ἅμα καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν, ἀκήρατος μὲν ὡς παρθένος, ἀγαπητικὴ δὲ ὡς μήτηρ, καὶ τὰ αὑτῆς παιδία προσκαλουμένη ἁγίῳ τιθηνεῖται γάλακτι, τῷ βρεφώδει λόγῳ. διὸ οὐκ ἔσχε γάλα, ὅτι γάλα ἦν * * τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο καλὸν καὶ οἰκεῖον, τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὴν νεολαίαν ὑποτροφὴν οὖσαν τῷ λόγῳ, ἣν αὐτὸς ἐκύησεν ὁ κύριος ὠδῖνι σαρκικῇ, ἣν αὐτὸς ἐσπαργάνωσεν ὁ κύριος αἵματι τιμίῳ. ὢ τῶν ἁγίων λοχευμάτων, ὢ τῶν ἁγίων σπαργάνων· ὁ λόγος τὰ πάντα τῷ νηπίῳ, καὶ πατὴρ καὶ μήτηρ καὶ παιδαγωγὸς καὶ τροφεύς. »φάγεσθέ μου«, φησί, »τὴν σάρκα καὶ πίεσθέ μου τὸ αἷμα.«
Ō thaumatos mystikou; heis men ho tōn holōn patēr, heis de kai ho tōn holōn logos, kai to pneuma to hagion hen kai to auto pantachou, mia de monē ginetai mētēr parthenos; ekklēsian emoi philon autēn kalein. gala ouk eschen hē mētēr hautē monē, hoti monē mē gegonen gynē, parthenos de hama kai mētēr estin, akēratos men hōs parthenos, agapētikē de hōs mētēr, kai ta hautēs paidia proskaloumenē hagiǭ tithēneitai galakti, tǭ brephōdei logǭ. dio ouk esche gala, hoti gala ēn * * to paidion touto kalon kai oikeion, to sōma tou Christou, tēn neolaian hypotrophēn ousan tǭ logǭ, hēn autos ekyēsen ho kyrios ōdini sarkikę̄, hēn autos esparganōsen ho kyrios haimati timiǭ. ō tōn hagiōn locheumatōn, ō tōn hagiōn sparganōn; ho logos ta panta tǭ nēpiǭ, kai patēr kai mētēr kai paidagōgos kai tropheus. »phagesthe mou«, phēsi, »tēn sarka kai piesthe mou to haima.«
O mystic wonder! One is the Father of all things, one also the Word of all things, and the Holy Spirit is one and the same everywhere; and there is one only virgin mother. I love to call her the church. This mother alone had no milk, because she alone did not become a woman; she is at once virgin and mother, undefiled as a virgin, loving as a mother. Calling her children to her, she nurses them with holy milk, the Word for infants. So she had no milk, because the milk was … this fair and familiar child, the body of Christ, the young people nourished by the Word, whom the Lord himself brought forth in the travail of the flesh, whom the Lord himself swaddled in his precious blood. O holy births! O holy swaddling clothes! The Word is everything to the infant: father and mother and instructor and nurse. “Eat my flesh,” he says, “and drink my blood.”
1.6.43Stählin 1:115–116
ταύτας ἡμῖν οἰκείας τροφὰς ὁ κύριος χορηγεῖ καὶ σάρκα ὀρέγει καὶ αἷμα ἐκχεῖ· καὶ οὐδὲν εἰς αὔξησιν τοῖς παιδίοις ἐνδεῖ. ὢ τοῦ παραδόξου μυστηρίου· ἀποδύσασθαι ἡμῖν τὴν παλαιὰν καὶ σαρκικὴν ἐγκελεύεται φθοράν, ὥσπερ καὶ τὴν παλαιὰν τροφήν, καινῆς δὲ ἄλλης τῆς Χριστοῦ διαίτης μεταλαμβάνοντας, ἐκεῖνον, εἰ δυνατόν, ἀναλαμβάνοντας ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀποτίθεσθαι καὶ τὸν σωτῆρα ἐνστερνίσασθαι, ἵνα καταργήσωμεν τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν τὰ πάθη. ἀλλʼ οὐ ταύτῃ νοεῖν ἐθέλεις, κοινότερον δὲ ἴσως. ἄκουε καὶ ταύτῃ· σάρκα ἡμῖν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἀλληγορεῖ, καὶ γὰρ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ δεδημιούργηται ἡ σάρξ· αἷμα ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον αἰνίττεται, καὶ γὰρ ὡς αἷμα πλούσιον ὁ λόγος ἐπικέχυται τῷ βίῳ· ἡ κρᾶσις δὲ ἡ ἀμφοῖν ὁ κύριος, ἡ τροφὴ τῶν νηπίων· ὁ κύριος πνεῦμα καὶ λόγος. ἡ τροφή, τουτέστιν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς, τουτέστιν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ, πνεῦμα σαρκούμενον, ἁγιαζομένη σὰρξ οὐράνιος. ἡ τροφὴ τὸ γάλα τοῦ πατρός, ᾧ μόνῳ τιτθευόμεθα οἱ νήπιοι. αὐτὸς γοῦν ὁ »ἠγαπημένος« καὶ τροφεὺς ἡμῶν λόγος τὸ αὑτοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐξέχεεν αἷμα, σῴζων τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα· διʼ οὗ πεπιστευκότες εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τὸν »λαθικηδέα μαζὸν« τοῦ πατρός, τὸν λόγον, καταφεύγομεν, ὃ δέ, ὡς ἔοικεν, μόνος ἡμῖν τοῖς νηπίοις τὸ γάλα τῆς ἀγάπης χορηγεῖ, καὶ οὗτοι ὡς ἀληθῶς
tautas hēmin oikeias trophas ho kyrios chorēgei kai sarka oregei kai haima ekchei; kai ouden eis auxēsin tois paidiois endei. ō tou paradoxou mystēriou; apodysasthai hēmin tēn palaian kai sarkikēn enkeleuetai phthoran, hōsper kai tēn palaian trophēn, kainēs de allēs tēs Christou diaitēs metalambanontas, ekeinon, ei dynaton, analambanontas en heautois apotithesthai kai ton sōtēra ensternisasthai, hina katargēsōmen tēs sarkos hēmōn ta pathē. allʼ ou tautę̄ noein etheleis, koinoteron de isōs. akoue kai tautę̄; sarka hēmin to pneuma to hagion allēgorei, kai gar hypʼ autou dedēmiourgētai hē sarx; haima hēmin ton logon ainittetai, kai gar hōs haima plousion ho logos epikechytai tǭ biǭ; hē krasis de hē amphoin ho kyrios, hē trophē tōn nēpiōn; ho kyrios pneuma kai logos. hē trophē, toutestin ho kyrios Iēsous, toutestin ho logos tou theou, pneuma sarkoumenon, hagiazomenē sarx ouranios. hē trophē to gala tou patros, hǭ monǭ tittheuometha hoi nēpioi. autos goun ho »ēgapēmenos« kai tropheus hēmōn logos to hautou hyper hēmōn execheen haima, sǭzōn tēn anthrōpotēta; diʼ hou pepisteukotes eis ton theon epi ton »lathikēdea mazon« tou patros, ton logon, katapheugomen, ho de, hōs eoiken, monos hēmin tois nēpiois to gala tēs agapēs chorēgei, kai houtoi hōs alēthōs
These are the proper foods the Lord supplies to us: he holds out his flesh and pours out his blood, and nothing is lacking to the children for their growth. O paradoxical mystery! He commands us to strip off the old corruption of the flesh, as also the old food, and, partaking of another, new diet, that of Christ, to receive him, if possible, and store him up within ourselves, and to take the Savior into our breasts, so that we may put an end to the passions of our flesh. But you do not wish to understand it in this way, but perhaps more commonly. Hear it in this way too: the Holy Spirit is figuratively called flesh for us, for the flesh was fashioned by him; and blood points to the Word, for the Word has been poured out on our life like rich blood. The mingling of both is the Lord, the food of the infants: the Lord is Spirit and Word. The food, that is, the Lord Jesus, that is, the Word of God, Spirit made flesh, holy heavenly flesh. The food is the Father's milk, by which alone we infants are nursed. The “beloved” Word himself, our nourisher, poured out his own blood for us, saving humanity; through him, having believed in God, we flee to the “care-forgetting breast” of the Father, the Word; and he alone, it seems, supplies us infants with the milk of love; and truly
1.6.44Stählin 1:116
μακάριοι μόνοι, ὅσοι τοῦτον θηλάζουσι τὸν μαστόν. διὰ τοῦτό φησι καὶ ὁ Πέτρος· »ἀποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν καὶ πάντα δόλον καὶ τὴν ὑπόκρισιν καὶ φθόνον καὶ καταλαλιάν, ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ αὐξηθῆτε εἰς σωτηρίαν, εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος.« εἰ δὲ καὶ συνενδῴη τις αὐτοῖς ἄλλο τι εἶναι τὸ βρῶμα παρὰ τὸ γάλα, εἶτα πῶς οὐ περιπαρήσονται σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, οὐ κατανενοηκότες τὴν φύσιν; ἡ γάρ τοι τροφὴ χειμῶνος μὲν πυκνοῦντος τοῦ περιέχοντος καὶ πάροδον οὐ διδόντος ἐντὸς κατακλειομένῳ τῷ θερμῷ, ἑψομένη καὶ πεπτομένη, εἰς τὰς φλέβας ἐξαιματουμένη ἐκχωρεῖ· αἳ δὲ διαπνοῆς οὐ τυγχάνουσαι πεπληρωμέναι μάλιστα συντείνονται καὶ σφύζουσι· διὸ καὶ αἱ τίτθαι περιπληθεῖς τότε μάλιστα γίνονται τῷ γάλακτι. ἀποδέδεικται δὲ ἡμῖν μικρῷ πρόσθεν τὸ αἷμα εἰς γάλα ταῖς κυούσαις κατὰ μεταβολήν, οὐ κατʼ οὐσίαν χωρεῖν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ αἱ τρίχες αἱ ξανθαὶ τοῖς γηρῶσιν εἰς πολιὰς μεταβάλλουσιν. θέρους δὲ ἔμπαλιν ἀραιότερον ὂν τὸ σῶμα τὴν τροφὴν εὐδιαφορητοτέραν παρέχει, καὶ ἥκιστα πλεονάζει τὸ γάλα, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ τὸ αἷμα· οὐδὲ γὰρ πᾶσα κατέχεται ἡ τροφή.
makarioi monoi, hosoi touton thēlazousi ton maston. dia touto phēsi kai ho Petros; »apothemenoi oun pasan kakian kai panta dolon kai tēn hypokrisin kai phthonon kai katalalian, hōs artigennēta brephē to logikon gala epipothēsate, hina en autǭ auxēthēte eis sōtērian, ei egeusasthe hoti chrēstos ho kyrios.« ei de kai synendǭē tis autois allo ti einai to brōma para to gala, eita pōs ou periparēsontai sphisin autois, ou katanenoēkotes tēn physin? hē gar toi trophē cheimōnos men pyknountos tou periechontos kai parodon ou didontos entos katakleiomenǭ tǭ thermǭ, hepsomenē kai peptomenē, eis tas phlebas exaimatoumenē ekchōrei; hai de diapnoēs ou tynchanousai peplērōmenai malista synteinontai kai sphyzousi; dio kai hai titthai periplētheis tote malista ginontai tǭ galakti. apodedeiktai de hēmin mikrǭ prosthen to haima eis gala tais kyousais kata metabolēn, ou katʼ ousian chōrein, hōsper amelei kai hai triches hai xanthai tois gērōsin eis polias metaballousin. therous de empalin araioteron on to sōma tēn trophēn eudiaphorētoteran parechei, kai hēkista pleonazei to gala, epei mēde to haima; oude gar pasa katechetai hē trophē.
blessed are those alone who suck this breast. That is why Peter says: “Putting away, then, all malice and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy and slander, like newborn babes long for the rational milk, that by it you may grow up to salvation, if you have tasted that the Lord is good.” And even if one were to grant them that solid food is something other than milk, how will they not be impaled on their own arguments, not having understood nature? For in winter, when the surrounding air is dense and gives no passage to the heat shut up inside, food is cooked and digested and passes into the veins as blood; and they, getting no outlet, become very full, and are distended and throb. That is why nurses are then especially full of milk. We showed a little earlier that in women who have given birth blood passes into milk by change, not in substance, just as the fair hair of the aged turns gray. In summer, on the other hand, the body, being more porous, lets the food pass off more easily, and there is least milk, since there is least blood; for not all the food is retained.
1.6.45Stählin 1:116–117
εἰ τοίνυν ἡ μὲν κατεργασία τῆς τροφῆς ἐξαιματοῦται, τὸ δὲ αἷμα ἐκγαλακτοῦται, παρασκευὴ γίνεται τὸ αἷμα τοῦ γάλακτος ὡς σπέρμα ἀνθρώπου καὶ γίγαρτον ἀμπέλου. τῷ οὖν γάλακτι, τῇ κυριακῇ τροφῇ, εὐθὺς μὲν ἀποκυηθέντες τιθηνούμεθα, εὐθὺς δὲ ἀναγεννηθέντες τετιμήμεθα τῆς ἀναπαύσεως τὴν ἐλπίδα, τὴν ἄνω Ἱερουσαλήμ, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι, ἐν ᾗ μέλι καὶ γάλα ὀμβρεῖν ἀναγέγραπται, διὰ τῆς ἐνύλου καὶ τὴν ἁγίαν μνηστευόμενοι τροφήν. τὰ μὲν γὰρ βρώματα καταργεῖται, ᾗ φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος αὐτός, ἡ δὲ διὰ γάλακτος τροφὴ εἰς οὐρανοὺς καθηγεῖται, πολίτας οὐρανῶν καὶ συγχορευτὰς ἀγγέλων ἀναθρεψαμένη. ἐπειδὴ δέ ἐστιν ὁ λόγος πηγὴ ζωῆς βρύουσα καὶ ποταμὸς εἴρηται ἐλαίου, εἰκότως ἀλληγορῶν ὁ Παῦλος καὶ γάλα αὐτὸν ὀνομάζων »ἐπότισα« ἐπιφέρει· πίνεται γὰρ ὁ λόγος, ἡ τροφὴ τῆς ἀληθείας. ἀμέλει καὶ τὸ ποτὸν ὑγρὰ καλεῖται τροφή. δυνατὸν δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ βρῶμα εἶναί πως ἔχον καὶ ποτόν, πρὸς ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο νοούμενον, καθάπερ καὶ ὁ τυρὸς γάλακτός ἐστι πῆξις ἢ γάλα πεπηγός. οὐ γάρ μοι τῆς λεξιθηρίας μέλει τὰ νῦν, πλὴν ὅτι τὰς τροφὰς ἄμφω μία διακονεῖται οὐσία. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ὑποτιτθίοις παιδίοις ἀρκεῖ μόνον τὸ γάλα καὶ ποτὸν εἶναι καὶ τροφήν. »ἐγώ«, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, »βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε· ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν, ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με.«
ei toinyn hē men katergasia tēs trophēs exaimatoutai, to de haima ekgalaktoutai, paraskeuē ginetai to haima tou galaktos hōs sperma anthrōpou kai gigarton ampelou. tǭ oun galakti, tę̄ kyriakę̄ trophę̄, euthys men apokyēthentes tithēnoumetha, euthys de anagennēthentes tetimēmetha tēs anapauseōs tēn elpida, tēn anō Hierousalēm, euangelizomenoi, en hę̄ meli kai gala ombrein anagegraptai, dia tēs enylou kai tēn hagian mnēsteuomenoi trophēn. ta men gar brōmata katargeitai, hę̄ phēsin ho apostolos autos, hē de dia galaktos trophē eis ouranous kathēgeitai, politas ouranōn kai synchoreutas angelōn anathrepsamenē. epeidē de estin ho logos pēgē zōēs bryousa kai potamos eirētai elaiou, eikotōs allēgorōn ho Paulos kai gala auton onomazōn »epotisa« epipherei; pinetai gar ho logos, hē trophē tēs alētheias. amelei kai to poton hygra kaleitai trophē. dynaton de to auto kai brōma einai pōs echon kai poton, pros allo kai allo nooumenon, kathaper kai ho tyros galaktos esti pēxis ē gala pepēgos. ou gar moi tēs lexithērias melei ta nyn, plēn hoti tas trophas amphō mia diakoneitai ousia. alla kai tois hypotitthiois paidiois arkei monon to gala kai poton einai kai trophēn. »egō«, phēsin ho kyrios, »brōsin echō phagein, hēn hymeis ouk oidate; emon brōma estin, hina poiēsō to thelēma tou pempsantos me.«
If, then, digested food turns to blood, and blood turns to milk, blood is the preparation for milk, as the seed is for a human being and the pip for a vine. With milk, then, the Lord's food, we are nursed as soon as we are born; and as soon as we are born again we have been honored with the hope of rest, being given the good news of the Jerusalem above, in which, it is written, honey and milk rain down; through material food we are betrothed to the holy food as well. For foods are done away with, as the apostle himself says; but the food that comes through milk leads the way to heaven, having reared citizens of heaven and fellow dancers with the angels. And since the Word is a gushing spring of life and is called a river of oil, Paul rightly, speaking figuratively and calling him milk, adds “I gave to drink”; for the Word, the food of truth, is drunk. Indeed, drink is called liquid food. The same thing can be both food and drink, in different respects, just as cheese is a curdling of milk, or curdled milk. I am not concerned now to chase words, except that one substance serves both kinds of food. And for children at the breast milk alone is enough, being both drink and food. “I have food to eat,” says the Lord, “which you do not know; my food is to do the will of him who sent me.”
1.6.46Stählin 1:117–118
ὁρᾶτε ἄλλο βρῶμα, ἀλληγορούμενον παραπλησίως γάλακτι, τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν συμπλήρωσιν τοῦ ἰδίου πάθους »ποτήριον« κέκληκεν καταχρηστικῶς, ὅτι ἐκπιεῖν καὶ ἐκτελέσαι μόνον ἐχρῆν αὐτό. οὕτως Χριστῷ μὲν ἡ τροφὴ τῆς πατρικῆς βουλῆς ἡ τελείωσις ἦν, ἡμῖν δὲ αὐτὸς ὁ Χριστὸς ἡ τροφὴ τοῖς νηπίοις, τοῖς ἀμέλγουσιν τὸν λόγον τῶν οὐρανῶν· ἐντεῦθεν τὸ ζητῆσαι μαστεῦσαι καλεῖται, ὅτι τοῖς ζητοῦσιν νηπίοις τὸν λόγον αἱ πατρικαὶ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας θηλαὶ χορηγοῦσι τὸ γάλα. ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἄρτον αὑτὸν οὐρανῶν ὁμολογεῖ ὁ λόγος. »οὐ γὰρ Μωσῆς«, φησίν, »ἔδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἀλλʼ ὁ πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν· ὁ γὰρ ἄρτος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων καὶ ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ. καὶ ὁ ἄρτος, ὃν ἐγὼ δώσω, ἡ σάρξ μού ἐστιν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς.« ἐνταῦθα τὸ μυστικὸν τοῦ ἄρτου παρασημειωτέον, ὅτι σάρκα αὐτὸν λέγει καὶ ὡς ἀνισταμένην δῆθεν [διὰ πυρός], καθάπερ ἐκ φθορᾶς καὶ σπορᾶς ὁ πυρὸς ἀνίσταται, καὶ μέντοι διὰ πυρὸς συνισταμένην εἰς εὐφροσύνην ἐκκλησίας ὡς ἄρτον πεπτόμενον.
horate allo brōma, allēgoroumenon paraplēsiōs galakti, to thelēma tou theou. alla kai tēn symplērōsin tou idiou pathous »potērion« keklēken katachrēstikōs, hoti ekpiein kai ektelesai monon echrēn auto. houtōs Christǭ men hē trophē tēs patrikēs boulēs hē teleiōsis ēn, hēmin de autos ho Christos hē trophē tois nēpiois, tois amelgousin ton logon tōn ouranōn; enteuthen to zētēsai masteusai kaleitai, hoti tois zētousin nēpiois ton logon hai patrikai tēs philanthrōpias thēlai chorēgousi to gala. eti de kai arton hauton ouranōn homologei ho logos. »ou gar Mōsēs«, phēsin, »edōken hymin ton arton ek tou ouranou, allʼ ho patēr mou didōsin hymin ton arton ek tou ouranou ton alēthinon; ho gar artos tou theou estin ho ek tou ouranou katabainōn kai zōēn didous tǭ kosmǭ. kai ho artos, hon egō dōsō, hē sarx mou estin hyper tēs tou kosmou zōēs.« entautha to mystikon tou artou parasēmeiōteon, hoti sarka auton legei kai hōs anistamenēn dēthen [dia pyros], kathaper ek phthoras kai sporas ho pyros anistatai, kai mentoi dia pyros synistamenēn eis euphrosynēn ekklēsias hōs arton peptomenon.
You see another food, spoken of figuratively like milk: the will of God. He also called the completion of his own passion a “cup,” by extension of the word, because he had only to drink it and finish it. So for Christ the food was the fulfilling of the Father's will; but for us infants, who milk the Word of heaven, the food is Christ himself. That is why seeking is called mastheuein (from mastos, “breast”): because to the infants who seek the Word, the Father's breasts of love for humankind supply milk. Further, the Word also confesses himself to be the bread of heaven: “For it was not Moses,” he says, “who gave you the bread from heaven, but my Father gives you the true bread from heaven. For the bread of God is that which comes down from heaven and gives life to the world. And the bread which I will give is my flesh, for the life of the world.” Here the mystery of the bread should be noted: he calls it flesh, as rising, supposedly [through fire], just as wheat rises from decay and sowing, and also as formed by fire for the joy of the church, like bread that is baked.
1.6.47Stählin 1:118
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ αὖθις ἡμῖν σαφέστερον τοῦτο ἐν τῷ Περὶ ἀναστάσεως δηλωθήσεται. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶπεν »καὶ ὁ ἄρτος, ὃν ἐγὼ δώσω, ἡ σάρξ μού ἐστιν«, σὰρξ δὲ αἵματι ἄρδεται, τὸ δὲ αἷμα οἶνος ἀλληγορεῖται, ἰστέον οὖν, ὅτι ὡς ἄρτος εἰς κρᾶμα καταθρυβεὶς τὸν οἶνον ἁρπάζει, τὸ δὲ ὑδατῶδες ἀπολείπει, οὕτως καὶ ἡ σὰρξ τοῦ κυρίου, ὁ ἄρτος τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀναπίνει τὸ αἷμα, τοὺς οὐρανίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν ἐκτρέφων, ἀπολείπων δὲ μόνας ἐκείνας εἰς φθορὰν τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυμίας. οὕτως πολλαχῶς ἀλληγορεῖται ὁ λόγος, καὶ βρῶμα καὶ σὰρξ καὶ τροφὴ καὶ ἄρτος καὶ αἷμα καὶ γάλα, ἃ πάντα ὁ κύριος εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἡμῶν τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν πεπιστευκότων. μὴ δὴ οὖν τις ξενιζέσθω λεγόντων ἡμῶν ἀλληγορεῖσθαι γάλα τὸ αἷμα τοῦ κυρίου· ἦ γὰρ οὐχὶ καὶ οἶνος ἀλληγορεῖται; »ὁ πλύνων«, φησίν, »ἐν οἴνῳ τὴν στολὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν αἵματι σταφυλῆς τὴν περιβολὴν αὐτοῦ·« ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῷ αὐτοῦ κοσμήσειν λέγει τὸ σῶμα τοῦ λόγου, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει τῷ αὐτοῦ πνεύματι ἐκθρέψει τοὺς πεινῶντας τὸν λόγον. ὅτι δὲ τὸ αἷμα ὁ λόγος ἐστίν, μαρτυρεῖ τοῦ Ἄβελ τοῦ δικαίου τὸ αἷμα ἐντυγχάνον τῷ θεῷ· οὐ γὰρ τὸ αἷμα ἄν ποτε προήσεται φωνήν, μὴ οὐχὶ ὁ λόγος νοούμενος τὸ αἷμα· τύπος γὰρ ὁ δίκαιος ὁ παλαιὸς τοῦ νέου δικαίου καὶ τὸ αἷμα τὸ ἐντυγχάνον τὸ παλαιὸν ὑπερεντυγχάνει τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ νέου.
Alla gar authis hēmin saphesteron touto en tǭ Peri anastaseōs dēlōthēsetai. epei de eipen »kai ho artos, hon egō dōsō, hē sarx mou estin«, sarx de haimati ardetai, to de haima oinos allēgoreitai, isteon oun, hoti hōs artos eis krama katathrybeis ton oinon harpazei, to de hydatōdes apoleipei, houtōs kai hē sarx tou kyriou, ho artos tōn ouranōn, anapinei to haima, tous ouranious tōn anthrōpōn eis aphtharsian ektrephōn, apoleipōn de monas ekeinas eis phthoran tas sarkikas epithymias. houtōs pollachōs allēgoreitai ho logos, kai brōma kai sarx kai trophē kai artos kai haima kai gala, ha panta ho kyrios eis apolausin hēmōn tōn eis auton pepisteukotōn. mē dē oun tis xenizesthō legontōn hēmōn allēgoreisthai gala to haima tou kyriou; ē gar ouchi kai oinos allēgoreitai? »ho plynōn«, phēsin, »en oinǭ tēn stolēn autou kai en haimati staphylēs tēn peribolēn autou;« en tǭ haimati tǭ autou kosmēsein legei to sōma tou logou, hōsper amelei tǭ autou pneumati ekthrepsei tous peinōntas ton logon. hoti de to haima ho logos estin, martyrei tou Abel tou dikaiou to haima entynchanon tǭ theǭ; ou gar to haima an pote proēsetai phōnēn, mē ouchi ho logos nooumenos to haima; typos gar ho dikaios ho palaios tou neou dikaiou kai to haima to entynchanon to palaion hyperentynchanei tou haimatos tou neou.
But this will be shown more clearly in our work On the Resurrection. Since he said, “And the bread which I will give is my flesh,” and flesh is watered with blood, and blood is figuratively called wine, we must know that, as bread crumbled into a mixture of wine and water soaks up the wine and leaves the watery part, so the flesh of the Lord, the bread of heaven, drinks up the blood, nourishing to incorruption those of humankind who are heavenly, and leaving to corruption only the fleshly desires. So the Word is spoken of figuratively in many ways: as food, flesh, nourishment, bread, blood, and milk; the Lord is all these for the enjoyment of us who have believed in him. Let no one, then, be surprised that we say the Lord's blood is figuratively called milk. Is it not also figuratively called wine? “Washing his robe in wine,” it says, “and his garment in the blood of the grape.” He says that he will adorn the body of the Word with his own blood, just as he will nourish with his own Spirit those who hunger for the Word. And that the blood is the Word is witnessed by the blood of righteous Abel pleading with God; for the blood would never have uttered a voice unless it is understood as the Word. For the righteous man of old is a type of the new Righteous One, and the old blood that pleads, pleads on behalf of the new blood.
1.6.48Stählin 1:118–119
φθέγγεται δὲ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸ αἷμα, ὁ λόγος, ἐπεὶ λόγον ἐμήνυεν τὸν πεισόμενον. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ σὰρξ αὐτὴ καὶ τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα τῷ γάλακτι, οἷον ἀντιπελαργούμενον, ἄρδεταί τε καὶ αὔξεται. καὶ δὴ καὶ ἡ διαμόρφωσις τοῦ συλληφθέντος τῷ τῆς ἐπὶ μῆνα καθάρσεως ὑπολελειμμένῳ καθαρῷ περιττώματι κιρναμένου τοῦ σπέρματος γίνεται· ἡ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ δύναμις, θρομβοῦσα τοῦ αἵματος τὴν φύσιν, ὃν τρόπον ἡ πυτία συνίστησι τὸ γάλα, οὐσίαν ἐργάζεται μορφώσεως· εὐθαλεῖ γὰρ ἡ κρᾶσις, σφαλερὰ δὲ ἡ ἀκρότης εἰς ἀτεκνίαν. καὶ γὰρ αὐτῆς ἤδη τῆς γῆς ὑπὸ μὲν ἐπομβρίας κατακλυσθὲν ἀποσύρεται τὸ σπέρμα, διὰ δὲ αὐχμὸν νοτίδος ἀποξηραίνεται, κολλώδης δὲ ὁ χυμὸς ὢν συνέχει τὸ σπέρμα καὶ φύει. τινὲς δὲ καὶ τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ ζῴου ἀφρὸν εἶναι τοῦ αἵματος κατʼ οὐσίαν ὑποτίθενται, ὃ δὴ τῇ ἐμφύτῳ τοῦ ἄρρενος θέρμῃ παρὰ τὰς συμπλοκὰς ἐκταραχθὲν ἐκριπιζόμενον ἐξαφροῦται κἀν ταῖς σπερματίσιν παρατίθεται φλεψίν· ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ ὁ Ἀπολλωνιάτης Διογένης τὰ ἀφροδίσια κεκλῆσθαι βούλεται.
phthengetai de pros ton theon to haima, ho logos, epei logon emēnyen ton peisomenon. alla kai hē sarx autē kai to en autę̄ haima tǭ galakti, hoion antipelargoumenon, ardetai te kai auxetai. kai dē kai hē diamorphōsis tou syllēphthentos tǭ tēs epi mēna katharseōs hypoleleimmenǭ katharǭ perittōmati kirnamenou tou spermatos ginetai; hē gar en toutǭ dynamis, thrombousa tou haimatos tēn physin, hon tropon hē pytia synistēsi to gala, ousian ergazetai morphōseōs; euthalei gar hē krasis, sphalera de hē akrotēs eis ateknian. kai gar autēs ēdē tēs gēs hypo men epombrias kataklysthen aposyretai to sperma, dia de auchmon notidos apoxērainetai, kollōdēs de ho chymos ōn synechei to sperma kai phyei. tines de kai to sperma tou zǭou aphron einai tou haimatos katʼ ousian hypotithentai, ho dē tę̄ emphytǭ tou arrenos thermę̄ para tas symplokas ektarachthen ekripizomenon exaphroutai kan tais spermatisin paratithetai phlepsin; enteuthen gar ho Apollōniatēs Diogenēs ta aphrodisia keklēsthai bouletai.
The blood, the Word, speaks to God, since it signified the Word who was to suffer. And the flesh itself and the blood in it are watered and made to grow by milk, as if by a return of care. The formation of what is conceived also takes place when the seed is mixed with the pure residue left from the monthly cleansing; for the power in the seed, clotting the nature of the blood as rennet sets milk, produces the substance that is formed. For a right mixture flourishes, while an extreme brings the danger of barrenness. So too in the earth itself: seed flooded by heavy rain is washed away, and through drought it is dried up for lack of moisture; but sap, being sticky, holds the seed together and makes it grow. Some suppose that the seed of an animal is in substance the foam of the blood, which, stirred by the innate heat of the male in intercourse, is fanned into foam and deposited in the seminal veins; from this, Diogenes of Apollonia holds, sexual union is called aphrodisia (from aphros, “foam”).
1.6.49Stählin 1:119
Συμφανὲς τοίνυν ἐκ τούτων ἁπάντων αἷμα εἶναι τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου σώματος τὴν οὐσίαν. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ κατὰ γαστρὸς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑγροῦ ἐστι σύστασις γαλακτοειδής, ἔπειτα ἐξαιματουμένη σαρκοῦται ἡ σύστασις αὕτη, πηγνυμένη δὲ ἐν τῇ ὑστέρᾳ ὑπὸ τοῦ φυσικοῦ καὶ θερμοῦ πνεύματος, ὑφʼ οὗ διαπλάττεται τὸ ἔμβρυον, ζωογονεῖται. ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀποκύησιν αὖθις ἐκτρέφεται τὸ παιδίον αἵματι τῷ αὐτῷ· αἵματος γὰρ φύσις τοῦ γάλακτος ἡ ῥύσις, καὶ πηγὴ τροφῆς τὸ γάλα, ᾧ δὴ καὶ γυνὴ δήλη τεκοῦσα ἀληθῶς καὶ μήτηρ, διʼ οὗ καὶ φίλτρον εὐνοίας προσλαμβάνει. διὰ τοῦτο ἄρα μυστικῶς τὸ ἐν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ ἅγιον πνεῦμα τῇ τοῦ κυρίου ἀποχρώμενον φωνῇ »γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα« λέγει. εἰ γὰρ ἀνεγεννήθημεν εἰς Χριστόν, ὁ ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς ἐκτρέφει τῷ ἰδίῳ γάλακτι, τῷ λόγῳ· πᾶν γὰρ τὸ γεννῆσαν ἔοικεν εὐθὺς παρέχειν τῷ γεννωμένῳ τροφήν. καθάπερ δὲ ἡ ἀναγέννησις, ἀναλόγως οὕτως καὶ ἡ τροφὴ γέγονεν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ πνευματική. πάντῃ τοίνυν ἡμεῖς τὰ πάντα Χριστῷ προσῳκειώμεθα, καὶ εἰς συγγένειαν διὰ τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ, ᾧ λυτρούμεθα, καὶ εἰς συμπάθειαν διὰ τὴν ἀνατροφὴν τὴν ἐκ τοῦ λόγου, καὶ εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τὴν ἀγωγὴν τὴν αὐτοῦ· τὸ θρέψαι δʼ ἐν βροτοῖσι πολλάκις πλείω πορίζει φίλτρα τοῦ φῦσαι τέκνα.
Symphanes toinyn ek toutōn hapantōn haima einai tou anthrōpinou sōmatos tēn ousian. kai dē kai to kata gastros to men prōton hygrou esti systasis galaktoeidēs, epeita exaimatoumenē sarkoutai hē systasis hautē, pēgnymenē de en tę̄ hysterą hypo tou physikou kai thermou pneumatos, hyphʼ hou diaplattetai to embryon, zōogoneitai. alla kai meta tēn apokyēsin authis ektrephetai to paidion haimati tǭ autǭ; haimatos gar physis tou galaktos hē rhysis, kai pēgē trophēs to gala, hǭ dē kai gynē dēlē tekousa alēthōs kai mētēr, diʼ hou kai philtron eunoias proslambanei. dia touto ara mystikōs to en tǭ apostolǭ hagion pneuma tę̄ tou kyriou apochrōmenon phōnę̄ »gala hymas epotisa« legei. ei gar anegennēthēmen eis Christon, ho anagennēsas hēmas ektrephei tǭ idiǭ galakti, tǭ logǭ; pan gar to gennēsan eoiken euthys parechein tǭ gennōmenǭ trophēn. kathaper de hē anagennēsis, analogōs houtōs kai hē trophē gegonen tǭ anthrōpǭ pneumatikē. pantę̄ toinyn hēmeis ta panta Christǭ prosǭkeiōmetha, kai eis syngeneian dia to haima autou, hǭ lytroumetha, kai eis sympatheian dia tēn anatrophēn tēn ek tou logou, kai eis aphtharsian dia tēn agōgēn tēn autou; to threpsai dʼ en brotoisi pollakis pleiō porizei philtra tou physai tekna.
From all this it is plain that blood is the substance of the human body. Indeed, what is in the womb is at first a milk-like consistency of liquid; then this consistency becomes blood and turns into flesh; and, set in the womb by the natural and warm breath by which the embryo is shaped, it is brought to life. And after birth the child is nourished again by the same blood; for the flow of milk is of the nature of blood, and milk is the spring of nourishment, by which a woman is shown to have truly given birth and to be a mother, and by which she gains a charm of love. That is why, mystically, the Holy Spirit in the apostle, using the voice of the Lord, says, “I gave you milk to drink.” For if we have been born again into Christ, he who regenerated us nourishes us with his own milk, the Word; for everything that begets seems at once to supply food to what is begotten. And as the new birth is spiritual, so correspondingly the food of the human being has become spiritual. In every way, then, we have been united to Christ in all things: into kinship through his blood, by which we are redeemed; into sympathy through the nurture that comes from the Word; and into incorruption through his training. “Among mortals, rearing children often wins more love than begetting them.”
1.6.50Stählin 1:119–120
τὸ αὐτὸ ἄρα καὶ αἷμα καὶ γάλα τοῦ κυρίου πάθους καὶ διδασκαλίας σύμβολον. ἐφεῖται τοιγαροῦν ἡμῶν ἑκάστῳ τῶν νηπίων ἐγκαυχᾶσθαι τῷ κυρίῳ, ἐπιφθεγγομένοις πατρὸς δʼ ἐξ ἀγαθοῖο καὶ αἵματος εὔχομαι εἶναι. ὡς δʼ ἐξ αἵματος γάλα κατὰ μεταβολὴν γίνεται, ἤδη μὲν σαφές, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ποιμνίων ἔκ τε τῶν βουκολίων ἔξεστι μαθεῖν. τὰ γὰρ ζῷα ταῦτα τοῦ ἔτους κατὰ τὴν ὥραν, ἣν ἔαρ καλοῦμεν, ὑγροτέρου τοῦ περιέχοντος γεγονότος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς πόας καὶ τῶν νομῶν εὐχύλων τὸ τηνικάδε οὐσῶν καὶ ἐνίκμων, αἵματος πίμπλαται πρότερον, ὡς ἐκ τῆς διατάσεως τῶν φλεβῶν, κυρτουμένων τῶν ἀγγείων, δείκνυται· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ αἵματος δαψιλέστερον χεῖται τὸ γάλα· θέρους δʼ ἔμπαλιν ὑπὸ τοῦ καύματος συγκαιόμενον καὶ ἀναξηραινόμενον ἵστησι τὴν μεταβολὴν τὸ αἷμα, καὶ ταύτῃ ἔλαττον ἀμέλγονται. ναὶ μὴν καὶ συγγένειάν τινα πρὸς τὸ ὕδωρ φυσικωτάτην ἔχει τὸ γάλα, καθάπερ ἀμέλει πρὸς τὴν πνευματικὴν τροφὴν τὸ λουτρὸν τὸ πνευματικόν· οἱ γοῦν ἐπιρροφοῦντες τῷ προειρημένῳ γάλακτι ψυχροῦ ὀλίγον ὕδατος ὠφελοῦνται παραχρῆμα· οὐ γὰρ ἀποξύνεσθαι τὸ γάλα ἐᾷ ἡ πρὸς τὸ ὕδωρ κοινωνία, οὐκ ἀντιπαθείᾳ τινί, προσπεπαινομένου δὲ προσπαθείᾳ. καὶ ἣν ὁ λόγος ἔχει πρὸς τὸ βάπτισμα κοινωνίαν, ταύτην ἔχει τὸ γάλα τὴν συναλλαγὴν πρὸς τὸ ὕδωρ.
to auto ara kai haima kai gala tou kyriou pathous kai didaskalias symbolon. epheitai toigaroun hēmōn hekastǭ tōn nēpiōn enkauchasthai tǭ kyriǭ, epiphthengomenois patros dʼ ex agathoio kai haimatos euchomai einai. hōs dʼ ex haimatos gala kata metabolēn ginetai, ēdē men saphes, ou mēn alla kai ek tōn poimniōn ek te tōn boukoliōn exesti mathein. ta gar zǭa tauta tou etous kata tēn hōran, hēn ear kaloumen, hygroterou tou periechontos gegonotos, alla kai tēs poas kai tōn nomōn euchylōn to tēnikade ousōn kai enikmōn, haimatos pimplatai proteron, hōs ek tēs diataseōs tōn phlebōn, kyrtoumenōn tōn angeiōn, deiknytai; ek de tou haimatos dapsilesteron cheitai to gala; therous dʼ empalin hypo tou kaumatos synkaiomenon kai anaxērainomenon histēsi tēn metabolēn to haima, kai tautę̄ elatton amelgontai. nai mēn kai syngeneian tina pros to hydōr physikōtatēn echei to gala, kathaper amelei pros tēn pneumatikēn trophēn to loutron to pneumatikon; hoi goun epirrophountes tǭ proeirēmenǭ galakti psychrou oligon hydatos ōphelountai parachrēma; ou gar apoxynesthai to gala eą hē pros to hydōr koinōnia, ouk antipatheią tini, prospepainomenou de prospatheią. kai hēn ho logos echei pros to baptisma koinōnian, tautēn echei to gala tēn synallagēn pros to hydōr.
The same thing, then, blood and milk, is a symbol of the Lord's passion and teaching. So each of us infants may boast in the Lord, saying: “I claim to be of a good father's race and blood.” That milk comes from blood by change is already clear; but it can also be learned from the flocks and herds. For these animals, in the season of the year we call spring, when the air is moister, and the grass and pastures are then juicy and moist, first fill with blood, as is shown by the swelling of the veins, the vessels bulging; and from the blood the milk flows more abundantly. In summer, on the other hand, the blood, scorched and dried by the heat, stops the change, and so they give less milk. Indeed, milk has a most natural kinship with water, just as the spiritual washing has with the spiritual food. Those who sip a little cold water after drinking the milk just mentioned benefit at once; for its fellowship with water does not let the milk turn sour, not by any antipathy, but by sympathy, as it is further ripened. And the fellowship the Word has with baptism, milk has with water.
1.6.51Stählin 1:120–121
δέχεται γὰρ μόνον τῶν ὑγρῶν τοῦτο καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ὕδωρ μῖξιν ἐπὶ κάθαρσιν παραλαμβανόμενον καθάπερ τὸ βάπτισμα ἐπὶ ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν. μίγνυται δὲ καὶ μέλιτι προσφυῶς καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ καθάρσει πάλιν μετὰ γλυκείας τῆς τροφῆς· μιγνύμενος γὰρ ὁ λόγος φιλανθρωπίᾳ ἰᾶταί τε ἅμα τὰ πάθη καὶ ἀνακαθαίρει τὰς ἁμαρτίας· καὶ τὸ »μέλιτος γλυκίων ῥέεν αὐδὴ« ἐπὶ τοῦ λόγου λελέχθαι μοι δοκεῖ, ὅς ἐστιν μέλι· καὶ πολλαχοῦ δὲ ἡ προφητεία »ὑπὲρ μέλι καὶ κηρίον« ἀνάγει. ναὶ μὴν ἔτι μίγνυται τὸ γάλα καὶ οἴνῳ τῷ γλυκεῖ, ἐπωφελὴς δὲ ἡ μῖξις, καθάπερ ἀνακιρναμένου τοῦ πάθους εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν· ἐξορροῦται γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ οἴνου τὸ γάλα καὶ σχίζεται, καὶ ὅτιπερ αὐτοῦ νόθον, τοῦτʼ ἀποχετεύεται. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ τῆς πίστεως ἡ κοινωνία ἡ πνευματικὴ πρὸς τὸν παθητὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἐξορροῦσα, εἰς ἀιδιότητα συστέλλει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, τοῖς θείοις ἀπαθανατίζουσα. [ἀλλ᾿] οἱ πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ τῷ λιπαρῷ τοῦ γάλακτος,
dechetai gar monon tōn hygrōn touto kai tēn pros to hydōr mixin epi katharsin paralambanomenon kathaper to baptisma epi aphesei hamartiōn. mignytai de kai meliti prosphyōs kai touto epi katharsei palin meta glykeias tēs trophēs; mignymenos gar ho logos philanthrōpią iatai te hama ta pathē kai anakathairei tas hamartias; kai to »melitos glykiōn rheen audē« epi tou logou lelechthai moi dokei, hos estin meli; kai pollachou de hē prophēteia »hyper meli kai kērion« anagei. nai mēn eti mignytai to gala kai oinǭ tǭ glykei, epōphelēs de hē mixis, kathaper anakirnamenou tou pathous eis aphtharsian; exorroutai gar hypo tou oinou to gala kai schizetai, kai hotiper autou nothon, toutʼ apocheteuetai. kata ta auta de tēs pisteōs hē koinōnia hē pneumatikē pros ton pathēton anthrōpon, tas sarkikas epithymias exorrousa, eis aidiotēta systellei ton anthrōpon, tois theiois apathanatizousa. [all᾿] hoi polloi de kai tǭ liparǭ tou galaktos,
For milk alone of liquids accepts mixture with water, and is taken for cleansing, as baptism is taken for the forgiveness of sins. It also mixes naturally with honey, and this again for cleansing, with sweet food; for the Word, mingled with love for humankind, at once heals the passions and cleanses away sins. And the words “From his tongue flowed speech sweeter than honey” seem to me to have been said of the Word, who is honey; and prophecy often exalts him “above honey and the honeycomb.” Milk also mixes with sweet wine, and the mixture is beneficial, as when suffering is blended into incorruption. For milk is curdled by wine and separates, and whatever in it is impure is drained off. In the same way the spiritual fellowship of faith with the human being subject to suffering, curdling out the fleshly desires, draws the human being together into eternity, making him immortal by divine things. Many people also use the fat of milk,
1.6.52Stählin 1:121
ὃ δὴ βούτυρον καλοῦσιν, καταχρῶνται εἰς λύχνον, τὸ πολυέλαιον τοῦ λόγου διʼ αἰνίγματος ἀριδήλου σαφηνίσαντες, ὡς μόνου τοῦδε ἐνδίκως καὶ τρέφοντος καὶ αὔξοντος καὶ φωτίζοντος τοὺς νηπίους. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἡ γραφὴ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου λέγει »ἐψώμισεν αὐτοὺς γενήματα ἀγρῶν, ἐθήλασαν μέλι ἐκ πέτρας καὶ ἔλαιον ἐκ στερεᾶς πέτρας, βούτυρον βοῶν καὶ γάλα προβάτων μετὰ στέατος ἀρνῶν« καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν γέννησιν τοῦ παιδίου ὁ προφητεύων »βούτυρον« φησὶν »ἔδεται καὶ μέλι«. ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ θαυμάζειν ἔπεισιν ὅπως σφᾶς τελείους τινὲς τολμῶσι καλεῖν καὶ γνωστικούς, ὑπὲρ τὸν ἀπόστολον φρονοῦντες, φυσιούμενοί τε καὶ φρυαττόμενοι, αὐτοῦ ὁμολογοῦντος τοῦ Παύλου περὶ ἑαυτοῦ· »οὐχ ὅτι ἤδη ἔλαβον ἢ ἤδη τετελείωμαι, διώκω δὲ εἰ καὶ καταλάβω, ἐφʼ ᾧ καὶ κατελήφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ. ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν οὔπω λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι· ἓν δέ, τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς δὲ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεκτεινόμενος, κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ.« καὶ τέλειον μὲν ἑαυτὸν ἡγεῖται, ὅτι ἀπήλλακται τοῦ προτέρου βίου, ἔχεται δὲ τοῦ κρείττονος, οὐχ ὡς ἐν γνώσει τέλειος, ἀλλʼ ὡς τοῦ τελείου ἐφιέμενος· διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει »ὅσοι οὖν τέλειοι, τοῦτο φρονοῦμεν«, τελείωσιν δηλονότι λέγων τὸ ἀποτετάχθαι ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις καὶ εἰς πίστιν τοῦ μόνου τελείου ἀναγεγεννῆσθαι, ἐκλαθομένους τῶν κατόπισθεν ἁμαρτιῶν.
ho dē boutyron kalousin, katachrōntai eis lychnon, to polyelaion tou logou diʼ ainigmatos aridēlou saphēnisantes, hōs monou toude endikōs kai trephontos kai auxontos kai phōtizontos tous nēpious. dia touto gar kai hē graphē peri tou kyriou legei »epsōmisen autous genēmata agrōn, ethēlasan meli ek petras kai elaion ek stereas petras, boutyron boōn kai gala probatōn meta steatos arnōn« kai ta epi toutois edōken autois; alla kai tēn gennēsin tou paidiou ho prophēteuōn »boutyron« phēsin »edetai kai meli«. emoi de kai thaumazein epeisin hopōs sphas teleious tines tolmōsi kalein kai gnōstikous, hyper ton apostolon phronountes, physioumenoi te kai phryattomenoi, autou homologountos tou Paulou peri heautou; »ouch hoti ēdē elabon ē ēdē teteleiōmai, diōkō de ei kai katalabō, ephʼ hǭ kai katelēphthēn hypo Christou. adelphoi, egō emauton oupō logizomai kateilēphenai; hen de, ta men opisō epilanthanomenos, tois de emprosthen epekteinomenos, kata skopon diōkō eis to brabeion tēs anō klēseōs en Christǭ Iēsou.« kai teleion men heauton hēgeitai, hoti apēllaktai tou proterou biou, echetai de tou kreittonos, ouch hōs en gnōsei teleios, allʼ hōs tou teleiou ephiemenos; dio kai epipherei »hosoi oun teleioi, touto phronoumen«, teleiōsin dēlonoti legōn to apotetachthai tais hamartiais kai eis pistin tou monou teleiou anagegennēsthai, eklathomenous tōn katopisthen hamartiōn.
which they call butter, for their lamps, making plain by a clear riddle the abundant oil of the Word, since he alone rightly nourishes, increases, and enlightens the infants. That is why Scripture says of the Lord: “He fed them with the produce of the fields; they sucked honey from the rock and oil from the solid rock, butter of cattle and milk of sheep with the fat of lambs,” and the rest that he gave them. And the one who prophesies the birth of the Child says, “Butter and honey shall he eat.” I am amazed how some dare to call themselves perfect and “gnostics,” thinking themselves above the apostle, puffed up and snorting with pride, when Paul himself confesses about himself: “Not that I have already obtained it or am already perfect; but I press on to see if I may lay hold of that for which I was laid hold of by Christ. Brothers, I do not consider that I have laid hold of it yet; but one thing I do: forgetting what lies behind and straining forward to what lies ahead, I press on toward the goal for the prize of the upward call in Christ Jesus.” He considers himself perfect because he has been set free from his former life and holds to the better one, not as perfect in knowledge but as longing for the perfect. So he adds, “Let those of us who are perfect think this way,” clearly calling perfection the renouncing of sins and being born again to faith in the only Perfect One, forgetting our past sins.
The 1, chapter 7
1.7.53Stählin 1:121–122
Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἀπεδείξαμεν παῖδας ἡμᾶς τοὺς πάντας ὑπὸ τῆς γραφῆς καλουμένους οὐ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς Χριστῷ κατηκολουθηκότας ἡμᾶς νηπίους ἀλληγορουμένους, μόνον δὲ εἶναι τέλειον τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων (ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ ὁ πατήρ), ὥρα ἡμῖν ἑπομένοις τῇ τάξει καὶ τὸν παιδαγωγὸν ἡμῶν εἰπεῖν ὅστις ἐστί. καλεῖται δὲ Ἰησοῦς. ἔσθʼ ὅτε οὖν ποιμένα ἑαυτὸν καλεῖ καὶ λέγει »ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός«, κατὰ μεταφορὰν ἀπὸ τῶν ποιμένων τῶν καθηγουμένων τοῖς προβάτοις ὁ καθηγούμενος τῶν παιδίων παιδαγωγὸς νοούμενος, ὁ τῶν νηπίων κηδεμονικὸς ποιμήν· ἁπλοῖ γὰρ οἱ νήπιοι ὡς πρόβατα ἀλληγορούμενοι· »καὶ γενήσονται«, φησίν, »οἱ πάντες μία ποίμνη καὶ εἷς ποιμήν.« παιδαγωγὸς οὖν εἰκότως ὁ λόγος ὁ τοὺς παῖδας ἡμᾶς εἰς σωτηρίαν ἄγων. ἐναργέστατα γοῦν ὁ λόγος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ διὰ Ὠσηὲ εἴρηκεν »ἐγὼ δὲ παιδευτὴς ὑμῶν εἰμι«. παιδαγωγία δὲ ἡ θεοσέβεια, μάθησις οὖσα θεοῦ θεραπείας καὶ παίδευσις εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἀγωγή τε ὀρθὴ ἀνάγουσα εἰς οὐρανόν.
Epei toinyn apedeixamen paidas hēmas tous pantas hypo tēs graphēs kaloumenous ou monon, alla kai tous Christǭ katēkolouthēkotas hēmas nēpious allēgoroumenous, monon de einai teleion ton patera tōn holōn (en autǭ gar ho huios kai en tǭ huiǭ ho patēr), hōra hēmin hepomenois tę̄ taxei kai ton paidagōgon hēmōn eipein hostis esti. kaleitai de Iēsous. esthʼ hote oun poimena heauton kalei kai legei »egō eimi ho poimēn ho kalos«, kata metaphoran apo tōn poimenōn tōn kathēgoumenōn tois probatois ho kathēgoumenos tōn paidiōn paidagōgos nooumenos, ho tōn nēpiōn kēdemonikos poimēn; haploi gar hoi nēpioi hōs probata allēgoroumenoi; »kai genēsontai«, phēsin, »hoi pantes mia poimnē kai heis poimēn.« paidagōgos oun eikotōs ho logos ho tous paidas hēmas eis sōtērian agōn. enargestata goun ho logos peri heautou dia Ōsēe eirēken »egō de paideutēs hymōn eimi«. paidagōgia de hē theosebeia, mathēsis ousa theou therapeias kai paideusis eis epignōsin alētheias agōgē te orthē anagousa eis ouranon.
Since, then, we have shown that Scripture calls all of us children, and also speaks figuratively of us who have followed Christ as infants, and that the Father of all alone is perfect (for the Son is in him and the Father in the Son), it is time, following our order, to say who our Instructor is. He is called Jesus. Sometimes he calls himself a shepherd and says, “I am the good shepherd,” by a metaphor from shepherds who lead sheep: he is understood as the Instructor who leads children, the shepherd who cares for infants; for infants, being simple, are figuratively called sheep. “And they shall all become,” he says, “one flock and one shepherd.” The Word, then, who leads us children to salvation, is rightly called the Instructor. Most clearly the Word has said of himself through Hosea, “I am your instructor.” And godliness is instruction, being the learning of the service of God and training for the knowledge of the truth, and right guidance leading up to heaven.
1.7.54Stählin 1:122
Παιδαγωγία δὲ καλεῖται πολλαχῶς· καὶ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ ἀγομένου καὶ μανθάνοντος, καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἄγοντος καὶ διδάσκοντος, καὶ αὐτὴ τρίτον ἡ ἀγωγή, καὶ τὰ διδασκόμενα τέταρτον, οἷον αἱ ἐντολαί. ἔστι δὲ ἡ κατὰ τὸν θεὸν παιδαγωγία κατευθυσμὸς ἀληθείας εἰς ἐποπτείαν θεοῦ καὶ πράξεων ἁγίων ὑποτύπωσις ἐν αἰωνίῳ διαμονῇ. ὥσπερ οὖν κατευθύνει τὴν φάλαγγα ὁ στρατηγὸς τῆς σωτηρίας τῶν μισθοφόρων προμηθούμενος, καὶ ὡς ὁ κυβερνήτης οἰακίζει τὸ σκάφος σῴζειν προαιρούμενος τοὺς ἐμπλέοντας, οὕτως καὶ ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἄγει τοὺς παῖδας ἐπὶ τὴν σωτήριον δίαιταν τῆς ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἕνεκεν κηδεμονίας· καὶ καθόλου ὁπόσα ἂν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐλόγως αἰτήσαιμεν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι, ταῦτα πειθομένοις τῷ παιδαγωγῷ περιέσται. ὅνπερ οὖν τρόπον ὁ κυβερνήτης οὐκ αἰεὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ὑπείκει, ἀντίπρῳρος δὲ ἔσθʼ ὅτε ὅλαις ἀνθίσταται καταιγίσιν, οὕτως ὁ παιδαγωγὸς οὐχὶ τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τῷδε καταπνέουσιν ἀνέμοις ὑπείκει ποτὲ οὐδὲ ἐπιτρέπει αὐτοῖς τὸ παιδίον, ὥσπερ σκάφος, εἰς θηριώδη καὶ ἀσελγῆ προσρῆξαι δίαιταν, μόνῳ δὲ ἄρα τῷ ἀληθείας πνεύματι ἔπουρος ἀρθεὶς ἀντέχεται μάλα ἐρρωμένως τῶν οἰάκων τοῦ παιδός, τῶν ὤτων λέγω, ἕως ἂν ἀβλαβὲς καθορμίσῃ τὸ παιδίον εἰς τὸν λιμένα τῶν οὐρανῶν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ πάτριον καλούμενον παρʼ ἀνθρώποις ἔθος ὅσον οὐδέπω
Paidagōgia de kaleitai pollachōs; kai gar hē tou agomenou kai manthanontos, kai hē tou agontos kai didaskontos, kai autē triton hē agōgē, kai ta didaskomena tetarton, hoion hai entolai. esti de hē kata ton theon paidagōgia kateuthysmos alētheias eis epopteian theou kai praxeōn hagiōn hypotypōsis en aiōniǭ diamonę̄. hōsper oun kateuthynei tēn phalanga ho stratēgos tēs sōtērias tōn misthophorōn promēthoumenos, kai hōs ho kybernētēs oiakizei to skaphos sǭzein proairoumenos tous empleontas, houtōs kai ho paidagōgos agei tous paidas epi tēn sōtērion diaitan tēs hēmōn autōn heneken kēdemonias; kai katholou hoposa an para tou theou eulogōs aitēsaimen hēmin genesthai, tauta peithomenois tǭ paidagōgǭ periestai. honper oun tropon ho kybernētēs ouk aiei tois anemois hypeikei, antiprǭros de esthʼ hote holais anthistatai kataigisin, houtōs ho paidagōgos ouchi tois en tǭ kosmǭ tǭde katapneousin anemois hypeikei pote oude epitrepei autois to paidion, hōsper skaphos, eis thēriōdē kai aselgē prosrēxai diaitan, monǭ de ara tǭ alētheias pneumati epouros artheis antechetai mala errōmenōs tōn oiakōn tou paidos, tōn ōtōn legō, heōs an ablabes kathormisę̄ to paidion eis ton limena tōn ouranōn; to men gar patrion kaloumenon parʼ anthrōpois ethos hoson oudepō
“Instruction” is used in many senses: for the one who is led and learns, for the one who leads and teaches, third for the guidance itself, and fourth for what is taught, such as the commandments. The instruction that is according to God is the right direction of truth to the contemplation of God, and a pattern of holy actions in eternal perseverance. As the general directs the phalanx, taking thought for the safety of his soldiers, and as the pilot steers the ship, choosing to save those on board, so the Instructor leads the children to a saving way of life, out of care for us; and in general, whatever we might reasonably ask God to grant us will be ours if we obey the Instructor. As the pilot does not always yield to the winds, but sometimes turns his bow into them and resists whole storms, so the Instructor never yields to the winds that blow in this world, nor lets the child, like a ship, be dashed against a beastly and licentious way of life; but, borne along by the favoring wind of the Spirit of truth alone, he holds very firmly to the child's rudders, I mean his ears, until he brings the child safely to anchor in the harbor of heaven. For what people call ancestral custom
1.7.55Stählin 1:122–123
παρέρχεται, ἡ δὲ ἀγωγὴ ἡ θεία κτῆμά ἐστιν εἰς ἀεὶ παραμένον. Ἀχιλλέως μὲν οὖν παιδαγωγὸν τὸν Φοίνικά φασι γεγονέναι καὶ τῶν Κροίσου παίδων Ἄδραστον, Ἀλεξάνδρου δὲ Λεωνίδην καὶ Φιλίππου Ναυσίθοον. ἀλλʼ ὃ μὲν γυναικομανής, ὁ Φοῖνιξ, ἦν, ὃ δὲ φυγάς, ὁ Ἄδραστος, ἦν, Λεωνίδης δὲ οὐ περιεῖλεν τὸν τῦφον τοῦ Μακεδόνος οὐδὲ Ναυσίθοος μεθύοντα τὸν ἐκ Πέλλης ἰάσατο· Ἀλκιβιάδου δὲ τὴν πορνείαν ὁ Θρᾷξ ἐπισχεῖν οὐκ ἴσχυσεν Ζώπυρος, ἀλλʼ ὠνητὸν ἀνδράποδον ὁ Ζώπυρος ἦν, καὶ τῶν Θεμιστοκλέους παίδων ὁ παιδαγωγὸς Σίκιννος οἰκέτης ῥᾴθυμος ἦν· ὀρχεῖσθαί φασιν αὐτὸν καὶ σικιννίζειν εὑρηκέναι. οὐκ ἔλαθον ἡμᾶς οἱ παρὰ Πέρσαις βασίλειοι καλούμενοι παιδαγωγοί, οὓς τέτταρας τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἀριστίνδην ἐκλέγοντες ἐκ πάντων Περσῶν οἱ βασιλεῖς Περσῶν τοῖς σφῶν αὐτῶν ἐφίστων παισίν· ἀλλὰ τοξεύειν μόνον οἱ παῖδες αὐτοῖς μανθάνουσιν, ἡβήσαντες δὲ ἀδελφαῖς καὶ μητράσιν καὶ γυναιξὶν γαμεταῖς τε ἅμα καὶ παλλακίσιν ἀναρίθμοις ἐπιμίσγονται, καθάπερ οἱ κάπροι εἰς συνουσίαν ἠσκημένοι.
parerchetai, hē de agōgē hē theia ktēma estin eis aei paramenon. Achilleōs men oun paidagōgon ton Phoinika phasi gegonenai kai tōn Kroisou paidōn Adraston, Alexandrou de Leōnidēn kai Philippou Nausithoon. allʼ ho men gynaikomanēs, ho Phoinix, ēn, ho de phygas, ho Adrastos, ēn, Leōnidēs de ou perieilen ton typhon tou Makedonos oude Nausithoos methyonta ton ek Pellēs iasato; Alkibiadou de tēn porneian ho Thrąx epischein ouk ischysen Zōpyros, allʼ ōnēton andrapodon ho Zōpyros ēn, kai tōn Themistokleous paidōn ho paidagōgos Sikinnos oiketēs rhąthymos ēn; orcheisthai phasin auton kai sikinnizein heurēkenai. ouk elathon hēmas hoi para Persais basileioi kaloumenoi paidagōgoi, hous tettaras ton arithmon aristindēn eklegontes ek pantōn Persōn hoi basileis Persōn tois sphōn autōn ephistōn paisin; alla toxeuein monon hoi paides autois manthanousin, hēbēsantes de adelphais kai mētrasin kai gynaixin gametais te hama kai pallakisin anarithmois epimisgontai, kathaper hoi kaproi eis synousian ēskēmenoi.
is all but passing away, but divine guidance is a possession that remains forever. They say that Phoenix was the tutor of Achilles, Adrastus of the sons of Croesus, Leonidas of Alexander, and Nausithous of Philip. But Phoenix was mad for women, Adrastus was an exile; Leonidas did not remove the Macedonian's arrogance, nor did Nausithous cure the man from Pella of drunkenness. The Thracian Zopyrus could not restrain the sexual immorality of Alcibiades; but Zopyrus was a bought slave. And Sicinnus, the tutor of Themistocles's children, was a lazy servant; they say he invented dancing, and the sikinnis dance. We are not unaware of the so-called royal tutors among the Persians: the Persian kings chose four of them, the best from all the Persians, and set them over their own sons. But the boys learned from them only to shoot the bow; and when they came of age they had intercourse with sisters and mothers, with wedded wives and countless concubines at once, like boars trained for mating.
1.7.56Stählin 1:123
ὁ δὲ ἡμέτερος παιδαγωγὸς ἅγιος θεὸς Ἰησοῦς, ὁ πάσης τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος καθηγεμὼν λόγος, αὐτὸς ὁ φιλάνθρωπος θεός ἐστι παιδαγωγός. λέγει δέ που διὰ τῆς ᾠδῆς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον εἰς αὐτόν· »αὐτάρκησεν τὸν λαὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἐν δίψει καύματος, ἐν ἀνύδρῳ· ἐκύκλωσεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπαίδευσεν αὐτὸν καὶ διεφύλαξεν ὡς κόρην ὀφθαλμοῦ. ὡς ἀετὸς σκεπάσαι νοσσιὰν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς νεοσσοῖς αὐτοῦ ἐπεπόθησεν. διεὶς τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτοῦ ἐδέξατο αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀνέλαβεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν μεταφρένων αὐτοῦ· κύριος μόνος ἦγεν αὐτοὺς καὶ οὐκ ἦν μετʼ αὐτῶν θεὸς ἀλλότριος.« σαφῶς, οἶμαι, τὸν παιδαγωγὸν ἐνδείκνυται ἡ γραφὴ τὴν ἀγωγὴν αὐτοῦ διηγουμένη. πάλιν δὲ ὅταν λέγῃ διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου προσώπου, ἑαυτὸν ὁμολογεῖ παιδαγωγόν· »ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεός σου, ὁ ἐξαγαγών σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου.« τίς οὖν ἔχει ἐξουσίαν τοῦ ἄγειν εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω; οὐχὶ ὁ παιδαγωγός; οὗτος »ὤφθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεός σου· εὐαρέστει ἐνώπιόν μου.« τοῦτον δὲ παιδαγωγικώτατα ὑποκατασκευάζει παῖδα πιστόν, »καὶ γίνου« φήσας »ἄμεμπτος· καὶ θήσω τὴν διαθήκην μου ἀνὰ μέσον ἐμοῦ καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον σοῦ καὶ τοῦ σπέρματός σου«. φιλίας ἐνταῦθα ἐπιστατικῆς ἐστι κοινωνία. τοῦ δὲ Ἰακὼβ ἐναργέστατα παιδαγωγὸς εἶναι φαίνεται. λέγει γοῦν αὐτῷ· »ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μετὰ σοῦ, διαφυλάσσων σε ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ πάσῃ, οὗ ἂν πορευθῇς· καὶ ἀποστρέψω σε εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην, ὅτι οὐ μή σε ἐγκαταλείπω ἕως τοῦ ποιῆσαί με ὅσα ἐλάλησά σοι.« τούτῳ δὲ καὶ συμπαλαίειν λέγεται. »ὑπελείφθη δέ«, φησίν, »Ἰακὼβ μόνος, καὶ ἐπάλαιεν μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἄνθρωπος«, ὁ παιδαγωγός, »μέχρι πρωί.«
ho de hēmeteros paidagōgos hagios theos Iēsous, ho pasēs tēs anthrōpotētos kathēgemōn logos, autos ho philanthrōpos theos esti paidagōgos. legei de pou dia tēs ǭdēs to pneuma to hagion eis auton; »autarkēsen ton laon en tę̄ erēmǭ, en dipsei kaumatos, en anydrǭ; ekyklōsen auton kai epaideusen auton kai diephylaxen hōs korēn ophthalmou. hōs aetos skepasai nossian autou kai epi tois neossois autou epepothēsen. dieis tas pterygas autou edexato autous kai anelaben autous epi tōn metaphrenōn autou; kyrios monos ēgen autous kai ouk ēn metʼ autōn theos allotrios.« saphōs, oimai, ton paidagōgon endeiknytai hē graphē tēn agōgēn autou diēgoumenē. palin de hotan legę̄ dia tou idiou prosōpou, heauton homologei paidagōgon; »egō kyrios ho theos sou, ho exagagōn se ek gēs Aigyptou.« tis oun echei exousian tou agein eisō te kai exō? ouchi ho paidagōgos? houtos »ōphthē tǭ Abraam kai eipen autǭ; egō eimi ho theos sou; euarestei enōpion mou.« touton de paidagōgikōtata hypokataskeuazei paida piston, »kai ginou« phēsas »amemptos; kai thēsō tēn diathēkēn mou ana meson emou kai ana meson sou kai tou spermatos sou«. philias entautha epistatikēs esti koinōnia. tou de Iakōb enargestata paidagōgos einai phainetai. legei goun autǭ; »idou egō meta sou, diaphylassōn se en tę̄ hodǭ pasę̄, hou an poreuthę̄s; kai apostrepsō se eis tēn gēn tautēn, hoti ou mē se enkataleipō heōs tou poiēsai me hosa elalēsa soi.« toutǭ de kai sympalaiein legetai. »hypeleiphthē de«, phēsin, »Iakōb monos, kai epalaien metʼ autou anthrōpos«, ho paidagōgos, »mechri prōi.«
But our Instructor is the holy God Jesus, the Word, the guide of all humanity; the loving God himself is Instructor. Somewhere in the song the Holy Spirit says of him: “He sufficed for the people in the wilderness, in the thirst of heat, in a waterless place; he encircled him and instructed him, and guarded him as the apple of his eye. As an eagle to shelter its nest, and it yearned over its young; spreading out its wings, it received them and took them up on its back. The Lord alone led them, and there was no foreign god with them.” Clearly, I think, Scripture points to the Instructor in describing his guidance. Again, when he speaks in his own person, he confesses himself to be Instructor: “I am the Lord your God, who brought you out of the land of Egypt.” Who, then, has authority to lead in and out? Is it not the Instructor? He “appeared to Abraham and said to him: I am your God; be well-pleasing before me.” And most like an instructor he prepares him to be a faithful child, saying, “and be blameless; and I will set my covenant between me and you and your seed.” Here there is a fellowship of guiding friendship. Of Jacob he appears most clearly to be the instructor. He says to him: “Behold, I am with you, guarding you in every way you go; and I will bring you back to this land, for I will not leave you until I have done all that I have spoken to you.” He is also said to wrestle with him: “Jacob was left alone,” it says, “and a man,” the Instructor, “wrestled with him until morning.”
1.7.57Stählin 1:123–124
οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἄγων καὶ φέρων, ὁ συγγυμναζόμενος καὶ ἀλείφων κατὰ τοῦ πονηροῦ τὸν ἀσκητὴν Ἰακώβ. ὅτι δὲ ὁ λόγος ἦν ὁ ἀλείπτης ἅμα τῷ Ἰακὼβ καὶ παιδαγωγὸς τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος, »ἠρώτησεν«, φησίν, »αὐτὸν καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· ἀνάγγειλόν μοι τί τὸ ὄνομά σου. καὶ εἶπεν· ἵνα τί τοῦτο ἐρωτᾷς τὸ ὄνομά μου;« ἐτήρει γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τὸ καινὸν τῷ νέῳ λαῷ τῷ νηπίῳ· ἔτι δὲ ἀνωνόμαστος ἦν ὁ θεὸς ὁ κύριος, μηδέπω γεγενημένος ἄνθρωπος. πλὴν ἀλλὰ »ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἐκάλεσε τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου Εἶδος θεοῦ· εἶδον γάρ«, φησί, »θεὸν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον, καὶ ἐσώθη μου ἡ ψυχή.« πρόσωπον δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ λόγος, ᾧ φωτίζεται ὁ θεὸς καὶ γνωρίζεται. τότε καὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπωνόμασται, ὅτε εἶδεν τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ θεός, ὁ λόγος, ὁ παιδαγωγός, ὁ φήσας αὐτῷ πάλιν ὕστερον »μὴ φοβοῦ καταβῆναι εἰς Αἴγυπτον«. ὅρα πῶς μὲν ἕπεται τῷ δικαίῳ ὁ παιδαγωγός, ὅπως δὲ καὶ ἀλείφει τὸν ἀσκητήν, πτερνίζειν διδάσκων τὸν ἀνταγωνιστήν. αὐτὸς γοῦν οὗτος καὶ τὸν Μωσέα διδάσκει παιδαγωγεῖν· λέγει γὰρ ὁ κύριος· »εἴ τις ἡμάρτηκεν ἐνώπιόν μου, ἐξαλείφω αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς βίβλου μου.
houtos ēn ho anthrōpos ho agōn kai pherōn, ho syngymnazomenos kai aleiphōn kata tou ponērou ton askētēn Iakōb. hoti de ho logos ēn ho aleiptēs hama tǭ Iakōb kai paidagōgos tēs anthrōpotētos, »ērōtēsen«, phēsin, »auton kai eipen autǭ; anangeilon moi ti to onoma sou. kai eipen; hina ti touto erōtąs to onoma mou?« etērei gar to onoma to kainon tǭ neǭ laǭ tǭ nēpiǭ; eti de anōnomastos ēn ho theos ho kyrios, mēdepō gegenēmenos anthrōpos. plēn alla »ho Iakōb ekalese to onoma tou topou ekeinou Eidos theou; eidon gar«, phēsi, »theon prosōpon pros prosōpon, kai esōthē mou hē psychē.« prosōpon de tou theou ho logos, hǭ phōtizetai ho theos kai gnōrizetai. tote kai Israēl epōnomastai, hote eiden ton theon ton kyrion. houtos estin ho theos, ho logos, ho paidagōgos, ho phēsas autǭ palin hysteron »mē phobou katabēnai eis Aigypton«. hora pōs men hepetai tǭ dikaiǭ ho paidagōgos, hopōs de kai aleiphei ton askētēn, pternizein didaskōn ton antagōnistēn. autos goun houtos kai ton Mōsea didaskei paidagōgein; legei gar ho kyrios; »ei tis hēmartēken enōpion mou, exaleiphō auton ek tēs biblou mou.
This was the man who led and carried, who trained with the athlete Jacob and anointed him against the evil one. That the Word was Jacob's trainer and the Instructor of humanity, it says: “He asked him and said to him, Tell me what your name is. And he said, Why do you ask my name?” For he was keeping the new name for the new, infant people; and the Lord God was still unnamed, not yet having become man. Yet “Jacob called the name of that place the Form of God: for I have seen God,” he says, “face to face, and my soul was saved.” The face of God is the Word, by whom God is made visible and known. Then too he was named Israel, when he saw the Lord God. This is God, the Word, the Instructor, who said to him again later, “Do not be afraid to go down into Egypt.” See how the Instructor accompanies the righteous man, and how he anoints the athlete, teaching him to trip up his opponent. This same one teaches Moses to instruct. For the Lord says: “If anyone has sinned before me, I will blot him out of my book.
1.7.58Stählin 1:124
νυνὶ δὲ βάδιζε καὶ ὁδήγησον τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον εἰς τὸν τόπον, ὃν εἶπά σοι.« ἐνταῦθα διδάσκαλός ἐστι παιδαγωγίας· καὶ γὰρ ἦν ὡς ἀληθῶς διὰ μὲν Μωσέως παιδαγωγὸς ὁ κύριος τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ παλαιοῦ, διʼ αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ νέου καθηγεμὼν λαοῦ, πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον. »ἰδού«, γάρ φησι τῷ Μωσεῖ, »ὁ ἄγγελός μου προπορεύεταί σου«, τὴν εὐαγγέλιον καὶ ἡγεμόνιον ἐπιστήσας τοῦ λόγου δύναμιν· τὸ δὲ ἀξίωμα τὸ κυριακὸν φυλάττων »ᾗ δʼ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκέπτωμαι,« φησίν, »ἐπάξω ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν αὐτῶν«, τουτέστιν, ᾗ δʼ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ κριτὴς καθεσθῶ, ἀποδώσω τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν τὰ ἀντάξια· ὁ γὰρ αὐτὸς παιδαγωγὸς καὶ κριτὴς τοὺς παρακούσαντας αὐτοῦ δικάζει, τὸ δὲ ἁμάρτημα αὐτῶν οὐ παρασιωπᾷ ὁ φιλάνθρωπος λόγος, ἐλέγχει δέ, ἵνα μετανοήσωσιν· »θέλει γὰρ ὁ κύριος τὴν μετάνοιαν τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν θάνατον.« ἡμεῖς δὲ τὰς ἄλλων ἁμαρτίας ὡς νήπιοι διʼ ἀκοῆς παραδεξάμενοι φόβῳ τῆς ἀπειλῆς τοῦ μὴ τὰ ὅμοια παθεῖν ἀποσχώμεθα τῶν ἴσων πλημμελημάτων. τί οὖν ἦν ὃ ἥμαρτον; »ὅτι ἐν τῷ θυμῷ αὐτῶν ἀπέκτειναν ἀνθρώπους καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ αὐτῶν ἐνευροκόπησαν ταῦρον· ἐπικατάρατος ὁ θυμὸς αὐτῶν.« Τίς ἂν οὖν τούτου μᾶλλον ἡμᾶς φιλανθρωπότερον παιδεύσαι;
nyni de badize kai hodēgēson ton laon touton eis ton topon, hon eipa soi.« entautha didaskalos esti paidagōgias; kai gar ēn hōs alēthōs dia men Mōseōs paidagōgos ho kyrios tou laou tou palaiou, diʼ autou de tou neou kathēgemōn laou, prosōpon pros prosōpon. »idou«, gar phēsi tǭ Mōsei, »ho angelos mou proporeuetai sou«, tēn euangelion kai hēgemonion epistēsas tou logou dynamin; to de axiōma to kyriakon phylattōn »hę̄ dʼ an hēmerą episkeptōmai,« phēsin, »epaxō epʼ autous tēn hamartian autōn«, toutestin, hę̄ dʼ an hēmerą kritēs kathesthō, apodōsō tōn hamartiōn autōn ta antaxia; ho gar autos paidagōgos kai kritēs tous parakousantas autou dikazei, to de hamartēma autōn ou parasiōpą ho philanthrōpos logos, elenchei de, hina metanoēsōsin; »thelei gar ho kyrios tēn metanoian tou hamartōlou mallon ē ton thanaton.« hēmeis de tas allōn hamartias hōs nēpioi diʼ akoēs paradexamenoi phobǭ tēs apeilēs tou mē ta homoia pathein aposchōmetha tōn isōn plēmmelēmatōn. ti oun ēn ho hēmarton? »hoti en tǭ thymǭ autōn apekteinan anthrōpous kai en tę̄ epithymią autōn eneurokopēsan tauron; epikataratos ho thymos autōn.« Tis an oun toutou mallon hēmas philanthrōpoteron paideusai?
But now go, and lead this people to the place of which I told you.” Here he is a teacher of instruction. For truly the Lord was, through Moses, the Instructor of the old people, and through himself the guide of the new people, face to face. “Behold,” he says to Moses, “my angel goes before you,” setting over them the power of the Word as bearer of good news and guide; but keeping the Lord's own dignity, he says, “On the day I visit, I will bring their sin upon them,” that is, on the day I sit as judge I will repay what their sins deserve. For the same one is Instructor and Judge, and he judges those who disobey him; the loving Word does not pass over their sin in silence, but convicts it, so that they may repent. “For the Lord wills the repentance of the sinner rather than his death.” And let us, as infants, hearing of the sins of others, keep from similar offenses for fear of the threat, lest we suffer the same. What, then, was their sin? “That in their anger they killed men, and in their desire they hamstrung a bull; cursed be their anger.” Who, then, could train us more lovingly than he?
1.7.59Stählin 1:124–125
τὸ μὲν οὖν πρότερον τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ λαῷ πρεσβυτέρα διαθήκη ἦν καὶ νόμος ἐπαιδαγώγει τὸν λαὸν μετὰ φόβου καὶ λόγος ἄγγελος ἦν, καινῷ δὲ καὶ νέῳ λαῷ καινὴ καὶ νέα διαθήκη δεδώρηται καὶ ὁ λόγος σὰρξ γεγένηται καὶ ὁ φόβος εἰς ἀγάπην μετατέτραπται καὶ ὁ μυστικὸς ἐκεῖνος ἄγγελος Ἰησοῦς τίκτεται. ὁ γὰρ αὐτὸς οὗτος παιδαγωγὸς τότε μὲν »φοβηθήσῃ κύριον τὸν θεὸν« ἔλεγεν, ἡμῖν δὲ »ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σου« παρῄνεσεν. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐντέλλεται ἡμῖν »παύσασθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων ὑμῶν«, τῶν παλαιῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, »μάθετε καλὸν ποιεῖν· ἔκκλινον ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθόν· ἠγάπησας δικαιοσύνην, ἐμίσησας ἀνομίαν.« αὕτη μου ἡ νέα διαθήκη παλαιῷ κεχαραγμένη γράμματι. οὐκ ἄρα ἡ νεότης τοῦ λόγου ὀνειδιστέα. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἱερεμίᾳ ὁ κύριος λέγει· »μὴ λέγε ὅτι νεώτερός εἰμι· πρὸ τοῦ με πλάσαι σε ἐν κοιλίᾳ ἐπίσταμαί σε, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ σε ἐξελθεῖν ἐκ μήτρας ἡγίακά σε.« ταῦτα δύναται πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἡ προφητεία αἰνίττεσθαι τοὺς πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου εἰς πίστιν ἐγνωσμένους θεῷ, νυνὶ δὲ νηπίους διὰ τὴν ἔναγχος πεπληρωμένην βούλησιν τοῦ θεοῦ, καθὸ εἰς κλῆσιν καὶ σωτηρίαν νεογνοὶ
to men oun proteron tǭ presbyterǭ laǭ presbytera diathēkē ēn kai nomos epaidagōgei ton laon meta phobou kai logos angelos ēn, kainǭ de kai neǭ laǭ kainē kai nea diathēkē dedōrētai kai ho logos sarx gegenētai kai ho phobos eis agapēn metatetraptai kai ho mystikos ekeinos angelos Iēsous tiktetai. ho gar autos houtos paidagōgos tote men »phobēthēsę̄ kyrion ton theon« elegen, hēmin de »agapēseis kyrion ton theon sou« parę̄nesen. dia touto kai entelletai hēmin »pausasthe apo tōn ergōn hymōn«, tōn palaiōn hamartiōn, »mathete kalon poiein; ekklinon apo kakou kai poiēson agathon; ēgapēsas dikaiosynēn, emisēsas anomian.« hautē mou hē nea diathēkē palaiǭ kecharagmenē grammati. ouk ara hē neotēs tou logou oneidistea. alla kai en tǭ Hieremią ho kyrios legei; »mē lege hoti neōteros eimi; pro tou me plasai se en koilią epistamai se, kai pro tou se exelthein ek mētras hēgiaka se.« tauta dynatai pros hēmas hē prophēteia ainittesthai tous pro katabolēs kosmou eis pistin egnōsmenous theǭ, nyni de nēpious dia tēn enanchos peplērōmenēn boulēsin tou theou, katho eis klēsin kai sōtērian neognoi
Formerly, then, the older people had an older covenant, and the law instructed the people with fear, and the Word was an angel; but to the fresh and new people a fresh and new covenant has been given, the Word has become flesh, fear has been turned into love, and that mystic angel, Jesus, is born. For this same Instructor then said, “You shall fear the Lord your God,” but to us he has urged, “You shall love the Lord your God.” That is why he also commands us, “Cease from your deeds,” your old sins; “learn to do good; turn away from evil and do good; you have loved righteousness and hated lawlessness.” This is my new covenant, engraved in the old letter. The newness of the Word, then, is not to be reproached. In Jeremiah too the Lord says: “Do not say, I am too young; before I formed you in the womb I knew you, and before you came out of the womb I sanctified you.” The prophecy can hint at us here, who before the foundation of the world were known to God for faith, and now are infants because of God's will recently fulfilled, since we are newborn to the call and to salvation.
1.7.60Stählin 1:125–126
γεγόναμεν. διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει »προφήτην εἰς ἔθνη τέθεικά σε«, προφητεῦσαι λέγων αὐτὸν δεῖν μηδὲ ὄνειδος εἶναι δοκεῖν τοῦ νεωτέρου τὴν προσηγορίαν τοῖς νηπίοις καλουμένοις. ὁ δὲ νόμος χάρις ἐστὶν παλαιὰ διὰ Μωσέως ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου δοθεῖσα. διὸ καὶ φησιν ἡ γραφή· »ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωσέως ἐδόθη« (οὐχὶ ὑπὸ Μωσέως, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ μὲν τοῦ λόγου, διὰ Μωσέως δὲ τοῦ θεράποντος αὐτοῦ· διὸ καὶ πρόσκαιρος ἐγένετο), »ἡ δὲ ἀίδιος χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο.« ὁρᾶτε τὰς λέξεις τῆς γραφῆς· ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ νόμου »ἐδόθη« φησὶ μόνον, »ἡ δὲ ἀλήθεια«, χάρις οὖσα τοῦ πατρός, ἔργον ἐστὶ τοῦ λόγου αἰώνιον καὶ οὐκέτι δίδοσθαι λέγεται, ἀλλὰ »διὰ Ἰησοῦ γίνεσθαι, οὗ χωρὶς ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν«. αὐτίκα γοῦν ὁ Μωσῆς, τῷ τελείῳ προφητικῶς παραχωρῶν παιδαγωγῷ τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα καὶ τὴν παιδαγωγίαν προθεσπίζει καὶ τῷ λαῷ παρατίθεται τὸν παιδαγωγόν, ἐντολὰς ὑπακοῆς ἐγχειρίσας· »προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει«, φησίν, »ὁ θεὸς ὡς ἐμὲ ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν«, τὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν τοῦ Ναυῆ, αἰνιττόμενος τὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ υἱόν· σκιαγραφία γὰρ ἦν τοῦ κυρίου τὸ ὄνομα τὸ Ἰησοῦ προκηρυσσόμενον ἐν νόμῳ. ἐπιφέρει γοῦν, τὸ λυσιτελὲς τῷ λαῷ συμβουλεύων, »αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε« λέγων, »καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἂν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου τούτου, τούτῳ ἀπειλεῖ«.
gegonamen. dio kai epipherei »prophētēn eis ethnē tetheika se«, prophēteusai legōn auton dein mēde oneidos einai dokein tou neōterou tēn prosēgorian tois nēpiois kaloumenois. ho de nomos charis estin palaia dia Mōseōs hypo tou logou dotheisa. dio kai phēsin hē graphē; »ho nomos dia Mōseōs edothē« (ouchi hypo Mōseōs, alla hypo men tou logou, dia Mōseōs de tou therapontos autou; dio kai proskairos egeneto), »hē de aidios charis kai hē alētheia dia Iēsou Christou egeneto.« horate tas lexeis tēs graphēs; epi men tou nomou »edothē« phēsi monon, »hē de alētheia«, charis ousa tou patros, ergon esti tou logou aiōnion kai ouketi didosthai legetai, alla »dia Iēsou ginesthai, hou chōris egeneto oude hen«. autika goun ho Mōsēs, tǭ teleiǭ prophētikōs parachōrōn paidagōgǭ tǭ logǭ, kai to onoma kai tēn paidagōgian prothespizei kai tǭ laǭ paratithetai ton paidagōgon, entolas hypakoēs encheirisas; »prophētēn hymin anastēsei«, phēsin, »ho theos hōs eme ek tōn adelphōn hymōn«, ton Iēsoun ton tou Nauē, ainittomenos ton Iēsoun ton tou theou huion; skiagraphia gar ēn tou kyriou to onoma to Iēsou prokēryssomenon en nomǭ. epipherei goun, to lysiteles tǭ laǭ symbouleuōn, »autou akousesthe« legōn, »kai ho anthrōpos, hos an mē akousę̄ tou prophētou toutou, toutǭ apeilei«.
So he adds, “I have appointed you a prophet to the nations,” saying that he must prophesy, and that the name of “youth” should not seem a reproach to those called infants. The law is an old grace given by the Word through Moses. That is why Scripture says, “The law was given through Moses” (not by Moses, but by the Word through Moses his servant; that is why it was temporary), “but eternal grace and truth came through Jesus Christ.” See the words of Scripture: of the law it says only “was given”; but “the truth,” being the grace of the Father, is the eternal work of the Word, and is no longer said to be given, but “to come through Jesus, without whom not one thing came to be.” So Moses, prophetically yielding place to the perfect Instructor, the Word, foretells both the name and the instruction, and commends the Instructor to the people, handing over commandments of obedience: “God will raise up for you a prophet like me from among your brothers,” he says, speaking of Jesus the son of Nun, but hinting at Jesus the Son of God; for the name Jesus, proclaimed beforehand in the law, was a sketch of the Lord. So he adds, counseling what is profitable for the people, “You shall hear him,” and “the man who does not hear this prophet,” him he threatens.
1.7.61Stählin 1:126
τοιοῦτον ἡμῖν ὄνομα σωτηρίου προφητεύει παιδαγωγοῦ. διὰ τοῦτο αὐτῷ ῥάβδον περιτίθησιν ἡ προφητεία, ῥάβδον παιδευτικήν, ἀρχικήν, κατεξουσιαστικήν, ἵνʼ οὓς ὁ λόγος ὁ πειθήνιος οὐκ ἰᾶται, ἀπειλὴ ἰάσεται, οὓς δὲ ἡ ἀπειλὴ οὐκ ἰᾶται, ἡ ῥάβδος ἰάσεται, οὓς δὲ ἡ ῥάβδος οὐκ ἰᾶται, τὸ πῦρ ἐπινέμεται. »ἐξελεύσεται«, φησί, »ῥάβδος ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης Ἰεσσαί.« ὅρα καὶ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ τὴν σοφίαν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ· »οὐ κατὰ τὴν δόξαν«, φησί, »κρινεῖ, οὐδὲ κατὰ τὴν λαλιὰν ἐλέγξει, ἀλλὰ κρινεῖ ταπεινῷ κρίσιν καὶ ἐλέγξει τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῆς γῆς.« καὶ διὰ Δαβίδ· »κύριος παιδεύων ἐπαίδευσέν με καὶ τῷ θανάτῳ οὐ παρέδωκέν με·« τὸ γὰρ ὑπὸ κυρίου παιδευθῆναι καὶ παιδαγωγηθῆναι θανάτου ἐστὶν ἀπαλλαγή. καὶ διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ προφήτου φησίν· »ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ ποιμανεῖς αὐτούς.« ταύτῃ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος κινηθεὶς ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους »τί θέλετε;« φησίν, »ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔλθω πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἢ ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος;« ἀλλὰ καὶ »ῥάβδον δυνάμεως ἐξαποστελεῖ κύριος ἐκ Σιὼν« διʼ ἄλλου προφήτου λέγει. ἡ δὲ παιδαγωγικὴ αὕτη »ἡ ῥάβδος σου καὶ ἡ βακτηρία σου παρεκάλεσάν με«, εἶπέν τις ἕτερος αὕτη τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ ἡ δύναμις ἡ σεμνή, ἡ παρακλητική, ἡ σωτήριος.
toiouton hēmin onoma sōtēriou prophēteuei paidagōgou. dia touto autǭ rhabdon peritithēsin hē prophēteia, rhabdon paideutikēn, archikēn, katexousiastikēn, hinʼ hous ho logos ho peithēnios ouk iatai, apeilē iasetai, hous de hē apeilē ouk iatai, hē rhabdos iasetai, hous de hē rhabdos ouk iatai, to pyr epinemetai. »exeleusetai«, phēsi, »rhabdos ek tēs rhizēs Iessai.« hora kai tēn epimeleian kai tēn sophian kai tēn dynamin tou paidagōgou; »ou kata tēn doxan«, phēsi, »krinei, oude kata tēn lalian elenxei, alla krinei tapeinǭ krisin kai elenxei tous hamartōlous tēs gēs.« kai dia Dabid; »kyrios paideuōn epaideusen me kai tǭ thanatǭ ou paredōken me;« to gar hypo kyriou paideuthēnai kai paidagōgēthēnai thanatou estin apallagē. kai dia tou autou prophētou phēsin; »en rhabdǭ sidērą poimaneis autous.« tautę̄ kai ho apostolos kinētheis en tę̄ pros Korinthious »ti thelete?« phēsin, »en rhabdǭ elthō pros hymas ē en agapę̄ pneumati te praÿtētos?« alla kai »rhabdon dynameōs exapostelei kyrios ek Siōn« diʼ allou prophētou legei. hē de paidagōgikē hautē »hē rhabdos sou kai hē baktēria sou parekalesan me«, eipen tis heteros hautē tou paidagōgou hē dynamis hē semnē, hē paraklētikē, hē sōtērios.
Such is the name of the saving Instructor that he prophesies to us. That is why prophecy puts a rod in his hand, a rod of discipline, of rule, of authority: so that those whom the persuasive Word does not heal, a threat will heal; those whom the threat does not heal, the rod will heal; and those whom the rod does not heal, fire consumes. “There shall come forth,” it says, “a rod from the root of Jesse.” See the care, the wisdom, and the power of the Instructor: “He will not judge by appearance,” it says, “nor convict by hearsay; but he will give judgment to the humble and convict the sinners of the earth.” And through David: “The Lord has disciplined me severely, but has not given me over to death”; for to be disciplined and instructed by the Lord is deliverance from death. And through the same prophet he says, “You shall shepherd them with a rod of iron.” Moved by this, the apostle too says in the letter to the Corinthians, “What do you wish? Shall I come to you with a rod, or in love and a spirit of gentleness?” And through another prophet he says, “The Lord will send out a rod of power from Zion.” And this rod of instruction, another said, “your rod and your staff, they have comforted me.” This is the Instructor's power: holy, consoling, saving.
The 1, chapter 8
1.8.62Stählin 1:126–127
Ἐνταῦθα ἐπιφύονταί τινες οὐκ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι φάμενοι τὸν κύριον διὰ τὴν ῥάβδον καὶ τὴν ἀπειλὴν καὶ τὸν φόβον καὶ παρακούσαντες μέν, ὡς ἔοικε, τῆς γραφῆς ὧδέ που λεγούσης »καὶ ὁ φοβούμενος κύριον ἐπιστρέφει ἐπὶ καρδίαν αὐτοῦ«, ἐκλαθόμενοι δὲ τὸ μέγιστον αὐτοῦ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας, ὅτι διʼ ἡμᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο. καὶ δὴ οἰκειότερον αὐτῷ ὁ προφήτης προσεύχεται διὰ τούτων »μνήσθητι ἡμῶν, ὅτι χοῦς ἐσμεν«, τουτέστι συμπάθησον ἡμῖν, ὅτι τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοπαθῶς ἐπείρασας. ταύτῃ γοῦν ἄριστος καὶ ἀνεπίληπτός ἐστιν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ὁ κύριος, τῇ ἑκάστου τῶν ἀνθρώπων διʼ ὑπερβολὴν φιλανθρωπίας συμπαθήσας φύσει. »ἦν γὰρ οὐδὲν ὃ μισεῖ ὁ κύριος·« οὐ γὰρ δήπου μισεῖ μέν τι, βούλεται δὲ αὐτὸ εἶναι, ὃ μισεῖ, οὐδὲ βούλεται μέν τι μὴ εἶναι, αἴτιος δὲ γίνεται τοῦ εἶναι αὐτό, ὃ βούλεται μὴ εἶναι, οὐδὲ μὴν οὐ βούλεται μέν τι [μὴ] εἶναι, τὸ δὲ ἔστιν. εἴ τι ἄρα μισεῖ ὁ λόγος, βούλεται αὐτὸ μὴ εἶναι· οὐδὲν δὲ ἔστιν, ᾧ μὴ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ εἶναι ὁ θεὸς παρέχεται· οὐδὲν ἄρα μισεῖται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου· ἓν γὰρ ἄμφω, ὁ θεός, ὅτι εἶπεν »ἐν ἀρχῇ ὁ λόγος ἦν ἐν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος.«
Entautha epiphyontai tines ouk agathon einai phamenoi ton kyrion dia tēn rhabdon kai tēn apeilēn kai ton phobon kai parakousantes men, hōs eoike, tēs graphēs hōde pou legousēs »kai ho phoboumenos kyrion epistrephei epi kardian autou«, eklathomenoi de to megiston autou tēs philanthrōpias, hoti diʼ hēmas anthrōpos egeneto. kai dē oikeioteron autǭ ho prophētēs proseuchetai dia toutōn »mnēsthēti hēmōn, hoti chous esmen«, toutesti sympathēson hēmin, hoti tēn astheneian tēs sarkos autopathōs epeirasas. tautę̄ goun aristos kai anepilēptos estin ho paidagōgos ho kyrios, tę̄ hekastou tōn anthrōpōn diʼ hyperbolēn philanthrōpias sympathēsas physei. »ēn gar ouden ho misei ho kyrios;« ou gar dēpou misei men ti, bouletai de auto einai, ho misei, oude bouletai men ti mē einai, aitios de ginetai tou einai auto, ho bouletai mē einai, oude mēn ou bouletai men ti [mē] einai, to de estin. ei ti ara misei ho logos, bouletai auto mē einai; ouden de estin, hǭ mē tēn aitian tou einai ho theos parechetai; ouden ara miseitai hypo tou theou. allʼ oude hypo tou logou; hen gar amphō, ho theos, hoti eipen »en archę̄ ho logos ēn en tǭ theǭ, kai theos ēn ho logos.«
Here some attack us, saying that the Lord is not good because of the rod and the threat and the fear. They have not listened, it seems, to the Scripture when it says, “And whoever fears the Lord will turn to his heart,” and they have forgotten the greatest proof of his love for humankind: that he became man for our sake. And indeed the prophet prays to him more intimately in these words: “Remember us, that we are dust,” that is, sympathize with us, since you have experienced in your own person the weakness of the flesh. In this the Lord, the Instructor, is best and blameless: out of his surpassing love for humankind, he has sympathized with the nature of each human being. “For there was nothing that the Lord hates.” For surely he does not hate something and yet will that what he hates should exist; nor does he will something not to exist and yet become the cause of its existence, though he wills it not to exist; nor does he will something not to exist, and yet it exists. If, then, the Word hates something, he wills it not to exist; but nothing exists to which God does not give the cause of its existence; so nothing is hated by God. Nor by the Word; for both are one, God, since it says, “In the beginning the Word was in God, and the Word was God.”
1.8.63Stählin 1:127
εἰ δὲ οὐ μισεῖ τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γενομένων οὐδέν, λείπεται φιλεῖν αὐτό. πολὺ δὴ πλέον τῶν ἄλλων ἀγαπήσει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, εἰκότως, τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ δημιουργηθέντων καὶ φιλόθεον ζῷον. φιλάνθρωπος ἄρα ὁ θεός, φιλάνθρωπος ἄρα ὁ λόγος. ὁ δὲ φιλῶν τι ὠφελεῖν αὐτὸ βούλεται, τὸ δὲ ὠφελοῦν τοῦ μὴ ὠφελοῦντος πάντως ἄν που κρεῖττον εἴη, τοῦ δὲ ἀγαθοῦ κρεῖττον οὐδὲ ἕν, ὠφελεῖ ἄρα τὸ ἀγαθόν· ἀγαθὸς δὲ ὁ θεὸς ὁμολογεῖται, ὠφελεῖ ἄρα ὁ θεός. τὸ δὲ ἀγαθόν, ᾗ ἀγαθόν ἐστιν, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ποιεῖ ἢ ὅτι ὠφελεῖ· πάντα ἄρα ὠφελεῖ ὁ θεός. καὶ οὐ δήπου ὠφελεῖ μέν τι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ κήδεται αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ κήδεται μέν, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ ἐπιμελεῖται αὐτοῦ. κρεῖττον μὲν γὰρ τὸ κατὰ γνώμην ὠφελοῦν τοῦ μὴ ὠφελοῦντος κατὰ γνώμην, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ κρεῖττον οὐδέν. καὶ οὐκ ἄλλο τί ἐστι τὸ κατὰ γνώμην ὠφελεῖν, ὅτι μὴ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι [τοῦ ἀνθρώπου]· κήδεται ἄρα καὶ ἐπιμελεῖται τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁ θεός. τοῦτο δὲ ἐνδείκνυται ἔργῳ παιδαγωγῶν αὐτὸν λόγῳ, ὅς ἐστι τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ φιλανθρωπίας συναγωνιστὴς γνήσιος.
ei de ou misei tōn hypʼ autou genomenōn ouden, leipetai philein auto. poly dē pleon tōn allōn agapēsei ton anthrōpon, eikotōs, to kalliston tōn hypʼ autou dēmiourgēthentōn kai philotheon zǭon. philanthrōpos ara ho theos, philanthrōpos ara ho logos. ho de philōn ti ōphelein auto bouletai, to de ōpheloun tou mē ōphelountos pantōs an pou kreitton eiē, tou de agathou kreitton oude hen, ōphelei ara to agathon; agathos de ho theos homologeitai, ōphelei ara ho theos. to de agathon, hę̄ agathon estin, ouden allo poiei ē hoti ōphelei; panta ara ōphelei ho theos. kai ou dēpou ōphelei men ti ton anthrōpon, ouchi de kai kēdetai autou, oude kēdetai men, ouchi de kai epimeleitai autou. kreitton men gar to kata gnōmēn ōpheloun tou mē ōphelountos kata gnōmēn, tou de theou kreitton ouden. kai ouk allo ti esti to kata gnōmēn ōphelein, hoti mē epimeleisthai [tou anthrōpou]; kēdetai ara kai epimeleitai tou anthrōpou ho theos. touto de endeiknytai ergǭ paidagōgōn auton logǭ, hos esti tēs tou theou philanthrōpias synagōnistēs gnēsios.
If he hates nothing of what he has made, it remains that he loves it. Much more than the rest, naturally, he will love the human being, the most beautiful of his creatures and a creature that loves God. God, then, loves humankind; the Word, then, loves humankind. And the one who loves something wishes to benefit it; what benefits is surely better than what does not benefit; and nothing is better than the good; so the good benefits. God is acknowledged to be good; so God benefits. And the good, insofar as it is good, does nothing else than benefit; so God benefits all things. And surely he does not benefit the human being without caring for him, nor care for him without taking care of him. For what benefits intentionally is better than what does not benefit intentionally, and nothing is better than God. And benefiting intentionally is nothing else than taking care [of the human being]; so God cares for and takes care of the human being. This he shows in deed by instructing him through the Word, who is the true fellow champion of God's love for humankind.
1.8.64Stählin 1:127–128
τὸ δὲ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι οὐ τῷ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔχειν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι λέγεται, καθὸ καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἀγαθὸν εἶναι λέγεται οὐ τῷ ἀρετὴν ἔχειν (ἀρετὴ γάρ ἐστιν αὐτή), ἀλλὰ τῷ αὐτὴν καθʼ αὑτὴν καὶ διʼ αὑτὴν ἀγαθὴν εἶναι. λέγεται δὲ καὶ κατʼ ἄλλον τρόπον ἀγαθὸν τὸ συμφέρον, οὐ τῷ τέρπειν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὠφελεῖν. ἃ δὴ πάντα ἡ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ ὡς ἀρετὴ καὶ ὡς διʼ αὐτὴν αἱρετὴ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ὡς οὐ τέρπουσα· οὐ γὰρ πρὸς χάριν κρίνει, ἀλλὰ τοῦ κατʼ ἀξίαν ἑκάστῳ ἐστὶν ἀπονεμητική, ἕπεται δὲ τῷ συμφέροντι τὸ ὠφέλιμον. κατὰ πάντα ἄρα τὰ μέρη, καθʼ ἃ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐξετάζεται, καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη χαρακτηρίζεται, τῶν ἴσων ἐπʼ ἴσης ἀμφοῖν μετεχόντων· τὰ δὲ τοῖς ἴσοις χαρακτηριζόμενα ἴσα τε ἀλλήλοις καὶ ὅμοια· ἀγαθὸν ἄρα ἡ δικαιοσύνη. πῶς οὖν, φασίν, εἰ φιλάνθρωπός ἐστι καὶ ἀγαθὸς ὁ κύριος, ὀργίζεται καὶ κολάζει; ἀναγκαῖον οὖν καὶ περὶ τούτου ὡς οἷόν τε διὰ βραχυτάτων ἐπεξελθεῖν· ἐπεὶ λυσιτελής πως ἡ τοιάδε οἰκονομία πρὸς τὴν ὀρθὴν τῶν παίδων ἀγωγήν, ἀναγκαίου βοηθήματος ἔχουσα τάξιν. θεραπεύεται δὲ πολλὰ τῶν παθῶν τιμωρίᾳ καὶ προστάξει αὐστηροτέρων παραγγελμάτων καὶ δὴ καὶ διὰ τῆς ἐνίων θεωρημάτων διδασκαλίας.
to de agathon einai ou tǭ tēn aretēn echein agathon einai legetai, katho kai hē dikaiosynē agathon einai legetai ou tǭ aretēn echein (aretē gar estin autē), alla tǭ autēn kathʼ hautēn kai diʼ hautēn agathēn einai. legetai de kai katʼ allon tropon agathon to sympheron, ou tǭ terpein, alla tǭ ōphelein. ha dē panta hē dikaiosynē, kai hōs aretē kai hōs diʼ autēn hairetē agathon kai hōs ou terpousa; ou gar pros charin krinei, alla tou katʼ axian hekastǭ estin aponemētikē, hepetai de tǭ sympheronti to ōphelimon. kata panta ara ta merē, kathʼ ha to agathon exetazetai, kai hē dikaiosynē charaktērizetai, tōn isōn epʼ isēs amphoin metechontōn; ta de tois isois charaktērizomena isa te allēlois kai homoia; agathon ara hē dikaiosynē. pōs oun, phasin, ei philanthrōpos esti kai agathos ho kyrios, orgizetai kai kolazei? anankaion oun kai peri toutou hōs hoion te dia brachytatōn epexelthein; epei lysitelēs pōs hē toiade oikonomia pros tēn orthēn tōn paidōn agōgēn, anankaiou boēthēmatos echousa taxin. therapeuetai de polla tōn pathōn timōrią kai prostaxei austēroterōn parangelmatōn kai dē kai dia tēs eniōn theōrēmatōn didaskalias.
The good is not said to be good by having virtue, just as justice is not said to be good by having virtue (for it is itself virtue), but by being good in and of itself. In another sense, what is advantageous is also called good, not by giving pleasure but by benefiting. Justice is all these: it is good both as virtue and as desirable for its own sake, and as not giving pleasure; for it does not judge to win favor, but assigns to each what he deserves, and benefit follows what is advantageous. In all the respects, then, in which the good is examined, justice too is characterized, both sharing equally in the same qualities; and things characterized by the same qualities are equal and alike to one another; so justice is good. “How then,” they say, “if the Lord loves humankind and is good, is he angry and does he punish?” We must deal with this too, as briefly as possible. For such a plan is in some way profitable for the right upbringing of children, holding the place of a necessary aid. Many passions are healed by punishment, and by the enjoining of sterner precepts, and also by the teaching of certain principles.
1.8.65Stählin 1:128
ἔστι δὲ οἱονεὶ χειρουργία τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς παθῶν ὁ ἔλεγχος, ἀπόστασις δὲ τὰ πάθη τῆς ἀληθείας, ἃ χρὴ διελέγχειν διαιροῦντα τῇ τομῇ. φαρμακείᾳ δὲ ἔοικεν ὁ ὀνειδισμὸς τὰ τετυλωμένα ἀναλύων τῶν παθῶν καὶ τὰ ῥυπαρὰ τοῦ βίου, τὰς λαγνείας, ἀνακαθαίρων, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τὰς ὑπερσαρκώσεις τοῦ τύφου ἐξομαλίζων, εἰς τὸν ὑγιῆ καὶ ἀληθινὸν ἀνασκευάζων τὸν ἄνθρωπον. ἡ νουθέτησις οὖν οἱονεὶ δίαιτά ἐστι νοσούσης ψυχῆς, ὧν χρὴ μεταλαμβάνειν συμβουλευτικὴ καὶ ὧν οὐ χρὴ ἀπαγορευτική· τὰ δὲ πάντα εἰς σωτηρίαν καὶ ἀίδιον ὑγείαν διατείνει. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ στρατηγὸς χρημάτων ζημίας καὶ τὰς εἰς αὐτὰ τὰ σώματα διηκούσας αἰκίας μετὰ δεσμῶν καὶ τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀτιμίας προσφέρων τοῖς ἠδικηκόσιν, ἔσθʼ ὅτε δὲ καὶ θανάτῳ κολάζων τινάς, τέλος ἔχει τὸ ἀγαθόν, ὑπὲρ νουθεσίας τῶν ὑπηκόων στρατηγῶν. ὡσαύτως καὶ ὁ μέγας ἡμῶν ἐκεῖνος στρατηγός, ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμὼν λόγος, τοὺς παρὰ τὸν νόμον ἀφηνιάζοντας τὸν αὑτοῦ, ὑπὲρ ἀπαλλαγῆς δουλείας καὶ πλάνης καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀντικειμένου αἰχμαλωσίας εἰς καταστολὴν τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς παθῶν νουθετῶν, ἐπὶ τὴν ἱερὰν τῆς πολιτείας ὁμόνοιαν εἰρηναγωγεῖ.
esti de hoionei cheirourgia tōn tēs psychēs pathōn ho elenchos, apostasis de ta pathē tēs alētheias, ha chrē dielenchein diairounta tę̄ tomę̄. pharmakeią de eoiken ho oneidismos ta tetylōmena analyōn tōn pathōn kai ta rhypara tou biou, tas lagneias, anakathairōn, pros de kai tas hypersarkōseis tou typhou exomalizōn, eis ton hygiē kai alēthinon anaskeuazōn ton anthrōpon. hē nouthetēsis oun hoionei diaita esti nosousēs psychēs, hōn chrē metalambanein symbouleutikē kai hōn ou chrē apagoreutikē; ta de panta eis sōtērian kai aidion hygeian diateinei. alla kai ho stratēgos chrēmatōn zēmias kai tas eis auta ta sōmata diēkousas aikias meta desmōn kai tēs eschatēs atimias prospherōn tois ēdikēkosin, esthʼ hote de kai thanatǭ kolazōn tinas, telos echei to agathon, hyper nouthesias tōn hypēkoōn stratēgōn. hōsautōs kai ho megas hēmōn ekeinos stratēgos, ho tōn holōn hēgemōn logos, tous para ton nomon aphēniazontas ton hautou, hyper apallagēs douleias kai planēs kai tēs tou antikeimenou aichmalōsias eis katastolēn tōn tēs psychēs pathōn nouthetōn, epi tēn hieran tēs politeias homonoian eirēnagōgei.
Reproof is like surgery on the passions of the soul; the passions are an abscess of the truth, which must be laid open by cutting. Rebuke is like a medicine, dissolving the callouses of the passions, cleansing the filth of life, the lusts, and smoothing down the proud flesh of arrogance, restoring the human being to health and truth. Admonition, then, is like the diet of a sick soul, advising what one must take and forbidding what one must not; and all these aim at salvation and eternal health. A general too, when he imposes fines on wrongdoers, and bodily punishments with chains and the utmost disgrace, and sometimes even punishes some with death, has the good as his aim, acting as general for the correction of those under him. In the same way that great general of ours, the Word, the ruler of all things, admonishing those who throw off the reins of his law, to free them from slavery and error and captivity to the adversary, and to calm the passions of the soul, leads them to the holy concord of the commonwealth.
1.8.66Stählin 1:128–129
Καθάπερ οὖν τῷ συμβουλευτικῷ λόγῳ παράκειται τὸ προτρεπτικὸν καὶ παρακλητικὸν εἶδος, οὕτω καὶ τῷ ἐγκωμιαστικῷ τὸ λοιδορητικὸν καὶ ὀνειδιστικὸν [καὶ ἐγκωμιαστικόν]. τὸ δὲ εἶδος τοῦτο τέχνη ἐστι ψεκτική, εὐνοίας δὲ τὸ ψέγειν, οὐ μίσους σύμβολον. ἄμφω μὲν γὰρ ὀνειδίζετον, καὶ ὁ φίλος καὶ ὁ μή, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἐχθρὸς ἐπιγελῶν, ὁ δὲ φίλος εὐνοῶν. οὐκ ἄρα διὰ μῖσος ὁ κύριος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις λοιδορεῖται, οὓς καὶ ἐξὸν αὐτῷ ἀπολέσαι παρὰ τὰς ἰδίας αἰτίας, ὃ δὲ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν καὶ πέπονθεν· παιδαγωγὸς γὰρ ἅτε ἀγαθὸς ἐντέχνως σφόδρα διὰ τῆς λοιδορίας ὑποδύεται τὸν ψόγον, οἱονεὶ μάστιγι τῇ βλασφημίᾳ τὸ νωθρὸν τῆς διανοίας ἐπεγείρων, πάλιν τε αὖ ἐν μέρει προτρέπειν ἐπιχειρεῖ τοὺς αὐτούς. οὓς γὰρ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐ προετρέψατο, τούτους παρώξυνεν ὁ ψόγος, καὶ οὓς ὁ ψόγος οὐκ ἐξεκαλέσατο εἰς σωτηρίαν καθάπερ νεκρούς, τούτους πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἡ βλασφημία διανίστησιν. »μάστιγες γὰρ καὶ παιδεία ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ σοφίας. συγκολλῶν ὄστρακον καὶ διδάσκων μωρόν«, εἰς αἴσθησιν ἄγων, φησί, τὴν γῆν καὶ τὸν ἀπηλπισμένον εἰς σύνεσιν ὀξύνων. διὰ τοῦτο ἐναργῶς ἐπήγαγεν· »ἐξεγείρων καθεύδοντα ἐκ βαθέος ὕπνου,« ὃς τῶν ἄλλων μάλιστα θανάτῳ ἔοικεν. καὶ δὴ αὐτὸς περὶ αὑτοῦ σαφέστατα ὁ κύριος ἐκφαίνει, τὴν πολύτροπον καὶ πολυωφελῆ θεραπείαν ἀλληγορῶν, ὁπηνίκα εἰπὼν »ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή, καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν,« εἶτα ἐπήγαγεν πάλιν »πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν αἴρει αὐτό, καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρποφοροῦν καθαίρει, ἵνα καρπὸν πλείω φέρῃ.« καθυλομανεῖ γὰρ μὴ κλαδευομένη ἡ ἄμπελος, οὕτως δὲ καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος· καθαίρει δὲ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐξυβριζούσας παραφυάδας ὁ λόγος ἡ μάχαιρα, καρποφορεῖν, οὐκ ἐπιθυμεῖν τὰς ὀρέξεις ἀναγκάσας.
Kathaper oun tǭ symbouleutikǭ logǭ parakeitai to protreptikon kai paraklētikon eidos, houtō kai tǭ enkōmiastikǭ to loidorētikon kai oneidistikon [kai enkōmiastikon]. to de eidos touto technē esti psektikē, eunoias de to psegein, ou misous symbolon. amphō men gar oneidizeton, kai ho philos kai ho mē, allʼ ho men echthros epigelōn, ho de philos eunoōn. ouk ara dia misos ho kyrios tois anthrōpois loidoreitai, hous kai exon autǭ apolesai para tas idias aitias, ho de hyper hēmōn kai peponthen; paidagōgos gar hate agathos entechnōs sphodra dia tēs loidorias hypodyetai ton psogon, hoionei mastigi tę̄ blasphēmią to nōthron tēs dianoias epegeirōn, palin te au en merei protrepein epicheirei tous autous. hous gar ho epainos ou proetrepsato, toutous parōxynen ho psogos, kai hous ho psogos ouk exekalesato eis sōtērian kathaper nekrous, toutous pros alētheian hē blasphēmia dianistēsin. »mastiges gar kai paideia en panti kairǭ sophias. synkollōn ostrakon kai didaskōn mōron«, eis aisthēsin agōn, phēsi, tēn gēn kai ton apēlpismenon eis synesin oxynōn. dia touto enargōs epēgagen; »exegeirōn katheudonta ek batheos hypnou,« hos tōn allōn malista thanatǭ eoiken. kai dē autos peri hautou saphestata ho kyrios ekphainei, tēn polytropon kai polyōphelē therapeian allēgorōn, hopēnika eipōn »egō eimi hē ampelos hē alēthinē, kai ho patēr mou ho geōrgos estin,« eita epēgagen palin »pan klēma en emoi mē pheron karpon airei auto, kai pan to karpophoroun kathairei, hina karpon pleiō pherę̄.« kathylomanei gar mē kladeuomenē hē ampelos, houtōs de kai ho anthrōpos; kathairei de autou tas exybrizousas paraphyadas ho logos hē machaira, karpophorein, ouk epithymein tas orexeis anankasas.
Just as the hortatory and consoling kind of speech belongs to deliberative speech, so the reproaching and rebuking kind belongs to the speech of praise [and praising]. This kind is an art of censure; and censure is a sign of goodwill, not of hatred. Both friend and enemy reproach, but the enemy mocks, while the friend means well. So the Lord does not revile human beings out of hatred; though he could have destroyed them for their own faults, he even suffered for us. For as a good Instructor, very skillfully, he takes on censure through rebuke, rousing the sluggishness of the mind with reproach as with a whip, and then in turn tries to encourage the same people. Those whom praise did not encourage, blame has spurred on; and those whom blame did not call out to salvation, as if they were dead, reproach raises up to the truth. “For whips and discipline are at every time wisdom. He who teaches a fool glues together a potsherd,” it says, bringing the earth to feeling and sharpening the despairing to understanding. So it clearly added, “rousing a sleeper from deep sleep,” which of all things is most like death. And the Lord himself shows this most clearly of himself, speaking figuratively of his many-sided and most beneficial care, when he said, “I am the true vine, and my Father is the vinedresser,” and then added, “Every branch in me that does not bear fruit he takes away, and every branch that bears fruit he prunes, that it may bear more fruit.” For an unpruned vine runs wild with wood, and so does a human being; the Word, the knife, prunes his wanton shoots, compelling his desires to bear fruit, not to lust.
1.8.67Stählin 1:129
ἡ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐπίπληξις ἔχει σκοπὸν τὴν σωτηρίαν, μεθαρμοζομένου μουσικῶς τοῦ λόγου κατὰ τοὺς οἰκείους ἑκάστων τρόπους, πῇ μὲν ἐπιτείνοντος αὐτοῦ, πῇ δὲ ἀνιέντος. σαφέστατα γοῦν διὰ Μωσέως λέλεκται· »θαρρεῖτε, ἕνεκεν τοῦ πειράσαι ὑμᾶς παρεγενήθη ὁ θεός, ὅπως ἂν γένηται ὁ φόβος αὐτοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν, ἵνα μὴ ἁμαρτάνητε.« ἐντεῦθεν καλῶς καὶ ὁ Πλάτων μαθὼν »πάντες μὲν γὰρ« φησὶν »ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀγαθὰ πάσχουσιν οἱ δίκην διδόντες· ὠφελοῦνται γὰρ τῷ βελτίω τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῖς γίνεσθαι δικαίως κολαζομένοις.« εἰ δὲ ἀγαθὰ πάσχουσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ δικαίου οἱ ἐπανορθούμενοι καὶ κατὰ Πλάτωνα, ὁμολογεῖται ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τὸν δίκαιον. αὐτὸς γοῦν ὁ φόβος ὠφελεῖ καὶ πρὸς ἀγαθοῦ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐξεύρηται, ὅτι »πνεῦμα φοβούμενον κύριον ζήσεται· ἡ γὰρ ἐλπὶς ἐπὶ τὸν σῴζοντα αὐτούς.«
hē de pros tous hamartanontas epiplēxis echei skopon tēn sōtērian, metharmozomenou mousikōs tou logou kata tous oikeious hekastōn tropous, pę̄ men epiteinontos autou, pę̄ de anientos. saphestata goun dia Mōseōs lelektai; »tharreite, heneken tou peirasai hymas paregenēthē ho theos, hopōs an genētai ho phobos autou en hymin, hina mē hamartanēte.« enteuthen kalōs kai ho Platōn mathōn »pantes men gar« phēsin »hōs alēthōs agatha paschousin hoi dikēn didontes; ōphelountai gar tǭ beltiō tēn psychēn autois ginesthai dikaiōs kolazomenois.« ei de agatha paschousin hypo tou dikaiou hoi epanorthoumenoi kai kata Platōna, homologeitai agathon einai ton dikaion. autos goun ho phobos ōphelei kai pros agathou tois anthrōpois exeurētai, hoti »pneuma phoboumenon kyrion zēsetai; hē gar elpis epi ton sǭzonta autous.«
Reprimand of sinners aims at salvation, the Word adjusting himself musically to each person's character, now tightening, now loosening the strings. It is said most clearly through Moses: “Take heart; God has come to test you, so that his fear may be in you and you may not sin.” Plato, who learned from this, says well: “All who pay a penalty truly suffer what is good; for they are benefited, since their soul becomes better when they are justly punished.” If those who are corrected suffer good at the hands of the just one, even according to Plato, the just one is admitted to be good. Fear itself benefits and has been found out for the good of human beings, since “the spirit of those who fear the Lord will live; for their hope is in him who saves them.”
1.8.68Stählin 1:129–130
ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς οὗτος λόγος δίκην ἐπιτιθεὶς κριτής ἐστιν, περὶ οὗ καὶ Ἡσαΐας λέγει »κύριος παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἡμῶν«, διορθωτὴν δηλονότι καὶ κατευθυντῆρα τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν. διὰ τοῦτο μόνος οὗτος οἷός τε ἀφιέναι τὰ πλημμελήματα, ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων [ὁ] ταχθεὶς παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν, μόνος [ὁ] τῆς ὑπακοῆς διακρῖναι τὴν παρακοὴν δυνάμενος. ὁ δὲ ἀπειλῶν δῆλός ἐστι μηδὲν ἐθέλων πρᾶξαι κακὸν μηδὲ ἅπερ ἀπειλεῖ ἐπιτελέσαι· καταστήσας δὲ εἰς δέος τὴν ἐπὶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἀνέκοψεν φορὰν καὶ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον αὐτοῦ ἐνδείκνυται, μέλλων ἔτι καὶ διασαφῶν οἷα πείσονται, εἰ παραμενοῦσιν ἁμαρτωλοί, οὐχὶ δὲ ὥσπερ ὄφις ἐμφὺς ἔδακεν εὐθέως. ἀγαθὸς ἄρα ὁ θεός. καὶ ὅ γε κύριος εἰς πολλὰ συγχρῆται πρὸ τοῦ ἔργου τῷ λόγῳ. »τὰ γὰρ βέλη μου«, φησί, »συντελέσει αὐτούς· τηκόμενοι λιμῷ καὶ βρώσει ὀρνέων, καὶ ὀπισθότονος ἀνίατος· ὀδόντας θηρίων ἐπαποστελῶ εἰς αὐτούς, μετὰ θυμοῦ συρόντων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. ἔξωθεν ἀτεκνώσει αὐτοὺς μάχαιρα καὶ ἐκ τῶν ταμιείων φόβος.« ὥστε οὐκ ὀργίζεται τὸ θεῖον, ᾗ τισιν ἔδοξεν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα ἀπειλεῖται, τὰ πάντα δὲ παρῄνεσε τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα καὶ ὑπέδειξεν ὡς πρακτέα. ἀγαθὴ δὲ αὕτη ἡ τέχνη, ἐκφοβεῖν ἵνα μὴ ἁμάρτωμεν· »φόβος γὰρ κυρίου ἀπωθεῖται ἁμαρτήματα, ἄφοβος δʼ οὐ δυνήσεται δικαιωθῆναι,« φησὶν ἡ γραφή.
ho de autos houtos logos dikēn epititheis kritēs estin, peri hou kai Hēsaïas legei »kyrios paredōken auton tais hamartiais hēmōn«, diorthōtēn dēlonoti kai kateuthyntēra tōn hamartiōn. dia touto monos houtos hoios te aphienai ta plēmmelēmata, hypo tou patros tōn holōn [ho] tachtheis paidagōgos hēmōn, monos [ho] tēs hypakoēs diakrinai tēn parakoēn dynamenos. ho de apeilōn dēlos esti mēden ethelōn praxai kakon mēde haper apeilei epitelesai; katastēsas de eis deos tēn epi tas hamartias anekopsen phoran kai to philanthrōpon autou endeiknytai, mellōn eti kai diasaphōn hoia peisontai, ei paramenousin hamartōloi, ouchi de hōsper ophis emphys edaken eutheōs. agathos ara ho theos. kai ho ge kyrios eis polla synchrētai pro tou ergou tǭ logǭ. »ta gar belē mou«, phēsi, »syntelesei autous; tēkomenoi limǭ kai brōsei orneōn, kai opisthotonos aniatos; odontas thēriōn epapostelō eis autous, meta thymou syrontōn epi tēs gēs. exōthen ateknōsei autous machaira kai ek tōn tamieiōn phobos.« hōste ouk orgizetai to theion, hę̄ tisin edoxen, alla ta men pleista apeileitai, ta panta de parę̄nese tēn anthrōpotēta kai hypedeixen hōs praktea. agathē de hautē hē technē, ekphobein hina mē hamartōmen; »phobos gar kyriou apōtheitai hamartēmata, aphobos dʼ ou dynēsetai dikaiōthēnai,« phēsin hē graphē.
This same Word who imposes punishment is judge; of him Isaiah says, “The Lord gave him up for our sins,” evidently as the corrector and director of sins. That is why he alone can forgive offenses, appointed by the Father of all as our Instructor, he alone who is able to distinguish disobedience from obedience. One who threatens clearly does not wish to do any evil or to carry out his threats; but by putting us in fear he checks the rush toward sins and shows his love for humankind, delaying still and making plain what they will suffer if they remain sinners, and not, like a snake, fastening on at once and biting. God, then, is good. And the Lord uses words for many things before the deed: “My arrows,” he says, “will finish them off: wasting with hunger and the devouring of birds, and incurable spasm; I will send the teeth of beasts against them, with the fury of things crawling on the earth. Outside the sword will make them childless, and fear within the chambers.” So the Divine is not angry, as some have thought; but most things are threatened, while in all things he has admonished humanity and shown what must be done. This is a good art, to frighten us so that we may not sin: “For the fear of the Lord drives away sins, and the one without fear cannot be justified,” says the Scripture.
1.8.69Stählin 1:130
καὶ τὴν κόλασιν ὁ θεὸς οὐχ ὑπὸ ὀργῆς ἐπιφέρει, ἀλλὰ τὸ δίκαιον σκοπεῖ, ὡς οὐ συμφέρει παραλειφθῆναι τὸ δίκαιον διʼ ἡμᾶς. αἱρεῖται δὲ ἕκαστος ἡμῶν τὰς τιμωρίας αὐτὸς ἑκὼν ἁμαρτάνων· »αἰτία δὲ ἑλομένου, ὁ θεὸς ἀναίτιος.« »εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν; μὴ ἄδικος ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν; μὴ γένοιτο.« λέγει γοῦν ἀπειλῶν· »παροξυνῶ τὴν μάχαιράν μου, καὶ ἀνθέξεται κρίματος ἡ χείρ μου καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνταποδώσω δίκην τοῖς ἐχθροῖς καὶ τοῖς μισοῦσιν ἀνταποδώσω· μεθύσω τὰ βέλη μου ἀφʼ αἵματος, καὶ ἡ μάχαιρά μου φάγεται κρέα ἀπὸ αἵματος τραυματιῶν.« σαφὲς γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ὡς ἄρα οἱ μὴ διεχθρεύοντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μηδὲ μισοῦντες τὸν λόγον οὐκ ἂν τὴν σφῶν αὐτῶν μισήσαιεν σωτηρίαν, ἐκφύγοιεν δʼ ἂν τῆς ἔχθρας τὰ ἐπιτίμια. »στέφανος ἄρα σοφίας«, ᾗ φησιν ἡ σοφία, »φόβος κυρίου.« σαφέστατα γοῦν διὰ τοῦ Ἀμὼς τοῦ προφήτου τὴν οἰκονομίαν μεμήνυκεν ὁ λόγος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, »κατέστρεψα ὑμᾶς« λέγων, »καθὼς κατέστρεψεν ὁ θεὸς Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ ἐγένεσθε ὡς δαλὸς ἐξεσπασμένος ἐκ πυρός, καὶ οὐδʼ ὣς
kai tēn kolasin ho theos ouch hypo orgēs epipherei, alla to dikaion skopei, hōs ou sympherei paraleiphthēnai to dikaion diʼ hēmas. haireitai de hekastos hēmōn tas timōrias autos hekōn hamartanōn; »aitia de helomenou, ho theos anaitios.« »ei de hē adikia hēmōn theou dikaiosynēn synistēsin, ti eroumen? mē adikos ho theos ho epipherōn tēn orgēn? mē genoito.« legei goun apeilōn; »paroxynō tēn machairan mou, kai anthexetai krimatos hē cheir mou kai autos antapodōsō dikēn tois echthrois kai tois misousin antapodōsō; methysō ta belē mou aphʼ haimatos, kai hē machaira mou phagetai krea apo haimatos traumatiōn.« saphes gar entautha hōs ara hoi mē diechthreuontes tę̄ alētheią mēde misountes ton logon ouk an tēn sphōn autōn misēsaien sōtērian, ekphygoien dʼ an tēs echthras ta epitimia. »stephanos ara sophias«, hę̄ phēsin hē sophia, »phobos kyriou.« saphestata goun dia tou Amōs tou prophētou tēn oikonomian memēnyken ho logos tēn heautou, »katestrepsa hymas« legōn, »kathōs katestrepsen ho theos Sodoma kai Gomorra, kai egenesthe hōs dalos exespasmenos ek pyros, kai oudʼ hōs
God does not inflict punishment out of anger, but looks to justice, since it is not good that justice be neglected for our sake. Each of us chooses his punishments himself, sinning willingly: “The blame is the chooser's; God is blameless.” “But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what shall we say? Is God unjust, who inflicts wrath? By no means.” Threatening, he says: “I will sharpen my sword, and my hand will take hold of judgment, and I myself will render justice to my enemies and repay those who hate me; I will make my arrows drunk with blood, and my sword will eat flesh with the blood of the wounded.” For it is clear here that those who are not at enmity with the truth and do not hate the Word would not hate their own salvation, and would escape the penalties of enmity. “The crown of wisdom, then,” as Wisdom says, “is the fear of the Lord.” Most clearly the Word has declared his own plan through the prophet Amos, saying: “I overthrew you, as God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah, and you became like a brand plucked from the fire; and even so
1.8.70Stählin 1:130–131
ἐπεστρέψατε πρός με, λέγει κύριος.« ὁρᾶτε πῶς ὁ θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν ὑπὸ φιλαγαθίας ζητεῖ ἐνδείκνυταί τε παρὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς ἀπειλῆς ἡσυχῇ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον τὸ ἑαυτοῦ. »ἀποστρέψω«, φησί, »τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἀπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ δείξω τί ἔσται αὐτοῖς.« οὗ γὰρ τὸ πρόσωπον κυρίου ἐπιβλέπει, εἰρήνη καὶ ἀγαλλίασις, οὗ δὲ ἀπέστραπται, παρείσδυσις γίνεται πονηρίας. οὐ βούλεται οὖν ἐφορᾶν τὰ κακά· ἀγαθὸς γάρ ἐστι· παρορῶντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἑκοντί, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην γένεσιν ἴσχει κακία. »ἴδε οὖν«, φησὶν ὁ Παῦλος, »χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν θεοῦ· ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας ἀποτομίαν, ἐπὶ δὲ σὲ χρηστότητα, ἐὰν ἐπιμείνῃς τῇ χρηστότητι,« τουτέστι τῇ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστει. ἕπεται δὲ τῷ ἀγαθῷ, ᾗ φύσει ἀγαθός ἐστιν, ἡ μισοπονηρία. διὸ καὶ κολάζειν μὲν αὐτὸν ἂν ὁμολογήσαιμι τοὺς ἀπίστους (ἡ γὰρ κόλασις ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ἐπʼ ὠφελείᾳ τοῦ κολαζομένου, ἔστι γὰρ ἐπανόρθωσις ἀντιτείνοντος), τιμωρεῖσθαι δὲ μὴ βούλεσθαι. τιμωρία δέ ἐστιν ἀνταπόδοσις κακοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ τοῦ τιμωρουμένου συμφέρον ἀναπεμπομένη. οὐκ ἂν δὲ ἐπιθυμήσειε τιμωρεῖσθαι ὁ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ἡμᾶς προσεύχεσθαι διδάσκων.
epestrepsate pros me, legei kyrios.« horate pōs ho theos tēn metanoian hypo philagathias zētei endeiknytai te para tēn oikonomian tēs apeilēs hēsychę̄ to philanthrōpon to heautou. »apostrepsō«, phēsi, »to prosōpon mou apʼ autōn kai deixō ti estai autois.« hou gar to prosōpon kyriou epiblepei, eirēnē kai agalliasis, hou de apestraptai, pareisdysis ginetai ponērias. ou bouletai oun ephoran ta kaka; agathos gar esti; parorōntos de autou hekonti, dia tēn apistian tēn anthrōpinēn genesin ischei kakia. »ide oun«, phēsin ho Paulos, »chrēstotēta kai apotomian theou; epi men tous pesontas apotomian, epi de se chrēstotēta, ean epimeinę̄s tę̄ chrēstotēti,« toutesti tę̄ eis Christon pistei. hepetai de tǭ agathǭ, hę̄ physei agathos estin, hē misoponēria. dio kai kolazein men auton an homologēsaimi tous apistous (hē gar kolasis epʼ agathǭ kai epʼ ōpheleią tou kolazomenou, esti gar epanorthōsis antiteinontos), timōreisthai de mē boulesthai. timōria de estin antapodosis kakou epi to tou timōroumenou sympheron anapempomenē. ouk an de epithymēseie timōreisthai ho hyper tōn epēreazontōn hēmas proseuchesthai didaskōn.
you did not turn back to me, says the Lord.” You see how God, out of love for the good, seeks repentance, and quietly shows his love for humankind alongside the plan of threatening. “I will turn my face away from them,” he says, “and show what will become of them.” For where the face of the Lord looks, there is peace and rejoicing; but where it has turned away, wickedness creeps in. He does not wish to look on evils, for he is good; but when he willingly overlooks them, wickedness comes to be through human unbelief. “See, then,” says Paul, “the kindness and severity of God: severity toward those who fell, but kindness toward you, if you continue in his kindness,” that is, in faith in Christ. Hatred of wickedness goes with the good, since he is good by nature. So I would admit that he punishes the unbelieving (for punishment is for the good and benefit of the one punished, being correction of one who resists), but not that he wills to take vengeance. Vengeance is a repaying of evil directed to the advantage of the one taking vengeance. He who teaches us to pray for those who mistreat us would not desire to take vengeance.
1.8.71Stählin 1:131–132
Ἀλλὰ ὅτι μὲν ἀγαθὸς ὁ θεός, καὶ ἄκοντες ὁμολογοῦσιν οἱ πάντες· ὅτι δὲ καὶ δίκαιος ὁ αὐτὸς θεός, οὔ μοι χρὴ πλειόνων ἔτι λόγων τὴν εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ κυρίου παραθεμένῳ φωνήν· ἓν μὲν αὐτὸν λέγει· »ἵνα πάντες ἓν ὦσι, καθὼς σύ, πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ἓν ὦσιν, ἵνα καὶ ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ, ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας. κἀγὼ τὴν δόξαν, ἣν ἔδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς, ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν· ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ σὺ ἐν ἐμοί, ἵνα ὦσι τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν·« ἓν δὲ ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἐπέκεινα τοῦ ἑνὸς καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτὴν μονάδα. διὸ καὶ τὸ »σύ« μόριον δεικτικὴν ἔχον ἔμφασιν τὸν ὄντως μόνον ὄντα, ὃς ἦν καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται, δείκνυσιν θεόν, καθʼ ὧν τριῶν χρόνων ἓν ὄνομα κεῖται »ὁ ὤν«. ὅτι δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς μόνος ὢν θεὸς καὶ δίκαιός ἐστιν [ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ μόνος ὄντως], ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ μαρτυρήσει κύριος εὐαγγελίῳ λέγων »πάτερ, οὓς ἔδωκάς μοι, θέλω ἵνα ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγώ, κἀκεῖνοι ὦσι μετʼ ἐμοῦ, ἵνα θεωρῶσι τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμήν, ἣν ἔδωκάς μοι, ὅτι ἠγάπησάς με πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. πάτερ δίκαιε, καὶ ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω, ἐγὼ δέ σε ἔγνων κἀκεῖνοι ἔγνωσαν, ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας· καὶ ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου καὶ γνωρίσω.« οὗτός ἐστιν »ὁ ἀποδιδοὺς ἁμαρτίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα τοῖς μισοῦσι καὶ ποιῶν ἔλεος τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν.« ὁ γὰρ ἱστὰς τοὺς μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, τοὺς δὲ ἐξ εὐωνύμων, καθὸ μὲν πατὴρ νοεῖται, ἀγαθὸς ὤν, αὐτὸ μόνον ὅ ἐστι κέκληται, ἀγαθός, καθὸ δέ, υἱὸς ὤν, ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ πατρί ἐστι, δίκαιος προσαγορεύεται ἐκ τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα σχέσεως ἀγάπης, ἰσότητι μεμετρημένον † ὄνομα δυνάμεως.
Alla hoti men agathos ho theos, kai akontes homologousin hoi pantes; hoti de kai dikaios ho autos theos, ou moi chrē pleionōn eti logōn tēn euangelion tou kyriou parathemenǭ phōnēn; hen men auton legei; »hina pantes hen ōsi, kathōs sy, pater, en emoi kagō en soi, hina kai autoi en hēmin hen ōsin, hina kai ho kosmos pisteuę̄, hoti sy me apesteilas. kagō tēn doxan, hēn edōkas moi, dedōka autois, hina ōsin hen kathōs hēmeis hen; egō en autois kai sy en emoi, hina ōsi teteleiōmenoi eis hen;« hen de ho theos kai epekeina tou henos kai hyper autēn monada. dio kai to »sy« morion deiktikēn echon emphasin ton ontōs monon onta, hos ēn kai estin kai estai, deiknysin theon, kathʼ hōn triōn chronōn hen onoma keitai »ho ōn«. hoti de ho autos monos ōn theos kai dikaios estin [ho autos kai monos ontōs], en tǭ autǭ martyrēsei kyrios euangeliǭ legōn »pater, hous edōkas moi, thelō hina hopou eimi egō, kakeinoi ōsi metʼ emou, hina theōrōsi tēn doxan tēn emēn, hēn edōkas moi, hoti ēgapēsas me pro katabolēs kosmou. pater dikaie, kai ho kosmos se ouk egnō, egō de se egnōn kakeinoi egnōsan, hoti sy me apesteilas; kai egnōrisa autois to onoma sou kai gnōrisō.« houtos estin »ho apodidous hamartias paterōn epi tekna tois misousi kai poiōn eleos tois agapōsin.« ho gar histas tous men ek dexiōn, tous de ex euōnymōn, katho men patēr noeitai, agathos ōn, auto monon ho esti keklētai, agathos, katho de, huios ōn, ho logos autou en tǭ patri esti, dikaios prosagoreuetai ek tēs pros allēla scheseōs agapēs, isotēti memetrēmenon † onoma dynameōs.
That God is good, all admit, even against their will. That the same God is also just, I need no more words to show, once I have set down the Lord's saying in the Gospel. He calls him one: “that they may all be one, as you, Father, are in me and I in you, that they also may be one in us, so that the world may believe that you sent me. And the glory which you have given me I have given them, that they may be one as we are one: I in them and you in me, that they may be made perfect in one.” God is one, and beyond the one, and above the Monad itself. So also the word “you,” having demonstrative force, points out God, the only one who truly is, “who was and is and will be,” for whom, in the three tenses, the one name “He who is” is set. That the same God who alone is is also just, the Lord will bear witness in the same Gospel, saying: “Father, I want those whom you have given me to be with me where I am, that they may behold my glory which you have given me, because you loved me before the foundation of the world. Righteous Father, the world has not known you, but I have known you, and these have known that you sent me; and I have made your name known to them, and will make it known.” This is he “who visits the sins of the fathers on the children of those who hate him, and shows mercy to those who love him.” For he who sets some on the right hand and others on the left, insofar as he is understood as Father, being good, is called by that alone which he is, good; but insofar as, being Son, his Word is in the Father, he is called just, † a name of power measured by equality, from their relation of love to each other.
1.8.72Stählin 1:132
»ἄνδρα«, φησί, »κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ κρινεῖ«, ἀγαθοῦ ζυγοῦ πρόσωπον ἡμῖν [δικαιοσύνης] τὸν Ἰησοῦν γνωρίσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ, διʼ οὗ καὶ τὸν θεόν, οἷον ἐκ τρυτάνης ἰσοσθενοῦς, ἔγνωμεν. ἐπὶ τούτου καὶ ἡ σοφία διαρρήδην λέγει »ἔλεος γὰρ καὶ ὀργὴ μετʼ αὐτοῦ·« κύριος γὰρ ἀμφοῖν οὗτος μόνος· »δυνάστης ἐξιλασμῶν, ἐκχέων ὀργήν· κατὰ τὸ πολὺ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ, οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἔλεγχος αὐτοῦ·« ἐλέους γὰρ καὶ ἐλέγχου σκοπὸς ἡ τῶν ἐλεγχομένων σωτηρία. ναὶ μὴν ὅτι ἀγαθὸς αὐτὸς »ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ«, ὁ αὐτὸς πάλιν ὁμολογήσει λόγος, »ὅτι αὐτὸς χρηστός ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηροὺς« καὶ προσέτι »γίνεσθε οἰκτίρμονες« λέγων, »καθὼς ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν οἰκτίρμων ἐστίν«, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁπηνίκα διαρρήδην λέγει »οὐδεὶς ἀγαθός, εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς·« ἐπὶ τούτοις αὖθις »ὁ πατήρ μου« φησὶν »ἐπιλάμπει τὸν ἥλιον τὸν αὑτοῦ ἐπὶ πάντας.« Παρασημειωτέον ἐνταῦθα ὅτι τὸν αὑτοῦ πατέρα τὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ δημιουργὸν εἶναι ὁμολογεῖ, δίκαιος δὲ ὁ δημιουργὸς εἶναι οὐκ ἀντιλέγεται. καὶ πάλιν »ὁ πατήρ μου« φησὶ »βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους.«
»andra«, phēsi, »kata ta erga autou krinei«, agathou zygou prosōpon hēmin [dikaiosynēs] ton Iēsoun gnōrisantos tou theou, diʼ hou kai ton theon, hoion ek trytanēs isosthenous, egnōmen. epi toutou kai hē sophia diarrēdēn legei »eleos gar kai orgē metʼ autou;« kyrios gar amphoin houtos monos; »dynastēs exilasmōn, ekcheōn orgēn; kata to poly eleos autou, houtōs kai ho elenchos autou;« eleous gar kai elenchou skopos hē tōn elenchomenōn sōtēria. nai mēn hoti agathos autos »ho theos kai patēr tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou«, ho autos palin homologēsei logos, »hoti autos chrēstos estin epi tous acharistous kai ponērous« kai proseti »ginesthe oiktirmones« legōn, »kathōs ho patēr hymōn oiktirmōn estin«, ou mēn alla kai hopēnika diarrēdēn legei »oudeis agathos, ei mē ho patēr mou ho en tois ouranois;« epi toutois authis »ho patēr mou« phēsin »epilampei ton hēlion ton hautou epi pantas.« Parasēmeiōteon entautha hoti ton hautou patera ton agathon kai dēmiourgon einai homologei, dikaios de ho dēmiourgos einai ouk antilegetai. kai palin »ho patēr mou« phēsi »brechei epi dikaious kai adikous.«
“He will judge a man according to his works,” it says, God having made Jesus known to us as the face of a good balance [of justice], through whom we have known God as by an evenly balanced scale. Of him Wisdom also says expressly, “For mercy and wrath are with him”; for he alone is Lord of both: “mighty in forgiveness, pouring out wrath; as great as his mercy, so great also is his reproof.” For the aim of both mercy and reproof is the salvation of those reproved. And that “the God and Father of our Lord Jesus” is himself good, the same Word will again confess, “for he is kind to the ungrateful and the wicked,” and further, when he says, “Be merciful, as your Father is merciful”; and also when he says expressly, “No one is good but my Father who is in heaven.” Besides these he says again, “My Father makes his sun shine on all.” It should be noted here that he confesses his own Father to be the good one and the Creator; and that the Creator is just is not disputed. And again, “My Father sends rain on the just and the unjust.”
1.8.73Stählin 1:132–133
καὶ καθὸ μὲν βρέχει, δημιουργὸς ὑδάτων ἐστὶ καὶ νεφῶν, καθὸ δὲ ἐπὶ πάντας, δικαίως ἰσοστατεῖ καὶ † ἀρετῆς, ὡς δὲ ἀγαθός, ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους ὁμοίως. σαφέστατα τοίνυν ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι θεὸν συλλογιζόμεθα ὧδέ πως, ὅτι »ὄψομαι τοὺς οὐρανούς, ἔργα τῶν δακτύλων σου« καὶ »ὁ κτίσας τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς κατοικεῖ« καὶ »ὁ οὐρανὸς θρόνος σου« τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἔψαλλεν· ὁ δὲ κύριός φησιν ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ »πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς«· οὐρανοὶ δὲ τοῦ κτίσαντος τὸν κόσμον εἰσίν· ἀναντίρρητον ἄρα μὴ οὐχὶ καὶ υἱὸν εἶναι τὸν κύριον τοῦ δημιουργοῦ. εἰ δὲ ὁ κτίστης πρὸς πάντων ὁμολογεῖται δίκαιος, υἱὸς δὲ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ὁ κύριος, υἱὸς ἄρα τοῦ δικαίου ὁ κύριος. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλός φησι »νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ πεφανέρωται« καὶ πάλιν, ἵνα μᾶλλον ὑπολάβῃς θεόν, »δικαιοσύνη δὲ θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας· οὐ γάρ ἐστι διαστολή« καὶ προσέτι μαρτυρῶν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μετʼ ὀλίγα ἐπιφέρει »ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ, πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τοῦ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦν«.
kai katho men brechei, dēmiourgos hydatōn esti kai nephōn, katho de epi pantas, dikaiōs isostatei kai † aretēs, hōs de agathos, epi dikaious kai adikous homoiōs. saphestata toinyn hena kai ton auton einai theon syllogizometha hōde pōs, hoti »opsomai tous ouranous, erga tōn daktylōn sou« kai »ho ktisas tous ouranous en tois ouranois katoikei« kai »ho ouranos thronos sou« to hagion pneuma epsallen; ho de kyrios phēsin en tę̄ proseuchę̄ »pater hēmōn ho en tois ouranois«; ouranoi de tou ktisantos ton kosmon eisin; anantirrēton ara mē ouchi kai huion einai ton kyrion tou dēmiourgou. ei de ho ktistēs pros pantōn homologeitai dikaios, huios de tou dēmiourgou ho kyrios, huios ara tou dikaiou ho kyrios. dia touto kai ho Paulos phēsi »nyni de chōris nomou dikaiosynē theou pephanerōtai« kai palin, hina mallon hypolabę̄s theon, »dikaiosynē de theou dia pisteōs Iēsou Christou, eis pantas tous pisteuontas; ou gar esti diastolē« kai proseti martyrōn tę̄ alētheią metʼ oliga epipherei »en tę̄ anochę̄ tou theou, pros tēn endeixin tou einai auton dikaion kai dikaiounta ton ek pisteōs Iēsoun«.
Insofar as he sends rain, he is the Creator of waters and clouds; insofar as it is on all, he holds the balance justly and † of virtue; and as good, on the just and the unjust alike. Most clearly, then, we conclude that God is one and the same, as follows. The Holy Spirit sang, “I will see the heavens, the works of your fingers,” and “He who created the heavens dwells in the heavens,” and “Heaven is your throne”; and the Lord says in the prayer, “Our Father who are in the heavens.” But the heavens belong to him who created the world. It is beyond dispute, then, that the Lord is the Son of the Creator. And if the Creator is admitted by all to be just, and the Lord is the Son of the Creator, then the Lord is the Son of the Just. That is why Paul says, “But now apart from the law the righteousness of God has been manifested,” and again, so that you may better understand God, “the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ, for all who believe; for there is no distinction”; and, bearing further witness to the truth, he adds a little later: “in the forbearance of God, to show that he is just and justifies the one who has faith in Jesus.”
1.8.74Stählin 1:133
τὸ δὲ δίκαιον ἀγαθὸν εἰδὼς φαίνεταί που λέγων »ὥστε ὁ μὲν νόμος ἅγιος, καὶ ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή«, [καὶ] κατὰ τῆς αὐτῆς δυνάμεως ἄμφω τάσσων τὰ ὀνόματα. ἀλλὰ καὶ »οὐδεὶς εἰ μὴ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ«· ὁ αὐτὸς ἄρα πατὴρ αὐτοῦ, ὁ ἓν ὤν, πολλαῖς μηνυόμενος δυνάμεσιν· καὶ τοῦτο ἦν τὸ »οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τὸν πατέρα«, πάντα αὐτὸν ὄντα, πρὶν ἐλθεῖν τὸν υἱόν· ὡς εἶναι ταῖς ἀληθείαις καταφανὲς τὸ τῶν συμπάντων θεὸν ἕνα μόνον εἶναι ἀγαθόν, δίκαιον, δημιουργόν, υἱὸν ἐν πατρί, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας [τῶν αἰώνων], ἀμήν. Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀλλότριον τοῦ σωτηρίου λόγου κηδεμονικῶς λοιδορεῖσθαι. καὶ γὰρ οὖν καὶ τοῦτο τῆς θείας φιλανθρωπίας φάρμακον, ἐξ οὗ τὸ τῆς αἰδοῦς ἐρύθημα ἐξανθεῖ καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν αἰσχύνη παρεισδύεται. εἰ γὰρ ψέξαι χρή, καὶ λοιδορεῖσθαι δεῖ, ἔνθα τὴν ἀπηλγηκυῖαν ψυχὴν καιρός ἐστι τρῶσαι, οὐ θανασίμως, ἀλλὰ σωτηρίως, ὀλίγης ἀλγηδόνος ἀίδιον κερδάναντα θάνατον. πολλὴ δὲ ἡ σοφία περὶ τὴν παιδαγωγίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ τρόπος τῆς οἰκονομίας αὐτοῦ ποικίλος εἰς σωτηρίαν. προσμαρτυρεῖ μὲν γὰρ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁ παιδαγωγός, ἐκκαλεῖται δὲ τοὺς κλητοὺς ἐπὶ τὰ βελτίω καὶ τοὺς ἀδικεῖν σπεύδοντας ἀποτρέπει τῆς ὁρμῆς, μεταθέσθαι δὲ εἰς ἀμείνω βίον παρακελεύεται. οὐδέτερον γὰρ ἀμάρτυρον θατέρου προσμαρτυρουμένου, ἥ τε χάρις ἐκ μαρτυρίας μεγίστη, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐμπαθὲς τῆς ὀργῆς, εἰ δὴ ὀργὴν τὴν νουθεσίαν αὐτοῦ χρὴ καλεῖν, φιλάνθρωπόν ἐστιν εἰς πάθη καταβαίνοντος τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, διʼ ὃν καὶ γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ.
to de dikaion agathon eidōs phainetai pou legōn »hōste ho men nomos hagios, kai hē entolē hagia kai dikaia kai agathē«, [kai] kata tēs autēs dynameōs amphō tassōn ta onomata. alla kai »oudeis ei mē ho patēr autou«; ho autos ara patēr autou, ho hen ōn, pollais mēnyomenos dynamesin; kai touto ēn to »oudeis egnō ton patera«, panta auton onta, prin elthein ton huion; hōs einai tais alētheiais kataphanes to tōn sympantōn theon hena monon einai agathon, dikaion, dēmiourgon, huion en patri, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas [tōn aiōnōn], amēn. Allʼ oude allotrion tou sōtēriou logou kēdemonikōs loidoreisthai. kai gar oun kai touto tēs theias philanthrōpias pharmakon, ex hou to tēs aidous erythēma exanthei kai hē pros to hamartanein aischynē pareisdyetai. ei gar psexai chrē, kai loidoreisthai dei, entha tēn apēlgēkuian psychēn kairos esti trōsai, ou thanasimōs, alla sōtēriōs, oligēs algēdonos aidion kerdananta thanaton. pollē de hē sophia peri tēn paidagōgian autou, kai ho tropos tēs oikonomias autou poikilos eis sōtērian. prosmartyrei men gar tois agathois ho paidagōgos, ekkaleitai de tous klētous epi ta beltiō kai tous adikein speudontas apotrepei tēs hormēs, metathesthai de eis ameinō bion parakeleuetai. oudeteron gar amartyron thaterou prosmartyroumenou, hē te charis ek martyrias megistē, alla kai to empathes tēs orgēs, ei dē orgēn tēn nouthesian autou chrē kalein, philanthrōpon estin eis pathē katabainontos tou theou dia ton anthrōpon, diʼ hon kai gegonen anthrōpos ho logos tou theou.
And he clearly knows that the just is good when he says, “So the law is holy, and the commandment holy and just and good,” setting both names under the same power. And “no one knows the Son but the Father”; the same, then, is his Father, who is one, indicated by many powers. And this was the meaning of “no one knew the Father,” who is all these, before the Son came. So it is truly evident that the God of all things is one only: good, just, Creator, the Son in the Father; to whom be glory forever [and ever], amen. Nor is it foreign to the saving Word to rebuke out of care. For this too is a medicine of divine love for humankind, from which the blush of modesty blooms and shame at sinning creeps in. For if one must censure, one must also rebuke, when it is time to wound the callous soul, not mortally but savingly, escaping eternal death at the cost of a little pain. Great is the wisdom of his instruction, and varied the manner of his plan for salvation. For the Instructor bears witness to the good, calls out the called to better things, turns those eager to do wrong from their impulse, and urges them to change to a better life. Neither is without witness when the other is attested, and the grace from witness is very great; but even the passion of wrath, if we must call his admonition wrath, is loving, since God descends to passions for the sake of the human being, for whose sake the Word of God also became man.
The 1, chapter 9
1.9.75Stählin 1:133–134
Παντὶ τοίνυν σθένει ὁ τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος παιδαγωγός, ὁ θεῖος ἡμῶν λόγος, πάσῃ καταχρώμενος σοφίας μηχανῇ, σῴζειν ἐπιβέβληται τοὺς νηπίους, νουθετῶν, ἐπιτιμῶν, ἐπιπλήττων, ἐλέγχων, ἀπειλούμενος, ἰώμενος, ἐπαγγελλόμενος, χαριζόμενος, »πολλοῖς τισιν οἱονεὶ χαλινοῖς« τὰς ἀλόγους τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος »δεσμεύων« ὁρμάς. συνελόντι γοῦν εἰπεῖν, οὕτως ὁ κύριος πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς πρὸς τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν. »τέκνα σοί ἐστιν; παίδευσον αὐτά«, ἡ σοφία παραινεῖ, »καὶ κάμψον αὐτὰ ἐκ νεότητος αὐτῶν. θυγατέρες σοί εἰσι; πρόσεχε τῷ σώματι αὐτῶν, καὶ μὴ ἱλαρώσῃς πρὸς αὐτὰς τὸ πρόσωπόν σου.« καίτοι τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν, υἱούς τε καὶ θυγατέρας, σφόδρα καὶ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὁτιοῦν ἀγαπῶμεν. ἐπεὶ δʼ οἱ μὲν πρὸς χάριν ὁμιλοῦντες ὀλίγον ἀγαπῶσιν ὃ μὴ λυποῦσιν, οἱ δὲ πρὸς ὠφέλειαν ἐπιστύφοντες, εἰ καὶ παραυτίκα λυπηροί, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα εὐεργετοῦσιν αἰῶνα, οὐ τὴν παραυτίκα ἡδονὴν ὁ κύριος, ἀλλὰ τὴν μέλλουσαν ἐσκόπησε τρυφήν. ἐπίωμεν δὲ ἤδη καὶ τὸν τρόπον αὐτοῦ τῆς φιλανθρώπου παιδαγωγίας μετὰ μαρτυρίας προφητικῆς. Νουθέτησις μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ψόγος κηδεμονικός, νοῦ ἐμποιητικός.
Panti toinyn sthenei ho tēs anthrōpotētos paidagōgos, ho theios hēmōn logos, pasę̄ katachrōmenos sophias mēchanę̄, sǭzein epibeblētai tous nēpious, nouthetōn, epitimōn, epiplēttōn, elenchōn, apeiloumenos, iōmenos, epangellomenos, charizomenos, »pollois tisin hoionei chalinois« tas alogous tēs anthrōpotētos »desmeuōn« hormas. synelonti goun eipein, houtōs ho kyrios pros hēmas, hōs kai hēmeis pros ta tekna hēmōn. »tekna soi estin? paideuson auta«, hē sophia parainei, »kai kampson auta ek neotētos autōn. thygateres soi eisi? proseche tǭ sōmati autōn, kai mē hilarōsę̄s pros autas to prosōpon sou.« kaitoi ta tekna hēmōn, huious te kai thygateras, sphodra kai hyper pan hotioun agapōmen. epei dʼ hoi men pros charin homilountes oligon agapōsin ho mē lypousin, hoi de pros ōpheleian epistyphontes, ei kai parautika lypēroi, alla eis ton epeita euergetousin aiōna, ou tēn parautika hēdonēn ho kyrios, alla tēn mellousan eskopēse tryphēn. epiōmen de ēdē kai ton tropon autou tēs philanthrōpou paidagōgias meta martyrias prophētikēs. Nouthetēsis men oun estin psogos kēdemonikos, nou empoiētikos.
With all his strength, then, the Instructor of humanity, our divine Word, using every device of wisdom, has set himself to save the infants: admonishing, censuring, reprimanding, reproving, threatening, healing, promising, giving freely, “binding,” as it were, “with many bridles” the irrational impulses of humanity. In short, the Lord is toward us as we are toward our children. “Have you children? Discipline them,” Wisdom advises, “and bend them from their youth. Have you daughters? Watch over their bodies, and do not show them a cheerful face.” Yet we love our children, sons and daughters, very much, above everything. But since those who converse to please love little, since they do not cause pain, while those who are severe for another's benefit, though painful for the moment, do good for the time to come, the Lord has looked not to present pleasure but to future delight. Let us now go through the manner of his loving instruction, with the testimony of the prophets. Admonition (nouthetēsis), then, is caring blame, putting sense into the mind (nous).
1.9.76Stählin 1:134
τοιοῦτος ὁ παιδαγωγὸς νουθετῶν, ὡς κἀν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ λέγων »ποσάκις ἠθέλησα συναγαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα σου, ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις συνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε«. αὖθίς τε ἡ γραφὴ νουθετεῖ, »καὶ ἐμοίχευον« λέγουσα »τὸ ξύλον καὶ τὸν λίθον, καὶ ἐθυμίασαν τῇ Βάαλ«. μέγιστον γὰρ τεκμήριον τῆς φιλανθρωπίας αὐτοῦ, ὅτι καίτοι σαφῶς εἰδὼς τὴν ἀναισχυντίαν τοῦ ἐκλακτίσαντος λαοῦ καὶ ἀποσκιρτήσαντος, ὅμως ἐπὶ τὴν μετάνοιαν παρακαλεῖ καί φησιν διὰ τοῦ Ἰεζεκιήλ· »υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, ἐν μέσῳ σκορπίων σὺ κατοικεῖς, πλὴν λάλησον αὐτοῖς, ἐὰν ἄρα ἀκούσωσιν.« ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ Μωυσεῖ »πορεύου« φησὶν »καὶ εἰπὲ τῷ Φαραώ, ἵνα ἐξαποστείλῃ τὸν λαόν, ἐγὼ δὲ οἶδα ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἐξαποστείλῃ αὐτούς«. ἐμφαίνει γὰρ ἄμφω, καὶ τὸ θεῖον προειδὼς τὸ ἐσόμενον, καὶ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον τὸ αὑτοῦ τῷ αὐτεξουσίῳ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀφορμὰς μετανοίας χαριζόμενος. νουθετεῖ δὲ καὶ διὰ Ἡσαΐου κηδόμενος τοῦ λαοῦ, ὁπηνίκα λέγει· »ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτῶν τιμῶσί με, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἐστὶν ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ« (τοῦτό ἐστι ψόγος ἐλεγκτικός)· »μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με διδάσκοντες διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων.« ἐνταῦθα ἡ κηδεμονία φανερώσασα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ παραλλήλου δείκνυσι τὴν σωτηρίαν. Ἐπιτίμησις δέ ἐστι ψόγος ἐπʼ αἰσχροῖς οἰκειῶν πρὸς τὰ καλά.
toioutos ho paidagōgos nouthetōn, hōs kan tǭ euangeliǭ legōn »posakis ēthelēsa synagagein ta tekna sou, hon tropon ornis synagei ta nossia autēs hypo tas pterygas autēs, kai ouk ēthelēsate«. authis te hē graphē nouthetei, »kai emoicheuon« legousa »to xylon kai ton lithon, kai ethymiasan tę̄ Baal«. megiston gar tekmērion tēs philanthrōpias autou, hoti kaitoi saphōs eidōs tēn anaischyntian tou eklaktisantos laou kai aposkirtēsantos, homōs epi tēn metanoian parakalei kai phēsin dia tou Iezekiēl; »huie anthrōpou, en mesǭ skorpiōn sy katoikeis, plēn lalēson autois, ean ara akousōsin.« alla kai tǭ Mōysei »poreuou« phēsin »kai eipe tǭ Pharaō, hina exaposteilę̄ ton laon, egō de oida hoti ou mē exaposteilę̄ autous«. emphainei gar amphō, kai to theion proeidōs to esomenon, kai to philanthrōpon to hautou tǭ autexousiǭ tēs psychēs aphormas metanoias charizomenos. nouthetei de kai dia Hēsaïou kēdomenos tou laou, hopēnika legei; »ho laos houtos tois cheilesin autōn timōsi me, hē de kardia autōn porrō estin apʼ emou« (touto esti psogos elenktikos); »matēn de sebontai me didaskontes didaskalias entalmata anthrōpōn.« entautha hē kēdemonia phanerōsasa tēn hamartian ek parallēlou deiknysi tēn sōtērian. Epitimēsis de esti psogos epʼ aischrois oikeiōn pros ta kala.
Such is the Instructor when he admonishes, as when he says in the Gospel: “How often I wanted to gather your children, as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings, and you would not.” Again Scripture admonishes, saying, “They committed adultery with wood and stone, and burned incense to Baal.” For this is the greatest proof of his love for humankind: that although he knew clearly the shamelessness of the people who had kicked and bolted, he still calls them to repentance and says through Ezekiel: “Son of man, you live among scorpions; yet speak to them, if perhaps they will hear.” And to Moses he says: “Go and tell Pharaoh to send the people away; but I know that he will not send them away.” He shows both: his divinity, foreknowing what will be, and his love for humankind, giving the soul's free will occasions for repentance. He admonishes also through Isaiah, caring for the people, when he says: “This people honors me with their lips, but their heart is far from me” (this is blame that convicts); “in vain do they worship me, teaching as doctrines the commandments of men.” Here his care, having revealed the sin, shows salvation alongside it. Censure (epitimēsis) is blame for shameful things, winning one over to what is good.
1.9.77Stählin 1:134–135
τοῦτο ἐνδείκνυται διὰ Ἱερεμίου· »ἵπποι θηλυμανεῖς ἐγενήθησαν, ἕκαστος ἐπὶ τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ ἐχρεμέτιζεν. μὴ ἐπὶ τούτοις οὐκ ἐπισκέψομαι; λέγει κύριος· ἢ ἐν λαῷ τῷ τοιούτῳ οὐκ ἐκδικήσει ἡ ψυχή μου;« παραπλέκει δὲ πανταχοῦ τὸν φόβον, ὅτι »φόβος κυρίου ἀρχὴ αἰσθήσεως«. καὶ πάλιν διὰ Ὠσηὲ »οὐκ ἐπισκέψομαι« φησίν »αὐτούς· ὅτι αὐτοὶ μετὰ τῶν πορνῶν συνεφύροντο καὶ μετὰ τῶν τετελεσμένων ἔθυον, καὶ ὁ λαὸς ὁ συνίων συνεπλέκετο πόρνῃ«. δείκνυσιν αὐτῶν φανερώτερον τὸ ἁμάρτημα, συνιέναι αὐτοὺς ὁμολογῶν, ὡς ἑκόντας ἁμαρτάνοντας. καὶ ἡ σύνεσις ὄψις ἐστὶ ψυχῆς. διὸ καὶ ὁ Ἰσραὴλ ὁ ὁρῶν τὸν θεόν, τουτέστιν ὁ συνίων τὸν θεόν. Μέμψις δέ ἐστι ψόγος ὡς ὀλιγωρούντων ἢ ἀμελούντων. κέχρηται τῷ τρόπῳ τούτῳ τῆς παιδαγωγίας διὰ Ἡσαΐου λέγων· »ἄκουε, οὐρανέ, καὶ ἐνωτίζου, γῆ, ὅτι κύριος ἐλάλησεν· υἱοὺς ἐγέννησα καὶ ὕψωσα, αὐτοὶ δέ με ἠθέτησαν. ἔγνω βοῦς τὸν κτησάμενον καὶ ὄνος τὴν φάτνην τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, Ἰσραὴλ δέ με οὐκ ἔγνω.« πῶς γὰρ οὐ δεινόν, εἰ ὁ εἰδὼς τὸν θεὸν οὐ γνώσεται τὸν κύριον, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν βοῦς καὶ ὁ ὄνος, τὰ νωθῆ ζῷα καὶ τὰ μωρά, εἴσεται τὸν τρέφοντα, ὁ δὲ Ἰσραὴλ ἀλογώτερος καὶ τούτων εὑρεθήσεται; καὶ διὰ Ἱερεμίου πολλὰ καταμεμψάμενος τὸν λαὸν ἐπιφέρει· »καὶ ἐμὲ ἐγκατέλιπον, λέγει κύριος.«
touto endeiknytai dia Hieremiou; »hippoi thēlymaneis egenēthēsan, hekastos epi tēn gynaika tou plēsion autou echremetizen. mē epi toutois ouk episkepsomai? legei kyrios; ē en laǭ tǭ toioutǭ ouk ekdikēsei hē psychē mou?« paraplekei de pantachou ton phobon, hoti »phobos kyriou archē aisthēseōs«. kai palin dia Ōsēe »ouk episkepsomai« phēsin »autous; hoti autoi meta tōn pornōn synephyronto kai meta tōn tetelesmenōn ethyon, kai ho laos ho syniōn synepleketo pornę̄«. deiknysin autōn phanerōteron to hamartēma, synienai autous homologōn, hōs hekontas hamartanontas. kai hē synesis opsis esti psychēs. dio kai ho Israēl ho horōn ton theon, toutestin ho syniōn ton theon. Mempsis de esti psogos hōs oligōrountōn ē amelountōn. kechrētai tǭ tropǭ toutǭ tēs paidagōgias dia Hēsaïou legōn; »akoue, ourane, kai enōtizou, gē, hoti kyrios elalēsen; huious egennēsa kai hypsōsa, autoi de me ēthetēsan. egnō bous ton ktēsamenon kai onos tēn phatnēn tou kyriou autou, Israēl de me ouk egnō.« pōs gar ou deinon, ei ho eidōs ton theon ou gnōsetai ton kyrion, allʼ ho men bous kai ho onos, ta nōthē zǭa kai ta mōra, eisetai ton trephonta, ho de Israēl alogōteros kai toutōn heurethēsetai? kai dia Hieremiou polla katamempsamenos ton laon epipherei; »kai eme enkatelipon, legei kyrios.«
He shows this through Jeremiah: “They became horses mad for females; each neighed after his neighbor's wife. Shall I not visit for these things? says the Lord. Shall not my soul take vengeance on such a people?” He weaves fear in everywhere, since “the fear of the Lord is the beginning of understanding.” And again through Hosea: “I will not visit them, because they themselves mingled with harlots and sacrificed with the initiates, and the people that understands embraced a harlot.” He shows their sin more plainly by admitting that they understand, since they sin willingly. And understanding is the sight of the soul. So Israel is the one who sees God, that is, who understands God. Complaint (mempsis) is blame of those who are negligent or careless. He uses this manner of instruction through Isaiah, saying: “Hear, O heaven, and give ear, O earth, for the Lord has spoken: I have begotten sons and raised them up, but they have rejected me. The ox knows its owner, and the donkey its master's manger; but Israel has not known me.” How is it not dreadful, if the one who knows God will not recognize the Lord, while the ox and the donkey, slow and foolish animals, know who feeds them, and Israel will be found more irrational than they? And through Jeremiah, after many complaints against the people, he adds: “And they have forsaken me, says the Lord.”
1.9.78Stählin 1:135–136
Ἐπίπληξις δέ ἐστιν ἐπιτίμησις ἐπιπληκτικὴ ἢ ψόγος πληκτικός, κέχρηται δὲ καὶ ταύτῃ τῇ θεραπείᾳ ὁ παιδαγωγὸς διὰ Ἡσαΐου λέγων· »οὐαὶ τέκνα ἀποστάται, τάδε λέγει κύριος· ἐποιήσατε βουλὴν οὐ διʼ ἐμοῦ, καὶ συνθήκας οὐ διὰ τοῦ πνεύματός μου.« στύμματι δὲ αὐστηροτάτῳ παρʼ ἕκαστα προσχρῆται τῷ φόβῳ, ἀναστομῶν ἅμα καὶ ἐπιστρέφων διʼ αὐτοῦ πρὸς σωτηρίαν τὸν λαόν, καθάπερ καὶ τὰ βαπτόμενα τῶν ἐρίων προστύφεσθαι φιλεῖ εἰς βεβαίαν εὐτρεπιζόμενα τῆς βαφῆς παραδοχήν. Ἔλεγχος δέ ἐστιν προφορὰ ἁμαρτίας εἰς τὸ μέσον φέρουσα. τούτῳ μάλιστα συγχρῆται ὡς ἀναγκαίῳ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς παιδαγωγίας διὰ τὸ ἔκλυτον τῆς τῶν πολλῶν πίστεως. λέγει μὲν γὰρ διὰ Ἡσαΐου· »ἐγκατελίπετε τὸν κύριον καὶ παρωργίσατε τὸν ἅγιον τοῦ Ἰσραήλ.« λέγει δὲ καὶ διὰ Ἱερεμίου· »ἐξέστη ὁ οὐρανὸς ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ ἔφριξεν ἐπὶ πλείω ἡ γῆ· ὅτι δύο καὶ πονηρὰ ἐποίησεν ὁ λαὸς οὗτος· ἐμὲ ἐγκατέλιπον, πηγὴν ὕδατος ζῶντος καὶ ὤρυξαν λάκκους συντετριμμένους, οἳ οὐ δυνήσονται συσχεῖν ὕδωρ.« καὶ πάλιν διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ· »ἁμαρτίαν ἥμαρτεν Ἱερουσαλήμ· διὰ τοῦτο εἰς σάλον ἐγένετο· πάντες οἱ δοξάζοντες αὐτὴν ἠτίμασαν αὐτήν, ὅτι εἶδον ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτῆς.« τὸ δὲ αὐστηρὸν τοῦ ἐλέγχου καὶ ἐπιπληκτικὸν διὰ Σολομῶντος παραμυθούμενος λέγει αἰνιττόμενος κατὰ τὸ παρασιωπώμενον τὸ φιλότεκνον τῆς παιδαγωγίας· »υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος· ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱόν, ὃν παραδέχεται«, ὅτι »ἁμαρτωλὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκκλίνει ἐλεγμόν«. ἀκολούθως τοίνυν »ἐλεγχέτω με δίκαιος« ἡ γραφὴ λέγει »καὶ παιδευσάτω με, ἔλαιον δὲ ἁμαρτωλοῦ μὴ λιπανάτω τὴν κεφαλήν μου«.
Epiplēxis de estin epitimēsis epiplēktikē ē psogos plēktikos, kechrētai de kai tautę̄ tę̄ therapeią ho paidagōgos dia Hēsaïou legōn; »ouai tekna apostatai, tade legei kyrios; epoiēsate boulēn ou diʼ emou, kai synthēkas ou dia tou pneumatos mou.« stymmati de austērotatǭ parʼ hekasta proschrētai tǭ phobǭ, anastomōn hama kai epistrephōn diʼ autou pros sōtērian ton laon, kathaper kai ta baptomena tōn eriōn prostyphesthai philei eis bebaian eutrepizomena tēs baphēs paradochēn. Elenchos de estin prophora hamartias eis to meson pherousa. toutǭ malista synchrētai hōs anankaiǭ tǭ tropǭ tēs paidagōgias dia to eklyton tēs tōn pollōn pisteōs. legei men gar dia Hēsaïou; »enkatelipete ton kyrion kai parōrgisate ton hagion tou Israēl.« legei de kai dia Hieremiou; »exestē ho ouranos epi toutǭ kai ephrixen epi pleiō hē gē; hoti dyo kai ponēra epoiēsen ho laos houtos; eme enkatelipon, pēgēn hydatos zōntos kai ōryxan lakkous syntetrimmenous, hoi ou dynēsontai syschein hydōr.« kai palin dia tou autou; »hamartian hēmarten Hierousalēm; dia touto eis salon egeneto; pantes hoi doxazontes autēn ētimasan autēn, hoti eidon aschēmosynēn autēs.« to de austēron tou elenchou kai epiplēktikon dia Solomōntos paramythoumenos legei ainittomenos kata to parasiōpōmenon to philoteknon tēs paidagōgias; »huie mou, mē oligōrei paideias kyriou, mēde eklyou hypʼ autou elenchomenos; hon gar agapą kyrios, paideuei, mastigoi de panta huion, hon paradechetai«, hoti »hamartōlos anthrōpos ekklinei elegmon«. akolouthōs toinyn »elenchetō me dikaios« hē graphē legei »kai paideusatō me, elaion de hamartōlou mē lipanatō tēn kephalēn mou«.
Reprimand (epiplēxis) is striking censure or smiting blame. The Instructor uses this treatment too, through Isaiah, saying: “Woe, rebellious children, says the Lord: you have made a plan, but not through me, and covenants, but not through my Spirit.” At every point he uses fear as a very sharp astringent, at once opening up the people and turning them back through it to salvation, just as wool that is to be dyed is usually treated with an astringent first, to prepare it to take the dye firmly. Reproof (elenchos) is the bringing of sin to light, setting it out in the open. He uses this manner of instruction most of all, as necessary, because of the weakness of the faith of the many. For he says through Isaiah: “You have forsaken the Lord and provoked the Holy One of Israel to anger.” And he says through Jeremiah: “Heaven was astonished at this, and the earth shuddered greatly; for this people has done two evils: they have forsaken me, the spring of living water, and dug for themselves broken cisterns that can hold no water.” And again through the same prophet: “Jerusalem sinned a sin; therefore she has become unsettled; all who glorified her have dishonored her, for they saw her shame.” He softens the severity and sharpness of reproof through Solomon, hinting by implication at the fatherly love in his instruction: “My son, do not make light of the discipline of the Lord, nor lose heart when you are reproved by him; for the Lord disciplines the one he loves, and scourges every son whom he receives,” since “a sinful man shuns reproof.” Consistently, then, Scripture says, “Let the righteous one reprove me and discipline me; but let not the oil of the sinner anoint my head.”
1.9.79Stählin 1:136
Φρένωσις δέ ἐστι ψόγος φρενῶν ἐμποιητικός. οὐδὲ τούτου ἀπέσχηται τοῦ τρόπου τῆς παιδαγωγίας, ἀλλὰ διὰ Ἱερεμίου φησίν· »ἕως τίνος κεκράξομαι καὶ οὐκ εἰσακούσονται; ἰδοὺ ἀπερίτμητα τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν.« ὢ τῆς μακαρίας ἀνεξικακίας. καὶ πάλιν διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ· »ἀπερίτμητα πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ὁ δὲ λαὸς οὗτος ἀπερίτμητος καρδίᾳ.« »ὅτι λαὸς ἀπειθής ἐστιν, οἱ υἱοί«, φησίν, »οἷς οὐκ ἔστι πίστις«. Ἐπισκοπὴ δέ ἐστιν ἐπίπληξις σφοδρά. κέχρηται τῷ εἴδει τούτῳ ἐν εὐαγγελίῳ· »Ἱερουσαλὴμ Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν.« καὶ ἡ ἐπαναδίπλωσις τοῦ ὀνόματος ἰσχυρὰν τὴν ἐπίπληξιν πεποίηται. ὁ γὰρ εἰδὼς τὸν θεὸν πῶς τοὺς διακόνους τοῦ θεοῦ διώκει; διὰ τοῦτο φησίν· »ἀφίεται ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος, λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν· ἀπάρτι οὐ μὴ ἴδητέ με, ἕως ἂν εἴπητε· εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου.« εἰ γὰρ οὐ δέχεσθε τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν, ἐπιγνώσεσθε τὴν ἐξουσίαν.
Phrenōsis de esti psogos phrenōn empoiētikos. oude toutou apeschētai tou tropou tēs paidagōgias, alla dia Hieremiou phēsin; »heōs tinos kekraxomai kai ouk eisakousontai? idou aperitmēta ta ōta autōn.« ō tēs makarias anexikakias. kai palin dia tou autou; »aperitmēta panta ta ethnē, ho de laos houtos aperitmētos kardią.« »hoti laos apeithēs estin, hoi huioi«, phēsin, »hois ouk esti pistis«. Episkopē de estin epiplēxis sphodra. kechrētai tǭ eidei toutǭ en euangeliǭ; »Hierousalēm Hierousalēm, hē apokteinousa tous prophētas kai lithobolousa tous apestalmenous pros autēn.« kai hē epanadiplōsis tou onomatos ischyran tēn epiplēxin pepoiētai. ho gar eidōs ton theon pōs tous diakonous tou theou diōkei? dia touto phēsin; »aphietai ho oikos hymōn erēmos, legō gar hymin; aparti ou mē idēte me, heōs an eipēte; eulogēmenos ho erchomenos en onomati kyriou.« ei gar ou dechesthe tēn philanthrōpian, epignōsesthe tēn exousian.
Bringing to one's senses (phrenōsis) is blame that puts sense into the mind (phrenes). He has not refrained from this manner of instruction either, but says through Jeremiah: “How long shall I cry out, and they will not listen? Behold, their ears are uncircumcised.” O blessed forbearance! And again through the same prophet: “All the nations are uncircumcised, but this people is uncircumcised in heart.” “For it is a disobedient people, sons,” he says, “in whom there is no faith.” Visitation (episkopē) is severe reprimand. He uses this kind in the Gospel: “Jerusalem, Jerusalem, you who kill the prophets and stone those sent to you.” The repetition of the name makes the reprimand strong. For how can one who knows God persecute the ministers of God? That is why he says: “Your house is left to you desolate; for I tell you, from now on you will not see me until you say, Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.” For if you do not accept his love for humankind, you will know his power.
1.9.80Stählin 1:136–137
Λοιδορία δέ ἐστι ψόγος ἐπιτεταμένος. κέχρηται δὲ τῇ λοιδορίᾳ ἐν φαρμάκου μοίρᾳ διὰ Ἡσαΐου λέγων »οὐαὶ ἔθνος ἁμαρτωλόν, υἱοὶ ἄνομοι, λαὸς πλήρης ἁμαρτιῶν, σπέρμα πονηρόν« κἀν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ διὰ Ἰωάννου »ὄφεις« φησὶν »γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν«. Ἔγκλησις δέ ἐστι ψόγος ἀδικούντων. τούτῳ τῷ παιδαγωγήματι διὰ Δαβὶδ κέχρηται, »λαός, ὃν οὐκ ἔγνων,« λέγων »ἐδούλευσέν μοι καὶ εἰς ἀκοὴν ὠτίου ὑπήκουσέν μου, υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοι ἐψεύσαντό μοι καὶ ἐχώλαναν ἀπὸ τῶν τρίβων αὐτῶν«, καὶ διὰ Ἱερεμίου· »καὶ ἔδωκα αὐτῇ βιβλίον ἀποστασίου, καὶ οὐκ ἐφοβήθη ἀσύνθετος Ἰούδα«, αὖθίς τε· »καὶ ἠθέτησεν εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ οἶκος Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ὁ οἶκος Ἰούδα ἐψεύσατο τῷ κυρίῳ.« Μεμψιμοιρία δέ ἐστι λάθριος ψόγος, τεχνικῇ βοηθείᾳ καὶ αὐτὴ σωτηρίαν οἰκονομουμένη ἐν παρακαλύμματι. κέχρηται δὲ αὐτῇ διὰ Ἱερεμίου· »πῶς ἐκάθισεν μόνη ἡ πόλις ἡ πεπληθυμμένη λαῶν; ἐγενήθη ὡσεὶ χήρα· ἄρχουσα χωρῶν ἐγενήθη εἰς φόρους· κλαίουσα ἔκλαυσεν ἐν νυκτί.«
Loidoria de esti psogos epitetamenos. kechrētai de tę̄ loidorią en pharmakou moirą dia Hēsaïou legōn »ouai ethnos hamartōlon, huioi anomoi, laos plērēs hamartiōn, sperma ponēron« kan tǭ euangeliǭ dia Iōannou »opheis« phēsin »gennēmata echidnōn«. Enklēsis de esti psogos adikountōn. toutǭ tǭ paidagōgēmati dia Dabid kechrētai, »laos, hon ouk egnōn,« legōn »edouleusen moi kai eis akoēn ōtiou hypēkousen mou, huioi allotrioi epseusanto moi kai echōlanan apo tōn tribōn autōn«, kai dia Hieremiou; »kai edōka autę̄ biblion apostasiou, kai ouk ephobēthē asynthetos Iouda«, authis te; »kai ēthetēsen eis eme ho oikos Israēl, kai ho oikos Iouda epseusato tǭ kyriǭ.« Mempsimoiria de esti lathrios psogos, technikę̄ boētheią kai autē sōtērian oikonomoumenē en parakalymmati. kechrētai de autę̄ dia Hieremiou; »pōs ekathisen monē hē polis hē peplēthymmenē laōn? egenēthē hōsei chēra; archousa chōrōn egenēthē eis phorous; klaiousa eklausen en nykti.«
Reviling (loidoria) is intensified blame. He uses reviling as a medicine through Isaiah, saying: “Woe, sinful nation, lawless sons, a people full of sins, an evil seed”; and in the Gospel through John he says, “Serpents, brood of vipers.” Accusation (enklēsis) is blame of wrongdoers. He uses this means of instruction through David, saying: “A people whom I did not know served me, and at the hearing of the ear they obeyed me; foreign sons lied to me and limped from their paths”; and through Jeremiah: “And I gave her a certificate of divorce, and faithless Judah did not fear”; and again: “And the house of Israel dealt faithlessly with me, and the house of Judah lied to the Lord.” Lamentation (mempsimoiria) is hidden blame, and it too, by skillful help, works salvation under a veil. He uses it through Jeremiah: “How the city that was full of peoples sits alone! She has become like a widow; the ruler of lands has become subject to tribute; she weeps bitterly in the night.”
1.9.81Stählin 1:137–138
Διάσυρσις δέ ἐστι ψόγος διασυρτικός. καὶ τούτῳ κέχρηται τῷ βοηθήματι ὁ θεῖος παιδαγωγὸς διὰ Ἱερεμίου λέγων· »ὄψις πόρνης ἐγένετό σοι, ἀπηναισχύντησας πρὸς πάντας. καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἶκον ἐκάλεσάς με καὶ πατέρα καὶ ἄρχοντα τῆς παρθενίας σου;« καὶ »πόρνη καλὴ καὶ ἐπίχαρις, ἡγουμένη φαρμάκων«. τεχνικῶς πάνυ τὴν παρθένον τῷ τῆς πορνείας ἐνυβρίσας ὀνόματι, αὖθις ἐπὶ τὴν σεμνότητα ἐντρέπων μετακαλεῖται. Κατανεμέσησις δέ ἐστιν ἐπιτίμησις νόμιμος ἢ ἐπιτίμησις τῶν †ὁδῶν παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον ἐπαιρομένων. ταύτῃ διὰ Μωσέως ἐπαιδαγώγει, λέγων »τέκνα μωμητά, γενεὰ σκολιὰ καὶ διεστραμμένη, ταῦτα κυρίῳ ἀνταποδίδοτε; οὗτος λαὸς μωρὸς καὶ οὐχὶ σοφός. οὐκ αὐτὸς οὗτος ὁ πατὴρ ἐκτήσατό σε;« καὶ διὰ Ἡσαΐου φησίν· »οἱ ἄρχοντές σου ἀπειθοῦσιν, κοινωνοὶ κλεπτῶν, ἀγαπῶντες δῶρα, διώκοντες ἀνταπόδομα, ὀρφανοῖς οὐ κρίνοντες.« Καθόλου δὲ ἡ περὶ τὸν φόβον αὐτοῦ τεχνολογία σωτηρίας ἐστὶ πηγή, ἀγαθοῦ δέ γε τὸ σῴζειν· »ἔλεος δὲ κυρίου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα· ἐλέγχων καὶ παιδεύων καὶ διδάσκων ὡς ποιμὴν τὸ ποίμνιον αὐτοῦ. τοὺς ἐκδεχομένους παιδείαν ἐλεᾷ καὶ τοὺς κατασπουδάζοντας εἰς κόλλησιν αὐτῷ·« καὶ ταύτῃ τῇ ἀγωγῇ »ἑξακοσίας χιλιάδας πεζῶν, τοὺς ἐπισυναχθέντας ἐν ᾗ ἔσχον σκληροκαρδίᾳ, μαστιγῶν, ἐλεῶν, τύπτων, ἰώμενος, ἐν οἰκτιρμῷ καὶ παιδείᾳ διεφύλαξεν.« »κατὰ γὰρ τὸ πολὺ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ, οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἔλεγχος αὐτοῦ.« καλὸν μὲν γὰρ τὸ μὴ ἁμαρτεῖν, ἀγαθὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ ἁμαρτόντα μετανοεῖν, ὥσπερ ἄριστον τὸ ὑγιαίνειν ἀεί, καλὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀνασφῆλαι τῆς νόσου.
Diasyrsis de esti psogos diasyrtikos. kai toutǭ kechrētai tǭ boēthēmati ho theios paidagōgos dia Hieremiou legōn; »opsis pornēs egeneto soi, apēnaischyntēsas pros pantas. kai ouch hōs oikon ekalesas me kai patera kai archonta tēs parthenias sou?« kai »pornē kalē kai epicharis, hēgoumenē pharmakōn«. technikōs pany tēn parthenon tǭ tēs porneias enybrisas onomati, authis epi tēn semnotēta entrepōn metakaleitai. Katanemesēsis de estin epitimēsis nomimos ē epitimēsis tōn †hodōn para to prosēkon epairomenōn. tautę̄ dia Mōseōs epaidagōgei, legōn »tekna mōmēta, genea skolia kai diestrammenē, tauta kyriǭ antapodidote? houtos laos mōros kai ouchi sophos. ouk autos houtos ho patēr ektēsato se?« kai dia Hēsaïou phēsin; »hoi archontes sou apeithousin, koinōnoi kleptōn, agapōntes dōra, diōkontes antapodoma, orphanois ou krinontes.« Katholou de hē peri ton phobon autou technologia sōtērias esti pēgē, agathou de ge to sǭzein; »eleos de kyriou epi pasan sarka; elenchōn kai paideuōn kai didaskōn hōs poimēn to poimnion autou. tous ekdechomenous paideian eleą kai tous kataspoudazontas eis kollēsin autǭ;« kai tautę̄ tę̄ agōgę̄ »hexakosias chiliadas pezōn, tous episynachthentas en hę̄ eschon sklērokardią, mastigōn, eleōn, typtōn, iōmenos, en oiktirmǭ kai paideią diephylaxen.« »kata gar to poly eleos autou, houtōs kai ho elenchos autou.« kalon men gar to mē hamartein, agathon de kai to hamartonta metanoein, hōsper ariston to hygiainein aei, kalon de kai to anasphēlai tēs nosou.
Ridicule (diasyrsis) is mocking blame. The divine Instructor uses this aid too through Jeremiah, saying: “You had the face of a harlot; you were shameless toward all. And did you not call me as your house and father and guardian of your virginity?” and “a harlot, fair and charming, skilled in sorceries.” Very skillfully insulting the virgin with the name of harlotry, he calls her back again to modesty, putting her to shame. Indignation (katanemesēsis) is lawful censure, or censure of those who are exalted beyond what is fitting †. By this he instructed through Moses, saying: “Blemished children, a crooked and perverse generation, is this how you repay the Lord? This is a foolish people and not wise. Is not he your father who acquired you?” And through Isaiah he says: “Your rulers are disobedient, partners of thieves, loving bribes, pursuing rewards, not judging for orphans.” In general, his art of using fear is a spring of salvation, and to save belongs to the good one. “The mercy of the Lord is upon all flesh, reproving and disciplining and teaching, as a shepherd his flock. He has mercy on those who accept discipline and are eager to cling to him.” And by this guidance “he guarded six hundred thousand foot soldiers, gathered together in their hardness of heart, scourging, having mercy, striking, healing, in compassion and discipline.” “For as great as his mercy, so great also is his reproof.” It is good not to sin, but it is also good for one who has sinned to repent; just as it is best always to be healthy, but good also to recover from illness.
1.9.82Stählin 1:138
ταύτῃ τοι καὶ διὰ Σολομῶντος παραγγέλλεται· »σὺ μὲν ῥάβδῳ πάταξον τὸν υἱόν, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκ θανάτου ῥῦσαι.« καὶ πάλιν· »μὴ ἀπόσχῃ νήπιον παιδεύων. εὔθυναι δὲ αὐτὸν ῥάβδῳ, οὐ γὰρ θανεῖται.« Ἔλεγχος γὰρ καὶ ἐπίπληξις, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ τοὔνομα αἰνίττεται, αὗται πληγαὶ ψυχῆς εἰσι, σωφρονίζουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας καὶ θάνατον ἀπείργουσαι, εἰς δὲ τὴν σωφροσύνην ἄγουσαι τοὺς εἰς ἀκολασίαν ὑποφερομένους. ταύτῃ τοι καὶ Πλάτων τὴν μεγίστην τῆς ἐπανορθώσεως δύναμιν καὶ τὴν κυριωτάτην κάθαρσιν τὸν ἔλεγχον εἰδὼς ἀκολούθως τῷ λόγῳ τὸν τὰ μέγιστα ἀκάθαρτον ὄντα ἀπαίδευτόν τε καὶ αἰσχρὸν γεγονέναι διὰ τὸ ἀνέλεγκτον εἶναι βούλεται, ᾗ καθαρώτατον καὶ κάλλιστον ἔπρεπεν τὸν ὄντως ἐσόμενον εὐδαίμονα εἶναι. εἰ γὰρ »οἱ ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶ φόβος τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ«, πῶς ὁ φύσει ἀγαθὸς θεὸς φόβος ἔσται τῷ μὴ ἁμαρτάνοντι;
tautę̄ toi kai dia Solomōntos parangelletai; »sy men rhabdǭ pataxon ton huion, tēn de psychēn autou ek thanatou rhysai.« kai palin; »mē aposchę̄ nēpion paideuōn. euthynai de auton rhabdǭ, ou gar thaneitai.« Elenchos gar kai epiplēxis, hōsper oun kai tounoma ainittetai, hautai plēgai psychēs eisi, sōphronizousai tas hamartias kai thanaton apeirgousai, eis de tēn sōphrosynēn agousai tous eis akolasian hypopheromenous. tautę̄ toi kai Platōn tēn megistēn tēs epanorthōseōs dynamin kai tēn kyriōtatēn katharsin ton elenchon eidōs akolouthōs tǭ logǭ ton ta megista akatharton onta apaideuton te kai aischron gegonenai dia to anelenkton einai bouletai, hę̄ katharōtaton kai kalliston eprepen ton ontōs esomenon eudaimona einai. ei gar »hoi archontes ouk eisi phobos tǭ agathǭ ergǭ«, pōs ho physei agathos theos phobos estai tǭ mē hamartanonti?
So it is also commanded through Solomon: “Strike your son with the rod, and you will deliver his soul from death.” And again: “Do not refrain from disciplining a child; correct him with the rod, for he will not die.” Reproof and reprimand (epiplēxis), as the name itself suggests, are blows (plēgai) to the soul, chastening sins and warding off death, and leading to self-control those who are carried away into licentiousness. So Plato too, knowing that reproof is the greatest power of correction and the most sovereign purification, holds, consistently, that the one who is most impure has become uneducated and shameful because he has not been reproved, whereas the one who is truly to be happy ought to be most pure and most beautiful. For if “rulers are not a terror to good conduct,” how will God, good by nature, be a terror to one who does not sin?
1.9.83Stählin 1:138–139
»ἐὰν δὲ τὸ κακὸν ποιῇς, φοβοῦ«, ᾗ φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος. διὰ τοῦτό τοι καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐπιστύφει παρʼ ἕκαστα τὰς ἐκκλησίας κατʼ εἰκόνα κυρίου καὶ συναισθόμενος τῆς ἑαυτοῦ παρρησίας καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀκουόντων ἀσθενείας πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας λέγει· »ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν;« ὡς δὲ οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες οὐ χρῄζουσιν ἰατροῦ, παρʼ ὅσον ἔρρωνται, οἱ δὲ νοσοῦντες ἐπιδέονται τῆς τέχνης, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς οἱ ἐν τῷ βίῳ νοσοῦντες περί τε τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τὰς ἐπονειδίστους περί τε τὰς ἀκρασίας τὰς ἐπιψόγους καὶ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας τῶν παθῶν φλεγμονὰς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιδεόμεθα· ὃ δὲ οὐ μόνον τὰ ἤπια ἐπιπάσσει φάρμακα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ στυπτικά. ἱστᾶσιν γοῦν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὰς νομὰς αἱ πικραὶ τοῦ φόβου ῥίζαι· διὸ καὶ σωτήριος, εἰ καὶ πικρός, ὁ φόβος. εἰκότως ἄρα σωτῆρος μὲν οἱ νοσοῦντες δεόμεθα, οἱ πεπλανημένοι δὲ τοῦ καθηγησομένου καὶ οἱ τυφλοὶ τοῦ φωταγωγήσοντος καὶ οἱ διψῶντες τῆς πηγῆς τῆς ζωτικῆς, ἀφʼ ἧς οἱ μεταλαβόντες οὐκέτι διψήσουσιν, καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ δὲ τῆς ζωῆς ἐνδεεῖς καὶ τοῦ ποιμένος τὰ πρόβατα καὶ οἱ παῖδες τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ ἀνθρωπότης Ἰησοῦ, ἵνα μὴ ἀνάγωγοι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ εἰς τέλος τῆς καταδίκης ἐκπέσωμεν, διακριθῶμεν δὲ τῶν ἀχυρμιῶν καὶ εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν ἀποθήκην σωρευθῶμεν· τὸ γὰρ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ κυρίου, ᾧ ἀποκρίνεται τοῦ πυροῦ τὸ ἄχυρον
»ean de to kakon poię̄s, phobou«, hę̄ phēsin ho apostolos. dia touto toi kai autos ho apostolos epistyphei parʼ hekasta tas ekklēsias katʼ eikona kyriou kai synaisthomenos tēs heautou parrēsias kai tēs tōn akouontōn astheneias pros tous Galatas legei; »echthros hymōn gegona alētheuōn hymin?« hōs de hoi hygiainontes ou chrę̄zousin iatrou, parʼ hoson errōntai, hoi de nosountes epideontai tēs technēs, houtōs kai hēmeis hoi en tǭ biǭ nosountes peri te tas epithymias tas eponeidistous peri te tas akrasias tas epipsogous kai peri tas allas tōn pathōn phlegmonas tou sōtēros epideometha; ho de ou monon ta ēpia epipassei pharmaka, alla kai ta styptika. histasin goun tōn hamartiōn tas nomas hai pikrai tou phobou rhizai; dio kai sōtērios, ei kai pikros, ho phobos. eikotōs ara sōtēros men hoi nosountes deometha, hoi peplanēmenoi de tou kathēgēsomenou kai hoi typhloi tou phōtagōgēsontos kai hoi dipsōntes tēs pēgēs tēs zōtikēs, aphʼ hēs hoi metalabontes ouketi dipsēsousin, kai hoi nekroi de tēs zōēs endeeis kai tou poimenos ta probata kai hoi paides tou paidagōgou, alla kai pasa hē anthrōpotēs Iēsou, hina mē anagōgoi kai hamartōloi eis telos tēs katadikēs ekpesōmen, diakrithōmen de tōn achyrmiōn kai eis tēn patrǭan apothēkēn sōreuthōmen; to gar ptyon en tę̄ cheiri tou kyriou, hǭ apokrinetai tou pyrou to achyron
“But if you do evil, be afraid,” as the apostle says. That is why the apostle himself, in the image of the Lord, is severe with the churches at every point; and, conscious of his own boldness and of the weakness of his hearers, he says to the Galatians, “Have I become your enemy by telling you the truth?” As the healthy do not need a physician, so far as they are well, while the sick require his art, so we too, who in this life are sick with shameful desires, blameworthy incontinence, and the other inflammations of the passions, need the Savior. He applies not only soothing medicines but astringent ones too. The bitter roots of fear check the spreading of sins; so fear is saving, even if bitter. Rightly, then, we who are sick need a Savior, those who have gone astray a guide, the blind someone to give them light, the thirsty the spring of life, from which those who partake will thirst no more; the dead need life, the sheep the shepherd, and the children the Instructor; indeed all humanity needs Jesus, so that we may not, untrained and sinful, fall at last into condemnation, but may be separated from the chaff and gathered into the Father's granary. For the winnowing fan is in the Lord's hand, by which the chaff is separated from the wheat,
1.9.84Stählin 1:139
τὸ ὀφειλόμενον τῷ πυρί. ἐξὸν δέ, εἰ βούλεσθε, τοῦ παναγίου ποιμένος καὶ παιδαγωγοῦ, τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ πατρικοῦ λόγου, τὴν ἄκραν σοφίαν καταμανθάνειν ἡμῖν, ἔνθα ἀλληγορεῖ, ποιμένα ἑαυτὸν προβάτων λέγων· ἔστι δὲ παιδαγωγὸς νηπίων. φησὶν γοῦν διὰ Ἰεζεκιὴλ πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους ἀποταθεὶς καί τινα αὐτοῖς σωτήριον παρατιθέμενος εὐλόγου φροντίδος ὑπογραμμόν· »καὶ τὸ χωλὸν καταδήσω καὶ τὸ ὀχλούμενον ἰάσομαι καὶ τὸ πλανώμενον ἐπιστρέψω καὶ βοσκήσω αὐτοὺς ἐγὼ εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἅγιόν μου.« ταῦτʼ ἐστὶν ἀγαθοῦ ποιμένος ἐπαγγέλματα· βόσκησον ἡμᾶς τοὺς νηπίους ὡς πρόβατα. ναί, δέσποτα, τῆς σῆς πλήρωσον νομῆς, τῆς δικαιοσύνης· ναί, παιδαγωγέ, ποίμανον ἡμᾶς εἰς τὸ ἅγιόν σου ὄρος, πρὸς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, τὴν ὑψωμένην, τὴν ὑπερνεφῆ, τὴν ἁπτομένην οὐρανῶν. »καὶ ἔσομαι«, φησίν, »αὐτῶν ποιμὴν καὶ ἔσομαι ἐγγὺς αὐτῶν« ὡς ὁ χιτὼν τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτῶν· σῶσαι βούλεταί μου τὴν σάρκα, περιβαλὼν τὸν χιτῶνα τῆς ἀφθαρσίας, καὶ τὸν χρῶτά μου κέχρικεν. »καλέσουσί με«, φησί, »καὶ ἐρῶ· ἰδοὺ πάρειμι.« θᾶττον ὑπήκουσας ἢ προσεδόκησα, δέσποτα· »καὶ ἐὰν διαβαίνωσιν, οὐκ ὀλισθήσουσι, λέγει κύριος.« οὐ γὰρ πεσούμεθα εἰς φθορὰν οἱ διαβαίνοντες εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν, ὅτι ἀνθέξεται ἡμῶν αὐτός· ἔφη γὰρ αὐτὸς καὶ ἠθέλησεν αὐτός.
to opheilomenon tǭ pyri. exon de, ei boulesthe, tou panagiou poimenos kai paidagōgou, tou pantokratoros kai patrikou logou, tēn akran sophian katamanthanein hēmin, entha allēgorei, poimena heauton probatōn legōn; esti de paidagōgos nēpiōn. phēsin goun dia Iezekiēl pros tous presbyterous apotatheis kai tina autois sōtērion paratithemenos eulogou phrontidos hypogrammon; »kai to chōlon katadēsō kai to ochloumenon iasomai kai to planōmenon epistrepsō kai boskēsō autous egō eis to oros to hagion mou.« tautʼ estin agathou poimenos epangelmata; boskēson hēmas tous nēpious hōs probata. nai, despota, tēs sēs plērōson nomēs, tēs dikaiosynēs; nai, paidagōge, poimanon hēmas eis to hagion sou oros, pros tēn ekklēsian, tēn hypsōmenēn, tēn hypernephē, tēn haptomenēn ouranōn. »kai esomai«, phēsin, »autōn poimēn kai esomai engys autōn« hōs ho chitōn tou chrōtos autōn; sōsai bouletai mou tēn sarka, peribalōn ton chitōna tēs aphtharsias, kai ton chrōta mou kechriken. »kalesousi me«, phēsi, »kai erō; idou pareimi.« thatton hypēkousas ē prosedokēsa, despota; »kai ean diabainōsin, ouk olisthēsousi, legei kyrios.« ou gar pesoumetha eis phthoran hoi diabainontes eis aphtharsian, hoti anthexetai hēmōn autos; ephē gar autos kai ēthelēsen autos.
the chaff due to the fire. If you will, we may learn the supreme wisdom of the all-holy Shepherd and Instructor, the almighty Word of the Father, where he speaks figuratively, calling himself shepherd of sheep; he is the Instructor of infants. He says through Ezekiel, addressing the elders and setting before them a saving model of wise care: “And I will bind up the lame, and heal the afflicted, and turn back the one that wanders, and I myself will feed them on my holy mountain.” These are the promises of a good shepherd. Feed us infants like sheep. Yes, Master, fill us with your pasture, righteousness; yes, Instructor, shepherd us to your holy mountain, the church, which is exalted above the clouds and touches the heavens. “And I will be their shepherd,” he says, “and I will be near them,” as the tunic to their skin. He wishes to save my flesh, clothing it with the tunic of incorruption, and he has anointed my skin. “They will call me,” he says, “and I will say, Here I am.” You heard more quickly than I expected, Master! “And if they pass through, they will not slip, says the Lord.” For we who pass over to incorruption will not fall into corruption, because he himself will hold us up; for he himself said it, and he himself willed it.
1.9.85Stählin 1:139–140
Τοιοῦτος ἡμῶν ὁ παιδαγωγός, ἀγαθὸς ἐνδίκως. »οὐκ ἦλθον«, φησί, »διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι.« διὰ τοῦτο εἰσάγεται ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ κεκμηκώς, ὁ κάμνων ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν καὶ »δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν« ὑπισχνούμενος. τοῦτον γὰρ μόνον ὁμολογεῖ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι ποιμένα· μεγαλόδωρος οὖν ὁ τὸ μέγιστον ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἐπιδιδούς, καὶ μεγαλωφελὴς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος, ὅτι καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἐξὸν εἶναι κύριος, ἀδελφὸς εἶναι βεβούληται· ὃ δὲ καὶ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀγαθὸς ὥστε ἡμῶν καὶ ὑπεραποθανεῖν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη κέκραγεν αὐτοῦ· »ἐὰν ὀρθοὶ πρός με ἥκητε, κἀγὼ ὀρθὸς πρὸς ὑμᾶς· ἐὰν πλάγιοι πορεύησθε, κἀγὼ πλάγιος, λέγει κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων«, τὰς ἐπιπλήξεις τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν πλαγίας αἰνιττόμενος ὁδούς. ἡ γὰρ εὐθεῖα καὶ κατὰ φύσιν, ἣν αἰνίττεται τὸ ἰῶτα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἡ ἀγαθωσύνη αὐτοῦ, ἡ πρὸς τοὺς ἐξ ὑπακοῆς πεπιστευκότας ἀμετακίνητός τε καὶ ἀρρεπής. »ἐπειδὴ ἐκάλουν καὶ οὐχ ὑπηκούετε, λέγει κύριος, ἀλλὰ ἀκύρους ἐποιεῖτε τὰς ἐμὰς βουλάς, τοῖς δὲ ἐμοῖς ἐλέγχοις οὐ προσείχετε.« οὕτως ὁ κυριακὸς ἔλεγχος ὠφελιμώτατος.
Toioutos hēmōn ho paidagōgos, agathos endikōs. »ouk ēlthon«, phēsi, »diakonēthēnai, alla diakonēsai.« dia touto eisagetai en tǭ euangeliǭ kekmēkōs, ho kamnōn hyper hēmōn kai »dounai tēn psychēn tēn heautou lytron anti pollōn« hypischnoumenos. touton gar monon homologei agathon einai poimena; megalodōros oun ho to megiston hyper hēmōn, tēn psychēn autou, epididous, kai megalōphelēs kai philanthrōpos, hoti kai anthrōpōn, exon einai kyrios, adelphos einai beboulētai; ho de kai eis tosouton agathos hōste hēmōn kai hyperapothanein. alla kai hē dikaiosynē kekragen autou; »ean orthoi pros me hēkēte, kagō orthos pros hymas; ean plagioi poreuēsthe, kagō plagios, legei kyrios tōn dynameōn«, tas epiplēxeis tōn hamartōlōn plagias ainittomenos hodous. hē gar eutheia kai kata physin, hēn ainittetai to iōta tou Iēsou, hē agathōsynē autou, hē pros tous ex hypakoēs pepisteukotas ametakinētos te kai arrepēs. »epeidē ekaloun kai ouch hypēkouete, legei kyrios, alla akyrous epoieite tas emas boulas, tois de emois elenchois ou proseichete.« houtōs ho kyriakos elenchos ōphelimōtatos.
Such is our Instructor, rightly good. “I came,” he says, “not to be served, but to serve.” That is why he is presented in the Gospel as weary, he who labors for us and promises “to give his life as a ransom for many.” For he confesses that only such a one is a good shepherd. Generous, then, is he who gives the greatest thing for us, his life; very beneficial and loving to humankind, since, though he could be Lord of human beings, he has willed to be their brother; and so good that he even died for us. His justice too has cried out: “If you come to me upright, I too will be upright toward you; if you walk crookedly, I too will be crooked, says the Lord of hosts,” hinting at the reprimands of sinners as crooked ways. For the straight and natural way, which the iota of Jesus hints at, is his goodness, unmoved and unswerving toward those who have believed through obedience. “Since I called and you did not listen, says the Lord, but made my counsels void, and paid no attention to my reproofs.” So the Lord's reproof is most beneficial.
1.9.86Stählin 1:140
περὶ τούτων καὶ διὰ Δαβὶδ λέγει· »γενεὰ σκολιὰ καὶ παραπικραίνουσα, γενεὰ ἥτις οὐ κατεύθυνεν τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἐπιστώθη μετὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆς. οὐκ ἐφυλάξαντο τὴν διαθήκην τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἤθελον πορεύεσθαι.« αὗται αἰτίαι παραπικρασμοῦ, διʼ ἃς ὁ κριτὴς ἔρχεται τὴν δίκην ἐποίσων τοῖς τὴν εὐζωΐαν ἑλέσθαι μὴ βεβουλημένοις. διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοῖς τραχύτερον ἐνθένδε προσενήνεκται, εἴ πως ἀναχαιτίσαι τῆς ἐπὶ τὸν θάνατον ὁρμῆς. λέγει γοῦν διὰ Δαβὶδ σαφεστάτην αἰτίαν τῆς ἀπειλῆς· »οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν ἐν τοῖς θαυμασίοις αὐτοῦ. ὅταν ἀπέκτεννεν αὐτούς, ἐξεζήτουν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπέστρεφον καὶ ὤρθριζον πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ ἐμνήσθησαν, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς βοηθὸς αὐτῶν ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θεὸς ὁ ὕψιστος λυτρωτὴς αὐτῶν ἐστιν.« οὕτως οἶδεν ἐπιστρέφοντας αὐτοὺς διὰ τὸν φόβον, τῆς δὲ φιλανθρωπίας αὐτοῦ καταπεφρονηκότας. ὀλιγωρεῖται μὲν γὰρ ὡς ἐπίπαν τὸ ἀγαθὸν χρηστευόμενον ἀεί, θεραπεύεται δὲ ὑπομιμνῇσκον τῷ φιλανθρώπῳ τῆς δικαιοσύνης φόβῳ.
peri toutōn kai dia Dabid legei; »genea skolia kai parapikrainousa, genea hētis ou kateuthynen tēn kardian autēs, kai ouk epistōthē meta tou theou to pneuma autēs. ouk ephylaxanto tēn diathēkēn tou theou kai en tǭ nomǭ autou ouk ēthelon poreuesthai.« hautai aitiai parapikrasmou, diʼ has ho kritēs erchetai tēn dikēn epoisōn tois tēn euzōïan helesthai mē beboulēmenois. dia touto autois trachyteron enthende prosenēnektai, ei pōs anachaitisai tēs epi ton thanaton hormēs. legei goun dia Dabid saphestatēn aitian tēs apeilēs; »ouk episteusan en tois thaumasiois autou. hotan apektennen autous, exezētoun auton kai epestrephon kai ōrthrizon pros ton theon kai emnēsthēsan, hoti ho theos boēthos autōn estin kai ho theos ho hypsistos lytrōtēs autōn estin.« houtōs oiden epistrephontas autous dia ton phobon, tēs de philanthrōpias autou katapephronēkotas. oligōreitai men gar hōs epipan to agathon chrēsteuomenon aei, therapeuetai de hypomimnę̄skon tǭ philanthrōpǭ tēs dikaiosynēs phobǭ.
Of these he says also through David: “A crooked and embittering generation, a generation that did not set its heart right, and whose spirit was not faithful to God. They did not keep God's covenant, and would not walk in his law.” These are the causes of the provocation, for which the Judge comes to bring punishment on those who did not choose to live well. That is why he has dealt more harshly with them from then on, to check, if possible, their rush toward death. Through David he gives the clearest reason for the threat: “They did not believe in his wonders. When he slew them, they sought him and turned back and rose early to seek God, and remembered that God is their helper, and God Most High their redeemer.” So he knows that they turn back through fear, having despised his love for humankind. For goodness that is always kind is generally slighted, but it is honored when it reminds us by the loving fear of justice.
1.9.87Stählin 1:140–141
διττὸν δὲ τὸ εἶδος τοῦ φόβου, ὧν τὸ μὲν ἕτερον γίνεται μετὰ αἰδοῦς, ᾧ χρῶνται πολῖται μὲν πρὸς ἡγεμόνας ἀγαθοὺς καὶ ἡμεῖς πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καθάπερ οἱ παῖδες οἱ σώφρονες πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας· »ἵππος γάρ«, φησίν, »ἀδάμαστος ἐκβαίνει σκληρός, καὶ υἱὸς ἀνειμένος ἐκβαίνει προαλής·« τὸ δὲ ἕτερον εἶδος τοῦ φόβου μετὰ μίσους γίνεται, ᾧ δοῦλοι πρὸς δεσπότας κέχρηνται χαλεποὺς καὶ Ἑβραῖοι δεσπότην ποιήσαντες, οὐ πατέρα, τὸν θεόν. πολλῷ δέ, οἶμαι, καὶ τῷ παντὶ τὸ ἑκούσιον καὶ κατὰ προαίρεσιν τοῦ κατὰ ἀνάγκην εἰς εὐσέβειαν διαφέρει. »αὐτὸς γάρ«, φησίν, »οἰκτίρμων ἐστίν, ἰάσεται τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν καὶ οὐ διαφθερεῖ· καὶ πληθυνεῖ τοῦ ἀποστρέψαι τὸν θυμὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἐκκαύσει πᾶσαν τὴν ὀργὴν αὐτοῦ.« ὅρα πῶς τὸ δίκαιον ἐπιδείκνυται τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ τὸ περὶ τὰς ἐπιτιμήσεις καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ περὶ τὰς οἰκτειρήσεις. διὰ τοῦτο ὁ Δαβίδ, τουτέστι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ διʼ αὐτοῦ, ἄμφω περιλαβὼν ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ψάλλει θεοῦ· »δικαιοσύνη καὶ κρίμα ἑτοιμασία τοῦ θρόνου σου· ἔλεος καὶ ἀλήθεια προπορεύσονται πρὸ προσώπου σου.«
ditton de to eidos tou phobou, hōn to men heteron ginetai meta aidous, hǭ chrōntai politai men pros hēgemonas agathous kai hēmeis pros ton theon, kathaper hoi paides hoi sōphrones pros tous pateras; »hippos gar«, phēsin, »adamastos ekbainei sklēros, kai huios aneimenos ekbainei proalēs;« to de heteron eidos tou phobou meta misous ginetai, hǭ douloi pros despotas kechrēntai chalepous kai Hebraioi despotēn poiēsantes, ou patera, ton theon. pollǭ de, oimai, kai tǭ panti to hekousion kai kata proairesin tou kata anankēn eis eusebeian diapherei. »autos gar«, phēsin, »oiktirmōn estin, iasetai tas hamartias autōn kai ou diaphtherei; kai plēthynei tou apostrepsai ton thymon autou kai ouk ekkausei pasan tēn orgēn autou.« hora pōs to dikaion epideiknytai tou paidagōgou to peri tas epitimēseis kai to agathon tou theou to peri tas oikteirēseis. dia touto ho Dabid, toutesti to pneuma to diʼ autou, amphō perilabōn epi tou autou psallei theou; »dikaiosynē kai krima hetoimasia tou thronou sou; eleos kai alētheia proporeusontai pro prosōpou sou.«
Fear is of two kinds. One comes with reverence: citizens have it toward good rulers, and we toward God, as sensible children toward their fathers. “For an untamed horse turns out stubborn,” it says, “and a son left to himself turns out headstrong.” The other kind of fear comes with hatred: slaves have it toward harsh masters, and the Hebrews had it, who made God a master, not a father. The voluntary, freely chosen fear differs greatly, I think, indeed entirely, from compelled fear in relation to piety. “For he is merciful,” it says; “he will heal their sins and not destroy them; and he will abound in turning away his anger, and will not kindle all his wrath.” See how the justice of the Instructor is shown in his rebukes, and the goodness of God in his compassion. That is why David, that is, the Spirit through him, including both, sings of the same God: “Righteousness and judgment are the foundation of your throne; mercy and truth will go before your face.”
1.9.88Stählin 1:141–142
τῆς αὐτῆς εἶναι δυνάμεως ὁμολογεῖ καὶ κρίνειν καὶ εὐεργετεῖν· ἅμα γὰρ ἀμφοῖν ἡ ἐξουσία [ἡ] κρίσις τοῦ δικαίου διακρίνουσα τὰ ἐναντία. καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς δίκαιος καὶ ἀγαθός, ὁ ὄντως θεός, ὁ ὢν αὐτὸς τὰ πάντα καὶ τὰ πάντα ὁ αὐτός, ὅτι αὐτὸς θεός, ὁ μόνος θεός. ὡς γὰρ τὸ ἔσοπτρον τῷ αἰσχρῷ οὐ κακόν, ὅτι δεικνύει αὐτὸν οἷός ἐστιν, καὶ ὡς ὁ ἰατρὸς τῷ νοσοῦντι οὐ κακὸς ὁ τὸν πυρετὸν ἀναγγέλλων αὐτοῦ (οὐ γὰρ αἴτιος τοῦ πυρετοῦ ὁ ἰατρός, ἀλλὰ ἔλεγχός ἐστι τοῦ πυρετοῦ), οὕτως οὐδὲ ὁ ἐλέγχων δύσνους τῷ κάμνοντι τὴν ψυχήν· οὐ γὰρ ἐντίθησι τὰ πλημμελήματα, τὰ δὲ προσόντα ἐπιδείκνυσιν ἁμαρτήματα εἰς τὴν τῶν ὁμοίων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἀποτροπήν. ὥστε ἀγαθὸς μὲν ὁ θεὸς διʼ ἑαυτόν, δίκαιος δὲ ἤδη διʼ ἡμᾶς, καὶ τοῦτο ὅτι ἀγαθός. τὸ δίκαιον δὲ ἡμῖν διὰ τοῦ λόγου ἐνδείκνυται τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ἐκεῖθεν ἄνωθεν, ὅθεν γέγονεν πατήρ. πρὶν γὰρ κτίστην γενέσθαι θεὸς ἦν, ἀγαθὸς ἦν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ δημιουργὸς εἶναι καὶ πατὴρ ἠθέλησεν· καὶ ἡ τῆς ἀγάπης ἐκείνης σχέσις δικαιοσύνης γέγονεν ἀρχή, καὶ τὸν ἥλιον ἐπιλάμποντος τὸν αὑτοῦ καὶ τὸν υἱὸν καταπέμποντος τὸν αὑτοῦ· καὶ πρῶτος οὗτος τὴν ἐξ οὐρανῶν ἀγαθὴν κατήγγειλεν δικαιοσύνην, »οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τὸν υἱὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ πατὴρ« λέγων, »οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός«. αὕτη ἡ ἀντιταλαντεύουσα γνῶσις ἐπʼ ἴσης δικαιοσύνης ἀρχαίας σύμβολον. ἔπειτα δὲ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καταβέβηκεν ἡ δικαιοσύνη καὶ γράμματι καὶ σώματι, τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τῷ νόμῳ, εἰς μετάνοιαν τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα βιαζομένη σωτήριον· ἀγαθὴ γὰρ ἦν. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑπακούεις τῷ θεῷ· σεαυτὸν αἰτιῶ τὸν κριτὴν ἐπισπώμενος.
tēs autēs einai dynameōs homologei kai krinein kai euergetein; hama gar amphoin hē exousia [hē] krisis tou dikaiou diakrinousa ta enantia. kai ho autos dikaios kai agathos, ho ontōs theos, ho ōn autos ta panta kai ta panta ho autos, hoti autos theos, ho monos theos. hōs gar to esoptron tǭ aischrǭ ou kakon, hoti deiknyei auton hoios estin, kai hōs ho iatros tǭ nosounti ou kakos ho ton pyreton anangellōn autou (ou gar aitios tou pyretou ho iatros, alla elenchos esti tou pyretou), houtōs oude ho elenchōn dysnous tǭ kamnonti tēn psychēn; ou gar entithēsi ta plēmmelēmata, ta de prosonta epideiknysin hamartēmata eis tēn tōn homoiōn epitēdeumatōn apotropēn. hōste agathos men ho theos diʼ heauton, dikaios de ēdē diʼ hēmas, kai touto hoti agathos. to dikaion de hēmin dia tou logou endeiknytai tou heautou ekeithen anōthen, hothen gegonen patēr. prin gar ktistēn genesthai theos ēn, agathos ēn, kai dia touto kai dēmiourgos einai kai patēr ēthelēsen; kai hē tēs agapēs ekeinēs schesis dikaiosynēs gegonen archē, kai ton hēlion epilampontos ton hautou kai ton huion katapempontos ton hautou; kai prōtos houtos tēn ex ouranōn agathēn katēngeilen dikaiosynēn, »oudeis egnō ton huion ei mē ho patēr« legōn, »oude ton patera ei mē ho huios«. hautē hē antitalanteuousa gnōsis epʼ isēs dikaiosynēs archaias symbolon. epeita de epi tous anthrōpous katabebēken hē dikaiosynē kai grammati kai sōmati, tǭ logǭ kai tǭ nomǭ, eis metanoian tēn anthrōpotēta biazomenē sōtērion; agathē gar ēn. allʼ ouch hypakoueis tǭ theǭ; seauton aitiō ton kritēn epispōmenos.
He confesses that judging and doing good belong to the same power; for the authority over both together is the judgment of the just one, separating opposites. The same God is just and good, the one who truly is God, who himself is all things, and all things are himself, because he himself is God, the only God. As a mirror is not bad to an ugly man because it shows him as he is, and as a physician is not bad to a sick man when he tells him of his fever (for the physician is not the cause of the fever, but its detector), so neither is the one who reproves ill-disposed toward one sick in soul; for he does not put the offenses there, but points out the sins that are present, to turn us from similar practices. So God is good in himself, and just for our sake, and this because he is good. He shows us his justice through his own Word from there above, from where he became Father. For before he became Creator he was God, he was good; and for this reason he willed to be both Maker and Father. The relation of that love became the beginning of justice, as he makes his sun shine and sends down his Son. And the Son first proclaimed the good justice from heaven, saying, “No one knew the Son except the Father, nor the Father except the Son.” This mutually balanced knowledge is a symbol of primal, equal justice. Then justice came down to human beings, both in letter and in body, in the law and in the Word, constraining humanity to saving repentance; for it was good. But you do not obey God: blame yourself for bringing the judge upon you.
The 1, chapter 10
1.10.89Stählin 1:142
Εἰ τοίνυν τὴν περὶ τὸ ἐπιστύφειν τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα οἰκονομίαν, ἀγαθὴν οὖσαν καὶ σωτήριον, ἀναγκαίως ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου παραλαμβανομένην ἐπεδείξαμεν πρός τε μετάνοιαν καὶ πρὸς τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὴν κώλυσιν εὔθετον γενομένην, ἑξῆς ἂν εἴη σκοπεῖν τὸ ἤπιον τοῦ λόγου· δίκαιος γὰρ οὗτος ἀποδέδεικται καὶ τὰς ἰδίας παρατίθεται γνώμας τὰς πρὸς σωτηρίαν παρακλητικάς, διʼ ὧν καὶ τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ συμφέρον πατρικῷ θελήματι γνωρίζειν ἡμῖν βούλεται. σκόπει δὲ ταῦτα· τὸ μὲν καλὸν τοῦ ἐγκωμιαστικοῦ, τὸ δὲ συμφέρον τοῦ συμβουλευτικοῦ· καὶ γὰρ οὖν τοῦ μὲν συμβουλευτικοῦ σχέσις τὸ προτρεπτικὸν καὶ ἀποτρεπτικόν, τοῦ δὲ ἐγκωμιαστικοῦ τὸ ἐπαινετικόν τε καὶ ψεκτικὸν γίνεται. πῶς γὰρ ἔχουσα ἡ διάνοια ἡ συμβουλευτικὴ προτρεπτικὴ γίνεται καὶ πῶς ἔχουσα ἀποτρεπτική. ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐγκωμιαστικὸν πῶς μὲν ἔχον ψεκτικὸν γίνεται, πῶς δὲ ἔχον ἐπαινετικόν· περὶ ἃ καταγίνεται μάλιστα ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ὁ δίκαιος ὁ τοῦ ἡμετέρου συμφέροντος ἐστοχασμένος. ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὸ μὲν ψεκτικὸν καὶ ἀποτρεπτικὸν εἶδος ὑποδέδεικται ἡμῖν ἤδη πρότερον, νῦν δὲ αὖ τὸ προτρεπτικὸν καὶ ἐπαινετικὸν μεταχειριστέον καὶ καθάπερ ἐπὶ ζυγοῦ τὰς ἰσοστασίους ἀντισηκώσωμεν τοῦ δικαίου πλάστιγγας.
Ei toinyn tēn peri to epistyphein tēn anthrōpotēta oikonomian, agathēn ousan kai sōtērion, anankaiōs hypo tou logou paralambanomenēn epedeixamen pros te metanoian kai pros tōn hamartiōn tēn kōlysin eutheton genomenēn, hexēs an eiē skopein to ēpion tou logou; dikaios gar houtos apodedeiktai kai tas idias paratithetai gnōmas tas pros sōtērian paraklētikas, diʼ hōn kai to kalon kai to sympheron patrikǭ thelēmati gnōrizein hēmin bouletai. skopei de tauta; to men kalon tou enkōmiastikou, to de sympheron tou symbouleutikou; kai gar oun tou men symbouleutikou schesis to protreptikon kai apotreptikon, tou de enkōmiastikou to epainetikon te kai psektikon ginetai. pōs gar echousa hē dianoia hē symbouleutikē protreptikē ginetai kai pōs echousa apotreptikē. hōsautōs de kai to enkōmiastikon pōs men echon psektikon ginetai, pōs de echon epainetikon; peri ha kataginetai malista ho paidagōgos ho dikaios ho tou hēmeterou sympherontos estochasmenos. alla gar to men psektikon kai apotreptikon eidos hypodedeiktai hēmin ēdē proteron, nyn de au to protreptikon kai epainetikon metacheiristeon kai kathaper epi zygou tas isostasious antisēkōsōmen tou dikaiou plastingas.
If, then, we have shown that the plan of treating humanity severely, which is good and saving, is necessarily adopted by the Word, and is well suited both to repentance and to the prevention of sins, it would be next to consider the gentleness of the Word. For he has been shown to be just, and he sets before us his own sayings, which encourage us to salvation, and by which he wishes to make known to us, by the Father's will, both the noble and the advantageous. Consider this: the noble belongs to the speech of praise, the advantageous to deliberative speech; for exhorting and dissuading are aspects of deliberative speech, and praising and blaming of the speech of praise. In one disposition the deliberative mind exhorts, in another it dissuades; likewise the speech of praise in one disposition blames, in another praises. With these the just Instructor, who aims at our advantage, is most concerned. The kind that blames and dissuades has already been shown to us; now we must deal with the kind that exhorts and praises, and, as on a balance, set the equal scales of justice against each other.
1.10.90Stählin 1:142–143
Τῇ μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τὰ συμφέροντα προτροπῇ ὁ παιδαγωγὸς διὰ Σολομῶντος ὧδέ πως χρῆται· »ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς, ἄνθρωποι, παρακαλῶ καὶ προΐεμαι ἐμὴν φωνὴν υἱοῖς ἀνθρώπων· ἐπακούσατέ μου, σεμνὰ γὰρ ἐρῶ« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. συμβουλεύει δὲ τὰ σωτήρια, ὅτι ἡ συμβουλὴ πρὸς αἵρεσίν ἐστι καὶ φυγὴν ἐπιτήδειος, καθάπερ ποιεῖ διὰ τοῦ Δαβὶδ λέγων »μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὃς οὐκ ἐπορεύθη ἐν βουλῇ ἀσεβῶν καὶ ἐν ὁδῷ ἁμαρτωλῶν οὐκ ἔστη καὶ ἐπὶ καθέδραν λοιμῶν οὐκ ἐκάθισεν· ἀλλʼ ἢ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ.« τῆς δὲ συμβουλίας μέρη τρία, τὸ μὲν ἐκ τῶν παρεληλυθότων χρόνων λαμβάνον τὰ παραδείγματα, οἷον τί ἔπαθον οἱ Ἑβραῖοι τῷ χρυσῷ εἰδωλολατρήσαντες ἐν μόσχῳ, καὶ τί ἔπαθον ἐκπορνεύσαντες καὶ τὰ ὅμοια, τὸ δὲ ἐκ τῶν παρόντων χρόνων κατανοούμενον, οἷον αἰσθητικῶς καταλαμβανόμενον, ὡς ἐκεῖνο εἴρηται πρὸς τοὺς ἐρομένους τὸν κύριον »εἰ αὐτὸς εἶ ὁ Χριστός, ἢ ἄλλον περιμένομεν«· »ἀπέλθετε καὶ εἴπατε Ἰωάννῃ· τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, ἀνίστανται νεκροί, καὶ μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί.«
Tę̄ men oun epi ta sympheronta protropę̄ ho paidagōgos dia Solomōntos hōde pōs chrētai; »egō hymas, anthrōpoi, parakalō kai proïemai emēn phōnēn huiois anthrōpōn; epakousate mou, semna gar erō« kai ta hexēs. symbouleuei de ta sōtēria, hoti hē symboulē pros hairesin esti kai phygēn epitēdeios, kathaper poiei dia tou Dabid legōn »makarios anēr hos ouk eporeuthē en boulę̄ asebōn kai en hodǭ hamartōlōn ouk estē kai epi kathedran loimōn ouk ekathisen; allʼ ē en tǭ nomǭ kyriou to thelēma autou.« tēs de symboulias merē tria, to men ek tōn parelēlythotōn chronōn lambanon ta paradeigmata, hoion ti epathon hoi Hebraioi tǭ chrysǭ eidōlolatrēsantes en moschǭ, kai ti epathon ekporneusantes kai ta homoia, to de ek tōn parontōn chronōn katanooumenon, hoion aisthētikōs katalambanomenon, hōs ekeino eirētai pros tous eromenous ton kyrion »ei autos ei ho Christos, ē allon perimenomen«; »apelthete kai eipate Iōannę̄; typhloi anablepousin, kōphoi akouousin, leproi katharizontai, anistantai nekroi, kai makarios estin hos ean mē skandalisthę̄ en emoi.«
The Instructor uses exhortation to what is advantageous through Solomon, in this way: “I call on you, O men, and I send forth my voice to the sons of men; listen to me, for I will speak noble things,” and so on. He counsels what saves, since counsel serves for choosing and avoiding, as he does through David, saying: “Blessed is the man who has not walked in the counsel of the ungodly, nor stood in the way of sinners, nor sat in the seat of the pestilent; but his will is in the law of the Lord.” Counsel has three parts. One takes its examples from times past: for instance, what the Hebrews suffered when they worshiped the golden calf, and what they suffered when they committed sexual immorality, and the like. Another is understood from the present, as perceived by the senses, as was said to those who asked the Lord, “Are you the Christ, or are we to wait for another?”: “Go and tell John: the blind see again, the deaf hear, lepers are cleansed, the dead are raised; and blessed is whoever is not offended in me.”
1.10.91Stählin 1:143–144
τοῦτʼ ἄρα ἦν ὃ προφητεύων εἴρηκεν Δαβὶδ »καθὼς ἠκούσαμεν, οὕτως καὶ εἴδομεν«. ἐκ δὲ τῶν μελλόντων τὸ τρίτον συνίσταται μέρος τῆς συμβουλίας, ᾧ τὰ ἀποβησόμενα κελεύει φυλάττεσθαι· καθὸ κἀκεῖνο εἴρηται· »οἱ δὲ ἁμαρτίαις περιπεσόντες βληθήσονται εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον· ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων« καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια· ὡς ἐκ τούτων εἶναι συμφανὲς διὰ πάσης θεραπείας χωροῦντα τὸν κύριον εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐκκαλεῖσθαι τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα. τῇ δὲ παραμυθίᾳ παρηγορεῖ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, μειῶν μὲν τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ ἐλπίδα ἐνδιδοὺς εἰς σωτηρίαν. φησὶ γὰρ διʼ Ἰεζεκιήλ· »ἐὰν ἐπιστραφῆτε ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας καὶ εἴπητε· πάτερ, ἀκούσομαι ὑμῶν ὥσπερ λαοῦ ἁγίου.« καὶ πάλιν λέγει· »δεῦτε πρός με πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς« καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις, ἃ αὐτοπροσωπεῖ ὁ κύριος. σαφέστατα δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀγαθωσύνην καλεῖ διὰ Σολομῶντος λέγων· »μακάριος ἄνθρωπος, ὃς εὗρεν σοφίαν, καὶ θνητός, ὃς εὗρεν φρόνησιν.« τὸ γὰρ ἀγαθὸν τῷ ζητοῦντι εὑρίσκεται καὶ ὁρᾶσθαι τῷ εὑρόντι φιλεῖ. ναὶ μὴν καὶ διʼ Ἱερεμίου τὴν φρόνησιν ἐξηγεῖται, »μακάριοί ἐσμεν, Ἰσραήλ«, λέγων, »ὅτι τὰ ἀρεστὰ τῷ θεῷ γνωστὰ ἡμῖν ἐστι«, γνωστὰ δὲ διὰ τοῦ λόγου, διʼ ὃν μακάριοι καὶ φρόνιμοι. φρόνησις γὰρ ἡ γνῶσις διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ προφήτου μηνύεται λέγοντος »ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, ἐντολὰς ζωῆς, ἐνωτίσασθε γνῶναι φρόνησιν.« διὰ δὲ Μωσέως ἔτι καὶ προσυπισχνεῖται δωρεὰν διὰ τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν φιλανθρωπίαν τοῖς σπεύδουσιν εἰς σωτηρίαν. φησὶ γάρ· »καὶ εἰσάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθήν, ἣν ὤμοσεν κύριος τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν·« πρὸς δὲ »καὶ εἰσάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον καὶ εὐφρανῶ ὑμᾶς« διὰ Ἡσαΐου λέγει.
toutʼ ara ēn ho prophēteuōn eirēken Dabid »kathōs ēkousamen, houtōs kai eidomen«. ek de tōn mellontōn to triton synistatai meros tēs symboulias, hǭ ta apobēsomena keleuei phylattesthai; katho kakeino eirētai; »hoi de hamartiais peripesontes blēthēsontai eis to skotos to exōteron; ekei estai ho klauthmos kai ho brygmos tōn odontōn« kai ta paraplēsia; hōs ek toutōn einai symphanes dia pasēs therapeias chōrounta ton kyrion eis sōtērian ekkaleisthai tēn anthrōpotēta. tę̄ de paramythią parēgorei ta hamartēmata, meiōn men tēn epithymian, hama de kai elpida endidous eis sōtērian. phēsi gar diʼ Iezekiēl; »ean epistraphēte ex holēs tēs kardias kai eipēte; pater, akousomai hymōn hōsper laou hagiou.« kai palin legei; »deute pros me pantes hoi kopiōntes kai pephortismenoi, kagō anapausō hymas« kai ta epi toutois, ha autoprosōpei ho kyrios. saphestata de epi tēn agathōsynēn kalei dia Solomōntos legōn; »makarios anthrōpos, hos heuren sophian, kai thnētos, hos heuren phronēsin.« to gar agathon tǭ zētounti heurisketai kai horasthai tǭ heuronti philei. nai mēn kai diʼ Hieremiou tēn phronēsin exēgeitai, »makarioi esmen, Israēl«, legōn, »hoti ta aresta tǭ theǭ gnōsta hēmin esti«, gnōsta de dia tou logou, diʼ hon makarioi kai phronimoi. phronēsis gar hē gnōsis dia tou autou prophētou mēnyetai legontos »akoue, Israēl, entolas zōēs, enōtisasthe gnōnai phronēsin.« dia de Mōseōs eti kai prosypischneitai dōrean dia tēn hyparchousan philanthrōpian tois speudousin eis sōtērian. phēsi gar; »kai eisaxō hymas eis tēn gēn tēn agathēn, hēn ōmosen kyrios tois patrasin hymōn;« pros de »kai eisaxō hymas eis to oros to hagion kai euphranō hymas« dia Hēsaïou legei.
This, then, is what David said in prophecy: “As we have heard, so we have seen.” The third part of counsel is drawn from the future, by which he bids us guard against what will come; as it is said: “Those who have fallen into sins will be cast into the outer darkness; there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth,” and the like. From this it is plain that the Lord, going through every kind of treatment, calls humanity to salvation. By consolation he soothes sins, lessening desire and at the same time giving hope of salvation. For he says through Ezekiel: “If you turn back with your whole heart and say, Father, I will hear you as a holy people.” And again he says: “Come to me, all who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest,” and what follows, which the Lord speaks in his own person. Most clearly he calls to goodness through Solomon, saying: “Blessed is the man who has found wisdom, and the mortal who has found understanding.” For the good is found by the one who seeks, and is wont to be seen by the one who finds. And through Jeremiah he explains understanding, saying, “Blessed are we, Israel, for what pleases God is known to us”: known through the Word, through whom we are blessed and understanding. For understanding is said to be knowledge through the same prophet, who says, “Hear, O Israel, the commandments of life; give ear to learn understanding.” And through Moses he also promises a gift, out of his love for humankind, to those who hasten to salvation: “And I will bring you into the good land, which the Lord swore to your fathers”; and besides, he says through Isaiah, “And I will bring you to the holy mountain and make you glad.”
1.10.92Stählin 1:144–145
Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλο εἶδος αὐτοῦ παιδαγωγίας, ὁ μακαρισμός· καὶ »μακάριος ἐκεῖνος« διὰ Δαβὶδ λέγει [φησίν] »ὁ μὴ ἁμαρτών, καὶ ἔσται ὡς τὸ ξύλον τὸ πεφυτευμένον παρὰ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὑδάτων, ὃ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ δώσει ἐν καιρῷ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ φύλλον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἀπορρυήσεται« (ταυτὶ μὲν καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀνάστασιν ᾐνίξατο) »καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐὰν ποιήσῃ, κατευοδωθήσεται αὐτῷ.« τοιούτους ἡμᾶς γενέσθαι βούλεται, ἵνʼ ὦμεν μακάριοι. ἔμπαλιν δὲ τὸ ἀντισηκοῦν τοῦ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐνδεικνύμενος ζυγοῦ »[ἀλλʼ ἢ] οὐχ οὕτως« φησίν »οἱ ἀσεβεῖς, οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλʼ ἢ ὡς ὁ χνοῦς, ὃν ἐκριπτεῖ ὁ ἄνεμος ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς«. τὸ ἐπιτίμιον τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ τὸ εὐδιαφόρητον αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ ὑπηνέμιον δείξας ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἀπετρέψατο τῆς αἰτίας διὰ τῆς ἐπιτιμίας, καὶ τὴν κόλασιν ἐπανατεινάμενος τὴν κατʼ ἀξίαν, τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἐνεδείξατο τὴν εὐποιίαν, τεχνικώτατα ἐπὶ τὴν χρῆσιν ἡμᾶς καὶ τὴν κτῆσιν τῶν καλῶν διὰ ταύτης καλῶν. ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν παρακαλεῖ διὰ μὲν τοῦ Ἱερεμίου λέγων· »τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰ ἐπορεύθης, κατῴκεις ἂν ἐν εἰρήνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.« ὑποδεικνύων γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὸν μισθὸν τῆς γνώσεως εἰς ἔρωτα αὐτῆς τοὺς συνετοὺς ἐκκαλεῖται καὶ τῷ πεπλανημένῳ συγγνώμην νέμων »ἐπίστρεφε γάρ, ἐπίστρεφε, ὡς ὁ τρυγῶν ἐπὶ τὸν κάρταλλον αὐτοῦ« λέγει.
Esti de kai allo eidos autou paidagōgias, ho makarismos; kai »makarios ekeinos« dia Dabid legei [phēsin] »ho mē hamartōn, kai estai hōs to xylon to pephyteumenon para tas diexodous tōn hydatōn, ho ton karpon autou dōsei en kairǭ autou kai to phyllon autou ouk aporryēsetai« (tauti men kai pros tēn anastasin ę̄nixato) »kai panta hosa ean poiēsę̄, kateuodōthēsetai autǭ.« toioutous hēmas genesthai bouletai, hinʼ ōmen makarioi. empalin de to antisēkoun tou tēs dikaiosynēs endeiknymenos zygou »[allʼ ē] ouch houtōs« phēsin »hoi asebeis, ouch houtōs, allʼ ē hōs ho chnous, hon ekriptei ho anemos apo prosōpou tēs gēs«. to epitimion tōn hamartōlōn kai to eudiaphorēton autōn kai to hypēnemion deixas ho paidagōgos apetrepsato tēs aitias dia tēs epitimias, kai tēn kolasin epanateinamenos tēn katʼ axian, tēs euergesias enedeixato tēn eupoiian, technikōtata epi tēn chrēsin hēmas kai tēn ktēsin tōn kalōn dia tautēs kalōn. nai mēn kai epi tēn gnōsin parakalei dia men tou Hieremiou legōn; »tę̄ hodǭ tou theou ei eporeuthēs, katǭkeis an en eirēnę̄ eis ton aiōna.« hypodeiknyōn gar entautha ton misthon tēs gnōseōs eis erōta autēs tous synetous ekkaleitai kai tǭ peplanēmenǭ syngnōmēn nemōn »epistrephe gar, epistrephe, hōs ho trygōn epi ton kartallon autou« legei.
There is another kind of his instruction too: the beatitude. “Blessed is he,” he says through David, “who has not sinned; and he will be like the tree planted by the streams of water, which will give its fruit in its season, and its leaf will not fall” (this he hinted with a view to the resurrection too), “and whatever he does will prosper.” He wants us to become such, so that we may be blessed. On the other hand, showing the counterweight on the scale of justice, he says: “Not so the ungodly, not so, but like the dust which the wind drives from the face of the earth.” By showing the penalty of sinners, and how easily they are scattered and blown away, the Instructor turned us from the fault by means of the penalty; and holding up the deserved punishment, he showed the kindness of his benefaction, calling us most skillfully, by this means, to the use and possession of good things. He also calls us to knowledge through Jeremiah, saying: “If you had walked in the way of God, you would have dwelt in peace forever.” Here, showing the reward of knowledge, he calls the intelligent to love it; and granting pardon to the one who has gone astray, he says, “Turn back, turn back, as the grape-gatherer to his basket.”
1.10.93Stählin 1:145
ὁρᾷς τὸ ἀγαθὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης μετανοεῖν συμβουλευούσης; ἔτι δὲ διὰ Ἱερεμίου φωτίζει τοῖς πλανωμένοις τὴν ἀλήθειαν· »τάδε λέγει κύριος· στῆτε ἐπὶ ταῖς ὁδοῖς καὶ ἴδετε καὶ ἐρωτήσατε τρίβους κυρίου αἰωνίας, ποία ἐστὶν ἡ τρίβος ἡ ἀγαθή, καὶ βαδίζετε ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ εὑρήσετε ἁγνισμὸν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν.« ἄγει δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν μετάνοιαν σωτηρίας χάριν τῆς ἡμῶν. διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· »ἐὰν μετανοήσῃς, περικαθαριεῖ κύριος τὴν καρδίαν σου καὶ τὴν καρδίαν τοῦ σπέρματός σου.« ἐνῆν μὲν οὖν συνηγόρους ἡμῖν τῆς ζητήσεως ταύτης ἐπισπάσασθαι φιλοσόφους, οἵ φασιν ἐπαινετὸν εἶναι μόνον τὸν τέλειον, ψεκτὸν δὲ τὸν φαῦλον τυγχάνειν. ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ συκοφαντοῦσί τινες τὸ μακάριον, ὡς πράγματʼ οὐκ ἔχον οὔτε αὐτὸ οὔτε ἄλλῳ τῳ παρεχόμενον, τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν ἀσυνετοῦντες αὐτοῦ, διὰ τούτους δὴ καὶ τοὺς ἔτι τὸ δίκαιον οὐ προσάπτοντας τῷ ἀγαθῷ, ὅδε ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν παρῃτήθη. ἑπόμενον γὰρ ἦν φάσκειν ἡμᾶς τὸ ἐπιπληκτικὸν καὶ ψεκτικὸν εἶδος τῆς παιδαγωγίας ἁρμόδιον εἶναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἐπεὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους φαύλους λέγουσι· σοφὸς δὲ ὁ θεὸς μόνος, ἀφʼ οὗ ἡ σοφία, καὶ τέλειος μόνος, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ
horąs to agathon tēs dikaiosynēs metanoein symbouleuousēs? eti de dia Hieremiou phōtizei tois planōmenois tēn alētheian; »tade legei kyrios; stēte epi tais hodois kai idete kai erōtēsate tribous kyriou aiōnias, poia estin hē tribos hē agathē, kai badizete en autę̄, kai heurēsete hagnismon tais psychais hymōn.« agei de epi tēn metanoian sōtērias charin tēs hēmōn. dia touto phēsin; »ean metanoēsę̄s, perikathariei kyrios tēn kardian sou kai tēn kardian tou spermatos sou.« enēn men oun synēgorous hēmin tēs zētēseōs tautēs epispasasthai philosophous, hoi phasin epaineton einai monon ton teleion, psekton de ton phaulon tynchanein. allʼ epei sykophantousi tines to makarion, hōs pragmatʼ ouk echon oute auto oute allǭ tǭ parechomenon, tēn philanthrōpian asynetountes autou, dia toutous dē kai tous eti to dikaion ou prosaptontas tǭ agathǭ, hode ho logos hēmin parę̄tēthē. hepomenon gar ēn phaskein hēmas to epiplēktikon kai psektikon eidos tēs paidagōgias harmodion einai tois anthrōpois, epei pantas anthrōpous phaulous legousi; sophos de ho theos monos, aphʼ hou hē sophia, kai teleios monos, dia touto kai
Do you see the goodness of justice, advising repentance? Further, through Jeremiah he lights up the truth for those who are astray: “Thus says the Lord: Stand by the roads and look, and ask for the eternal paths of the Lord, which is the good path, and walk in it, and you will find purification for your souls.” He leads us to repentance for the sake of our salvation. That is why he says: “If you repent, the Lord will cleanse your heart and the heart of your seed.” We could have brought in as advocates in this inquiry the philosophers who say that only the perfect man is praiseworthy and that the bad man is blameworthy. But since some slander the Blessed One as having no concerns himself and causing none to anyone else, not understanding his love for humankind, and because of these and of those who still do not attach justice to the good, this argument has been passed over by us. For it would follow that we should say that the reproving and blaming kind of instruction suits human beings, since they say that all human beings are bad; and God alone is wise, from whom wisdom comes, and alone perfect, and for that reason
1.10.94Stählin 1:145–146
μόνος ἐπαινετός. ἀλλὰ οὐ συγχρῶμαι τῷ λόγῳ τῷδε, φημὶ δʼ οὖν ἔπαινον ἢ ψόγον ἢ ἐπαίνῳ τι ἐοικὸς καὶ ψόγῳ μάλιστα πάντων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀναγκαιότατα φάρμακα. οἱ μὲν οὖν δυσίατοι, καθάπερ ὁ σίδηρος πρὸς τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ σφύρας καὶ ἄκμονος, τουτέστιν ἀπειλῆς, ἐλέγχου, ἐπιτιμήσεως ἐλαύνονται, οἱ δὲ αὐτῇ προσέχοντες τῇ πίστει οἷον αὐτοδίδακτοι καὶ προαιρετικοὶ αὔξονται τῷ ἐπαίνῳ· ἀρετὰ γὰρ ἐπαινεομένα δένδρον ὣς ἀέξεται. καί μοι δοκεῖν συνεὶς τοῦτο ὁ Σάμιος παραγγέλλει Πυθαγόρας· δειλὰ μὲν ἐκπρήξας ἐπιπλήσσεο, χρηστὰ δὲ τέρπου. τὸ δὲ ἐπιπλήσσειν καὶ νουθετεῖν καλεῖται, τὸ δὲ ἐτυμολογεῖται, ἡ νουθέτησις, νοῦ ἐνθεματισμός, ὡς εἶναι τὸ ἐπιπληκτικὸν εἶδος νοῦ περιποιητικόν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ μυρίαι ὅσαι προσεξεύρηνται παραγγελίαι εἰς κτῆσιν ἀγαθῶν καὶ φυγὴν κακῶν· »τοῖς γὰρ ἀσεβέσιν οὐκ ἔστιν εἰρήνη, λέγει κύριος.« διὰ τοῦτο φυλάττεσθαι τοῖς νηπίοις διὰ Σολομῶντος παραγγέλλει· »υἱέ, μὴ πλανήσωσί σε ἁμαρτωλοί, μηδὲ πορευθῇς μετʼ αὐτῶν ὁδούς, μηδὲ πορευθῇς, ἐὰν παρακαλέσωσίν σε λέγοντες· ἐλθὲ μεθʼ ἡμῶν, κοινώνησον αἵματος ἀθῴου, κρύψωμεν δὲ εἰς γῆν ἄνδρα δίκαιον ἀδίκως, ἀφανίσωμεν αὐτὸν ὥσπερ Ἅιδης ζῶντα.«
monos epainetos. alla ou synchrōmai tǭ logǭ tǭde, phēmi dʼ oun epainon ē psogon ē epainǭ ti eoikos kai psogǭ malista pantōn tois anthrōpois anankaiotata pharmaka. hoi men oun dysiatoi, kathaper ho sidēros pros tou pyros kai sphyras kai akmonos, toutestin apeilēs, elenchou, epitimēseōs elaunontai, hoi de autę̄ prosechontes tę̄ pistei hoion autodidaktoi kai proairetikoi auxontai tǭ epainǭ; areta gar epaineomena dendron hōs aexetai. kai moi dokein syneis touto ho Samios parangellei Pythagoras; deila men ekprēxas epiplēsseo, chrēsta de terpou. to de epiplēssein kai nouthetein kaleitai, to de etymologeitai, hē nouthetēsis, nou enthematismos, hōs einai to epiplēktikon eidos nou peripoiētikon. alla gar myriai hosai prosexeurēntai parangeliai eis ktēsin agathōn kai phygēn kakōn; »tois gar asebesin ouk estin eirēnē, legei kyrios.« dia touto phylattesthai tois nēpiois dia Solomōntos parangellei; »huie, mē planēsōsi se hamartōloi, mēde poreuthę̄s metʼ autōn hodous, mēde poreuthę̄s, ean parakalesōsin se legontes; elthe methʼ hēmōn, koinōnēson haimatos athǭou, krypsōmen de eis gēn andra dikaion adikōs, aphanisōmen auton hōsper Haidēs zōnta.«
alone is praiseworthy. But I do not use this argument; rather I say that praise and blame, or something like praise and blame, are the most necessary medicines of all for human beings. Those who are hard to cure are beaten out like iron by fire and hammer and anvil, that is, by threat, reproof, and censure; while those who give heed to faith itself, being as it were self-taught and of good will, grow by praise: “For virtue, when praised, grows like a tree.” And it seems to me that Pythagoras of Samos understood this when he commanded: “When you have done base things, rebuke yourself; but when good, rejoice.” Reprimanding is also called admonishing (nouthetein); and admonition (nouthetēsis) is, by etymology, putting sense (nous) into the mind, so that the reprimanding kind is a gaining of sense. Countless precepts have been devised for the acquisition of good things and the avoidance of evil. “For there is no peace for the ungodly, says the Lord.” That is why he commands the infants through Solomon to be on guard: “Son, do not let sinners lead you astray, nor walk in their ways; do not go if they call you, saying: Come with us, share in innocent blood; let us unjustly hide a righteous man in the earth; let us swallow him alive like Hades.”
1.10.95Stählin 1:146–147
τοῦτο μὲν οὖν καὶ περὶ τοῦ κυριακοῦ προφητεύεται πάθους· ὑποτίθεται δὲ καὶ διʼ Ἰεζεκιὴλ ἡ ζωὴ τὰς ἐντολάς· »ἡ ψυχὴ ἡ ἁμαρτάνουσα ἀποθανεῖται. ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἔσται δίκαιος, ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην, οὐκ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων φάγεται, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔθετο ἐπὶ τὰ ἐνθυμήματα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ οὐ μὴ μιάνῃ, καὶ πρὸς γυναῖκα ἐν ἀφέδρῳ οὖσαν οὐκ ἐγγιεῖ, καὶ ἄνθρωπον οὐ καταδυναστεύσει, καὶ ἐνεχυρασμὸν ὀφείλοντος ἀποδώσει καὶ ἅρπαγμα οὐχ ἁρπάσει, τὸν ἄρτον αὐτοῦ τῷ πεινῶντι δώσει καὶ γυμνὸν περιβαλεῖ, τὸ ἀργύριον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τόκῳ οὐ δώσει καὶ πλεόνασμα οὐ λήψεται, καὶ ἐξ ἀδικίας ἀποστρέψει τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ κρίμα δίκαιον ποιήσει ἀνὰ μέσον ἀνδρὸς καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ, ἐν τοῖς προστάγμασί μου πεπόρευται καὶ τὰ δικαιώματά μου πεφύλακται τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά· δίκαιος οὗτός ἐστι, ζωῇ ζήσεται, λέγει κύριος.« ταῦτα ὑποτύπωσιν Χριστιανῶν περιέχει πολιτείας καὶ προτροπὴν ἀξιόλογον εἰς μακάριον βίον, γέρας εὐζωΐας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
touto men oun kai peri tou kyriakou prophēteuetai pathous; hypotithetai de kai diʼ Iezekiēl hē zōē tas entolas; »hē psychē hē hamartanousa apothaneitai. ho de anthrōpos hos estai dikaios, ho poiōn tēn dikaiosynēn, ouk epi tōn oreōn phagetai, kai tous ophthalmous autou ouk etheto epi ta enthymēmata oikou Israēl, kai tēn gynaika tou plēsion autou ou mē mianę̄, kai pros gynaika en aphedrǭ ousan ouk engiei, kai anthrōpon ou katadynasteusei, kai enechyrasmon opheilontos apodōsei kai harpagma ouch harpasei, ton arton autou tǭ peinōnti dōsei kai gymnon peribalei, to argyrion autou epi tokǭ ou dōsei kai pleonasma ou lēpsetai, kai ex adikias apostrepsei tēn cheira autou, kai krima dikaion poiēsei ana meson andros kai ana meson tou plēsion autou, en tois prostagmasi mou peporeutai kai ta dikaiōmata mou pephylaktai tou poiēsai auta; dikaios houtos esti, zōę̄ zēsetai, legei kyrios.« tauta hypotypōsin Christianōn periechei politeias kai protropēn axiologon eis makarion bion, geras euzōïas, zōēn aiōnion.
This is prophesied of the Lord's passion as well. And through Ezekiel Life itself sets out the commandments: “The soul that sins shall die. But the man who is righteous, who does righteousness, will not eat on the mountains, and has not lifted his eyes to the idols of the house of Israel; he will not defile his neighbor's wife, nor come near a woman in her impurity; he will not oppress anyone, but will restore the debtor's pledge, and will not seize plunder; he will give his bread to the hungry and clothe the naked; he will not lend his money at interest nor take increase; he will turn his hand from injustice and execute true justice between a man and his neighbor; he has walked in my statutes and kept my ordinances to do them: this man is righteous, he shall surely live, says the Lord.” These words contain an outline of the Christian way of life, and a notable exhortation to the blessed life, the reward of a good life, eternal life.
The 1, chapter 11
1.11.96Stählin 1:147
Ὁ μὲν δὴ τρόπος τῆς φιλανθρωπίας αὐτοῦ καὶ παιδαγωγίας ὡς ἐνῆν ἡμῖν ὑποδέδεικται. διόπερ παγκάλως αὐτὸς αὑτὸν ἐξηγούμενος »κόκκῳ νάπυος« εἴκασεν, καὶ τοῦ σπειρομένου λόγου τὸ πνευματικὸν καὶ τὸ πολύχουν τῆς φύσεως καὶ τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς ἅμα καὶ εὐαυξὲς τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς λογικῆς, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως τὸ δηκτικὸν καὶ τὸ ἀνακαθαρτικὸν ὀνησιφόρον εἶναι ὑπὸ δριμύτητος αἰνιττόμενος. διʼ ὀλίγου γοῦν τοῦ κόκκου τοῦ ἀλληγορουμένου πάμπολυ, τὴν σωτηρίαν, ἁπάσῃ χαρίζεται τῇ ἀνθρωπότητι. τὸ μὲν οὖν μέλι γλυκύτατον ὂν χολῆς ἐστι γεννητικόν, ὡς τὸ ἀγαθὸν καταφρονήσεως, ὃ δὴ αἴτιον τοῦ ἐξαμαρτάνειν, τὸ δὲ νᾶπυ καὶ τῆς χολῆς μειωτικόν, τουτέστι τοῦ θυμοῦ, καὶ τοῦ φλέγματος διακοπτικόν, τουτέστι τοῦ τύφου· ἐξ οὗ λόγου ἡ ἀληθὴς τῆς ψυχῆς ὑγεία καὶ ἡ ἀίδιος εὐκρασία περιγίνεται. πάλαι μὲν οὖν διὰ Μωσέως ὁ λόγος ἐπαιδαγώγει, ἔπειτα καὶ διὰ προφητῶν· προφήτης δὲ καὶ ὁ Μωσῆς· ὁ γὰρ νόμος παιδαγωγία παίδων ἐστὶ δυσηνίων. »χορτασθέντες γοῦν«, φησίν, »ἀνέστησαν παίζειν«, τὸ ἄλογον τῆς τροφῆς πλήρωμα χόρτασμα, οὐ βρῶμα εἰπών.
Ho men dē tropos tēs philanthrōpias autou kai paidagōgias hōs enēn hēmin hypodedeiktai. dioper pankalōs autos hauton exēgoumenos »kokkǭ napyos« eikasen, kai tou speiromenou logou to pneumatikon kai to polychoun tēs physeōs kai to megaloprepes hama kai euauxes tēs dynameōs tēs logikēs, pros de kai tēs epitimēseōs to dēktikon kai to anakathartikon onēsiphoron einai hypo drimytētos ainittomenos. diʼ oligou goun tou kokkou tou allēgoroumenou pampoly, tēn sōtērian, hapasę̄ charizetai tę̄ anthrōpotēti. to men oun meli glykytaton on cholēs esti gennētikon, hōs to agathon kataphronēseōs, ho dē aition tou examartanein, to de napy kai tēs cholēs meiōtikon, toutesti tou thymou, kai tou phlegmatos diakoptikon, toutesti tou typhou; ex hou logou hē alēthēs tēs psychēs hygeia kai hē aidios eukrasia periginetai. palai men oun dia Mōseōs ho logos epaidagōgei, epeita kai dia prophētōn; prophētēs de kai ho Mōsēs; ho gar nomos paidagōgia paidōn esti dysēniōn. »chortasthentes goun«, phēsin, »anestēsan paizein«, to alogon tēs trophēs plērōma chortasma, ou brōma eipōn.
The manner of his love for humankind and of his instruction has now been shown as far as we could. That is why, explaining himself most beautifully, he likened himself to “a grain of mustard seed,” hinting at the spiritual nature of the Word that is sown, its abundant nature, the magnificence and easy growth of its rational power, and also that the sting and cleansing power of his censure is beneficial through its sharpness. By the small grain spoken of figuratively he gives a great gift, salvation, to all humanity. Honey, which is very sweet, generates bile, as goodness generates contempt, which is the cause of sinning; but mustard lessens bile, that is, anger, and cuts through phlegm, that is, arrogance. From this Word come the true health of the soul and its eternal good temper. Of old, then, the Word instructed through Moses, and afterward through the prophets too; and Moses is also a prophet. For the law is the instruction of unruly children. “Having eaten their fill,” it says, “they rose up to play,” calling it a fill of fodder (chortasma), the irrational filling with food, not a meal.
1.11.97Stählin 1:147–148
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀλόγως κορεσθέντες ἀλόγως ἔπαιζον, διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοῖς καὶ ὁ νόμος καὶ ὁ φόβος εἵπετο εἰς ἀνακοπὴν ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ προτροπὴν κατορθωμάτων, καταρτίζων εὐηκοΐαν αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἀληθοῦς παιδαγωγοῦ, τὴν εὐπείθειαν, εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ὢν λόγος πρὸς τὸ κατεπεῖγον ἁρμοττόμενος· »τὸν νόμον δοθῆναι« γάρ φησιν ὁ Παῦλος »παιδαγωγὸν εἰς Χριστόν«, ὡς ἐκ τούτου συμφανὲς εἶναι ἕνα μόνον ἀληθινόν, ἀγαθόν, δίκαιον, κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν τοῦ πατρὸς υἱὸν Ἰησοῦν, τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, παιδαγωγὸν ἡμῶν εἶναι, ᾧ παρέδωκεν ἡμᾶς ὁ θεός, ὡς πατὴρ φιλόστοργος γνησίῳ παιδαγωγῷ παρακατατιθέμενος τὰ παιδία, διαρρήδην παραγγείλας ἡμῖν· »οὗτός ἐστί μου ὁ υἱὸς ὁ ἀγαπητός, αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε.« ἀξιόπιστος ὁ θεῖος παιδαγωγὸς τρισὶ τοῖς καλλίστοις κεκοσμημένος, ἐπιστήμῃ, εὐνοίᾳ, παρρησίᾳ· ἐπιστήμῃ μὲν ὅτι σοφία ἐστὶ πατρική, »πᾶσα σοφία παρὰ κυρίου καὶ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα«· παρρησίᾳ δὲ ὅτι θεὸς καὶ δημιουργός, »πάντα γὰρ διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν«· εὐνοίᾳ δὲ ὅτι μόνος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἱερεῖον ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδέδωκεν, »ὁ γὰρ ἀγαθὸς ποιμὴν τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων« καὶ δὴ ἔθηκεν. εὔνοια δὲ οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ βούλησίς ἐστιν ἀγαθοῦ τῷ πλησίον, αὐτοῦ χάριν ἐκείνου.
epei de alogōs koresthentes alogōs epaizon, dia touto autois kai ho nomos kai ho phobos heipeto eis anakopēn hamartēmatōn kai protropēn katorthōmatōn, katartizōn euēkoïan autois tou alēthous paidagōgou, tēn eupeitheian, heis kai ho autos ōn logos pros to katepeigon harmottomenos; »ton nomon dothēnai« gar phēsin ho Paulos »paidagōgon eis Christon«, hōs ek toutou symphanes einai hena monon alēthinon, agathon, dikaion, katʼ eikona kai homoiōsin tou patros huion Iēsoun, ton logon tou theou, paidagōgon hēmōn einai, hǭ paredōken hēmas ho theos, hōs patēr philostorgos gnēsiǭ paidagōgǭ parakatatithemenos ta paidia, diarrēdēn parangeilas hēmin; »houtos esti mou ho huios ho agapētos, autou akouete.« axiopistos ho theios paidagōgos trisi tois kallistois kekosmēmenos, epistēmę̄, eunoią, parrēsią; epistēmę̄ men hoti sophia esti patrikē, »pasa sophia para kyriou kai metʼ autou estin eis ton aiōna«; parrēsią de hoti theos kai dēmiourgos, »panta gar diʼ autou egeneto kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen«; eunoią de hoti monos hyper hēmōn hiereion heauton epidedōken, »ho gar agathos poimēn tēn psychēn heautou tithēsin hyper tōn probatōn« kai dē ethēken. eunoia de ouden allʼ ē boulēsis estin agathou tǭ plēsion, autou charin ekeinou.
But since, glutted irrationally, they played irrationally, the law and fear followed them, to check their sins and urge them to good deeds, preparing them to listen to the true Instructor, that is, to obedience; the Word being one and the same, adapting himself to what was pressing. For Paul says that “the law was given as an instructor to Christ,” so that it is plain from this that the one only true, good, and just Instructor is Jesus, the Son in the image and likeness of the Father, the Word of God, to whom God has handed us over, as a loving father entrusts his children to a genuine tutor, expressly commanding us: “This is my beloved Son; listen to him.” The divine Instructor is trustworthy, adorned with the three finest things: knowledge, goodwill, and freedom of speech. Knowledge, because he is the Father's wisdom: “All wisdom is from the Lord and is with him forever.” Freedom of speech, because he is God and Creator: “For all things came to be through him, and without him not one thing came to be.” Goodwill, because he alone has given himself as a sacrifice for us: “For the good shepherd lays down his life for the sheep,” and indeed he laid it down. And goodwill is nothing other than wishing good to one's neighbor for his own sake.
The 1, chapter 12
1.12.98Stählin 1:148–149
Τούτων ἤδη προδιηνυσμένων ἑπόμενον ἂν εἴη τὸν παιδαγωγὸν ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν τὸν βίον ἡμῖν τὸν ἀληθινὸν ὑποτυπώσασθαι καὶ τὸν ἐν Χριστῷ παιδαγωγῆσαι ἄνθρωπον. ἔστι δὲ ὁ χαρακτηρισμὸς οὐ φοβερὸς ἄγαν αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ ἔκλυτος κομιδῇ ὑπὸ χρηστότητος. ἐντέλλεται δὲ ἅμα καὶ χαρακτηρίζει τὰς ἐντολὰς ὡς ἡμᾶς αὐτὰς ἐκτελεῖν δύνασθαι. καί μοι δοκεῖ αὐτὸς οὗτος πλάσαι μὲν τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ χοός, ἀναγεννῆσαι δὲ ὕδατι, αὐξῆσαι δὲ πνεύματι, παιδαγωγῆσαι δὲ ῥήματι, εἰς υἱοθεσίαν καὶ σωτηρίαν ἁγίαις ἐντολαῖς κατευθύνων, ἵνα δὴ τὸν γηγενῆ εἰς ἅγιον καὶ ἐπουράνιον μεταπλάσας ἐκ προσβάσεως ἄνθρωπον, ἐκείνην τὴν θεϊκὴν μάλιστα πληρώσῃ φωνήν· »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν ἡμῶν.« καὶ δὴ γέγονεν ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦτο πλῆρες, ὅπερ εἴρηκεν ὁ θεός, ὁ δὲ ἄλλος ἄνθρωπος κατὰ μόνην νοεῖται τὴν εἰκόνα. ἡμεῖς δέ, ὦ παῖδες ἀγαθοῦ πατρός, ἀγαθοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ θρέμματα, πληρώσωμεν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός, ἀκούωμεν τοῦ λόγου καὶ τὸν σωτήριον ὄντως ἀναμαξώμεθα τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν βίον· ἐνθένδε ἤδη τὴν ἐπουράνιον μελετῶντες πολιτείαν, καθʼ ἣν ἐκθεούμεθα, τὸ ἀειθαλὲς εὐφροσύνης καὶ ἀκήρατον εὐωδίας ἐπαλειφώμεθα χρῖσμα, ἐναργὲς ὑπόδειγμα ἀφθαρσίας τὴν πολιτείαν ἔχοντες τοῦ κυρίου καὶ τὰ ἴχνη τοῦ θεοῦ διώκοντες· ᾧ μόνῳ προσήκει σκοπεῖν καὶ δὴ μέλει πῶς καὶ τίνα τρόπον ὑγιεινότερος ἂν ὁ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος γένοιτο. ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς αὐτάρκειαν τοῦ βίου καὶ ἀπεριττότητα ἔτι τε εὔζωνόν τε καὶ εὔλυτον ὁδοιπορικὴν ἑτοιμότητα εἰς ἀιδιότητα εὐζωΐας παρασκευάζει, αὐτὸν αὑτοῦ ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ταμιεῖον εἶναι διδάσκων. »μὴ γὰρ μεριμνᾶτε«, φησί, »περὶ τῆς αὔριον«, χρῆναι λέγων τὸν ἀπογεγραμμένον Χριστῷ αὐτάρκη καὶ αὐτοδιάκονον καὶ προσέτι ἐφήμερον ἐπαναιρεῖσθαι βίον.
Toutōn ēdē prodiēnysmenōn hepomenon an eiē ton paidagōgon hēmōn Iēsoun ton bion hēmin ton alēthinon hypotypōsasthai kai ton en Christǭ paidagōgēsai anthrōpon. esti de ho charaktērismos ou phoberos agan autou oude eklytos komidę̄ hypo chrēstotētos. entelletai de hama kai charaktērizei tas entolas hōs hēmas autas ektelein dynasthai. kai moi dokei autos houtos plasai men ton anthrōpon ek choos, anagennēsai de hydati, auxēsai de pneumati, paidagōgēsai de rhēmati, eis huiothesian kai sōtērian hagiais entolais kateuthynōn, hina dē ton gēgenē eis hagion kai epouranion metaplasas ek prosbaseōs anthrōpon, ekeinēn tēn theïkēn malista plērōsę̄ phōnēn; »poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona kai kathʼ homoiōsin hēmōn.« kai dē gegonen ho Christos touto plēres, hoper eirēken ho theos, ho de allos anthrōpos kata monēn noeitai tēn eikona. hēmeis de, ō paides agathou patros, agathou paidagōgou thremmata, plērōsōmen to thelēma tou patros, akouōmen tou logou kai ton sōtērion ontōs anamaxōmetha tou sōtēros hēmōn bion; enthende ēdē tēn epouranion meletōntes politeian, kathʼ hēn ektheoumetha, to aeithales euphrosynēs kai akēraton euōdias epaleiphōmetha chrisma, enarges hypodeigma aphtharsias tēn politeian echontes tou kyriou kai ta ichnē tou theou diōkontes; hǭ monǭ prosēkei skopein kai dē melei pōs kai tina tropon hygieinoteros an ho tōn anthrōpōn bios genoito. alla kai pros autarkeian tou biou kai aperittotēta eti te euzōnon te kai eulyton hodoiporikēn hetoimotēta eis aidiotēta euzōïas paraskeuazei, auton hautou hekaston hēmōn tamieion einai didaskōn. »mē gar merimnate«, phēsi, »peri tēs aurion«, chrēnai legōn ton apogegrammenon Christǭ autarkē kai autodiakonon kai proseti ephēmeron epanaireisthai bion.
Now that this has been set out, it would follow that our Instructor Jesus should sketch for us the true life and instruct the human being who is in Christ. His character is neither very fearsome nor quite relaxed by kindness. He gives commandments, and at the same time shapes them so that we can carry them out. And it seems to me that he himself formed the human being from dust, regenerated him by water, made him grow by the Spirit, and instructs him by the word, directing him by holy commandments to adoption and salvation, so that, transforming the earthborn by stages into a holy and heavenly human being, he may above all fulfill that divine saying: “Let us make man in our image and likeness.” Christ has become the fullness of what God said, while the rest of humankind is understood to be in the image only. But let us, children of a good Father, nurslings of a good Instructor, fulfill the Father's will, listen to the Word, and truly take the impress of the saving life of our Savior. Practicing even now the heavenly way of life, by which we are deified, let us anoint ourselves with the ever-fresh ointment of gladness and the pure ointment of fragrance, having the Lord's way of life as a clear example of incorruption, and following in the footsteps of God. To him alone it belongs to consider, and indeed he cares, how and in what way human life may become healthier. He prepares us for self-sufficiency and simplicity of life, and for an unencumbered, ready readiness for the journey to the eternity of a good life, teaching each of us to be his own storehouse. “Do not be anxious,” he says, “about tomorrow,” meaning that the one enrolled with Christ must take up a life that is self-sufficient, serving itself, and lived from day to day.
1.12.99Stählin 1:149
οὐ γὰρ ἐν πολέμῳ, ἀλλʼ ἐν εἰρήνῃ παιδαγωγούμεθα. πολέμῳ μὲν οὖν πολλῆς δεῖ τῆς παρασκευῆς δαψιλείας τε χρῄζει ἡ τρυφή· εἰρήνη δὲ καὶ ἀγάπη, ἀφελεῖς καὶ ἀπράγμονες ἀδελφαί, οὐχ ὅπλων δέονται, οὐ παρασκευῆς ἀσώτου· λόγος ἐστὶν αὐταῖς ἡ τροφή, ὁ τὴν ἐνδεικτικὴν καὶ παιδευτικὴν ἡγεμονίαν κεκληρωμένος λόγος, παρʼ οὗ τὸ εὐτελές τε καὶ ἄτυφον καὶ τὸ ὅλον φιλελεύθερον καὶ φιλάνθρωπον φιλόκαλόν τε ἐκμανθάνομεν, ἑνὶ λόγῳ μετʼ οἰκειότητος ἀρετῆς ἐξομοιούμενοι τῷ θεῷ. ἀλλʼ ἐκπόνει καὶ μὴ ἀπόκαμνε· ἔσῃ γὰρ οἷος οὐκ ἐλπίζεις οὐδʼ εἰκάσαι δύναιο ἄν. ὡς δὲ ἔστι τις ἄλλη μὲν φιλοσόφων ἀγωγή, ἄλλη δὲ ῥητόρων, παλαιστῶν δὲ ἄλλη, οὕτως ἐστὶν γενναία διάθεσις φιλοκάλῳ προαιρέσει κατάλληλος ἐκ τῆς Χριστοῦ παιδαγωγίας περιγινομένη, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἐνεργείας πεπαιδευμέναι σεμναὶ διαπρέπουσιν πορεία καὶ κατάκλισις καὶ τροφὴ καὶ ὕπνος καὶ κοίτη καὶ δίαιτα καὶ ἡ λοιπὴ παιδεία· οὐ γὰρ ὑπέρτονος ἡ τοιάδε
ou gar en polemǭ, allʼ en eirēnę̄ paidagōgoumetha. polemǭ men oun pollēs dei tēs paraskeuēs dapsileias te chrę̄zei hē tryphē; eirēnē de kai agapē, apheleis kai apragmones adelphai, ouch hoplōn deontai, ou paraskeuēs asōtou; logos estin autais hē trophē, ho tēn endeiktikēn kai paideutikēn hēgemonian keklērōmenos logos, parʼ hou to euteles te kai atyphon kai to holon phileleutheron kai philanthrōpon philokalon te ekmanthanomen, heni logǭ metʼ oikeiotētos aretēs exomoioumenoi tǭ theǭ. allʼ ekponei kai mē apokamne; esę̄ gar hoios ouk elpizeis oudʼ eikasai dynaio an. hōs de esti tis allē men philosophōn agōgē, allē de rhētorōn, palaistōn de allē, houtōs estin gennaia diathesis philokalǭ proairesei katallēlos ek tēs Christou paidagōgias periginomenē, kai ta tēs energeias pepaideumenai semnai diaprepousin poreia kai kataklisis kai trophē kai hypnos kai koitē kai diaita kai hē loipē paideia; ou gar hypertonos hē toiade
For we are instructed not in war but in peace. War needs much preparation, and luxury requires abundance; but peace and love, simple and quiet sisters, need no weapons and no extravagant preparation. The Word is their food, the Word to whom the guidance that shows and instructs has been allotted, from whom we learn frugality and freedom from arrogance, and the whole love of freedom, of humanity, and of the beautiful, in a word, being made like God through kinship with virtue. Labor, then, and do not grow weary; for you will be such as you do not hope for, nor could even imagine. As there is one training of philosophers, another of orators, and another of wrestlers, so there is a noble disposition, suited to a will that loves the beautiful, which comes from the instruction of Christ; and trained in its activity, our walk, our reclining, our food, our sleep, our bed, our way of life, and the rest of our conduct appear dignified. For such training is not overstrained
1.12.100Stählin 1:149–150
ἀγωγὴ τοῦ λόγου, ἀλλʼ εὔτονος. ταύτῃ οὖν καὶ σωτὴρ ὁ λόγος κέκληται, ὁ τὰ λογικὰ ταῦτα ἐξευρὼν ἀνθρώποις εἰς εὐαισθησίαν καὶ σωτηρίαν φάρμακα, ἐπιτηρῶν μὲν τὴν εὐκαιρίαν, ἐλέγχων δὲ τὴν βλάβην καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τῶν παθῶν διηγούμενος καὶ τὰς ῥίζας τῶν ἀλόγων ἐκκόπτων ἐπιθυμιῶν, παραγγέλλων μὲν ὧν ἀπέχεσθαι δεῖ, τὰς ἀντιδότους δὲ ἁπάσας τῆς σωτηρίας τοῖς νοσοῦσι προσφέρων· τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ μέγιστον καὶ βασιλικώτατον ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ, σῴζειν τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα. τῷ μὲν οὖν ἰατρῷ οὐδὲν πρὸς ὑγείαν συμβουλεύοντι ἄχθονται οἱ κάμνοντες, τῷ δὲ παιδαγωγῷ τῷ θείῳ πῶς οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογήσαιμεν τὴν μεγίστην χάριν μὴ σιωπῶντι μηδὲ παρενθυμουμένῳ τὰς εἰς ἀπώλειαν φερούσας ἀπειθείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταύτας διελέγχοντι καὶ τὰς ὁρμὰς τὰς εἰς αὐτὰς διατεινούσας ἀνακόπτοντι καὶ τὰς καθηκούσας πρὸς τὴν ὀρθὴν πολιτείαν ὑποθημοσύνας ἐκδιδάσκοντι; πλείστην ἄρα ὁμολογητέον χάριν αὐτῷ. τὸ γάρ τοι ζῷον τὸ λογικόν, τὸν ἄνθρωπον λέγω, ἄλλο τι φαμὲν ἢ θεάσασθαι τὸ θεῖον δεῖν; θεάσασθαι δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν φημὶ χρῆναι ζῆν τε ὡς ὑφηγεῖται ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἀγαμένους ὑπερφυῶς τόν τε παιδαγωγὸν αὐτὸν καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ, ὡς πρέποντα ἀλλήλοις ἐστὶ καὶ ἁρμόττοντα· καθʼ ἣν εἰκόνα καὶ ἡμᾶς ἁρμοσαμένους χρὴ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὸν παιδαγωγόν, σύμφωνον τὸν λόγον ποιησαμένους τοῖς ἔργοις, τῷ ὄντι ζῆν.
agōgē tou logou, allʼ eutonos. tautę̄ oun kai sōtēr ho logos keklētai, ho ta logika tauta exeurōn anthrōpois eis euaisthēsian kai sōtērian pharmaka, epitērōn men tēn eukairian, elenchōn de tēn blabēn kai tas aitias tōn pathōn diēgoumenos kai tas rhizas tōn alogōn ekkoptōn epithymiōn, parangellōn men hōn apechesthai dei, tas antidotous de hapasas tēs sōtērias tois nosousi prospherōn; touto gar to megiston kai basilikōtaton ergon tou theou, sǭzein tēn anthrōpotēta. tǭ men oun iatrǭ ouden pros hygeian symbouleuonti achthontai hoi kamnontes, tǭ de paidagōgǭ tǭ theiǭ pōs ouk an homologēsaimen tēn megistēn charin mē siōpōnti mēde parenthymoumenǭ tas eis apōleian pherousas apeitheias, alla kai tautas dielenchonti kai tas hormas tas eis autas diateinousas anakoptonti kai tas kathēkousas pros tēn orthēn politeian hypothēmosynas ekdidaskonti? pleistēn ara homologēteon charin autǭ. to gar toi zǭon to logikon, ton anthrōpon legō, allo ti phamen ē theasasthai to theion dein? theasasthai de kai tēn anthrōpinēn physin phēmi chrēnai zēn te hōs hyphēgeitai hē alētheia, agamenous hyperphyōs ton te paidagōgon auton kai tas entolas autou, hōs preponta allēlois esti kai harmottonta; kathʼ hēn eikona kai hēmas harmosamenous chrē sphas autous pros ton paidagōgon, symphōnon ton logon poiēsamenous tois ergois, tǭ onti zēn.
but well tuned. So the Word is also called Savior, since he has found for human beings these rational medicines for good sense and salvation: watching for the right moment, reproving the harm, explaining the causes of the passions, cutting out the roots of irrational desires, commanding what we must abstain from, and bringing all the antidotes of salvation to the sick. For this is the greatest and most royal work of God: to save humanity. The sick are annoyed with a physician who gives them no advice for their health; how then should we not acknowledge the greatest gratitude to the divine Instructor, who does not keep silent nor overlook the disobediences that lead to destruction, but reproves them, checks the impulses that tend toward them, and teaches the precepts proper for right conduct? We must acknowledge the greatest gratitude to him. For what else do we say the rational animal, I mean the human being, must do, but contemplate the divine? And I say that he must also contemplate human nature, and live as the truth directs, greatly admiring both the Instructor himself and his commandments, since they befit and suit each other. After this pattern we too must fit ourselves to the Instructor, making our speech agree with our deeds, and truly live.
The 1, chapter 13
1.13.101Stählin 1:150–151
Πᾶν τὸ παρὰ τὸν λόγον τὸν ὀρθὸν τοῦτο ἁμάρτημά ἐστιν. αὐτίκα γοῦν τὰ πάθη τὰ γενικώτατα ὧδέ πως ὁρίζεσθαι ἀξιοῦσιν οἱ φιλόσοφοι, τὴν μὲν ἐπιθυμίαν ὄρεξιν ἀπειθῆ λόγῳ, τὸν δὲ φόβον ἔκκλισιν ἀπειθῆ λόγῳ, ἡδονὴν δὲ ἔπαρσιν ψυχῆς ἀπειθῆ λόγῳ, λύπην δὲ συστολὴν ψυχῆς ἀπειθῆ λόγῳ. εἰ τοίνυν ἡ πρὸς τὸν λόγον ἀπείθεια ἁμαρτίας ἐστὶ γεννητική, πῶς οὐχὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἡ τοῦ λόγου ὑπακοή, ἣν δὴ πίστιν φαμέν, τοῦ καλουμένου καθήκοντος ἔσται περιποιητική; καὶ γὰρ ἡ ἀρετὴ αὐτὴ διάθεσίς ἐστι ψυχῆς σύμφωνος τῷ λόγῳ περὶ ὅλον τὸν βίον. ναὶ μὴν τὸ κορυφαιότατον, αὐτὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἐπιτήδευσιν λόγου ὀρθότητος ἀποδιδόασιν, ὡς ἐξ ἀνάγκης εἶναι τὸ πλημμελούμενον πᾶν διὰ τὴν τοῦ λόγου διαμαρτίαν γινόμενον καὶ εἰκότως καλεῖσθαι ἁμάρτημα.
Pan to para ton logon ton orthon touto hamartēma estin. autika goun ta pathē ta genikōtata hōde pōs horizesthai axiousin hoi philosophoi, tēn men epithymian orexin apeithē logǭ, ton de phobon ekklisin apeithē logǭ, hēdonēn de eparsin psychēs apeithē logǭ, lypēn de systolēn psychēs apeithē logǭ. ei toinyn hē pros ton logon apeitheia hamartias esti gennētikē, pōs ouchi ex anankēs hē tou logou hypakoē, hēn dē pistin phamen, tou kaloumenou kathēkontos estai peripoiētikē? kai gar hē aretē autē diathesis esti psychēs symphōnos tǭ logǭ peri holon ton bion. nai mēn to koryphaiotaton, autēn philosophian epitēdeusin logou orthotētos apodidoasin, hōs ex anankēs einai to plēmmeloumenon pan dia tēn tou logou diamartian ginomenon kai eikotōs kaleisthai hamartēma.
Everything contrary to right reason is sin. The philosophers, for instance, think fit to define the most general passions in this way: desire as an appetite disobedient to reason; fear as an aversion disobedient to reason; pleasure as an elation of the soul disobedient to reason; grief as a contraction of the soul disobedient to reason. If, then, disobedience to reason begets sin, how can obedience to the Word, which we call faith, not necessarily produce what is called duty? For virtue itself is a disposition of the soul in harmony with reason throughout the whole of life. Indeed, most important of all, they define philosophy itself as the cultivation of right reason; so that everything done amiss necessarily arises through a failure of reason, and is rightly called sin (hamartēma, “missing the mark”).
1.13.102Stählin 1:151
αὐτίκα γοῦν ὅτε ἥμαρτεν ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος καὶ παρήκουσεν τοῦ θεοῦ, »καὶ παρωμοιώθη«, φησί, »τοῖς κτήνεσιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος«, παρὰ τὸν λόγον ἐξαμαρτών· εἰκότως ἄλογος νομισθεὶς εἰκάζεται κτήνεσιν. ἐντεῦθεν καὶ ἡ σοφία λέγει· »ἵππος εἰς ὀχείαν ὁ φιλήδονος καὶ ὁ μοιχός«, ἀλογίστῳ κτήνει παρομοιωθείς, διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει· »παντὸς ὑποκάτω ἐπικαθημένου χρεμετίζει.« οὐκέτι λαλεῖ, φησίν, ὁ ἄνθρωπος· οὐ γάρ ἐστιν λογικὸς ἔτι ὁ παρὰ λόγον ἁμαρτάνων, θηρίον δὲ δὴ ἄλογον, ἔκδοτον ἐπιθυμίαις, ᾧ πᾶσαι ἐπικάθηνται ἡδοναί. τὸ δὲ κατορθούμενον κατὰ τὴν τοῦ λόγου ὑπακοὴν προσῆκον καὶ καθῆκον Στωϊκῶν ὀνομάζουσιν παῖδες· τὸ μὲν οὖν καθῆκον προσῆκόν ἐστιν, ὑπακοὴ δὲ θεμελιοῦται ἐντολαῖς· αὗται δὲ ταῖς ὑποθήκαις αἱ αὐταὶ οὖσαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἔχουσαι σκοπόν, ἐπὶ τὸ ἔσχατον ὀρεκτόν, ὃ τέλος νοεῖται, παιδαγωγοῦσιν· τέλος δέ ἐστιν θεοσεβείας ἡ ἀίδιος ἀνάπαυσις ἐν τῷ θεῷ, τοῦ δὲ αἰῶνός ἐστιν ἀρχὴ τὸ ἡμέτερον τέλος. τὸ μέντοι τῆς θεοσεβείας κατόρθωμα διʼ ἔργων τὸ καθῆκον ἐκτελεῖ· ὅθεν εἰκότως τὰ καθήκοντα περὶ τὰς πράξεις, οὐ τὰς λέξεις, συνίσταται· καὶ ἔστιν ἡ μὲν πρᾶξις ἡ τοῦ Χριστιανοῦ ψυχῆς ἐνέργεια λογικῆς κατὰ κρίσιν ἀστείαν καὶ ὄρεξιν ἀληθείας διὰ τοῦ συμφυοῦς καὶ συναγωνιστοῦ σώματος ἐκτελουμένη· καθῆκον δὲ ἀκόλουθον ἐν βίῳ θεῷ καὶ Χριστῷ βούλημα ἕν, κατορθούμενον ἀιδίῳ ζωῇ· καὶ γὰρ ὁ βίος ὁ Χριστιανῶν, ὃν παιδαγωγούμεθα νῦν, σύστημά τί ἐστι λογικῶν πράξεων, τουτέστιν τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου διδασκομένων ἀδιάπτωτος ἐνέργεια, ἣν
autika goun hote hēmarten ho prōtos anthrōpos kai parēkousen tou theou, »kai parōmoiōthē«, phēsi, »tois ktēnesin ho anthrōpos«, para ton logon examartōn; eikotōs alogos nomistheis eikazetai ktēnesin. enteuthen kai hē sophia legei; »hippos eis ocheian ho philēdonos kai ho moichos«, alogistǭ ktēnei paromoiōtheis, dio kai epipherei; »pantos hypokatō epikathēmenou chremetizei.« ouketi lalei, phēsin, ho anthrōpos; ou gar estin logikos eti ho para logon hamartanōn, thērion de dē alogon, ekdoton epithymiais, hǭ pasai epikathēntai hēdonai. to de katorthoumenon kata tēn tou logou hypakoēn prosēkon kai kathēkon Stōïkōn onomazousin paides; to men oun kathēkon prosēkon estin, hypakoē de themelioutai entolais; hautai de tais hypothēkais hai autai ousai tēn alētheian echousai skopon, epi to eschaton orekton, ho telos noeitai, paidagōgousin; telos de estin theosebeias hē aidios anapausis en tǭ theǭ, tou de aiōnos estin archē to hēmeteron telos. to mentoi tēs theosebeias katorthōma diʼ ergōn to kathēkon ektelei; hothen eikotōs ta kathēkonta peri tas praxeis, ou tas lexeis, synistatai; kai estin hē men praxis hē tou Christianou psychēs energeia logikēs kata krisin asteian kai orexin alētheias dia tou symphyous kai synagōnistou sōmatos ekteloumenē; kathēkon de akolouthon en biǭ theǭ kai Christǭ boulēma hen, katorthoumenon aidiǭ zōę̄; kai gar ho bios ho Christianōn, hon paidagōgoumetha nyn, systēma ti esti logikōn praxeōn, toutestin tōn hypo tou logou didaskomenōn adiaptōtos energeia, hēn
When the first man sinned and disobeyed God, it says, “man became like the beasts”; having sinned against reason, he is rightly thought irrational and likened to beasts. Hence Wisdom too says: “A lustful man and an adulterer is a horse for breeding,” likened to an irrational beast; and so it adds: “He neighs under everyone who sits on him.” The man no longer speaks, it says; for one who sins against reason is no longer rational, but an irrational beast given up to desires, on whom all pleasures sit. What is rightly done in obedience to the Word the followers of the Stoics call the fitting and the duty (kathēkon). The duty is what is fitting; obedience is founded on commandments; and these, being the same as precepts and having truth as their aim, lead us to the last object of desire, which is understood as the end. The end of godliness is eternal rest in God, and our end is the beginning of eternity. The right action of godliness accomplishes duty by works; so duties rightly consist in actions, not in words. And the action of the Christian is the activity of the rational soul according to sound judgment and desire for truth, carried out through the body, its natural partner and fellow combatant. Duty is a consistent will in life, one with God and Christ, rightly carried out for eternal life. For the life of Christians, in which we are now being instructed, is a system of rational actions, that is, the unfailing practice of what the Word teaches, which
1.13.103Stählin 1:151–153
δὴ πίστιν κεκλήκαμεν. τὸ δὲ σύστημα ἐντολαὶ κυριακαί, αἳ δὴ δόξαι οὖσαι θεϊκαὶ ὑποθῆκαι πνευματικαὶ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἀναγεγράφαται, πρός τε ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πέλας εὔθετοι· καὶ αὗται αὖθις πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀνταναστρέφουσι, καθάπερ πρὸς τὸν βάλλοντα ἡ σφαῖρα διὰ τὴν ἀντιτυπίαν παλινδρομοῦσα· ὅθεν καὶ ἔστιν ἀναγκαῖα τὰ καθήκοντα εἰς παιδαγωγίαν θεϊκήν, ὡς ὑπὸ θεοῦ παρηγγελμένα καὶ εἰς σωτηρίαν πεπορισμένα. καὶ ἐπεὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων τὰ μὲν πρὸς τὸ ζῆν ἐστι τὸ ἐνταῦθα μόνον, τὰ δὲ ἔνθεν πρὸς τὸ εὖ ζῆν ἐκεῖσε ἀναπτεροῖ, ἀναλόγως καὶ τῶν καθηκόντων τὰ μὲν πρὸς τὸ ζῆν, τὰ δὲ πρὸς τὸ εὖ ζῆν διατάττεται. ὅσα μὲν οὖν πρὸς τὸ ἐθνικὸν ζῆν παραγγέλλεται, ταῦτα καὶ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς δεδήμευται, ἃ δὲ πρὸς τὸ εὖ ζῆν ἁρμόττει, ἐξ ὧν τὸ ἀίδιον ἐκεῖνο περιγίνεται ζῆν, ταῦτα δὲ ἐν ὑπογραφῆς μέρει ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀναλεγομένοις τῶν γραφῶν ἐξέστω σκοπεῖν.
dē pistin keklēkamen. to de systēma entolai kyriakai, hai dē doxai ousai theïkai hypothēkai pneumatikai hēmin autois anagegraphatai, pros te hēmas autous kai pros tous pelas euthetoi; kai hautai authis pros hēmas antanastrephousi, kathaper pros ton ballonta hē sphaira dia tēn antitypian palindromousa; hothen kai estin anankaia ta kathēkonta eis paidagōgian theïkēn, hōs hypo theou parēngelmena kai eis sōtērian peporismena. kai epei tōn anankaiōn ta men pros to zēn esti to entautha monon, ta de enthen pros to eu zēn ekeise anapteroi, analogōs kai tōn kathēkontōn ta men pros to zēn, ta de pros to eu zēn diatattetai. hosa men oun pros to ethnikon zēn parangelletai, tauta kai para tois pollois dedēmeutai, ha de pros to eu zēn harmottei, ex hōn to aidion ekeino periginetai zēn, tauta de en hypographēs merei ex autōn analegomenois tōn graphōn exestō skopein.
we have called faith. The system is the Lord's commandments, which, being divine doctrines, have been written down for us as spiritual precepts, suited both to ourselves and to our neighbors; and they rebound on us, as a ball bounces back to the thrower from the wall. So duties are necessary for divine instruction, as commanded by God and provided for salvation. And since of necessary things some concern only life here, while others lift us from here to living well there, so too, correspondingly, some duties are ordered to living, others to living well. What is commanded for ordinary life has been made common among the many; but what fits living well, from which that eternal life comes, may be considered in outline, gathered from the Scriptures themselves.
The 2, chapter 1
2.1.1Stählin 1:153–154
Ἐχομένοις τοίνυν τοῦ σκοποῦ καὶ τὰς γραφὰς πρὸς τὸ βιωφελὲς τῆς παιδαγωγίας ἐκλεγομένοις, ὁποῖόν τινα εἶναι χρὴ παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον τὸν Χριστιανὸν καλούμενον, κεφαλαιωδῶς ὑπογραπτέον. ἀρκτέον οὖν ἡμῖν ἀφʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ ὅπως ἁρμόττειν γε χρή. στοχαζομένοις τοίνυν τῆς συμμετρίας τοῦ συντάγματος, ὁποῖόν τινα τῷ ἑαυτοῦ σώματι ἕκαστον ἡμῶν προσφέρεσθαι, μᾶλλον δὲ ὅπως αὐτὸ κατευθύνειν χρή, λεκτέον· ὁπόταν γάρ τις ἀπὸ τῶν ἐκτὸς καὶ αὐτῆς ἔτι τῆς τοῦ σώματος ἀγωγῆς ἐπὶ τὴν διάνοιαν ἀχθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον συμβαινόντων κατὰ φύσιν ἀκριβῶς ἐκμάθῃ, εἴσεται μὴ σπουδάζειν μὲν περὶ τὰ ἐκτός, τό τε ἴδιον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τὸ ὄμμα τῆς ψυχῆς, ἐκκαθαίρειν, ἁγνίζειν δὲ καὶ τὴν σάρκα αὐτήν. ὁ γὰρ ἐκείνων καθαρῶς ἀπολυθείς, διʼ ὧν ἔτι χοῦς ἐστιν, τί ἂν ἄλλο προὐργιαίτερον ἑαυτοῦ ἔχοι πρὸς τὸ ὁδῷ ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν κατάληψιν τοῦ θεοῦ; οἱ μὲν δὴ ἄλλοι ἄνθρωποι ζῶσιν, ἵνα ἐσθίωσιν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα, οἷς οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ γαστήρ ἐστιν ὁ βίος, ἡμῖν δὲ ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἐσθίειν παραγγέλλει, ἵνα ζῶμεν.
Echomenois toinyn tou skopou kai tas graphas pros to biōpheles tēs paidagōgias eklegomenois, hopoion tina einai chrē parʼ holon ton bion ton Christianon kaloumenon, kephalaiōdōs hypograpteon. arkteon oun hēmin aphʼ hēmōn autōn kai hopōs harmottein ge chrē. stochazomenois toinyn tēs symmetrias tou syntagmatos, hopoion tina tǭ heautou sōmati hekaston hēmōn prospheresthai, mallon de hopōs auto kateuthynein chrē, lekteon; hopotan gar tis apo tōn ektos kai autēs eti tēs tou sōmatos agōgēs epi tēn dianoian achtheis hypo tou logou tēn theōrian tōn kata ton anthrōpon symbainontōn kata physin akribōs ekmathę̄, eisetai mē spoudazein men peri ta ektos, to te idion tou anthrōpou, to omma tēs psychēs, ekkathairein, hagnizein de kai tēn sarka autēn. ho gar ekeinōn katharōs apolytheis, diʼ hōn eti chous estin, ti an allo prourgiaiteron heautou echoi pros to hodǭ elthein epi tēn katalēpsin tou theou? hoi men dē alloi anthrōpoi zōsin, hina esthiōsin, hōsper amelei kai ta aloga zǭa, hois ouden allʼ ē gastēr estin ho bios, hēmin de ho paidagōgos esthiein parangellei, hina zōmen.
Keeping to our aim, then, and selecting the Scriptures that bear on the usefulness of instruction for life, we must sketch in outline what the one called a Christian ought to be through the whole of life. We must begin, then, with ourselves, and with how we ought to order ourselves. Aiming at the proportion of our treatise, we must say how each of us should behave toward his own body, or rather how he should direct it. For when someone, led by the Word from external things, and from the care of the body itself, to the mind, has accurately learned to contemplate what happens to the human being by nature, he will know not to be eager about external things, but to cleanse what is proper to the human being, the eye of the soul, and to purify the flesh itself. For one who has been cleanly released from the things by which he is still dust, what better has he than himself for going on the way to the comprehension of God? Other people live to eat, as indeed the irrational animals do, whose life is nothing but the belly; but the Instructor commands us to eat so that we may live.
2.1.2Stählin 1:154–155
οὔτε γὰρ ἔργον ἡμῖν ἡ τροφὴ οὔτε σκοπὸς ἡδονή, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς ἐνταῦθα διαμονῆς, ἣν ὁ λόγος εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν παιδαγωγεῖ, ἐγκρίνεται ἡ τροφή. ἁπλῆ δὲ αὕτη καὶ ἀπερίεργος, ἀληθείᾳ κατάλληλος, ἁπλοῖς καὶ ἀπεριέργοις ἁρμόζουσα παιδίοις, ὡσὰν εἰς τὸ ζῆν, οὐκ εἰς τρυφὴν ἐπιτήδειος· τὸ δὲ ἐκ δυεῖν, τὸ ζῆν τοῦτο, ὑγείας τε καὶ ἰσχύος σύγκειται, οἷς μάλιστα κατάλληλον τῆς τροφῆς τὸ εὔκολον, εἴς τε τὰς ἀναδόσεις καὶ τοῦ σώματος τὴν κουφότητα χρησιμεῦον, ἐξ ὧν αὔξησίς τε καὶ ὑγεία καὶ ἰσχὺς δικαία, οὐχὶ δὲ ἄδικος ἢ σφαλερὰ καὶ ἀθλία ὡς ἡ τῶν ἀθλητῶν ἐξ ἀναγκοφαγίας, περιγίνεται. αἱ μὲν οὖν πολυειδεῖς ποιότητες ἀποπτυστέαι, ποικίλας ἐντίκτουσαι βλάβας, καχεξίας σωμάτων, ἀνατροπὰς στομάχων, ἐκπορνευούσης τῆς γεύσεως διά τινος κακοδαίμονος τέχνης τῆς ὀψαρτυτικῆς καὶ τῆς ἀμφὶ τὰ πέμματα ματαιοτεχνίας. τροφὴν γὰρ τολμῶσιν καλεῖν τὴν ἐν τρυφαῖς ἐπιτήδευσιν εἰς ἡδονὰς ἐπιβλαβεῖς ὀλισθαίνουσαν. Ἀντιφάνης δὲ ὁ Δήλιος ἰατρὸς καὶ μίαν τῶν νόσου αἰτιῶν ταύτην εἴρηκεν τῶν ἐδεσμάτων τὴν πολυειδίαν, τῶν περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν δυσαρεστούντων κενοδοξίᾳ ποικίλῃ τὸ σῶφρον τῆς διαίτης ἐξομνυμένων καὶ τὰς διαποντίους
oute gar ergon hēmin hē trophē oute skopos hēdonē, hyper de tēs entautha diamonēs, hēn ho logos eis aphtharsian paidagōgei, enkrinetai hē trophē. haplē de hautē kai aperiergos, alētheią katallēlos, haplois kai aperiergois harmozousa paidiois, hōsan eis to zēn, ouk eis tryphēn epitēdeios; to de ek dyein, to zēn touto, hygeias te kai ischyos synkeitai, hois malista katallēlon tēs trophēs to eukolon, eis te tas anadoseis kai tou sōmatos tēn kouphotēta chrēsimeuon, ex hōn auxēsis te kai hygeia kai ischys dikaia, ouchi de adikos ē sphalera kai athlia hōs hē tōn athlētōn ex anankophagias, periginetai. hai men oun polyeideis poiotētes apoptysteai, poikilas entiktousai blabas, kachexias sōmatōn, anatropas stomachōn, ekporneuousēs tēs geuseōs dia tinos kakodaimonos technēs tēs opsartytikēs kai tēs amphi ta pemmata mataiotechnias. trophēn gar tolmōsin kalein tēn en tryphais epitēdeusin eis hēdonas epiblabeis olisthainousan. Antiphanēs de ho Dēlios iatros kai mian tōn nosou aitiōn tautēn eirēken tōn edesmatōn tēn polyeidian, tōn peri tēn alētheian dysarestountōn kenodoxią poikilę̄ to sōphron tēs diaitēs exomnymenōn kai tas diapontious
For food is not our business, nor pleasure our aim; food is admitted for the sake of our continuance here, which the Word is training for incorruption. This food is simple and plain, suited to truth, fitting for simple and plain children, as being suited to living, not to luxury. And this living is made up of two things, health and strength, to which easy food is most suited, useful for digestion and for lightness of body; from it come growth, health, and strength that is right, not wrong or precarious and wretched like that of athletes from forced feeding. The many kinds of dishes are to be spat out, since they breed various harms: bad condition of the body, upset stomachs, the taste being debauched by an ill-starred art of cookery and the vain art of pastry. For they dare to call food the pursuit of luxuries that slides into harmful pleasures. Antiphanes, the physician of Delos, said that this variety of dishes is one of the causes of disease, when people, dissatisfied with the truth, forswear moderation in diet out of varied vanity, and go searching for foods from across the sea.
2.1.3Stählin 1:155
πολυπραγμονούντων ἐδωδάς. κἀμοὶ μὲν ἔλεος ὕπεισι τῆς νόσου, οἳ δὲ ἐξυμνεῖν οὐκ αἰσχύνονται τὰς σφετέρας ἡδυπαθείας, τὰς ἐν τῷ πορθμῷ τῷ Σικελικῷ σμυραίνας πολυπραγμονοῦντες καὶ τὰς ἐγχέλεις τὰς Μαιανδρίους καὶ τὰς ἐν Μήλῳ ἐρίφους καὶ τοὺς ἐν Σκιάθῳ κεστρεῖς καὶ τὰς Πελωρίδας κόγχας καὶ τὰ ὄστρεια τὰ Ἀβυδηνά, οὐ παραλείποντες δὲ τὰς ἐν Λιπάρᾳ μαινίδας οὐδὲ τὴν γογγύλην τὴν Μαντινικήν, ἀλλὰ οὐδὲ τὰ παρὰ τοῖς Ἀσκραίοις τεῦτλα, κτένας τε ἐκζητοῦσιν Μηθυμναίους καὶ ψήττας Ἀττικὰς καὶ τὰς δαφνίους κίχλας χελιδονίους τε ἰσχάδας, διʼ ἃς εἰς Ἑλλάδα πεντακοσίαις ἅμα μυριάσιν ὁ κακοδαίμων ἐστείλατο Πέρσης. ὄρνεις ἐπὶ τούτοις συνωνοῦνται τοὺς ἀπὸ Φάσιδος, ἀτταγᾶς Αἰγυπτίας, Μῆδον ταῶνα. ταῦτα τοῖς ἡδύσμασιν ἐξαλλάσσοντες οἱ γαστρίμαργοι τοῖς ὄψοις ἐπικεχήνασιν, ὅσα τε χθὼν πόντου τε βένθη καὶ ἀέρος ἀμέτρητον εὖρος ἐκτρέφει, τῇ αὑτῶν ἐκποριζόμενοι λαιμαργίᾳ. σαγηνεύειν ἀτεχνῶς οἱ πλεονέκται καὶ πολυπράγμονες οὗτοι ἐοίκασιν εἰς ἡδυπάθειαν τὸν κόσμον, »ταγήνοις σίζουσιν« περιηχούμενοι, ἀμφὶ τὴν ἴγδιν καὶ τὸν ἀλετρίβανον τὸν πάντα αὐτῶν κατατρίβοντες βίον οἱ παμφάγοι καθάπερ τὸ πῦρ τῆς ὕλης ἐξεχόμενοι.
polypragmonountōn edōdas. kamoi men eleos hypeisi tēs nosou, hoi de exymnein ouk aischynontai tas spheteras hēdypatheias, tas en tǭ porthmǭ tǭ Sikelikǭ smyrainas polypragmonountes kai tas encheleis tas Maiandrious kai tas en Mēlǭ eriphous kai tous en Skiathǭ kestreis kai tas Pelōridas konchas kai ta ostreia ta Abydēna, ou paraleipontes de tas en Liparą mainidas oude tēn gongylēn tēn Mantinikēn, alla oude ta para tois Askraiois teutla, ktenas te ekzētousin Mēthymnaious kai psēttas Attikas kai tas daphnious kichlas chelidonious te ischadas, diʼ has eis Hellada pentakosiais hama myriasin ho kakodaimōn esteilato Persēs. orneis epi toutois synōnountai tous apo Phasidos, attagas Aigyptias, Mēdon taōna. tauta tois hēdysmasin exallassontes hoi gastrimargoi tois opsois epikechēnasin, hosa te chthōn pontou te benthē kai aeros ametrēton euros ektrephei, tę̄ hautōn ekporizomenoi laimargią. sagēneuein atechnōs hoi pleonektai kai polypragmones houtoi eoikasin eis hēdypatheian ton kosmon, »tagēnois sizousin« periēchoumenoi, amphi tēn igdin kai ton aletribanon ton panta autōn katatribontes bion hoi pamphagoi kathaper to pyr tēs hylēs exechomenoi.
(… foods from across the sea.) For my part I feel pity for their disease; but they are not ashamed to sing the praises of their own luxuries, searching out the lampreys of the Strait of Sicily, the eels of the Maeander, the kids of Melos, the mullets of Sciathus, the mussels of Pelorus, the oysters of Abydos; not leaving out the sprats of Lipara, or the Mantinean turnip, or even the beets of the Ascraeans. They seek out the scallops of Methymna, the Attic turbot, the thrushes of Daphnis, and the swallow figs for which the ill-starred Persian marched into Greece with five million men. Besides these they buy birds from the Phasis, Egyptian francolins, the Median peacock. The gluttons, altering these with sauces, gape for the dishes, procuring for their gluttony “whatever the earth and the depths of the sea and the immeasurable expanse of air produce.” These greedy busybodies seem simply to sweep the world with a net for their luxury, surrounded by “hissing frying-pans,” spending their whole life around the mortar and pestle, devouring everything, clinging to matter like fire.
2.1.4Stählin 1:155–156
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν εὔκολον βρῶσιν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκθηλύνουσιν ἀποσήθοντες τοῦ πυροῦ τὸ τρόφιμον, ὡς τὸ ἀναγκαῖον τῆς τροφῆς ὄνειδος γίνεσθαι ἡδονῆς. οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ὅρον παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἡ λιχνεία. καὶ γὰρ εἰς τὰ πέμματα καὶ τὰ μελίπηκτα, πρὸς δὲ καὶ εἰς τὰ τραγήματα ἐξώκειλεν, ἐπιδορπισμάτων πλῆθος εὑρίσκουσα, παντοδαπὰς θηρωμένη ποιότητας. καί μοι δοκεῖ ὁ τοιοῦτος ἄνθρωπος οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ γνάθος εἶναι. »μηδὲ ἐπιθύμει«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, »τῶν ἐδεσμάτων τῶν πλουσίων· ταῦτα γὰρ ἔχεται βίου ψευδοῦς τε καὶ αἰσχροῦ.« οἳ μὲν γὰρ ἐξέχονται τῶν ὄψων, ἃ μετʼ ὀλίγον ἐκδέχεται κοπρών, ἡμῖν δὲ τοῖς θηρωμένοις τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν ἐπουράνιον ἄρχειν ἀνάγκη τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν γαστρὸς ἔτι τε μᾶλλον καὶ τῶν ταύτῃ προσφυῶν, ἃ »ὁ θεὸς καταργήσει«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, εἰκότως ἐπικαταρώμενος λαιμάργοις ἐπιθυμίαις. »τὰ γὰρ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ«, ἐξ ὧν ὁ σαρκικὸς ὄντως οὑτοσὶ καὶ φθοροποιὸς ἀπήρτηται βίος· εἰ δʼ ἀγάπην τινὲς τολμῶσι καλεῖν ἀθύρῳ γλώττῃ κεχρημένοι δειπνάριά τινα κνίσης καὶ ζωμῶν ἀποπνέοντα, τὸ καλὸν καὶ σωτήριον ἔργον τοῦ λόγου, τὴν ἀγάπην τὴν ἡγιασμένην, κυθριδίοις καὶ ζωμοῦ ῥύσει καθυβρίζοντες ποτῷ τε καὶ τρυφῇ καὶ καπνῷ βλασφημοῦντες τοὔνομα, σφάλλονται τῆς ὑπολήψεως, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ θεοῦ δειπναρίοις ἐξωνεῖσθαι προσδοκήσαντες. ταῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῇ εὐφροσύνῃ συναγωγαῖς ἐγκαταλέγοιμεν ἂν καὶ αὐτοὶ δειπνάριά τε καὶ ἄριστα καὶ δοχὰς εἰκότως ἂν καλοῖμεν τὴν συνήλυσιν ταύτην ἑπόμενοι λόγῳ, τὰς τοιαύτας δὲ ἑστιάσεις ὁ κύριος ἀγάπας οὐ κέκληκεν. λέγει γοῦν πῇ μέν· »ὅταν κληθῇς εἰς γάμους, μὴ κατάκεισο εἰς τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν, ἀλλʼ ὅταν κληθῇς, εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον ἀνάπιπτε«, πῇ δέ· »ὅταν ποιῇς ἄριστον ἢ δεῖπνον« καὶ πάλιν· »ἀλλʼ ὅταν ποιῇς δοχήν, κάλει τοὺς πτωχούς«, ἐφʼ ᾧ μάλιστα δεῖπνον ποιητέον, ἔτι τε·
alla kai tēn eukolon brōsin ton arton ekthēlynousin aposēthontes tou pyrou to trophimon, hōs to anankaion tēs trophēs oneidos ginesthai hēdonēs. ouk echei de horon para tois anthrōpois hē lichneia. kai gar eis ta pemmata kai ta melipēkta, pros de kai eis ta tragēmata exōkeilen, epidorpismatōn plēthos heuriskousa, pantodapas thērōmenē poiotētas. kai moi dokei ho toioutos anthrōpos ouden allʼ ē gnathos einai. »mēde epithymei«, phēsin hē graphē, »tōn edesmatōn tōn plousiōn; tauta gar echetai biou pseudous te kai aischrou.« hoi men gar exechontai tōn opsōn, ha metʼ oligon ekdechetai koprōn, hēmin de tois thērōmenois tēn brōsin tēn epouranion archein anankē tēs hypo ton ouranon gastros eti te mallon kai tōn tautę̄ prosphyōn, ha »ho theos katargēsei«, phēsin ho apostolos, eikotōs epikatarōmenos laimargois epithymiais. »ta gar brōmata tę̄ koilią«, ex hōn ho sarkikos ontōs houtosi kai phthoropoios apērtētai bios; ei dʼ agapēn tines tolmōsi kalein athyrǭ glōttę̄ kechrēmenoi deipnaria tina knisēs kai zōmōn apopneonta, to kalon kai sōtērion ergon tou logou, tēn agapēn tēn hēgiasmenēn, kythridiois kai zōmou rhysei kathybrizontes potǭ te kai tryphę̄ kai kapnǭ blasphēmountes tounoma, sphallontai tēs hypolēpseōs, tēn epangelian tou theou deipnariois exōneisthai prosdokēsantes. tais men gar epi tę̄ euphrosynę̄ synagōgais enkatalegoimen an kai autoi deipnaria te kai arista kai dochas eikotōs an kaloimen tēn synēlysin tautēn hepomenoi logǭ, tas toiautas de hestiaseis ho kyrios agapas ou keklēken. legei goun pę̄ men; »hotan klēthę̄s eis gamous, mē katakeiso eis tēn prōtoklisian, allʼ hotan klēthę̄s, eis ton eschaton topon anapipte«, pę̄ de; »hotan poię̄s ariston ē deipnon« kai palin; »allʼ hotan poię̄s dochēn, kalei tous ptōchous«, ephʼ hǭ malista deipnon poiēteon, eti te;
They even make effeminate that easy food, bread, sifting out the nourishing part of the wheat, so that what is necessary in food becomes a reproach to pleasure. Gluttony has no limit among human beings. It has run aground on cakes and honey pastries and sweetmeats, inventing a host of desserts, hunting for every kind of dish. Such a man seems to me nothing but a jaw. “Do not desire,” says Scripture, “the dishes of the rich; for these belong to a false and shameful life.” They cling to dishes which the latrine soon receives; but we, who seek the heavenly food, must rule the belly beneath the heavens, and still more what is attached to it, which “God will destroy,” says the apostle, rightly cursing gluttonous desires. “For foods are for the belly,” and on them this truly fleshly and destructive life depends. And if some, with unbridled tongue, dare to call by the name of agapē (love) certain little suppers reeking of the savor of meat and sauces, insulting the good and saving work of the Word, the sanctified agapē, with pots and streams of sauce, blaspheming the name with drink and luxury and smoke, they are mistaken in their idea, expecting to buy God's promise with little suppers. For gatherings for the sake of good cheer we too would reckon as little suppers and dinners and receptions, and would rightly call such a meeting so, following the Word; but the Lord did not call such feasts “love feasts” (agapai). He says in one place: “When you are invited to a wedding, do not recline in the place of honor, but when you are invited, recline in the lowest place”; in another: “When you give a dinner or a supper”; and again: “But when you give a reception, invite the poor,” for whom above all a supper should be made; and further:
2.1.5Stählin 1:156–157
»ἄνθρωπός τις ἐποίησεν δεῖπνον μέγα καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς.« ἀλλʼ αἰσθάνομαι ὅθεν ἡ εὐπρόσωπος ἐρρύη τῶν δείπνων προσηγορία, ἀπὸ τῶν φαρύγων καὶ φοιτητῆς μανίας ἐπὶ δεῖπνον κατὰ τὸν κωμικόν. »ἔστι γὰρ« ὡς ἀληθῶς »τὰ πολλὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς τοῦ δείπνου χάριν.« οὐ γάρ που μεμαθήκασι τὸν θεὸν παρασκευάσαι τῷ δημιουργήματι, τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ λέγω, σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ τοῦ σῴζεσθαι χάριν, οὐχὶ δὲ τοῦ ἥδεσθαι· ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ὠφελεῖσθαι πέφυκεν τὰ σώματα ἐκ τῆς πολυτελείας τῶν βρωμάτων· πᾶν γὰρ τοὐναντίον οἱ ταῖς εὐτελεστάταις χρώμενοι τροφαῖς ἰσχυρότεροί εἰσι καὶ ὑγιεινότεροι καὶ γενναιότεροι, ὡς οἰκέται δεσποτῶν καὶ γεωργοὶ κτητόρων· καὶ οὐ μόνον ῥωμαλεώτεροι, ἀλλὰ καὶ φρονιμώτεροι, ὡς φιλόσοφοι πλουσίων· οὐ γὰρ ἐπέχωσαν τὸν νοῦν ταῖς τροφαῖς οὐδὲ ἠπάτησαν αὐτὸν ἡδοναῖς. ἀγάπη δὲ τῷ ὄντι ἐπουράνιός ἐστι τροφή, ἑστίασις λογική· »πάντα στέγει, πάντα ὑπομένει, πάντα ἐλπίζει· ἡ ἀγάπη οὐδέποτε πίπτει.« »μακάριος ὃς φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ.« χαλεπώτατον δὲ πάντων πτωμάτων τὴν ἄπτωτον ἀγάπην ἄνωθεν ἐξ οὐρανῶν ἐπὶ τοὺς ζωμοὺς ῥίπτεσθαι χαμαί. κᾆτʼ οἴει με δεῖπνον ἡγεῖσθαι τὸ καταργούμενον; »ἐὰν γάρ«, φησί, »διαδῶ τὰ ὑπάρχοντά μου, ἀγάπην δὲ μὴ ἔχω, οὐδέν εἰμι.«
»anthrōpos tis epoiēsen deipnon mega kai ekalesen pollous.« allʼ aisthanomai hothen hē euprosōpos erryē tōn deipnōn prosēgoria, apo tōn pharygōn kai phoitētēs manias epi deipnon kata ton kōmikon. »esti gar« hōs alēthōs »ta polla tois pollois tou deipnou charin.« ou gar pou memathēkasi ton theon paraskeuasai tǭ dēmiourgēmati, tǭ anthrōpǭ legō, sita kai pota tou sǭzesthai charin, ouchi de tou hēdesthai; epei mēde ōpheleisthai pephyken ta sōmata ek tēs polyteleias tōn brōmatōn; pan gar tounantion hoi tais eutelestatais chrōmenoi trophais ischyroteroi eisi kai hygieinoteroi kai gennaioteroi, hōs oiketai despotōn kai geōrgoi ktētorōn; kai ou monon rhōmaleōteroi, alla kai phronimōteroi, hōs philosophoi plousiōn; ou gar epechōsan ton noun tais trophais oude ēpatēsan auton hēdonais. agapē de tǭ onti epouranios esti trophē, hestiasis logikē; »panta stegei, panta hypomenei, panta elpizei; hē agapē oudepote piptei.« »makarios hos phagetai arton en tę̄ basileią tou theou.« chalepōtaton de pantōn ptōmatōn tēn aptōton agapēn anōthen ex ouranōn epi tous zōmous rhiptesthai chamai. kątʼ oiei me deipnon hēgeisthai to katargoumenon? »ean gar«, phēsi, »diadō ta hyparchonta mou, agapēn de mē echō, ouden eimi.«
“A certain man gave a great supper and invited many.” But I see where the fine-sounding name of suppers flowed from: from gullets and the madness of going to dinner, as the comic poet says. “For truly most things for most people are for the sake of dinner.” They have not learned that God prepared food and drink for his creature, the human being I mean, for the sake of being kept alive, not for pleasure; since bodies are not by nature benefited by expensive foods. Quite the contrary: those who use the cheapest foods are stronger, healthier, and nobler, as servants are than masters and farmers than landowners; and not only more robust but wiser too, as philosophers than the rich; for they have not buried the mind under food nor deceived it with pleasures. But love is truly heavenly food, a rational feast: “It bears all things, endures all things, hopes all things; love never fails.” “Blessed is he who shall eat bread in the kingdom of God.” The hardest fall of all is for love, which does not fall, to be thrown from heaven above to the ground among the sauces. And do you think I consider a supper, which is done away with, to be love? “For if I give away all my goods,” it says, “but have not love, I am nothing.”
2.1.6Stählin 1:157
Ταύτης ὅλος ἀπήρτηται τῆς ἀγάπης ὁ νόμος καὶ ὁ λόγος· κἂν ἀγαπήσῃς κύριον τὸν θεόν σου καὶ τὸν πλησίον σου, ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ ἐπουράνιος εὐωχία, ἡ δὲ ἐπίγειος δεῖπνον κέκληται, ὡς ἐκ τῆς γραφῆς ἀποδέδεικται, διʼ ἀγάπην μὲν γινόμενον τὸ δεῖπνον, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀγάπη τὸ δεῖπνον, δεῖγμα δὲ εὐνοίας κοινωνικῆς καὶ εὐμεταδότου. »μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ἡμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, ἵνα τὸ ἐφήμερον ἄριστον νοηθῇ, »ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ χαρὰ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ.«
Tautēs holos apērtētai tēs agapēs ho nomos kai ho logos; kan agapēsę̄s kyrion ton theon sou kai ton plēsion sou, en ouranois estin hautē hē epouranios euōchia, hē de epigeios deipnon keklētai, hōs ek tēs graphēs apodedeiktai, diʼ agapēn men ginomenon to deipnon, allʼ ouk agapē to deipnon, deigma de eunoias koinōnikēs kai eumetadotou. »mē blasphēmeisthō oun hēmōn to agathon. ou gar estin hē basileia tou theou brōsis kai posis«, phēsin ho apostolos, hina to ephēmeron ariston noēthę̄, »alla dikaiosynē kai eirēnē kai chara en pneumati hagiǭ.«
The whole law and the Word depend on this love; and if you love the Lord your God and your neighbor, this is the heavenly feast in heaven. The earthly one is called a supper, as has been shown from Scripture: a supper that takes place because of love, but the supper is not love; it is a sign of sharing and generous goodwill. “Let not your good, then, be spoken evil of. For the kingdom of God is not food and drink,” says the apostle, so that the daily meal may be understood, “but righteousness and peace and joy in the Holy Spirit.”
2.1.7Stählin 1:157–159
τούτου ὁ φαγὼν τοῦ ἀρίστου τὸ ἄριστον τῶν ὄντων, τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, κτήσεται, μελετήσας ἐνθένδε ἁγίαν συνήλυσιν ἀγάπης, οὐράνιον ἐκκλησίαν. ἀγάπη μὲν οὖν χρῆμα καθαρὸν καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄξιον, ἔργον δὲ αὐτῆς ἡ μετάδοσις. »φροντὶς δὲ παιδείας ἀγάπη«, ἡ σοφία λέγει, »ἀγάπη δὲ τήρησις νόμων αὐτῆς.« αἱ δὲ εὐφροσύναι αὗται ἔναυσμά τι ἀγάπης ἔχουσιν ἐκ τῆς πανδήμου τροφῆς συνεθιζόμενον εἰς ἀίδιον τροφήν. ἀγάπη μὲν οὖν δεῖπνον οὐκ ἔστιν, ἡ δʼ ἑστίασις ἀγάπης ἠρτήσθω. »μαθέτωσαν γάρ«, φησίν, »οἱ υἱοί σου, οὓς ἠγάπησας, κύριε, ὅτι οὐχ αἱ γενέσεις τῶν καρπῶν τρέφουσιν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου τοὺς σοὶ πιστεύοντας διατηρεῖ·« οὐ γὰρ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζήσεται ὁ δίκαιος. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὸ δεῖπνον ἔστω λιτὸν ἡμῖν καὶ εὔζωνον, ἐπιτήδειον εἰς ἐγρήγορσιν, ποικίλαις ἀνεπίμικτον ποιότησιν, οὐκ ἀπαιδαγώγητον οὐδὲ τοῦτο· ἀγαθὴ γὰρ κουροτρόφος [αὐτάρκεια] εἰς κοινωνίαν ἀγάπη ἐφόδιον ἔχουσα πλούσιον, τὴν αὐτάρκειαν, ἣ δὴ ἐφεστῶσα τῇ τροφῇ δικαίᾳ ποσότητι μεμετρημένῃ σωτηρίως τὸ σῶμα διοικοῦσα καὶ τοῖς πλησίον ἀπένειμέν τι ἐξ αὑτῆς, ἡ δὲ ὑπερβλύζουσα τὴν αὐτάρκειαν δίαιτα τὸν ἄνθρωπον κακοῖ, νωθῆ μὲν τὴν ψυχήν, ἐπισφαλὲς δὲ εἰς νόσον ἐργαζομένη τὸ σῶμα. ναὶ μὴν προστρίβονται βλασφημίας δυσανασχέτους αἱ περὶ τὰς καρυκείας ἡδοναί, λιχνείαν, λαιμαργίαν, ὀψοφαγίαν, ἀπληστίαν, ἀδηφαγίαν. μυῖαι τούτοις οἰκεῖαι τοῖς ὀνόμασιν καὶ γαλαῖ κόλακές τε καὶ μονομάχαι καὶ τὰ »ἄγρια τῶν παρασίτων φῦλα«, γαστρὸς ἡδονῆς οἳ μὲν τὸν λόγον, οἳ δὲ τὴν φιλίαν, οἳ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἀποδόμενοι, ἐπὶ γαστέρας ἕρποντες, θηρία ἀνδρείκελα, κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν τοῦ λίχνου θηρίου. ἀσώτους [τ᾿] αὐτοὺς οἱ καλέσαντες πρῶτοι εὖ μοι δοκοῦσιν αἰνίττεσθαι τὸ τέλος αὐτῶν, ἀσώστους αὐτοὺς κατὰ ἔκθλιψιν τοῦ σίγμα στοιχείου νενοηκότες.
toutou ho phagōn tou aristou to ariston tōn ontōn, tēn basileian tou theou, ktēsetai, meletēsas enthende hagian synēlysin agapēs, ouranion ekklēsian. agapē men oun chrēma katharon kai tou theou axion, ergon de autēs hē metadosis. »phrontis de paideias agapē«, hē sophia legei, »agapē de tērēsis nomōn autēs.« hai de euphrosynai hautai enausma ti agapēs echousin ek tēs pandēmou trophēs synethizomenon eis aidion trophēn. agapē men oun deipnon ouk estin, hē dʼ hestiasis agapēs ērtēsthō. »mathetōsan gar«, phēsin, »hoi huioi sou, hous ēgapēsas, kyrie, hoti ouch hai geneseis tōn karpōn trephousin anthrōpon, alla to rhēma sou tous soi pisteuontas diatērei;« ou gar epʼ artǭ zēsetai ho dikaios. Alla gar to deipnon estō liton hēmin kai euzōnon, epitēdeion eis egrēgorsin, poikilais anepimikton poiotēsin, ouk apaidagōgēton oude touto; agathē gar kourotrophos [autarkeia] eis koinōnian agapē ephodion echousa plousion, tēn autarkeian, hē dē ephestōsa tę̄ trophę̄ dikaią posotēti memetrēmenę̄ sōtēriōs to sōma dioikousa kai tois plēsion apeneimen ti ex hautēs, hē de hyperblyzousa tēn autarkeian diaita ton anthrōpon kakoi, nōthē men tēn psychēn, episphales de eis noson ergazomenē to sōma. nai mēn prostribontai blasphēmias dysanaschetous hai peri tas karykeias hēdonai, lichneian, laimargian, opsophagian, aplēstian, adēphagian. muiai toutois oikeiai tois onomasin kai galai kolakes te kai monomachai kai ta »agria tōn parasitōn phyla«, gastros hēdonēs hoi men ton logon, hoi de tēn philian, hoi de to zēn apodomenoi, epi gasteras herpontes, thēria andreikela, katʼ eikona tou patros autōn tou lichnou thēriou. asōtous [t᾿] autous hoi kalesantes prōtoi eu moi dokousin ainittesthai to telos autōn, asōstous autous kata ekthlipsin tou sigma stoicheiou nenoēkotes.
Whoever eats of this meal will gain the best of all things, the kingdom of God, having practiced here the holy assembly of love, the heavenly church. Love, then, is a pure thing and worthy of God, and its work is sharing. “Care for instruction is love,” says Wisdom, “and love is the keeping of her laws.” These festivities have a spark of love, accustoming us through common food to eternal food. Love, then, is not a supper; but let the feast depend on love. “For let your sons, whom you loved, O Lord, learn,” it says, “that it is not the growing of crops that nourishes a man, but your word preserves those who believe in you”; for the righteous man will not live by bread. Let our supper be plain and light, suited to wakefulness, unmixed with various dishes; nor is this without instruction. For love, a good nurse of the young, has a rich provision for fellowship, self-sufficiency, which, presiding over food measured in just quantity, directs the body wholesomely and shares something of itself with neighbors; while a diet that overflows self-sufficiency harms the human being, making the soul sluggish and the body liable to disease. Indeed, the pleasures of rich sauces bring on hard-to-bear names of reproach: daintiness, gluttony, fish-hunger, insatiability, voracity. Proper to these names are flies and weasels, flatterers and gladiators, and “the wild tribes of parasites,” who have sold for the pleasure of the belly, some their reason, some their friendship, some their life, crawling on their bellies, beasts in human form, in the image of their father, the dainty beast. Those who first called them asōtoi (“profligates”) seem to me to hint at their end, understanding them as asōstoi (“not to be saved”), by the dropping of the letter sigma.
2.1.8Stählin 1:159
ἦ γὰρ οὐχ οὗτοι οἱ περὶ τὰς λοπάδας ἀσχολούμενοι καὶ τὰς μεμωρημένας τῶν ἡδυσμάτων περιεργίας, οἱ ταπεινόφρονες, χαμαιγενεῖς, τὸν ἐφήμερον διώκοντες βίον ὡς οὐ ζησόμενοι; τούτους ταλανίζει διὰ Ἡσαΐου τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, ἠρέμα πως τῆς ἀγάπης τὸ ὄνομα ὑπεξελόμενον, ἐπεὶ μὴ κατὰ λόγον ἡ ἑστίασις ἦν· »αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐποίησαν εὐφροσύνην, σφάζοντες μόσχους καὶ θύοντες πρόβατα, λέγοντες· φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν·« καὶ ὅτι γε τὴν τοιαύτην τρυφὴν ἁμαρτίαν λογίζεται, ἐπιφέρει· »καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀφεθήσεται ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν αὕτη, ἕως ἂν ἀποθάνητε«, οὐχὶ ἄφεσιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατον ἀναίσθητον, ἀλλὰ ἀνταπόδοσιν ἁμαρτίας θάνατον σωτηρίας ἐπικρίνας. »μὴ εὐφρανθῇς δὲ ἐπὶ μικρᾷ τρυφῇ« ἡ σοφία λέγει. Ἐνταῦθα ὑπομνηστέον καὶ περὶ τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων καλουμένων, ὅπως ποτὲ ἄρα παραγγέλλεται ἀποσχέσθαι δεῖν τούτων. μιαρὰ δοκεῖ μοι καὶ βδελυρὰ ἐκεῖνα, ὧν ἐφίπτανται τοῖς αἵμασιν ψυχαὶ ὑπὲξ ἐρέβευς νεκύων κατατεθνειώτων. »οὐ γὰρ θέλω ὑμᾶς κοινωνοὺς δαιμονίων γίνεσθαι«, ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει, ἐπεὶ δίχα σῳζομένων καὶ φθιμένων τροφαί. ἀφεκτέον τοίνυν τούτων, οὐ δεδιότας (οὐ γάρ ἐστί τις ἐν αὐτοῖς δύναμις), διὰ δὲ τὴν συνείδησιν τὴν ἡμετέραν ἁγίαν οὖσαν καὶ τῶν δαιμονίων διὰ τὴν βδελυρίαν, οἷς ἐπικατωνόμασται, μυσαττομένους, καὶ προσέτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὀλισθηρῶς τὰ πολλὰ ὑπολαμβανόντων ὑδαρότητα, »οἷς ἡ συνείδησις ἀσθενοῦσα μολύνεται.
ē gar ouch houtoi hoi peri tas lopadas ascholoumenoi kai tas memōrēmenas tōn hēdysmatōn periergias, hoi tapeinophrones, chamaigeneis, ton ephēmeron diōkontes bion hōs ou zēsomenoi? toutous talanizei dia Hēsaïou to hagion pneuma, ērema pōs tēs agapēs to onoma hypexelomenon, epei mē kata logon hē hestiasis ēn; »autoi de epoiēsan euphrosynēn, sphazontes moschous kai thyontes probata, legontes; phagōmen kai piōmen, aurion gar apothnę̄skomen;« kai hoti ge tēn toiautēn tryphēn hamartian logizetai, epipherei; »kai ou mē aphethēsetai hē hamartia hymōn hautē, heōs an apothanēte«, ouchi aphesin tēs hamartias thanaton anaisthēton, alla antapodosin hamartias thanaton sōtērias epikrinas. »mē euphranthę̄s de epi mikrą tryphę̄« hē sophia legei. Entautha hypomnēsteon kai peri tōn eidōlothytōn kaloumenōn, hopōs pote ara parangelletai aposchesthai dein toutōn. miara dokei moi kai bdelyra ekeina, hōn ephiptantai tois haimasin psychai hypex erebeus nekyōn katatethneiōtōn. »ou gar thelō hymas koinōnous daimoniōn ginesthai«, ho apostolos legei, epei dicha sǭzomenōn kai phthimenōn trophai. aphekteon toinyn toutōn, ou dediotas (ou gar esti tis en autois dynamis), dia de tēn syneidēsin tēn hēmeteran hagian ousan kai tōn daimoniōn dia tēn bdelyrian, hois epikatōnomastai, mysattomenous, kai proseti dia tēn tōn olisthērōs ta polla hypolambanontōn hydarotēta, »hois hē syneidēsis asthenousa molynetai.
For are not these the people busy with dishes and the foolish elaborations of sauces, the base-minded and earthborn, pursuing the life of a day as if they would not live? The Holy Spirit pronounces them wretched through Isaiah, quietly withdrawing the name of love, since the feast was not according to reason: “But they made merry, slaughtering calves and sacrificing sheep, saying, Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die.” And that he counts such luxury as sin, he adds: “And this sin of yours shall not be forgiven until you die,” judging, not that senseless death is forgiveness of sin, but that death from salvation is the repayment of sin. “Do not delight in a little luxury,” says Wisdom. Here we must also mention the so-called things sacrificed to idols, and in what way we are commanded to abstain from them. Those things seem to me foul and abominable, over whose blood flit “the souls from Erebus of the dead who have died.” “For I do not want you to become partners of demons,” says the apostle, since the foods of the saved and of those who perish are different. We must abstain from them, then, not out of fear (for there is no power in them), but out of regard for our conscience, which is holy, and loathing the demons to whose names they are dedicated because of their foulness; and further, because of the weakness of those who take many things unsteadily, “whose conscience, being weak, is defiled.
2.1.9Stählin 1:159–160
βρῶμα γὰρ ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ θεῷ·« »οὐδὲ τὰ εἰσιόντα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐξιόντα«, φησί, »τοῦ στόματος.« ἀδιάφορος ἄρα ἡ φυσικὴ χρῆσις τῆς τροφῆς· »οὔτε γὰρ ἐὰν φάγωμεν, περισσεύομεν,« φησίν, »οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν, ὑστερούμεθα· « ἀλλὰ οὐκ εὔλογον »τραπέζης δαιμονίων« μεταλαμβάνειν τοὺς θείας μετέχειν καὶ πνευματικῆς κατηξιωμένους τροφῆς. »μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »καὶ γυναῖκας περιάγεσθαι;« ἀλλὰ κρατοῦντες δηλονότι τῶν ἡδονῶν κωλύομεν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας. »βλέπετε οὖν μή ποτε ἡ ἐξουσία ὑμῶν αὕτη πρόσκομμα γένηται τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν.« Οὐ χρὴ οὖν καθάπερ ἀσωτευομένους ἡμᾶς κατὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ πλουσίου παιδὸς εἰκόνα παραχρῆσθαι τοῖς τοῦ πατρὸς δωρήμασιν, χρῆσθαι δὲ αὐτοῖς, ὡς ἄρχοντας, ἀπροσκλινῶς· καὶ γὰρ βασιλεύειν ἐτάχθημεν καὶ κατακυριεύειν, οὐχὶ δουλεύειν τοῖς βρώμασιν. ἀγαστὸν μὲν οὖν πρὸς τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀναθρήσαντας τῆς ἄνω τροφῆς ἐξέχεσθαι τῆς θείας καὶ τῆς τοῦ ὄντως ὄντος ἀπληρώτου ἐμπίμπλασθαι θέας, τῆς βεβαίου καὶ μονίμου καὶ καθαρᾶς γευομένους ἡδονῆς. ταύτην γὰρ τὴν ἀγάπην ἐκδέχεσθαι δεῖν ἐμφαίνει ἡ βρῶσις ἡ Χριστοῦ· κομιδῇ δὲ ἄλογον καὶ ἀχρεῖον καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπειον βοσκημάτων δίκην πιαινομένων θανάτῳ τρέφεσθαι, κάτω βλέποντας εἰς γῆν τοὺς ἐκ γῆς ἀεὶ καὶ κεκυφότας εἰς τραπέζας, τὴν λίχνον διωκάθοντας ζωήν, τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐνταῦθά που κατορύξαντας περὶ τὴν οὐκ ἐσομένην ζωήν, μόνην κολακεύοντας τὴν κατάποσιν, διʼ ἣν πολυτιμότεροι γεγόνασιν μάγειροι γεωργῶν.
brōma gar hēmas ou parastēsei tǭ theǭ;« »oude ta eisionta koinoi ton anthrōpon, alla ta exionta«, phēsi, »tou stomatos.« adiaphoros ara hē physikē chrēsis tēs trophēs; »oute gar ean phagōmen, perisseuomen,« phēsin, »oute ean mē phagōmen, hysteroumetha; « alla ouk eulogon »trapezēs daimoniōn« metalambanein tous theias metechein kai pneumatikēs katēxiōmenous trophēs. »mē gar ouk echomen exousian phagein kai piein«, phēsin ho apostolos, »kai gynaikas periagesthai?« alla kratountes dēlonoti tōn hēdonōn kōlyomen tas epithymias. »blepete oun mē pote hē exousia hymōn hautē proskomma genētai tois asthenesin.« Ou chrē oun kathaper asōteuomenous hēmas kata tēn en tǭ euangeliǭ tou plousiou paidos eikona parachrēsthai tois tou patros dōrēmasin, chrēsthai de autois, hōs archontas, aprosklinōs; kai gar basileuein etachthēmen kai katakyrieuein, ouchi douleuein tois brōmasin. agaston men oun pros to alēthes anathrēsantas tēs anō trophēs exechesthai tēs theias kai tēs tou ontōs ontos aplērōtou empimplasthai theas, tēs bebaiou kai monimou kai katharas geuomenous hēdonēs. tautēn gar tēn agapēn ekdechesthai dein emphainei hē brōsis hē Christou; komidę̄ de alogon kai achreion kai ouk anthrōpeion boskēmatōn dikēn piainomenōn thanatǭ trephesthai, katō blepontas eis gēn tous ek gēs aei kai kekyphotas eis trapezas, tēn lichnon diōkathontas zōēn, to agathon entautha pou katoryxantas peri tēn ouk esomenēn zōēn, monēn kolakeuontas tēn kataposin, diʼ hēn polytimoteroi gegonasin mageiroi geōrgōn.
For food will not commend us to God.” “Nor does what goes in defile a man,” he says, “but what comes out of the mouth.” The natural use of food, then, is indifferent: “For neither if we eat are we the better,” he says, “nor if we do not eat are we the worse.” But it is not reasonable for those who have been counted worthy to partake of divine and spiritual food to share in “the table of demons.” “Do we not have the right to eat and drink,” says the apostle, “and to take wives about with us?” But clearly, by mastering pleasures, we restrain desires. “Take care, then, lest this right of yours become a stumbling block to the weak.” We must not, like prodigals, after the image of the rich man's son in the Gospel, misuse the Father's gifts, but use them without attachment, as masters; for we were appointed to reign and to rule, not to be slaves to food. It is admirable, then, to look up to the truth, to cling to the divine food from above, and to be filled with the inexhaustible contemplation of him who truly is, tasting the firm, abiding, and pure pleasure. The eating of Christ shows that we must receive this love. But it is utterly irrational, useless, and not human, to be fed for death like fattened cattle, those from the earth always looking down to the earth and stooping over tables, pursuing the dainty life, burying the good here in a life that will not last, flattering only the swallowing, for the sake of which cooks have become more valued than farmers.
2.1.10Stählin 1:160–161
μὴ γὰρ ἀφαιροῦμεν τὴν συμπεριφοράν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ὄλισθον τῆς συνηθείας ὡς συμφορὰν ὑποπτεύομεν. διὸ παραιτητέον τὴν λιχνείαν ὀλίγων τινῶν καὶ ἀναγκαίων μεταλαμβάνοντας· καὶ εἴ τις ἡμᾶς καλεῖ τῶν ἀπίστων καὶ πορεύεσθαι κρίνομεν (καλὸν γὰρ μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι τοῖς ἀτάκτοις), πᾶν τὸ παρατιθέμενον κελεύει ἡμῖν ἐσθίειν »μηδὲν ἀνακρίνουσιν διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν«, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐκ μακέλλου ἀπεριέργως ὠνεῖσθαι προσέταξεν. οὐκ ἀφεκτέον οὖν παντελῶς τῶν ποικίλων βρωμάτων, ἀλλʼ οὐ περὶ αὐτὰ σπουδαστέον· μεταληπτέον δὲ τῶν παρατιθεμένων, ὡς πρέπον Χριστιανῷ, τιμῶντας μὲν τὸν κεκληκότα κατὰ τὴν ἀβλαβῆ καὶ ἀπροσκορῆ τῆς συνουσίας κοινωνίαν, ἀδιάφορον δὲ ἡγουμένους τῶν εἰσκομιζομένων τὴν πολυτέλειαν, καταφρονοῦντας τῶν ὄψων ὡς μετʼ ὀλίγον οὐκ ὄντων. »ὁ ἐσθίων τὸν μὴ ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐξουθενείτω, ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐσθίων τὸν ἐσθίοντα μὴ κρινέτω.« μικρὸν δὲ ὑποβὰς καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς παραγγελίας ἐξηγήσεται, »ὁ ἐσθίων« λέγων »κυρίῳ ἐσθίει καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ θεῷ· καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων κυρίῳ οὐκ ἐσθίει καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ θεῷ«· ὡς εἶναι τὴν δικαίαν τροφὴν εὐχαριστίαν· καὶ ὅ γε ἀεὶ εὐχαριστῶν οὐκ ἀσχολεῖται περὶ ἡδονάς. εἰ δὲ καὶ προτρεποίμεθα ἐπʼ ἀρετὴν τῶν συνεστιωμένων τινάς, ταύτῃ πλέον ἀφεκτέον τῶν λίχνων τούτων βρωμάτων, ἐναργὲς ὑπόδειγμα ἀρετῆς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς παριστάντας, ὡς Χριστὸν ἐσχήκαμεν αὐτοί. »εἰ γάρ τι τῶν τοιούτων βρωμάτων σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν, οὐ μὴ φάγω«, φησίν, »τοῦτο εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἵνα μὴ τὸν ἀδελφόν μου σκανδαλίσω«, ὀλίγης ἐγκρατείας κερδαίνων τὸν ἄνθρωπον. »μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν;« καὶ »τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπεγνώκαμεν«, φησίν, »ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀλλὰ μόνος ὄντως ἐστὶν εἷς ἡμῶν θεός, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ εἷς κύριος Ἰησοῦς.« ἀλλὰ »ἀπόλλυται«, φησί, »τῇ σῇ γνώσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἀσθενῶν, διʼ ὃν Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν. οἱ δὲ τὴν συνείδησιν τύπτοντες τῶν ἀσθενούντων ἀδελφῶν εἰς Χριστὸν ἁμαρτάνουσιν.« ταύτῃ τοι ὁ ἀπόστολος εὐλαβούμενος περὶ ἡμῶν τὰ δεῖπνα διακρίνει »μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι« φάσκων, »εἴ τις ἀδελφὸς λεγόμενος εὑρίσκοιτο πόρνος ἢ μοιχὸς ἢ εἰδωλολάτρης, τούτῳ μηδὲ συνεσθίειν«, ἢ τὸν λόγον ἢ τὸ ὄψον, ὑποπτεύων τὸν μολυσμὸν τὸν ἐντεῦθεν, καθάπερ καὶ τῶν δαιμονίων τὰς τραπέζας.
mē gar aphairoumen tēn symperiphoran, alla ton olisthon tēs synētheias hōs symphoran hypopteuomen. dio paraitēteon tēn lichneian oligōn tinōn kai anankaiōn metalambanontas; kai ei tis hēmas kalei tōn apistōn kai poreuesthai krinomen (kalon gar mē synanamignysthai tois ataktois), pan to paratithemenon keleuei hēmin esthiein »mēden anakrinousin dia tēn syneidēsin«, homoiōs de kai ta ek makellou aperiergōs ōneisthai prosetaxen. ouk aphekteon oun pantelōs tōn poikilōn brōmatōn, allʼ ou peri auta spoudasteon; metalēpteon de tōn paratithemenōn, hōs prepon Christianǭ, timōntas men ton keklēkota kata tēn ablabē kai aproskorē tēs synousias koinōnian, adiaphoron de hēgoumenous tōn eiskomizomenōn tēn polyteleian, kataphronountas tōn opsōn hōs metʼ oligon ouk ontōn. »ho esthiōn ton mē esthionta mē exoutheneitō, ho de mē esthiōn ton esthionta mē krinetō.« mikron de hypobas kai tēn aitian tēs parangelias exēgēsetai, »ho esthiōn« legōn »kyriǭ esthiei kai eucharistei tǭ theǭ; kai ho mē esthiōn kyriǭ ouk esthiei kai eucharistei tǭ theǭ«; hōs einai tēn dikaian trophēn eucharistian; kai ho ge aei eucharistōn ouk ascholeitai peri hēdonas. ei de kai protrepoimetha epʼ aretēn tōn synestiōmenōn tinas, tautę̄ pleon aphekteon tōn lichnōn toutōn brōmatōn, enarges hypodeigma aretēs sphas autous paristantas, hōs Christon eschēkamen autoi. »ei gar ti tōn toioutōn brōmatōn skandalizei ton adelphon, ou mē phagō«, phēsin, »touto eis ton aiōna, hina mē ton adelphon mou skandalisō«, oligēs enkrateias kerdainōn ton anthrōpon. »mē gar ouk echomen exousian phagein kai piein?« kai »tēn alētheian epegnōkamen«, phēsin, »hoti ouden eidōlon en kosmǭ, alla monos ontōs estin heis hēmōn theos, ex hou ta panta, kai heis kyrios Iēsous.« alla »apollytai«, phēsi, »tę̄ sę̄ gnōsei ho adelphos asthenōn, diʼ hon Christos apethanen. hoi de tēn syneidēsin typtontes tōn asthenountōn adelphōn eis Christon hamartanousin.« tautę̄ toi ho apostolos eulaboumenos peri hēmōn ta deipna diakrinei »mē synanamignysthai« phaskōn, »ei tis adelphos legomenos heuriskoito pornos ē moichos ē eidōlolatrēs, toutǭ mēde synesthiein«, ē ton logon ē to opson, hypopteuōn ton molysmon ton enteuthen, kathaper kai tōn daimoniōn tas trapezas.
We do not do away with social intercourse, but we regard the slippery slope of habit with suspicion, as a calamity. So we must decline daintiness, partaking of a few necessary things. And if one of the unbelievers invites us and we decide to go (for it is good not to mix with the disorderly), he commands us to eat whatever is set before us, “asking no questions for conscience's sake”; and likewise he ordered us to buy what is sold in the meat market without inquiry. We must not, then, abstain altogether from various foods, but we must not be eager about them. We should partake of what is set before us, as befits a Christian, honoring the host by a harmless and moderate sharing in the gathering, regarding the expense of what is brought in as indifferent, and despising the dishes, which will shortly be gone. “Let not the one who eats despise the one who does not eat, and let not the one who does not eat judge the one who eats.” A little further on he explains the reason for the precept: “The one who eats, eats to the Lord and gives thanks to God; and the one who does not eat, abstains to the Lord and gives thanks to God,” so that righteous food is thanksgiving (eucharistia); and the one who always gives thanks is not occupied with pleasures. And if we would urge any of our fellow guests to virtue, we should abstain all the more from these dainty foods, presenting ourselves as a clear example of virtue, as we ourselves have Christ. “For if any such food makes my brother stumble,” he says, “I will never eat it, so that I may not make my brother stumble,” gaining the human being by a little self-control. “Do we not have the right to eat and drink?” And “we know the truth,” he says, “that an idol is nothing in the world, but there is truly only one God for us, from whom are all things, and one Lord Jesus.” But “by your knowledge,” he says, “the weak brother is destroyed, for whom Christ died; and those who wound the conscience of weak brothers sin against Christ.” So the apostle, taking care for us, distinguishes suppers, saying “not to associate”: “if anyone called a brother is found to be sexually immoral or an adulterer or an idolater, not even to eat with such a one,” whether in speech or at table, suspecting the defilement from it, as also from the tables of demons.
2.1.11Stählin 1:161–162
»Καλὸν μὲν οὖν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα μηδὲ οἶνον πιεῖν« αὐτός τε ὁμολογεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ Πυθαγόρου· θηρίων γὰρ μᾶλλον τοῦτό γε, καὶ ἡ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἀναθυμίασις θολωδεστέρα οὖσα ἐπισκοτεῖ τῇ ψυχῇ. εἰ δέ τις καὶ τούτων μεταλαμβάνει, οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει, μόνον ἐγκρατῶς μετεχέτω, μὴ ἐξεχόμενος μηδὲ ἀπηρτημένος αὐτῶν μηδὲ ἐπιλαιμαργῶν τῷ ὄψῳ· ὑπηχήσει γὰρ αὐτῷ φωνή, »μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ« λέγουσα. ἀνοήτου γὰρ σφόδρα θαυμάζειν καὶ τεθηπέναι τὰ παρατιθέμενα ταῖς δημώδεσιν ἑστιάσεσιν μετὰ τὴν ἐν λόγῳ τρυφήν, πολλῷ δέ ἐστιν ἀνοητότερον τὰς ὄψεις τοῖς προσοψήμασι δεδουλωκέναι συμμεταφερομένης αὐτοῖς, ὡς εἰπεῖν, τῆς ἀκρασίας πρὸς τῶν διακόνων. πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἀχρεῖον τὸ ἐπανίστασθαι ταῖς κλισίαις, μονονουχὶ τὸ πρόσωπον ταῖς λοπάσιν ἐπιρριπτοῦντας, καθάπερ ἐκ νεοττιᾶς τῆς κλισίας προκύπτοντας, τὸ δὴ θρυλούμενον τοῦτο, ἵνα πλανωμένην λάβωσι τὴν ἀτμίδα διὰ τῆς ἀναπνοῆς; πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἄλογον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπεμφύρειν τοῖς ἡδύσμασιν ἢ συνεχὲς ἐπὶ τοὔψον ἐκτείνειν οὐκ ἀπογευομένων, ἀλλʼ ἀφαρπαζόντων δίκην ἀμέτρως καὶ ἀσχημόνως ἐμφορουμένους; ἔστι γὰρ ὁρᾶν τοὺς τοιούτους ὑσὶν ἢ κυσὶν διὰ τὴν λαβρότητα μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις ὡμοιωμένους, τοὺς χορτάζεσθαι σπεύδοντας, ὡς καὶ τὰς γνάθους ἅμα ἄμφω ἐξογκοῦσθαι τῶν περὶ τὸ πρόσωπον ἀγγείων προσεπαιρομένων, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἱδρῶτα περιχεῖσθαι τῇ ἀπληστίᾳ συνεχομένων καὶ ἀσθμαινόντων ὑπὸ ἀκρασίας, ὠθουμένης κατʼ ἔπειξιν ἀκοινώνητον εἰς κοιλίαν τῆς τροφῆς, ὥσπερ εἰς ἐφόδιον, οὐκ εἰς ἀνάδοσιν, ἀποτιθεμένων τὰ ἐδέσματα.
»Kalon men oun to mē phagein krea mēde oinon piein« autos te homologei kai hoi apo Pythagorou; thēriōn gar mallon touto ge, kai hē apʼ autōn anathymiasis tholōdestera ousa episkotei tę̄ psychę̄. ei de tis kai toutōn metalambanei, ouch hamartanei, monon enkratōs metechetō, mē exechomenos mēde apērtēmenos autōn mēde epilaimargōn tǭ opsǭ; hypēchēsei gar autǭ phōnē, »mē heneken brōmatos katalye to ergon tou theou« legousa. anoētou gar sphodra thaumazein kai tethēpenai ta paratithemena tais dēmōdesin hestiasesin meta tēn en logǭ tryphēn, pollǭ de estin anoētoteron tas opseis tois prosopsēmasi dedoulōkenai symmetapheromenēs autois, hōs eipein, tēs akrasias pros tōn diakonōn. pōs de ouk achreion to epanistasthai tais klisiais, mononouchi to prosōpon tais lopasin epirriptountas, kathaper ek neottias tēs klisias prokyptontas, to dē thryloumenon touto, hina planōmenēn labōsi tēn atmida dia tēs anapnoēs? pōs de ouk alogon tas cheiras epemphyrein tois hēdysmasin ē syneches epi toupson ekteinein ouk apogeuomenōn, allʼ apharpazontōn dikēn ametrōs kai aschēmonōs emphoroumenous? esti gar horan tous toioutous hysin ē kysin dia tēn labrotēta mallon ē anthrōpois hōmoiōmenous, tous chortazesthai speudontas, hōs kai tas gnathous hama amphō exonkousthai tōn peri to prosōpon angeiōn prosepairomenōn, pros de kai hidrōta pericheisthai tę̄ aplēstią synechomenōn kai asthmainontōn hypo akrasias, ōthoumenēs katʼ epeixin akoinōnēton eis koilian tēs trophēs, hōsper eis ephodion, ouk eis anadosin, apotithemenōn ta edesmata.
“It is good not to eat meat nor to drink wine,” he himself admits, and so do the followers of Pythagoras; for this belongs rather to beasts, and the vapor from meat, being more turbid, darkens the soul. But if anyone partakes of these, he does not sin; only let him partake with self-control, not clinging to them nor dependent on them, nor greedy for the dish; for a voice will sound in his ears, saying, “Do not destroy the work of God for the sake of food.” It is very foolish to marvel and gape at what is set before us at public feasts after the luxury of the Word; and much more foolish to enslave our eyes to the dainties, our incontinence being carried around, so to speak, by the servants along with them. How is it not unseemly to rise up from one's couch, all but throwing one's face into the dishes, leaning out from the couch as from a nest, as the saying goes, to catch the wandering steam with one's breath? How is it not irrational to smear one's hands in the sauces, or to reach constantly for the dish, not tasting but snatching, filling oneself immoderately and indecently? One can see such people more like pigs or dogs than human beings for their greed, hurrying to be stuffed, so that both cheeks swell at once and the vessels about the face stand out, and besides they are drenched with sweat, gripped by insatiability and panting from incontinence, the food being thrust with unsociable haste into the belly, as if they were storing up provisions for a journey, not digesting.
2.1.12Stählin 1:162–163
πανταχῇ δὲ κακὸν οὖσα ἡ ἀμετρία περὶ τὰς τροφὰς μάλιστα διελέγχεται. ἡ γοῦν ὀψοφαγία οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἢ ἀμετρία περὶ χρῆσιν ὄψου, καὶ ἡ λαιμαργία μανία περὶ τὸν λαιμόν, καὶ ἡ γαστριμαργία ἀκρασία περὶ τὴν τροφήν, ὡς δὲ καὶ τοὔνομα περιέχει, μανία περὶ γαστέρα, ἐπεὶ μάργος ὁ μεμηνώς. τοὺς οὖν ἐπὶ ἑστιάσεως μελετῶντας ἀδικεῖν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἀνακρούων λέγει· »ἕκαστος γὰρ τὸ ἴδιον δεῖπνον προλαμβάνει ἐν τῷ φαγεῖν, καὶ ὃς μὲν πεινᾷ, ὃς δὲ μεθύει. μὴ γὰρ οἰκίας οὐκ ἔχετε εἰς τὸ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν; ἢ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ καταφρονεῖτε καὶ καταισχύνετε τοὺς μὴ ἔχοντας;« παρὰ δὲ τοῖς ἔχουσιν οἱ ἀνέδην ἐσθίοντες, οἱ ἄπληστοι, ἑαυτοὺς καταισχύνουσιν· ἄμφω δὲ πράττουσι κακῶς, οἳ μὲν τοὺς μὴ ἔχοντας βεβαρηκότες, οἳ δὲ τὴν ἀκρασίαν τὴν σφῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἔχουσιν γεγυμνωκότες. ἀναγκαίως ἄρα πρὸς τοὺς ἀπηρυθριακότας καὶ τοῖς δείπνοις ἀφειδέστερον παραχρωμένους, τοὺς ἀκορέστους, οἷς μηδὲν ἱκανόν, ἀποταθεὶς ὁ ἀπόστολος, πάλιν ἐκ δευτέρου ἔρρηξεν φωνὴν ἀγανακτητικήν· »ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου, συνερχόμενοι εἰς τὸ φαγεῖν ἀλλήλους ἐκδέχεσθε.
pantachę̄ de kakon ousa hē ametria peri tas trophas malista dielenchetai. hē goun opsophagia ouden heteron estin ē ametria peri chrēsin opsou, kai hē laimargia mania peri ton laimon, kai hē gastrimargia akrasia peri tēn trophēn, hōs de kai tounoma periechei, mania peri gastera, epei margos ho memēnōs. tous oun epi hestiaseōs meletōntas adikein ho apostolos anakrouōn legei; »hekastos gar to idion deipnon prolambanei en tǭ phagein, kai hos men peiną, hos de methyei. mē gar oikias ouk echete eis to esthiein kai pinein? ē tēs ekklēsias tou theou kataphroneite kai kataischynete tous mē echontas?« para de tois echousin hoi anedēn esthiontes, hoi aplēstoi, heautous kataischynousin; amphō de prattousi kakōs, hoi men tous mē echontas bebarēkotes, hoi de tēn akrasian tēn sphōn para tois echousin gegymnōkotes. anankaiōs ara pros tous apērythriakotas kai tois deipnois apheidesteron parachrōmenous, tous akorestous, hois mēden hikanon, apotatheis ho apostolos, palin ek deuterou errēxen phōnēn aganaktētikēn; »hōste, adelphoi mou, synerchomenoi eis to phagein allēlous ekdechesthe.
Excess, which is evil everywhere, is exposed most of all in the matter of food. Gourmandise is nothing but excess in the use of delicacies; gluttony is madness about the gullet; and belly-madness is incontinence about food, and, as the name implies, madness about the belly, since margos means mad. So the apostle, checking those who practice wrongdoing at a feast, says: “For each one goes ahead with his own supper in eating, and one is hungry and another is drunk. Do you not have houses to eat and drink in? Or do you despise the church of God and humiliate those who have nothing?” Among those who have, those who eat without restraint, the insatiable, shame themselves; and both do wrong: the one, by burdening those who have nothing; the other, by exposing their incontinence before those who have. So, of necessity, addressing those who have lost all shame and use suppers too freely, the insatiable, for whom nothing is enough, the apostle again broke out in an indignant voice: “So then, my brothers, when you come together to eat, wait for one another.
2.1.13Stählin 1:163
εἰ δέ τις πεινᾷ, ἐν οἴκῳ ἐσθιέτω, ἵνα μὴ εἰς κρίμα συνέρχησθε.« ἀφεκτέον οὖν δουλοπρεπείας ἁπάσης καὶ ἀκρασίας, τῶν παρατιθεμένων κοσμίως ἐφαπτομένοις, ἀμόλυντον καὶ τὴν χεῖρα καὶ τὴν στρωμνὴν καὶ τὸ γένειον φυλάττουσιν, τὸ εὔσχημον τοῦ προσώπου διατηροῦσιν ἀδιάστροφον, οὐκ ἀσχημονοῦσιν οὐδὲ περὶ τὴν κατάποσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν χεῖρα μετὰ τάξεως ἐκ διαστημάτων ἐκτατέον. * * παραφυλακτέον γὰρ καὶ τὸ φθέγγεσθαι ὁτιοῦν ἐσθίοντα ἅμα· ἀπρεπὴς γὰρ καὶ ἄσημος ἡ φωνὴ γίνεται, πλήρεσι ταῖς γνάθοις στενοχωρουμένη, καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα τῇ τροφῇ πιεζομένη, τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐνεργείας παραποδισθεῖσα τὴν προφορὰν ἐκδίδωσι τεθλιμμένην. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐσθίειν ἅμα καὶ πίνειν καθήκει· ἀκρασίας γὰρ τῆς μεγίστης συγχεῖν τοὺς καιρούς, ὧν αἱ χρήσεις ἀσύμφωνοι. καὶ »εἴτε ἐσθίετε«, φησίν, »εἴτε πίνετε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ ποιεῖτε«, στοχαζόμενοι τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐτελείας, ἥν μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ κύριος αἰνίξασθαι τοὺς ἄρτους εὐλογήσας καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας τοὺς ὀπτούς, οἷς κατευώχησε τοὺς μαθητάς, τῆς ἀπεριέργου τροφῆς καλὸν
ei de tis peiną, en oikǭ esthietō, hina mē eis krima synerchēsthe.« aphekteon oun douloprepeias hapasēs kai akrasias, tōn paratithemenōn kosmiōs ephaptomenois, amolynton kai tēn cheira kai tēn strōmnēn kai to geneion phylattousin, to euschēmon tou prosōpou diatērousin adiastrophon, ouk aschēmonousin oude peri tēn kataposin, alla tēn men cheira meta taxeōs ek diastēmatōn ektateon. * * paraphylakteon gar kai to phthengesthai hotioun esthionta hama; aprepēs gar kai asēmos hē phōnē ginetai, plēresi tais gnathois stenochōroumenē, kai hē glōssa tę̄ trophę̄ piezomenē, tēs kata physin energeias parapodistheisa tēn prophoran ekdidōsi tethlimmenēn. allʼ oude esthiein hama kai pinein kathēkei; akrasias gar tēs megistēs synchein tous kairous, hōn hai chrēseis asymphōnoi. kai »eite esthiete«, phēsin, »eite pinete, panta eis doxan theou poieite«, stochazomenoi tēs alēthous euteleias, hēn moi dokei kai ho kyrios ainixasthai tous artous eulogēsas kai tous ichthyas tous optous, hois kateuōchēse tous mathētas, tēs aperiergou trophēs kalon
If anyone is hungry, let him eat at home, so that you may not come together for judgment.” We must abstain, then, from all servility and incontinence, touching what is set before us decorously, keeping hand and couch and chin unsoiled, preserving the good form of the face undistorted, not behaving indecently in swallowing either; but we should stretch out the hand in order and at intervals. … We must also guard against saying anything while eating; for the voice becomes unseemly and indistinct when confined by full cheeks, and the tongue, pressed by food and hindered in its natural action, gives out a crushed utterance. Nor is it fitting to eat and drink at the same time; for it is the height of incontinence to confuse the times of things whose uses do not agree. And “whether you eat,” he says, “or drink, do all to the glory of God,” aiming at true frugality, which the Lord too seems to me to have hinted at when he blessed the loaves and the broiled fish with which he feasted the disciples, introducing a fine example of simple food.
2.1.14Stählin 1:163–164
εἰσηγούμενος ὑπόδειγμα. ὁ γοῦν ἰχθὺς ἐκεῖνος, ὃν κελεύσαντος τοῦ κυρίου ὁ Πέτρος εἷλεν, εὔκολον καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ θεοδώρητον καὶ σώφρονα αἰνίττεται τροφήν· ἀφαιρεῖν γέ τοι ὑποτίθεται τῶν ἐξ ὕδατος ἀνιόντων ἐπὶ τὸ τῆς δικαιοσύνης δέλεαρ τὴν ἀσωτίαν καὶ τὴν φιλαργυρίαν, ὡς τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ ἰχθύος, ἵνα χωρίσῃ τὴν κενοδοξίαν, καὶ τὸν στατῆρα τοῖς τελώναις δούς, τὰ Καίσαρος ἀποδοὺς τῷ Καίσαρι, φυλάξῃ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ. ἔχοι δʼ ἂν καὶ ἄλλας ἐπιλύσεις οὐκ ἀγνοουμένας ὁ στατήρ, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁ παρὼν ἐπιτήδειος τῆς ἐξεργασίας καιρός. ἀπόχρη δὲ ὑπόμνησις συγχρωμένων ἡμῶν εἰς τὸ προκείμενον οὐκ ἀπᾴδουσιν τοῦ λόγου τοῖς ἄνθεσιν, ὅπερ ἤδη πολλάκις πεποιήκαμεν, πρὸς τὸ κατεπεῖγον τοῦ ζητήματος τὴν πολυωφελῆ περιέλκοντες εἰς ἀρδείαν τῶν φυτευομένων ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου πηγήν. καὶ γὰρ εἰ »πάντων μεταλαμβάνειν ἔξεστί μοι, ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει«· ταχὺ γὰρ καταπίπτουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ δρᾶν τὸ μὴ ἐξὸν οἱ πάντα δρῶντες ἃ ἐξόν. ὡς δὲ ἡ δικαιοσύνη διὰ πλεονεξίας οὐ περιγίνεται οὐδὲ ἡ σωφροσύνη διʼ ἀκολασίας, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἡ τοῦ Χριστιανοῦ δίαιτα ἡδυπαθείᾳ περικτᾶται· πόρρω γάρ ἐστι τῶν »πασχητιώντων ἐδεσμάτων« ἡ τράπεζα τῆς ἀληθείας. εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἕνεκεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐγένετο τὰ πάντα, ἀλλʼ οὐ πᾶσι χρῆσθαι καλόν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀεί. καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ὁ χρόνος καὶ ὁ τρόπος καὶ τὸ πρὸς τί οὐκ ὀλίγην τῷ παιδαγωγουμένῳ πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελὲς ἐνδίδωσι ῥοπήν, καὶ τό γε [ἔστιν] ἐπιτήδειον ἰσχὺν ἔχει καταργῆσαι τὸν ἐπιγάστριον βίον, οὗ πλοῦτός ἐστιν ἐκκλητικός, οὐ βλέπων ὀξύ, ἀλλʼ ἡ τυφλώττουσα περὶ τὴν γαστριμαργίαν περιουσία. οὐδεὶς δέ ἐστι πένης εἰς τὰ ἀναγκαῖα, οὐδὲ περιορᾶταί ποτε ἄνθρωπος· ὁ γὰρ καὶ τὰ πτηνὰ καὶ τὰ νηκτὰ καὶ συνελόντι εἰπεῖν τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα διατρέφων εἷς ἐστιν, ὁ θεός· λείπει δὲ αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ ἓν ὁτιοῦν μὴ μεριμνῶσι τροφῆς. ἡμεῖς δὲ καὶ τούτων ἀμείνους, ὅσῳ καὶ κύριοι, καὶ θεῷ οἰκειότεροι, ὅσῳ σωφρονέστεροι. γεγόναμεν δὲ οὐχ ἵνα ἐσθίωμεν καὶ πίνωμεν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα ὦμεν εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν γεγονότες τοῦ θεοῦ. »δίκαιος γάρ«, φησίν, »ἐσθίων ἐμπίμπλαται τῇ ψυχῇ, κοιλίαι δὲ ἀσεβῶν ἐνδεεῖς«, ἀκαταπαύστου λιχνείας ὀρεγόμεναι.
eisēgoumenos hypodeigma. ho goun ichthys ekeinos, hon keleusantos tou kyriou ho Petros heilen, eukolon kai autos kai theodōrēton kai sōphrona ainittetai trophēn; aphairein ge toi hypotithetai tōn ex hydatos aniontōn epi to tēs dikaiosynēs delear tēn asōtian kai tēn philargyrian, hōs to nomisma tou ichthyos, hina chōrisę̄ tēn kenodoxian, kai ton statēra tois telōnais dous, ta Kaisaros apodous tǭ Kaisari, phylaxę̄ ta tou theou tǭ theǭ. echoi dʼ an kai allas epilyseis ouk agnooumenas ho statēr, allʼ ouch ho parōn epitēdeios tēs exergasias kairos. apochrē de hypomnēsis synchrōmenōn hēmōn eis to prokeimenon ouk apądousin tou logou tois anthesin, hoper ēdē pollakis pepoiēkamen, pros to katepeigon tou zētēmatos tēn polyōphelē perielkontes eis ardeian tōn phyteuomenōn hypo tou logou pēgēn. kai gar ei »pantōn metalambanein exesti moi, allʼ ou panta sympherei«; tachy gar katapiptousin epi to dran to mē exon hoi panta drōntes ha exon. hōs de hē dikaiosynē dia pleonexias ou periginetai oude hē sōphrosynē diʼ akolasias, houtōs oude hē tou Christianou diaita hēdypatheią periktatai; porrō gar esti tōn »paschētiōntōn edesmatōn« hē trapeza tēs alētheias. ei gar kai ta malista heneken tōn anthrōpōn egeneto ta panta, allʼ ou pasi chrēsthai kalon, allʼ oude aei. kai gar kai ho kairos kai ho chronos kai ho tropos kai to pros ti ouk oligēn tǭ paidagōgoumenǭ pros to lysiteles endidōsi rhopēn, kai to ge [estin] epitēdeion ischyn echei katargēsai ton epigastrion bion, hou ploutos estin ekklētikos, ou blepōn oxy, allʼ hē typhlōttousa peri tēn gastrimargian periousia. oudeis de esti penēs eis ta anankaia, oude perioratai pote anthrōpos; ho gar kai ta ptēna kai ta nēkta kai synelonti eipein ta aloga zǭa diatrephōn heis estin, ho theos; leipei de autois oude hen hotioun mē merimnōsi trophēs. hēmeis de kai toutōn ameinous, hosǭ kai kyrioi, kai theǭ oikeioteroi, hosǭ sōphronesteroi. gegonamen de ouch hina esthiōmen kai pinōmen, allʼ hina ōmen eis epignōsin gegonotes tou theou. »dikaios gar«, phēsin, »esthiōn empimplatai tę̄ psychę̄, koiliai de asebōn endeeis«, akatapaustou lichneias oregomenai.
(… example of simple food.) And that fish which Peter caught at the Lord's command also hints at easy, God-given, and temperate food. He advises us to take away from those who come up out of the water to the bait of righteousness their profligacy and love of money, like the coin from the fish, so as to separate them from vainglory; and, giving the stater to the tax collectors, rendering to Caesar what is Caesar's, to keep for God what is God's. The stater could have other interpretations, not unknown to us, but the present is not the right time to work them out. It is enough to recall it, using for our purpose flowers of the Word that are in tune with it, as we have often done already, drawing the most useful spring to the urgent point of the inquiry, to water what the Word has planted. For even if “I am permitted to partake of all things, not all things are profitable”; for those who do everything that is permitted quickly fall into doing what is not permitted. As justice does not come from greed, nor self-control from licentiousness, so the Christian's way of life is not acquired by luxury; for the table of truth is far from “lewd dishes.” For even if all things were made above all for the sake of human beings, it is not good to use all things, nor always. The occasion, the time, the manner, and the purpose give no small weight toward what is profitable for one being instructed; and what is fitting has power to do away with the life devoted to the belly, which wealth tends to call forth: not a wealth that sees sharply, but an abundance blind about gluttony. No one is poor in necessities, nor is a human being ever overlooked; for there is one who nourishes the birds and the fish and, in a word, the irrational animals: God; and they lack nothing at all, though they take no thought for food. And we are better than they, as their masters, and nearer to God, as more self-controlled. We were not made to eat and drink, but to exist, having been made for the knowledge of God. “For the righteous man,” it says, “eats and satisfies his soul, but the bellies of the ungodly are in want,” craving unceasing daintiness.
2.1.15Stählin 1:164–165
πολυτέλεια δὲ οὐκ εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἔρημον, ἀλλʼ εἰς μετάδοσιν κοινωνικὴν ἐπιτήδειος. διὸ παραφυλακτέον τῶν βρωμάτων ἃ μὴ πεινῶντας ἡμᾶς ἐσθίειν ἀναπείθει γοητεύοντα τὰς ὀρέξεις. μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔνεστι καὶ ἐν εὐτελείᾳ σώφρονι πολυειδία ἐδεσμάτων ὑγιεινή; βολβοί, ἐλαῖαι, λαχάνων ἔνια, γάλα, τυρὸς τά τε ὡραῖα ἑψήματά τε παντοδαπὰ ζωμῶν ἄνευ. κἂν ὀπτοῦ δέῃ κρέως ἢ ἑφθοῦ, μεταδοτέον. »ἔχετέ τι βρώσιμον ἐνθάδε;« εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν. »οἳ δὲ« (ἅτε ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ εὐτέλειαν ἀσκεῖν δεδιδαγμένοι) »ἐπέδωκαν αὐτῷ ἰχθύος ὀπτοῦ μέρος· καὶ φαγὼν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς«, φησὶν ὁ Λουκᾶς, ὅσα εἶπεν. πρὸς τούτοις οὐδὲ τραγημάτων καὶ κηρίων ἀμοίρους περιορατέον τοὺς δειπνοῦντας κατὰ λόγον. τῶν γάρ τοι βρωμάτων ἐπιτηδειότατα οἷς αὐτόθεν χρῆσθαι ὑπάρχει δίχα πυρός, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἑτοιμότερα, δεύτερα δὲ τὰ εὐτελέστερα, ὡς προειρήκαμεν. τῶν δὲ ἀμφὶ τὰς φλεγμαινούσας κυπταζόντων τραπέζας, τὰ σφέτερα τιθηνουμένων πάθη, δαίμων καθηγεῖται λιχνότατος, ὃν ἔγωγε οὐκ ἂν αἰσχυνθείην »κοιλιοδαίμονα« προσειπεῖν, [καὶ] δαιμόνων κάκιστον καὶ ἐξωλέστατον. παραπλήσιος οὖν οὗτος ἀτεχνῶς τῷ ἐγγαστριμύθῳ καλουμένῳ. ἄμεινον δὲ πολλῷ τοῦ δαίμονα ἔχειν σύνοικον εὐδαίμονα γενέσθαι· εὐδαιμονία δὲ ἐν χρήσει ἀρετῆς ἐξετάζεται.
polyteleia de ouk eis apolausin erēmon, allʼ eis metadosin koinōnikēn epitēdeios. dio paraphylakteon tōn brōmatōn ha mē peinōntas hēmas esthiein anapeithei goēteuonta tas orexeis. mē gar ouk enesti kai en euteleią sōphroni polyeidia edesmatōn hygieinē? bolboi, elaiai, lachanōn enia, gala, tyros ta te hōraia hepsēmata te pantodapa zōmōn aneu. kan optou deę̄ kreōs ē hephthou, metadoteon. »echete ti brōsimon enthade?« eipen ho kyrios pros tous mathētas meta tēn anastasin. »hoi de« (hate hypʼ autou euteleian askein dedidagmenoi) »epedōkan autǭ ichthyos optou meros; kai phagōn enōpion autōn eipen autois«, phēsin ho Loukas, hosa eipen. pros toutois oude tragēmatōn kai kēriōn amoirous periorateon tous deipnountas kata logon. tōn gar toi brōmatōn epitēdeiotata hois autothen chrēsthai hyparchei dicha pyros, epei kai hetoimotera, deutera de ta eutelestera, hōs proeirēkamen. tōn de amphi tas phlegmainousas kyptazontōn trapezas, ta sphetera tithēnoumenōn pathē, daimōn kathēgeitai lichnotatos, hon egōge ouk an aischyntheiēn »koiliodaimona« proseipein, [kai] daimonōn kakiston kai exōlestaton. paraplēsios oun houtos atechnōs tǭ engastrimythǭ kaloumenǭ. ameinon de pollǭ tou daimona echein synoikon eudaimona genesthai; eudaimonia de en chrēsei aretēs exetazetai.
Costliness is suited not to solitary enjoyment but to sharing with others. So we must guard against foods that persuade us to eat when we are not hungry, bewitching the appetite. Is there not, even in temperate frugality, a healthy variety of foods? Bulbs, olives, some vegetables, milk, cheese, fruits, and all kinds of cooked dishes without sauces. And if roast or boiled meat is needed, it may be taken. “Have you anything to eat here?” the Lord said to the disciples after the resurrection. “And they” (having been taught by him to practice frugality) “gave him a piece of broiled fish; and he ate before them and said to them,” says Luke, what he said. Besides, those who dine according to reason should not be kept without their share of sweetmeats and honeycombs. Of foods, the most suitable are those that can be used at once without fire, since they are also readier; and second, as we said, the cheaper ones. But those who stoop over steaming tables, nursing their own passions, are led by a most dainty demon, whom I would not be ashamed to call a “belly-demon” [and] the worst and most ruinous of demons. He is very like the one called a ventriloquist (“belly-speaker”). It is much better to be happy (eudaimōn, “with a good daimon”) than to have a demon as housemate; and happiness is found in the practice of virtue.
2.1.16Stählin 1:165–166
Ματθαῖος μὲν οὖν ὁ ἀπόστολος σπερμάτων καὶ ἀκροδρύων καὶ λαχάνων ἄνευ κρεῶν μετελάμβανεν, Ἰωάννης δὲ ὑπερτείνας τὴν ἐγκράτειαν »ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἤσθιεν ἄγριον«. ὑῶν δὲ ἀπείχετο καὶ Πέτρος· ἀλλʼ »ἔπεσεν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις«, ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων γέγραπται, »καὶ θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον καί τι σκεῦος τέτταρσιν ἀρχαῖς ἐκδεδεμένον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· πάντα τὰ τετράποδα καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ πτηνὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ· καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν· ἀνάστα καὶ θῦσον καὶ φάγε. Πέτρος δὲ εἶπεν· μηδαμῶς, κύριε, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον. καὶ ἡ φωνὴ πάλιν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐκ δευτέρου· ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου.« καὶ ἡμῖν δὲ ἄρα ἀδιάφορος ἡ χρῆσις. »οὐ γὰρ τὰ εἰσερχόμενα εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον«, ἀλλὰ ἡ περὶ τῆς ἀκρασίας διάληψις κενή. ὁ γάρ τοι θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον πλάσας »πάντα ὑμῖν« εἶπεν »ἔσται εἰς βρῶσιν«. »λάχανα δὲ μετὰ ἀγάπης ἢ μόσχον μετὰ δολιότητος·« εὖ τοῦτο ὑπομιμνῄσκει τοῦ προειρημένου λόγου, ὡς οὐ τὰ λάχανα ἡ ἀγάπη, μετὰ δὲ ἀγάπης τὰ δεῖπνα παραληπτέα. ἀγαθὴ μὲν ἡ μέση κατάστασις ἐν πᾶσι μέν, οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀμφὶ τὴν ἑστίασιν παρασκευῇ· ἐπεὶ αἱ μὲν ἀκρότητες σφαλεραί, αἱ μεσότητες δὲ ἀγαθαί.
Matthaios men oun ho apostolos spermatōn kai akrodryōn kai lachanōn aneu kreōn metelambanen, Iōannēs de hyperteinas tēn enkrateian »akridas kai meli ēsthien agrion«. hyōn de apeicheto kai Petros; allʼ »epesen epʼ auton ekstasis«, en tais Praxesi tōn apostolōn gegraptai, »kai theōrei ton ouranon aneǭgmenon kai ti skeuos tettarsin archais ekdedemenon epi tēs gēs; panta ta tetrapoda kai ta herpeta tēs gēs kai ta ptēna tou ouranou en autǭ; kai egeneto phōnē pros auton; anasta kai thyson kai phage. Petros de eipen; mēdamōs, kyrie, hoti oudepote ephagon pan koinon kai akatharton. kai hē phōnē palin pros auton ek deuterou; ha ho theos ekatharisen, sy mē koinou.« kai hēmin de ara adiaphoros hē chrēsis. »ou gar ta eiserchomena eis to stoma koinoi ton anthrōpon«, alla hē peri tēs akrasias dialēpsis kenē. ho gar toi theos ton anthrōpon plasas »panta hymin« eipen »estai eis brōsin«. »lachana de meta agapēs ē moschon meta doliotētos;« eu touto hypomimnę̄skei tou proeirēmenou logou, hōs ou ta lachana hē agapē, meta de agapēs ta deipna paralēptea. agathē men hē mesē katastasis en pasi men, ouch hēkista de kai en tę̄ amphi tēn hestiasin paraskeuę̄; epei hai men akrotētes sphalerai, hai mesotētes de agathai.
The apostle Matthew partook of seeds, nuts, and vegetables, without meat; and John, exceeding in self-control, “ate locusts and wild honey.” Peter abstained from pork; but “a trance fell upon him,” as is written in the Acts of the Apostles, “and he sees heaven opened and a vessel let down to the earth by four corners, and in it all the four-footed animals and creeping things of the earth and birds of the air; and a voice came to him, Rise, kill and eat. But Peter said, By no means, Lord, for I have never eaten anything common or unclean. And the voice came to him again a second time, What God has cleansed, do not call common.” For us too, then, the use of food is indifferent. “For it is not what goes into the mouth that defiles a man,” but a vain opinion about incontinence. For God, when he formed man, said, “All things shall be food for you.” “Better vegetables with love than a calf with deceit”: this recalls well what was said before, that love is not the vegetables, but suppers are to be taken with love. The middle state is good in all things, and not least in the preparation of meals; since extremes are dangerous, but means are good.
2.1.17Stählin 1:166
μέσον δέ ἐστι πᾶν τὸ ἀνενδεὲς τῶν ἀναγκαίων· αἱ γὰρ κατὰ φύσιν ὀρέξεις αὐταρκείᾳ περιορίζονται. Ἰουδαίοις δὲ διὰ τοῦ νόμου οἰκονομικώτατα καταγγέλλεται ἡ εὐτέλεια· μυρίων γὰρ ὅσων ἀφείλατο τὴν χρῆσιν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς αὐτοὺς διὰ Μωσέως, αἰτίας προσάπτων, κεκρυμμένας μὲν τὰς πνευματικάς, ἐμφανεῖς δὲ τὰς σαρκικάς, αἷς καὶ πεπιστεύκασι, τοῖς μὲν ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι δίχηλα, τοῖς δὲ ὅτι τὴν τροφὴν οὐ μηρυκᾶται, τὰ δʼ ὅτι ἄρα οὐκ ἔχει μόνα τῶν ἐνύδρων λεπίδας, ὡς ὀλίγα παντελῶς ἀπολείπεσθαι πρὸς τὴν τροφὴν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτήδεια. ὧν δὲ ἐφῆκεν ἅπτεσθαι, πάλιν κεκώλυκεν τούτων τὰ θνηξιμαῖα τά τε εἰδωλόθυτα τά τε ἀποπεπνιγμένα· οὐδὲ γὰρ τούτων ψαύειν θέμις. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἀμήχανον χρώμενον τοῖς ἡδέσιν ἀποστῆναι τῆς ἀποδοχῆς αὐτῶν, τὴν ἐναντίαν ἀντέθηκεν ἀγωγήν, μέχρις ἂν ἐκλύσῃ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἔθους ἐπὶ τὴν ἡδυπάθειαν καταδρομήν. ἀνθρώποις δὲ τὰ μὲν πολλὰ βλάβην καὶ λύπην ἐνεγέννησεν ἡδονή, δυσπάθειαν δὲ καὶ λήθην καὶ ἀφροσύνην ἡ πολυτροφία ἐντίκτει τῇ ψυχῇ.
meson de esti pan to anendees tōn anankaiōn; hai gar kata physin orexeis autarkeią periorizontai. Ioudaiois de dia tou nomou oikonomikōtata katangelletai hē euteleia; myriōn gar hosōn apheilato tēn chrēsin ho paidagōgos autous dia Mōseōs, aitias prosaptōn, kekrymmenas men tas pneumatikas, emphaneis de tas sarkikas, hais kai pepisteukasi, tois men hoti ouk esti dichēla, tois de hoti tēn trophēn ou mērykatai, ta dʼ hoti ara ouk echei mona tōn enydrōn lepidas, hōs oliga pantelōs apoleipesthai pros tēn trophēn autois epitēdeia. hōn de ephēken haptesthai, palin kekōlyken toutōn ta thnēximaia ta te eidōlothyta ta te apopepnigmena; oude gar toutōn psauein themis. epei gar amēchanon chrōmenon tois hēdesin apostēnai tēs apodochēs autōn, tēn enantian antethēken agōgēn, mechris an eklysę̄ tēn ek tou ethous epi tēn hēdypatheian katadromēn. anthrōpois de ta men polla blabēn kai lypēn enegennēsen hēdonē, dyspatheian de kai lēthēn kai aphrosynēn hē polytrophia entiktei tę̄ psychę̄.
The mean is whatever lacks none of the necessities; for natural appetites are limited by sufficiency. To the Jews frugality was enjoined through the law with great wisdom; for the Instructor, through Moses, took away from them the use of a great many things, attaching reasons, the spiritual ones hidden, the fleshly ones plain, which they believed: to some animals, that they do not have divided hooves; to others, that they do not chew the cud; to others, that they alone of water creatures do not have scales; so that very few indeed were left them suitable for food. And of those he allowed them to touch, he again forbade what had died of itself, what was offered to idols, and what was strangled; it was not lawful to touch even these. For since it is impossible for one who uses pleasant things to refrain from accepting them, he set against this the opposite training, until he should break the habitual rush toward luxury. In human beings pleasure has bred much harm and pain, and overfeeding begets in the soul sluggishness, forgetfulness, and folly.
2.1.18Stählin 1:166–167
εὐαυξῆ δὲ καὶ τῶν παίδων τὰ σώματα γίνεσθαί φασιν εἰς μῆκος ἐπιδιδόντων ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλλειπούσης τροφῆς· οὐ γὰρ κωλύεται τὸ ἀνατρέχον εἰς αὔξην πνεῦμα τῆς πολλῆς τροφῆς ἀντιφραττούσης τὸ εὔπνουν τοῦ δρόμου. ὅθεν κατηγορῶν τοῦ τρυφῶντος βίου ὁ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐζηλωκὼς τῶν φιλοσόφων Πλάτων τὸ ἔναυσμα τῆς Ἑβραϊκῆς φιλοσοφίας ζωπυρῶν· »ἐλθόντα δέ με«, φησίν, »ὁ ταύτῃ λεγόμενος αὖ βίος εὐδαίμων, Ἰταλικῶν τε καὶ Συρακουσσίων τραπεζῶν πλήρης, οὐδαμῶς ἤρεσεν, δὶς τῆς ἡμέρας ἐμπιμπλάμενον ζῆν καὶ μηδέποτε μόνον κοιμώμενον νύκτωρ, καὶ ὅσα τούτῳ ἐπιτηδεύματα συνέπεται τῷ βίῳ· ἐκ γὰρ τούτων οὔτʼ ἂν φρόνιμος οὐδείς ποτʼ ἂν γενέσθαι τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνθρώπων δύναιτο ἐκ νέου ἐπιτηδεύων τοιαῦτα, οὔθʼ οὕτω θαυμαστῇ φύσει κραθήσεται.« οὐ γὰρ ἄπυστος ἦν ὁ Πλάτων τοῦ Δαβίδ, ὃς ἐν τῇ πόλει τῇ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ἁγίαν ἱδρύων κιβωτὸν ἐν μέσῃ τῇ σκηνῇ, παντὶ τῷ ὑπηκόῳ εὐφροσύνην ποιήσας λαῷ, »ἐναντίον τοῦ κυρίου διεμέρισεν εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς ἕως γυναικός, ἑκάστῳ κολλυρίδα ἄρτου καὶ ἐσχαρίτην καὶ λάγανον ἀπὸ τηγάνου«. αὐτάρκης αὕτη ἡ τροφὴ καὶ Ἰσραηλιτική, ἡ δὲ ἐθνικὴ περιττή. »σώφρων οὐδʼ ἂν μελλήσαι ποτὲ γενέσθαι« ὁ χρώμενος αὐτῇ, τὸν νοῦν ἐγκατορύξας τῇ κοιλίᾳ, τῷ ἰχθύι τῷ καλουμένῳ ὄνῳ τὰ μάλιστα ἐοικώς, ὃν δή φησιν Ἀριστοτέλης μόνον τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἐν τῇ γαστρὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἔχειν. τοῦτον ἐκτραπελόγαστρον Ἐπίχαρμος καλεῖ ὁ κωμικός. τοιοῦτοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ εἰς γαστέρα πεπιστευκότες, »ὧν θεὸς ἡ κοιλία καὶ ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν, οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες«. τούτοις οὐκ ἀγαθὰ προεθέσπισεν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »ὧν τὸ τέλος« εἰπὼν »ἡ ἀπώλεια«.
euauxē de kai tōn paidōn ta sōmata ginesthai phasin eis mēkos epididontōn apo tēs elleipousēs trophēs; ou gar kōlyetai to anatrechon eis auxēn pneuma tēs pollēs trophēs antiphrattousēs to eupnoun tou dromou. hothen katēgorōn tou tryphōntos biou ho tēn alētheian ezēlōkōs tōn philosophōn Platōn to enausma tēs Hebraïkēs philosophias zōpyrōn; »elthonta de me«, phēsin, »ho tautę̄ legomenos au bios eudaimōn, Italikōn te kai Syrakoussiōn trapezōn plērēs, oudamōs ēresen, dis tēs hēmeras empimplamenon zēn kai mēdepote monon koimōmenon nyktōr, kai hosa toutǭ epitēdeumata synepetai tǭ biǭ; ek gar toutōn outʼ an phronimos oudeis potʼ an genesthai tōn hypo ton ouranon anthrōpōn dynaito ek neou epitēdeuōn toiauta, outhʼ houtō thaumastę̄ physei krathēsetai.« ou gar apystos ēn ho Platōn tou Dabid, hos en tę̄ polei tę̄ heautou tēn hagian hidryōn kibōton en mesę̄ tę̄ skēnę̄, panti tǭ hypēkoǭ euphrosynēn poiēsas laǭ, »enantion tou kyriou diemerisen eis pasan tēn dynamin tou Israēl apo andros heōs gynaikos, hekastǭ kollyrida artou kai escharitēn kai laganon apo tēganou«. autarkēs hautē hē trophē kai Israēlitikē, hē de ethnikē perittē. »sōphrōn oudʼ an mellēsai pote genesthai« ho chrōmenos autę̄, ton noun enkatoryxas tę̄ koilią, tǭ ichthui tǭ kaloumenǭ onǭ ta malista eoikōs, hon dē phēsin Aristotelēs monon tōn allōn zǭōn en tę̄ gastri tēn kardian echein. touton ektrapelogastron Epicharmos kalei ho kōmikos. toioutoi tōn anthrōpōn hoi eis gastera pepisteukotes, »hōn theos hē koilia kai hē doxa en tę̄ aischynę̄ autōn, hoi ta epigeia phronountes«. toutois ouk agatha proethespisen ho apostolos, »hōn to telos« eipōn »hē apōleia«.
They say too that children's bodies grow well and increase in height when their food is scanty; for the breath that runs up into growth is not hindered by much food blocking the free passage of its course. So Plato, the philosopher who most zealously sought the truth, kindling the spark of Hebrew philosophy, condemning the luxurious life, says: “When I came, the life called happy there, full of Italian and Syracusan tables, did not please me at all: to live filling oneself twice a day and never sleeping alone at night, and all the practices that go with this life. For from these no one under heaven could ever become wise, practicing such things from youth, nor will he be blended with so wonderful a nature.” For Plato was not unacquainted with David, who, setting up the holy ark in his city in the middle of the tent, made merry with all the people under him, and “before the Lord distributed to all the host of Israel, from man to woman, to each a loaf of bread, a cake baked on the hearth, and a pancake from the pan.” This was sufficient food, the food of Israel; the food of the nations is excessive. The one who uses it “would never even be likely to become self-controlled,” having buried his mind in his belly, very like the fish called the ass, which alone of all animals, Aristotle says, has its heart in its stomach. Epicharmus the comic poet calls it “belly-turned.” Such are the people who have put their faith in the belly, “whose god is the belly, and whose glory is in their shame, who set their minds on earthly things.” For them the apostle foretold no good, saying, “whose end is destruction.”
The 2, chapter 2
2.2.19Stählin 1:167–168
»Οἴνῳ δὲ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ«, τῷ Τιμοθέῳ ὑδροποτοῦντι, »διὰ τὸν στόμαχόν σου«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, παγκάλως νοσηλευομένῳ καὶ πλαδῶντι σώματι κατάλληλον τὸ ἐπιστῦφον βοήθημα προσφέρων, ὀλίγον δὲ ἐγκρίνων τοῦτο, μὴ λάθῃ τὸ βοήθημα διὰ πλῆθος ἄλλης θεραπείας δεόμενον. φυσικὸν μὲν οὖν καὶ νηφάλιον ποτὸν ἀναγκαῖον διψῶσίν ἐστιν ὕδωρ. τοῦτο ἐκ τῆς ἀκροτόμου πέτρας κατειβόμενον τοῖς παλαιοῖς τῶν Ἑβραίων μονότροπον σωφροσύνης ὁ κύριος ἐχορήγει ποτόν, νήφειν δὲ μάλιστα ἐχρῆν τοὺς ἔτι πλανωμένους. ἔπειτα ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἁγία τὸν βότρυν ἐβλάστησεν τὸν προφητικόν. τοῦτο σημεῖον τοῖς εἰς ἀνάπαυσιν ἐκ τῆς πλάνης πεπαιδαγωγημένοις, ὁ μέγας βότρυς, ὁ λόγος ὁ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν θλιβείς, τὸ αἷμα τῆς σταφυλῆς ὕδατι κίρνασθαι ἐθελήσαντος τοῦ λόγου, ὡς καὶ τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ σωτηρίᾳ κίρναται. διττὸν δὲ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ κυρίου· τὸ μέν ἐστιν αὐτοῦ σαρκικόν, ᾧ τῆς φθορᾶς λελυτρώμεθα, τὸ δὲ πνευματικόν, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ᾧ κεχρίσμεθα.
»Oinǭ de oligǭ chrō«, tǭ Timotheǭ hydropotounti, »dia ton stomachon sou«, phēsin ho apostolos, pankalōs nosēleuomenǭ kai pladōnti sōmati katallēlon to epistyphon boēthēma prospherōn, oligon de enkrinōn touto, mē lathę̄ to boēthēma dia plēthos allēs therapeias deomenon. physikon men oun kai nēphalion poton anankaion dipsōsin estin hydōr. touto ek tēs akrotomou petras kateibomenon tois palaiois tōn Hebraiōn monotropon sōphrosynēs ho kyrios echorēgei poton, nēphein de malista echrēn tous eti planōmenous. epeita hē ampelos hē hagia ton botryn eblastēsen ton prophētikon. touto sēmeion tois eis anapausin ek tēs planēs pepaidagōgēmenois, ho megas botrys, ho logos ho hyper hēmōn thlibeis, to haima tēs staphylēs hydati kirnasthai ethelēsantos tou logou, hōs kai to haima autou sōtērią kirnatai. ditton de to haima tou kyriou; to men estin autou sarkikon, hǭ tēs phthoras lelytrōmetha, to de pneumatikon, toutʼ estin hǭ kechrismetha.
“Use a little wine,” the apostle says to Timothy, who drank only water, “for the sake of your stomach,” very rightly offering a suitable astringent remedy to a sick and flabby body, and prescribing it in small amount, lest the remedy should unawares, by its quantity, need other treatment. The natural, sober, and necessary drink for the thirsty is water. This, streaming down from the flinty rock, the Lord supplied to the Hebrews of old as their one drink of self-control; and those still wandering needed above all to be sober. Afterward the holy vine sprouted the prophetic cluster. This is a sign to those who have been instructed and led from wandering into rest: the great cluster, the Word, crushed for us, the Word wishing “the blood of the grape” to be mixed with water, as his blood is mixed with salvation. The blood of the Lord is twofold: one is fleshly, by which we have been redeemed from corruption; the other spiritual, that is, by which we have been anointed.
2.2.20Stählin 1:168
καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔστι πιεῖν τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τῆς κυριακῆς μεταλαβεῖν ἀφθαρσίας· ἰσχὺς δὲ τοῦ λόγου τὸ πνεῦμα, ὡς αἷμα σαρκός. ἀναλόγως τοίνυν κίρναται ὁ μὲν οἶνος τῷ ὕδατι, τῷ δὲ ἀνθρώπῳ τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ τὸ μὲν εἰς πίστιν εὐωχεῖ, τὸ κρᾶμα, τὸ δὲ εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν ὁδηγεῖ, τὸ πνεῦμα, ἡ δὲ ἀμφοῖν αὖθις κρᾶσις ποτοῦ τε καὶ λόγου εὐχαριστία κέκληται, χάρις ἐπαινουμένη καὶ καλή, ἧς οἱ κατὰ πίστιν μεταλαμβάνοντες ἁγιάζονται καὶ σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν, τὸ θεῖον κρᾶμα τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦ πατρικοῦ βουλήματος πνεύματι καὶ λόγῳ συγκιρνάντος μυστικῶς· καὶ γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς μὲν τὸ πνεῦμα ᾠκείωται τῇ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ φερομένῃ ψυχῇ, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ τῷ λόγῳ, διʼ ἣν »ὁ λόγος γέγονεν σάρξ«. ἄγαμαι τοίνυν τοὺς αὐστηρὸν ἐπανῃρημένους βίον καὶ τῆς σωφροσύνης τὸ φάρμακον ἐπιποθοῦντας τὸ ὕδωρ, φεύγοντας δὲ ὅτι μάλιστα πορρωτάτω τὸν οἶνον οἷον πυρὸς ἀπειλήν. Ἀρέσκει οὖν τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς κόρας ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον ἀπέχεσθαι τοῦ φαρμάκου τούτου· οὐ γὰρ κατάλληλον ζεούσῃ ἡλικίᾳ τῶν ὑγρῶν τὸ θερμότατον ἐπεγχεῖν, τὸν οἶνον, οἱονεὶ πῦρ ἐποχετεύοντας πυρί, ἐξ οὗ ὁρμαί τε ἄγριαι καὶ φλεγμαίνουσαι ἐπιθυμίαι καὶ διάπυρον ἦθος ἐκκαίεται προπετεῖς τε οἱ νέοι ἔνδοθεν χλιαινόμενοι ἐπὶ τὰς ὀρέξεις γίνονται, ὡς δὴ προὖπτον αὐτῶν τὴν βλάβην ἐλέγχεσθαι διὰ τοῦ σώματος, πεπαινομένων θᾶττον ἢ προσῆκεν τῶν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας μελῶν. ὀργῶσι γοῦν ἀναιδέστερον ἀναζέοντος οἴνου καὶ οἰδοῦσι μαστοί τε καὶ μόρια προκηρύσσοντες ἤδη πορνείας εἰκόνα καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ τραῦμα φλεγμαίνειν ἀναγκάζει τὸ σῶμα σφυγμοί τε ἀναιδεῖς περιεργίαν διώκουσιν εἰς παρανομίας ἐκκαλούμενοι τὸν
kai toutʼ esti piein to haima tou Iēsou, tēs kyriakēs metalabein aphtharsias; ischys de tou logou to pneuma, hōs haima sarkos. analogōs toinyn kirnatai ho men oinos tǭ hydati, tǭ de anthrōpǭ to pneuma, kai to men eis pistin euōchei, to krama, to de eis aphtharsian hodēgei, to pneuma, hē de amphoin authis krasis potou te kai logou eucharistia keklētai, charis epainoumenē kai kalē, hēs hoi kata pistin metalambanontes hagiazontai kai sōma kai psychēn, to theion krama ton anthrōpon tou patrikou boulēmatos pneumati kai logǭ synkirnantos mystikōs; kai gar hōs alēthōs men to pneuma ǭkeiōtai tę̄ hypʼ autou pheromenę̄ psychę̄, hē de sarx tǭ logǭ, diʼ hēn »ho logos gegonen sarx«. agamai toinyn tous austēron epanę̄rēmenous bion kai tēs sōphrosynēs to pharmakon epipothountas to hydōr, pheugontas de hoti malista porrōtatō ton oinon hoion pyros apeilēn. Areskei oun tous paidas kai tas koras hōs epi to pleiston apechesthai tou pharmakou toutou; ou gar katallēlon zeousę̄ hēlikią tōn hygrōn to thermotaton epenchein, ton oinon, hoionei pyr epocheteuontas pyri, ex hou hormai te agriai kai phlegmainousai epithymiai kai diapyron ēthos ekkaietai propeteis te hoi neoi endothen chliainomenoi epi tas orexeis ginontai, hōs dē proupton autōn tēn blabēn elenchesthai dia tou sōmatos, pepainomenōn thatton ē prosēken tōn tēs epithymias melōn. orgōsi goun anaidesteron anazeontos oinou kai oidousi mastoi te kai moria prokēryssontes ēdē porneias eikona kai tēs psychēs to trauma phlegmainein anankazei to sōma sphygmoi te anaideis periergian diōkousin eis paranomias ekkaloumenoi ton
And this is to drink the blood of Jesus: to partake of the Lord's incorruption. The Spirit is the strength of the Word, as blood is of flesh. Correspondingly, then, wine is mixed with water, and the Spirit with the human being; the mixture nourishes to faith, and the Spirit leads to incorruption; and the mingling of both again, of the drink and of the Word, is called Eucharist, a praised and beautiful grace; those who partake of it in faith are sanctified in body and soul, since the Father's will mystically mingles the divine mixture, the human being, with Spirit and Word. For truly the Spirit is joined to the soul, which is carried by him, and the flesh to the Word, for whose sake “the Word became flesh.” I admire, then, those who have chosen an austere life and long for water, the medicine of self-control, fleeing as far as possible from wine as from the threat of fire. It is right that boys and girls should for the most part keep away from this medicine; for it is not suitable to pour on a seething age the hottest of liquids, wine, like channeling fire onto fire. From it wild impulses, burning desires, and a fiery character are kindled; and the young, heated from within, become rash toward their appetites, so that their harm is plainly shown through the body, the members of desire ripening sooner than is fitting. When wine boils up, breasts and private parts swell and are shamelessly aroused, proclaiming already an image of sexual immorality; the body is compelled to inflame the wound of the soul, and shameless pulses pursue curiosity, calling the orderly person to lawlessness.
2.2.21Stählin 1:168–169
κόσμιον. ἐνθένδε ἤδη τῆς ἡλικίας τὸ γλεῦκος ὑπερβάλλει τῆς αἰδοῦς τοὺς ὅρους. χρὴ δέ, ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα, κατασβεννύναι πειρᾶσθαι τὰς ὁρμὰς τῶν νέων, ἀφαιροῦντας μὲν τὸ ὑπέκκαυμα, τὸ τῆς ἀπειλῆς βακχικόν, ἐπεισχέοντας δὲ τὸ ἀντιφάρμακον τῆς ἐκζέσεως, ὃ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τυφομένην ἤδη καθέξει καὶ τὰ μόρια ἐφέξει διοιδοῦντα καὶ κατακοιμίσει τὸν ἐρεθισμὸν τῆς ἤδη σαλευομένης ἐπιθυμίας. Οἱ δὲ ἀκμάζοντες μεθʼ ἡμέραν μὲν ἀρίστου μεταλαβόντες, οἷς κατάλληλον τὸ ἄριστον, ἄρτου μόνον ἀπογευσάμενοι ἀπεχέσθων πάμπαν τοῦ ποτοῦ πρὸς τὸ ἀναπίνεσθαι τὴν περιττὴν ὑγρότητα αὐτῶν ἀνασφογγιζομένην ξηροφαγίᾳ. καὶ γὰρ τὸ συνεχὲς πτύειν καὶ ἀπομύσσεσθαι καὶ περὶ τὰς ἐκκρίσεις σπεύδειν ἀκρασίας τεκμήριον ἐκ τῆς ἀμέτρου προσφορᾶς ὑπερχεομένων τῶν ὑγρῶν τῷ σώματι.
kosmion. enthende ēdē tēs hēlikias to gleukos hyperballei tēs aidous tous horous. chrē de, hōs eni malista, katasbennynai peirasthai tas hormas tōn neōn, aphairountas men to hypekkauma, to tēs apeilēs bakchikon, epeischeontas de to antipharmakon tēs ekzeseōs, ho kai tēn psychēn typhomenēn ēdē kathexei kai ta moria ephexei dioidounta kai katakoimisei ton erethismon tēs ēdē saleuomenēs epithymias. Hoi de akmazontes methʼ hēmeran men aristou metalabontes, hois katallēlon to ariston, artou monon apogeusamenoi apechesthōn pampan tou potou pros to anapinesthai tēn perittēn hygrotēta autōn anasphongizomenēn xērophagią. kai gar to syneches ptyein kai apomyssesthai kai peri tas ekkriseis speudein akrasias tekmērion ek tēs ametrou prosphoras hypercheomenōn tōn hygrōn tǭ sōmati.
Thereupon the new wine of youth overflows the bounds of modesty. We must try, as far as possible, to quench the impulses of the young, taking away the fuel, the threatening Bacchic element, and pouring on the antidote to the boiling, which will restrain the soul already smoldering, check the swelling members, and put to sleep the irritation of desire already stirred. Grown men, when they take a midday meal, if a midday meal suits them, should eat only bread and abstain from drink altogether, so that their superfluous moisture may be absorbed and sponged up by dry food. For constant spitting, blowing the nose, and hurrying to relieve oneself are a sign of incontinence, when the fluids overflow in the body from immoderate intake.
2.2.22Stählin 1:169
εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐπιγίνοιτο δίψα, ἀκείσθων ὕδατι τὸ πάθος οὐ πολλῷ· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὕδατος ἀνέδην ἐμφορεῖσθαι καθήκει, ὡς μὴ ἐκκλύζοιτο ἡ τροφή, καταλεαίνοιτο δὲ εἰς πέψιν καταταττομένων μὲν εἰς τὸν ὄγκον τῶν σιτίων, ὀλίγων δὲ παντάπασιν εἰς τὰς ἐκκρίσεις χωρούντων. πρέπει δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ταῖς θεϊκαῖς φροντίσιν μὴ οἰνοβαρεῖν· ὁ γὰρ »ἄκρατος« κατὰ τὸν κωμικὸν »ὀλίγα ἀναγκάζει φρονεῖν«, μή τι δὲ οὐδὲ σωφρονεῖν. εἰς δὲ ἑσπέραν τοῦ δείπνου περὶ τὴν ὥραν οἴνῳ χρηστέον, ἐπειδὰν μηκέτι τοῖς ἀναγνώσμασιν σχολάζωμεν τοῖς νηφαλιωτέροις. τὸ τηνίκα δὲ ψυχρότερον καὶ τὸ περιέχον παρὰ τὸ μεθʼ ἡμέραν γίγνεται, ὡς δεῖν ὑποτρέφειν τὴν ἐκλείπουσαν ἔμφυτον ἀλέαν ἐπεισάκτῳ θερμότητι, ὀλίγῳ δὲ τῷ οἴνῳ κἀνταῦθα· οὐ γὰρ μέχρι τῶν ὕβρεως προϊτέον κρατήρων. Τοῖς δὲ ἤδη παρηβηκόσιν ἱλαρώτερον ἐπιτρεπτέον μεταλαμβάνειν τοῦ ποτοῦ, τὸ καταψυχόμενον τῆς ἡλικίας, οἷον μαραινόμενον ὑπὸ χρόνου, ἀναζωπυροῦντας ἀβλαβῶς τῷ τῆς ἀμπέλου φαρμάκῳ· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐγκυμαίνονται ἔτι τῶν πρεσβυτέρων αἱ ὀρέξεις περὶ τὰ τῆς μέθης ναυάγια· καθωρμισμένοι μὲν οἷον ἀγκύραις τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τῷ χρόνῳ τὴν ζάλην τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν τὴν καταιγίζουσαν ἐκ μέθης ῥᾷον φέρουσιν, οἷς ἴσως καὶ χαριεντίσασθαί τι ἔξεστι παρὰ τὰς εὐωχίας. ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτοις ὅρος ἔστω τοῦ ποτοῦ μέχρις οὗ τὸν λογισμὸν ἄσειστον διατηρήσωσιν καὶ τὴν μνήμην ἐνεργὸν καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἀσάλευτον οἴνῳ καὶ ἀκράδαντον· ἀκροθώρακα τοῦτον καλοῦσιν οἱ περὶ ταῦτα δεινοί. καλὸν οὖν τὸ προκαταλήγειν διὰ τὸν ὄλισθον.
ei de kai epiginoito dipsa, akeisthōn hydati to pathos ou pollǭ; oude gar hydatos anedēn emphoreisthai kathēkei, hōs mē ekklyzoito hē trophē, kataleainoito de eis pepsin katatattomenōn men eis ton onkon tōn sitiōn, oligōn de pantapasin eis tas ekkriseis chōrountōn. prepei de kai allōs tais theïkais phrontisin mē oinobarein; ho gar »akratos« kata ton kōmikon »oliga anankazei phronein«, mē ti de oude sōphronein. eis de hesperan tou deipnou peri tēn hōran oinǭ chrēsteon, epeidan mēketi tois anagnōsmasin scholazōmen tois nēphaliōterois. to tēnika de psychroteron kai to periechon para to methʼ hēmeran gignetai, hōs dein hypotrephein tēn ekleipousan emphyton alean epeisaktǭ thermotēti, oligǭ de tǭ oinǭ kantautha; ou gar mechri tōn hybreōs proïteon kratērōn. Tois de ēdē parēbēkosin hilarōteron epitrepteon metalambanein tou potou, to katapsychomenon tēs hēlikias, hoion marainomenon hypo chronou, anazōpyrountas ablabōs tǭ tēs ampelou pharmakǭ; oude gar hōs epi pleiston enkymainontai eti tōn presbyterōn hai orexeis peri ta tēs methēs nauagia; kathōrmismenoi men hoion ankyrais tǭ logǭ kai tǭ chronǭ tēn zalēn tōn epithymiōn tēn kataigizousan ek methēs rhąon pherousin, hois isōs kai charientisasthai ti exesti para tas euōchias. alla kai toutois horos estō tou potou mechris hou ton logismon aseiston diatērēsōsin kai tēn mnēmēn energon kai to sōma asaleuton oinǭ kai akradanton; akrothōraka touton kalousin hoi peri tauta deinoi. kalon oun to prokatalēgein dia ton olisthon.
If thirst comes on, let them relieve it with a little water; for it is not fitting to fill oneself unrestrainedly with water either, lest the food be washed through instead of being ground down for digestion, the food being assigned to the body's mass and very little of it passing out in excretion. And in any case it is fitting for those occupied with divine concerns not to be heavy with wine; for “neat wine,” as the comic poet says, “compels one to think little,” to say nothing of self-control. Toward evening, at supper time, wine may be used, when we are no longer occupied with the more sober readings. Then the air too becomes colder than in the day, so that we need to nourish the failing natural warmth with heat from outside; but here too with a little wine, for we must not go on to the bowls of outrage. Those who are already past their prime may be allowed to partake of drink more cheerfully, harmlessly rekindling with the medicine of the vine the chill of age, withering as it were with time; for the appetites of the old are not, for the most part, still tossed by the shipwrecks of drunkenness. Anchored, as it were, by reason and by time, they bear more easily the storm of desires that rushes down from drunkenness; and perhaps they may even be permitted some jesting at feasts. But for them too let the limit of drinking be the point at which they keep their reasoning unshaken, their memory active, and their body unmoved and unshaken by wine; those skilled in these matters call this state “slightly tipsy.” It is good, then, to stop beforehand, for fear of slipping.
2.2.23Stählin 1:169–170
Ἀρτώριος δέ τις ἐν τῷ Περὶ μακροβιοτίας, μέμνημαι γάρ, ἐφʼ ὅσον βρέξαι τὰ σιτία μόνον οἴεται δεῖν προάγειν, ἵνα μακροτέραν κτησώμεθα τὴν ζωήν. ἁρμόδιον τοίνυν τὸν οἶνον τοὺς μὲν ἐν θεραπείας μέρει προσφέρεσθαι διὰ τὴν ὑγείαν μόνην, τοὺς δὲ ἐπʼ ἀνέσει καὶ διαχύσει. οἶνος γὰρ πρῶτον μὲν αὐτὸν αὑτῷ ἵλεω ποιεῖ τὸν πιόντα μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον καὶ τοῖς συμπόταις μειλίχιον καὶ τοῖς οἰκέταις πραΰτερον καὶ προσηνέστερον τοῖς φίλοις, παροινηθεὶς δὲ ἀμείβεται τὴν ὕβριν· θερμὸς γὰρ ὢν καὶ χυμοὺς ἔχων ἡδεῖς, κεκραμένος ἐμμελῶς τὰ μὲν γλίσχρα τῶν περιττωμάτων διατήκει θερμότητι, τοὺς δὲ δριμεῖς καὶ φαύλους ταῖς εὐωδίαις κεράννυσι χυμούς. εὖ γοῦν ἐκεῖνο εἴρηται· »ἀγαλλίαμα ψυχῆς καὶ καρδίας οἶνος ἔκτισται ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς πινόμενος αὐτάρκης.« κίρνασθαι δὲ ἄριστον ὕδατι ὡς πλείστῳ τὸν οἶνον καὶ [μὴ ὡς ὕδωρ ἐπιζητεῖσθαι καὶ] ἀπαμβλύνεσθαι πρὸς τὴν μέθην καὶ μὴ ὡς ὕδωρ ἐπεγχεῖσθαι διὰ τὴν φιλοινίαν· ἄμφω μὲν γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ ποιήματα, καὶ ταύτῃ πρὸς ὑγείαν συνερεῖ ἡ κρᾶσις ἡ ἀμφοῖν, ὕδατός τε καὶ οἴνου, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἀναγκαίου καὶ τοῦ χρησίμου
Artōrios de tis en tǭ Peri makrobiotias, memnēmai gar, ephʼ hoson brexai ta sitia monon oietai dein proagein, hina makroteran ktēsōmetha tēn zōēn. harmodion toinyn ton oinon tous men en therapeias merei prospheresthai dia tēn hygeian monēn, tous de epʼ anesei kai diachysei. oinos gar prōton men auton hautǭ hileō poiei ton pionta mallon ē proteron kai tois sympotais meilichion kai tois oiketais praÿteron kai prosēnesteron tois philois, paroinētheis de ameibetai tēn hybrin; thermos gar ōn kai chymous echōn hēdeis, kekramenos emmelōs ta men glischra tōn perittōmatōn diatēkei thermotēti, tous de drimeis kai phaulous tais euōdiais kerannysi chymous. eu goun ekeino eirētai; »agalliama psychēs kai kardias oinos ektistai apʼ archēs pinomenos autarkēs.« kirnasthai de ariston hydati hōs pleistǭ ton oinon kai [mē hōs hydōr epizēteisthai kai] apamblynesthai pros tēn methēn kai mē hōs hydōr epencheisthai dia tēn philoinian; amphō men gar tou theou poiēmata, kai tautę̄ pros hygeian synerei hē krasis hē amphoin, hydatos te kai oinou, hoti ek tou anankaiou kai tou chrēsimou
A certain Artorius, in his book On Long Life, as I remember, thinks that one should drink only enough to moisten the food, so that we may obtain a longer life. It is fitting, then, for some to take wine as a treatment, only for health, and for others for relaxation and cheer. For wine first makes the drinker more gracious to himself than before, and gentle to his fellow drinkers, milder to his servants, and more agreeable to his friends; but when abused, it repays the outrage. Being warm and having sweet juices, when mixed in due measure, it melts by its heat the sticky residues, and tempers the sharp and bad humors with its fragrance. So it was well said: “Wine drunk in sufficiency was created from the beginning as the gladness of the soul and heart.” It is best to mix wine with as much water as possible, so that it may be blunted against drunkenness [and not be sought like water], and not be poured in like water through love of wine. For both are God's works, and the mixing of both, water and wine, contributes to health in this way, because life consists of the necessary and the useful.
2.2.24Stählin 1:170–171
ὁ βίος συνέστηκεν. τῷ μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαίῳ τῷ ὕδατι ὡς ὅτι πλείστῳ ἐγκαταμικτέον καὶ τοῦ χρησίμου· οἴνῳ δὲ ἀμέτρῳ ἡ μὲν γλῶττα παραποδίζεται, παρίεται δὲ τὰ χείλη, ὀφθαλμοὶ δὲ παρατρέπονται, οἷον κολυμβώσης τῆς ὄψεως ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῆς ὑγρότητος, καὶ ψεύδεσθαι βεβιασμένοι κύκλῳ μὲν ἡγοῦνται περιφέρεσθαι τὰ πάντα, ἀριθμεῖν δὲ οὐ δύνανται τὰ πόρρω ὡς ἔστι μόνα· καὶ μὴν ὁρᾶν μοι δύο μὲν ἡλίους δοκῶ, μεθύων ὁ Θηβαῖος ἔλεγεν γέρων· κινουμένη μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ οἴνου θερμότητος ἡ ὄψις πυκνότερον πολλαπλασίονα τοῦ ἑνὸς φαντάζεται τὴν οὐσίαν· διαφέρει δʼ οὐδὲν ἢ τὴν ὄψιν κινεῖν ἢ τὸ ὁρώμενον· ταὐτὸν γὰρ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ἡ ὄψις πέπονθεν τῆς τοῦ ὑποκειμένου καταλήψεως διὰ τὸν σάλον ἀκριβῶς ἐφικέσθαι μὴ δυναμένη. καὶ αἱ βάσεις καθάπερ ῥεύματι ὑποφέρονται λυγμοί τε καὶ ἔμετοι καὶ παραφροσύναι ἐπεισεκώμασαν. πᾶς γὰρ οἰνωθεὶς ἀνὴρ κατὰ τὴν τραγῳδίαν ἥσσων μὲν ὀργῆς ἐστιν, τοῦ δὲ νοῦ κενός, φιλεῖ τε πολλὴν γλῶτταν ἐκχέας μάτην ἄκων ἀκούειν ἅπερ ἑκὼν εἶπεν κακῶς. καὶ πρό γε τῆς τραγῳδίας ἡ σοφία κέκραγεν· »οἶνος πινόμενος πολὺς ἐν ἐρεθισμῷ καὶ παντὶ πτώματι πληθύνει.«
ho bios synestēken. tǭ men oun anankaiǭ tǭ hydati hōs hoti pleistǭ enkatamikteon kai tou chrēsimou; oinǭ de ametrǭ hē men glōtta parapodizetai, parietai de ta cheilē, ophthalmoi de paratrepontai, hoion kolymbōsēs tēs opseōs hypo tou plēthous tēs hygrotētos, kai pseudesthai bebiasmenoi kyklǭ men hēgountai peripheresthai ta panta, arithmein de ou dynantai ta porrō hōs esti mona; kai mēn horan moi dyo men hēlious dokō, methyōn ho Thēbaios elegen gerōn; kinoumenē men gar hypo tēs tou oinou thermotētos hē opsis pyknoteron pollaplasiona tou henos phantazetai tēn ousian; diapherei dʼ ouden ē tēn opsin kinein ē to horōmenon; tauton gar ex amphoin hē opsis peponthen tēs tou hypokeimenou katalēpseōs dia ton salon akribōs ephikesthai mē dynamenē. kai hai baseis kathaper rheumati hypopherontai lygmoi te kai emetoi kai paraphrosynai epeisekōmasan. pas gar oinōtheis anēr kata tēn tragǭdian hēssōn men orgēs estin, tou de nou kenos, philei te pollēn glōttan ekcheas matēn akōn akouein haper hekōn eipen kakōs. kai pro ge tēs tragǭdias hē sophia kekragen; »oinos pinomenos polys en erethismǭ kai panti ptōmati plēthynei.«
(… of the necessary and the useful.) With the necessary, water, then, as much as possible, some of the useful should be mixed. But with immoderate wine the tongue is hampered, the lips are loosened, the eyes turn aside, the sight swimming, as it were, in the abundance of moisture; and, forced into error, they think everything is going round in a circle, and cannot count distant things as single: “And indeed I seem to see two suns,” said the old Theban when drunk. For sight, moved by the heat of the wine, imagines the one substance many times over. It makes no difference whether the eye or the object seen is moved; for the eye suffers the same from both, being unable, because of the tossing, to grasp its object exactly. And the feet are carried off as by a current, and hiccups, vomiting, and delirium come reveling in. For “every man flushed with wine,” according to tragedy, “is overcome by anger and empty of mind, and, pouring out much talk in vain, he is wont to hear unwillingly the evil he spoke willingly.” And before tragedy, Wisdom cried out: “Wine drunk in excess multiplies provocation and every fall.”
2.2.25Stählin 1:171
Διὸ οἱ μὲν πλεῖστοι ἀνίεσθαί φασιν δεῖν παρὰ τοὺς πότους καὶ τὰ σπουδαῖα εἰς ἕω ὑπερτίθεσθαι. ἐγὼ δὲ τότε μάλιστα τὸν λόγον συνευωχησόμενον ἀξιῶ παρεισάγειν παιδαγωγήσοντα τὴν οἰνοφλυγίαν, μὴ λάθῃ παραπεσοῦσα εἰς μέθην ἡ εὐωχία· ὡς γὰρ ὀφθαλμοὺς οὐκ ἄν τις εὖ φρονῶν πρὶν ἢ ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπνον ἰέναι ἀξιώσειε μύειν, οὕτως οὐδὲ τὸν λόγον ἀπεῖναι τοῦ συμποσίου ὀρθῶς ἄν τις βουληθείη οὐδὲ προκατακοιμίζειν αὐτὸν τῶν πράξεων ἐπιτηδεύσαι ἂν καλῶς. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀφίστασθαί ποτε δυνήσεται τῶν οἰκείων ὁ λόγος αὐτῷ, οὐδʼ ἂν καθεύδωμεν· καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπνον παρακλητέον. τελεία γὰρ ἡ σοφία θείων οὖσα καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων ἐπιστήμη ἐμπεριλαβοῦσα τὰ ὅλα, κατʼ ἐκεῖνο, καθʼ ὃ ἂν ἐπισκοπῇ τὴν ἀνθρώπων ἀγέλην, τέχνη γίνεται περὶ βίον, καὶ ταύτῃ πάντῃ συμπάρεστιν ἐφʼ ὅσον βιοῦμεν, ἀεὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἔργον ἐκτελοῦσα, τὴν εὐζωΐαν. οἱ δὲ κακοδαίμονες οἱ ἀπελαύνοντες σωφροσύνην εὐωχίας μακαριστὸν ἡγοῦνται βίον τὴν ἀκοσμίαν τὴν περὶ τὰ συμπόσια, ὧν ἐστι τὸ ζῆν οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ κῶμος, κραιπάλη, βαλανεῖα, ἄκρατος, ἀμίδες, ἀργία, πότος.
Dio hoi men pleistoi aniesthai phasin dein para tous potous kai ta spoudaia eis heō hypertithesthai. egō de tote malista ton logon syneuōchēsomenon axiō pareisagein paidagōgēsonta tēn oinophlygian, mē lathę̄ parapesousa eis methēn hē euōchia; hōs gar ophthalmous ouk an tis eu phronōn prin ē epi ton hypnon ienai axiōseie myein, houtōs oude ton logon apeinai tou symposiou orthōs an tis boulētheiē oude prokatakoimizein auton tōn praxeōn epitēdeusai an kalōs. allʼ oude aphistasthai pote dynēsetai tōn oikeiōn ho logos autǭ, oudʼ an katheudōmen; kai gar epi ton hypnon paraklēteon. teleia gar hē sophia theiōn ousa kai anthrōpinōn pragmatōn epistēmē emperilabousa ta hola, katʼ ekeino, kathʼ ho an episkopę̄ tēn anthrōpōn agelēn, technē ginetai peri bion, kai tautę̄ pantę̄ symparestin ephʼ hoson bioumen, aei to idion ergon ektelousa, tēn euzōïan. hoi de kakodaimones hoi apelaunontes sōphrosynēn euōchias makariston hēgountai bion tēn akosmian tēn peri ta symposia, hōn esti to zēn ouden allʼ ē kōmos, kraipalē, balaneia, akratos, amides, argia, potos.
So most people say that at drinking parties one should relax and put off serious matters until the morning. But I think it right to bring in the Word then above all, to share the feast and to instruct the love of wine, lest the feast slip unawares into drunkenness. For as no one in his right mind would think of closing his eyes before going to sleep, so no one could rightly wish the Word to be absent from the banquet, nor would one do well to put him to sleep before our actions. Indeed the Word will never be able to leave his own, not even when we sleep; for he must be called to our sleep too. For wisdom, being perfect knowledge of divine and human things, embracing the whole, becomes, insofar as it oversees the flock of humankind, an art of living, and so it is present everywhere as long as we live, always fulfilling its proper work, a good life. But the ill-starred who drive self-control away from their feasts think the disorder of banquets a blessed life; for them life is nothing but revelry, hangover, baths, neat wine, chamber pots, idleness, drinking.
2.2.26Stählin 1:171–172
ὁρᾶν γοῦν ἔστιν αὐτῶν τινας ἡμιμεθεῖς, σφαλλομένους, περὶ τοῖς τραχήλοις ἔχοντας στεφάνους ὥσπερ τοὺς ἀμφορεῖς, διαπυτίζοντας ἀλλήλοις τὸν ἄκρατον φιλοτησίας ὀνόματι, ἄλλους δὲ πλήρεις κραιπάλης, αὐχμῶντας, ὠχριῶντας, τὰ πρόσωπα πελιδνοὺς καὶ ἔτι ἐπὶ τῇ χθιζῇ μέθῃ ἄλλην ἕωθεν αὖθις ἀναντλοῦντας μέθην. καλόν, ὦ φίλοι, καλὸν καταμαθόντας ὅτι μάλιστα πόρρωθεν τὴν εἰκόνα ταύτην τὴν γελοίαν ἅμα καὶ ἐλεεινὴν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὸ ἄμεινον σχηματίζειν, ὀρρωδοῦντας μὴ ἄρα πῃ καὶ ἡμεῖς παραπλήσιον θέαμα ἄλλοις καὶ γέλως γενώμεθα. ἀστείως ἄρα εἴρηται· »ὡς ἄρα κάμινος μὲν δοκιμάζει στόμωμα ἐν βαφῇ, οἶνος δὲ καρδίαν ὑπερηφάνων ἐν μέθῃ.«
horan goun estin autōn tinas hēmimetheis, sphallomenous, peri tois trachēlois echontas stephanous hōsper tous amphoreis, diapytizontas allēlois ton akraton philotēsias onomati, allous de plēreis kraipalēs, auchmōntas, ōchriōntas, ta prosōpa pelidnous kai eti epi tę̄ chthizę̄ methę̄ allēn heōthen authis anantlountas methēn. kalon, ō philoi, kalon katamathontas hoti malista porrōthen tēn eikona tautēn tēn geloian hama kai eleeinēn sphas autous pros to ameinon schēmatizein, orrōdountas mē ara pę̄ kai hēmeis paraplēsion theama allois kai gelōs genōmetha. asteiōs ara eirētai; »hōs ara kaminos men dokimazei stomōma en baphę̄, oinos de kardian hyperēphanōn en methę̄.«
One can see some of them half-drunk, staggering, with garlands around their necks like wine jars, spitting neat wine at one another in the name of loving toasts; and others full of last night's excess, unwashed, pale, their faces livid, and still, on top of yesterday's drunkenness, drawing up another drunkenness in the morning. It is good, friends, it is good, having observed this ridiculous and pitiable picture from as far away as possible, to shape ourselves for the better, fearing lest we too somehow become a similar spectacle and laughingstock to others. So it has been well said: “As the furnace tests the temper of steel by dipping, so wine tests the heart of the proud in drunkenness.”
2.2.27Stählin 1:172–173
μέθη μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἀκράτου χρῆσις σφοδροτέρα, παροινία δὲ ἡ ἐκ τῆς χρήσεως ἀκοσμία, κραιπάλη δὲ ἡ ἐπὶ τῇ μέθῃ δυσαρέστησις καὶ ἀηδία ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸ κάρα πάλλειν ὠνομασμένη. τοῦτον τὸν βίον, εἰ βίον καλεῖν χρή, ῥᾴθυμον ὄντα καὶ περὶ τὰς ἡδυπαθείας κεκινημένον καὶ περὶ τὴν οἰνοφλυγίαν ἐπτοημένον ἡ θεία σοφία ὑφορωμένη παραγγέλλει τοῖς αὑτῆς τέκνοις· »μὴ ἴσθι οἰνοπότης μηδὲ ἐκτείνου συμβολαῖς, κρεῶν ἀγορασμοῖς, πᾶς γὰρ μέθυσος καὶ πορνοκόπος πτωχεύσει καὶ ἐνδύσεται διερρηγμένα πᾶς ὑπνώδης.« ὑπνώδης γὰρ πᾶς ὁ μὴ εἰς σοφίαν ἐγρηγορῶν, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ μέθης βαπτιζόμενος εἰς ὕπνον. καὶ διερρωγότα, φησίν, ἐνδύσεται ὁ πάροινος, ἐπαισχυνθήσεται τῇ μέθῃ διὰ τοὺς κατοπτεύοντας. ὀπαὶ γὰρ ἁμαρτωλοῦ τὰ διερρωγότα τοῦ ὕφους τοῦ σαρκικοῦ φιληδονίαις κατατετρημένα, διʼ ὧν ἡ αἰσχύνη ἔνδοθεν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιθεωρεῖται, ἡ ἁμαρτία, διʼ ἣν οὐδὲ σωθήσεται ῥᾳδίως τὸ ὕφος τὸ ἀπεσπασμένον πάντοθεν εἰς πολλὰς κατασηπόμενον ἐπιθυμίας, τὸ ἀπεσχισμένον τῆς σωτηρίας. ταύτῃ νουθετικώτατα ἐπιφέρει· »τίνι οὐαί; τίνι θόρυβος; τίνι κρίσις; τίνι ἀηδεῖς λέσχαι; τίνι συντρίμματα διακενῆς;« ὁρᾶτε ὅλον διερρωγότα τὸν φίλοινον, ὃς παρορᾷ μὲν τὸν λόγον αὐτόν, ἔκδοτον δὲ αὑτὸν συνεχώρησεν τῇ μέθῃ, ὅσα τούτῳ ἠπείλησεν ἡ γραφή· καὶ πάλιν ἐπιφέρει τῇ ἀπειλῇ· »τίνος πελιδνοὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοί; οὐ τῶν ἐγχρονιζόντων ἐν οἴνοις; οὐ τῶν ἰχνευόντων ποῦ πότοι γίνονται;« ἐνταῦθα μὲν καὶ νεκρὸν ἤδη τῷ λόγῳ τὸν φιλοπότην ἀποφαίνεται, διὰ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τῶν πελιδνῶν, ὃ τοῖς νεκροῖς σημεῖον ἐπιφαίνεται, τὸν ἐν κυρίῳ θάνατον αὐτῷ καταγγείλασα· ἡ γὰρ ἀμνηστία τῶν εἰς τὴν ἀληθῆ
methē men oun estin akratou chrēsis sphodrotera, paroinia de hē ek tēs chrēseōs akosmia, kraipalē de hē epi tę̄ methę̄ dysarestēsis kai aēdia apo tou to kara pallein ōnomasmenē. touton ton bion, ei bion kalein chrē, rhąthymon onta kai peri tas hēdypatheias kekinēmenon kai peri tēn oinophlygian eptoēmenon hē theia sophia hyphorōmenē parangellei tois hautēs teknois; »mē isthi oinopotēs mēde ekteinou symbolais, kreōn agorasmois, pas gar methysos kai pornokopos ptōcheusei kai endysetai dierrēgmena pas hypnōdēs.« hypnōdēs gar pas ho mē eis sophian egrēgorōn, alla hypo methēs baptizomenos eis hypnon. kai dierrōgota, phēsin, endysetai ho paroinos, epaischynthēsetai tę̄ methę̄ dia tous katopteuontas. opai gar hamartōlou ta dierrōgota tou hyphous tou sarkikou philēdoniais katatetrēmena, diʼ hōn hē aischynē endothen tēs psychēs epitheōreitai, hē hamartia, diʼ hēn oude sōthēsetai rhądiōs to hyphos to apespasmenon pantothen eis pollas katasēpomenon epithymias, to apeschismenon tēs sōtērias. tautę̄ nouthetikōtata epipherei; »tini ouai? tini thorybos? tini krisis? tini aēdeis leschai? tini syntrimmata diakenēs?« horate holon dierrōgota ton philoinon, hos parorą men ton logon auton, ekdoton de hauton synechōrēsen tę̄ methę̄, hosa toutǭ ēpeilēsen hē graphē; kai palin epipherei tę̄ apeilę̄; »tinos pelidnoi hoi ophthalmoi? ou tōn enchronizontōn en oinois? ou tōn ichneuontōn pou potoi ginontai?« entautha men kai nekron ēdē tǭ logǭ ton philopotēn apophainetai, dia tōn ophthalmōn tōn pelidnōn, ho tois nekrois sēmeion epiphainetai, ton en kyriǭ thanaton autǭ katangeilasa; hē gar amnēstia tōn eis tēn alēthē
Drunkenness is the immoderate use of neat wine; drunken misbehavior is the disorder that comes from that use; and crapulence (kraipalē) is the discomfort and nausea after drunkenness, named from the shaking of the head (kara pallein). Divine Wisdom, viewing this life, if it should be called life, which is idle, stirred up for luxuries and excited by the love of wine, commands her children: “Do not be a wine-bibber, nor stretch yourself out at banquets and meat-buying; for every drunkard and whoremonger will become poor, and every sleepy one will be clothed in rags.” For everyone is sleepy who is not awake to wisdom but is plunged into sleep by drunkenness. And the drunkard, it says, will be clothed in rags; he will be put to shame by his drunkenness before those who see him. For the rents are the sinner's holes, the tears in the fleshly fabric, bored through by love of pleasure, through which the shame within the soul is seen, the sin; because of which the fabric, torn on every side and rotting into many desires, torn away from salvation, will not easily be saved. So, most admonishingly, it adds: “Who has woe? Who has tumult? Who has judgment? Who has unpleasant talk? Who has wounds without cause?” You see the lover of wine entirely in rags, who overlooks the Word himself and has given himself up to drunkenness, all the things with which Scripture threatened him. And again it adds to the threat: “Whose eyes are livid? Is it not those who linger over wine? Is it not those who track down where drinking parties are held?” Here it shows the lover of drink as already dead to the Word, through the livid eyes, a sign that appears on the dead, announcing to him death in the Lord; for forgetfulness of what leads to true
2.2.28Stählin 1:173
συντεινόντων ζωὴν ἐπὶ τὴν φθορὰν ῥέπει. εἰκότως οὖν στερρότατα ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἀπαγορεύει τῆς ἡμετέρας κηδόμενος σωτηρίας· »μὴ πίνετε οἶνον ἐπὶ μέθῃ.« διὰ τί, πεύσῃ; »ὅτι«, φησί, »τὸ στόμα σου τότε λαλήσει σκολιά, κατακείσῃ δὲ ὥσπερ ἐν καρδίᾳ θαλάσσης καὶ ὥσπερ κυβερνήτης ἐν πολλῷ κλύδωνι.« ἐντεῦθεν καὶ ἡ ποιητικὴ ὠφελημένη λέγει· οἶνός τε, ὃς πυρὶ ἶσον ἔχει μένος, εὖτʼ ἂν ἐς ἄνδρας ἔλθῃ, κυμαίνει δʼ οἷα Λίβυσσαν ἅλα βορέης ἠὲ νότος, τὰ δὲ κεκρυμμένα πάντα φαίνει, ἁμαρτοεπής· οἶνος μεθύουσιν ὄλισθος, οἶνος ψυχαπάτης καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ὁρᾶτε τοῦ ναυαγίου τὸν κίνδυνον; περικλύζεται μὲν ἡ καρδία πολυποσίᾳ, τὸ δὲ πλῆθος τῆς οἰνοφλυγίας θαλάττης εἴκασεν ἀπειλῇ, ἐν ᾗ βεβυθισμένον τὸ σῶμα ὥσπερ ναῦς δέδυκεν εἰς βυθὸν ἀκοσμίας ταῖς τοῦ οἴνου τρικυμίαις ἐπικεχωσμένον, ὁ δὲ κυβερνήτης, ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἀνθρώπινος, περιφέρεται τῷ κλύδωνι ὑπερεχούσης τῆς μέθης, ἐνθαλαττεύων τε ἰλιγγιᾷ τῷ ζόφῳ τῆς καταιγίδος, τοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀστοχήσας λιμένος, ἕως ἂν περιπεσὼν ὑφάλοις πέτραις αὐτὸς αὑτὸν ἐξοκείλας εἰς ἡδονὰς διαφθείρῃ.
synteinontōn zōēn epi tēn phthoran rhepei. eikotōs oun sterrotata ho paidagōgos apagoreuei tēs hēmeteras kēdomenos sōtērias; »mē pinete oinon epi methę̄.« dia ti, peusę̄? »hoti«, phēsi, »to stoma sou tote lalēsei skolia, katakeisę̄ de hōsper en kardią thalassēs kai hōsper kybernētēs en pollǭ klydōni.« enteuthen kai hē poiētikē ōphelēmenē legei; oinos te, hos pyri ison echei menos, eutʼ an es andras elthę̄, kymainei dʼ hoia Libyssan hala boreēs ēe notos, ta de kekrymmena panta phainei, hamartoepēs; oinos methyousin olisthos, oinos psychapatēs kai ta hexēs. horate tou nauagiou ton kindynon? periklyzetai men hē kardia polyposią, to de plēthos tēs oinophlygias thalattēs eikasen apeilę̄, en hę̄ bebythismenon to sōma hōsper naus dedyken eis bython akosmias tais tou oinou trikymiais epikechōsmenon, ho de kybernētēs, ho nous ho anthrōpinos, peripheretai tǭ klydōni hyperechousēs tēs methēs, enthalatteuōn te ilingią tǭ zophǭ tēs kataigidos, tou tēs alētheias astochēsas limenos, heōs an peripesōn hyphalois petrais autos hauton exokeilas eis hēdonas diaphtheirę̄.
life slides toward corruption. Rightly, then, the Instructor, caring for our salvation, forbids most strictly: “Do not drink wine to drunkenness.” Why, you will ask? “Because,” it says, “your mouth will then speak crooked things, and you will lie as in the heart of the sea, and like a pilot in a great storm.” Poetry, having benefited from this, says: “And wine, which has might equal to fire, when it comes upon men, surges as the north or south wind surges the Libyan sea, and reveals all hidden things, a speaker of wrong words; wine is a slip for the drunken, wine a deceiver of the soul,” and so on. Do you see the danger of shipwreck? The heart is flooded by much drinking; and he likened the mass of wine-bibbing to the threat of the sea, in which the body, sunk like a ship, has gone down into a deep of disorder, buried under the huge waves of wine; while the pilot, the human mind, is carried around by the surge as drunkenness prevails, and, tossing at sea, grows dizzy in the darkness of the storm, missing the harbor of truth, until, striking hidden rocks, it runs itself aground and is destroyed in pleasures.
2.2.29Stählin 1:173–174
Εἰκότως οὖν καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος παραγγέλλει· »μὴ μεθύσκεσθε ἐν οἴνῳ, ᾧ ἐστιν ἀσωτία πολλή«, τὸ ἄσωστον τῆς μέθης διὰ τῆς ἀσωτίας αἰνιξάμενος. εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον ἐν τοῖς γάμοις πεποίηκεν, οὐκ ἐπέτρεψεν μεθύειν, τὸ δὲ ὑδαρὲς τοῦ φρονήματος ἐζωοποίησεν, τοῦ νόμου † τὴν ἐργάτιν ἐξ Ἀδάμ, τὸν κόσμον ὅλον αἵματι πληρώσας ἀμπέλου, ποτὸν ἀληθείας, τὸ κρᾶμα τοῦ νόμου τοῦ παλαιοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ νέου, εἰς συμπλήρωσιν τοῦ χρόνου τοῦ προκατηλλαγμένου θεοσεβείᾳ παρασχών. μυστικὸν ἄρα σύμβολον ἡ γραφὴ αἵματος ἁγίου οἶνον ὠνόμασεν, τὴν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου ἑωλοκρασίαν διελέγχουσα »ἀκόλαστον οἶνος« φησὶν »καὶ ὑβριστικὸν μέθη«. ἀρέσκει τοίνυν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ὀρθῷ χειμῶνος μὲν διὰ τὸ κρύος πίνειν μέχρι τοῦ μὴ ῥιγοῦν, οἷς εὐχερὲς τὸ ῥιγοῦν, τοῦ δὲ ἄλλου καιροῦ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐντοσθιδίων θεραπείαν. ὡς γὰρ τροφαῖς ἐπὶ τὸ μὴ πεινῆν, οὕτως καὶ ποτῷ ἐπὶ τὸ μὴ διψῆν χρηστέον, παραφυλάττοντας τὸν ὄλισθον ἀκριβῶς· ἀκροσφαλὴς γὰρ ἡ τοῦ οἴνου παρείσδυσις. οὕτω δʼ ἂν καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν ὑπάρξαι καθαρὰ καὶ ξηρὰ καὶ φωτοειδής, »αὐγὴ δὲ ψυχὴ ξηρὰ σοφωτάτη καὶ ἀρίστη«. ταύτῃ δὲ καὶ ἐποπτική, οὐδέ ἐστιν κάθυγρος ταῖς ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου ἀναθυμιάσεσιν νεφέλης δίκην σωματοποιουμένη.
Eikotōs oun kai ho apostolos parangellei; »mē methyskesthe en oinǭ, hǭ estin asōtia pollē«, to asōston tēs methēs dia tēs asōtias ainixamenos. ei gar kai to hydōr oinon en tois gamois pepoiēken, ouk epetrepsen methyein, to de hydares tou phronēmatos ezōopoiēsen, tou nomou † tēn ergatin ex Adam, ton kosmon holon haimati plērōsas ampelou, poton alētheias, to krama tou nomou tou palaiou kai tou logou tou neou, eis symplērōsin tou chronou tou prokatēllagmenou theosebeią paraschōn. mystikon ara symbolon hē graphē haimatos hagiou oinon ōnomasen, tēn de ek tou oinou heōlokrasian dielenchousa »akolaston oinos« phēsin »kai hybristikon methē«. areskei toinyn tǭ logǭ tǭ orthǭ cheimōnos men dia to kryos pinein mechri tou mē rhigoun, hois eucheres to rhigoun, tou de allou kairou dia tēn tōn entosthidiōn therapeian. hōs gar trophais epi to mē peinēn, houtōs kai potǭ epi to mē dipsēn chrēsteon, paraphylattontas ton olisthon akribōs; akrosphalēs gar hē tou oinou pareisdysis. houtō dʼ an kai hē psychē hēmōn hyparxai kathara kai xēra kai phōtoeidēs, »augē de psychē xēra sophōtatē kai aristē«. tautę̄ de kai epoptikē, oude estin kathygros tais ek tou oinou anathymiasesin nephelēs dikēn sōmatopoioumenē.
Rightly, then, the apostle also commands: “Do not get drunk with wine, in which there is much profligacy (asōtia),” hinting through “profligacy” that drunkenness is beyond saving (asōston). For even if he made water into wine at the wedding, he did not permit drunkenness; he gave life to the watery state of mind, † the worker of the law from Adam, filling the whole world with the blood of the vine, the drink of truth, providing the mixture of the old law and the new Word for the fulfilling of the time foreordained for godliness. Scripture, then, called wine the mystic symbol of the holy blood; but reproving the dregs of wine, it says, “Wine is licentious, and drunkenness insolent.” Right reason, then, approves drinking in winter, because of the cold, as much as to keep from shivering, for those who easily shiver; and at other times as treatment for the intestines. For as with food, to keep from hunger, so with drink, to keep from thirst, we must use it, guarding carefully against slipping; for the entry of wine is on the edge of danger. So our soul may be pure, dry, and luminous: “The dry soul is a ray of light, wisest and best.” In this way it is also able to contemplate, and is not soaked through with the vapors of wine, given body like a cloud.
2.2.30Stählin 1:174–175
Οὐ πολυπραγμονητέον τοίνυν τὸν οἶνον τὸν Χῖον, ἂν ἀπῇ, οὐδὲ τὸν Ἀριούσιον, ὅταν μὴ παρῇ. δίψα γὰρ ἐνδείας τινός ἐστι πάθος καὶ τὸ κατάλληλον ἐπιζητεῖ βοήθημα πρὸς ἀναπλήρωσιν, οὐ τετυφωμένον ποτόν. πλαδώσης δὲ ὀρέξεως διʼ ἀκρασίαν αἱ διαπόντιοι οἰνηγίαι, παραφρονούσης καὶ πρὸ τῆς μέθης περὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς. Θάσιός τε γὰρ ὁ εὐώδης καὶ ὁ εὔπνους Λέσβιος καὶ Κρής τις γλυκὺς καὶ Συρακούσσιος ἡδὺς καὶ Μενδήσιός τις Αἰγύπτιος καὶ ὁ νησιώτης Νάξιος καὶ ἀνθοσμίας τις ἄλλος τῆς Ἰταλῶν γῆς, πολλὰ ταῦτα ὀνόματα· σώφρονι συμπότῃ οἶνος εἷς, ἑνὸς γεώργιον θεοῦ. τί γὰρ οὐκ ἀπόχρη ὁ ἐπιχώριος ἀποπληρῶσαι τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν; εἰ μή τι καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ ἐποίσονται, ὡς οἱ βασιλεῖς οἱ ἀνόητοι [Χόασπις ποταμὸς οὕτω λεγόμενος τῆς Ἰνδικῆς, οὗ κάλλιστον ὕδωρ εἰς πόσιν] τὸ Χοάσπειον, καθάπερ καὶ τοὺς φίλους, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ ἐπαγόμενοι. ταλανίζει τοὺς πλουσίους εἰς τρυφὴν κἀνταῦθα τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα διὰ τοῦ Ἀμὼς ἐκφωνῆσαν· »οἱ πίνοντες τὸν διυλισμένον οἶνον καὶ ἐπὶ κλίνης ἐλεφαντίνης«, φησί, »κατακείμενοι«, καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ἀκόλουθα ἐν ὀνείδους ἐπήγαγεν μέρει.
Ou polypragmonēteon toinyn ton oinon ton Chion, an apę̄, oude ton Ariousion, hotan mē parę̄. dipsa gar endeias tinos esti pathos kai to katallēlon epizētei boēthēma pros anaplērōsin, ou tetyphōmenon poton. pladōsēs de orexeōs diʼ akrasian hai diapontioi oinēgiai, paraphronousēs kai pro tēs methēs peri tas epithymias tēs psychēs. Thasios te gar ho euōdēs kai ho eupnous Lesbios kai Krēs tis glykys kai Syrakoussios hēdys kai Mendēsios tis Aigyptios kai ho nēsiōtēs Naxios kai anthosmias tis allos tēs Italōn gēs, polla tauta onomata; sōphroni sympotę̄ oinos heis, henos geōrgion theou. ti gar ouk apochrē ho epichōrios apoplērōsai tēn epithymian? ei mē ti kai to hydōr epoisontai, hōs hoi basileis hoi anoētoi [Choaspis potamos houtō legomenos tēs Indikēs, hou kalliston hydōr eis posin] to Choaspeion, kathaper kai tous philous, houtō de kai to hydōr epagomenoi. talanizei tous plousious eis tryphēn kantautha to hagion pneuma dia tou Amōs ekphōnēsan; »hoi pinontes ton diylismenon oinon kai epi klinēs elephantinēs«, phēsi, »katakeimenoi«, kai hosa toutois akoloutha en oneidous epēgagen merei.
We must not, then, busy ourselves looking for Chian wine if it is absent, or Ariusian when it is not at hand. For thirst is the feeling of a lack, and seeks a suitable remedy to fill it, not a pretentious drink. Wines imported from overseas are for an appetite made flabby by incontinence, the soul being out of its mind about its desires even before drunkenness. Fragrant Thasian, sweet-breathing Lesbian, a sweet Cretan, a pleasant Syracusan, an Egyptian Mendesian, the island Naxian, and another, a flower-scented one, from the land of the Italians: these are many names; but for a self-controlled drinker there is one wine, the tillage of one God. Why is not the local wine enough to satisfy desire? Unless they will also import water, as foolish kings do, the Choaspes water [the Choaspes being a river so called in India, whose water is finest for drinking], bringing water along with them, as they do their friends. Here too the Holy Spirit pronounces the rich in their luxury wretched, crying out through Amos: “Those who drink strained wine,” it says, “and lie on ivory couches,” and the other things that follow, which he added as a reproach.
2.2.31Stählin 1:175
Προνοητέον δὲ μάλιστα τῆς εὐσχημοσύνης (καὶ τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν φησιν ὁ μῦθος, ἥτις ποτὲ ἦν, προμηθουμένην αὑτῆς τῶν αὐλῶν ἀπορρῖψαι τὸ ἐπιτερπὲς διὰ τὸ ἀπρεπὲς τῆς ὄψεως), ὡς ἀδιαστρόφῳ τῷ προσώπῳ πιεῖν, μὴ ἄδην σπάσαντας μηδὲ πρὸς πόσεως τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀσχημονεῖν ἀναγκάζοντας, ἀμυστὶ ἕλκοντας ὑπὸ ἀκρασίας, μηδὲ περιχεῖν τὸ γένειον ἢ τὴν ἐσθῆτα καταβρέχειν, ἀθρόου τοῦ ποτοῦ ἐπεισχεομένου, μονονουχὶ ἐμπλύνοντας καὶ ἐναποκλυζομένους ταῖς φιάλαις τὸ πρόσωπον τὸ αὑτῶν. καὶ γὰρ ὁ κελαρυσμὸς ῥαγδαίου τοῦ ποτοῦ φερομένου σὺν πολλῷ τῷ πνεύματι ἐπισπωμένου, ὥσπερ εἰς κεραμεοῦν ἄγγος ἐγχεομένου, ἠχοῦντος τοῦ λαιμοῦ διὰ τὸν ῥοώδη καταβροχθισμόν, αἰσχρόν, καὶ ἀπρεπὲς τὸ θέαμα τῆς ἀκρασίας, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἐπιβλαβὲς [τὸ] ἐπιτήδευμα τῷ μεταλαμβάνοντι ἡ φιλοποσία. μὴ σπεύσῃς εἰς βλάβην, ὦ οὗτος. οὐχ ἁρπάζεταί σου τὸ ποτόν· σοὶ δέδοται καὶ ἀναμένει σε. μὴ διαρραγῆναι σπουδάσῃς, χανδὸν ἑλκύσας· πίμπλαταί σου ἡ δίψα, κἂν βράδιον πίῃς, τὸ κόσμιον προσλαβοῦσα, κοσμίως καταμεριζομένου τοῦ ποτοῦ· οὐ γὰρ ἀφαιρεῖται τῷ χρόνῳ ὃ προαρπάζει ἡ ἀκρασία. »ἐν οἴνῳ δέ«, φησί, »μὴ ἀνδρίζου, πολλοὺς γὰρ ἠχρείωσεν ὁ οἶνος.«
Pronoēteon de malista tēs euschēmosynēs (kai tēn Athēnan phēsin ho mythos, hētis pote ēn, promēthoumenēn hautēs tōn aulōn aporripsai to epiterpes dia to aprepes tēs opseōs), hōs adiastrophǭ tǭ prosōpǭ piein, mē adēn spasantas mēde pros poseōs tous ophthalmous aschēmonein anankazontas, amysti helkontas hypo akrasias, mēde perichein to geneion ē tēn esthēta katabrechein, athroou tou potou epeischeomenou, mononouchi emplynontas kai enapoklyzomenous tais phialais to prosōpon to hautōn. kai gar ho kelarysmos rhagdaiou tou potou pheromenou syn pollǭ tǭ pneumati epispōmenou, hōsper eis kerameoun angos encheomenou, ēchountos tou laimou dia ton rhoōdē katabrochthismon, aischron, kai aprepes to theama tēs akrasias, pros de kai epiblabes [to] epitēdeuma tǭ metalambanonti hē philoposia. mē speusę̄s eis blabēn, ō houtos. ouch harpazetai sou to poton; soi dedotai kai anamenei se. mē diarragēnai spoudasę̄s, chandon helkysas; pimplatai sou hē dipsa, kan bradion pię̄s, to kosmion proslabousa, kosmiōs katamerizomenou tou potou; ou gar aphaireitai tǭ chronǭ ho proarpazei hē akrasia. »en oinǭ de«, phēsi, »mē andrizou, pollous gar ēchreiōsen ho oinos.«
We must take special care for decorum (the myth says that Athena, whoever she was, out of concern for herself threw away the delight of the flute because of the unseemliness of her face), so as to drink with an undistorted face, not gulping it down to the full, nor, while drinking, forcing our eyes into indecency, draining it at one draught from incontinence; nor pouring it over our beard or soaking our clothes, the drink being poured in all at once, all but washing and drenching our faces in the bowls. For the gurgling, as the drink rushes violently down, drawn in with much breath as if poured into an earthen jar, the throat sounding with the torrent of swallowing, is shameful, and the sight of incontinence unseemly; and besides, heavy drinking is a harmful practice for the one who indulges in it. Do not hurry to your harm, you there. Your drink is not being snatched away; it has been given to you and waits for you. Do not strive to burst yourself by drinking greedily; your thirst is filled even if you drink more slowly, gaining decorum as the drink is taken decorously in portions; for time does not take away what incontinence snatches ahead. “Do not act the man in wine,” it says, “for wine has ruined many.”
2.2.32Stählin 1:175–176
»Μέθῃ δὲ μάλιστα οἱ Σκύθαι χρῶνται Κελτοί τε καὶ Ἴβηρες καὶ Θρᾷκες, πολεμικὰ ξύμπαντα ὄντα ταῦτα γένη, καὶ καλὸν καὶ εὔδαιμον ἐπιτήδευμα ἐπιτηδεύειν νενομίκασιν·« ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸ εἰρηνικὸν γένος εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν, οὐκ εἰς ὕβριν ἑστιώμενοι νηφαλίους πίνωμεν φιλοτησίας, ἵνα δὴ τῷ ὄντι οἰκείως τῷ ὀνόματι δειχθῶσιν φιλότητες. πῶς οἴεσθε πεπωκέναι τὸν κύριον, ὁπηνίκα διʼ ἡμᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο; οὕτως ἀναισχύντως ὡς ἡμεῖς; οὐχὶ ἀστείως; οὐχὶ κοσμίως; οὐκ ἐπιλελογισμένως; εὖ γὰρ ἴστε, μετέλαβεν οἴνου καὶ αὐτός· καὶ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος καὶ αὐτός· καὶ εὐλόγησέν γε τὸν οἶνον, εἰπών· »λάβετε, πίετε· τοῦτό μού ἐστιν τὸ αἷμα·« αἷμα τῆς ἀμπέλου τὸν λόγον τὸν »περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχεόμενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν«, εὐφροσύνης ἅγιον ἀλληγορεῖ νᾶμα. καὶ ὅτι μὲν σωφρονεῖν τὸν πίνοντα δεῖ, διʼ ὧν ἐδίδασκεν παρὰ τὰς εὐωχίας ἔδειξεν σαφῶς· οὐ γὰρ μεθύων ἐδίδασκεν. ὅτι δὲ οἶνος ἦν τὸ εὐλογηθέν, ἀπέδειξε πάλιν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς λέγων· »οὐ μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου ταύτης, μέχρις ἂν πίω αὐτὸ μεθʼ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ πατρός μου.« ἀλλʼ ὅτι γε οἶνος ἦν τὸ πινόμενον πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου, πάλιν αὐτὸς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λέγει τὴν Ἰουδαίων ἐπονειδίζων σκληροκαρδίαν· »ἦλθεν γάρ«, φησίν, »ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ λέγουσιν· ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης,
»Methę̄ de malista hoi Skythai chrōntai Keltoi te kai Ibēres kai Thrąkes, polemika xympanta onta tauta genē, kai kalon kai eudaimon epitēdeuma epitēdeuein nenomikasin;« hēmeis de to eirēnikon genos eis apolausin, ouk eis hybrin hestiōmenoi nēphalious pinōmen philotēsias, hina dē tǭ onti oikeiōs tǭ onomati deichthōsin philotētes. pōs oiesthe pepōkenai ton kyrion, hopēnika diʼ hēmas anthrōpos egeneto? houtōs anaischyntōs hōs hēmeis? ouchi asteiōs? ouchi kosmiōs? ouk epilelogismenōs? eu gar iste, metelaben oinou kai autos; kai gar anthrōpos kai autos; kai eulogēsen ge ton oinon, eipōn; »labete, piete; touto mou estin to haima;« haima tēs ampelou ton logon ton »peri pollōn ekcheomenon eis aphesin hamartiōn«, euphrosynēs hagion allēgorei nama. kai hoti men sōphronein ton pinonta dei, diʼ hōn edidasken para tas euōchias edeixen saphōs; ou gar methyōn edidasken. hoti de oinos ēn to eulogēthen, apedeixe palin pros tous mathētas legōn; »ou mē piō ek tou genēmatos tēs ampelou tautēs, mechris an piō auto methʼ hymōn en tę̄ basileią tou patros mou.« allʼ hoti ge oinos ēn to pinomenon pros tou kyriou, palin autos peri heautou legei tēn Ioudaiōn eponeidizōn sklērokardian; »ēlthen gar«, phēsin, »ho huios tou anthrōpou, kai legousin; idou anthrōpos phagos kai oinopotēs,
“The Scythians, Celts, Iberians, and Thracians, all warlike races, give themselves most to drunkenness, and think it a fine and happy practice.” But let us, the peaceful race, feasting for enjoyment and not for outrage, drink sober toasts of friendship, so that friendships may truly be shown to deserve the name. How do you think the Lord drank, when he became man for our sake? As shamelessly as we do? Not with refinement? Not decorously? Not thoughtfully? For you know well that he himself partook of wine; for he too was man. And he blessed the wine, saying: “Take, drink; this is my blood,” the blood of the vine. He speaks figuratively of the Word, “poured out for many for the forgiveness of sins,” as a holy stream of gladness. And that the one who drinks must be self-controlled, he showed clearly by what he taught at feasts; for he did not teach while drunk. That what he blessed was wine, he showed again when he said to the disciples: “I will not drink of this fruit of the vine until I drink it with you in the kingdom of my Father.” And that what the Lord drank was wine, he himself says again of himself, reproaching the hardness of heart of the Jews: “For the Son of Man came,” he says, “and they say, Behold, a glutton and a drunkard,
2.2.33Stählin 1:176–177
τελωνῶν φίλος.« τουτὶ μὲν ἡμῖν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἐγκρατητὰς καλουμένους παραπεπαίχθω. Αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες, τὸ εὔσχημον ἐπαναιρούμεναι δῆθεν, ὡς μὴ ταῖς πλατείαις κύλιξιν διαχέουσαι τὰ χείλη περιρραγεῖς γένωνται πλατυνομένου τοῦ στόματος, στεναῖς κομιδῇ κατὰ τὸ στόμιον ἀλαβάστροις ἀσχημόνως πίνουσαι ἀνακλῶσι μὲν τὰς κεφαλάς, γυμνοῦσι δὲ τοὺς τραχήλους, οὐ κοσμίως, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, καὶ τὸν λάρυγγα διατείνουσαι περὶ τὴν κατάποσιν βροχθίζουσιν, οἷον ἀπογυμνούμεναι τοῖς συμπόταις ἃ δύνανται, ἐρυγάς τε ἀνδρώδεις ἐπισπώμεναι, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀνδραποδώδεις, προσεπιθρύπτονται σπαταλῶσαι· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ψόφος οἰκεῖος ἀνδρὶ λογικῷ, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον γυναικί, ᾗ καὶ τὸ συνειδέναι αὐτὴν ἑαυτῇ, ἥτις εἴη, μόνον αἰσχύνην φέρει. »ὀργὴ δέ«, φησίν, »μεγάλη γυνὴ μέθυσος«, οἱονεὶ χόλος θεοῦ οἰνομάχλη γυνή. διὰ τί; ὅτι »ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτῆς οὐ συγκαλύπτει«. ταχὺ γὰρ εἰς ἀταξίαν ὑποσύρεται γυνή, κἂν μόνον ἐπιδῷ τὴν προαίρεσιν εἰς ἡδονάς. καὶ οὐχὶ ἀλαβάστροις πίνειν κεκωλύκαμεν· ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐπιτηδεύειν ἐν τούτοις μόνον πίνειν ὡς ἀλαζονικὸν περικόπτομεν, τοῖς παρατυχοῦσιν ἀπροσπαθῶς χρῆσθαι συμβουλεύοντες, πόρρωθεν ἄνωθεν ὀλισθανούσας ἀνακόπτοντες αὐταῖς τὰς ὀρέξεις. ἡ δʼ οὖν πρὸς ἐρυγὴν ἀναπλωτάζουσα τοῦ ἀέρος ἔφελξις ἡσυχῇ παραπεμπτέα. κατʼ οὐδένα δὲ τρόπον ταῖς γυναιξὶν ἐπιτρεπτέον παραγυμνούσας τι τοῦ σώματος καταφαίνεσθαι, μὴ σφαλεῖεν ἄμφω, οἳ μὲν ἐρεθιζόμενοι κατασκοπεῖν, αἳ δὲ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐφʼ ἑαυτὰς ἐπισπώμεναι τὰς ὄψεις. ἀεὶ δὲ ὡς παρόντος τοῦ κυρίου κοσμίως ἀναστρεπτέον ἡμῖν, μή πῃ ἄρα καὶ ἡμῖν ὡς Κορινθίοις ὁ ἀπόστολος χαλεπήνας εἴπῃ· »συνερχομένων ὑμῶν οὐκ ἔστι κυριακὸν δεῖπνον φαγεῖν.«
telōnōn philos.« touti men hēmin kai pros tous Enkratētas kaloumenous parapepaichthō. Hai de gynaikes, to euschēmon epanairoumenai dēthen, hōs mē tais plateiais kylixin diacheousai ta cheilē perirrageis genōntai platynomenou tou stomatos, stenais komidę̄ kata to stomion alabastrois aschēmonōs pinousai anaklōsi men tas kephalas, gymnousi de tous trachēlous, ou kosmiōs, emoi dokein, kai ton larynga diateinousai peri tēn kataposin brochthizousin, hoion apogymnoumenai tois sympotais ha dynantai, erygas te andrōdeis epispōmenai, mallon de andrapodōdeis, prosepithryptontai spatalōsai; oudeis gar psophos oikeios andri logikǭ, eti de mallon gynaiki, hę̄ kai to syneidenai autēn heautę̄, hētis eiē, monon aischynēn pherei. »orgē de«, phēsin, »megalē gynē methysos«, hoionei cholos theou oinomachlē gynē. dia ti? hoti »aschēmosynēn autēs ou synkalyptei«. tachy gar eis ataxian hyposyretai gynē, kan monon epidǭ tēn proairesin eis hēdonas. kai ouchi alabastrois pinein kekōlykamen; alla to epitēdeuein en toutois monon pinein hōs alazonikon perikoptomen, tois paratychousin aprospathōs chrēsthai symbouleuontes, porrōthen anōthen olisthanousas anakoptontes autais tas orexeis. hē dʼ oun pros erygēn anaplōtazousa tou aeros ephelxis hēsychę̄ parapemptea. katʼ oudena de tropon tais gynaixin epitrepteon paragymnousas ti tou sōmatos kataphainesthai, mē sphaleien amphō, hoi men erethizomenoi kataskopein, hai de tōn andrōn ephʼ heautas epispōmenai tas opseis. aei de hōs parontos tou kyriou kosmiōs anastrepteon hēmin, mē pę̄ ara kai hēmin hōs Korinthiois ho apostolos chalepēnas eipę̄; »synerchomenōn hymōn ouk esti kyriakon deipnon phagein.«
a friend of tax collectors.” Let this be said by us in passing against the so-called Encratites. Women, affecting decorum, so as not to split their lips by spreading them on wide cups and widening their mouths, drink indecently from alabaster vessels with very narrow mouths, throwing back their heads and baring their necks, not decorously, it seems to me; and stretching the throat as they swallow, they gulp, as if exposing to their fellow drinkers whatever they can; and, bringing up manly belches, or rather slavish ones, they give themselves airs in their wantonness. No noise is proper to a rational man, still less to a woman, for whom even the consciousness of what she is brings shame. “A drunken woman,” it says, “is great wrath,” as if a woman mad for wine were the anger of God. Why? Because “she does not cover her shame.” For a woman is quickly drawn into disorder if she but gives her will over to pleasures. We have not forbidden drinking from alabaster vessels; but we cut off the pretension of drinking only from these, advising them to use without attachment whatever comes to hand, checking their appetites from afar before they slip. The drawing in of air that bursts out in a belch should be let out quietly. In no way should women be allowed to show themselves with any part of the body uncovered, lest both fall: the men, provoked to gaze, and the women, drawing the men's eyes to themselves. We must always behave decorously, as if the Lord were present, lest the apostle be angry with us too, as with the Corinthians, and say: “When you come together it is not to eat the Lord's supper.”
2.2.34Stählin 1:177
Ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ ὁ ἀκέφαλος πρὸς τῶν μαθηματικῶν καλούμενος ὁ πρὸ τοῦ ἀστέρος τοῦ † πλανωμένου καταριθμούμενος συνιζηκυίας τῆς κεφαλῆς εἰς τὸ στῆθος τοὺς ὀψοφάγους καὶ ἡδονικοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἑτοίμους εἰς μέθην αἰνίττεσθαι. καὶ γὰρ οὖν κἀν τούτοις τὸ λογιστικὸν ἵδρυται οὐκ ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς ἐντοσθιδίοις, πάθεσιν ἐπιθυμίᾳ τε καὶ θυμῷ δεδουλωμένον. ὥστε ὅτῳ τρόπῳ Ἐλπήνωρ »ἀστραγάλων ἐάγη« καταπεσὼν ὑπὸ μέθης, οὕτω τούτων ὁ ἐγκέφαλος ἄνωθεν ἰλιγγιάσας ὑπὸ μέθης ἐπὶ τὸ ἧπαρ καὶ τὴν καρδίαν, τουτέστιν ἐπὶ τὴν φιληδονίαν καὶ τὸν θυμόν, καταπίπτει πτῶμα μεῖζον ἤ φασι ποιητῶν παῖδες πρὸς τοῦ Διὸς τὸν Ἥφαιστον οὐρανόθεν ἐρρίφθαι χαμαί. »πόνος δὲ ἀγρυπνίας«, φησί, »καὶ χολέρα καὶ στρόφος μετὰ ἀνδρὸς ἀπλήστου.« διὰ τοῦτό τοι καὶ ἡ τοῦ Νῶε παροινία ἀνάγραπτος γεγένηται, ἵνα ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα τὴν μέθην φυλαττώμεθα, ἐμφανῆ καὶ ἔγγραπτον τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ παραπτώματος ἔχοντες, διʼ ἣν οἱ σκεπάσαντες τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην τῆς μέθης εὐλογοῦνται παρὰ κυρίῳ. συντομώτατα τοίνυν ἐμπεριλαβοῦσα ἡ γραφὴ ἅπαντα ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ εἴρηκεν· »τὸ ἱκανὸν ἀνθρώπῳ πεπαιδευμένῳ οἶνος, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης αὐτοῦ ἀναπαύσεται.«
Emoi dokei ho akephalos pros tōn mathēmatikōn kaloumenos ho pro tou asteros tou † planōmenou katarithmoumenos synizēkuias tēs kephalēs eis to stēthos tous opsophagous kai hēdonikous kai tous hetoimous eis methēn ainittesthai. kai gar oun kan toutois to logistikon hidrytai ouk en tę̄ kephalę̄, allʼ en tois entosthidiois, pathesin epithymią te kai thymǭ dedoulōmenon. hōste hotǭ tropǭ Elpēnōr »astragalōn eagē« katapesōn hypo methēs, houtō toutōn ho enkephalos anōthen ilingiasas hypo methēs epi to hēpar kai tēn kardian, toutestin epi tēn philēdonian kai ton thymon, katapiptei ptōma meizon ē phasi poiētōn paides pros tou Dios ton Hēphaiston ouranothen erriphthai chamai. »ponos de agrypnias«, phēsi, »kai cholera kai strophos meta andros aplēstou.« dia touto toi kai hē tou Nōe paroinia anagraptos gegenētai, hina hōs hoti malista tēn methēn phylattōmetha, emphanē kai engrapton tēn eikona tou paraptōmatos echontes, diʼ hēn hoi skepasantes tēn aschēmosynēn tēs methēs eulogountai para kyriǭ. syntomōtata toinyn emperilabousa hē graphē hapanta en heni logǭ eirēken; »to hikanon anthrōpǭ pepaideumenǭ oinos, kai epi tēs koitēs autou anapausetai.«
It seems to me that the one called “headless” by the astrologers, counted before the planet †, with its head sunk into its breast, hints at gourmands, pleasure-lovers, and those ready for drunkenness. For in these too the reasoning part is seated not in the head but in the entrails, enslaved to the passions, desire and anger. So, just as Elpenor, falling from drunkenness, “broke his neck,” so their brain, dizzy with drunkenness, falls from above onto the liver and the heart, that is, onto love of pleasure and anger, a greater fall than the one the sons of the poets say Hephaestus was thrown down from heaven to the ground by Zeus. “Distress of sleeplessness,” it says, “and cholera and colic are with the insatiable man.” That is why Noah's drunkenness was written down, so that we might guard as much as possible against drunkenness, having a clear and written image of the fall, because of which those who covered the shame of drunkenness were blessed by the Lord. Most briefly, then, Scripture has summed up everything in one saying: “Wine enough for a well-instructed man; and he will rest on his bed.”
The 2, chapter 3
2.3.35Stählin 1:177–178
Ἐκπωμάτων τοίνυν ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου πεποιημένων λιθοκολλήτων τε ἄλλων ἄθετος ἡ χρῆσις, ὄψεως ἀπάτη μόνον· εἴτε γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐγχέαι τις θερμοῦ κράματος, διαπυρουμένων τῶν σκευῶν ἐπώδυνος ἡ λῆψις, εἴτε αὖ ψυχρὸν πάλιν ἐγχέαι, μεταδίδωσι τῆς ποιότητος ἡ ὕλη λυμαινομένη τὸ κρᾶμα καὶ ἔστιν ἐπιβλαβὴς ἡ πόσις ἡ πλουσία. ἐρρέτων τοίνυν Θηρίκλειοί τινες κύλικες καὶ Ἀντιγονίδες κάνθαροί τε καὶ λαβρώνιοι καὶ λεπασταὶ καὶ τῶν ἐκπωμάτων εἴδη τὰ μυρία ψυκτῆρές τε ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ οἰνοχόαι· »χρυσός τε γὰρ ἁπαξαπλῶς καὶ ἄργυρος ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ δημοσίᾳ ἐστὶν ἐπίφθονον κτῆμα« τὴν χρείαν ὑπερβεβηκὸς κτήσασθαί τε σπάνιον καὶ τηρῆσαι δύσκολον καὶ οὐκ ἐπιτήδειον χρήσασθαι. ναὶ μὴν καὶ τορευτῶν περίεργος ἐφʼ ὑέλῳ κενοδοξία εἰς θραῦσιν διὰ τέχνης ἑτοιμοτέρᾳ δεδιέναι τε ἅμα καὶ πίνειν διδάσκουσα περιοριστέα τῆς εὐνομίας ἡμῶν· κλιντῆρες δὲ ἀργυροῖ καὶ λεκάναι καὶ ὀξύβαφα καὶ πινακίσκοι καὶ τρύβλια, πρὸς ἐπὶ τούτοις σκεύη ἀργυρᾶ τε καὶ χρυσᾶ, τὰ μὲν εἰς διακονίαν τροφῆς, τὰ δὲ καὶ εἰς ἄλλας τινάς, ἃς αἰσχύνομαι καὶ λέγειν, χρείας, κέδρου τε εὐκεάτοιο καὶ θύου καὶ ἐβένου καὶ ἐλέφαντος τρίποδες ἠσκημένοι κλῖναί τε ἀργυρόποδες καὶ ἐλεφαντοκόλλητοι χρυσόστικτοί τε καὶ χελώνης πεποικιλμέναι κύτει κλισιάδες στρωμναί τε ἁλουργεῖς καὶ ἄλλων χρωμάτων δυσπορίστων, ἀπειροκάλου τρυφῆς τεκμήρια, φθόνου καὶ βλακείας ἐπίβουλα πλεονεκτήματα, παραπεμπτέα ἅπαντα, οὐδʼ ἡντινοῦν ἀξιόλογον ἔχοντα σπουδήν. »ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν«, ὥς φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος.
Ekpōmatōn toinyn argyriou kai chrysiou pepoiēmenōn lithokollētōn te allōn athetos hē chrēsis, opseōs apatē monon; eite gar autois encheai tis thermou kramatos, diapyroumenōn tōn skeuōn epōdynos hē lēpsis, eite au psychron palin encheai, metadidōsi tēs poiotētos hē hylē lymainomenē to krama kai estin epiblabēs hē posis hē plousia. erretōn toinyn Thērikleioi tines kylikes kai Antigonides kantharoi te kai labrōnioi kai lepastai kai tōn ekpōmatōn eidē ta myria psyktēres te epi toutois kai oinochoai; »chrysos te gar hapaxaplōs kai argyros idią te kai dēmosią estin epiphthonon ktēma« tēn chreian hyperbebēkos ktēsasthai te spanion kai tērēsai dyskolon kai ouk epitēdeion chrēsasthai. nai mēn kai toreutōn periergos ephʼ hyelǭ kenodoxia eis thrausin dia technēs hetoimoterą dedienai te hama kai pinein didaskousa perioristea tēs eunomias hēmōn; klintēres de argyroi kai lekanai kai oxybapha kai pinakiskoi kai tryblia, pros epi toutois skeuē argyra te kai chrysa, ta men eis diakonian trophēs, ta de kai eis allas tinas, has aischynomai kai legein, chreias, kedrou te eukeatoio kai thyou kai ebenou kai elephantos tripodes ēskēmenoi klinai te argyropodes kai elephantokollētoi chrysostiktoi te kai chelōnēs pepoikilmenai kytei klisiades strōmnai te halourgeis kai allōn chrōmatōn dysporistōn, apeirokalou tryphēs tekmēria, phthonou kai blakeias epiboula pleonektēmata, parapemptea hapanta, oudʼ hēntinoun axiologon echonta spoudēn. »ho gar kairos synestalmenos estin«, hōs phēsin ho apostolos.
The use of cups made of silver and gold, and of others set with stones, is to be rejected, a mere deception of the eye. For if one pours a warm mixture into them, the vessels get hot and are painful to hold; and if one pours in a cold one, the material imparts its quality, spoiling the mixture, and the rich drink is harmful. Away, then, with Thericlean cups and Antigonids, canthari and labronii and lepastae, and countless kinds of drinking vessels, and wine coolers and wine jugs besides. “For gold and silver, in a word, both privately and publicly, are an envied possession,” exceeding need, rare to acquire, hard to keep, and unsuitable for use. And the elaborate vanity of engravers on glass, more ready to break because of the art, teaching us to fear and to drink at the same time, must be banished from our good order. Silver couches and basins, saucers, plates, and dishes, and besides silver and gold vessels, some for serving food, others for other uses which I am ashamed even to name; tripods worked of “well-split cedar,” citron wood, ebony, and ivory; couches with silver feet and inlaid with ivory, folding doors studded with gold and adorned with tortoise shell; purple coverlets and others of hard-to-get colors, proofs of tasteless luxury, treacherous advantages of envy and effeminacy: all these must be dismissed, having no worth worthy of pursuit. “For the time has been shortened,” as the apostle says.
2.3.36Stählin 1:178–179
* * τοῦτο ὑπολείπεται μὴ γελοίως σχηματισθῆναι, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς πομπαῖς ὁρῶνταί τινες ἔξωθεν κεχρισμέναι καταπληκτικῶς εἰς σεμνότητα, τὰ ἔνδον ἄθλιοι. τοῦτο δὴ διασαφῶν ἀκριβέστερον ἐπήγαγεν· »λοιπόν ἐστιν ἵνα καὶ οἱ ἔχοντες γυναῖκας ὡς μὴ ἔχοντες ὦσιν καὶ οἱ ἀγοράζοντες ὡς μὴ κατέχοντες.« εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ γάμου ταῦτα, ἐφʼ οὗ φησιν ὁ θεὸς »πληθύνεσθε«, πῶς οἴεσθε τὴν ἀπειροκαλίαν ἐξ αὐθεντείας κυριακῆς ἐξοριστέαν; διὰ τοῦτο καὶ »πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα«, λέγει κύριος, »καὶ πτωχοῖς δός, καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι·« ἕπου τῷ θεῷ γυμνὸς ἀλαζονείας, γυμνὸς ἐπικήρου πομπῆς, τὸ σόν, τὸ ἀγαθὸν τὸ ἀναφαίρετον μόνον, τὴν εἰς τὸν θεὸν πίστιν, τὴν εἰς τὸν παθόντα ὁμολογίαν, τὴν εἰς ἀνθρώπους εὐεργεσίαν κεκτημένος, κτῆμα τιμαλφέστατον. ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ Πλάτωνα ἀποδέχομαι ἄντικρυς νομοθετοῦντα, »ὡς οὔτε ἀργυροῦν δεῖ πλοῦτον οὔτε χρυσοῦν« [ἀσκεῖν] ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ σκεῦος ἀχρεῖον, ὃ μὴ μετὰ τῆς ἀναγκαίας χρήσεως καὶ μέτριόν ἐστιν, ὡς εἰς πολλὰ τὸ αὐτὸ εὔθετον εἴη, καθαιροῖτο δὲ ἡ πολυκτημοσύνη. παγκάλως γοῦν ἡ θεία που λέγει γραφή, πρὸς τοὺς φιλαύτους καὶ ἀλαζόνας ἀποτεινομένη· »ποῦ εἰσιν οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ οἱ κυριεύοντες τῶν θηρίων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὀρνέοις τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐμπαίζοντες, οἱ τὸ ἀργύριον θησαυρίζοντες καὶ τὸ χρυσίον, ᾧ ἐπεποίθεισαν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι τέλος τῆς κτήσεως αὐτῶν, οἱ τὸ ἀργύριόν τε καὶ τὸ χρυσίον τεκταίνοντες καὶ μεριμνῶντες;
* * touto hypoleipetai mē geloiōs schēmatisthēnai, kathaper en tais pompais horōntai tines exōthen kechrismenai kataplēktikōs eis semnotēta, ta endon athlioi. touto dē diasaphōn akribesteron epēgagen; »loipon estin hina kai hoi echontes gynaikas hōs mē echontes ōsin kai hoi agorazontes hōs mē katechontes.« ei de epi gamou tauta, ephʼ hou phēsin ho theos »plēthynesthe«, pōs oiesthe tēn apeirokalian ex authenteias kyriakēs exoristean? dia touto kai »pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta«, legei kyrios, »kai ptōchois dos, kai deuro akolouthei moi;« hepou tǭ theǭ gymnos alazoneias, gymnos epikērou pompēs, to son, to agathon to anaphaireton monon, tēn eis ton theon pistin, tēn eis ton pathonta homologian, tēn eis anthrōpous euergesian kektēmenos, ktēma timalphestaton. egō de kai Platōna apodechomai antikrys nomothetounta, »hōs oute argyroun dei plouton oute chrysoun« [askein] echein, alla mēde skeuos achreion, ho mē meta tēs anankaias chrēseōs kai metrion estin, hōs eis polla to auto eutheton eiē, kathairoito de hē polyktēmosynē. pankalōs goun hē theia pou legei graphē, pros tous philautous kai alazonas apoteinomenē; »pou eisin hoi archontes tōn ethnōn kai hoi kyrieuontes tōn thēriōn tōn epi tēs gēs, hoi en tois orneois tou ouranou empaizontes, hoi to argyrion thēsaurizontes kai to chrysion, hǭ epepoitheisan anthrōpoi, kai ouk esti telos tēs ktēseōs autōn, hoi to argyrion te kai to chrysion tektainontes kai merimnōntes?
… it remains that we not be made ridiculous, as some are seen in processions, outwardly made up to look impressively solemn, but wretched within. Making this more precise, he adds: “From now on let those who have wives be as though they had none, and those who buy as though they had no possessions.” If this is said of marriage, of which God says, “Multiply,” how much more, do you think, must tastelessness be banished by the Lord's authority? That is why the Lord says, “Sell your possessions and give to the poor, and come, follow me.” Follow God stripped of pretension, stripped of perishable pomp, possessing what is yours, the only good that cannot be taken away: faith in God, confession of him who suffered, and kindness toward human beings, the most precious possession. I also accept Plato, who legislates plainly “that one should not have wealth of silver or gold,” nor any useless vessel that is not moderate and suited to necessary use, so that the same thing may serve for many purposes, and the acquisition of many possessions be removed. Very beautifully the divine Scripture says somewhere, addressing the self-loving and pretentious: “Where are the rulers of the nations, and those who lord it over the beasts of the earth, who sport with the birds of the air, who hoard silver and gold, in which men trusted, and there is no end of their getting; who work silver and gold and are anxious?
2.3.37Stählin 1:179
οὐκ ἔστιν ἐξεύρεσις τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν· ἠφανίσθησαν καὶ εἰς Ἅιδου κατέβησαν.« οὗτος τῆς ἀπειροκαλίας ὁ μισθός. εἰ γάρ τοι γεωργοῦσιν ἡμῖν δικέλλης ἐστὶν χρεία καὶ ἀρότρου, μάκελλαν δʼ οὐκ ἄν τις ἀργυρᾶν οὐδὲ ἄμην χρυσῆν χαλκεύοι, τῷ δὲ εὐεργῷ τῆς ὕλης, οὐ τῷ πλουσίῳ, εἰς γεηπονίαν συγχρώμεθα, τί κωλύει καὶ περὶ τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἐνοικίδια τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν διάνοιαν τοὺς τοῦ ὁμοίου θεωρητικούς; ὧν μέτρον ἡ χρεία, μὴ ἡ πολυτέλεια γινέσθω. τί γάρ; εἰπέ μοι· τὸ μαχαίριον τὸ ἐπιτραπέζιον, ἢν μὴ ἀργυρόηλον ᾖ ἢ ἐξ ἐλέφαντος πεποιημένον τὴν λαβήν, οὐ τέμνει; ἢ ἐπὶ τὴν μοῖραν τοῦ κρέως Ἰνδικὸν σίδηρον χαλκευτέον, καθάπερ συμμαχικόν τι παρακαλοῦντας; τί δέ; εἰ κεραμεοῦν εἴη τὸ χερνίβιον, οὐ δέξεται τὸ ἀπόνιμμα τῆς χειρός; οὐδὲ ὁ ποδονιπτὴρ τὸ ἀπόνιμμα τοῦ ποδός; ἀναξιοπαθήσει δὲ ἄρα καὶ ἡ τράπεζα ἡ ἐξ ἐλέφαντος τοὺς πόδας ἐσκευασμένη ὀβολιαῖον ἄρτον βαστάσασα, οὐδὲ μὴν ὁ λύχνος διακονήσει τὸ φῶς, ὅτι κεραμέως, οὐ χρυσοχόου ἔργον ἐστίν. ἐγὼ δέ φημι καὶ τοῦ σκίμποδος οὐδὲν κακίω παρεχομένου κατάκλισιν τῆς ἐλεφαντίνης κλίνης, τῆς δὲ σισύρας ἱκανωτάτης οὔσης ὑπεστρῶσθαι, ὥστε μὴ δεῖσθαι πορφυρίδων ἢ φοινικίδων, κατεγνῶσθαι ὅμως τῆς εὐτελείας διʼ ἀβελτερίαν ἀρχεκάκου τρυφῆς.
ouk estin exeuresis tōn ergōn autōn; ēphanisthēsan kai eis Haidou katebēsan.« houtos tēs apeirokalias ho misthos. ei gar toi geōrgousin hēmin dikellēs estin chreia kai arotrou, makellan dʼ ouk an tis argyran oude amēn chrysēn chalkeuoi, tǭ de euergǭ tēs hylēs, ou tǭ plousiǭ, eis geēponian synchrōmetha, ti kōlyei kai peri ta skeuē ta enoikidia tēn autēn echein dianoian tous tou homoiou theōrētikous? hōn metron hē chreia, mē hē polyteleia ginesthō. ti gar? eipe moi; to machairion to epitrapezion, ēn mē argyroēlon ę̄ ē ex elephantos pepoiēmenon tēn labēn, ou temnei? ē epi tēn moiran tou kreōs Indikon sidēron chalkeuteon, kathaper symmachikon ti parakalountas? ti de? ei kerameoun eiē to chernibion, ou dexetai to aponimma tēs cheiros? oude ho podoniptēr to aponimma tou podos? anaxiopathēsei de ara kai hē trapeza hē ex elephantos tous podas eskeuasmenē oboliaion arton bastasasa, oude mēn ho lychnos diakonēsei to phōs, hoti kerameōs, ou chrysochoou ergon estin. egō de phēmi kai tou skimpodos ouden kakiō parechomenou kataklisin tēs elephantinēs klinēs, tēs de sisyras hikanōtatēs ousēs hypestrōsthai, hōste mē deisthai porphyridōn ē phoinikidōn, kategnōsthai homōs tēs euteleias diʼ abelterian archekakou tryphēs.
There is no finding out of their works; they have vanished and gone down to Hades.” This is the reward of tastelessness. For if in farming we need a mattock and a plow, no one would forge a silver pickaxe or a golden sickle, but we use for tillage the workable material, not the costly; what prevents those who can see the likeness from having the same mind about household vessels? Let need, not costliness, be their measure. What? Tell me: does the table knife not cut unless it has silver studs or an ivory handle? Or must we forge Indian steel for a portion of meat, as if calling in an ally? What then? If the washbasin is earthenware, will it not receive the water from washing the hands? Or the foot-basin the water from the feet? Will the table with feet made of ivory be indignant at carrying a penny loaf? Nor will the lamp give its light because it is the work of a potter, not of a goldsmith? I say that the pallet gives no worse rest than the ivory couch, and that the goatskin rug is quite sufficient as a covering, so that there is no need of purple or scarlet coverlets; yet frugality is condemned through the folly of luxury, the author of evils.
2.3.38Stählin 1:179–180
Τίς ἡ τοσαύτη πλάνη, τίς ἡ δοξοκαλία, ὁρᾶτε. ὁ κύριος τρυβλίῳ ἐπωψᾶτο εὐτελεῖ καὶ κατέκλινεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐπὶ τῆς πόας χαμαὶ καὶ τοὺς πόδας ἔνιπτεν αὐτῶν σαβάνῳ περιζωσάμενος, ὁ ἄτυφος θεὸς καὶ κύριος τῶν ὅλων, οὐκ ἀργυροῦν δὴ ποδονιπτῆρα περιφέρων ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ. καὶ τὴν Σαμαρῖτιν ᾔτει πιεῖν σκεύει κεραμεῷ τοῦ φρέατος ἀνιμῶσαν, οὐκ ἐπιζητῶν τὸ βασιλικὸν χρυσίον, σβεννύναι δὲ τὸ δίψος εὐκόλως διδάσκων· σκοπὸν γὰρ τὴν χρείαν ἐτίθετο, οὐ τὴν ἀπειραγαθίαν. ἤσθιεν δὲ καὶ ἔπινεν παρὰ τὰς εὐωχίας, οὐ γῆς ἐξορύττων μέταλλα, οὐδὲ ἀργύρου καὶ χρυσοῦ, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἰοῦ, προσόζουσιν σκευαρίοις χρώμενος, οἷον ἀναπνεῖ τῆς τετυφωμένης ὕλης [ὁ ἰός]. καθόλου γὰρ καὶ τὰς τροφὰς καὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας καὶ τὰ σκεύη καὶ τἄλλα πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον συλλήβδην λέγω ἀκόλουθα εἶναι ταῖς ἐνστάσεσιν τοῦ Χριστιανοῦ δεῖ, κατὰ τὸ πρόσφορον οἰκειούμενα τῷ προσώπῳ, τῇ ἡλικίᾳ, τῇ ἐπιτηδεύσει, τῷ καιρῷ. ἑνὸς γὰρ ὄντας θεράποντας θεοῦ χρὴ καὶ τὰ κτήματα καὶ τὰ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ἔπιπλα ἑνὸς ἐπιδείκνυσθαι σύμβολα βίου καλοῦ, καὶ τὸν καθʼ ἕνα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀδιακρίτῳ πίστει, τῇ μονοπροσώπῳ ταύτῃ ἐνστάσει, τὰ ἐξῆς ἀκόλουθα καὶ σύμφωνα τῇ διαθέσει τῇ μιᾷ φαίνεσθαι ποιοῦντα. ἃ δὲ καὶ κτώμεθα μὴ χαλεπῶς καὶ χρώμενοι εὐκόλως ἐπαινοῦμεν καὶ φυλάττομεν ῥᾳδίως καὶ κοινωνοῦμεν εὐκόλως αὐτῶν, ἀμείνω. ἀμείνω δὴ τὰ χρήσιμα, βελτίω δὲ δήπουθεν τὰ εὐτελέστερα τῶν πλουσίων.
Tis hē tosautē planē, tis hē doxokalia, horate. ho kyrios trybliǭ epōpsato eutelei kai kateklinen tous mathētas epi tēs poas chamai kai tous podas enipten autōn sabanǭ perizōsamenos, ho atyphos theos kai kyrios tōn holōn, ouk argyroun dē podoniptēra peripherōn apʼ ouranou. kai tēn Samaritin ę̄tei piein skeuei kerameǭ tou phreatos animōsan, ouk epizētōn to basilikon chrysion, sbennynai de to dipsos eukolōs didaskōn; skopon gar tēn chreian etitheto, ou tēn apeiragathian. ēsthien de kai epinen para tas euōchias, ou gēs exoryttōn metalla, oude argyrou kai chrysou, toutʼ estin iou, prosozousin skeuariois chrōmenos, hoion anapnei tēs tetyphōmenēs hylēs [ho ios]. katholou gar kai tas trophas kai tas esthētas kai ta skeuē kai talla panta ta kata ton oikon syllēbdēn legō akoloutha einai tais enstasesin tou Christianou dei, kata to prosphoron oikeioumena tǭ prosōpǭ, tę̄ hēlikią, tę̄ epitēdeusei, tǭ kairǭ. henos gar ontas therapontas theou chrē kai ta ktēmata kai ta epʼ autois epipla henos epideiknysthai symbola biou kalou, kai ton kathʼ hena tōn anthrōpōn adiakritǭ pistei, tę̄ monoprosōpǭ tautę̄ enstasei, ta exēs akoloutha kai symphōna tę̄ diathesei tę̄ mią phainesthai poiounta. ha de kai ktōmetha mē chalepōs kai chrōmenoi eukolōs epainoumen kai phylattomen rhądiōs kai koinōnoumen eukolōs autōn, ameinō. ameinō dē ta chrēsima, beltiō de dēpouthen ta eutelestera tōn plousiōn.
See how great this error is, how great the love of display. The Lord ate from a cheap bowl, made his disciples recline on the grass on the ground, and washed their feet, girded with a towel, the unpretentious God and Lord of all, not bringing a silver foot-basin down from heaven. He asked the Samaritan woman for a drink as she drew it up from the well in an earthenware vessel, not seeking royal gold, but teaching us to quench thirst simply; for he set need as his aim, not ignorant display. He ate and drank at feasts, not digging up metals from the earth, nor using vessels of silver and gold, that is, reeking of rust, such as [the rust] the pretentious material gives off. In general, food, clothing, vessels, and everything else in the house, in a word, must be in keeping with the Christian's way of life, suited appropriately to the person, the age, the occupation, and the occasion. For being servants of one God, our possessions and the furnishings with them must show the tokens of one good life, and each person, by undivided faith, this single-minded way of life, must make what follows appear consistent and in harmony with the one disposition. What we acquire without difficulty, use easily, praise, keep readily, and share easily, is better. Useful things are better, and cheaper things surely better than costly ones.
2.3.39Stählin 1:180–181
τὸ δὲ ὅλον ὁ πλοῦτος οὐκ ὀρθῶς κυβερνώμενος ἀκρόπολίς ἐστι κακίας, περὶ ὃν ὀφθαλμιῶντες οἱ πολλοὶ οὐκ ἄν ποτε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν παρεισέλθοιεν τῶν οὐρανῶν, νοσοῦντες μὲν περὶ τὰ κοσμικά, ὑπερηφάνως δὲ ζῶντες διὰ τὰς τρυφάς. χρὴ δὲ προειληφέναι τοὺς ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ σπεύδοντας ὡς ἄρα χρήσεως μὲν ἕνεκεν ἡ πᾶσα ἡμῖν κτίσις, αὐταρκείας δὲ χάριν ἡ κτῆσις, ἣν καὶ ἐξ ὀλίγων ἄν τις περιποιήσαιτο. μάταιοι γὰρ οἱ διʼ ἀπληστίαν ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς χαίροντες κειμηλίοις· »ὁ δὲ συνάγων τοὺς μισθούς«, φησίν, »συνήγαγεν εἰς δεσμὸν τετρυπημένον.« οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ συνάγων καὶ ἀποκλείων τὸν σπόρον καὶ ἐλαττούμενος, ὁ μηδενὶ μεταδιδούς. χλεύη δὲ καὶ γέλως πλατὺς οὐροδόχας ἀργυρᾶς καὶ ἀμίδας ὑελᾶς ἐπιφέρεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας, καθάπερ ἐπάγονται τοὺς συμβούλους τοὺς ἑαυτῶν, καὶ τὰς πλουτούσας ταύτας ἀλόγως γυναῖκας χρυσοῦ ποιεῖσθαι τῶν ἐκκρίσεων τὰ ἐκδοχεῖα, ὡς μηδὲ ἀποτρίψασθαι ἐξὸν ταῖς πλουσίας μὴ τετυφωμένως· ηὐξάμην δʼ ἂν αὐτοῖς παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον σκυβάλων ἄξιον κρίνεσθαι τὸ χρυσίον. νυνὶ δὲ ἡ ἀκρόπολις τῆς κακίας ἡ φιλαργυρία εὕρηται, ἣν ὁ ἀπόστολος ῥίζαν ἁπάντων εἶναι τῶν κακῶν φησίν, »ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι ἀπεπλανήθησαν τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς«. πλοῦτος δὲ ἄριστος ἡ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν πενία καὶ ἡ μεγαλοφροσύνη ἡ ἀληθής, οὐ τὸ ἐπὶ πλούτῳ μεγαλοφρονεῖν, τούτου δὲ καταφρονεῖν· τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς σκεύεσι μεγαλαυχεῖν αἰσχρὸν κομιδῇ· οὐ γὰρ σπουδάζειν ἔτι περὶ τούτων πάνυ δίκαιον, ἃ καὶ ἐξ ἀγορᾶς τῷ βουλομένῳ ἔξεστιν ὠνήσασθαι, σοφία δὲ οὐκ ὠνητὴ νομίσματι γηΐνῳ οὐδʼ ἐν ἀγορᾷ, ἀλλʼ ἐν οὐρανῷ πιπράσκεται καὶ πιπράσκεται νομίσματι δικαίῳ, τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ, τῷ βασιλικῷ χρυσίῳ.
to de holon ho ploutos ouk orthōs kybernōmenos akropolis esti kakias, peri hon ophthalmiōntes hoi polloi ouk an pote eis tēn basileian pareiselthoien tōn ouranōn, nosountes men peri ta kosmika, hyperēphanōs de zōntes dia tas tryphas. chrē de proeilēphenai tous epi sōtērią speudontas hōs ara chrēseōs men heneken hē pasa hēmin ktisis, autarkeias de charin hē ktēsis, hēn kai ex oligōn an tis peripoiēsaito. mataioi gar hoi diʼ aplēstian epʼ autois chairontes keimēliois; »ho de synagōn tous misthous«, phēsin, »synēgagen eis desmon tetrypēmenon.« houtos estin ho synagōn kai apokleiōn ton sporon kai elattoumenos, ho mēdeni metadidous. chleuē de kai gelōs platys ourodochas argyras kai amidas hyelas epipheresthai tous andras, kathaper epagontai tous symboulous tous heautōn, kai tas ploutousas tautas alogōs gynaikas chrysou poieisthai tōn ekkriseōn ta ekdocheia, hōs mēde apotripsasthai exon tais plousias mē tetyphōmenōs; ēuxamēn dʼ an autois parʼ holon ton bion skybalōn axion krinesthai to chrysion. nyni de hē akropolis tēs kakias hē philargyria heurētai, hēn ho apostolos rhizan hapantōn einai tōn kakōn phēsin, »hēs tines oregomenoi apeplanēthēsan tēs pisteōs kai heautous periepeiran odynais pollais«. ploutos de aristos hē tōn epithymiōn penia kai hē megalophrosynē hē alēthēs, ou to epi ploutǭ megalophronein, toutou de kataphronein; to de epi tois skeuesi megalauchein aischron komidę̄; ou gar spoudazein eti peri toutōn pany dikaion, ha kai ex agoras tǭ boulomenǭ exestin ōnēsasthai, sophia de ouk ōnētē nomismati gēïnǭ oudʼ en agorą, allʼ en ouranǭ piprasketai kai piprasketai nomismati dikaiǭ, tǭ logǭ tǭ aphthartǭ, tǭ basilikǭ chrysiǭ.
In general, wealth that is not rightly steered is a citadel of vice; eyeing it covetously, the many would never enter the kingdom of heaven, sick as they are about worldly things and living arrogantly because of their luxuries. Those who hasten to salvation must understand beforehand that all creation is ours for use, and possession for the sake of self-sufficiency, which one could obtain even from a few things. Vain are those who, from insatiability, rejoice in their treasures: “He who gathers wages,” it says, “has gathered into a bag with holes.” This is the one who gathers and shuts up the grain and becomes poorer, who shares with no one. It is a mockery and a broad laugh that men should have silver urinals and glass chamber pots brought to them, as they bring in their counselors, and that these foolishly rich women should make the receptacles of their excrement of gold, so that, being rich, they cannot even relieve themselves without pretension. I would have wished that throughout their whole life they judged gold worthy of dung. As it is, love of money has been found to be the citadel of vice, which the apostle says is the root of all evils, “by craving which some have wandered from the faith and pierced themselves with many sorrows.” The best wealth is poverty of desires, and true greatness of mind is not to be proud of wealth but to despise it. To boast of vessels is quite shameful; for it is not right to be eager any longer about things anyone who wishes can buy in the market. But wisdom is not bought with earthly coin nor in the market; it is sold in heaven, and sold for true coin, the incorruptible Word, the royal gold.
The 2, chapter 4
2.4.40Stählin 1:181–182
Ἀπέστω δὲ ἡμῖν τῆς λογικῆς εὐωχίας ὁ κῶμος, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ παννυχίδες αἱ μάταιοι ἐπὶ παροινίᾳ κομῶσαι· ὃ μὲν γάρ ἐστι μεθυστικὸς [αὐλός] ἄλυς, ἐρωτικῆς σχεδιαστὴς ἀδημονίας, ὁ κῶμος· ἔρως δὲ καὶ μέθη, τὰ ἀλόγιστα πάθη, μακρὰν ἀπῴκισται τοῦ ἡμεδαποῦ χοροῦ· σύγκωμος δὲ παροινία τίς ἐστιν ἡ παννυχὶς [δὲ] ἐπὶ πότῳ, μέθης ἐκκλητικὴ καὶ συνουσίας ἐρεθιστική, τόλμα αἰσχροποιός. οἱ δὲ ἐν αὐλοῖς καὶ ψαλτηρίοις καὶ χοροῖς καὶ ὀρχήμασιν καὶ κροτάλοις Αἰγυπτίων καὶ τοιαύταις ῥᾳθυμίαις σάλοι ἄτακτοι καὶ ἀπρεπεῖς καὶ ἀπαίδευτοι κομιδῇ γίγνοιντο ἂν κυμβάλοις καὶ τυμπάνοις ἐξηχούμενοι καὶ τοῖς τῆς ἀπάτης ὀργάνοις περιψοφούμενοι· ἀτεχνῶς γὰρ, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, θέατρον μέθης τὸ τοιοῦτον γίνεται συμπόσιον. »ἀποθεμένους γὰρ ἡμᾶς τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους ἐνδύσασθαι τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτὸς« ἀξιοῖ ὁ ἀπόστολος, »ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατοῦντας, μὴ κώμοις καὶ μέθαις, μὴ κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις« σχολάζοντας.
Apestō de hēmin tēs logikēs euōchias ho kōmos, alla kai hai pannychides hai mataioi epi paroinią komōsai; ho men gar esti methystikos [aulos] alys, erōtikēs schediastēs adēmonias, ho kōmos; erōs de kai methē, ta alogista pathē, makran apǭkistai tou hēmedapou chorou; synkōmos de paroinia tis estin hē pannychis [de] epi potǭ, methēs ekklētikē kai synousias erethistikē, tolma aischropoios. hoi de en aulois kai psaltēriois kai chorois kai orchēmasin kai krotalois Aigyptiōn kai toiautais rhąthymiais saloi ataktoi kai aprepeis kai apaideutoi komidę̄ gignointo an kymbalois kai tympanois exēchoumenoi kai tois tēs apatēs organois peripsophoumenoi; atechnōs gar, hōs emoi dokei, theatron methēs to toiouton ginetai symposion. »apothemenous gar hēmas ta erga tou skotous endysasthai ta hopla tou phōtos« axioi ho apostolos, »hōs en hēmerą euschēmonōs peripatountas, mē kōmois kai methais, mē koitais kai aselgeiais« scholazontas.
Let revelry be kept far from our rational feasting, and also the foolish all-night parties that pride themselves on drunkenness. For revelry is a drunken restlessness, the improviser of erotic distress; and love and drunkenness, irrational passions, are banished far from our chorus. The all-night party over drink is a kind of revel-drunkenness, calling forth drunkenness and exciting intercourse, a daring that does shameful things. Those who are stirred by flutes and harps, choruses and dances, Egyptian castanets and such idle amusements would become quite disorderly, indecent, and uneducated, beaten upon by cymbals and drums and surrounded by the noise of the instruments of deceit. For simply, it seems to me, such a banquet becomes a theater of drunkenness. The apostle asks that “we put off the works of darkness and put on the armor of light, walking decently as in the day, not in revels and drunkenness, not in debauchery and licentiousness.”
2.4.41Stählin 1:182–183
Σῦριγξ μὲν οὖν ποιμέσιν ἀπονενεμήσθω, αὐλὸς δὲ ἀνθρώποις δεισιδαίμοσιν εἰς εἰδωλολατρείας σπεύδουσιν. καὶ γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀποπεμπτέα τὰ ὄργανα ταῦτα νηφαλίου συμποσίου, θηρίοις μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις κατάλληλα καὶ ἀνθρώπων τοῖς ἀλογωτέροις. τὰς μὲν γὰρ ἐλάφους ταῖς σύριγξι κηλεῖσθαι παρειλήφαμεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ποδάγρας πρὸς τῶν κυνηγῶν θηρευομένας ἄγεσθαι τῷ μέλει, ταῖς δὲ ἵπποις μιγνυμέναις οἷον ὑμέναιος ἐπαυλεῖται νόμος αὐλῳδίας· ἱππόθορον τοῦτον κεκλήκασιν οἱ μουσικοί. πᾶσαν δὲ ἁπαξαπλῶς ἀνελεύθερον ὄψιν τε καὶ ἀκοὴν καὶ συνελόντι φάναι αἴσθησιν ἀκρασίας αἰσχράν, τὴν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀναισθησίαν, ἐκκοπτέον εὖ μάλα, τὴν ἐν ὄμμασιν καὶ ἐν ὠσὶν γαργαλίζουσαν καὶ ἀποθηλύνουσαν ἡδονὴν εὐλαβουμένους· μελῶν γάρ τοι κατεαγότων καὶ ῥυθμῶν γοερῶν τῆς μούσης τῆς Καρικῆς αἱ ποικίλαι φαρμακεῖαι διαφθείρουσιν τοὺς τρόπους ἀκολάστῳ καὶ κακοτέχνῳ μουσικῇ εἰς πάθος ὑποσύρουσαι. τοῦ κώμου τούτου τὴν λειτουργίαν τὴν θεϊκὴν διαχωρίζον ψάλλει τὸ πνεῦμα »αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν ἤχῳ σάλπιγγος«, καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἤχῳ σάλπιγγος ἀναστήσει τοὺς νεκρούς· »αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ«, ὅτι ἡ γλῶττα τὸ ψαλτήριον κυρίου· »καὶ ἐν κιθάρᾳ αἰνεῖτε αὐτόν«, κιθάρα νοείσθω τὸ στόμα, οἱονεὶ πλήκτρῳ κρουόμενον τῷ πνεύματι· »ἐν τυμπάνῳ καὶ χορῷ αἰνεῖτε αὐτόν«, τὴν ἐκκλησίαν λέγει τὴν μελετήσασαν τῆς σαρκὸς τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἐν ἠχοῦντι τῷ δέρματι· »ἐν χορδαῖς καὶ ὀργάνῳ αἰνεῖτε αὐτόν«, ὄργανον τὸ σῶμα λέγει τὸ ἡμέτερον καὶ χορδὰς τὰ νεῦρα αὐτοῦ, διʼ ὧν ἐναρμόνιον εἴληφε τὴν τάσιν, καὶ κρουόμενον τῷ πνεύματι τοὺς φθόγγους ἀποδίδωσι τοὺς ἀνθρωπίνους· »αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν κυμβάλοις ἀλαλαγμοῦ«, κύμβαλον τοῦ στόματος
Syrinx men oun poimesin aponenemēsthō, aulos de anthrōpois deisidaimosin eis eidōlolatreias speudousin. kai gar hōs alēthōs apopemptea ta organa tauta nēphaliou symposiou, thēriois mallon ē anthrōpois katallēla kai anthrōpōn tois alogōterois. tas men gar elaphous tais syrinxi kēleisthai pareilēphamen kai epi tas podagras pros tōn kynēgōn thēreuomenas agesthai tǭ melei, tais de hippois mignymenais hoion hymenaios epauleitai nomos aulǭdias; hippothoron touton keklēkasin hoi mousikoi. pasan de hapaxaplōs aneleutheron opsin te kai akoēn kai synelonti phanai aisthēsin akrasias aischran, tēn hōs alēthōs anaisthēsian, ekkopteon eu mala, tēn en ommasin kai en ōsin gargalizousan kai apothēlynousan hēdonēn eulaboumenous; melōn gar toi kateagotōn kai rhythmōn goerōn tēs mousēs tēs Karikēs hai poikilai pharmakeiai diaphtheirousin tous tropous akolastǭ kai kakotechnǭ mousikę̄ eis pathos hyposyrousai. tou kōmou toutou tēn leitourgian tēn theïkēn diachōrizon psallei to pneuma »aineite auton en ēchǭ salpingos«, kai gar en ēchǭ salpingos anastēsei tous nekrous; »aineite auton en psaltēriǭ«, hoti hē glōtta to psaltērion kyriou; »kai en kitharą aineite auton«, kithara noeisthō to stoma, hoionei plēktrǭ krouomenon tǭ pneumati; »en tympanǭ kai chorǭ aineite auton«, tēn ekklēsian legei tēn meletēsasan tēs sarkos tēn anastasin en ēchounti tǭ dermati; »en chordais kai organǭ aineite auton«, organon to sōma legei to hēmeteron kai chordas ta neura autou, diʼ hōn enarmonion eilēphe tēn tasin, kai krouomenon tǭ pneumati tous phthongous apodidōsi tous anthrōpinous; »aineite auton en kymbalois alalagmou«, kymbalon tou stomatos
Let the panpipe be left to shepherds, and the flute to superstitious people hurrying to idolatry. For truly these instruments are to be banished from a sober banquet, being more suited to beasts than to human beings, and to the more irrational of human beings. We have learned that deer are charmed by panpipes and, hunted, are led by the tune into the hunters' snares; and when mares are mated, a sort of wedding song is played on the flute; musicians call it the “horse-mounting” tune. In a word, we must cut out every illiberal sight and sound, and, to put it briefly, every shameful sensation of incontinence, which is truly insensibility, guarding against the pleasure that tickles the eyes and ears and makes them effeminate. For the various enchantments of broken melodies and mournful rhythms of the Carian muse corrupt character, drawing it down into passion by licentious and mischievous music. Separating the divine service from this revelry, the Spirit sings: “Praise him with the sound of the trumpet,” for with the sound of the trumpet he will raise the dead; “praise him with the psaltery,” for the tongue is the Lord's psaltery; “and with the harp praise him”: let the harp be understood as the mouth, struck by the Spirit as by a plectrum; “praise him with timbrel and dance”: he means the church, meditating on the resurrection of the flesh in the resounding skin; “praise him with strings and organ”: he calls our body an organ, and its sinews strings, from which it has received its harmonious tension, and when struck by the Spirit it gives forth human sounds; “praise him with loud cymbals”: he calls the tongue the cymbal of the mouth,
2.4.42Stählin 1:183
τὴν γλῶτταν λέγει, ἣ τοῖς κρουομένοις ἐπηχεῖ χείλεσιν. διὰ τοῦτο ἐπεφώνησεν τῇ ἀνθρωπότητι »πᾶσα πνοὴ αἰνεσάτω τὸν κύριον«, ὅτι πᾶσαν, ἣν ἐποίησεν, ἐπεσκέψατο πνοήν. εἰρηνικὸν γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ὄργανον ὁ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, τὰ δʼ ἄλλα ἢν πολυπραγμονῇ τις, ὄργανα εὑρήσει πολεμικά, ἢ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἐκφλέγοντα ἢ τοὺς ἔρωτας ἐκκαίοντα ἢ ἐξαγριαίνοντα τοὺς θυμούς. χρῶνται γοῦν παρὰ τοὺς πολέμους αὐτῶν Τυρρηνοὶ μὲν τῇ σάλπιγγι, σύριγγι δὲ Ἀρκάδες, Σικελοὶ δὲ πηκτίσιν καὶ Κρῆτες λύρᾳ καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι αὐλῷ καὶ κέρατι Θρᾷκες καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι τυμπάνῳ καὶ Ἄραβες κυμβάλῳ· ἑνὶ δὲ ἄρα ὀργάνῳ, τῷ λόγῳ μόνῳ τῷ εἰρηνικῷ, ἡμεῖς κεχρήμεθα, ᾧ γεραίρομεν τὸν θεόν, οὐκέτι τῷ ψαλτηρίῳ τῷ παλαιῷ καὶ τῇ σάλπιγγι καὶ τυμπάνῳ καὶ αὐλῷ, οἷς ἔθος ἦν τοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ ἀσκητὰς καὶ τοῦ θείου καταπεφρονηκότας φόβου ἀνὰ τὰς πανηγύρεις [χορδαῖς] συγχρῆσθαι, ὡς δὴ τὸ ἔκλυτον αὐτῶν τοῦ φρονήματος διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ἐπανίστασθαι ῥυθμῶν.
tēn glōttan legei, hē tois krouomenois epēchei cheilesin. dia touto epephōnēsen tę̄ anthrōpotēti »pasa pnoē ainesatō ton kyrion«, hoti pasan, hēn epoiēsen, epeskepsato pnoēn. eirēnikon gar hōs alēthōs organon ho anthrōpos estin, ta dʼ alla ēn polypragmonę̄ tis, organa heurēsei polemika, ē tas epithymias ekphlegonta ē tous erōtas ekkaionta ē exagriainonta tous thymous. chrōntai goun para tous polemous autōn Tyrrēnoi men tę̄ salpingi, syringi de Arkades, Sikeloi de pēktisin kai Krētes lyrą kai Lakedaimonioi aulǭ kai kerati Thrąkes kai Aigyptioi tympanǭ kai Arabes kymbalǭ; heni de ara organǭ, tǭ logǭ monǭ tǭ eirēnikǭ, hēmeis kechrēmetha, hǭ gerairomen ton theon, ouketi tǭ psaltēriǭ tǭ palaiǭ kai tę̄ salpingi kai tympanǭ kai aulǭ, hois ethos ēn tous en polemǭ askētas kai tou theiou katapephronēkotas phobou ana tas panēgyreis [chordais] synchrēsthai, hōs dē to eklyton autōn tou phronēmatos dia tōn toioutōn epanistasthai rhythmōn.
which echoes when the lips are struck. That is why he called out to humanity, “Let everything that has breath praise the Lord,” because he has cared for every breath he made. For the human being is truly a peaceful instrument; while if one looks into the others, one will find them instruments of war, inflaming desires, kindling loves, or enraging anger. In their wars the Etruscans use the trumpet, the Arcadians the panpipe, the Sicilians the harp, the Cretans the lyre, the Spartans the flute, the Thracians the horn, the Egyptians the drum, and the Arabs the cymbal. But we use one instrument, the peaceful Word alone, with which we honor God; no longer the old psaltery and trumpet and drum and flute, which those trained for war and those who despise the fear of God were accustomed to use at their festivals, so that the slackness of their spirit might be roused by such rhythms.
2.4.43Stählin 1:183–184
Ἔστω δὲ ἡμῶν ἡ παρὰ πότον φιλοφροσύνη διττὴ κατὰ τὸν νόμον· εἰ γὰρ »ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σου«, ἔπειτα »τὸν πλησίον σου«, προτέρα μὲν ἡ εἰς θεὸν διʼ εὐχαριστίας καὶ ψαλμῳδίας γενέσθω φιλοφροσύνη, δευτέρα δὲ εἰς τὸν πλησίον διὰ τῆς ὁμιλίας τῆς σεμνῆς· »ὁ γὰρ λόγος ὁ τοῦ κυρίου ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν πλουσίως«, ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν. ὁ δὲ λόγος οὗτος συναρμόζεται καὶ συσχηματίζεται καιροῖς, προσώποις, τόποις, συμποτικὸς δέ ἐστι νῦν· ἐπιφέρει γὰρ ὁ ἀπόστολος πάλιν· »ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθετοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ψαλμοῖς, ὕμνοις, ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς ἐν τῇ χάριτι, ᾄδοντες ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν τῷ θεῷ· καὶ πᾶν ὅ τι ἂν ποιῆτε ἢ ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ, πάντα ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ.« οὗτος ἡμῶν ὁ κῶμος ὁ εὐχάριστος, κἂν πρὸς κιθάραν ἐθελήσῃς ἢ λύραν ᾄδειν τε καὶ ψάλλειν, μῶμος οὐκ ἔστιν, Ἑβραῖον μιμήσῃ δίκαιον βασιλέα εὐχάριστον τῷ θεῷ. »ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, δίκαιοι, ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ, τοῖς εὐθέσι πρέπει αἴνεσις«, φησὶν ἡ προφητεία, »ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν κιθάρᾳ, ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ δεκαχόρδῳ ψάλατε αὐτῷ, ᾄσατε αὐτῷ ᾆσμα καινόν.«
Estō de hēmōn hē para poton philophrosynē dittē kata ton nomon; ei gar »agapēseis kyrion ton theon sou«, epeita »ton plēsion sou«, protera men hē eis theon diʼ eucharistias kai psalmǭdias genesthō philophrosynē, deutera de eis ton plēsion dia tēs homilias tēs semnēs; »ho gar logos ho tou kyriou enoikeitō en hymin plousiōs«, ho apostolos phēsin. ho de logos houtos synarmozetai kai syschēmatizetai kairois, prosōpois, topois, sympotikos de esti nyn; epipherei gar ho apostolos palin; »en pasę̄ sophią didaskontes kai nouthetountes heautous psalmois, hymnois, ǭdais pneumatikais en tę̄ chariti, ądontes en tę̄ kardią hymōn tǭ theǭ; kai pan ho ti an poiēte ē en logǭ ē en ergǭ, panta en onomati kyriou Iēsou, eucharistountes tǭ theǭ kai patri autou.« houtos hēmōn ho kōmos ho eucharistos, kan pros kitharan ethelēsę̄s ē lyran ądein te kai psallein, mōmos ouk estin, Hebraion mimēsę̄ dikaion basilea euchariston tǭ theǭ. »agalliasthe, dikaioi, en tǭ kyriǭ, tois euthesi prepei ainesis«, phēsin hē prophēteia, »exomologeisthe tǭ kyriǭ en kitharą, en psaltēriǭ dekachordǭ psalate autǭ, ąsate autǭ ąsma kainon.«
Let our friendliness at drinking be twofold, according to the law. For if “you shall love the Lord your God,” and then “your neighbor,” let the first friendliness be toward God, through thanksgiving and psalm-singing, and the second toward our neighbor, through dignified conversation. “For let the word of the Lord dwell in you richly,” says the apostle. And this word adapts and fits itself to times, persons, and places; and now it is at a banquet. For the apostle adds again: “in all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs, with grace, singing in your hearts to God; and whatever you do, in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and his Father.” This is our thankful revel. And if you wish to sing and play to the cithara or lyre, there is no blame; you will imitate the righteous Hebrew king, who gave thanks to God. “Rejoice in the Lord, you righteous; praise befits the upright,” says the prophecy; “give thanks to the Lord with the cithara, play to him on the ten-stringed psaltery, sing to him a new song.”
2.4.44Stählin 1:184
καὶ μή τι τὸ δεκάχορδον ψαλτήριον τὸν λόγον τὸν Ἰησοῦν μηνύει, τῷ στοιχείῳ τῆς δεκάδος φανερούμενον. ὡς δὲ ἁρμόδιον πρὶν ἡμᾶς μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς τῶν συμπάντων εὐλογεῖν τὸν ποιητήν, οὕτως καὶ παρὰ πότον καθήκει ψάλλειν αὐτῷ τῶν αὐτοῦ μεταλαμβάνοντας κτισμάτων· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ψαλμὸς ἐμμελής ἐστιν εὐλογία καὶ σώφρων· »ᾠδὴν πνευματικὴν« ὁ ἀπόστολος εἴρηκε τὸν ψαλμόν. ἐπὶ πᾶσίν τε πρὶν ὕπνου λαχεῖν εὐχαριστεῖν ὅσιον τῷ θεῷ τῆς αὐτοῦ χάριτος καὶ φιλανθρωπίας ἀπολαύσαντας, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπνον ἰέναι ἡμᾶς ἐνθέως. »καὶ ἐξομολογήσασθε αὐτῷ ἐν ᾠδαῖς χειλέων«, φησίν· »ὅτι ἐν προστάγματι αὐτοῦ πᾶσα εὐδοκία γίνεται, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλάττωσις εἰς τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ.« ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς παλαιοῖς Ἕλλησι παρὰ τὰς συμποτικὰς εὐωχίας καὶ τὰς ἐπιψεκαζούσας κύλικας Ἑβραϊκῶν κατʼ εἰκόνα ψαλμῶν ᾆσμα τὸ καλούμενον σκολιὸν ᾔδετο, κοινῶς ἁπάντων μιᾷ φωνῇ παιανιζόντων, ἔσθʼ ὅτε δὲ καὶ ἐν μέρει περιελιττόντων τὰς προπόσεις τῆς ᾠδῆς· οἱ δὲ μουσικώτεροι αὐτῶν καὶ πρὸς λύραν ᾖδον. ἀλλʼ αἱ μὲν ἐρωτικαὶ μακρὰν ἐρρόντων ᾠδαί, ὕμνοι δὲ ἔστων τοῦ θεοῦ αἱ ᾠδαί. »αἰνεσάτωσαν«, φησίν, »τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν χορῷ, ἐν τυμπάνῳ καὶ ψαλτηρίῳ ψαλάτωσαν αὐτῷ.« καὶ τίς ὁ ψάλλων χορός, αὐτό σοι διηγήσεται τὸ πνεῦμα· »ἡ αἴνεσις αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ ὁσίων, ἀγαλλιάσθωσαν ἐπὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ αὐτῶν.« καὶ πάλιν ἐπιφέρει· »ὅτι εὐδοκεῖ κύριος ἐν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ.« καὶ γὰρ ἁρμονίας παραδεκτέον τὰς σώφρονας, ἀπωτάτω ὅτι μάλιστα ἐλαύνοντας τῆς ἐρρωμένης ἡμῶν διανοίας τὰς ὑγρὰς ὄντως ἁρμονίας, αἳ περὶ τὰς καμπὰς τῶν φθόγγων κακοτεχνοῦσαι εἰς θρύψιν καὶ βωμολοχίαν ἐκδιαιτῶνται· τὰ δὲ αὐστηρὰ καὶ σωφρονικὰ μέλη ἀποτάσσεται ταῖς τῆς μέθης ἀγερωχίαις. καταλειπτέον οὖν τὰς χρωματικὰς ἁρμονίας ταῖς ἀχρώμοις παροινίαις καὶ τῇ ἀνθοφορούσῃ καὶ ἑταιρούσῃ μουσικῇ.
kai mē ti to dekachordon psaltērion ton logon ton Iēsoun mēnyei, tǭ stoicheiǭ tēs dekados phaneroumenon. hōs de harmodion prin hēmas metalabein trophēs tōn sympantōn eulogein ton poiētēn, houtōs kai para poton kathēkei psallein autǭ tōn autou metalambanontas ktismatōn; kai gar ho psalmos emmelēs estin eulogia kai sōphrōn; »ǭdēn pneumatikēn« ho apostolos eirēke ton psalmon. epi pasin te prin hypnou lachein eucharistein hosion tǭ theǭ tēs autou charitos kai philanthrōpias apolausantas, hōs kai epi ton hypnon ienai hēmas entheōs. »kai exomologēsasthe autǭ en ǭdais cheileōn«, phēsin; »hoti en prostagmati autou pasa eudokia ginetai, kai ouk estin elattōsis eis to sōtērion autou.« alla kai en tois palaiois Hellēsi para tas sympotikas euōchias kai tas epipsekazousas kylikas Hebraïkōn katʼ eikona psalmōn ąsma to kaloumenon skolion ę̄deto, koinōs hapantōn mią phōnę̄ paianizontōn, esthʼ hote de kai en merei perielittontōn tas proposeis tēs ǭdēs; hoi de mousikōteroi autōn kai pros lyran ę̄don. allʼ hai men erōtikai makran errontōn ǭdai, hymnoi de estōn tou theou hai ǭdai. »ainesatōsan«, phēsin, »to onoma autou en chorǭ, en tympanǭ kai psaltēriǭ psalatōsan autǭ.« kai tis ho psallōn choros, auto soi diēgēsetai to pneuma; »hē ainesis autou en ekklēsią hosiōn, agalliasthōsan epi tǭ basilei autōn.« kai palin epipherei; »hoti eudokei kyrios en tǭ laǭ autou.« kai gar harmonias paradekteon tas sōphronas, apōtatō hoti malista elaunontas tēs errōmenēs hēmōn dianoias tas hygras ontōs harmonias, hai peri tas kampas tōn phthongōn kakotechnousai eis thrypsin kai bōmolochian ekdiaitōntai; ta de austēra kai sōphronika melē apotassetai tais tēs methēs agerōchiais. kataleipteon oun tas chrōmatikas harmonias tais achrōmois paroiniais kai tę̄ anthophorousę̄ kai hetairousę̄ mousikę̄.
And perhaps the ten-stringed psaltery points to the Word, Jesus, manifested by the letter of the number ten. As it is fitting, before we partake of food, to bless the Maker of all, so it is proper at drinking to sing psalms to him as we partake of his creatures; for the psalm is a melodious and sober blessing. The apostle called the psalm a “spiritual song.” And above all it is holy, before going to sleep, to give thanks to God, having enjoyed his grace and love for humankind, so that we may go to sleep in a godly way. “And confess to him with songs of the lips,” it says; “for at his command all his good pleasure is done, and there is no lessening of his salvation.” Among the ancient Greeks too, at drinking parties and over the brimming cups, in imitation of the Hebrew psalms, a song called the skolion was sung, all singing the paean together with one voice, and sometimes in turn passing the toasts of the song around; the more musical among them sang to the lyre. But let love songs be banished far away, and let our songs be hymns to God. “Let them praise his name in the dance,” it says; “let them play to him with timbrel and psaltery.” And what the singing chorus is, the Spirit himself will tell you: “His praise is in the assembly of the holy; let them rejoice in their king.” And again he adds: “For the Lord takes pleasure in his people.” We must admit temperate harmonies, driving as far as possible from our vigorous mind the truly soft harmonies, which, playing tricks with the modulations of sounds, lead to effeminacy and buffoonery; while austere and temperate melodies bid farewell to the arrogance of drunkenness. Chromatic harmonies, then, are to be left to shameless drunken parties and to flowery, courtesan music.
The 2, chapter 5
2.5.45Stählin 1:184–185
Μιμηλοὺς δὲ ἀνθρώπους γελοίων, μᾶλλον δὲ καταγελάστων παθῶν τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐξελαστέον πολιτείας. πάντων γὰρ τῶν λόγων ἀπὸ διανοίας καὶ ἤθους ῥεόντων οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστι γελοίους τινὰς προέσθαι λόγους, μὴ οὐχὶ ἀπὸ γελοίου ἤθους φερομένους. τὸ γὰρ »οὐκ ἔστι δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρὸν οὐδὲ μὴν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν« κἀνταῦθʼ ἂν ἁρμόσαι· καρπὸς διανοίας ὁ λόγος ἐστίν. εἰ τοίνυν τοὺς γελωτοποιοὺς ἐξοικιστέον τῆς ἡμεδαπῆς πολιτείας, πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτρέπειν γελωτοποιεῖν. ἄτοπον γάρ, ὧν ἀκροατὰς γενέσθαι κεκώλυται, τούτων εὑρίσκεσθαι μιμητάς· πολλῷ δὲ ἔτι ἀτοπώτερον γελοῖον αὐτὸν σπουδάζειν γενέσθαι, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἐφύβριστον καὶ καταγέλαστον. εἰ γὰρ γελοίως σχηματισθῆναι, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς πομπαῖς ὁρῶνταί τινες, οὐκ ἂν ὑπομείναιμεν, πῶς ἂν εἰκότως τὸν ἐντὸς ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ τὸ γελοιότερον σχηματιζόμενον ἀνασχοίμεθα; καὶ εἰ τὸ πρόσωπον οὐκ ἂν ἑκόντες ἐπὶ τὸ γελοιότερον μεταστρέψαιμέν [ἄν] ποτε, [καὶ] πῶς ἂν κατὰ τοὺς λόγους ἐπιτηδεύσαιμεν εἶναί τε καὶ φαίνεσθαι γελοῖοι, τὸ τιμιώτατον πάντων τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις κτημάτων καταμωκώμενοι, τὸν λόγον; χλεύη μὲν οὖν ἐπιτηδεύειν ταῦτα, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ὁ τῶν γελοίων λόγος [τοῖος] ἀκροάσεως ἄξιος, διὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὰ αἰσχρὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐθίζων, χαριεντιστέον τε, οὐ γελωτοποιητέον.
Mimēlous de anthrōpous geloiōn, mallon de katagelastōn pathōn tēs hēmeteras exelasteon politeias. pantōn gar tōn logōn apo dianoias kai ēthous rheontōn ouch hoion te esti geloious tinas proesthai logous, mē ouchi apo geloiou ēthous pheromenous. to gar »ouk esti dendron kalon poioun karpon sapron oude mēn dendron sapron poioun karpon kalon« kantauthʼ an harmosai; karpos dianoias ho logos estin. ei toinyn tous gelōtopoious exoikisteon tēs hēmedapēs politeias, pollou ge kai dei hēmin autois epitrepein gelōtopoiein. atopon gar, hōn akroatas genesthai kekōlytai, toutōn heuriskesthai mimētas; pollǭ de eti atopōteron geloion auton spoudazein genesthai, toutʼ estin ephybriston kai katagelaston. ei gar geloiōs schēmatisthēnai, kathaper en tais pompais horōntai tines, ouk an hypomeinaimen, pōs an eikotōs ton entos anthrōpon epi to geloioteron schēmatizomenon anaschoimetha? kai ei to prosōpon ouk an hekontes epi to geloioteron metastrepsaimen [an] pote, [kai] pōs an kata tous logous epitēdeusaimen einai te kai phainesthai geloioi, to timiōtaton pantōn tōn en anthrōpois ktēmatōn katamōkōmenoi, ton logon? chleuē men oun epitēdeuein tauta, epei mēde ho tōn geloiōn logos [toios] akroaseōs axios, dia tōn onomatōn autōn epi ta aischra tōn ergōn ethizōn, charientisteon te, ou gelōtopoiēteon.
Imitators of ridiculous, or rather contemptible, passions must be banished from our commonwealth. For since all words flow from the mind and character, it is not possible to utter ridiculous words that do not come from a ridiculous character. For the saying “There is no good tree that bears rotten fruit, nor a rotten tree that bears good fruit” would fit here too; speech is the fruit of the mind. If, then, jesters must be expelled from our commonwealth, much less must we allow ourselves to play the jester. It is absurd to be found imitators of what we are forbidden to hear; and much more absurd to strive to become ridiculous oneself, that is, an object of insult and mockery. For if we would not endure to be made up ridiculously, as some are seen in processions, how could we rightly bear to have the inner man made up to look still more ridiculous? And if we would never willingly twist our face into something more ridiculous, how could we practice being and appearing ridiculous in our speech, mocking the most precious of all human possessions, speech? To practice this, then, is buffoonery, since the talk of jesters is not worth hearing, accustoming us by its words to shameful deeds. We should be graceful, not jesters.
2.5.46Stählin 1:185–186
ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν γέλωτα ἐπιστομιστέον. καὶ γὰρ αὖ καὶ αὐτὸς ὃν μὲν δεῖ τρόπον ἐξαγόμενος ἐμφαίνει κοσμιότητα, μὴ ταύτῃ δὲ χωρῶν ἀκολασίαν ἐνδείκνυται. ἁπλῶς γὰρ ὁπόσα φυσικὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐστίν, ταῦτα οὐκ ἀναιρεῖν ἐξ αὐτῶν δεῖ, μᾶλλον δὲ μέτρον αὐτοῖς καὶ καιρὸν ἐπιτιθέναι πρέποντα. οὐ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ γελαστικὸν ζῷον ὁ ἄνθρωπος, γελαστέον τὰ πάντα, ἐπειδὴ οὐδὲ ὁ ἵππος χρεμετιστικὸς ὢν χρεμετίζει τὰ πάντα· ὡς δὲ ζῷα λογικὰ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἁρμοστέον εὐκράτως, τὸ αὐστηρὸν τῆς σπουδῆς ἡμῶν καὶ τὸ ὑπέρτονον χαλῶντας ἐμμελῶς, οὐκ ἐκλύοντας ἐκμελῶς. ἡ μὲν γὰρ καθʼ ἁρμονίαν τοῦ προσώπου, καθάπερ ὀργάνου, κόσμιος ἄνεσις μειδίαμα κέκληται (διάχυσις οὕτως ἀνακλᾶται κατὰ πρόσωπον), σωφρονούντων [ὁ] γέλως· ἡ δὲ ἐκμελὴς τοῦ προσώπου ἔκλυσις, εἰ μὲν ἐπὶ γυναικῶν γίνοιτο, κιχλισμὸς προσαγορεύεται, γέλως δέ ἐστι πορνικός, εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ ἀνδρῶν, καγχασμός, γέλως ἐστὶν οὗτος μνηστηριώδης κἀξυβρίζων· »μωρὸς δὲ ἐν γέλωτι ἀνυψοῖ φωνὴν αὐτοῦ«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, »ἀνὴρ δὲ πανοῦργος μόγις ἡσυχῇ μειδιάσει.«
alla kai auton ton gelōta epistomisteon. kai gar au kai autos hon men dei tropon exagomenos emphainei kosmiotēta, mē tautę̄ de chōrōn akolasian endeiknytai. haplōs gar hoposa physika tois anthrōpois estin, tauta ouk anairein ex autōn dei, mallon de metron autois kai kairon epitithenai preponta. ou gar epeidē gelastikon zǭon ho anthrōpos, gelasteon ta panta, epeidē oude ho hippos chremetistikos ōn chremetizei ta panta; hōs de zǭa logika sphas autous harmosteon eukratōs, to austēron tēs spoudēs hēmōn kai to hypertonon chalōntas emmelōs, ouk eklyontas ekmelōs. hē men gar kathʼ harmonian tou prosōpou, kathaper organou, kosmios anesis meidiama keklētai (diachysis houtōs anaklatai kata prosōpon), sōphronountōn [ho] gelōs; hē de ekmelēs tou prosōpou eklysis, ei men epi gynaikōn ginoito, kichlismos prosagoreuetai, gelōs de esti pornikos, ei de epi andrōn, kanchasmos, gelōs estin houtos mnēstēriōdēs kaxybrizōn; »mōros de en gelōti anypsoi phōnēn autou«, phēsin hē graphē, »anēr de panourgos mogis hēsychę̄ meidiasei.«
Laughter itself must be bridled too. For when it is let out in the right way it shows decorum, but when it goes otherwise it shows licentiousness. In a word, whatever is natural to human beings must not be taken away from them, but rather given a fitting measure and time. For because the human being is an animal that laughs, it does not follow that he should laugh at everything; the horse, too, being an animal that neighs, does not neigh at everything. As rational animals we must tune ourselves in good proportion, relaxing melodiously the severity and overstrain of our seriousness, not loosening it unmelodiously. The decorous relaxing of the face in harmony, as of an instrument, is called a smile (this is how cheerfulness is reflected on the face), the laughter of the self-controlled. But an unmelodious loosening of the face, if it happens in women, is called giggling, and is the laughter of a harlot; if in men, guffawing, and this is the laughter of the suitors, and insolent. “A fool raises his voice in laughter,” says Scripture, “but a shrewd man will scarcely smile quietly.”
2.5.47Stählin 1:186
φρόνιμον λέγει τὸν πανοῦργον νῦν, τὸν ἐναντίως τῷ μωρῷ διακείμενον. ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἔμπαλιν εἶναι δεῖ σκυθρωπόν, ἀλλὰ σύννουν· ἀποδέχομαι γὰρ εὖ μάλα ἐκεῖνον [προσώποις μειδιῶντα] ὃς ἐφαίνετο μειδιόων βλοσυροῖσι προσώπασι [τὸν τοῖς βλοσυροῖς]· »ἧττον« γὰρ »ἂν καταγέλαστος ὁ γέλως αὐτῷ εἴη«. χρὴ δὲ καὶ τὸ μειδίαμα παιδαγωγεῖσθαι, καὶ εἰ μὲν ἐπʼ αἰσχροῖς εἴη, ἐρυθριῶντας μᾶλλον ἢ μειδιῶντας φαίνεσθαι, μὴ συνήδεσθαι διὰ συμπάθειαν δοκῶμεν, εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ λυπηροῖς, κατηφεστέρους ἁρμόζει βλέπεσθαι ἢ ἐφήδεσθαι δοκεῖν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀνθρωπίνου λογισμοῦ τεκμήριον, τὸ δὲ ὠμότητος ὑπόληψιν ἐνδείκνυται. οὔτε γὰρ ἀεὶ γελαστέον (ἄμετρον γὰρ) οὔτε πρεσβυτέρων ἤ τινων ἑτέρων ἐντροπῆς ἀξίων παρόντων, εἰ μὴ ἄρα τι αὐτοὶ εἰς τὸ διαχέαι ἡμᾶς χαριεντίσαιντο, οὐδὲ πρὸς τοὺς τυχόντας γελαστέον οὐδʼ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ οὐδὲ μὴν πᾶσιν οὐδὲ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν.
phronimon legei ton panourgon nyn, ton enantiōs tǭ mōrǭ diakeimenon. allʼ oudʼ empalin einai dei skythrōpon, alla synnoun; apodechomai gar eu mala ekeinon [prosōpois meidiōnta] hos ephaineto meidioōn blosyroisi prosōpasi [ton tois blosyrois]; »hētton« gar »an katagelastos ho gelōs autǭ eiē«. chrē de kai to meidiama paidagōgeisthai, kai ei men epʼ aischrois eiē, erythriōntas mallon ē meidiōntas phainesthai, mē synēdesthai dia sympatheian dokōmen, ei de epi lypērois, katēphesterous harmozei blepesthai ē ephēdesthai dokein; to men gar anthrōpinou logismou tekmērion, to de ōmotētos hypolēpsin endeiknytai. oute gar aei gelasteon (ametron gar) oute presbyterōn ē tinōn heterōn entropēs axiōn parontōn, ei mē ara ti autoi eis to diacheai hēmas charientisainto, oude pros tous tychontas gelasteon oudʼ en panti topǭ oude mēn pasin oude epi pasin.
By “shrewd” he now means the prudent man, the one disposed contrary to the fool. But neither, on the other hand, should one be sullen, but thoughtful. For I greatly approve of the one who “appeared smiling with a stern face”; “for his laughter would be less ridiculous.” The smile too must be instructed: if it is at shameful things, we should appear to blush rather than smile, lest we seem to share the pleasure through sympathy; if at painful things, it is fitting to be seen downcast rather than to seem to take pleasure; for the one is a sign of human reasoning, the other suggests cruelty. We should not laugh always (that is immoderate), nor in the presence of elders or others worthy of respect, unless they themselves jest to cheer us; nor should we laugh with just anyone, nor in every place, nor at everyone, nor at everything.
2.5.48Stählin 1:186–187
μάλιστα γὰρ μειρακίοις καὶ γυναιξὶν ὄλισθος εἰς διαβολὰς ὁ γέλως ἐστίν. τὸ δὲ καὶ φαίνεσθαι καταπληκτικὸν πόρρωθεν τῶν πειρώντων ἐστὶ φυγαδευτικόν· δυνατὴ γὰρ ἀποκρούσασθαι τῆς ἀσελγείας τὰς προσβολὰς καὶ ἐκ μόνης τῆς προσόψεως ἡ σεμνότης· πάντας δέ, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, τοὺς ἀνοήτους ὁ οἶνος καί θʼ ἁπαλὸν γελάσαι καὶ ὀρχήσασθαι ἀνώγει, εἰς μαλακίαν ἐκτρέπων τὸ ἀνδρόγυνον ἦθος. καὶ σκοπεῖν δεῖ πῶς ἐντεῦθεν ἡ παρρησία τὴν ἀκοσμίαν εἰς αἰσχρολογίαν αὔξει· καί τι ἔπος προέηκεν, ὅπερ τʼ ἄρρητον ἄμεινον. μάλιστα γοῦν ἐν οἴνῳ καθορᾶσθαι τὰ ἤθη τῶν ὑπούλων συμβέβηκεν τῆς ὑποκρίσεως ἀπογυμνούμενα διὰ τὴν ἀνελεύθερον παρρησίαν τῆς παροινίας, διʼ ἣν κατακοιμίζεται μὲν ὁ λόγος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ψυχῇ καρηβαρήσας τῇ μέθῃ, τὰ δὲ ἐκτράπελα ἐπεγείρεται πάθη καταδυναστεύοντα τῆς ἀσθενείας τοῦ λογισμοῦ.
malista gar meirakiois kai gynaixin olisthos eis diabolas ho gelōs estin. to de kai phainesthai kataplēktikon porrōthen tōn peirōntōn esti phygadeutikon; dynatē gar apokrousasthai tēs aselgeias tas prosbolas kai ek monēs tēs prosopseōs hē semnotēs; pantas de, hōs epos eipein, tous anoētous ho oinos kai thʼ hapalon gelasai kai orchēsasthai anōgei, eis malakian ektrepōn to androgynon ēthos. kai skopein dei pōs enteuthen hē parrēsia tēn akosmian eis aischrologian auxei; kai ti epos proeēken, hoper tʼ arrēton ameinon. malista goun en oinǭ kathorasthai ta ēthē tōn hypoulōn symbebēken tēs hypokriseōs apogymnoumena dia tēn aneleutheron parrēsian tēs paroinias, diʼ hēn katakoimizetai men ho logos en autę̄ tę̄ psychę̄ karēbarēsas tę̄ methę̄, ta de ektrapela epegeiretai pathē katadynasteuonta tēs astheneias tou logismou.
For laughter is especially, for youths and women, a slip into slander. A formidable appearance puts tempters to flight from afar; for dignity, even by the look alone, can repel the attacks of licentiousness. But wine, so to speak, bids all the foolish “laugh softly and dance,” turning a womanish character to effeminacy. And we must observe how, from this, freedom of speech increases disorder into foul talk: “and he let fall some word that were better left unsaid.” It is especially in wine that the characters of the deceitful are seen, stripped of their hypocrisy by the unrestrained freedom of drunkenness, through which reason falls asleep in the very soul, heavy-headed with drink, and outlandish passions are awakened, overpowering the weakness of reasoning.
The 2, chapter 6
2.6.49Stählin 1:187
Αἰσχρολογίας δὲ παντελῶς αὐτοῖς τε ἡμῖν ἀφεκτέον καὶ τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτῇ ἐπιστομιστέον καὶ ὄψει δριμυτέρᾳ καὶ προσώπου ἀποστροφῇ καὶ τῷ ἀπομυκτηρισμῷ καλουμένῳ, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ λόγῳ τραχυτέρῳ. »τὰ γὰρ ἐξιόντα«, φησίν, »ἐκ τοῦ στόματος κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον«, κοινὸν καὶ ἐθνικὸν καὶ ἀπαίδευτον καὶ ἀσελγῆ δείκνυσιν αὐτόν, οὐχὶ δὲ ἴδιον καὶ κόσμιον καὶ σώφρονα. πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἀκοὴν τῶν αἰσχρῶν καὶ τὴν θέαν τῶν ὁμοίως ἐχόντων ὁ θεῖος παιδαγωγὸς κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς παλαίουσι τῶν παιδίων, ὡς μὴ τὰ ὦτα θραύοιτο αὐτῶν, τοὺς σώφρονας περιτίθησι λόγους καθάπερ ἀντωτίδας, ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι ἐξικνεῖσθαι εἰς θραῦσιν τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ κροῦμα τῆς πορνείας· τοὺς δὲ ὀφθαλμοὺς κατευθύνει ἐπὶ τὴν θέαν τῶν καλῶν,
Aischrologias de pantelōs autois te hēmin aphekteon kai tous chrōmenous autę̄ epistomisteon kai opsei drimyterą kai prosōpou apostrophę̄ kai tǭ apomyktērismǭ kaloumenǭ, pollakis de kai logǭ trachyterǭ. »ta gar exionta«, phēsin, »ek tou stomatos koinoi ton anthrōpon«, koinon kai ethnikon kai apaideuton kai aselgē deiknysin auton, ouchi de idion kai kosmion kai sōphrona. pros de tēn akoēn tōn aischrōn kai tēn thean tōn homoiōs echontōn ho theios paidagōgos kata ta auta tois palaiousi tōn paidiōn, hōs mē ta ōta thrauoito autōn, tous sōphronas peritithēsi logous kathaper antōtidas, hōs mē dynasthai exikneisthai eis thrausin tēs psychēs to krouma tēs porneias; tous de ophthalmous kateuthynei epi tēn thean tōn kalōn,
We must abstain entirely from foul speech ourselves, and silence those who use it, with a sharper look, turning away the face, and what is called turning up the nose, and often with harsher words too. “For what comes out of the mouth,” he says, “defiles a man,” showing him to be common, pagan, uneducated, and licentious, not distinguished, decorous, and self-controlled. Against hearing shameful things and seeing things of the same kind, the divine Instructor, just as with boys who wrestle, lest their ears be broken, puts self-controlled words around them like ear-guards, so that the blow of sexual immorality cannot reach through to the breaking of the soul; and he directs the eyes to the sight of good things,
2.6.50Stählin 1:187–188
ἄμεινον εἶναι λέγων τοῖς ποσὶν ἢ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ὀλισθαίνειν. ταύτην ἀποκρουόμενος τὴν αἰσχρολογίαν ὁ ἀπόστολος »πᾶς λόγος σαπρὸς ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν« φησὶν »μὴ ἐκπορευέσθω, ἀλλʼ εἴ τις ἀγαθός«. πάλιν τε αὖ· »καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις, μὴ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν αἰσχρότης καὶ μωρολογία ἢ εὐτραπελία, ἃ οὐκ ἀνῆκεν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εὐχαριστία.« εἰ δὲ ὁ μωρὸν εἰπὼν τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἔνοχος εἰς κρίσιν, τί περὶ τοῦ μωρολογοῦντος ἀποφανούμεθα; ᾗ καὶ περὶ τούτου γέγραπται· »ὃς ἂν λαλήσῃ λόγον ἀργόν, ἀποδώσει λόγον κυρίῳ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως.« αὖθίς τε »ἐκ τοῦ λόγου σου δικαιωθήσῃ« φησίν, »καὶ ἐκ τοῦ λόγου σου καταδικασθήσῃ«. τίνες οὖν αἱ ἀντωτίδες αἱ σωτήριοι; καὶ τίνες αἱ τῶν ὀλισθηρῶν ὀφθαλμῶν παιδαγωγήσεις; αἱ μετὰ τῶν δικαίων συναναστροφαὶ προλαμβάνουσαι καὶ προεμφράττουσαι τὰ ὦτα τοῖς ἀπάγειν τῆς ἀληθείας βουλομένοις. φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί, ἡ ποιητικὴ λέγει.
ameinon einai legōn tois posin ē tois ophthalmois olisthainein. tautēn apokrouomenos tēn aischrologian ho apostolos »pas logos sapros ek tou stomatos hymōn« phēsin »mē ekporeuesthō, allʼ ei tis agathos«. palin te au; »kathōs prepei hagiois, mē onomazesthō en hymin aischrotēs kai mōrologia ē eutrapelia, ha ouk anēken, alla mallon eucharistia.« ei de ho mōron eipōn ton adelphon enochos eis krisin, ti peri tou mōrologountos apophanoumetha? hę̄ kai peri toutou gegraptai; »hos an lalēsę̄ logon argon, apodōsei logon kyriǭ en hēmerą kriseōs.« authis te »ek tou logou sou dikaiōthēsę̄« phēsin, »kai ek tou logou sou katadikasthēsę̄«. tines oun hai antōtides hai sōtērioi? kai tines hai tōn olisthērōn ophthalmōn paidagōgēseis? hai meta tōn dikaiōn synanastrophai prolambanousai kai proemphrattousai ta ōta tois apagein tēs alētheias boulomenois. phtheirousin ēthē chrēsta homiliai kakai, hē poiētikē legei.
saying that it is better to slip with the feet than with the eyes. Driving back this foul speech, the apostle says, “Let no rotten word come out of your mouth, but only what is good.” And again: “As befits saints, let not shamefulness or foolish talk or coarse jesting be named among you, which are not fitting, but rather thanksgiving.” And if the one who calls his brother a fool is liable to judgment, what shall we declare about the one who talks foolishness? Of him too it is written: “Whoever speaks an idle word will give account to the Lord on the day of judgment.” And again, “By your words you will be justified,” he says, “and by your words you will be condemned.” What then are the saving ear-guards? And what is the training of slippery eyes? Associating with the righteous, which forestalls and blocks the ears against those who wish to lead us away from the truth. “Bad company corrupts good morals,” says poetry.
2.6.51Stählin 1:188
γενναιότερον δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος »γίνεσθε« φησὶν »ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρὸν κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ·« ὁ γὰρ μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων ἀναστρεφόμενος ἁγιασθήσεται. πάντῃ οὖν ἀφεκτέον τῶν αἰσχρῶν ἀκουσμάτων καὶ ῥημάτων καὶ θεαμάτων, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ἔργων αἰσχρῶν καθαρευτέον, τοῦτο μὲν ἐν ἐπιδείξεσι καὶ παραγυμνώσεσι μερῶν τινων τοῦ σώματος, ὧν οὐ χρή, τοῦτο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθεωρήσεσι τῶν ἀπορρητοτέρων μερῶν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἠνέσχετο τοῦ δικαίου τὴν γύμνωσιν αἰσχρὰν οὖσαν ἐπιδεῖν σώφρων υἱός, ἐσκέπασε δὲ ἡ σωφροσύνη, ὃ ἐγύμνωσεν ἡ μέθη, τὸ περίοπτον τῆς ἀγνοίας παράπτωμα. καθαρευτέον δὲ οὐδὲν ἧττον κἀν ταῖς προφοραῖς τῶν φωνῶν, αἷς ἄβατα εἶναι χρὴ τὰ ὦτα τῶν ἐν Χριστῷ πεπιστευκότων. ταύτῃ μοι δοκεῖ ὁ παιδαγωγὸς μηδὲ φθέγξασθαί τι τῶν τῆς ἀσχημοσύνης ἐφιέναι ἡμῖν, πόρρωθεν διαβάλλων πρὸς τὴν ἀκολασίαν.
gennaioteron de ho apostolos »ginesthe« phēsin »apostygountes to ponēron kollōmenoi tǭ agathǭ;« ho gar meta tōn hagiōn anastrephomenos hagiasthēsetai. pantę̄ oun aphekteon tōn aischrōn akousmatōn kai rhēmatōn kai theamatōn, poly de mallon ergōn aischrōn kathareuteon, touto men en epideixesi kai paragymnōsesi merōn tinōn tou sōmatos, hōn ou chrē, touto de en tais epitheōrēsesi tōn aporrētoterōn merōn; oude gar ēnescheto tou dikaiou tēn gymnōsin aischran ousan epidein sōphrōn huios, eskepase de hē sōphrosynē, ho egymnōsen hē methē, to periopton tēs agnoias paraptōma. kathareuteon de ouden hētton kan tais prophorais tōn phōnōn, hais abata einai chrē ta ōta tōn en Christǭ pepisteukotōn. tautę̄ moi dokei ho paidagōgos mēde phthenxasthai ti tōn tēs aschēmosynēs ephienai hēmin, porrōthen diaballōn pros tēn akolasian.
More nobly the apostle says, “Hate what is evil; cling to what is good”; for one who associates with the holy will be made holy. We must entirely abstain from shameful things heard, said, and seen, and much more keep ourselves pure from shameful deeds: on the one hand, from displaying and exposing any parts of the body we should not; on the other, from gazing at the more private parts. For the self-controlled son would not bear to look upon the nakedness of the righteous man, which was shameful; self-control covered what drunkenness had laid bare, the fault of ignorance exposed to view. We must be no less pure in the utterance of words, which must be inaccessible to the ears of those who have believed in Christ. So it seems to me that the Instructor does not allow us to utter anything indecent, setting us against licentiousness from afar.
2.6.52Stählin 1:188–189
δεινὸς γὰρ ἀεὶ τὰς ῥίζας τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐκκόπτειν, τὸ »οὐ μοιχεύσεις« διὰ τοῦ »οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις«· καρπὸς γὰρ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἡ μοιχεία τῆς ῥίζης τῆς κακῆς. ὁμοίως οὖν κἀνταῦθα ὁ παιδαγωγὸς τὴν ἀδεᾶ τῶν ὀνομάτων χρῆσιν διαβέβληκεν, τὴν ἀδεᾶ τῆς ἀκολασίας ἐπιμιξίαν ἐκκόπτων. τὸ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἀτακτεῖν μελέτην ἐμποιεῖ τοῦ καὶ εἰς τὰ ἔργα ἀκοσμεῖν, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὴν φωνὴν σωφρονεῖν ἀσκεῖν ἐστι λαγνείας καρτερεῖν. διειλήφαμεν δὲ βαθυτέρῳ λόγῳ ὡς ἄρα οὔτε ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασιν οὐδὲ μὴν ἐν τοῖς συνουσιαστικοῖς μορίοις καὶ τῇ κατὰ γάμον συμπλοκῇ, καθʼ ὧν κεῖται τὰ ὀνόματα τὰ περὶ τὴν συνήθειαν οὐ τετριμμένα, ἡ τοῦ ὄντως αἰσχροῦ προσηγορία τάττεται· οὐδὲ γὰρ γόνυ καὶ κνήμη τὰ μέλη ταῦτα οὐδὲ μὴν τὰ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα καὶ ἡ διʼ αὐτῶν ἐνέργεια αἰσχρά ἐστιν (μέλη δὲ καὶ τὰ αἰδοῖα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, αἰδοῦς, οὐκ αἰσχύνης κατηξιωμένα)· αἰσχρὸν δὲ ἡ παράνομος αὐτῶν ἐνέργεια, αἴσχους καὶ ὀνείδους διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κολάσεως ἀξία· μόνον γὰρ τῷ ὄντι αἰσχρὸν ἡ κακία καὶ τὰ κατὰ ταύτην ἐνεργούμενα. τούτοις δὲ ἀναλόγως αἰσχρολογία εἰκότως ἂν καλοῖτο ἡ περὶ τῶν τῆς κακίας ἔργων λογοποιία· οἷον τὸ περὶ μοιχείας διαλέγεσθαι ἢ παιδεραστίας καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια. ναὶ μὴν καὶ τὴν φλύαρον ἀδολεσχίαν κατασιγαστέον. »ἐκ γάρ τοι πολυλογίας οὐκ ἐκφεύξῃ«, φησίν, »ἁμαρτίαν·« δίκην ἄρα ὑφέξει ἡ γλωσσαργία· »ἔστι γὰρ σιωπῶν εὑρισκόμενος σοφός, καὶ ἔστι μισητὸς ἀπὸ πολλῆς λαλιᾶς.« ἤδη καὶ αὐτὸς αὑτῷ ὁ ἀδολέσχης προσκορής· »πλεονάζων γὰρ λόγον βδελύττεται τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ.«
deinos gar aei tas rhizas tōn hamartēmatōn ekkoptein, to »ou moicheuseis« dia tou »ouk epithymēseis«; karpos gar tēs epithymias hē moicheia tēs rhizēs tēs kakēs. homoiōs oun kantautha ho paidagōgos tēn adea tōn onomatōn chrēsin diabeblēken, tēn adea tēs akolasias epimixian ekkoptōn. to gar en tois onomasin ataktein meletēn empoiei tou kai eis ta erga akosmein, to de peri tēn phōnēn sōphronein askein esti lagneias karterein. dieilēphamen de bathyterǭ logǭ hōs ara oute en tois onomasin oude mēn en tois synousiastikois moriois kai tę̄ kata gamon symplokę̄, kathʼ hōn keitai ta onomata ta peri tēn synētheian ou tetrimmena, hē tou ontōs aischrou prosēgoria tattetai; oude gar gony kai knēmē ta melē tauta oude mēn ta epʼ autois onomata kai hē diʼ autōn energeia aischra estin (melē de kai ta aidoia tou anthrōpou, aidous, ouk aischynēs katēxiōmena); aischron de hē paranomos autōn energeia, aischous kai oneidous dia touto kai kolaseōs axia; monon gar tǭ onti aischron hē kakia kai ta kata tautēn energoumena. toutois de analogōs aischrologia eikotōs an kaloito hē peri tōn tēs kakias ergōn logopoiia; hoion to peri moicheias dialegesthai ē paiderastias kai ta paraplēsia. nai mēn kai tēn phlyaron adoleschian katasigasteon. »ek gar toi polylogias ouk ekpheuxę̄«, phēsin, »hamartian;« dikēn ara hyphexei hē glōssargia; »esti gar siōpōn heuriskomenos sophos, kai esti misētos apo pollēs lalias.« ēdē kai autos hautǭ ho adoleschēs proskorēs; »pleonazōn gar logon bdelyttetai tēn psychēn autou.«
For he is skilled at always cutting out the roots of sins: “You shall not commit adultery” through “You shall not covet”; for adultery is the fruit of desire, the evil root. So here too the Instructor has condemned the fearless use of words, cutting out fearless intercourse with licentiousness. For disorder in words produces practice in misbehaving in deeds too, while self-control in speech is training in resisting lust. We have explained in a deeper discussion that neither in the words, nor in the organs of intercourse, nor in the union of marriage, for which words not worn by common use are appointed, is the name of what is truly shameful to be applied. For knee and shin are not shameful as members, nor are the names for them or their activity; and the private parts of the human being are members too, worthy of modesty, not of shame. What is shameful is their unlawful activity, which therefore deserves shame, reproach, and punishment; for only vice is truly shameful, and what is done according to it. Correspondingly, foul speech would rightly be the name for talk about the works of vice, such as talking about adultery or pederasty and the like. And idle chatter must be silenced too. “For from much talking,” it says, “you will not escape sin”; so the idle tongue will pay the penalty. “There is one who keeps silent and is found wise, and one who is hated for much talk.” The chatterer is already wearisome to himself: “For one who multiplies words makes himself abhorred.”
The 2, chapter 7
2.7.53Stählin 1:189–190
Ἀπέστω δέ, ἀπέστω ἡμῶν καὶ τὸ σκώπτειν ὕβρεως προκατάρχον, ἐξ ὧν ἔριδες καὶ μάχαι καὶ ἔχθραι διοιδαίνουσιν. ὕβριν δὲ ἔφαμεν μέθης εἶναι διάκονον. οὐκ ἐκ μόνων δὲ τῶν ἔργων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ λόγων ἄνθρωπος κρίνεται. »ἐν συμποσίῳ δέ«, φησί, »μὴ ἐλέγξῃς τὸν πλησίον καὶ λόγον ὀνειδισμοῦ μὴ εἴπῃς αὐτῷ.« εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα παραγγέλλεται ἁγίοις συνεῖναι, σκώπτειν τὸν ἅγιον ἁμαρτία· »ἐκ στόματος γὰρ ἀφρόνων«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, »βακτηρία ὕβρεως«, ἐπιβάθραν ὕβρεως βακτηρίαν λέγουσα, ᾗ ἐπερείδεται καὶ ἐπαναπαύεται ἡ ὕβρις. ὅθεν ἄγαμαι τὸν ἀπόστολον κἀνταῦθα παραινοῦντα μηδὲ τὰ εὐτράπελα μηδὲ τὰ μὴ ἀνήκοντα προΐεσθαι ἡμᾶς ῥήματα. εἰ γὰρ διʼ ἀγάπην αἱ ἐπὶ τὰς ἑστιάσεις συνελεύσεις, συμποσίου δὲ τὸ τέλος ἡ πρὸς τοὺς συνόντας φιλοφροσύνη, παρεπόμενα δὲ τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἡ βρῶσις καὶ ἡ πόσις, πῶς οὐ λογικῶς ἀναστρεπτέον; οὐδὲ διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην ἀπορητέον· εἰ γὰρ ὡς ἐπιτείνοντες τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους εὔνοιαν σύνιμεν, πῶς ἔχθρας διὰ τοῦ σκώπτειν σκαλεύομεν; σιωπᾶν δὲ κρεῖττον ἢ ἀντιλέγειν ἁμαρτίαν ἀμαθίᾳ προσφερομένους. »μακάριος« ὡς ἀληθῶς »ἀνήρ, ὃς οὐκ ὠλίσθησεν ἐν στόματι αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐ κατενύγη ἐν λύπῃ ἁμαρτίας«, ἤτοι μετανοήσας ἐφʼ οἷς λαλήσας ἥμαρτεν ἢ ἐν τῷ μηδένα λυπῆσαι λαλήσας. καθόλου μὲν οὖν νέοι μὲν καὶ νεάνιδες ὡς ἐπίπαν τῶν τοιῶνδε ἀπεχέσθων εὐωχιῶν, ὡς μὴ σφάλλοιντο περὶ ἃ μὴ προσῆκεν· καὶ γὰρ ἀκούσματα ἀήθη καὶ θεάματα ἀπρεπῆ κυμαινομένης ἔτι ἐν αὐτοῖς τῆς πίστεως ἐκριπίζει τὴν διάνοιαν, συνεργεῖ δὲ αὐτοῖς τὸ ἄστατον τῆς ἡλικίας πρὸς τὸ εὐκατάφορον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας· ἔσθʼ ὅτε δὲ καὶ ἄλλοις παραίτιοι γίνονται σφαλμάτων, τὸ ἐπικίνδυνον τῆς ὥρας ἐπιδεικνύμενοι.
Apestō de, apestō hēmōn kai to skōptein hybreōs prokatarchon, ex hōn erides kai machai kai echthrai dioidainousin. hybrin de ephamen methēs einai diakonon. ouk ek monōn de tōn ergōn, alla kai ek logōn anthrōpos krinetai. »en symposiǭ de«, phēsi, »mē elenxę̄s ton plēsion kai logon oneidismou mē eipę̄s autǭ.« ei gar kai ta malista parangelletai hagiois syneinai, skōptein ton hagion hamartia; »ek stomatos gar aphronōn«, phēsin hē graphē, »baktēria hybreōs«, epibathran hybreōs baktērian legousa, hę̄ epereidetai kai epanapauetai hē hybris. hothen agamai ton apostolon kantautha parainounta mēde ta eutrapela mēde ta mē anēkonta proïesthai hēmas rhēmata. ei gar diʼ agapēn hai epi tas hestiaseis syneleuseis, symposiou de to telos hē pros tous synontas philophrosynē, parepomena de tę̄ agapę̄ hē brōsis kai hē posis, pōs ou logikōs anastrepteon? oude dia tēn agapēn aporēteon; ei gar hōs epiteinontes tēn pros allēlous eunoian synimen, pōs echthras dia tou skōptein skaleuomen? siōpan de kreitton ē antilegein hamartian amathią prospheromenous. »makarios« hōs alēthōs »anēr, hos ouk ōlisthēsen en stomati autou kai ou katenygē en lypę̄ hamartias«, ētoi metanoēsas ephʼ hois lalēsas hēmarten ē en tǭ mēdena lypēsai lalēsas. katholou men oun neoi men kai neanides hōs epipan tōn toiōnde apechesthōn euōchiōn, hōs mē sphallointo peri ha mē prosēken; kai gar akousmata aēthē kai theamata aprepē kymainomenēs eti en autois tēs pisteōs ekripizei tēn dianoian, synergei de autois to astaton tēs hēlikias pros to eukataphoron tēs epithymias; esthʼ hote de kai allois paraitioi ginontai sphalmatōn, to epikindynon tēs hōras epideiknymenoi.
Away, away from us also with mockery, the beginning of insolence, from which quarrels, fights, and enmities swell. We said that insolence is the servant of drunkenness. A human being is judged not only by deeds but also by words. “At a banquet,” it says, “do not rebuke your neighbor, and do not speak a word of reproach to him.” For if we are commanded above all to keep company with the holy, it is a sin to mock the holy one. “From the mouth of fools,” says Scripture, “is a rod of insolence,” calling the rod a stepping stone of insolence, on which insolence leans and rests. So here too I admire the apostle, who urges us not to utter coarse jests or unfitting words. For if our gatherings for feasts are for love's sake, and the end of a banquet is friendliness toward those present, and food and drink follow love, how should we not conduct ourselves rationally? Nor must we fail because of love. For if we come together to increase our goodwill to one another, how can we stir up enmities by mockery? It is better to keep silent than to contradict, adding sin to ignorance. “Blessed” truly “is the man who has not slipped with his mouth and has not been pricked with the grief of sin,” either having repented of what he sinned in speaking, or having spoken so as to grieve no one. In general, young men and young women should for the most part keep away from such feasts, so that they may not fall in matters where they ought not. For unaccustomed sounds and unseemly sights, while faith is still tossing in them, fan their minds into flame, and the instability of their age helps the proneness of desire; and sometimes they become the cause of others' falls, displaying the dangerous bloom of their youth.
2.7.54Stählin 1:190
εὖ γάρ τοι παραγγέλλειν ἡ σοφία φαίνεται· »μετὰ ὑπάνδρου γυναικὸς μὴ κάθου τὸ σύνολον καὶ μὴ συμμετακλιθῇς ἐπʼ ἀγκῶνα μετʼ αὐτῆς.« τοῦτʼ ἔστι μὴ συνδείπνει πυκνότερον, μηδὲ ἔσθιε μετʼ αὐτῆς. διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει· »μηδὲ συμβολὰς ποίει μετʼ αὐτῆς ἐν οἴνῳ, μή ποτε ἐκκλίνῃ ἡ καρδία σου ἐπʼ αὐτήν, καὶ τῷ αἵματί σου ὀλισθήσῃ εἰς ἀπώλειαν·« σφαλερὰ γὰρ ἡ πάροινος ἐλευθερία παρανθεῖν δυναμένη· ὕπανδρον δὲ ὠνόμασεν, ἐπεὶ μείζων ὁ κίνδυνος τῷ λῦσαι τὴν δέσιν τῆς συμβιώσεως πειρωμένῳ. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀνάγκη τις περιτύχοι παριέναι κελεύουσα, αἳ μὲν κεκαλύφθων ἄγαν ἀμπεχόνῃ ἔκτοσθεν, ἔνδοθεν δὲ αἰδοῖ· ὅσαι δὲ μὴ ὕπανδροι, ἐσχάτη ταύταις διαβολὴ εἰς ἀνδρῶν παρεῖναι συμπόσιον καὶ ταῦτα οἰνωμένων. οἳ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν κλισίαν τὰς ὄψεις πήξαντες ἀμετασάλευτοι τοῖς ἀγκῶσιν ἐρηρεισμένοι μόνοις παρέστων τοῖς ὠσίν· εἰ δὲ καὶ καθέζοιντο, μὴ ἐναλλὰξ τὼ πόδε ἐχόντων μηδὲ μὴν θάτερον τοῖν μηροῖν θατέρῳ ἐπιφερόντων ἢ τὴν χεῖρα τῷ γενείῳ ὑπερειδόντων· ἀγεννὲς
eu gar toi parangellein hē sophia phainetai; »meta hypandrou gynaikos mē kathou to synolon kai mē symmetaklithę̄s epʼ ankōna metʼ autēs.« toutʼ esti mē syndeipnei pyknoteron, mēde esthie metʼ autēs. dio kai epipherei; »mēde symbolas poiei metʼ autēs en oinǭ, mē pote ekklinę̄ hē kardia sou epʼ autēn, kai tǭ haimati sou olisthēsę̄ eis apōleian;« sphalera gar hē paroinos eleutheria paranthein dynamenē; hypandron de ōnomasen, epei meizōn ho kindynos tǭ lysai tēn desin tēs symbiōseōs peirōmenǭ. ei de kai anankē tis peritychoi parienai keleuousa, hai men kekalyphthōn agan ampechonę̄ ektosthen, endothen de aidoi; hosai de mē hypandroi, eschatē tautais diabolē eis andrōn pareinai symposion kai tauta oinōmenōn. hoi de epi tēn klisian tas opseis pēxantes ametasaleutoi tois ankōsin erēreismenoi monois parestōn tois ōsin; ei de kai kathezointo, mē enallax tō pode echontōn mēde mēn thateron toin mēroin thaterǭ epipherontōn ē tēn cheira tǭ geneiǭ hypereidontōn; agennes
For Wisdom seems to command well: “Do not sit at all with a married woman, nor recline on your elbow with her”; that is, do not dine with her often, nor eat with her. So it adds: “Nor feast with her over wine, lest your heart turn aside to her, and with your blood you slip into destruction.” For the freedom of wine is dangerous, apt to rob one of the bloom of chastity. It named a married woman, since the danger is greater for one who tries to loosen the bond of a shared life. If some necessity requires them to be present, let the married women be well covered outwardly with clothing and inwardly with modesty; for unmarried women it is the utmost reproach to be present at a men's banquet, especially of men flushed with wine. Let the men, fixing their eyes on the couch, unmoving, leaning on their elbows, be present only with their ears. And if they sit, let them not cross their feet, nor put one thigh on the other, nor prop the chin with the hand; for it is ignoble
2.7.55Stählin 1:190–191
γὰρ μὴ φέρειν αὑτόν, καὶ τοῦτο κατηγόρημα τοῦ νέου. συνεχὲς δὲ καὶ τὸ μετακινούμενον ἐναλλάττειν τὸ σχῆμα, κουφότητος σύμβολον. σώφρονος δὲ εὐθέως ἐν πόσει καὶ ἐν βρώσει τὸ ἔλαττον αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ τὸ σχολαίτερον, οὐ τὸ προπετέστερον, κἀν τῷ κατάρχεσθαι κἀν τοῖς διαλείμμασι, καὶ τὸ προκαταλήγειν δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀπροσπαθές. »φάγε«, φησίν, »ὡς ἄνθρωπος τὰ παρακείμενα, παῦσαι πρῶτος χάριν παιδείας, καὶ εἰ ἀνὰ μέσον πλειόνων ἐκάθισας, πρότερος αὐτῶν μὴ ἐκτείνῃς χεῖρα.« οὔκουν προεκπηδητέον ὑπὸ λαιμαργίας ἀναπειθομένους ποτὲ οὐδὲ μὴν ἐπιγλιχομένους παρεκτείνειν μέχρι πολλοῦ χρή, τῇ ἐφυστερήσει τὴν ἀκρασίαν ὁμολογοῦντας, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ προσκειμένους φαίνεσθαι καθάπερ τὰ θηρία τῇ βορᾷ οὐδὲ μὴν πλείονος ὄψου προσφέρεσθαι· οὐ γὰρ ὀψοφάγος φύσει, ἀλλὰ
gar mē pherein hauton, kai touto katēgorēma tou neou. syneches de kai to metakinoumenon enallattein to schēma, kouphotētos symbolon. sōphronos de eutheōs en posei kai en brōsei to elatton haireisthai kai to scholaiteron, ou to propetesteron, kan tǭ katarchesthai kan tois dialeimmasi, kai to prokatalēgein de kai to aprospathes. »phage«, phēsin, »hōs anthrōpos ta parakeimena, pausai prōtos charin paideias, kai ei ana meson pleionōn ekathisas, proteros autōn mē ekteinę̄s cheira.« oukoun proekpēdēteon hypo laimargias anapeithomenous pote oude mēn epiglichomenous parekteinein mechri pollou chrē, tę̄ ephysterēsei tēn akrasian homologountas, allʼ oude en tǭ metaxy proskeimenous phainesthai kathaper ta thēria tę̄ borą oude mēn pleionos opsou prospheresthai; ou gar opsophagos physei, alla
not to support oneself, and this is a charge against the young. Constantly shifting and changing one's posture is a sign of levity. It belongs to the self-controlled, in drinking and eating, to choose the smaller portion and the slower pace, not the more headlong, both in beginning and in the intervals, and to stop first, and to be unattached. “Eat,” it says, “like a man what is set before you; stop first for the sake of good manners; and if you are seated among many, do not reach out your hand before them.” We must never jump forward urged on by gluttony, nor, craving, prolong the meal, confessing our incontinence by lingering; nor appear in the meantime to be intent on the food like beasts, nor take more of the relishes; for man is not by nature an eater of relishes, but
2.7.56Stählin 1:191
σιτοφάγος ἄνθρωπος. προανίστασθαι δὲ τῶν πολλῶν καὶ τοῦ συμποσίου ὑπεξιέναι ἐπιεικῶς ἀνδρὸς σώφρονος· »ἐν ὥρᾳ γάρ«, φησίν, »ἀναστάσεως μὴ οὐράγει καὶ ἀπότρεχε εἰς οἶκόν σου.« ἔλεγον δὲ οἱ δώδεκα προσκαλεσάμενοι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν· »οὐκ ἀρεστόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ διακονεῖν τραπέζαις.« εἰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐφυλάξαντο, πολλῷ μᾶλλον γαστριμαργίαν ἔφευγον. οἱ δὲ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι ἀπόστολοι »τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς« ἐπιστέλλοντες »ἔδοξεν« ἔφασαν »τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ ἡμῖν μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιθέσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος πλὴν τῶν ἐπάναγκες, ἀπέχεσθαι εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ αἵματος καὶ πνικτῶν καὶ τῆς πορνείας, ἐξ ὧν διατηροῦντες ἑαυτοὺς εὖ πράξετε«. φυλάττεσθαι δὲ τὰς παροινίας ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ κώνειον δεῖ· ἄμφω γὰρ ὑποσύρουσιν εἰς θάνατον. »χρὴ δὲ καὶ γελώτων εἴργεσθαι ἐξαισίων καὶ δακρύων« ὑπερμέτρων· πολλάκις γὰρ οἱ οἰνωμένοι καγχάσαντες ἐπὶ πλεῖστον, εἶτα μέντοι ὑπήχθησαν οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως παροινίᾳ τινὶ παραπειθόμενοι εἰς δάκρυα· ἀπᾴδει γὰρ τοῦ λόγου καὶ τὸ ἐκθηλύνεσθαι καὶ τὸ ἐξυβρίζειν.
sitophagos anthrōpos. proanistasthai de tōn pollōn kai tou symposiou hypexienai epieikōs andros sōphronos; »en hōrą gar«, phēsin, »anastaseōs mē ouragei kai apotreche eis oikon sou.« elegon de hoi dōdeka proskalesamenoi to plēthos tōn mathētōn; »ouk areston estin hēmas kataleipsantas ton logon tou theou diakonein trapezais.« ei dē touto ephylaxanto, pollǭ mallon gastrimargian epheugon. hoi de autoi houtoi apostoloi »tois kata tēn Antiocheian kai Syrian kai Kilikian adelphois« epistellontes »edoxen« ephasan »tǭ pneumati tǭ hagiǭ kai hēmin mēden pleon epithesthai hymin baros plēn tōn epanankes, apechesthai eidōlothytōn kai haimatos kai pniktōn kai tēs porneias, ex hōn diatērountes heautous eu praxete«. phylattesthai de tas paroinias hōsper kai to kōneion dei; amphō gar hyposyrousin eis thanaton. »chrē de kai gelōtōn eirgesthai exaisiōn kai dakryōn« hypermetrōn; pollakis gar hoi oinōmenoi kanchasantes epi pleiston, eita mentoi hypēchthēsan ouk oidʼ hopōs paroinią tini parapeithomenoi eis dakrya; apądei gar tou logou kai to ekthēlynesthai kai to exybrizein.
a bread-eater. It is suitable for a self-controlled man to rise before most and to slip away from the banquet quietly. “For at the hour of rising,” it says, “do not be last, and run off to your house.” And the twelve, calling together the multitude of the disciples, said: “It is not right that we should leave the word of God to serve tables.” If they guarded against this, much more did they flee gluttony. These same apostles, writing “to the brothers in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia,” said: “It seemed good to the Holy Spirit and to us to lay on you no greater burden than these necessary things: to abstain from things sacrificed to idols, and blood, and what is strangled, and sexual immorality; if you keep yourselves from these, you will do well.” We must guard against drunken misbehavior as against hemlock; for both drag down to death. “One must also restrain excessive laughter and tears.” For often those flushed with wine, after laughing very loudly, are then led, I know not how, by some drunken persuasion into tears; for both effeminacy and insolence are out of tune with reason.
2.7.57Stählin 1:191–192
πρεσβῦται δὲ ὡς τέκνα ἀφορῶντες τοὺς νέους σπανιαίτατα μέν, ἴσως δʼ ἄν που καὶ παίξαιεν πρὸς αὐτούς, εἰς τοῦτο ἐπισκώπτοντες, ὃ παιδαγωγήσει τὸ εὔσχημον αὐτῶν. ἀμέλει πρὸς τὸν αἰσχυντηλὸν καὶ σιωπηλὸν ἔστι χαριεντίσασθαι ὧδέ πως· ὁ δὲ ἐμὸς υἱός, ἐκεῖνον λέγω τὸν σιωπῶντα, οὐ παύεται λαλῶν. ἐπιτείνει γὰρ τοῦ νέου τὴν αἰδῶ ἡ τοιαύτη ἐπίσκωψις ἐμφαίνουσα χαριέντως τὰ προσόντα αὐτῷ χρηστὰ διὰ τῆς τῶν φαύλων, ἃ μὴ πρόσεστιν αὐτῷ, διαβολῆς· ἐπίνοια γὰρ καὶ αὐτὴ διδασκαλικὴ διὰ τοῦ μὴ προσόντος κυροῦσα τὸ προσόν. ἀμέλει τοιοῦτόν τι ἐπικρίνει ὁ τὸν ὑδροπότην καὶ σώφρονα παροινεῖν καὶ μεθύειν λέγων. εἰ δὲ καὶ εἶέν τινες οἱ φιλοσκώμμονες, σιωπητέον ἡμῖν καὶ παραπεμπτέον τοὺς λόγους τοὺς περιττούς, ὥσπερ τὰς κύλικας τὰς πεπληρωμένας· ἐπισφαλὴς γὰρ ἡ τοιαύτη παιδιά· »στόμα δὲ προπετοῦς ἐγγίζει συντριβῇ·« »οὐ παραδέξῃ δὲ ἀκοὴν ματαίαν οὐδὲ συγκαταθήσῃ μετὰ τοῦ ἀδίκου γενέσθαι μάρτυς ἄδικος« οὔτε εἰς διαβολὰς οὔτε εἰς βλασφημίας, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ εἰς
presbytai de hōs tekna aphorōntes tous neous spaniaitata men, isōs dʼ an pou kai paixaien pros autous, eis touto episkōptontes, ho paidagōgēsei to euschēmon autōn. amelei pros ton aischyntēlon kai siōpēlon esti charientisasthai hōde pōs; ho de emos huios, ekeinon legō ton siōpōnta, ou pauetai lalōn. epiteinei gar tou neou tēn aidō hē toiautē episkōpsis emphainousa charientōs ta prosonta autǭ chrēsta dia tēs tōn phaulōn, ha mē prosestin autǭ, diabolēs; epinoia gar kai autē didaskalikē dia tou mē prosontos kyrousa to proson. amelei toiouton ti epikrinei ho ton hydropotēn kai sōphrona paroinein kai methyein legōn. ei de kai eien tines hoi philoskōmmones, siōpēteon hēmin kai parapempteon tous logous tous perittous, hōsper tas kylikas tas peplērōmenas; episphalēs gar hē toiautē paidia; »stoma de propetous engizei syntribę̄;« »ou paradexę̄ de akoēn mataian oude synkatathēsę̄ meta tou adikou genesthai martys adikos« oute eis diabolas oute eis blasphēmias, allʼ oudʼ eis
Old men, regarding the young as children, may very rarely perhaps jest with them, teasing them in a way that will train their decorum. For instance, one may joke with a bashful and silent youth like this: “This son of mine,” I mean the silent one, “never stops talking.” Such teasing heightens the young man's modesty, gracefully showing the good qualities he has by charging him with bad ones he does not have; for this device too is instructive, confirming what is there by what is not. Such is the judgment of one who says that the water-drinker and self-controlled man is a drunken reveler. And if there are some who love to mock, we must keep silent and pass by superfluous words, as we pass by full cups; for such play is dangerous. “The mouth of the rash draws near to ruin.” “You shall not receive an idle report, nor agree with the unjust to become an unjust witness,” neither for slander nor for blasphemy, nor for
2.7.58Stählin 1:192
κακοηθείας. ἐγὼ δʼ ἄν μοι δοκῶ καὶ μέτρον ἐπιθεῖναι φωνῆς τοῖς σώφροσιν, οἷς γε ἐφεῖται λαλεῖν, τὸν ἀντιδιαλεγόμενον. σιγὴ μὲν γὰρ ἀρετὴ γυναικῶν ἐστιν, ἀκίνδυνον δὲ τῶν νέων γέρας, λόγος δὲ ἀγαθὸς ἡλικίας δεδοκιμασμένης. »λάλησον, πρεσβύτερε, ἐν συμποσίῳ· πρέπει γάρ σοι· ἀλλʼ ἀπαραποδίστως λάλησον καὶ ἐν ἀκριβείᾳ ἐπιστήμης. νεανίσκε«, καὶ σοὶ ἐπιτρέπει ἡ σοφία, »λάλησον, εἰ χρεία σου, μόλις δὶς ἐπερωτηθεὶς κεφαλαίωσον λόγον ἐν ὀλίγοις.« ἄμφω δὲ οἱ διαλεγόμενοι τὸ φθέγμα τὸ σφῶν τῇ συμμετρίᾳ παραμετρούντων· τό τε γὰρ γεγωνὸς τῆς προφορᾶς μανιωδέστατον, τό τε ἀνήκουστον πρὸς τοὺς πέλας φθέγγεσθαι ἀναισθήτου· οὐ γὰρ ἀκούσονται. καὶ τὸ μὲν ἀγεννείας, τὸ δὲ αὐθαδείας τεκμήριον.
kakoētheias. egō dʼ an moi dokō kai metron epitheinai phōnēs tois sōphrosin, hois ge epheitai lalein, ton antidialegomenon. sigē men gar aretē gynaikōn estin, akindynon de tōn neōn geras, logos de agathos hēlikias dedokimasmenēs. »lalēson, presbytere, en symposiǭ; prepei gar soi; allʼ aparapodistōs lalēson kai en akribeią epistēmēs. neaniske«, kai soi epitrepei hē sophia, »lalēson, ei chreia sou, molis dis eperōtētheis kephalaiōson logon en oligois.« amphō de hoi dialegomenoi to phthegma to sphōn tę̄ symmetrią parametrountōn; to te gar gegōnos tēs prophoras maniōdestaton, to te anēkouston pros tous pelas phthengesthai anaisthētou; ou gar akousontai. kai to men agenneias, to de authadeias tekmērion.
malice. I think I would set as the measure of the voice for the self-controlled, when they are allowed to speak, the person they are talking to. Silence is a virtue of women and a safe privilege of the young; good speech belongs to proven age. “Speak, old man, at a banquet, for it befits you; but speak without hindrance and with accurate knowledge. Young man,” Wisdom permits you too, “speak if you are needed, scarcely when asked twice; sum up your speech in few words.” Let both, when they converse, measure their voice by proportion; for loud speech is most like madness, and speaking inaudibly to those near is a mark of insensibility, for they will not hear. The one is a sign of vulgarity, the other of arrogance.
2.7.59Stählin 1:192–193
ἀπέστω δὲ καὶ ἡ φιλονεικία κενῆς νίκης ἕνεκεν λόγων, ἐπεὶ τέλος ἡμῖν ἡ ἀταραξία, καὶ τοῦτο ἄρα ἐστὶν τὸ »εἰρήνη σοι«· »πρίν τε ἀκοῦσαί σε μὴ ἀποκρίνου ῥῆμα.« ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τεθρυμμένον τῆς φωνῆς θηλυδρίου, σώφρονος δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐν τῇ φωνῇ μεμετρημένον, μεγέθους τε ἅμα καὶ μήκους καὶ τάχους καὶ πλήθους εἴργοντος τὸ φθέγμα τὸ αὐτοῦ. οὔτε γὰρ μακρολογητέον ποτὲ οὔτε πολυλογητέον οὔτε ἀδολεσχητέον, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τροχαλῶς καὶ συνδιωκομένως ὁμιλητέον. καὶ γὰρ αὐτῇ τῇ φωνῇ, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, δικαιοσύνης μεταδοτέον τούς τε ἀκαιροβόας καὶ τοὺς κεκράκτας ἐπιστομιστέον. ταύτῃ γὰρ αὖ τὸν Θερσίτην πληγαῖς ᾐκίσατο ὁ σώφρων Ὀδυσσεύς, ὅτι μόνος ἀμετροεπὴς ἐκολῴα, ὅς ῥʼ ἔπεα φρεσὶν ᾗσιν ἄκοσμά τε πολλά τε ᾔδει, μάψ, ἀτὰρ οὐ κατὰ κόσμον. »φοβερὸς ἐν ἀπωλείᾳ αὐτοῦ ἀνὴρ γλωσσώδης.« τῶν γοῦν φλυάρων, καθάπερ τῶν παλαιῶν ὑποδημάτων, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὑπὸ τῆς κακίας κατατέτριπται, μόνη δὲ ἡ γλῶττα περιλείπεται εἰς βλάβην.
apestō de kai hē philoneikia kenēs nikēs heneken logōn, epei telos hēmin hē ataraxia, kai touto ara estin to »eirēnē soi«; »prin te akousai se mē apokrinou rhēma.« alla kai to tethrymmenon tēs phōnēs thēlydriou, sōphronos de kai to en tę̄ phōnę̄ memetrēmenon, megethous te hama kai mēkous kai tachous kai plēthous eirgontos to phthegma to autou. oute gar makrologēteon pote oute polylogēteon oute adoleschēteon, allʼ oude trochalōs kai syndiōkomenōs homilēteon. kai gar autę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄, hōs epos eipein, dikaiosynēs metadoteon tous te akairoboas kai tous kekraktas epistomisteon. tautę̄ gar au ton Thersitēn plēgais ę̄kisato ho sōphrōn Odysseus, hoti monos ametroepēs ekolǭa, hos rhʼ epea phresin hę̄sin akosma te polla te ę̄dei, maps, atar ou kata kosmon. »phoberos en apōleią autou anēr glōssōdēs.« tōn goun phlyarōn, kathaper tōn palaiōn hypodēmatōn, ta men alla hypo tēs kakias katatetriptai, monē de hē glōtta perileipetai eis blabēn.
Away too with contentiousness in words for the sake of empty victory, since our end is tranquility; and this is what “Peace to you” means. “And do not answer a word before you have heard.” An effeminate softness of voice belongs to a womanish man; but a measured voice belongs to the self-controlled, restraining his utterance in loudness, length, speed, and quantity. We should never speak at great length, nor talk much, nor chatter, nor converse rapidly and in a rush. We must give, so to speak, justice even to the voice, and silence those who shout out of season and bawl. That is why the self-controlled Odysseus beat Thersites with blows, because he alone, unmeasured in words, kept brawling, “who knew in his mind many disorderly words, idly, and not in due order.” “A talkative man is fearsome in his ruin.” Of chatterers, as of old shoes, all the rest has been worn out by vice, and only the tongue is left, to do harm.
2.7.60Stählin 1:193
ταύτῃ τοι βιωφελέστατα ἡ σοφία παραινεῖ »μὴ ἀδολεσχεῖν ἐν πλήθει πρεσβυτέρων«, ἄνωθεν δὲ ἡμῶν τὴν φλυαρίαν ἐκκόπτουσα, θεόθεν ἄρχουσα, μετριάζειν νομοθετοῦσα ὧδέ πως· »μὴ δευτερώσῃς λόγον ἐν προσευχῇ σου.« ποππυσμοὶ δὲ καὶ συριγμοὶ καὶ οἱ διὰ τῶν δακτύλων ψόφοι τῶν οἰκετῶν οἱ προκλητικοί, ἄλογοι σημασίαι οὖσαι λογικοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐκκλιτέοι· παραιτητέον δὲ καὶ τὸ συνεχὲς ἀποπτύειν καὶ τὸ χρέμπτεσθαι βιαιότερον. μηδὲ ἀπομύττεσθαι παρὰ πότον· στοχαστέον γὰρ ἁμῇ γέ πῃ τῶν συνευωχουμένων, μὴ ἀποστέρξωσιν ἀπὸ ναυτίας τὴν τοιάνδε ἀκοσμίαν, ἣ κατήγορός ἐστιν ἀκρασίας· οὐ γὰρ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς βουσὶν καὶ τοῖς ὄνοις ἡ φάτνη ἅμα καὶ ὁ κοπρών· καὶ γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπομύττονται καὶ πτύουσιν ἅμα ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ καὶ δειπνοῦσι. πταρμὸς δὲ εἴ τῳ ἐπιγένοιτο, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ ἡ ἐρυγή, οὐκ ἐξηχεῖν δεήσει τοὺς πλησίον τῷ ψόφῳ τῆς αὐτῶν καταμαρτυροῦντας ἀπαιδευσίας, ἀλλʼ ἣ μὲν παραπεμπτέα, ἡ ἐρυγή, ἡσυχῇ σὺν τῷ ἐκπνεομένῳ ἀέρι σχηματιζομένῳ κοσμίως τῷ στόματι, οὐχὶ δὲ τραγικῶν δίκην προσωπείων διελκομένῳ καὶ κεχηνότι. πταρμοῦ δὲ τὸ ταρακτικὸν ἀφαιρετέον ἀπολαβομένοις πράως τὰς ἀναπνοάς· ταύτῃ γὰρ εὐσχημονέστατα τὴν ἀθρόαν τοῦ πνεύματος ἀπειλὴν ἐναποσβεστέον οἰκονομοῦντα τὴν διέξοδον, ὡς καὶ λαθεῖν πειρᾶσθαι, ἤν τι καὶ συνεξάξῃ ἐκβιαζόμενος ὁ ἀὴρ περίττωμα. ἀγερωχίας δὲ καὶ ἀταξίας σύμβολον τὸ προσθεῖναι τοῖς ἤχοις ἐθέλειν, μὴ οὐχὶ ἀφαιρεῖν. οἱ δὲ διαγλύφοντες τοὺς ὀδόντας αἱμάσσοντες τὰ οὖλα σφίσι τε αὐτοῖς εἰσὶν ἀηδεῖς καὶ τοῖς πλησίον ἀπεχθεῖς. ναὶ μὴν καὶ τῶν ὤτων οἱ γαργαλισμοὶ καὶ τῶν πταρμῶν οἱ ἐρεθισμοὶ ὑώδεις εἰσὶ κνησμοί, πορνείας ἀκολάστου μελετητικοί. καὶ τὰς ὑπʼ ὄψιν δὲ ἀσχημοσύνας παραιτητέον καὶ τὰς αἰσχρολογίας αὐτῶν. καθεστὼς δὲ καὶ τὸ βλέμμα ἔστω, καὶ ἡ τοῦ τραχήλου ἐπιστροφὴ καὶ ἡ κίνησις εὐσταθὴς καὶ ἡ τῶν χειρῶν κατὰ τὰς ὁμιλίας προφορά. καθόλου γὰρ ὁ Χριστιανὸς ἠρεμίας καὶ ἡσυχίας καὶ γαλήνης καὶ εἰρήνης οἰκεῖός ἐστιν.
tautę̄ toi biōphelestata hē sophia parainei »mē adoleschein en plēthei presbyterōn«, anōthen de hēmōn tēn phlyarian ekkoptousa, theothen archousa, metriazein nomothetousa hōde pōs; »mē deuterōsę̄s logon en proseuchę̄ sou.« poppysmoi de kai syrigmoi kai hoi dia tōn daktylōn psophoi tōn oiketōn hoi proklētikoi, alogoi sēmasiai ousai logikois anthrōpois ekkliteoi; paraitēteon de kai to syneches apoptyein kai to chremptesthai biaioteron. mēde apomyttesthai para poton; stochasteon gar hamę̄ ge pę̄ tōn syneuōchoumenōn, mē aposterxōsin apo nautias tēn toiande akosmian, hē katēgoros estin akrasias; ou gar kata ta auta tois bousin kai tois onois hē phatnē hama kai ho koprōn; kai gar hoi polloi apomyttontai kai ptyousin hama en tǭ autǭ kai deipnousi. ptarmos de ei tǭ epigenoito, hōsper amelei kai hē erygē, ouk exēchein deēsei tous plēsion tǭ psophǭ tēs autōn katamartyrountas apaideusias, allʼ hē men parapemptea, hē erygē, hēsychę̄ syn tǭ ekpneomenǭ aeri schēmatizomenǭ kosmiōs tǭ stomati, ouchi de tragikōn dikēn prosōpeiōn dielkomenǭ kai kechēnoti. ptarmou de to taraktikon aphaireteon apolabomenois praōs tas anapnoas; tautę̄ gar euschēmonestata tēn athroan tou pneumatos apeilēn enaposbesteon oikonomounta tēn diexodon, hōs kai lathein peirasthai, ēn ti kai synexaxę̄ ekbiazomenos ho aēr perittōma. agerōchias de kai ataxias symbolon to prostheinai tois ēchois ethelein, mē ouchi aphairein. hoi de diaglyphontes tous odontas haimassontes ta oula sphisi te autois eisin aēdeis kai tois plēsion apechtheis. nai mēn kai tōn ōtōn hoi gargalismoi kai tōn ptarmōn hoi erethismoi hyōdeis eisi knēsmoi, porneias akolastou meletētikoi. kai tas hypʼ opsin de aschēmosynas paraitēteon kai tas aischrologias autōn. kathestōs de kai to blemma estō, kai hē tou trachēlou epistrophē kai hē kinēsis eustathēs kai hē tōn cheirōn kata tas homilias prophora. katholou gar ho Christianos ēremias kai hēsychias kai galēnēs kai eirēnēs oikeios estin.
So Wisdom advises, most usefully for life, “not to chatter in a crowd of elders,” cutting out our babbling from the start, beginning from God, and legislating moderation thus: “Do not repeat a word in your prayer.” Smacking of the lips, whistling, and snapping the fingers to call servants, being irrational signals, are to be avoided by rational human beings. We must also refuse constant spitting and violent clearing of the throat. Nor should one blow his nose at a drinking party; we must have some regard for our fellow guests, lest they be disgusted and turn away from such indecency, which accuses us of incontinence. For we are not like oxen and donkeys, for whom the manger and the dung heap are the same; many people blow their noses and spit at the same time and in the same place where they dine. If anyone sneezes, or belches, he should not deafen those near by the noise, bearing witness to his lack of education; the belch should be let out quietly with the breath, the mouth shaped decorously, not stretched and gaping like tragic masks. The disturbance of a sneeze should be removed by gently holding the breath; in this way the sudden threat of the breath is most decorously quenched, managing its passage, so as to try to hide it, if the forced air brings out any matter with it. Wishing to add to the noises, not to subtract, is a sign of arrogance and disorder. Those who pick their teeth until the gums bleed are unpleasant to themselves and hateful to those near them. Tickling the ears and provoking sneezes are swinish itchings, practice for licentious sexual immorality. Unseemly sights and foul talk about them are to be refused. Let the gaze be steady, and the turning of the neck and the motion, and the movement of the hands in conversation. For in general the Christian is at home with calm, quiet, stillness, and peace.
The 2, chapter 8
2.8.61Stählin 1:193–194
Στεφάνων δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ μύρων χρῆσις οὐκ ἀναγκαία. ἐξοκέλλει γὰρ εἰς ἡδονὰς καὶ ῥᾳθυμίας, μάλιστα γειτνιώσης τῆς νυκτός. οἶδʼ ὅτι »ἀλάβαστρον μύρου« παρὰ τὸ δεῖπνον τὸ ἅγιον κομίσασα ἡ γυνὴ τοὺς πόδας ἤλειφεν τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ἧσεν αὐτόν. οἶδα δὲ καὶ χρυσῷ καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ τοὺς παλαιοὺς τῶν Ἑβραίων ἀναδουμένους βασιλεῖς. Ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν γυνὴ μηδέπω τοῦ λόγου μεταλαβοῦσα (ἔτι γὰρ ἦν ἁμαρτωλός), ὅπερ ἡγεῖτο τὸ κάλλιστον εἶναι παρʼ αὐτῇ, τὸ μύρον, τούτῳ τετίμηκε τὸν δεσπότην· ἀμέλει καὶ τῷ κόσμῳ τοῦ σώματος, ταῖς θριξὶ ταῖς ἑαυτῆς, ἀπεψᾶτο τὸ περιττὸν τοῦ μύρου, ἐπισπένδουσα τῷ κυρίῳ μετανοίας δάκρυα. διὰ τοῦτο »ἀφέωνται αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι«. δύναται δὲ τοῦτο σύμβολον εἶναι τῆς διδασκαλίας τῆς κυριακῆς καὶ τοῦ πάθους αὐτοῦ· μύρῳ γὰρ εὐώδει ἀλειφόμενοι οἱ πόδες θεϊκὴν αἰνίττονται διδασκαλίαν ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς μετʼ εὐκλείας ὁδεύουσαν· »ἐξῆλθεν γὰρ ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς.«
Stephanōn de hēmin kai myrōn chrēsis ouk anankaia. exokellei gar eis hēdonas kai rhąthymias, malista geitniōsēs tēs nyktos. oidʼ hoti »alabastron myrou« para to deipnon to hagion komisasa hē gynē tous podas ēleiphen tou kyriou kai hēsen auton. oida de kai chrysǭ kai lithǭ timiǭ tous palaious tōn Hebraiōn anadoumenous basileis. Allʼ hē men gynē mēdepō tou logou metalabousa (eti gar ēn hamartōlos), hoper hēgeito to kalliston einai parʼ autę̄, to myron, toutǭ tetimēke ton despotēn; amelei kai tǭ kosmǭ tou sōmatos, tais thrixi tais heautēs, apepsato to peritton tou myrou, epispendousa tǭ kyriǭ metanoias dakrya. dia touto »apheōntai autēs hai hamartiai«. dynatai de touto symbolon einai tēs didaskalias tēs kyriakēs kai tou pathous autou; myrǭ gar euōdei aleiphomenoi hoi podes theïkēn ainittontai didaskalian epi ta perata tēs gēs metʼ eukleias hodeuousan; »exēlthen gar ho phthongos autōn epi ta perata tēs gēs.«
The use of garlands and perfumes is not necessary for us. For it runs aground on pleasures and idleness, especially as night comes on. I know that the woman, bringing “an alabaster jar of perfume” to the holy supper, anointed the Lord's feet and delighted him. I know too that the ancient kings of the Hebrews were crowned with gold and precious stone. But the woman, not yet having received the Word (for she was still a sinner), honored the Master with what she thought the most beautiful thing she had, the perfume; and indeed with the adornment of her body, her own hair, she wiped off the excess perfume, pouring out on the Lord tears of repentance. That is why “her sins were forgiven.” This can be a symbol of the Lord's teaching and of his passion; for the feet anointed with fragrant perfume hint at the divine teaching traveling with glory to the ends of the earth: “For their sound has gone out to the ends of the earth.”
2.8.62Stählin 1:194–195
καὶ εἰ μὴ φορτικὸς εἶναι δοκῶ, οἱ πόδες οἱ τοῦ κυρίου οἱ μεμυρισμένοι ἀπόστολοί εἰσιν προφητείᾳ τῆς εὐωδίας τοῦ χρίσματος ἁγίου μεταλαβόντες πνεύματος. οἱ γοῦν περινοστήσαντες τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀπόστολοι καὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον κηρύξαντες πόδες ἀλληγοροῦνται κυρίου, περὶ ὧν καὶ διὰ τοῦ ψαλμῳδοῦ προθεσπίζει τὸ πνεῦμα· »προσκυνήσωμεν εἰς τὸν τόπον, οὗ ἔστησαν οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ«, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν, οὗ ἔφθασαν οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀπόστολοι, διʼ ὧν κηρυσσόμενος ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα ἧκεν τῆς γῆς. δάκρυα δὲ ἡ μετάνοιά ἐστι, καὶ λελυμέναι τρίχες φιλοκοσμίας ἐκήρυσσον ἀπαλλαγὴν καὶ τὴν μετὰ τοῦ κηρύγματος διὰ τὸν κύριον θλίψιν ἐν ὑπομοναῖς, τῆς παλαιᾶς ἐκείνης διὰ τὴν πίστιν τὴν νέαν λελυμένης κενοδοξίας. ἀλλὰ καὶ πάθος ἐμφαίνει δεσποτικὸν μυστικῶς ταύτῃ νοοῦσι· τὸ ἔλαιον αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ κύριος, ἀφʼ οὗ τὸ ἔλεος τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς· τὸ δὲ μύρον, δεδολωμένον ἔλαιον, ἐστὶν ὁ Ἰούδας ὁ προδότης, ᾧ τοὺς πόδας ἐχρίσθη κύριος τῆς ἐν κόσμῳ ἀναστροφῆς ἀπαλλαττόμενος· μυρίζονται γὰρ οἱ νεκροί· δάκρυα δέ ἐσμεν οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ μετανενοηκότες, οἱ εἰς αὐτὸν πεπιστευκότες, οἷς ἀφῆκεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ αἱ τρίχες αἱ λελυμέναι πενθοῦσα Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἡ καταλελειμμένη, διʼ ἣν οἱ θρῆνοι οἱ προφητικοί. διδάξει δὲ ἡμᾶς αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος, ὅτι δεδολωμένος ὁ Ἰούδας ἐστίν, »ὃς ἂν ἐμβάψηται μετʼ ἐμοῦ« λέγων »εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον, οὗτός με παραδώσει«. ὁρᾷς τὸν συμπότην τὸν δόλιον; καὶ αὐτὸς οὗτος ὁ Ἰούδας φιλήματι προὔδωκε τὸν διδάσκαλον· γέγονεν ὁ αὐτὸς ὑποκριτὴς καὶ φίλημα δεδολωμένον ἔχων, ἄλλον παλαιὸν μιμούμενος ὑποκριτήν, καὶ τὸν λαὸν ἐλέγχων ἐκεῖνον· »ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσι
kai ei mē phortikos einai dokō, hoi podes hoi tou kyriou hoi memyrismenoi apostoloi eisin prophēteią tēs euōdias tou chrismatos hagiou metalabontes pneumatos. hoi goun perinostēsantes tēn oikoumenēn apostoloi kai to euangelion kēryxantes podes allēgorountai kyriou, peri hōn kai dia tou psalmǭdou prothespizei to pneuma; »proskynēsōmen eis ton topon, hou estēsan hoi podes autou«, toutʼ estin, hou ephthasan hoi podes autou hoi apostoloi, diʼ hōn kēryssomenos epi ta perata hēken tēs gēs. dakrya de hē metanoia esti, kai lelymenai triches philokosmias ekērysson apallagēn kai tēn meta tou kērygmatos dia ton kyrion thlipsin en hypomonais, tēs palaias ekeinēs dia tēn pistin tēn nean lelymenēs kenodoxias. alla kai pathos emphainei despotikon mystikōs tautę̄ noousi; to elaion autos estin ho kyrios, aphʼ hou to eleos to ephʼ hēmas; to de myron, dedolōmenon elaion, estin ho Ioudas ho prodotēs, hǭ tous podas echristhē kyrios tēs en kosmǭ anastrophēs apallattomenos; myrizontai gar hoi nekroi; dakrya de esmen hoi hamartōloi metanenoēkotes, hoi eis auton pepisteukotes, hois aphēken tas hamartias, kai hai triches hai lelymenai penthousa Hierousalēm hē kataleleimmenē, diʼ hēn hoi thrēnoi hoi prophētikoi. didaxei de hēmas autos ho kyrios, hoti dedolōmenos ho Ioudas estin, »hos an embapsētai metʼ emou« legōn »eis to tryblion, houtos me paradōsei«. horąs ton sympotēn ton dolion? kai autos houtos ho Ioudas philēmati proudōke ton didaskalon; gegonen ho autos hypokritēs kai philēma dedolōmenon echōn, allon palaion mimoumenos hypokritēn, kai ton laon elenchōn ekeinon; »ho laos houtos tois cheilesi
And if I do not seem tiresome, the perfumed feet of the Lord are the apostles, who by prophecy received the fragrance of the anointing of the Holy Spirit. The apostles, who went about the world and preached the gospel, are figuratively called the Lord's feet; of them the Spirit also prophesies through the psalmist: “Let us worship at the place where his feet stood,” that is, where his feet, the apostles, arrived, through whom he came, preached, to the ends of the earth. The tears are repentance; and the loosened hair proclaimed release from love of adornment, and the affliction borne with patience that went with the preaching for the Lord's sake, the old vanity being loosed through the new faith. Understood in this way too, it mystically shows the Lord's passion: the oil (elaion) is the Lord himself, from whom mercy (eleos) comes to us; the perfume, adulterated oil, is Judas the traitor, with whom the Lord's feet were anointed as he departed from his life in the world; for the dead are anointed with perfume. The tears are we sinners who have repented, who have believed in him, whose sins he forgave; and the loosened hair is mourning Jerusalem, left desolate, for which the prophets' laments were made. The Lord himself will teach us that Judas is adulterated, saying, “He who dips with me in the dish, he will betray me.” Do you see the treacherous fellow guest? And this same Judas betrayed the Teacher with a kiss; he became a hypocrite with an adulterated kiss, imitating another hypocrite of old, and convicting that people: “This people kisses me with their lips,
2.8.63Stählin 1:195–196
φιλοῦσί με, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πορρωτέρω ἐστὶν ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ.« οὐκ ἀπεικὸς οὖν αὐτὸν καταμηνύειν ἔλαιον μὲν ὡς μαθητὴν ἠλεημένον, δολερὸν δὲ ὡς προδότην ἔλαιον πεφαρμαγμένον. τοῦτο ἄρα ἦν ὃ προεφήτευον οἱ μυριζόμενοι πόδες, τὴν Ἰούδα προδοσίαν εἰς πάθος ὁδεύοντος κυρίου. καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ ἀπονίπτων τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν εἰς τὰς καλὰς πράξεις ἀποστέλλων αὐτούς, τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν αὐτῶν τὴν εἰς τὰς εὐεργεσίας τῶν ἐθνῶν ᾐνίξατο εὐπρεπῆ καὶ καθαρὰν προπαρασκευάσας τῇ ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει. ὤζεσέ τε ἐν τούτοις τὸ μύρον καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ πάντας φθάνον τῆς εὐωδίας ἔργον πεφήμισται· καὶ γὰρ πεπλήρωκεν τὸ πάθος τοῦ κυρίου ἡμᾶς μὲν εὐωδίας, Ἑβραίους δὲ ἁμαρτίας. σαφέστατα τοῦτο ἀπέδειξεν ὁ ἀπόστολος εἰπών· »τῷ θεῷ χάρις τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ καὶ τὴν ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ φανεροῦντι διʼ ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ· ὅτι κυρίου εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ θεῷ ἐν τοῖς σῳζομένοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις· οἷς μὲν γὰρ ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον, οἷς δὲ ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν.« Βασιλεῖς δὲ οἱ Ἰουδαίων χρυσῷ καὶ λίθοις τιμίοις συνθέτῳ καὶ ποικίλῳ χρώμενοι στεφάνῳ, οἱ χριστοί, τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς συμβολικῶς ἐπιφερόμενοι λελήθεσαν κεφαλῇ κοσμούμενοι κυρίου. λίθος γέ τοι τίμιος ἢ μαργαρίτης ἢ σμάραγδος αὐτὸν αἰνίττεται τὸν λόγον, χρυσὸς δὲ αὐτὸς πάλιν ὁ ἀδιάφθορος λόγος, ὁ τὸν ἰὸν τῆς φθορᾶς οὐκ ἐπιδεχόμενος. χρυσὸν αὐτῷ γεννηθέντι βασιλείας σύμβολον προσεκόμισαν οἱ μάγοι. μένει δὲ ἀθάνατος ὁ στέφανος οὗτος κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ κυρίου· οὐ γὰρ μαραίνεται ὡς ἄνθος. Οἶδα καὶ τὰ Ἀριστίππου τοῦ Κυρηναίου.
philousi me, hē de kardia autōn porrōterō estin apʼ emou.« ouk apeikos oun auton katamēnyein elaion men hōs mathētēn ēleēmenon, doleron de hōs prodotēn elaion pepharmagmenon. touto ara ēn ho proephēteuon hoi myrizomenoi podes, tēn Iouda prodosian eis pathos hodeuontos kyriou. kai autos ho sōtēr aponiptōn tous podas tōn mathētōn eis tas kalas praxeis apostellōn autous, tēn hodoiporian autōn tēn eis tas euergesias tōn ethnōn ę̄nixato euprepē kai katharan proparaskeuasas tę̄ idią dynamei. ōzese te en toutois to myron kai to epi pantas phthanon tēs euōdias ergon pephēmistai; kai gar peplērōken to pathos tou kyriou hēmas men euōdias, Hebraious de hamartias. saphestata touto apedeixen ho apostolos eipōn; »tǭ theǭ charis tǭ pantote thriambeuonti hēmas en tǭ Christǭ kai tēn osmēn tēs gnōseōs autou phanerounti diʼ hēmōn en panti topǭ; hoti kyriou euōdia esmen tǭ theǭ en tois sǭzomenois kai en tois apollymenois; hois men gar osmē ek thanatou eis thanaton, hois de osmē ek zōēs eis zōēn.« Basileis de hoi Ioudaiōn chrysǭ kai lithois timiois synthetǭ kai poikilǭ chrōmenoi stephanǭ, hoi christoi, ton Christon epi tēs kephalēs symbolikōs epipheromenoi lelēthesan kephalę̄ kosmoumenoi kyriou. lithos ge toi timios ē margaritēs ē smaragdos auton ainittetai ton logon, chrysos de autos palin ho adiaphthoros logos, ho ton ion tēs phthoras ouk epidechomenos. chryson autǭ gennēthenti basileias symbolon prosekomisan hoi magoi. menei de athanatos ho stephanos houtos katʼ eikona tou kyriou; ou gar marainetai hōs anthos. Oida kai ta Aristippou tou Kyrēnaiou.
but their heart is far from me.” It is not unlikely, then, that he points to Judas as oil, as a disciple who received mercy, but as a traitor, treacherous, poisoned oil. This, then, was what the perfumed feet foretold: the betrayal of Judas as the Lord went on his way to the passion. And the Savior himself, washing the disciples' feet and sending them out to good works, hinted at their journey to benefit the nations, having made it seemly and pure beforehand by his own power. The perfume gave off its scent in them, and the work of the fragrance that reaches all has been proclaimed; for the Lord's passion has filled us with fragrance, and the Hebrews with sin. The apostle showed this most clearly when he said: “Thanks be to God, who always leads us in triumph in Christ, and through us makes manifest the fragrance of the knowledge of him in every place; for we are the aroma of Christ to God among those who are being saved and among those who are perishing; to the one a fragrance from death to death, to the other a fragrance from life to life.” The kings of the Jews, using a crown composed of gold and precious stones, and various, the anointed ones, bearing Christ symbolically on their heads, were unknowingly adorned with the Lord's head. For a precious stone, pearl, or emerald hints at the Word himself, and gold again at the incorruptible Word, who does not admit the rust of corruption. The magi brought him gold at his birth as a symbol of kingship. This crown remains immortal, after the image of the Lord; for it does not wither like a flower. I know also the sayings of Aristippus of Cyrene.
2.8.64Stählin 1:196
ἁβροδίαιτος ἦν ὁ Ἀρίστιππος· σοφιστικὸν οὗτος ἐρωτᾷ τινα τοιοῦτον λόγον· ἵππος μύρῳ χριόμενος εἰς τὴν ἵππου ἀρετὴν οὐ βλάπτεται οὐδὲ κύων μυρισθεὶς εἰς τὴν κυνὸς ἀρετήν· οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπος ἄρα, ἐπήγαγεν καὶ συνήγαγεν. ἀλλʼ ἵππῳ μὲν καὶ κυνὶ οὐδὲ εἷς λόγος τοῦ μύρου, οἷς δὲ ἡ αἴσθησις λογικωτέρα, τούτοις ἡ ἀπόλαυσις ἐπιψογωτέρα κορασιώδεις ὀδμὰς ἐπιφερομένοις. τούτων δὲ τῶν μύρων ἄπειροι διαφοραί, βρένθιον καὶ μετάλλιον καὶ βασίλειον πλαγγόνιόν τε καὶ ψάγδας Αἰγύπτιος. Σιμωνίδης δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἰάμβοις οὐκ αἰδεῖται λέγων· κἀλειφόμην μύροισι καὶ θυμιάμασιν καὶ βακκάρι· καὶ γάρ τις ἔμπορος παρῆν. ἐπιτηδεύουσι δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ κρίνων μύρον καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς κύπρου, καὶ ἡ νάρδος εὐδοκιμεῖ παρʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ῥόδων ἄλειμμα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, οἷς ἔτι χρῶνται γυναῖκες, ὑγρά τε καὶ ξηρὰ καὶ τὰ ἐπίπαστα καὶ ὑποθυμιώμενα μύρα· ἐπινοεῖται γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὁσημέραι πρὸς τὸ ἄπληστον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τὸ ἀκόρεστον τῆς εὐωδίας· διὸ καὶ πολλῆς τινος ἀπειροκαλίας ἀποπνέουσιν. αἳ δὲ καὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας καὶ τὰς στρωμνὰς καὶ τοὺς οἴκους ὑποθυμιῶσί τε καὶ καταρραίνουσιν, μονονουχὶ δὲ καὶ τὰς ἀμίδας ὄζειν ἀναγκάζει τοῦ μύρου ἡ τρυφή.
habrodiaitos ēn ho Aristippos; sophistikon houtos erōtą tina toiouton logon; hippos myrǭ chriomenos eis tēn hippou aretēn ou blaptetai oude kyōn myristheis eis tēn kynos aretēn; oude anthrōpos ara, epēgagen kai synēgagen. allʼ hippǭ men kai kyni oude heis logos tou myrou, hois de hē aisthēsis logikōtera, toutois hē apolausis epipsogōtera korasiōdeis odmas epipheromenois. toutōn de tōn myrōn apeiroi diaphorai, brenthion kai metallion kai basileion plangonion te kai psagdas Aigyptios. Simōnidēs de en tois iambois ouk aideitai legōn; kaleiphomēn myroisi kai thymiamasin kai bakkari; kai gar tis emporos parēn. epitēdeuousi de kai to apo krinōn myron kai to apo tēs kyprou, kai hē nardos eudokimei parʼ autois kai to apo tōn rhodōn aleimma kai ta alla, hois eti chrōntai gynaikes, hygra te kai xēra kai ta epipasta kai hypothymiōmena myra; epinoeitai gar autois hosēmerai pros to aplēston tēs epithymias to akoreston tēs euōdias; dio kai pollēs tinos apeirokalias apopneousin. hai de kai tas esthētas kai tas strōmnas kai tous oikous hypothymiōsi te kai katarrainousin, mononouchi de kai tas amidas ozein anankazei tou myrou hē tryphē.
Aristippus lived luxuriously. He posed a sophistical argument of this kind: a horse anointed with perfume is not harmed in its excellence as a horse, nor a dog perfumed in its excellence as a dog; so neither is a human being, he concluded. But for horse and dog perfume means nothing; while for those whose perception is more rational, the enjoyment is more blameworthy when they wear girlish scents. The varieties of these perfumes are countless: brenthium, metallium, royal, plangonium, and Egyptian psagdas. Simonides, in his iambics, is not ashamed to say: “And I anointed myself with perfumes and incense and baccaris; for a merchant was at hand.” They also cultivate perfume from lilies and from henna; nard is esteemed among them, and ointment from roses, and the others that women still use, liquid and dry, powders and perfumes for burning. For every day they invent an insatiable supply of fragrance to match the insatiability of desire; so they reek of great tastelessness. Some even fumigate and sprinkle their clothes, beds, and houses; luxury all but forces the chamber pots to smell of perfume.
2.8.65Stählin 1:196–197
εὖ μοι δοκοῦσι σχετλιάσαντες τῇ περὶ τοῦτο σπουδῇ τοσοῦτο τοῖς μύροις ἀποδιακεῖσθαί τινες τὴν ἀνδρωνῖτιν ἐκθηλύνουσιν, ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας αὐτῶν, τοὺς μυρεψούς, τῶν εὐνομουμένων ἀπελαύνειν πόλεων καὶ τῶν ἀνθεινῶν ἐρίων τοὺς βαφεῖς ἀπελαύνειν καὶ αὐτούς· οὐ γὰρ θέμις δολερὰ εἵματα καὶ χρίσματα εἰς τὴν ἀληθείας παρεισιέναι πόλιν. χρὴ δὲ καὶ μάλα τοὺς μὲν ἄνδρας τοὺς παρʼ ἡμῖν μὴ μύρων, ἀλλὰ καλοκαγαθίας ὄζειν, γυνὴ δὲ ἀποπνείτω Χριστοῦ, τοῦ ἀλείμματος τοῦ βασιλικοῦ, μὴ διαπασμάτων καὶ μύρων, ἀεὶ δὲ τῷ σωφροσύνης ἀμβροσίῳ χρίσματι συναλειφέσθω, ἁγίῳ τερπομένη μύρῳ τῷ πνεύματι. τοῦτο σκευάζει Χριστὸς ἀνθρώποις γνωρίμοις, εὐωδίας ἄλειμμα, ἐκ τῶν οὐρανίων συντιθεὶς ἀρωμάτων τὸ μύρον. τούτῳ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος συναλείφεται τῷ μύρῳ, ὡς διὰ Δαβὶδ μεμήνυται· »διὰ τοῦτο ἔχρισέν σε ὁ θεός, ὁ θεός σου, ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους σου· σμύρνα καὶ στακτὴ καὶ κασία ἀπὸ τῶν ἱματίων σου.«
eu moi dokousi schetliasantes tę̄ peri touto spoudę̄ tosouto tois myrois apodiakeisthai tines tēn andrōnitin ekthēlynousin, hōs kai tous technitas autōn, tous myrepsous, tōn eunomoumenōn apelaunein poleōn kai tōn antheinōn eriōn tous bapheis apelaunein kai autous; ou gar themis dolera heimata kai chrismata eis tēn alētheias pareisienai polin. chrē de kai mala tous men andras tous parʼ hēmin mē myrōn, alla kalokagathias ozein, gynē de apopneitō Christou, tou aleimmatos tou basilikou, mē diapasmatōn kai myrōn, aei de tǭ sōphrosynēs ambrosiǭ chrismati synaleiphesthō, hagiǭ terpomenē myrǭ tǭ pneumati. touto skeuazei Christos anthrōpois gnōrimois, euōdias aleimma, ek tōn ouraniōn syntitheis arōmatōn to myron. toutǭ kai autos ho kyrios synaleiphetai tǭ myrǭ, hōs dia Dabid memēnytai; »dia touto echrisen se ho theos, ho theos sou, elaion agalliaseōs para tous metochous sou; smyrna kai staktē kai kasia apo tōn himatiōn sou.«
Some, it seems to me, rightly indignant at the zeal for this, are so averse to perfumes, which make the men's quarters effeminate, that they drive their makers, the perfumers, out of well-governed cities, and drive out the dyers of flowered wool too; for it is not right for deceptive garments and ointments to enter the city of truth. Our men should smell not of perfumes but of goodness; and let a woman breathe of Christ, the royal ointment, not of powders and perfumes, and let her always be anointed with the ambrosial ointment of self-control, delighting in the holy perfume, the Spirit. This is what Christ prepares for those who know him, an ointment of fragrance, composing the perfume from heavenly spices. With this perfume the Lord himself is anointed, as was declared through David: “Therefore God, your God, has anointed you with the oil of gladness above your companions; myrrh and stacte and cassia from your garments.”
2.8.66Stählin 1:197
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ μὴ λάθωμεν ὥσπερ οἱ γῦπες τὰ μύρα βδελυττόμενοι ἢ οἱ κάνθαροι (τούτους γὰρ ῥοδίνῳ χρισθέντας μύρῳ τελευτᾶν λέγουσιν), καὶ τούτων ἐγκριτέον ὀλίγα τινὰ τῶν μύρων ταῖς γυναιξίν, ὅσα μὴ καρῶσι τὸν ἄνδρα· αἱ γὰρ ὑπέρμετροι χρίσεις τῶν μύρων κηδείας, οὐ συμβιώσεως ἀποπνέουσιν. καίτοι καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον αὐτὸ ταῖς μελίτταις καὶ τοῖς ἐντόμοις ἐστὶ πολέμιον ζῴοις, ἀνθρώπων δὲ τοὺς μὲν ὤνησεν, ἔστιν δὲ οὓς εἰς μάχην ἐξεκαλέσατο, καὶ τοὺς πρότερον δειλοὺς ἀληλιμμένους τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς σταδίοις ἐκτρέπει εἰς τὸ τῆς ἀγωνίας πάμμαχον. μαλθακὸν δὲ ἔλαιον τὸ μύρον ὂν οὐκ οἴεσθε τὰ ἤθη τὰ γεννικὰ ἐκθηλύνειν δύνασθαι; μάλιστα.
Alla gar mē lathōmen hōsper hoi gypes ta myra bdelyttomenoi ē hoi kantharoi (toutous gar rhodinǭ christhentas myrǭ teleutan legousin), kai toutōn enkriteon oliga tina tōn myrōn tais gynaixin, hosa mē karōsi ton andra; hai gar hypermetroi chriseis tōn myrōn kēdeias, ou symbiōseōs apopneousin. kaitoi kai to elaion auto tais melittais kai tois entomois esti polemion zǭois, anthrōpōn de tous men ōnēsen, estin de hous eis machēn exekalesato, kai tous proteron deilous alēlimmenous touto en tois stadiois ektrepei eis to tēs agōnias pammachon. malthakon de elaion to myron on ouk oiesthe ta ēthē ta gennika ekthēlynein dynasthai? malista.
But let us not, without noticing, be like vultures who loathe perfumes, or beetles (they say these die when anointed with rose perfume); a few of these perfumes may be allowed to women, those that do not stupefy the husband. For immoderate anointing with perfumes smells of a funeral, not of married life. Indeed oil itself is hostile to bees and insects; among human beings it benefits some, and calls others out to fight, turning those formerly cowardly, when anointed, to all-out fighting in the stadiums. Do you not think that perfume, being softened oil, can make noble characters effeminate? Very much so.
2.8.67Stählin 1:197–198
ὥσπερ δὲ τὴν τρυφὴν καὶ τῆς γεύσεως ἀποκεκλείκαμεν, οὕτως ἀμέλει καὶ τῶν ὄψεων καὶ τῶν ὀσφρήσεων τὴν ἡδυπάθειαν ἐξορίζομεν, μὴ λάθωμεν ἣν ἐφυγαδεύσαμεν ἀκολασίαν, κάθοδον αὐτῇ διδόντες εἰς ψυχὴν διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων, οἱονεὶ διὰ θυρῶν ἀφρουρήτων. εἰ γοῦν τῆς εὐωδίας τὸ θυμίαμα τὸν μέγαν ἀρχιερέα, τὸν κύριον, ἀναφέρειν λέγοιεν τῷ θεῷ, μὴ θυσίαν ταύτην καὶ εὐωδίαν θυμιάματος νοούντων, ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης δεκτὸν ἀναφέρειν τὸν κύριον, τὴν πνευματικὴν εὐωδίαν, εἰς τὸ θυσιαστήριον παραδεχέσθων. αὔταρκες μὲν οὖν τὸ ἔλαιον αὐτὸ λιπᾶναί τε τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν καὶ ἀνεῖναι τὸ νευρῶδες καί τινα τοῦ σώματος ὀσμὴν ἀναστεῖλαι βαρυτέραν, [εἰ] καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο τοῦ ἐλαίου δεοίμεθα ἄν· ἡ δὲ ἐπιτήδευσις τῆς εὐωδίας δέλεάρ ἐστι ῥᾳθυμίας, πόρρωθεν εἰς λίχνον ἐπιθυμίαν ἐπισπωμένης. πάντοθεν γὰρ ἀγώγιμος ὁ ἀκόλαστος καὶ ἀπὸ ἐδωδῆς καὶ ἀπὸ στρωμνῆς καὶ ἀπὸ συναναστροφῆς καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὤτων καὶ ἐκ τῶν γνάθων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τῶν μυκτήρων.
hōsper de tēn tryphēn kai tēs geuseōs apokekleikamen, houtōs amelei kai tōn opseōn kai tōn osphrēseōn tēn hēdypatheian exorizomen, mē lathōmen hēn ephygadeusamen akolasian, kathodon autę̄ didontes eis psychēn dia tōn aisthēseōn, hoionei dia thyrōn aphrourētōn. ei goun tēs euōdias to thymiama ton megan archierea, ton kyrion, anapherein legoien tǭ theǭ, mē thysian tautēn kai euōdian thymiamatos noountōn, alla gar to tēs agapēs dekton anapherein ton kyrion, tēn pneumatikēn euōdian, eis to thysiastērion paradechesthōn. autarkes men oun to elaion auto lipanai te tēn epiphaneian kai aneinai to neurōdes kai tina tou sōmatos osmēn anasteilai baryteran, [ei] kai pros touto tou elaiou deoimetha an; hē de epitēdeusis tēs euōdias delear esti rhąthymias, porrōthen eis lichnon epithymian epispōmenēs. pantothen gar agōgimos ho akolastos kai apo edōdēs kai apo strōmnēs kai apo synanastrophēs kai ek tōn ophthalmōn kai ek tōn ōtōn kai ek tōn gnathōn, alla kai ek tōn myktērōn.
As we have shut luxury out of taste, so we banish the voluptuousness of sights and smells, lest we unwittingly give the licentiousness we have exiled a way back into the soul through the senses, as through unguarded doors. If they say that the great High Priest, the Lord, offers to God the incense of fragrance, let them not understand this as a sacrifice and fragrance of incense, but let them accept that the Lord offers on the altar the acceptable offering of love, the spiritual fragrance. Oil itself is sufficient to anoint the skin, relax the sinews, and suppress any heavier smell of the body, if we need oil for this too. But the pursuit of fragrance is a bait of idleness, drawing us from afar toward dainty desire. For the licentious man can be led from every side: by food, by bed, by company, by the eyes, the ears, the jaws, and also by the nostrils.
2.8.68Stählin 1:198
καθάπερ οἱ βόες τοῖς κρίκοις καὶ τοῖς σχοίνοις, οὕτω δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀκόλαστος θυμιάμασι καὶ μύροις καὶ ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν στεφάνων εὐωδίαις περιέλκεται. ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεμίαν χώραν ἀπονέμομεν ἡδονῇ πρὸς οὐδεμίαν συμπεπλεγμένῃ λυσιτελῆ τῷ βίῳ χρείαν, φέρε κἀνταῦθα διαστειλώμεθα, τὸ χρειῶδες αἱρούμενοι. εἰσὶ γάρ τινες εὐωδίαι οὐ καρωτικαὶ οὐδὲ ἐρωτικαί, οὔκουν συμπλοκῆς καὶ τῆς ἀκολάστου ἑταιρείας ἀποπνέουσαι, ὑγειναὶ δὲ μετὰ σωφροσύνης καὶ τὸν μὲν ἐγκέφαλον ὑποτρέφουσαι, ὁπηνίκα ἂν καχεκτῇ, ῥωννύουσαι δὲ καὶ τὸν στόμαχον. [πολλοῦ τοίνυν δεῖ τοῖς ἄνθεσιν ἐπιψύχειν αὐτόν, ὁπότε ἀλεαίνεσθαι ἐθέλει τὸ νευρῶδες·] οὐ γὰρ κατὰ πάντα ἀποσκορακιστέον τὴν χρῆσιν αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ φαρμάκῳ καὶ βοηθήματι χρηστέον τῷ μύρῳ πρός τε τὸ ἐπεγεῖραι τὴν ἀπαυδῶσαν δύναμιν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς κατάρρους καὶ πρὸς τὰς καταψύξεις δυσαρέστησίν τε, καθὰ καὶ ὁ κωμικός φησί που· μύροις ὑπαλείφεται τὰς ῥῖνας· ὑγιείας μέρος μέγιστον ὀδμὰς ἐγκεφάλῳ χρηστὰς ποιεῖν· καὶ ἡ τῶν ποδῶν διὰ τοῦ λίπους τῶν ἀναθερμαινόντων ἢ ἐμψυχόντων μύρων ἀνάτριψις ὠφελείας ἕνεκεν ἐπιτηδεύεται, ὡς δὴ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς τοῖς πεπληρωμένοις ὁλκήν τινα καὶ ὑποχώρησιν ἐπὶ τὰ μὴ κύρια τῶν μερῶν γίνεσθαι. ἡδονὴ δέ, ᾗ μὴ πρόσεστι τὸ χρειῶδες, ἤθους ἐστὶν ἑταιρικοῦ διαβολὴ καὶ φάρμακον ἐρεθισμῶν.
kathaper hoi boes tois krikois kai tois schoinois, houtō de kai ho akolastos thymiamasi kai myrois kai tais apo tōn stephanōn euōdiais perielketai. epei de oudemian chōran aponemomen hēdonę̄ pros oudemian sympeplegmenę̄ lysitelē tǭ biǭ chreian, phere kantautha diasteilōmetha, to chreiōdes hairoumenoi. eisi gar tines euōdiai ou karōtikai oude erōtikai, oukoun symplokēs kai tēs akolastou hetaireias apopneousai, hygeinai de meta sōphrosynēs kai ton men enkephalon hypotrephousai, hopēnika an kachektę̄, rhōnnyousai de kai ton stomachon. [pollou toinyn dei tois anthesin epipsychein auton, hopote aleainesthai ethelei to neurōdes;] ou gar kata panta aposkorakisteon tēn chrēsin autōn, allʼ hōsper pharmakǭ kai boēthēmati chrēsteon tǭ myrǭ pros te to epegeirai tēn apaudōsan dynamin kai pros tous katarrous kai pros tas katapsyxeis dysarestēsin te, katha kai ho kōmikos phēsi pou; myrois hypaleiphetai tas rhinas; hygieias meros megiston odmas enkephalǭ chrēstas poiein; kai hē tōn podōn dia tou lipous tōn anathermainontōn ē empsychontōn myrōn anatripsis ōpheleias heneken epitēdeuetai, hōs dē apo tēs kephalēs tois peplērōmenois holkēn tina kai hypochōrēsin epi ta mē kyria tōn merōn ginesthai. hēdonē de, hę̄ mē prosesti to chreiōdes, ēthous estin hetairikou diabolē kai pharmakon erethismōn.
As oxen are led by rings and ropes, so the licentious man is dragged about by incense and perfumes and the fragrance of garlands. But since we give no room to pleasure that is not joined to some profitable use in life, let us make a distinction here too, choosing what is useful. There are some fragrances that are neither stupefying nor erotic, not smelling of intercourse and licentious company, but healthful with self-control, nourishing the brain when it is in poor condition and strengthening the stomach. [It is far from right, then, to chill it with flowers, when the sinews want warming.] We must not reject their use altogether, but use perfume as a medicine and remedy, to rouse failing strength, and for catarrhs, chills, and discomfort, as the comic poet says somewhere: “He rubs his nostrils with perfumes; the greatest part of health is to give the brain good smells.” And rubbing the feet with the fat of warming or cooling perfumes is practiced for its benefit, so that there may be a drawing off and withdrawal from the head, when it is congested, to the less vital parts. But pleasure without usefulness is a charge of a courtesan's character and a drug for provocations.
2.8.69Stählin 1:198–199
διαφέρει δὲ ὅλως τὸ μυραλοιφεῖν τοῦ μύρῳ χρίεσθαι· τὸ μὲν γὰρ θηλυδριῶδες, τὸ δὲ χρίεσθαι τῷ μύρῳ καὶ λυσιτελεῖ ἔσθʼ ὅτε. Ἀρίστιππος γοῦν ὁ φιλόσοφος χρισάμενος μύρῳ κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπολωλέναι χρῆναι τοὺς κιναίδους ἔφασκεν τοῦ μύρου τὴν ὠφέλειαν εἰς λοιδορίαν διαβεβληκότας. »τίμα δὲ ἰατρὸν πρὸς χρείαν αὐτοῦ«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή· »καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν ἔκτισεν ὁ ὕψιστος, παρὰ δὲ κυρίου ἐστὶν ἴασις.« εἶτα ἐπάγει· »καὶ μυρεψὸς ποιήσει μίγμα«, ὡς εἰς ὠφέλειαν δηλονότι, οὐκ εἰς ἡδυπάθειαν δεδομένων τῶν μύρων. οὐ γὰρ περὶ τὸ ἐρεθιστικὸν τῶν μύρων σπουδαστέον οὐδαμῶς, ἀλλὰ τὸ ὠφέλιμον ἐκλεκτέον, ὅπου γε καὶ τοῦ ἐλαίου τὴν γένεσιν ἀνῆκεν ὁ θεὸς ἀνθρώποις εἰς πόνων ἀρωγήν. αἱ δὲ ἀφραίνουσαι γυναῖκες βάπτουσαι μὲν τὰς πολιάς, μυρίζουσαι δὲ τὰς τρίχας πολιώτεραι θᾶττον γίνονται διὰ τὰ ἀρώματα ξηραντικὰ ὄντα. διὸ καὶ αὐχμηρότεροι φαίνονται οἱ μυριζόμενοι· ὁ δὲ αὐχμὸς πολιωτέρους ποιεῖ (εἴτε γὰρ αὔανσις τριχὸς ἡ πολιὰ εἴτε ἔνδεια θερμοῦ), τῆς ξηρότητος τὴν οἰκείαν τῆς τριχὸς ἐκπινούσης τροφὴν τὴν ὑγρὰν καὶ πολιοὺς ἀποτελούσης. πῶς οὖν εἰκότως ἔτι ἀγαπῷεν ἂν τὰ μύρα, διʼ ἃ αἱ πολιαί, οἱ φεύγοντες πολιάς; καθάπερ δὲ οἱ κύνες ῥινηλατοῦντες ἐκ τῆς ὀδμῆς ἀνιχνεύουσι τὰ θηρία, οὕτως ἐκ τῆς περιέργου τῶν μύρων εὐωδίας θηρῶσιν οἱ σώφρονες τοὺς ἀσελγεῖς.
diapherei de holōs to myraloiphein tou myrǭ chriesthai; to men gar thēlydriōdes, to de chriesthai tǭ myrǭ kai lysitelei esthʼ hote. Aristippos goun ho philosophos chrisamenos myrǭ kakous kakōs apolōlenai chrēnai tous kinaidous ephasken tou myrou tēn ōpheleian eis loidorian diabeblēkotas. »tima de iatron pros chreian autou«, phēsin hē graphē; »kai gar auton ektisen ho hypsistos, para de kyriou estin iasis.« eita epagei; »kai myrepsos poiēsei migma«, hōs eis ōpheleian dēlonoti, ouk eis hēdypatheian dedomenōn tōn myrōn. ou gar peri to erethistikon tōn myrōn spoudasteon oudamōs, alla to ōphelimon eklekteon, hopou ge kai tou elaiou tēn genesin anēken ho theos anthrōpois eis ponōn arōgēn. hai de aphrainousai gynaikes baptousai men tas polias, myrizousai de tas trichas poliōterai thatton ginontai dia ta arōmata xērantika onta. dio kai auchmēroteroi phainontai hoi myrizomenoi; ho de auchmos poliōterous poiei (eite gar auansis trichos hē polia eite endeia thermou), tēs xērotētos tēn oikeian tēs trichos ekpinousēs trophēn tēn hygran kai polious apotelousēs. pōs oun eikotōs eti agapǭen an ta myra, diʼ ha hai poliai, hoi pheugontes polias? kathaper de hoi kynes rhinēlatountes ek tēs odmēs anichneuousi ta thēria, houtōs ek tēs periergou tōn myrōn euōdias thērōsin hoi sōphrones tous aselgeis.
There is a great difference between being drenched in perfume and being anointed with perfume; the one is effeminate, while anointing with perfume is sometimes even beneficial. Aristippus the philosopher, when anointed with perfume, used to say that the effeminate deserved to perish miserably for having brought the usefulness of perfume into disrepute. “Honor the physician for his use,” says Scripture, “for the Most High created him, and healing comes from the Lord.” Then it adds, “And the perfumer will make a mixture,” clearly because perfumes were given for benefit, not for luxury. We must not in any way be eager for the stimulating effect of perfumes, but choose what is beneficial, since God caused oil to grow for human beings as a help in their labors. Foolish women who dye their gray hair and perfume their locks become grayer sooner, because aromatics are drying. That is why those who perfume themselves look more parched; and dryness makes people grayer (whether grayness is a withering of the hair or a lack of heat), the dryness drinking up the hair's proper moist nourishment and making it gray. How then could those who flee gray hair still reasonably love perfumes, which cause gray hair? And as dogs, following the scent, track down game by smell, so the self-controlled detect the licentious by the elaborate fragrance of their perfumes.
2.8.70Stählin 1:199–200
Τοιαύτη δὲ καὶ τῶν στεφάνων ἡ χρῆσις, κωμαστικὴ καὶ πάροινος· ἄπερρε· μή μοι στέφανον ἀμφιθῇς κάρᾳ. ἦρος μὲν γὰρ ὥρᾳ λειμῶσιν ἐνδρόσοις καὶ μαλακοῖς, ποικίλοις χλοάζουσιν ἄνθεσιν, ἐνδιαιτᾶσθαι καλόν, αὐτοφυεῖ καὶ εἰλικρινεῖ τινι εὐωδίᾳ καθάπερ τὰς μελίττας τρεφομένους· τὸ δὲ πλεκτὸν στέφανον ἐξ ἀκηράτου λειμῶνος κοσμήσαντας οἴκοι περιφέρειν οὐ σωφρόνων· οὐ γὰρ ἁρμόδιον ῥόδων κάλυξιν ἢ ἴοις ἢ κρίνοις ἢ ἄλλοις τισὶ τοιούτοις ἄνθεσι χαίτην πυκάζεσθαι κωμαστικήν, διανθιζομένους τὴν χλόην. ἐμψύχει γὰρ χαίτην ἄλλως ὁ στέφανος περικείμενος καὶ διʼ ὑγρότητά [τε] καὶ διὰ ψυχρότητα. ταύτῃ καὶ οἱ ἰατροὶ ψυχρὸν εἶναι φυσιολογοῦντες τὸν ἐγκέφαλον μύρῳ χρίεσθαι ἀξιοῦσι τὰ στήθη καὶ μυκτῆρας ἄκρους, ὡς δυνηθῆναι τὴν πυρώδη ἀναθυμίασιν ἡσυχῇ διοδεύουσαν εὐρώστως ἀναθάλπειν τὴν ψυχρότητα. πολλοῦ τοίνυν δεῖ τοῖς ἄνθεσιν ἐπιψύχειν αὐτόν, ὁπότε ἀλεαίνεσθαι ἐθέλει τὸ νευρῶδες. ναὶ μὴν καὶ τὸ τερπνὸν τῆς ἀνθήσεως οἱ καταστεφθέντες ἀπολλύουσιν. οὔτε γὰρ ἀπολαύουσι τῆς ὄψεως οἱ ἀναδούμενοι τὸν στέφανον ὑπὲρ τὰς ὄψεις οὐδὲ μὴν τῆς εὐωδίας οἱ ἀπελαύνοντες ὑπὲρ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς τὰ ἄνθη· ἀναδιδούσης γὰρ ἄνω καὶ ἀναθυμιωμένης κατὰ φύσιν τῆς εὐωδίας ὑπὲρ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἔρημος τῆς ἀπολαύσεως ἡ ἀναπνοὴ καταλείπεται, ἀφαρπαζομένης τῆς εὐωδίας. ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ κάλλος, οὕτως καὶ τὸ ἄνθος τέρπει βλεπόμενον, καὶ χρὴ διʼ ὄψεως ἀπολαύοντας τῶν καλῶν δοξάζειν τὸν δημιουργόν. ἡ χρῆσις δὲ αὐτῶν ἐπιβλαβής, καὶ θᾶττον παρέρχεται μετανοίᾳ τιμωρουμένη.
Toiautē de kai tōn stephanōn hē chrēsis, kōmastikē kai paroinos; aperre; mē moi stephanon amphithę̄s karą. ēros men gar hōrą leimōsin endrosois kai malakois, poikilois chloazousin anthesin, endiaitasthai kalon, autophyei kai eilikrinei tini euōdią kathaper tas melittas trephomenous; to de plekton stephanon ex akēratou leimōnos kosmēsantas oikoi peripherein ou sōphronōn; ou gar harmodion rhodōn kalyxin ē iois ē krinois ē allois tisi toioutois anthesi chaitēn pykazesthai kōmastikēn, dianthizomenous tēn chloēn. empsychei gar chaitēn allōs ho stephanos perikeimenos kai diʼ hygrotēta [te] kai dia psychrotēta. tautę̄ kai hoi iatroi psychron einai physiologountes ton enkephalon myrǭ chriesthai axiousi ta stēthē kai myktēras akrous, hōs dynēthēnai tēn pyrōdē anathymiasin hēsychę̄ diodeuousan eurōstōs anathalpein tēn psychrotēta. pollou toinyn dei tois anthesin epipsychein auton, hopote aleainesthai ethelei to neurōdes. nai mēn kai to terpnon tēs anthēseōs hoi katastephthentes apollyousin. oute gar apolauousi tēs opseōs hoi anadoumenoi ton stephanon hyper tas opseis oude mēn tēs euōdias hoi apelaunontes hyper tas anapnoas ta anthē; anadidousēs gar anō kai anathymiōmenēs kata physin tēs euōdias hyper tēn kephalēn erēmos tēs apolauseōs hē anapnoē kataleipetai, apharpazomenēs tēs euōdias. hōsper oun to kallos, houtōs kai to anthos terpei blepomenon, kai chrē diʼ opseōs apolauontas tōn kalōn doxazein ton dēmiourgon. hē chrēsis de autōn epiblabēs, kai thatton parerchetai metanoią timōroumenē.
Such too is the use of garlands, belonging to revels and drunkenness: “Away! Do not put a garland on my head.” In spring it is good to spend time in dewy, soft meadows, green with many-colored flowers, feeding like the bees on their natural, pure fragrance; but to adorn oneself with a woven garland from an untouched meadow and carry it about at home does not befit the self-controlled. It is not fitting to crown the hair of revelers with rosebuds or violets or lilies or other such flowers, decking out the grass. A garland placed around the head chills it, both through moisture and through coldness. That is why physicians, holding that the brain is cold by nature, think it right to anoint the chest and the tips of the nostrils with perfume, so that the fiery vapor, passing quietly, may vigorously warm the coldness. It is far from right, then, to chill it with flowers, when the sinews want warming. Moreover, those who are crowned lose the delight of the flowers. For those who bind the garland above their eyes do not enjoy seeing it, nor do those who put the flowers above their breathing enjoy the fragrance; for since fragrance naturally rises and evaporates above the head, the breath is left without enjoyment, the fragrance being carried off. Like beauty, the flower delights when seen; and we should glorify the Creator by enjoying good things through sight. Their use is harmful, and passes quickly, punished by regret.
2.8.71Stählin 1:200–201
αὐτίκα δὴ μάλα καὶ διελέγχεται τὸ ἐφήμερον αὐτῶν· ἄμφω γὰρ μαραίνεσθον, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος καὶ τὸ κάλλος. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς θιγγάνοντας αὐτοῖν τὸ μὲν ἐνέψυξεν, τὸ δὲ ἐξέκαυσεν. ἑνὶ δὲ λόγῳ ἡ παρὰ τὴν ὄψιν ἀπόλαυσις αὐτοῖν ὕβρις ἐστίν, οὐ τρυφή· τρυφᾶν δὲ ἡμῖν, ὡς ἐν παραδείσῳ, προσῆκεν σωφρόνως τῷ ὄντι παρεπομένοις τῇ γραφῇ. στέφανον μὲν γυναικὸς τὸν ἄνδρα ὑποληπτέον, ἀνδρὸς δὲ τὸν γάμον, ἄνθη δὲ τοῦ γάμου τὰ τέκνα ἀμφοῖν, ἃ δὴ τῶν σαρκικῶν λειμώνων ὁ θεῖος δρέπεται γεωργός. »στέφανος δὲ γερόντων τέκνα τέκνων, δόξα δὲ παισὶν οἱ πατέρες«, φησίν· ἡμῖν δὲ δόξα ὁ πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων, καὶ τῆς συμπάσης ἐκκλησίας στέφανος ὁ Χριστός. Καθάπερ δὲ αἱ ῥίζαι καὶ αἱ βοτάναι, οὕτως δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄνθη ἰδίας ἔχει ποιότητας καὶ τὰς μὲν ἐπωφελεῖς, τὰς δὲ ἐπιβλαβεῖς, ἔστι δὲ ἃς καὶ ἐπισφαλεῖς. ὁ γοῦν κιττὸς ἐμψύχει, ἡ δὲ καρύα πνεῦμα ἀφίησιν καρωτικόν, ὡς ἐμφαίνει καὶ τοὔνομα ἐτυμολογούμενον. νάρκισσος δὲ βαρύοδμόν ἐστιν ἄνθος, ἐλέγχει δὲ αὐτὸ ἡ προσηγορία νάρκαν ἐμποιοῦν τοῖς νεύροις. αἱ δὲ τῶν ῥόδων καὶ τῶν ἴων ἀποφοραὶ ἡσυχῇ οὖσαι ψυχραὶ συστέλλουσι καὶ ἐπιστύφουσι τὰς καρηβαρίας· ἡμῖν δὲ οὐχ ὁπωστιοῦν συμμεθύειν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ οἰνοῦσθαι ἐπιτέτραπται. ναὶ μὴν ὁ κρόκος καὶ τῆς κύπρου τὸ ἄνθος εἰς ὕπνον ἄλυπον ὑπάγετον. πολλὰ δὲ αὐτῶν φύσει ψυχρὸν ὄντα τὸν ἐγκέφαλον ἀναθάλπει ταῖς ἀποφοραῖς λεπτύνοντα τῆς κεφαλῆς τὰ περιττεύματα. ἐντεῦθεν καὶ τὸ ῥόδον ἐπωνόμασται, φασίν, ὅτι πάμπολυ τῆς ὀδωδῆς ἀφίησι ῥεῦμα· διὸ καὶ θᾶττον μαραίνεται.
autika dē mala kai dielenchetai to ephēmeron autōn; amphō gar marainesthon, kai to anthos kai to kallos. alla kai tous thinganontas autoin to men enepsyxen, to de exekausen. heni de logǭ hē para tēn opsin apolausis autoin hybris estin, ou tryphē; tryphan de hēmin, hōs en paradeisǭ, prosēken sōphronōs tǭ onti parepomenois tę̄ graphę̄. stephanon men gynaikos ton andra hypolēpteon, andros de ton gamon, anthē de tou gamou ta tekna amphoin, ha dē tōn sarkikōn leimōnōn ho theios drepetai geōrgos. »stephanos de gerontōn tekna teknōn, doxa de paisin hoi pateres«, phēsin; hēmin de doxa ho patēr tōn holōn, kai tēs sympasēs ekklēsias stephanos ho Christos. Kathaper de hai rhizai kai hai botanai, houtōs de kai ta anthē idias echei poiotētas kai tas men epōpheleis, tas de epiblabeis, esti de has kai episphaleis. ho goun kittos empsychei, hē de karya pneuma aphiēsin karōtikon, hōs emphainei kai tounoma etymologoumenon. narkissos de baryodmon estin anthos, elenchei de auto hē prosēgoria narkan empoioun tois neurois. hai de tōn rhodōn kai tōn iōn apophorai hēsychę̄ ousai psychrai systellousi kai epistyphousi tas karēbarias; hēmin de ouch hopōstioun symmethyein, allʼ oude oinousthai epitetraptai. nai mēn ho krokos kai tēs kyprou to anthos eis hypnon alypon hypageton. polla de autōn physei psychron onta ton enkephalon anathalpei tais apophorais leptynonta tēs kephalēs ta peritteumata. enteuthen kai to rhodon epōnomastai, phasin, hoti pampoly tēs odōdēs aphiēsi rheuma; dio kai thatton marainetai.
Their short life is shown at once; for both wither, the flower and beauty. Of those who touch them, the one (the flower) chills them, the other (beauty) inflames them. In a word, the enjoyment of both beyond sight is insolence, not delight; it befits us to take delight, as in paradise, self-controlled, truly following Scripture. We should consider the husband the crown of the wife, and marriage the crown of the husband, and the children the flowers of the marriage of both, which the divine Farmer gathers from the fleshly meadows. “Children's children are the crown of old men, and fathers the glory of children,” it says; and our glory is the Father of all, and the crown of the whole church is Christ. Like roots and plants, flowers too have their own qualities, some beneficial, some harmful, and some dangerous. Ivy cools; the walnut (karya) gives off a stupefying (karōtikon) air, as its name shows by derivation. The narcissus is a heavy-scented flower, and its name convicts it of causing numbness (narkē) in the sinews. The scents of roses and violets, being mildly cold, contract and check headaches; but we are not permitted to get drunk with others in any way at all, nor even to be flushed with wine. Saffron and the henna flower lead to painless sleep. Many of them, by their scents, warm the brain, which is naturally cold, thinning the residues of the head. Hence, they say, the rose (rhodon) was named, because it gives off a great stream (rheuma) of scent; that is why it withers so quickly.
2.8.72Stählin 1:201
Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ παρὰ τοῖς ἀρχαίοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἡ χρῆσίς πω τῶν στεφάνων ἦν. οὔτε γὰρ οἱ μνήστορες οὔθʼ οἱ ἁβροδίαιτοι κέχρηνται Φαίακες αὐτοῖς. ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἀγῶσι πρῶτον ἡ τῶν ἄθλων δόσις ἦν, δεύτερον δὲ ὁ περιαγερμός, τρίτον ἡ φυλλοβολία, τελευταῖον ὁ στέφανος, ἐπίδοσιν λαβούσης εἰς τρυφὴν τῆς Ἑλλάδος μετὰ τὰ Μηδικά. εἴργονται τοίνυν στεφάνων οἱ τῷ λόγῳ παιδαγωγούμενοι, οὐκ ἐπεὶ καταδεῖν δοκοῦσιν τὸν λόγον ἐν ἐγκεφάλῳ τοῦτον ἱδρυμένον, οὐδʼ ὅτι κωμαστικῆς ἀγερωχίας σύμβολον ὁ στέφανος εἴη ἄν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὅτι τοῖς εἰδώλοις κατωνόμασται. ὁ γοῦν Σοφοκλῆς τὸν νάρκισσον »ἀρχαῖον μεγάλων θεῶν στεφάνωμα« προσεῖπε, τῶν χθονίων λέγων· ῥόδῳ δὲ τὰς Μούσας Σαπφὼ καταστέφει· οὐ γὰρ † ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ῥόδων τῶν ἐκ Πιερίας· κρίνῳ δὲ ἥδεσθαι τὴν Ἥραν φασὶν καὶ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν μυρρίνῃ. εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα μὲν διʼ ἄνθρωπον γέγονε τὰ ἄνθη, ταῦτα δὲ οἱ ἀνόητοι λαβόντες οὐκ εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν εὐχάριστον χρῆσιν, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὴν τῶν δαιμονίων ἀχάριστον ὑπηρεσίαν κατεχρήσαντο, ἀφεκτέον αὐτῶν »διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν«.
Allʼ oude para tois archaiois tōn Hellēnōn hē chrēsis pō tōn stephanōn ēn. oute gar hoi mnēstores outhʼ hoi habrodiaitoi kechrēntai Phaiakes autois. en de tois agōsi prōton hē tōn athlōn dosis ēn, deuteron de ho periagermos, triton hē phyllobolia, teleutaion ho stephanos, epidosin labousēs eis tryphēn tēs Hellados meta ta Mēdika. eirgontai toinyn stephanōn hoi tǭ logǭ paidagōgoumenoi, ouk epei katadein dokousin ton logon en enkephalǭ touton hidrymenon, oudʼ hoti kōmastikēs agerōchias symbolon ho stephanos eiē an, alla gar hoti tois eidōlois katōnomastai. ho goun Sophoklēs ton narkisson »archaion megalōn theōn stephanōma« proseipe, tōn chthoniōn legōn; rhodǭ de tas Mousas Sapphō katastephei; ou gar † apʼ archēs rhodōn tōn ek Pierias; krinǭ de hēdesthai tēn Hēran phasin kai tēn Artemin myrrinę̄. ei gar kai ta malista men diʼ anthrōpon gegone ta anthē, tauta de hoi anoētoi labontes ouk eis tēn idian euchariston chrēsin, allʼ eis tēn tōn daimoniōn achariston hypēresian katechrēsanto, aphekteon autōn »dia tēn syneidēsin«.
Even among the ancient Greeks the use of garlands was not yet customary. Neither the suitors nor the luxurious Phaeacians used them. In the games, first came the giving of prizes, second the procession, third the throwing of leaves, and last the garland, as Greece progressed toward luxury after the Persian wars. Those instructed by the Word, then, keep away from garlands, not because they think they bind the reason seated in the brain, nor because the garland is a symbol of reveling arrogance, but because it has been dedicated to idols. Sophocles called the narcissus “the ancient garland of the great gods,” meaning the gods of the underworld; Sappho crowns the Muses with the rose: “for you have no share † in the roses from Pieria”; and they say Hera delights in the lily and Artemis in myrtle. For even if flowers were made above all for the sake of human beings, the foolish have taken them and misused them, not for their own thankful use, but for the thankless service of demons; so we must abstain from them “for conscience's sake.”
2.8.73Stählin 1:201–202
ἀοχλήτου δὲ ἀμεριμνίας ὁ στέφανος σύμβολον· ταύτῃ καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς καταστεφανοῦσιν, ᾧ λόγῳ καὶ τὰ εἴδωλα, ἔργῳ προσμαρτυροῦντες αὐτοῖς τὸ εἶναι νεκροῖς. οἱ μὲν γὰρ βακχεύοντες οὐδὲ ἄνευ στεφάνων ὀργιάζουσιν· ἐπὰν δὲ ἀμφιθῶνται τὰ ἄνθη, πρὸς τὴν τελετὴν ὑπερκάονται. οὐ δὴ κοινωνητέον οὐδʼ ὁπωστιοῦν δαίμοσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ζῶσαν δίκην εἰδώλων τῶν νεκρῶν καταστεπτέον. ὁ γὰρ καλὸς τοῦ ἀμαράντου στέφανος ἀπόκειται τῷ καλῶς πεπολιτευμένῳ· τὸ ἄνθος τοῦτο γῆ βαστάζειν οὐ κεχώρηκεν· μόνον δὲ αὐτὸ καρποφορεῖν ἐπίσταται οὐρανός. πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἀλόγιστον ἀκηκοότας ἡμᾶς τὸν κύριον ἀκάνθαις ἐστεμμένον αὐτοὺς ἐντρυφῶντας τῷ σεμνῷ τοῦ κυρίου πάθει ἀναδεῖσθαι τοῖς ἄνθεσιν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ κυρίου στέφανος ἡμᾶς ᾐνίττετο προφητικῶς τούς ποτε ἀκάρπους, τοὺς περικειμένους αὐτῷ διὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἧς ἐστιν κεφαλή· ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς πίστεώς ἐστιν τύπος, ζωῆς μὲν διὰ τὴν οὐσίαν τοῦ ξύλου, εὐφροσύνης δὲ διὰ τὴν προσηγορίαν τοῦ στεφάνου, κινδύνου δὲ διὰ τὴν ἄκανθαν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀναιμωτεὶ προσιέναι τῷ λόγῳ ἔξεστιν. ὁ δὲ πλεκτὸς μαραίνεται στέφανος οὗτος καὶ τὸ πλέγμα τῆς σκολιότητος ἀναλύεται καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ξηραίνεται· μαραίνεται γὰρ ἡ δόξα τῶν τῷ κυρίῳ μὴ πεπιστευκότων. Ἰησοῦν δὲ ἐστεφάνωσαν ὑψωμένον τῆς αὑτῶν καταμαρτυροῦντες ἀμαθίας· τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ γὰρ οἱ σκληροκάρδιοι προφητείαν οὖσαν σεσοφισμένην οὐ νοοῦσιν, ἣν αὐτοὶ ὕβριν καλοῦσιν κυρίου. οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν κύριον ὁ λαὸς ὁ πεπλανημένος, οὐ περιτέτμηται τὸν λογισμόν, οὐ πεφώτισται τὸν σκοτισμόν, οὐκ εἶδεν τὸν θεόν, τὸν κύριον ἠρνήσατο, ἀπολώλεκεν τὸ εἶναι Ἰσραήλ, ἐδίωξεν τὸν θεόν, καθυβρίζειν ἤλπισε τὸν λόγον, καὶ ὃν ἐσταύρωσεν ὡς κακοῦργον,
aochlētou de amerimnias ho stephanos symbolon; tautę̄ kai tous nekrous katastephanousin, hǭ logǭ kai ta eidōla, ergǭ prosmartyrountes autois to einai nekrois. hoi men gar bakcheuontes oude aneu stephanōn orgiazousin; epan de amphithōntai ta anthē, pros tēn teletēn hyperkaontai. ou dē koinōnēteon oudʼ hopōstioun daimosin, allʼ oude tēn eikona tou theou tēn zōsan dikēn eidōlōn tōn nekrōn katastepteon. ho gar kalos tou amarantou stephanos apokeitai tǭ kalōs pepoliteumenǭ; to anthos touto gē bastazein ou kechōrēken; monon de auto karpophorein epistatai ouranos. pros de kai alogiston akēkootas hēmas ton kyrion akanthais estemmenon autous entryphōntas tǭ semnǭ tou kyriou pathei anadeisthai tois anthesin. ho men gar tou kyriou stephanos hēmas ę̄nitteto prophētikōs tous pote akarpous, tous perikeimenous autǭ dia tēs ekklēsias, hēs estin kephalē; alla kai tēs pisteōs estin typos, zōēs men dia tēn ousian tou xylou, euphrosynēs de dia tēn prosēgorian tou stephanou, kindynou de dia tēn akanthan; oude gar anaimōtei prosienai tǭ logǭ exestin. ho de plektos marainetai stephanos houtos kai to plegma tēs skoliotētos analyetai kai to anthos xērainetai; marainetai gar hē doxa tōn tǭ kyriǭ mē pepisteukotōn. Iēsoun de estephanōsan hypsōmenon tēs hautōn katamartyrountes amathias; toutʼ auto gar hoi sklērokardioi prophēteian ousan sesophismenēn ou noousin, hēn autoi hybrin kalousin kyriou. ouk egnō ton kyrion ho laos ho peplanēmenos, ou peritetmētai ton logismon, ou pephōtistai ton skotismon, ouk eiden ton theon, ton kyrion ērnēsato, apolōleken to einai Israēl, ediōxen ton theon, kathybrizein ēlpise ton logon, kai hon estaurōsen hōs kakourgon,
The garland is a symbol of undisturbed freedom from care; that is why they crown the dead, as they do idols, bearing witness in deed that these are dead. Bacchants do not celebrate their orgies without garlands; when they put the flowers on, they are inflamed toward the rite. We must have no fellowship at all with demons, nor crown the living image of God like dead idols. For the beautiful crown of amaranth is laid up for the one who has lived well; the earth cannot bear this flower; heaven alone knows how to bring it forth. Besides, it is unreasonable for us, who have heard that the Lord was crowned with thorns, to deck ourselves with flowers, as if reveling in the Lord's holy passion. For the Lord's crown pointed prophetically to us, once fruitless, who are placed around him through the church, of which he is the head. It is also a type of faith: of life, through the substance of the wood; of gladness, through the name of the crown; of danger, through the thorn; for it is not possible to approach the Word without blood. But this woven garland withers, the weave of crookedness is undone, and the flower dries up; for the glory of those who have not believed in the Lord withers. They crowned Jesus when he was lifted up, bearing witness against their own ignorance. For the hard-hearted do not understand the very thing that is a wise prophecy, which they call an insult to the Lord. The people that went astray did not know the Lord; it was not circumcised in reasoning, not enlightened in its darkness; it did not see God; it denied the Lord; it lost its being Israel; it persecuted God; it hoped to insult the Word; and him whom it crucified as a criminal
2.8.74Stählin 1:202–203
ἀνέστεψεν ὡς βασιλέα. διὰ τοῦτό τοι εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν φιλάνθρωπον θεὸν ἐπιγνώσονται κύριον καὶ δίκαιον· ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρεπίκραναν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὸν κύριον, τοῦτο αὐτῷ ὑψουμένῳ μεμαρτυρήκασι, τὸ διάδημα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῷ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα ἐπηρμένῳ περιάψαντες διὰ τῆς ἀειθαλοῦς ἀκάνθης. τὸ διάδημα τοῦτο τοῖς ἐπιβουλεύουσι πολέμιον ἐκώλυσεν αὐτούς, τοῖς συνεκκλησιάζουσιν φίλον ἐθρίγκωσεν αὐτούς· ὁ στέφανος οὗτος ἄνθος ἐστὶ τῶν πεπιστευκότων εἰς τὸν δεδοξασμένον, αἱμάσσει δὲ καὶ κολάζει τοὺς ἠπιστηκότας. ναὶ μὴν καὶ σύμβολόν ἐστι δεσποτικοῦ κατορθώματος, βαστάσαντος αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ καὶ τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ τοῦ σώματος πάντα ἡμῶν τὰ πονηρά, διʼ ὧν ἐκεντούμεθα· αὐτὸς γὰρ τῷ ἰδίῳ πάθει ῥυσάμενος ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ σκανδάλων καὶ ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀκανθῶν καὶ τὸν διάβολον καταργήσας εἰκότως ἐπευχόμενος εἴρηκεν· »ποῦ σου, θάνατε, τὸ κέντρον;« καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐξ ἀκανθῶν τρυγῶμεν σταφυλὴν καὶ σῦκα ἀπὸ βάτων· οἳ δὲ εἰς τραύματα καταξαίνονται, ἐφʼ οὓς ἐξεπέτασε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ λαὸν ἀπειθῆ καὶ ἄκαρπον.
anestepsen hōs basilea. dia touto toi eis hon ouk episteusan anthrōpon, ton philanthrōpon theon epignōsontai kyrion kai dikaion; hoti autoi parepikranan epideixasthai ton kyrion, touto autǭ hypsoumenǭ memartyrēkasi, to diadēma tēs dikaiosynēs tǭ hyper pan onoma epērmenǭ periapsantes dia tēs aeithalous akanthēs. to diadēma touto tois epibouleuousi polemion ekōlysen autous, tois synekklēsiazousin philon ethrinkōsen autous; ho stephanos houtos anthos esti tōn pepisteukotōn eis ton dedoxasmenon, haimassei de kai kolazei tous ēpistēkotas. nai mēn kai symbolon esti despotikou katorthōmatos, bastasantos autou tę̄ kephalę̄ kai tǭ hēgemonikǭ tou sōmatos panta hēmōn ta ponēra, diʼ hōn ekentoumetha; autos gar tǭ idiǭ pathei rhysamenos hēmas apo skandalōn kai hamartiōn kai tōn toioutōn akanthōn kai ton diabolon katargēsas eikotōs epeuchomenos eirēken; »pou sou, thanate, to kentron?« kai hēmeis men ex akanthōn trygōmen staphylēn kai syka apo batōn; hoi de eis traumata kataxainontai, ephʼ hous exepetase tas cheiras epi laon apeithē kai akarpon.
it crowned as a king. Therefore, the man in whom they did not believe they will recognize as the loving God, Lord and just; for what they bitterly provoked, to show the Lord, they bore witness to him when he was lifted up, placing the diadem of righteousness through the evergreen thorn on him who is exalted above every name. This diadem, hostile to those who plotted against him, restrained them; friendly to those who gather in the church, it crowned them. This crown is the flower of those who have believed in the one who is glorified, but it draws blood from and punishes those who have not believed. It is also a symbol of the Lord's achievement, since he bore on his head, the ruling part of the body, all our evils by which we were pierced. For by his own passion he rescued us from stumbling blocks, sins, and such thorns, and, having destroyed the devil, he rightly said in triumph, “Where, O death, is your sting?” And we gather grapes from thorns and figs from thistles; but they are torn to wounds, those over whom he stretched out his hands, over a disobedient and fruitless people.
2.8.75Stählin 1:203
Ἔχοιμʼ ἄν σοι καὶ ἄλλο μυστικὸν ἐνταῦθα εἰπεῖν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὁ παγκρατὴς κύριος τῶν ὅλων, ὁπηνίκα νομοθετεῖν ἤρχετο τῷ λόγῳ, [καὶ] τῷ Μωσεῖ καταφανῆ ἐβούλετο γενέσθαι τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν, ὄψις αὐτῷ δείκνυται θεοειδὴς φωτὸς μεμορφωμένου ἐπὶ φλεγομένῳ βάτῳ· τὸ δὲ ἀκανθῶδες φυτόν ἐστιν, ὁ βάτος· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐπαύσατο τῆς νομοθεσίας καὶ τῆς εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐπιδημίας ὁ λόγος, ὁ κύριος μυστικῶς αὖθις ἀναστέφεται ἀκάνθῃ, ἐνθένδε ἀπιὼν ἐκεῖσε ὅθεν κατῆλθεν, ἀνακεφαλαιούμενος τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς καθόδου τῆς παλαιᾶς, ὅπως ὁ διὰ βάτου τὸ πρῶτον ὀφθείς, ὁ λόγος, διὰ τῆς ἀκάνθης ὕστερον ἀναληφθεὶς μιᾶς ἔργον τὰ πάντα δείξῃ δυνάμεως, εἷς ὢν ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ πατρός, ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος αἰῶνος.
Echoimʼ an soi kai allo mystikon entautha eipein. epei gar ho pankratēs kyrios tōn holōn, hopēnika nomothetein ērcheto tǭ logǭ, [kai] tǭ Mōsei kataphanē ebouleto genesthai tēn hautou dynamin, opsis autǭ deiknytai theoeidēs phōtos memorphōmenou epi phlegomenǭ batǭ; to de akanthōdes phyton estin, ho batos; epeidē de epausato tēs nomothesias kai tēs eis anthrōpous epidēmias ho logos, ho kyrios mystikōs authis anastephetai akanthę̄, enthende apiōn ekeise hothen katēlthen, anakephalaioumenos tēn archēn tēs kathodou tēs palaias, hopōs ho dia batou to prōton ophtheis, ho logos, dia tēs akanthēs hysteron analēphtheis mias ergon ta panta deixę̄ dynameōs, heis ōn henos ontos tou patros, archē kai telos aiōnos.
I could tell you something else mystical here. When the almighty Lord of all began to give the law by the Word, and wished his power to be made plain to Moses, a godlike vision of light in form was shown to him in a burning bush; and the bush is a thorny plant. And when the Word ceased from giving the law and from his sojourn among human beings, the Lord was mystically crowned again with thorn, departing from here to where he came down from, summing up the beginning of his former descent; so that the Word, who was first seen through the bush and later taken up through the thorn, might show that all things are the work of one power, being himself one, of the one Father, the beginning and end of the age.
2.8.76Stählin 1:203–204
Ἀλλʼ ἐξέβην γὰρ τοῦ παιδαγωγικοῦ τύπου τὸ διδασκαλικὸν εἶδος παρεισάγων, αὖθις οὖν ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον ἐπάνειμι. ὡς μὲν οὖν ἐν φαρμάκου μοίρᾳ ἰάσεως ἕνεκα, ἔσθʼ ὅπῃ δὲ καὶ διαχύσεως σώφρονος, οὐκ ἀποβλητέον τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθῶν τέρψιν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν μύρων τε καὶ θυμιαμάτων ὠφέλειαν, δεδηλώκαμεν. εἰ δὲ καὶ λέγοιέν τινες, τίς οὖν ἔτι χάρις ἀνθῶν τοῖς μὴ χρωμένοις αὐτοῖς, ἴστων ὡς ἄρα καὶ τὰ μύρα ἐξ αὐτῶν σκευάζεται καὶ ἔστι πολυωφελῆ· σούσινον μὲν ἐκ κρίνων καὶ λειρίων, ἔστι δὲ θερμαντικόν, ἀναστομωτικόν, ἑλκυστικόν, ὑγραντικόν, σμηκτικόν, λεπτομερές, χολῆς κινητικόν, μαλακτικόν· ναρκίσσινον δὲ τὸ ἐκ ναρκίσσου ἐπʼ ἴσης ὀνίνησι τῷ σουσίνῳ· μύρσινον δὲ τὸ ἐκ μύρτων καὶ μυρρίνης στυπτικόν, παρακατέχον τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἀποφοράς· τὸ δὲ ἐκ ῥόδων ἐμψυκτικόν. καθόλου γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν εὐχρηστίαν δεδημιούργηται. »εἰσακούσατέ μου«, φησί, »καὶ ὡς ῥόδον πεφυτευμένον ἐπὶ ῥευμάτων ὑδάτων βλαστήσατε, ὡς λίβανος εὐωδιάσατε ὀσμήν, καὶ εὐλογήσατε κύριον ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ.« καὶ πολὺς ἂν εἴη ὁ περὶ τούτων λόγος, εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας ὠφελείας λεγόντων ἡμῶν τὰ ἄνθη καὶ τὰ ἀρώματα, οὐκ εἰς τὰς ὕβρεις τῆς τρυφῆς γεγονέναι. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἄρα τι συγχωρητέον, ἀπόχρη τῆς ὀδμῆς ἀπολαύειν αὐτοῖς τῶν ἀνθῶν, μὴ καταστεφέτωσαν δέ· πολυωρεῖ γὰρ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὁ πατὴρ καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτοῦ τέχνην τούτῳ παρέχει μόνῳ. λέγει γοῦν ἡ γραφή· »ὕδωρ καὶ πῦρ καὶ σίδηρος καὶ γάλα, σεμίδαλις πυροῦ καὶ μέλι, αἷμα σταφυλῆς καὶ ἔλαιον καὶ ἱμάτιον, ταῦτα πάντα τοῖς εὐσεβέσιν εἰς ἀγαθά.«
Allʼ exebēn gar tou paidagōgikou typou to didaskalikon eidos pareisagōn, authis oun epi to prokeimenon epaneimi. hōs men oun en pharmakou moirą iaseōs heneka, esthʼ hopę̄ de kai diachyseōs sōphronos, ouk apoblēteon tēn apo tōn anthōn terpsin kai tēn apo tōn myrōn te kai thymiamatōn ōpheleian, dedēlōkamen. ei de kai legoien tines, tis oun eti charis anthōn tois mē chrōmenois autois, istōn hōs ara kai ta myra ex autōn skeuazetai kai esti polyōphelē; sousinon men ek krinōn kai leiriōn, esti de thermantikon, anastomōtikon, helkystikon, hygrantikon, smēktikon, leptomeres, cholēs kinētikon, malaktikon; narkissinon de to ek narkissou epʼ isēs oninēsi tǭ sousinǭ; myrsinon de to ek myrtōn kai myrrinēs styptikon, parakatechon tas apo tou sōmatos apophoras; to de ek rhodōn empsyktikon. katholou gar kai tauta eis tēn hēmeteran euchrēstian dedēmiourgētai. »eisakousate mou«, phēsi, »kai hōs rhodon pephyteumenon epi rheumatōn hydatōn blastēsate, hōs libanos euōdiasate osmēn, kai eulogēsate kyrion epi ta erga autou.« kai polys an eiē ho peri toutōn logos, eis tas anankaias ōpheleias legontōn hēmōn ta anthē kai ta arōmata, ouk eis tas hybreis tēs tryphēs gegonenai. ei de kai ara ti synchōrēteon, apochrē tēs odmēs apolauein autois tōn anthōn, mē katastephetōsan de; polyōrei gar ton anthrōpon ho patēr kai tēn idian autou technēn toutǭ parechei monǭ. legei goun hē graphē; »hydōr kai pyr kai sidēros kai gala, semidalis pyrou kai meli, haima staphylēs kai elaion kai himation, tauta panta tois eusebesin eis agatha.«
But I have strayed from the pattern of instruction into the teaching kind; so I return to our subject. We have shown that the delight of flowers and the benefit of perfumes and incense are not to be rejected as medicine for healing, and sometimes for temperate cheer. If some ask what benefit there is in flowers for those who do not use them, let them know that perfumes are made from them and are very beneficial: susinum, from lilies and irises, is warming, opening, drawing, moistening, cleansing, fine, stirring bile, softening; narcissus perfume, from the narcissus, is equally beneficial with susinum; myrtle perfume, from myrtles and myrtle berries, is astringent, checking the discharges of the body; and rose perfume is cooling. In general these too were made for our use. “Listen to me,” it says, “and bud like a rose planted by streams of water; give off a sweet smell like frankincense, and bless the Lord for his works.” Much could be said about these, since we say that flowers and aromatics were made for necessary benefits, not for the outrages of luxury. And if anything is to be allowed, it is enough for them to enjoy the scent of the flowers, but let them not wear garlands. For the Father takes great care of the human being and gives his own art to him alone. Scripture says: “Water and fire and iron and milk, fine wheat flour and honey, the blood of the grape and oil and clothing, all these are for good to the godly.”
The 2, chapter 9
2.9.77Stählin 1:204–205
Ὅπως δὲ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπνον ἴωμεν τῶν σωφροσύνης μεμνημένοι παραγγελμάτων, τοῦτο ἤδη λεκτέον. μετὰ γὰρ τὴν εὐωχίαν εὐλογήσαντας τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ μεταδόσει τῶν ἀπολαύσεων καὶ τῇ διεκδρομῇ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπνον παρακλητέον τὸν λόγον, τὴν πολυτέλειαν τῶν ὑποστορνυμένων, τὰς χρυσοπάστους τάπιδας, καὶ χρυσοποικίλτους ψιλοτάπιδας ξυστίδας τε ἁλουργὰς καὶ τοὺς γαυνάκας τοὺς πολυτιμήτους τά τε ποιητικὰ ῥήγεα τὰ πορφυρᾶ χλαίνας τε ἐφύπερθεν οὔλας καὶ τὰς »ὕπνου μαλακωτέρας« εὐνὰς παραπεμπομένους. πρὸς γὰρ τῷ ἐπιψόγῳ τῆς ἡδυπαθείας ἐπιβλαβὴς ἡ ἐν τοῖς χνοώδεσι τῶν πτίλων ἐγκοίμησις, καθάπερ εἰς ἀχανὲς καταπιπτόντων τῶν σωμάτων διὰ τὴν μαλακίαν τῶν στρωμάτων. οὐδὲ γὰρ † συνέχει ἐπιστρεφομένοις τοῖς εὐναζομένοις ἐν αὐτοῖς διὰ τὴν παρʼ ἑκάτερα τοῦ σώματος ὀχθώδη τῆς εὐνῆς ἐπανάστασιν· ἐπιτρέπει δὲ πέττεσθαι σιτία καὶ συγκαίει μᾶλλον, ὃ δὴ διαφθείρειν τὴν τροφήν. [αἱ δὲ ἐπικυλίσεις ταῖς ὁμαλαῖς εὐναῖς, οἷον ὕπνου γυμνάσιον ὑπάρχουσαι φυσικόν, συνεργοῦσι πρὸς τὴν κατάταξιν τῆς τροφῆς·] οἱ δὲ ἐπικυλίεσθαι δυνάμενοι ὁμαλαῖς εὐναῖς, οἷον ὕπνου γυμνάσιον τοῦτο ἔχοντες φυσικόν, ῥᾷον κατατάττουσι τὰς τροφὰς καὶ σφᾶς ἐπιτηδειοτέρους πρὸς τὰς περιστάσεις παρασκευάζουσιν. ἔτι γε μὴν οἱ ἀργυρόποδες σκίμποδες πολλῆς ἀλαζονείας εἰσὶν κατήγοροι, καὶ ὁ ἐν τοῖς κλινιδίοις »ἐλέφας ἀπολελοιπότος ψυχὴν σώματος οὐκ εὐαγὲς« ἁγίοις ἀνθρώποις ἀναπαύσεως τέχνασμα βλακικόν.
Hopōs de enteuthen epi ton hypnon iōmen tōn sōphrosynēs memnēmenoi parangelmatōn, touto ēdē lekteon. meta gar tēn euōchian eulogēsantas ton theon epi tę̄ metadosei tōn apolauseōn kai tę̄ diekdromę̄ tēs hēmeras epi ton hypnon paraklēteon ton logon, tēn polyteleian tōn hypostornymenōn, tas chrysopastous tapidas, kai chrysopoikiltous psilotapidas xystidas te halourgas kai tous gaunakas tous polytimētous ta te poiētika rhēgea ta porphyra chlainas te ephyperthen oulas kai tas »hypnou malakōteras« eunas parapempomenous. pros gar tǭ epipsogǭ tēs hēdypatheias epiblabēs hē en tois chnoōdesi tōn ptilōn enkoimēsis, kathaper eis achanes katapiptontōn tōn sōmatōn dia tēn malakian tōn strōmatōn. oude gar † synechei epistrephomenois tois eunazomenois en autois dia tēn parʼ hekatera tou sōmatos ochthōdē tēs eunēs epanastasin; epitrepei de pettesthai sitia kai synkaiei mallon, ho dē diaphtheirein tēn trophēn. [hai de epikyliseis tais homalais eunais, hoion hypnou gymnasion hyparchousai physikon, synergousi pros tēn katataxin tēs trophēs;] hoi de epikyliesthai dynamenoi homalais eunais, hoion hypnou gymnasion touto echontes physikon, rhąon katatattousi tas trophas kai sphas epitēdeioterous pros tas peristaseis paraskeuazousin. eti ge mēn hoi argyropodes skimpodes pollēs alazoneias eisin katēgoroi, kai ho en tois klinidiois »elephas apoleloipotos psychēn sōmatos ouk euages« hagiois anthrōpois anapauseōs technasma blakikon.
We must now say how we should go to sleep from here, remembering the precepts of self-control. After the meal, having blessed God for the sharing of good things and for the passing of the day, we must call on the Word to accompany us to sleep, dismissing costly bedding, gold-embroidered carpets, gold-worked smooth rugs, purple robes, costly fleeces, the poets' purple blankets and woolly cloaks on top, and beds “softer than sleep.” For besides the reproach of voluptuousness, sleeping on downy feathers is harmful, the body sinking as into a chasm through the softness of the bedding. It does not † hold those who turn over in it, because of the bed rising up like banks on each side of the body; it lets the food be digested less and rather burns it up, which is to spoil the food. [Rolling over on level beds, being a natural exercise of sleep, helps the distribution of food.] Those who can roll over on level beds, having this as a natural exercise of sleep, distribute their food more easily and make themselves fitter for emergencies. Moreover, couches with silver feet accuse great pretension; and the ivory on beds, “from a body that has left its soul, is not a pure thing,” an effeminate device of rest for holy people.
2.9.78Stählin 1:205
Οὐ σπουδαστέον ἄρα περὶ αὐτά. οὐ γὰρ ἀπείρηται τοῖς κεκτημένοις ἡ χρῆσις, ἀλλʼ ἡ περὶ αὐτὰ ἐπιτήδευσις κεκώλυται· οὐ γὰρ ἐν τούτοις τὸ εὔδαιμον. πάλιν τε αὖ κενοδοξίας ἐστὶ κυνικῆς καθάπερ τὸν Διομήδη ἐπιτηδεύειν εὕδειν, ὑπὸ δʼ ἔστρωται ῥινὸν βοὸς ἀγραύλοιο, πλὴν εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ περίστασις ἀναγκάζοι. ὁ δὲ Ὀδυσσεὺς τῆς νυμφιδίου κλίνης τὸ σκάζον λίθῳ ἐπανωρθοῦτο. τοσαύτη τις εὐτέλεια καὶ αὐτουργία οὐ παρὰ τοῖς ἰδιώταις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἡγουμένοις τῶν παλαιῶν Ἑλλήνων ἠσκεῖτο. καὶ τί μοι τούτων λόγος; ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἐκάθευδεν χαμαὶ καὶ λίθος αὐτῷ προσκεφάλαιον ἦν· τότε καὶ τὴν ὄψιν τὴν ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον ἰδεῖν κατηξίωται. ἡμῖν δὲ χρηστέον ἀκολούθως τῷ λόγῳ ἀφελεῖ τῇ εὐνῇ καὶ λιτῇ σύμμετρον ἐχούσῃ τὸ παρηγοροῦν, εἰ θέρος εἴη, τὸ σκέπον, εἰ κρύος εἴη, τὸ θάλπον. ἡ κλίνη δὲ ἀπερίεργος ἔστω καὶ λείους ἐχέτω τοὺς πόδας· αἱ γὰρ περίεργοι τορνεύσεις τῶν ἑρπηστικῶν ἔσθʼ ὅτε γίγνονται τρίβοι ζῴων, περὶ τὰς ἐντομὰς τῆς τέχνης περιελισσομένων αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ἀπολισθανόντων. μάλιστα δὲ τῆς κοίτης τὸ μαλθακὸν συμμέτρως ἀρρενιστέον. οὐ γὰρ ἔκλυσιν χρὴ τοῦ σώματος εἶναι παντελῆ τὸν ὕπνον, ἀλλὰ ἄνεσιν. διὸ καὶ παραλαμβάνεσθαί φημι δεῖν αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐπὶ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν πράξεων ἀναπαύλῃ. ἐπεγερτικῶς οὖν ἀπονυστακτέον.
Ou spoudasteon ara peri auta. ou gar apeirētai tois kektēmenois hē chrēsis, allʼ hē peri auta epitēdeusis kekōlytai; ou gar en toutois to eudaimon. palin te au kenodoxias esti kynikēs kathaper ton Diomēdē epitēdeuein heudein, hypo dʼ estrōtai rhinon boos agrauloio, plēn ei mē ara hē peristasis anankazoi. ho de Odysseus tēs nymphidiou klinēs to skazon lithǭ epanōrthouto. tosautē tis euteleia kai autourgia ou para tois idiōtais monon, alla kai para tois hēgoumenois tōn palaiōn Hellēnōn ēskeito. kai ti moi toutōn logos? ho Iakōb ekatheuden chamai kai lithos autǭ proskephalaion ēn; tote kai tēn opsin tēn hyper anthrōpon idein katēxiōtai. hēmin de chrēsteon akolouthōs tǭ logǭ aphelei tę̄ eunę̄ kai litę̄ symmetron echousę̄ to parēgoroun, ei theros eiē, to skepon, ei kryos eiē, to thalpon. hē klinē de aperiergos estō kai leious echetō tous podas; hai gar periergoi torneuseis tōn herpēstikōn esthʼ hote gignontai triboi zǭōn, peri tas entomas tēs technēs perielissomenōn autōn kai mē apolisthanontōn. malista de tēs koitēs to malthakon symmetrōs arrenisteon. ou gar eklysin chrē tou sōmatos einai pantelē ton hypnon, alla anesin. dio kai paralambanesthai phēmi dein auton ouk epi rhąthymią, allʼ epi tę̄ tōn praxeōn anapaulę̄. epegertikōs oun aponystakteon.
We must not, then, be eager about these things. Their use is not forbidden to those who have them, but anxious pursuit of them is prevented; for happiness does not lie in them. On the other hand, it is Cynic vanity to make a point of sleeping like Diomedes, “and under him was spread the hide of a field-dwelling ox,” unless circumstances compel. Odysseus propped up the limping leg of his bridal bed with a stone. Such frugality and self-help were practiced not only by private persons but also by the leaders of the ancient Greeks. And why speak of them? Jacob slept on the ground, and a stone was his pillow; and then he was counted worthy to see the vision beyond human sight. We, following the Word, should use a simple and plain bed, suitably giving relief: in summer, shelter; in winter, warmth. Let the bed be unelaborate, with smooth feet; for elaborate turnings sometimes become tracks for creeping things, which wind around the grooves of the carving and do not slip off. Above all, the softness of the bed should be moderately hardened. For sleep should not be a complete dissolving of the body, but a relaxing. So I say it should be taken not for idleness but for rest from our activities. We should doze, then, in a way that keeps us ready to wake.
2.9.79Stählin 1:205–206
»ἔστωσαν«, γάρ φησιν, »ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι· καὶ ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις τὸν κύριον αὐτῶν, πότε ἀναλύσει ἐκ τῶν γάμων, ἵνα ἐλθόντος καὶ κρούσαντος ἀνοίξωσιν εὐθέως αὐτῷ. μακάριοι οἱ δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι, οὓς ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος ἐγρηγορότας εὕρῃ.« οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ὄφελος καθεύδοντος ὥσπερ οὐδὲ τεθνεῶτος. διὸ πολλάκις καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς ἀνεγερτέον τῆς κοίτης καὶ τὸν θεὸν εὐλογητέον· μακάριοι γὰρ οἱ ἐγρηγορότες εἰς αὐτόν, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀπεικάζοντες ἀγγέλοις, οὓς ἐγρηγόρους καλοῦμεν. »καθεύδων δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος·« ὁ δὲ τὸ φῶς ἔχων ἐγρήγορεν, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸν οὐ καταλαμβάνει, οὐδὲ μὴν ὕπνος, ἐπεὶ μὴ σκότος. ἐγρήγορεν ἄρα πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὁ πεφωτισμένος, ὁ δὲ τοιοῦτος ζῇ· »ὃ γὰρ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ, ζωὴ ἦν.«
»estōsan«, gar phēsin, »hymōn hai osphyes periezōsmenai kai hoi lychnoi kaiomenoi; kai hymeis homoioi anthrōpois prosdechomenois ton kyrion autōn, pote analysei ek tōn gamōn, hina elthontos kai krousantos anoixōsin eutheōs autǭ. makarioi hoi douloi ekeinoi, hous elthōn ho kyrios egrēgorotas heurę̄.« ouden gar andros ophelos katheudontos hōsper oude tethneōtos. dio pollakis kai tēs nyktos anegerteon tēs koitēs kai ton theon eulogēteon; makarioi gar hoi egrēgorotes eis auton, sphas autous apeikazontes angelois, hous egrēgorous kaloumen. »katheudōn de anthrōpos oudeis oudenos axios, ouden mallon tou mē zōntos;« ho de to phōs echōn egrēgoren, kai hē skotia auton ou katalambanei, oude mēn hypnos, epei mē skotos. egrēgoren ara pros ton theon ho pephōtismenos, ho de toioutos zę̄; »ho gar gegonen en autǭ, zōē ēn.«
“Let your loins be girded,” it says, “and your lamps burning; and be like men waiting for their master, when he returns from the wedding, so that when he comes and knocks they may open to him at once. Blessed are those servants whom the master finds awake when he comes.” For a sleeping man is of no use, just as a dead one is not. So we should often rise from our bed at night and bless God; for blessed are those who are awake for him, making themselves like the angels, whom we call “Watchers.” “A man asleep is worth nothing, no more than one who is not alive.” But the one who has the light is awake, and the darkness does not overtake him, nor sleep either, since there is no darkness. The one who has been enlightened, then, is awake toward God, and such a one lives: “For what came to be in him was life.”
2.9.80Stählin 1:206
»μακάριος ἄνθρωπος«, φησὶν ἡ σοφία, »ὃς εἰσακούσεταί μου, καὶ ἄνθρωπος, ὃς τὰς ἐμὰς ὁδοὺς φυλάσσει, ἀγρυπνῶν ἐπʼ ἐμαῖς θύραις καθʼ ἡμέραν, τηρῶν σταθμοὺς ἐμῶν εἰσόδων.« »ἄρʼ οὖν μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί, ἀλλὰ γρηγορῶμεν«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, »καὶ νήφωμεν. οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν, καὶ οἱ μεθύοντες νυκτὸς μεθύσκονται«, τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ τῆς ἀγνοίας σκότῳ, »ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες νήφωμεν. πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας· οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους.« »ἀλλʼ ὅς ἐστιν ἡμῖν τοῦ ζῆν τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ καὶ τοῦ φρονεῖν γνησίως μάλιστα κηδεμών, ἐγρήγορε χρόνον ὡς πλεῖστον, τὸ μὲν πρὸς ὑγείαν αὐτοῦ μόνον φυλάττων ἐνταῦθα χρήσιμον· ἔστι δὲ οὐ πολύ, καλῶς εἰς ἔθος ἰόν.« μελέτη δὲ ἀσκήσεως ἀίδιον ἐγρήγορσιν ἐκ πόνων γεννᾷ. μὴ οὖν ἡμᾶς βαρείτων αἱ τροφαί, ἐπικουφιζόντων δέ, ἵνʼ ὅτι μάλιστα μὴ βλαπτώμεθα τῷ ὕπνῳ, καθάπερ τῶν νηχομένων οἱ ἐξηρτημένοι τὰ βάρη, ἔμπαλιν δὲ οἷον ἐξ ἀβύσσου κάτωθεν τὸν νηφάλιον ἡμᾶς ἀνακουφίσῃ εἰς τὰς ἐπιπολὰς τῆς ἐγρηγόρσεως. ἔοικεν γὰρ ἡ τοῦ ὕπνου καταφορὰ θανάτῳ, διʼ ἄνοιαν εἰς ἀναισθησίαν ὑποφερομένη, τῶν βλεφάρων τῇ ἐπιμύσει τὸ φῶς ἀποτεμνομένη. τὸ οὖν φῶς τοῦτο οἱ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ υἱοὶ μὴ ἀποκλείσωμεν θύραζε, ἔνδον δὲ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἀποστρέψαντες, τοῦ κεκρυμμένου τὰς ὄψεις ἀνθρώπου φωτίσαντες τήν τε ἀλήθειαν αὐτὴν ἐποπτεύσαντες καὶ τῶν ταύτης ῥευμάτων μεταλαμβάνοντες, τοὺς ἀληθεῖς τῶν ὀνείρων ἐναργῶς καὶ φρονίμως
»makarios anthrōpos«, phēsin hē sophia, »hos eisakousetai mou, kai anthrōpos, hos tas emas hodous phylassei, agrypnōn epʼ emais thyrais kathʼ hēmeran, tērōn stathmous emōn eisodōn.« »arʼ oun mē katheudōmen hōs hoi loipoi, alla grēgorōmen«, phēsin hē graphē, »kai nēphōmen. hoi gar katheudontes nyktos katheudousin, kai hoi methyontes nyktos methyskontai«, toutestin en tǭ tēs agnoias skotǭ, »hēmeis de hēmeras ontes nēphōmen. pantes gar hymeis huioi phōtos este kai huioi hēmeras; ouk esmen nyktos oude skotous.« »allʼ hos estin hēmin tou zēn tou alēthinou kai tou phronein gnēsiōs malista kēdemōn, egrēgore chronon hōs pleiston, to men pros hygeian autou monon phylattōn entautha chrēsimon; esti de ou poly, kalōs eis ethos ion.« meletē de askēseōs aidion egrēgorsin ek ponōn genną. mē oun hēmas bareitōn hai trophai, epikouphizontōn de, hinʼ hoti malista mē blaptōmetha tǭ hypnǭ, kathaper tōn nēchomenōn hoi exērtēmenoi ta barē, empalin de hoion ex abyssou katōthen ton nēphalion hēmas anakouphisę̄ eis tas epipolas tēs egrēgorseōs. eoiken gar hē tou hypnou kataphora thanatǭ, diʼ anoian eis anaisthēsian hypopheromenē, tōn blepharōn tę̄ epimysei to phōs apotemnomenē. to oun phōs touto hoi tou phōtos tou alēthinou huioi mē apokleisōmen thyraze, endon de eis hēmas apostrepsantes, tou kekrymmenou tas opseis anthrōpou phōtisantes tēn te alētheian autēn epopteusantes kai tōn tautēs rheumatōn metalambanontes, tous alētheis tōn oneirōn enargōs kai phronimōs
“Blessed is the man,” says Wisdom, “who listens to me, and the man who keeps my ways, watching daily at my doors, guarding the posts of my entrances.” “So let us not sleep, as others do, but let us keep awake,” says Scripture, “and be sober. For those who sleep, sleep at night, and those who are drunk, are drunk at night,” that is, in the darkness of ignorance; “but since we belong to the day, let us be sober. For you are all sons of light and sons of the day; we are not of the night or of darkness.” “But whoever of us cares most for true life and genuine wisdom stays awake as long as possible, keeping only what is useful for his health; and that is not much, when it has become a good habit.” The practice of discipline begets perpetual wakefulness from labors. Let our food, then, not weigh us down but lighten us, so that we may be as little harmed by sleep as possible, like swimmers with weights hung on them; on the contrary, let sobriety lift us, as from the deep below, to the surface of wakefulness. For the descent of sleep is like death, carried by folly into insensibility, cutting off the light by the closing of the eyelids. Let us, the sons of the true light, not shut this light out of doors, but turn it inward to ourselves, lighting the eyes of the hidden man, beholding the truth itself and partaking of its streams, so that we may clearly and wisely receive the revelation of true dreams.
2.9.81Stählin 1:206–207
ἀποκαλυπτώμεθα. ἐρυγαὶ δὲ οἰνοβαρούντων καὶ τῶν ἀποσεσαγμένων ταῖς τροφαῖς οἱ ῥωχμοὶ καὶ τὸ ῥέγχειν τοῖς στρώμασιν ἐνειλημένον γαστέρων τε στενοχωρουμένων βορβορυγμοὶ τὸ διορατικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς κατέχωσαν ὄμμα φαντασιῶν μυρίων τῆς διανοίας ἐμπιμπλαμένης. αἰτία δὲ ἡ περιττὴ τροφὴ τὸ λογιστικὸν εἰς ἀναισθησίαν καθέλκουσα. »ὕπνος γὰρ δὴ πολὺς οὔτε τοῖς σώμασιν οὔτε ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν ὠφέλειαν ἐπιφέρων οὐδʼ αὐταῖς ταῖς περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πράξεσι πάντα ἁρμόττων ἐστίν, εἰ καὶ κατὰ φύσιν ἐστίν.« Λὼτ δὲ ὁ δίκαιος (παραπέμπομαι γὰρ νῦν τῆς παλιγγενεσίου οἰκονομίας τὴν ἐξήγησιν) οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄθεσμον ἐκείνην προήχθη μῖξιν μὴ οὐχὶ καταμεθυσθεὶς πρὸς τῶν θυγατέρων καὶ ὕπνῳ καρωθείς. ἢν οὖν τὰ αἴτια τῆς πολλῆς εἰς ὕπνον περικόπτωμεν καταφορᾶς, νηφαλιώτερον κοιμηθησόμεθα· »οὐ« γὰρ »χρὴ παννύχιον εὕδειν« τοὺς ἔνοικον ἔχοντας τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐγρήγορον· ἐπεγερτέον δὲ νύκτωρ, μάλιστα ὁπότε αἱ ἡμέραι φθίνουσιν· καὶ τῷ μὲν φιλολογητέον, τῷ δὲ τῆς αὐτοῦ τέχνης ἀπαρκτέον, γυναιξὶ δὲ ταλασίας ἐφαπτέον, πᾶσι δὲ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν διαμαχητέον ἡμῖν πρὸς τὸν ὕπνον ἠρέμα ἐκ προσαγωγῆς ἐθίζουσιν, ὡς πλείονα χρόνον τοῦ ζῆν διὰ τὴν ἐγρήγορσιν μεταλαμβάνειν (ὁ γὰρ ὕπνος ὥσπερ τελώνης τὸν ἥμισυν ἡμῖν τοῦ βίου συνδιαιρεῖται χρόνον), πολλοῦ γε δεῖ μεθʼ ἡμέραν ἐπιτρέπειν καθεύδειν τοῖς καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ πλεῖστον εἰς ἐγρήγορσιν ἀποτεμνομένοις. ἄλυες δὲ καὶ νυσταγμοὶ καὶ διεκτάσεις καὶ χάσμαι δυσαρεστίαι ψυχῆς εἰσιν ἀβεβαίου.
apokalyptōmetha. erygai de oinobarountōn kai tōn aposesagmenōn tais trophais hoi rhōchmoi kai to rhenchein tois strōmasin eneilēmenon gasterōn te stenochōroumenōn borborygmoi to dioratikon tēs psychēs katechōsan omma phantasiōn myriōn tēs dianoias empimplamenēs. aitia de hē perittē trophē to logistikon eis anaisthēsian kathelkousa. »hypnos gar dē polys oute tois sōmasin oute tais psychais hēmōn ōpheleian epipherōn oudʼ autais tais peri tēn alētheian praxesi panta harmottōn estin, ei kai kata physin estin.« Lōt de ho dikaios (parapempomai gar nyn tēs palingenesiou oikonomias tēn exēgēsin) ouk an epi tēn athesmon ekeinēn proēchthē mixin mē ouchi katamethystheis pros tōn thygaterōn kai hypnǭ karōtheis. ēn oun ta aitia tēs pollēs eis hypnon perikoptōmen kataphoras, nēphaliōteron koimēthēsometha; »ou« gar »chrē pannychion heudein« tous enoikon echontas ton logon ton egrēgoron; epegerteon de nyktōr, malista hopote hai hēmerai phthinousin; kai tǭ men philologēteon, tǭ de tēs autou technēs aparkteon, gynaixi de talasias ephapteon, pasi de hōs epos eipein diamachēteon hēmin pros ton hypnon ērema ek prosagōgēs ethizousin, hōs pleiona chronon tou zēn dia tēn egrēgorsin metalambanein (ho gar hypnos hōsper telōnēs ton hēmisyn hēmin tou biou syndiaireitai chronon), pollou ge dei methʼ hēmeran epitrepein katheudein tois kai tēs nyktos to pleiston eis egrēgorsin apotemnomenois. alyes de kai nystagmoi kai diektaseis kai chasmai dysarestiai psychēs eisin abebaiou.
(… true dreams.) The belches of those heavy with wine, the snorting of those stuffed with food, snoring wrapped in the bedclothes, and the rumbling of crowded bellies bury the discerning eye of the soul, the mind being filled with countless fancies. The cause is excessive food, dragging the reasoning part into insensibility. “For much sleep brings no benefit to our bodies or our souls, nor does it at all suit activities concerned with truth, even though it is natural.” Lot the righteous (I pass over for now the explanation of the plan of regeneration) would not have been led into that lawless union had he not been made drunk by his daughters and stupefied by sleep. If, then, we cut off the causes of excessive falling into sleep, we will sleep more soberly. For “one should not sleep all night,” those who have the wakeful Word dwelling in them; we should rise at night, especially when the days are short. One should study, another practice his craft, women should take up their spinning; and all of us, in a word, should fight against sleep, accustoming ourselves gently and by degrees, so as to gain more time of life by being awake (for sleep, like a tax collector, divides half our life with us). Much less should those who cut off most of the night for wakefulness be allowed to sleep by day. Restlessness, drowsiness, stretching, and yawning are the discontents of an unstable soul.
2.9.82Stählin 1:207–208
Χρὴ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν εἰδέναι, ὡς οὐ ψυχῆς τὸ δεόμενον ὕπνου ἐστίν (ἀεικίνητος γὰρ αὕτη), ἀλλὰ τὸ σῶμα ἀναπαύλαις διαβασταζόμενον παρίεται, μὴ ἐνεργούσης ἔτι σωματικῶς τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀλλὰ καθʼ αὑτὴν ἐννοουμένης· ᾗ καὶ τῶν ὀνείρων οἱ ἀληθεῖς ὀρθῶς λογιζομένῳ νηφούσης εἰσὶ ψυχῆς λογισμοὶ ἀπερισπάστου τὸ τηνικάδε οὔσης περὶ τὰς τοῦ σώματος συμπαθείας καὶ αὐτῆς αὑτῇ τὰ κράτιστα συμβουλευούσης· ψυχῆς δὲ ὄλεθρος τὸ ἀτρεμῆσαι αὐτήν· διόπερ ἀεὶ τὸν θεὸν ἐννοουμένη διὰ τῆς συνεχοῦς προσομιλήσεως ἐγκαταλέγουσα τῷ σώματι τὴν ἐγρήγορσιν ἀγγελικῇ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐξισάζει χάριτι, τῆς ζωῆς τὸ ἀίδιον ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἐγρηγορέναι μελέτης προσλαμβάνουσα.
Chrē de kai touto epi pasin eidenai, hōs ou psychēs to deomenon hypnou estin (aeikinētos gar hautē), alla to sōma anapaulais diabastazomenon parietai, mē energousēs eti sōmatikōs tēs psychēs, alla kathʼ hautēn ennooumenēs; hę̄ kai tōn oneirōn hoi alētheis orthōs logizomenǭ nēphousēs eisi psychēs logismoi aperispastou to tēnikade ousēs peri tas tou sōmatos sympatheias kai autēs hautę̄ ta kratista symbouleuousēs; psychēs de olethros to atremēsai autēn; dioper aei ton theon ennooumenē dia tēs synechous prosomilēseōs enkatalegousa tǭ sōmati tēn egrēgorsin angelikę̄ ton anthrōpon exisazei chariti, tēs zōēs to aidion ek tēs tou egrēgorenai meletēs proslambanousa.
Above all, we must know this: it is not the soul that needs sleep (for it is ever in motion), but the body, borne up by rests, relaxes, the soul no longer acting through the body but thinking by itself. Hence, rightly considered, true dreams are the reasonings of a sober soul, not distracted at that time by the sympathies of the body and counseling itself what is best. Stillness is the ruin of the soul. So, always thinking of God, by continual converse with him, it enrolls the body in wakefulness, makes the human being equal to the grace of the angels, and gains eternal life from the practice of being awake.
The 2, chapter 10
2.10.83Stählin 1:208
Συνουσίας δὲ τὸν καιρὸν μόνοις τοῖς γεγαμηκόσιν ἀπολέλειπται σκοπεῖν, τοῖς δὲ γεγαμηκόσι σκοπὸς ἡ παιδοποιία, τέλος δὲ ἡ εὐτεκνία, καθάπερ καὶ τῷ γεωργῷ τῆς τῶν σπερμάτων καταβολῆς αἰτία μὲν ἡ τῆς τροφῆς προμήθεια, τέλος δὲ αὐτῷ τῆς γεωργίας ἡ τῶν καρπῶν συγκομιδή. μακρῷ δὲ ἀμείνων γεωργὸς ὁ ἔμψυχον σπείρων ἄρουραν· ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἐπικαίρου τροφῆς ὀριγνώμενος, ὃ δὲ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς διαμονῆς προμηθούμενος γεωργεῖ, καὶ ὃ μὲν διʼ ἑαυτόν, ὃ δὲ διὰ τὸν θεὸν φυτουργεῖ· »πληθύνεσθε« γὰρ εἴρηκεν, καὶ ὑπακουστέον· καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο εἰκὼν ὁ ἄνθρωπος γίνεται τοῦ θεοῦ, καθὸ εἰς γένεσιν ἀνθρώπου ἄνθρωπος συνεργεῖ. οὐ πᾶσα οὖν γῆ εὔθετος εἰς σπερμάτων ὑποδοχήν, εἰ δὲ καὶ πᾶσα, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ τῷ αὐτῷ γεωργῷ· οὐδὲ μὴν εἰς πέτρας σπαρτέον οὐδὲ καθυβριστέον τὸ σπέρμα, ἀρχηγὸν γενέσεως οὐσίαν, συνεσπαρμένους ἔχουσαν τῆς φύσεως τοὺς λογισμούς· τοὺς δὲ κατὰ φύσιν λογισμοὺς ἀλόγως εἰς τοὺς παρὰ φύσιν καταισχύνειν πόρους ἄθεον κομιδῇ. ὁρᾶτε γοῦν ὁ πάνσοφος Μωσῆς ὅπως ποτὲ συμβολικῶς τὴν ἄκαρπον ἀποκρούεται σποράν, »οὐκ ἔδεσαι« λέγων »τὸν λαγὼν οὐδὲ τὴν ὕαιναν«. οὐ βούλεται τῆς ποιότητος αὐτῶν μεταλαμβάνειν τὸν ἄνθρωπον οὐδὲ μὴν τῆς ἴσης ἀσελγείας ἀπογεύσασθαι· κατακόρως γάρ τοι περὶ τὰς μίξεις τὰ ζῷα ταῦτα ἐπτόηνται· καὶ τὸν μὲν λαγὼ κατʼ ἔτος πλεονεκτεῖν φασι τὴν ἀφόδευσιν, ἰσαρίθμους οἷς βεβίωκεν ἔτεσιν ἴσχοντα τρύπας· ταύτῃ ἄρα τὴν κώλυσιν τῆς ἐδωδῆς τοῦ λαγὼ παιδεραστίας ἐμφαίνειν ἀποτροπήν· τὴν δὲ ὕαιναν ἐναλλὰξ ἀμείβειν τὸ ἄρρεν εἰς τὸ θῆλυ παρʼ ἔτος ἕκαστον, αἰνίττεσθαι δὲ μὴ χρῆν ἐπὶ μοιχείας ὁρμᾶν τὸν τῆς
Synousias de ton kairon monois tois gegamēkosin apoleleiptai skopein, tois de gegamēkosi skopos hē paidopoiia, telos de hē euteknia, kathaper kai tǭ geōrgǭ tēs tōn spermatōn katabolēs aitia men hē tēs trophēs promētheia, telos de autǭ tēs geōrgias hē tōn karpōn synkomidē. makrǭ de ameinōn geōrgos ho empsychon speirōn arouran; ho men gar epikairou trophēs orignōmenos, ho de tēs tou pantos diamonēs promēthoumenos geōrgei, kai ho men diʼ heauton, ho de dia ton theon phytourgei; »plēthynesthe« gar eirēken, kai hypakousteon; kai kata touto eikōn ho anthrōpos ginetai tou theou, katho eis genesin anthrōpou anthrōpos synergei. ou pasa oun gē euthetos eis spermatōn hypodochēn, ei de kai pasa, allʼ ouchi tǭ autǭ geōrgǭ; oude mēn eis petras sparteon oude kathybristeon to sperma, archēgon geneseōs ousian, synesparmenous echousan tēs physeōs tous logismous; tous de kata physin logismous alogōs eis tous para physin kataischynein porous atheon komidę̄. horate goun ho pansophos Mōsēs hopōs pote symbolikōs tēn akarpon apokrouetai sporan, »ouk edesai« legōn »ton lagōn oude tēn hyainan«. ou bouletai tēs poiotētos autōn metalambanein ton anthrōpon oude mēn tēs isēs aselgeias apogeusasthai; katakorōs gar toi peri tas mixeis ta zǭa tauta eptoēntai; kai ton men lagō katʼ etos pleonektein phasi tēn aphodeusin, isarithmous hois bebiōken etesin ischonta trypas; tautę̄ ara tēn kōlysin tēs edōdēs tou lagō paiderastias emphainein apotropēn; tēn de hyainan enallax ameibein to arren eis to thēly parʼ etos hekaston, ainittesthai de mē chrēn epi moicheias horman ton tēs
Only the married are left to consider the right time for intercourse; and for the married the aim is the begetting of children, and the end is good offspring, just as for the farmer the reason for sowing seed is to provide food, and the end of his farming is the gathering of the fruits. But far better is the farmer who sows living soil; for the one farms seeking food for a season, the other providing for the continuance of the whole; the one plants for himself, the other for God. For he said, “Multiply,” and we must obey. In this the human being becomes an image of God, in that a human being cooperates in the coming into being of a human being. Not all ground is suitable for receiving seed; and even if all were, not for the same farmer. Nor must seed be sown on rocks, nor seed be outraged, since it is the originating substance of generation, having the principles of nature sown within it. To shame the principles of nature irrationally in unnatural passages is utterly godless. See how the all-wise Moses symbolically rejects unfruitful sowing, saying, “You shall not eat the hare nor the hyena.” He does not want the human being to share their quality, nor to taste a like licentiousness; for these animals are excessively excited about mating. They say that the hare each year increases the number of its anal openings, having as many holes as the years it has lived; so the prohibition of eating the hare shows a turning away from pederasty. And they say the hyena changes alternately from male to female each year; and it hints that one who abstains from the
2.10.84Stählin 1:208–209
ὑαίνης ἀπεχόμενον. ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν μὴ δεῖν ἐξομοιοῦσθαι τοῖσδε τοῖς ζῴοις διὰ τῆς προκειμένης ἀπαγορεύσεως ὁμολογουμένως τὸν πάνσοφον Μωσέα αἰνίττεσθαι σύμφημι κἀγώ· οὐ μέντοι τῇδε τῇ ἐξηγήσει τῶν συμβολικῶς εἰρημένων συγκατατίθεμαι. οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτε βιασθείη φύσις εἰς μεταβολήν, τὸ δὲ ἅπαξ πεπλασμένον εἰς αὐτὴν οὐ θέμις ἀντιπλασθῆναι πάθει· τὸ γὰρ πάθος οὐ φύσις· παραχαράττειν δέ, οὐ μετακοσμεῖν τὸ πάθος εἴωθε τὴν πλάσιν· εἰ γὰρ καὶ τῶν ὀρνέων πολλὰ μεταβάλλειν κατὰ τὰς ὥρας λέγεται καὶ τὸ χρῶμα καὶ τὴν φωνήν (οἷον ὁ κόσσυφος ξανθὸς μὲν ἐκ μέλανος, παταγητικὸς δὲ ἐξ ᾠδικοῦ γινόμενος· ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἡ ἀηδὼν καὶ τὸ χρῶμα καὶ τὴν ᾠδὴν συμμεταβάλλει ταῖς τροπαῖς), ἀλλʼ οὔτι γε τὴν φύσιν αὐτὴν ἀμείβουσιν, ὡς θῆλυ γίγνεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ ἄρρενος κατὰ μετασχηματισμόν· ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν τῶν πτερῶν νεοφυΐα νεαρᾶς ἐσθῆτος δίκην ἐξανθεῖ βαφήν τινα πτερῶν, ὀλίγῳ δʼ ὕστερον διαπνεῖ κατὰ τὴν χειμέριον ἀπειλήν, καθάπερ ἄνθος μαραινομένης τῆς χρόας· ἡ φωνὴ δὲ καὶ αὐτὴ τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τῷ κρύει πεπονημένη μαραίνεται· πυκνουμένης γὰρ τῆς ἐπιφανείας ἐκ τοῦ περιέχοντος αἱ περὶ τὸν αὐχένα πιεζόμεναί τε καὶ πυκνούμεναι ἀρτηρίαι προσαναθλίβουσι τὸ πνεῦμα, στενοχωρούμενον δὲ ἄγαν τοῦτο πνιγόμενον ἀποδίδωσι τὸν ἦχον.
hyainēs apechomenon. alla to men mē dein exomoiousthai toisde tois zǭois dia tēs prokeimenēs apagoreuseōs homologoumenōs ton pansophon Mōsea ainittesthai symphēmi kagō; ou mentoi tę̄de tę̄ exēgēsei tōn symbolikōs eirēmenōn synkatatithemai. ou gar an pote biastheiē physis eis metabolēn, to de hapax peplasmenon eis autēn ou themis antiplasthēnai pathei; to gar pathos ou physis; paracharattein de, ou metakosmein to pathos eiōthe tēn plasin; ei gar kai tōn orneōn polla metaballein kata tas hōras legetai kai to chrōma kai tēn phōnēn (hoion ho kossyphos xanthos men ek melanos, patagētikos de ex ǭdikou ginomenos; hōsautōs de kai hē aēdōn kai to chrōma kai tēn ǭdēn symmetaballei tais tropais), allʼ outi ge tēn physin autēn ameibousin, hōs thēly gignesthai ek tou arrenos kata metaschēmatismon; allʼ hē men tōn pterōn neophyïa nearas esthētos dikēn exanthei baphēn tina pterōn, oligǭ dʼ hysteron diapnei kata tēn cheimerion apeilēn, kathaper anthos marainomenēs tēs chroas; hē phōnē de kai autē ton homoion tropon tǭ kryei peponēmenē marainetai; pyknoumenēs gar tēs epiphaneias ek tou periechontos hai peri ton auchena piezomenai te kai pyknoumenai artēriai prosanathlibousi to pneuma, stenochōroumenon de agan touto pnigomenon apodidōsi ton ēchon.
hyena should not rush into adultery. I agree that the all-wise Moses, by this prohibition, clearly hints that we should not become like these animals; but I do not assent to this interpretation of what was said symbolically. For nature could never be forced to change; what has once been formed cannot be reshaped by a passion; for passion is not nature; passion is accustomed to counterfeit, not to remodel, the form. For even if many birds are said to change both their color and their voice with the seasons (the blackbird, for example, becoming tawny from black, and chattering instead of singing; likewise the nightingale changes both color and song with the turning of the year), they do not change their very nature, so that a female comes from a male by transformation. The new growth of feathers, like a new garment, blooms with a dye of feathers, and a little later fades in the threat of winter, the color withering like a flower. The voice too, in the same way, worn down by the cold, withers; for when the surface of the body is contracted by the surrounding air, the arteries around the neck, compressed and contracted, squeeze the breath, and this, greatly confined and choked, gives out a stifled sound.
2.10.85Stählin 1:209
αὖθις οὖν συνεξομοιούμενον τῷ περιέχοντι καὶ τῷ ἦρι συγχαλώμενον ἐλευθεροῦται μὲν τῆς στενοχωρίας τὸ πνεῦμα φερόμενον διʼ εὐρυχώρων τῶν τέως μεμυκότων [ἀρτηριῶν]· οὐ μινυρίζει δὲ ἔτι τὸ μέλος τὸ μεμαραμμένον, ἀνθεῖ δὲ ἤδη λιγυρὸν καὶ χεῖται πλατύτερον τὸ φθέγμα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἤδη γίνεται τῆς φωνῆς τῶν ὀρνέων ἔαρ ἡ ᾠδή. Οὔκουν οὐδὲ τὴν ὕαιναν μεταβάλλειν τὴν φύσιν πιστευτέον ποτέ· οὐδὲ γὰρ αἰδοῖα ἔχει τὸ αὐτὸ ζῷον ἅμα ἄμφω, ἄρρενος καὶ θήλεος, καθὼς ὑπειλήφασί τινες, ἑρμαφροδίτους τερατολογοῦντες καὶ τρίτην ταύτην μεταξὺ θηλείας καὶ ἄρρενος ἀνδρόγυνον καινοτομοῦντες φύσιν. ἀπατῶνται δὲ εὖ μάλα τὸ φιλότεχνον τῆς παμμήτορος καὶ γενεσιουργοῦ φύσεως μὴ νοήσαντες· ἐπεὶ γάρ ἐστι τοῦτο λαγνίστατον τὸ ζῷον ἡ ὕαινα, ὑπὸ τὴν κέρκον πρὸ τοῦ πόρου τῆς περιττώσεως πέφυκεν αὐτῇ ἐξοχή τις σαρκικὴ παραπλησία τῷ σχήματι αἰδοίῳ θηλυκῷ· πόρον δὲ οὐδένα ἔχει τοῦτο τῆς σαρκὸς τὸ σχῆμα, εἴς τι χρειῶδες ἀπολήγοντα ἢ εἰς μήτραν ἢ εἰς ἀπευθυσμένον λέγω· μόνην δὲ ἄρα κοιλότητα ἔχει πολλήν, ᾗ τὴν λαγνείαν ὑποδέχεται τὴν κενήν, ὅταν ἀποστραφῶσι περὶ τὴν ἀποκύησιν ἀσχολούμενοι τῆς ἀποτέξεως οἱ
authis oun synexomoioumenon tǭ periechonti kai tǭ ēri synchalōmenon eleutheroutai men tēs stenochōrias to pneuma pheromenon diʼ eurychōrōn tōn teōs memykotōn [artēriōn]; ou minyrizei de eti to melos to memarammenon, anthei de ēdē ligyron kai cheitai platyteron to phthegma autōn, kai ēdē ginetai tēs phōnēs tōn orneōn ear hē ǭdē. Oukoun oude tēn hyainan metaballein tēn physin pisteuteon pote; oude gar aidoia echei to auto zǭon hama amphō, arrenos kai thēleos, kathōs hypeilēphasi tines, hermaphroditous teratologountes kai tritēn tautēn metaxy thēleias kai arrenos androgynon kainotomountes physin. apatōntai de eu mala to philotechnon tēs pammētoros kai genesiourgou physeōs mē noēsantes; epei gar esti touto lagnistaton to zǭon hē hyaina, hypo tēn kerkon pro tou porou tēs perittōseōs pephyken autę̄ exochē tis sarkikē paraplēsia tǭ schēmati aidoiǭ thēlykǭ; poron de oudena echei touto tēs sarkos to schēma, eis ti chreiōdes apolēgonta ē eis mētran ē eis apeuthysmenon legō; monēn de ara koilotēta echei pollēn, hę̄ tēn lagneian hypodechetai tēn kenēn, hotan apostraphōsi peri tēn apokyēsin ascholoumenoi tēs apotexeōs hoi
When it becomes like the surrounding air again and is relaxed in spring, the breath is freed from confinement, carried through the widened arteries that were before closed; the song no longer warbles faintly withered, but already blooms clear, and their voice pours out more fully, and the song of the birds becomes the springtime of their voice. So neither must we ever believe that the hyena changes its nature. Nor does the same animal have both organs, male and female, as some have supposed, telling tales of hermaphrodites and inventing this third, man-woman nature between female and male. They are much mistaken, not understanding the artistry of nature, mother and creator of all. Since the hyena is a very lustful animal, it has under the tail, in front of the passage for excrement, a fleshy growth resembling in shape the female organ. This formation of flesh has no passage leading to anything useful, either to a womb or to the rectum; it has only a large cavity, which receives the empty lust when the
2.10.86Stählin 1:209–210
πόροι. τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἄρρενί τε καὶ θηλείᾳ προσπέφυκεν ὑαίνῃ διὰ τὸν ὑπερβάλλοντα πασχητιασμόν· ἀλληλίζει γὰρ καὶ ὁ ἄρρην, ὅθεν καὶ σπανιαίτατα θήλειαν ἔστιν ὕαιναν λαβεῖν· οὐ γὰρ συνεχεῖς αἱ κυήσεις τῷ ζῴῳ γίγνονται τούτῳ πλεοναζούσης ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀδεῶς τῆς παρὰ φύσιν σπορᾶς. ταύτῃ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ἐν Φαίδρῳ τὴν παιδεραστίαν ἀποκρουόμενος θηρίον αὐτὴν προσειπεῖν, ὅτι »τὸν χαλινὸν ἐνδακόντες« οἱ ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ἔκδοτοι λάγνοι »τετραπόδων νόμῳ βαίνουσι καὶ παιδοσπορεῖν ἐπιχειροῦσιν«· τοὺς δὲ ἀθέους »παρέδωκεν ὁ θεός«, ὥς φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας· αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρρενες αὐτῶν ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους, ἄρρενες ἐν ἄρρεσι τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν, ἣν ἔδει, τῆς πλάνης
poroi. to de auto touto arreni te kai thēleią prospephyken hyainę̄ dia ton hyperballonta paschētiasmon; allēlizei gar kai ho arrēn, hothen kai spaniaitata thēleian estin hyainan labein; ou gar synecheis hai kyēseis tǭ zǭǭ gignontai toutǭ pleonazousēs en autois adeōs tēs para physin sporas. tautę̄ moi dokei kai ho Platōn en Phaidrǭ tēn paiderastian apokrouomenos thērion autēn proseipein, hoti »ton chalinon endakontes« hoi tais hēdonais ekdotoi lagnoi »tetrapodōn nomǭ bainousi kai paidosporein epicheirousin«; tous de atheous »paredōken ho theos«, hōs phēsin ho apostolos, »eis pathē atimias; hai te gar thēleiai autōn metēllaxan tēn physikēn chrēsin eis tēn para physin, homoiōs de kai hoi arrenes autōn aphentes tēn physikēn chrēsin exekauthēsan en tę̄ orexei autōn eis allēlous, arrenes en arresi tēn aschēmosynēn katergazomenoi kai tēn antimisthian, hēn edei, tēs planēs
passages are turned away, occupied with bearing young. This same thing grows on both male and female hyena because of their excessive perversion; for the male too mounts the male, so that very rarely can one catch a female hyena; for pregnancies are not frequent in this animal, since unnatural sowing abounds unrestrainedly among them. That is why, it seems to me, Plato too, in the Phaedrus, rejecting pederasty, called it a beast, because the lustful, given up to pleasures, “taking the bit in their teeth, go after the manner of four-footed beasts and try to beget children.” And God “gave up” the godless, as the apostle says, “to dishonorable passions; for their women exchanged natural use for what is against nature, and likewise the men too, leaving the natural use of women, were inflamed in their desire for one another, men with men committing what is shameful, and receiving in themselves the due penalty of their error.”
2.10.87Stählin 1:210
αὐτῶν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες.« καίτοι οὐδὲ τοῖς λαγνιστάτοις τῶν ζῴων συγκεχώρηκεν ἡ φύσις τὸν τῆς περιττώσεως πόρον ἐπιθοροῦν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ οὖρον εἰς κύστιν ἀποκρίνεται, ἡ δὲ ἐξυγρασμένη τροφὴ εἰς κοιλίαν, τὸ δάκρυον δὲ εἰς ὄμμα, αἷμα εἰς φλέβας, ῥύπος εἰς ὦτα, μύξαι ἐπὶ τὰς ῥῖνας καταφέρονται· συνεχὴς δὲ ἡ ἕδρα τῷ πέρατι τοῦ ἀπευθυσμένου, διʼ ἧς ἀποπτύεται τὰ περιττώματα. μόνον δὲ ἄρα ἐπὶ τῶν ὑαινῶν ἡ ποικίλη φύσις ταῖς ὀχείαις ταῖς περιτταῖς μόριόν τι τοῦτο ἐπινενόηκεν περιττόν. διὸ καὶ μέχρι τινὸς κοῖλόν ἐστιν εἰς διακονίαν κνηστιώντων μορίων, ἀποτυφλοῦται δὲ ἐντεῦθεν ἡ κοιλότης· οὐ γὰρ εἰς γένεσιν δεδημιούργηται. ἐντεῦθεν συμφανὲς ἡμῖν ὁμολογουμένως παραιτεῖσθαι δεῖν τὰς ἀρρενομιξίας καὶ τὰς ἀκάρπους σπορὰς καὶ τὰς κατόπιν εὐνὰς καὶ τὰς ἀσυμφυεῖς ἀνδρογύνους κοινωνίας, ἑπομένους τῇ φύσει αὐτῇ ἀπαγορευούσῃ διὰ τῆς τῶν μορίων κατασκευῆς, οὐκ εἰς παραδοχὴν σπέρματος, εἰς δὲ τὴν πρόεσιν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἄρρεν ἀνδρωσάσῃ. ὁ δὲ Ἱερεμίας ὁπηνίκα ἂν φῇ, τοῦτʼ ἔστι διʼ αὐτοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα, »σπήλαιον ὑαίνης γέγονεν ὁ οἶκός μου«, τὴν ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν σωμάτων μυσαττόμενος τροφὴν ἀλληγορίᾳ σοφῇ τὴν εἰδωλολατρείαν διαβέβληκε· δεῖ γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἁγνὸν εἰδώλων τὸν τοῦ ζῶντος οἶκον εἶναι θεοῦ.
autōn en heautois apolambanontes.« kaitoi oude tois lagnistatois tōn zǭōn synkechōrēken hē physis ton tēs perittōseōs poron epithoroun; to men gar ouron eis kystin apokrinetai, hē de exygrasmenē trophē eis koilian, to dakryon de eis omma, haima eis phlebas, rhypos eis ōta, myxai epi tas rhinas katapherontai; synechēs de hē hedra tǭ perati tou apeuthysmenou, diʼ hēs apoptyetai ta perittōmata. monon de ara epi tōn hyainōn hē poikilē physis tais ocheiais tais perittais morion ti touto epinenoēken peritton. dio kai mechri tinos koilon estin eis diakonian knēstiōntōn moriōn, apotyphloutai de enteuthen hē koilotēs; ou gar eis genesin dedēmiourgētai. enteuthen symphanes hēmin homologoumenōs paraiteisthai dein tas arrenomixias kai tas akarpous sporas kai tas katopin eunas kai tas asymphyeis androgynous koinōnias, hepomenous tę̄ physei autę̄ apagoreuousę̄ dia tēs tōn moriōn kataskeuēs, ouk eis paradochēn spermatos, eis de tēn proesin autou to arren andrōsasę̄. ho de Hieremias hopēnika an phę̄, toutʼ esti diʼ autou to pneuma, »spēlaion hyainēs gegonen ho oikos mou«, tēn ek tōn nekrōn sōmatōn mysattomenos trophēn allēgorią sophę̄ tēn eidōlolatreian diabeblēke; dei gar hōs alēthōs hagnon eidōlōn ton tou zōntos oikon einai theou.
(… penalty of their error.) Yet nature has not permitted even the most lustful of animals to mount the passage of excretion. Urine is discharged into the bladder, liquefied food into the bowel, tears into the eye, blood into the veins, wax into the ears, mucus into the nose; and the anus, through which the residues are expelled, is continuous with the end of the rectum. Only in hyenas has varied nature, for their excessive matings, devised this superfluous part. So it is hollow for a certain distance, to serve the itching members, and then the hollow is blind; for it was not made for generation. From this it is plain to us that we must reject intercourse of males with males, fruitless sowing, intercourse from behind, and unnatural man-woman unions, following nature itself, which forbids them by the structure of the parts, having made the male a man for emitting seed, not for receiving it. And when Jeremiah says, that is, the Spirit through him, “My house has become a hyena's den,” loathing food from dead bodies, he condemns idolatry by a wise allegory; for truly the house of the living God must be pure of idols.
2.10.88Stählin 1:210–211
Πάλιν ὁ Μωσῆς καὶ τὸν λαγὼ ἐσθίειν ἀπαγορεύει· ὀχεύει πᾶσαν τὴν ὥραν ὁ λαγώς, καὶ ἐπιβαίνει συγκαθεσθείσης τῆς θηλείας κατόπιν ἐπιών· ἔστι γὰρ ὀπισθοβατικόν· κυεῖ δὲ κατὰ μῆνα καὶ ἐπικυΐσκεται· ὀχεύεται δὲ καὶ τίκτει, τεκοῦσα δὲ εὐθὺς ὀχεύεται ὑφʼ οὗ ἂν τύχῃ λαγωοῦ· οὐ γὰρ ἑνὶ ἀρκεῖται γάμῳ. καὶ συλλαμβάνει πάλιν ἔτι θηλαζομένη· ἔχει γὰρ τὴν ὑστέραν δικρόαν. καὶ οὐχὶ τὸ κένωμα μόνον τῆς ὑστέρας ἱκανὸν αὐτῇ γίνεται συνουσίας ὁρμητήριον· τὸ γὰρ κενὸν πᾶν ἐπιθυμεῖ πληρώσεως· συμβαίνει δʼ, ὅταν κυῶσι, θάτερον μέρος τῆς ὑστέρας κατέχεσθαι τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ καὶ ὀργᾶν. διὰ τοῦτο ἐπικυήσεις γίνονται αὐτοῖς. ἀπέχεσθαι τοίνυν σφοδρῶν τε ὀρέξεων καὶ ἐπαλλήλων συνουσιῶν καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὰς ἐγκύους ὁμιλίας καὶ ἀλληλοβασίας καὶ παιδοφθορίας καὶ μοιχείας καὶ λαγνείας ἡ τοῦ αἰνίγματος τοῦδε ἀπαγόρευσις παρῄνεσεν.
Palin ho Mōsēs kai ton lagō esthiein apagoreuei; ocheuei pasan tēn hōran ho lagōs, kai epibainei synkathestheisēs tēs thēleias katopin epiōn; esti gar opisthobatikon; kyei de kata mēna kai epikyïsketai; ocheuetai de kai tiktei, tekousa de euthys ocheuetai hyphʼ hou an tychę̄ lagōou; ou gar heni arkeitai gamǭ. kai syllambanei palin eti thēlazomenē; echei gar tēn hysteran dikroan. kai ouchi to kenōma monon tēs hysteras hikanon autę̄ ginetai synousias hormētērion; to gar kenon pan epithymei plērōseōs; symbainei dʼ, hotan kyōsi, thateron meros tēs hysteras katechesthai tę̄ epithymią kai organ. dia touto epikyēseis ginontai autois. apechesthai toinyn sphodrōn te orexeōn kai epallēlōn synousiōn kai tēs pros tas enkyous homilias kai allēlobasias kai paidophthorias kai moicheias kai lagneias hē tou ainigmatos toude apagoreusis parę̄nesen.
Again, Moses forbids eating the hare. The hare mates at every season, and mounts the female from behind as she crouches; for it mates from behind. It conceives every month and conceives again while pregnant; it mates and gives birth, and as soon as it has given birth it mates with whatever hare it happens on; for it is not content with one mate. And it conceives again while still suckling, for it has a double womb. Not only is the emptiness of the womb a spur to intercourse (for everything empty desires filling), but when they are pregnant, the other part of the womb is gripped by desire and in heat; that is why they conceive again while pregnant. The prohibition in this riddle, then, advised abstaining from violent desires, from repeated intercourse, from intercourse with pregnant women, from homosexual acts, from the corruption of boys, from adultery, and from lust.
2.10.89Stählin 1:211
Ταύτῃ τοι ἀναφανδόν, οὐ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων ἔτι, ὁ αὐτὸς ἀπηγόρευσεν Μωυσῆς γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ, »οὐ πορνεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ παιδοφθορήσεις« λέγων. τὸ δὴ διάταγμα τοῦ λόγου παντὶ διατηρητέον σθένει, καὶ οὐδὲν οὐδαμῶς παρανομητέον, οὐδὲ ἀκυρωτέον τὰς ἐντολάς· ἐπιθυμίᾳ γὰρ κακῇ ὄνομα ὕβρις, καὶ τὸν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἵππον »ὑβριστὴν« ὁ Πλάτων προσεῖπεν, »ἵπποι θηλυμανεῖς ἐγενήθητέ μοι« ἀναγνούς. τὴν δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ὕβρει δίκην γνωριοῦσιν ὑμῖν οἱ εἰς τὰ Σόδομα παραγεγονότες ἄγγελοι. οὗτοι τοὺς περᾶν ἐθελήσαντας σφᾶς [ἐπαισχῦναι] αὐτῇ πόλει κατέφλεξαν, δεῖγμα ἐναργὲς τοῦτο, λαγνείας ἐπικάρπιον τὸ πῦρ, ὑπογράφοντες· τὰ γὰρ τῶν παλαιῶν συμπτώματα, ὡς καὶ πρόσθεν εἴπομεν, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀναγεγράφαται νουθεσίαν, ὡς μὴ
Tautę̄ toi anaphandon, ou diʼ ainigmatōn eti, ho autos apēgoreusen Mōysēs gymnę̄ tę̄ kephalę̄, »ou porneuseis, ou moicheuseis, ou paidophthorēseis« legōn. to dē diatagma tou logou panti diatērēteon sthenei, kai ouden oudamōs paranomēteon, oude akyrōteon tas entolas; epithymią gar kakę̄ onoma hybris, kai ton tēs epithymias hippon »hybristēn« ho Platōn proseipen, »hippoi thēlymaneis egenēthēte moi« anagnous. tēn de epi tę̄ hybrei dikēn gnōriousin hymin hoi eis ta Sodoma paragegonotes angeloi. houtoi tous peran ethelēsantas sphas [epaischynai] autę̄ polei katephlexan, deigma enarges touto, lagneias epikarpion to pyr, hypographontes; ta gar tōn palaiōn symptōmata, hōs kai prosthen eipomen, eis tēn hēmeteran anagegraphatai nouthesian, hōs mē
So the same Moses forbade it openly, no longer through riddles, with bare head, saying, “You shall not commit sexual immorality, you shall not commit adultery, you shall not corrupt boys.” The ordinance of the Word must be kept with all our strength; nothing must in any way be transgressed, nor the commandments made void. For insolence is the name of evil desire, and Plato called the horse of desire “insolent,” having read, “You have become horses mad for females.” The angels who came to Sodom will show you the punishment for insolence. Those who wished to shame them they burned up with the city itself, marking out a clear example: fire, the fruit of lust. For what happened to the ancients has been written, as we said before, for our admonition, so that we may not
2.10.90Stählin 1:211–212
τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐνσχεθῆναι, φυλάξασθαι δὲ μὴ περιπεσεῖν τοῖς ἴσοις. χρὴ δὲ υἱοὺς μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς παῖδας, εἰς δὲ τὰς γυναῖκας τὰς ἀλλοτρίας ὡς ἰδίας ἀφορᾶν θυγατέρας κρατεῖν τε ἡδονῶν γαστρός τε ἔτι καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ γαστέρα δεσπόζειν ἀρχικώτατον. εἰ γὰρ οὐδὲ τὸν δάκτυλον ὡς ἔτυχε σαλεύειν τῷ σοφῷ ὁ λόγος ἐπιτρέπει, ὡς ὁμολογοῦσιν οἱ Στωϊκοί, πῶς οὐχὶ πολὺ πλέον τοῦ συνουσιαστικοῦ ἐπικρατητέον μορίου τοῖς σοφίαν διώκουσιν; ταύτῃ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὠνομάσθαι αἰδοῖον, ὅτι χρὴ παντὸς μᾶλλον τούτῳ τοῦ σώματος τῷ μέρει χρῆσθαι μετὰ αἰδοῦς· ἡ γὰρ φύσις ὥσπερ καὶ ταῖς τροφαῖς, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ νόμον γάμοις ὅσον οἰκεῖον καὶ χρήσιμον καὶ εὐπρεπὲς ἐπέτρεψεν ἡμῖν, ἐπέτρεψεν δὲ ὀρέγεσθαι παιδοποιίας. ὅσοι δὲ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν διώκουσι, πταίουσι περὶ τὸ κατὰ φύσιν, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς βλάπτοντες κατὰ τὰς παρανόμους συνουσίας. ἔχει γὰρ ὀρθῶς παντὸς μᾶλλον μή ποτε κοινωνεῖν καθάπερ θηλειῶν πρὸς μῖξιν ἀφροδισίων τοῖς νέοις.
tois autois enschethēnai, phylaxasthai de mē peripesein tois isois. chrē de huious men hēgeisthai tous paidas, eis de tas gynaikas tas allotrias hōs idias aphoran thygateras kratein te hēdonōn gastros te eti kai tōn hypo gastera despozein archikōtaton. ei gar oude ton daktylon hōs etyche saleuein tǭ sophǭ ho logos epitrepei, hōs homologousin hoi Stōïkoi, pōs ouchi poly pleon tou synousiastikou epikratēteon moriou tois sophian diōkousin? tautę̄ moi dokei kai ōnomasthai aidoion, hoti chrē pantos mallon toutǭ tou sōmatos tǭ merei chrēsthai meta aidous; hē gar physis hōsper kai tais trophais, houtō de kai tois kata nomon gamois hoson oikeion kai chrēsimon kai euprepes epetrepsen hēmin, epetrepsen de oregesthai paidopoiias. hosoi de tēn hyperbolēn diōkousi, ptaiousi peri to kata physin, sphas autous blaptontes kata tas paranomous synousias. echei gar orthōs pantos mallon mē pote koinōnein kathaper thēleiōn pros mixin aphrodisiōn tois neois.
be caught in the same things, but may guard against falling into like ones. We should regard boys as sons, and look on other men's wives as our own daughters, master the pleasures of the belly, and most commandingly rule what is below the belly. For if the Word does not permit the wise man, as the Stoics agree, to move even a finger at random, how much more must those who pursue wisdom master the organ of intercourse? That is why, it seems to me, it is called aidoion (“the part of modesty”), because we must use this part of the body, more than any other, with modesty (aidōs). For nature has permitted us, as with food, so with lawful marriages, what is proper, useful, and seemly; and it has permitted us to desire the begetting of children. Those who pursue excess stumble concerning what is natural, harming themselves in unlawful intercourse. Above all it is right never to have sexual relations with youths as if with women.
2.10.91Stählin 1:212
διὸ καὶ »μὴ εἰς πέτρας τε καὶ λίθους σπείρειν«, φησὶν ὁ ἐκ Μωυσέως φιλόσοφος, »ὅτι μήποτε φύσιν τὴν αὑτοῦ ῥιζωθὲν λήψεται γόνιμον«. πάνυ γοῦν ἐμφανέστατα διὰ Μωυσέως ὁ λόγος παρήγγειλεν· »καὶ μετὰ ἄρρενος οὐ κοιμηθήσῃ κοίτην γυναικείαν, βδέλυγμα γάρ ἐστι.« πρὸς δὲ καὶ »ἀρούρας θηλείας ἀπέχεσθαι πάσης«, ὅτι μὴ τῆς ἰδίας, ὁ καλὸς ἐκ τῶν θείων ἀναλεγόμενος γραφῶν συνεβούλευσεν Πλάτων ἐκεῖθεν τὸ νόμιμον ἐκλαβών· »καὶ πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον σου οὐ δώσεις κοίτην σοῦ σπέρματος τοῦ ἐκμιανθῆναι πρὸς αὐτήν.« »ἄθυτα δὲ παλλακίδων σπέρματα καὶ νόθα.« μὴ σπεῖρε οὗ »μὴ βούλοιο ἄν σοι φύεσθαι τὸ σπαρέν·« μηδὲ μὴν »ἅπτεσθαί τινος πλὴν γαμετῆς τὸ παράπαν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ γυναικός«, ἐξ ἧς μόνης καρποῦσθαι τὰς σαρκὸς ἡδονὰς δίκαιον εἰς διαδοχὰς γνησίας. νόμιμα γὰρ ταῦτα μόνα τῷ λόγῳ.
dio kai »mē eis petras te kai lithous speirein«, phēsin ho ek Mōyseōs philosophos, »hoti mēpote physin tēn hautou rhizōthen lēpsetai gonimon«. pany goun emphanestata dia Mōyseōs ho logos parēngeilen; »kai meta arrenos ou koimēthēsę̄ koitēn gynaikeian, bdelygma gar esti.« pros de kai »arouras thēleias apechesthai pasēs«, hoti mē tēs idias, ho kalos ek tōn theiōn analegomenos graphōn synebouleusen Platōn ekeithen to nomimon eklabōn; »kai pros tēn gynaika tou plēsion sou ou dōseis koitēn sou spermatos tou ekmianthēnai pros autēn.« »athyta de pallakidōn spermata kai notha.« mē speire hou »mē bouloio an soi phyesthai to sparen;« mēde mēn »haptesthai tinos plēn gametēs to parapan tēs heautou gynaikos«, ex hēs monēs karpousthai tas sarkos hēdonas dikaion eis diadochas gnēsias. nomima gar tauta mona tǭ logǭ.
So too “do not sow on rocks and stones,” says the philosopher who learned from Moses, “where it will never take root and find its fertile nature.” Most clearly the Word commanded through Moses: “You shall not lie with a male as with a woman; for it is an abomination.” And besides, “abstain from every female field” except one's own, the good Plato advised, gathering from the divine Scriptures and taking the law from there: “And you shall not give your bed of seed to your neighbor's wife, to be defiled with her.” “The seed of concubines is unhallowed and bastard.” Do not sow where you would not wish what is sown to grow; and do not touch anyone at all except your own wedded wife, from whom alone it is right to reap the pleasures of the flesh for legitimate descendants. For these alone are lawful by the Word.
2.10.92Stählin 1:212–213
θείας γέ τοι μοίρας τῆς δημιουργικῆς μεταλαβόντας σπέρμα οὐκ ἐκριπτέον οὐδὲ καθυβριστέον οὐδὲ μὴν κερασβόλα σπαρτέον. ὁ γοῦν αὐτὸς οὗτος Μωυσῆς καὶ ταῖς γαμεταῖς αὐταῖς ἀπαγορεύει πλησιάζειν, ἢν ταῖς ἐπιμηνίοις καθάρσεσιν ἐνεσχημέναι τύχωσιν. οὐ γάρ πω εὔλογον τῷ ἀποκαθάρματι τοῦ σώματος τὸ γονιμώτατον τοῦ σπέρματος καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγον ἄνθρωπον ὂν μολύνειν οὐδὲ μὴν ἀποκλύζειν τῷ ῥυπαρῷ τῆς ὕλης ῥεύματι καὶ ἀποκαθάρματι σπέρμα [δὲ] γενέσεως εὐφυοῦς τῶν τῆς μήτρας ἀποστερούμενον αὐλάκων. οὐδέ τινα τῶν παλαιῶν Ἑβραίων ἐγκύμονι τῇ αὑτοῦ γυναικὶ συνιόντα παρήγαγεν· ψιλὴ γὰρ ἡδονή, κἂν ἐν γάμῳ παραληφθῇ, παράνομός ἐστι καὶ ἄδικος καὶ ἄλογος· ἔμπαλιν δὲ ὁ Μωυσῆς ἀπάγει τῶν ἐγκύων τοὺς ἄνδρας ἄχρις ἂν ἀποκυήσωσιν· τῷ ὄντι γὰρ ἡ ὑστέρα ὑποκειμένη μὲν τῇ κύστει, ἐπικειμένη δὲ τῷ ἐντέρῳ τῷ καλουμένῳ ἀρχῷ ἐκτείνει τὸν τράχηλον μεταξὺ τῶν ὤμων ἐν τῇ κύστει, καὶ τὸ στόμιον τοῦ τραχήλου, ᾧ προσίεται τὸ σπέρμα, πεπληρωμένον μέμυκεν, αὖθίς τε ἀποκενοῦται καθαιρομένη κυήσει, ἀποθεμένη δὲ τὸν καρπὸν εἶτα ἐπιδέχεται τὸν σπόρον.
theias ge toi moiras tēs dēmiourgikēs metalabontas sperma ouk ekripteon oude kathybristeon oude mēn kerasbola sparteon. ho goun autos houtos Mōysēs kai tais gametais autais apagoreuei plēsiazein, ēn tais epimēniois katharsesin eneschēmenai tychōsin. ou gar pō eulogon tǭ apokatharmati tou sōmatos to gonimōtaton tou spermatos kai metʼ oligon anthrōpon on molynein oude mēn apoklyzein tǭ rhyparǭ tēs hylēs rheumati kai apokatharmati sperma [de] geneseōs euphyous tōn tēs mētras aposteroumenon aulakōn. oude tina tōn palaiōn Hebraiōn enkymoni tę̄ hautou gynaiki synionta parēgagen; psilē gar hēdonē, kan en gamǭ paralēphthę̄, paranomos esti kai adikos kai alogos; empalin de ho Mōysēs apagei tōn enkyōn tous andras achris an apokyēsōsin; tǭ onti gar hē hystera hypokeimenē men tę̄ kystei, epikeimenē de tǭ enterǭ tǭ kaloumenǭ archǭ ekteinei ton trachēlon metaxy tōn ōmōn en tę̄ kystei, kai to stomion tou trachēlou, hǭ prosietai to sperma, peplērōmenon memyken, authis te apokenoutai kathairomenē kyēsei, apothemenē de ton karpon eita epidechetai ton sporon.
Those who have received a share in the divine creative work must not throw away seed, nor outrage it, nor sow it on barren ground. This same Moses forbids husbands even to approach their own wives if they happen to be in their monthly cleansing. For it is not reasonable to defile with the body's refuse the most fertile part of the seed, which will soon be a human being, nor to wash away with the filthy flow and refuse of matter the seed of a well-born generation, deprived of the furrows of the womb. Nor did he bring forward any of the ancient Hebrews having intercourse with his wife when she was pregnant; for bare pleasure, even if taken in marriage, is unlawful, unjust, and irrational. On the contrary, Moses keeps husbands away from pregnant wives until they give birth. For in fact the womb, lying above the bladder and upon the intestine called the rectum, stretches its neck between the shoulders into the bladder; and the mouth of the neck, by which it admits the seed, closes when it is filled, and is emptied again when cleansed by childbirth; and having delivered its fruit, it then receives the seed.
2.10.93Stählin 1:213
οὐκ αἰσχρὸν δὲ ἡμῖν ἐπʼ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἀκουόντων τὰ κυητικὰ ὀνομάζειν ὄργανα, ὧν οὐκ ἐπῃσχύνθη τὴν δημιουργίαν ὁ θεός. διψῶσα τοίνυν ἡ ὑστέρα παιδοποιίας προσίεται τὴν σποράν, καὶ τὸ ἐπίψογον τῆς συνουσίας ἀρνεῖται, μετὰ τὴν σπορὰν ἀποκλείουσα τέλεον ἤδη τὴν ἀσέλγειαν μεμυκότι τῷ στόματι. αἱ δὲ ὀρέξεις αὐτῆς αἱ τέως περὶ τὰς φιλοστόργους συμπλοκὰς δεδονημέναι, ἀποστραφεῖσαι, ἔνδον περὶ τὴν παιδοποιίαν ἀσχολούμεναι συνεργοῦσι τῷ δημιουργῷ. οὐ δὴ θέμις ἐργαζομένην τὴν φύσιν ἤδη ἐνοχλεῖν ἔτι, περιττεύοντας εἰς ὕβριν· ὕβρις δέ, ἡ πολυώνυμος καὶ πολυειδής, ἐπειδὰν ἐκτραπῇ κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀταξίας τὸ μέρος τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἀφροδίτην, λαγνεία κέκληται, τὸ λαϊκὸν καὶ δημῶδες καὶ τὸ ἄναγνον. τὸ περὶ τὰς ὀχείας [τὸ] καταφερές, ἐμφαίνοντος τοῦ ὀνόματος, ἐξ ὧν αὐξηθέντων τὸ πολὺ τῶν νοσημάτων πλῆθος ἐπισυμβαίνει, φιλοψία, φιλοινία, φιλογυνία, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἀσωτία καὶ φιληδονία πᾶσα, ὧν τυραννεύει ἐπιθυμία. μυρία δὲ τούτοις αὔξεται ἀδελφὰ παθήματα, ἐξ ὧν τὸ ἀκόλαστον κορυφοῦται ἦθος· λέγει δὲ ἡ γραφή· »ἑτοιμάζονται ἀκολάστοις μάστιγες καὶ τιμωρίαι ὤμοις ἀφρόνων«, τὴν ἰσχὺν τῆς ἀκολασίας καὶ τὴν εὔτονον ὑπομονὴν »ὤμους ἀφρόνων« καλοῦσα. διὰ τοῦτό τοι »ἀπόστησον ἀπὸ τῶν δούλων σου ἐλπίδας κενάς, καὶ ἐπιθυμίας«, φησίν, »ἀπρεπεῖς ἀπόστρεψον ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ, κοιλίας ὄρεξις καὶ συνουσιασμὸς μὴ καταλαβέτωσάν με«. πόρρωθεν οὖν ἀπερύκειν χρὴ τὴν πολλὴν τῶν ἐπιβούλων κακουργίαν· οὐ γὰρ εἰς τὴν Κράτητος πήραν μόνον, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν πόλιν »εἰσπλεῖ οὐ μωρὸς παράσιτος οὐδὲ λίχνος πόρνος πυγῇ ἀγαλλόμενος, οὐ δολερὰ πόρνη,« ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον ἡδονῆς θηρίον. πολλὴ οὖν ἡμῖν ἐγκατεσπάρθω παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον ἀξιοπραγία.
ouk aischron de hēmin epʼ ōpheleią tōn akouontōn ta kyētika onomazein organa, hōn ouk epę̄schynthē tēn dēmiourgian ho theos. dipsōsa toinyn hē hystera paidopoiias prosietai tēn sporan, kai to epipsogon tēs synousias arneitai, meta tēn sporan apokleiousa teleon ēdē tēn aselgeian memykoti tǭ stomati. hai de orexeis autēs hai teōs peri tas philostorgous symplokas dedonēmenai, apostrapheisai, endon peri tēn paidopoiian ascholoumenai synergousi tǭ dēmiourgǭ. ou dē themis ergazomenēn tēn physin ēdē enochlein eti, peritteuontas eis hybrin; hybris de, hē polyōnymos kai polyeidēs, epeidan ektrapę̄ kata touto tēs ataxias to meros to kata tēn aphroditēn, lagneia keklētai, to laïkon kai dēmōdes kai to anagnon. to peri tas ocheias [to] katapheres, emphainontos tou onomatos, ex hōn auxēthentōn to poly tōn nosēmatōn plēthos episymbainei, philopsia, philoinia, philogynia, kai dē kai asōtia kai philēdonia pasa, hōn tyranneuei epithymia. myria de toutois auxetai adelpha pathēmata, ex hōn to akolaston koryphoutai ēthos; legei de hē graphē; »hetoimazontai akolastois mastiges kai timōriai ōmois aphronōn«, tēn ischyn tēs akolasias kai tēn eutonon hypomonēn »ōmous aphronōn« kalousa. dia touto toi »apostēson apo tōn doulōn sou elpidas kenas, kai epithymias«, phēsin, »aprepeis apostrepson apʼ emou, koilias orexis kai synousiasmos mē katalabetōsan me«. porrōthen oun aperykein chrē tēn pollēn tōn epiboulōn kakourgian; ou gar eis tēn Kratētos pēran monon, allʼ oude eis tēn hēmeteran polin »eisplei ou mōros parasitos oude lichnos pornos pygę̄ agallomenos, ou dolera pornē,« allʼ oude allo ti toiouton hēdonēs thērion. pollē oun hēmin enkatesparthō parʼ holon ton bion axiopragia.
It is not shameful for us, for the benefit of our hearers, to name the organs of childbearing, whose creation God was not ashamed of. The womb, then, thirsting for childbearing, receives the seed and refuses the blameworthy part of intercourse, shutting out licentiousness entirely after the sowing by closing its mouth. Its appetites, formerly stirred by loving embraces, turn away and, occupied within with bearing the child, cooperate with the Creator. It is not right to disturb nature further when it is already at work, going to excess in insolence. Insolence, which has many names and many forms, when it turns aside in this part of disorder, that concerned with sexual love, is called lagneia (“lust”), the common, vulgar, and impure. The proneness to mating, as the name shows: from these, when they increase, comes the great multitude of diseases: love of delicacies, love of wine, love of women, and indeed profligacy and every love of pleasure, over which desire tyrannizes. Countless kindred passions grow with these, from which the licentious character comes to its height. Scripture says: “Scourges are prepared for the licentious, and punishments for the shoulders of fools,” calling the strength of licentiousness and its vigorous endurance “the shoulders of fools.” That is why: “Remove from your servants vain hopes,” it says, “and turn away from me unseemly desires; let not the appetite of the belly and sexual lust take hold of me.” We must keep far off the great villainy of those who plot against us. For not only into the wallet of Crates, but also into our city, “sails no foolish parasite, nor dainty lecher glorying in his buttocks, nor deceitful harlot,” nor any other such beast of pleasure. Let great dignity of conduct be sown in us throughout our whole life.
2.10.94Stählin 1:213–214
Καθόλου μὲν οὖν εἰ γαμητέον ἢ γάμου εἰς τὸ παντελὲς καθαρευτέον (ἔχεται γὰρ ζητήσεως καὶ τοῦτο), ἐν τῷ Περὶ ἐγκρατείας ἡμῖν δεδήλωται. εἰ δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, εἰ γαμητέον, ἐδέησε σκέψεως, πῶς ἂν ἐπιτραπείη ἀνέδην καθάπερ τροφῇ, οὕτω δὲ καὶ συνουσίᾳ ὡς ἀναγκαίῳ κεχρῆσθαι ἑκάστοτε; ἔστι γοῦν συνιδεῖν ἐξ αὐτῆς καθάπερ στήμονας τὰ νεῦρα διαφορούμενα καὶ περὶ τὴν ἐπίτασιν τῆς ὁμιλίας διαρρηγνύμενα· ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἀχλὺν περισκεδάννυσι τοῖς αἰσθητηρίοις, κόπτει δὲ καὶ τοὺς τόνους. σαφὲς τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν ἀσκήσει σωμάτων, ὧν οἱ ἀπεχόμενοι ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι τῶν ἀντιπάλων περιγίνονται, τὰ δὲ ἀπάγεται τῆς ὀχείας περιελκόμενα, μονονουχὶ συρόμενα, ἰσχύος ἁπάσης καὶ ὁρούσεως τέλεον κεκενωμένα. »μικρὰν ἐπιληψίαν« τὴν συνουσίαν ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης ἔλεγεν σοφιστής, νόσον ἀνίατον ἡγούμενος. ἦ γὰρ οὐχὶ καὶ ἐκλύσεις παρέπονται τῷ μεγέθει τῆς ἀπουσίας ἀνατιθέμεναι; »ἄνθρωπος γὰρ ἐξ ἀνθρώπου ἐκφύεταί τε καὶ ἀποσπᾶται.« ὅρα τὸ μέγεθος τῆς βλάβης. ὅλος ἄνθρωπος ἀποσπᾶται κατὰ συνουσίας ἀπουσίαν· φησὶ γάρ· »τοῦτο νῦν ὀστοῦν ἐκ τῶν ὀστέων μου καὶ σὰρξ ἐκ τῆς σαρκός μου.« τοσοῦτον ἄρα ὁ ἄνθρωπος κενοῦται τῷ σπέρματι, ὅσος ὁρᾶται τῷ σώματι· ἀρχὴ γὰρ γενέσεως τὸ ἀπαλλαττόμενον. ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ὕλης ὁ βρασμὸς ἐκταράττει καὶ συγκρούει τὴν ἁρμονίαν τοῦ σώματος.
Katholou men oun ei gamēteon ē gamou eis to panteles kathareuteon (echetai gar zētēseōs kai touto), en tǭ Peri enkrateias hēmin dedēlōtai. ei de auto touto, ei gamēteon, edeēse skepseōs, pōs an epitrapeiē anedēn kathaper trophę̄, houtō de kai synousią hōs anankaiǭ kechrēsthai hekastote? esti goun synidein ex autēs kathaper stēmonas ta neura diaphoroumena kai peri tēn epitasin tēs homilias diarrēgnymena; nai mēn kai achlyn periskedannysi tois aisthētēriois, koptei de kai tous tonous. saphes touto kai epi tōn alogōn zǭōn kai epi tōn en askēsei sōmatōn, hōn hoi apechomenoi en tois agōsi tōn antipalōn periginontai, ta de apagetai tēs ocheias perielkomena, mononouchi syromena, ischyos hapasēs kai horouseōs teleon kekenōmena. »mikran epilēpsian« tēn synousian ho Abdēritēs elegen sophistēs, noson aniaton hēgoumenos. ē gar ouchi kai eklyseis parepontai tǭ megethei tēs apousias anatithemenai? »anthrōpos gar ex anthrōpou ekphyetai te kai apospatai.« hora to megethos tēs blabēs. holos anthrōpos apospatai kata synousias apousian; phēsi gar; »touto nyn ostoun ek tōn osteōn mou kai sarx ek tēs sarkos mou.« tosouton ara ho anthrōpos kenoutai tǭ spermati, hosos horatai tǭ sōmati; archē gar geneseōs to apallattomenon. alla kai tēs hylēs ho brasmos ektarattei kai synkrouei tēn harmonian tou sōmatos.
Whether, in general, one should marry or keep entirely pure of marriage (for this too is a subject of inquiry) we have explained in our work On Self-Control. But if even the question whether one should marry needed consideration, how could it be permitted to use intercourse freely on every occasion, like food, as a necessity? One can see from it the sinews being worn out like the threads of a warp and broken in the strain of the act; it also spreads a mist over the senses and cuts down the strength. This is plain in irrational animals and in bodies in training: those who abstain overcome their opponents in contests, while the animals are led away from mating dragged about, all but drawn along, completely emptied of all strength and vigor. The sophist of Abdera called intercourse “a minor epilepsy,” thinking it an incurable disease. Do not faintings follow, attributed to the greatness of the loss? “For a human being grows from a human being and is torn from him.” See the greatness of the harm: a whole human being is torn away in the loss of intercourse; for it says, “This now is bone of my bones and flesh of my flesh.” A man is emptied by the seed as much as is seen in the body; for what departs is the beginning of generation. And the agitation of matter too disturbs and jars the harmony of the body.
2.10.95Stählin 1:214–215
ἀστεῖος οὖν μάλα ἐκεῖνος ὁ πρὸς τὸν ἐρόμενον πῶς ἔχοι πρὸς τὰ ἀφροδίσια, »εὐφήμει«, φήσας, »ἄνθρωπε, ἀσμενέστατα μέντοι αὐτὰ ἀπέφυγον ὥσπερ λυττῶντα καὶ ἄγριον δεσπότην.« ἀλλʼ ἐγκεκρίσθω δὴ ὁ γάμος καὶ ἐγκατατετάχθω· »πληθύνεσθαι« γὰρ ὁ κύριος βούλεται τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα, ἀλλʼ οὐκ »ἀσελγαίνετε« λέγει οὐδὲ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καθάπερ εἰς ὀχείαν γεγονότας ἐκδίδοσθαι ἡδοναῖς ἠθέλησεν. δυσωπείτω δὲ ἡμᾶς ὁ παιδαγωγὸς διʼ Ἐζεκιὴλ βοῶν »περιτέμνεσθε τὴν πορνείαν ὑμῶν«. ἔχει τινὰ καιρὸν εὔθετον εἰς σπόρον καὶ τὰ ἄλογα τῶν ζῴων. τὸ δὲ μὴ εἰς παίδων γονὴν συνιέναι ἐνυβρίζειν ἐστὶ τῇ φύσει, ἣν χρὴ διδάσκαλον ἐπιγραφομένους τὰς σοφὰς τοῦ καιροῦ ἐπιτηρεῖν παιδαγωγίας, τὸ γῆρας λέγω καὶ τὴν παιδικὴν ἡλικίαν, παρεισάγουσαν (τοῖς μὲν γὰρ οὐδέπω συνεχώρησεν, τοὺς δὲ οὐκέτι βούλεται γαμεῖν), πλὴν οὐ πάντοτε γαμεῖν.
asteios oun mala ekeinos ho pros ton eromenon pōs echoi pros ta aphrodisia, »euphēmei«, phēsas, »anthrōpe, asmenestata mentoi auta apephygon hōsper lyttōnta kai agrion despotēn.« allʼ enkekristhō dē ho gamos kai enkatatetachthō; »plēthynesthai« gar ho kyrios bouletai tēn anthrōpotēta, allʼ ouk »aselgainete« legei oude sphas autous kathaper eis ocheian gegonotas ekdidosthai hēdonais ēthelēsen. dysōpeitō de hēmas ho paidagōgos diʼ Ezekiēl boōn »peritemnesthe tēn porneian hymōn«. echei tina kairon eutheton eis sporon kai ta aloga tōn zǭōn. to de mē eis paidōn gonēn synienai enybrizein esti tę̄ physei, hēn chrē didaskalon epigraphomenous tas sophas tou kairou epitērein paidagōgias, to gēras legō kai tēn paidikēn hēlikian, pareisagousan (tois men gar oudepō synechōrēsen, tous de ouketi bouletai gamein), plēn ou pantote gamein.
Very witty, then, was the man who, when asked how he stood with regard to sexual pleasures, said: “Hush, man; I have most gladly escaped them, as from a raging and savage master.” But let marriage be accepted and given its place; for the Lord wishes humanity “to multiply,” but he does not say “be licentious,” nor did he wish them to give themselves up to pleasures as if born for mating. Let the Instructor put us to shame, crying through Ezekiel, “Circumcise your sexual immorality.” Even irrational animals have a proper season for sowing. But to have intercourse not for the begetting of children is to outrage nature, which we should take as our teacher, observing the wise instructions of her times, I mean old age and childhood, which she introduces (for she has not yet allowed the one, and no longer wishes the other, to marry); nor should one marry at all times.
2.10.96Stählin 1:215
γάμος δὲ ἡ παιδοποιίας ὄρεξις, οὐχ ἡ τοῦ σπέρματος ἄτακτος ἔκκρισις ἡ παράνομος καὶ ἡ παράλογος. κατὰ φύσιν δʼ ἂν ἡμῖν χωροίη ὁ βίος ἅπας κρατοῦσι τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἄνωθεν μὴ κτείνουσί τε τὸ ἐκ προνοίας θεϊκῆς φυόμενον τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος κακοτέχνοις μηχαναῖς· αὗται γὰρ πορνείας ἐπικαλύμματι τοῖς ἐς παντελῆ κατασπῶσι φθορὰν φθορίοις συγχρώμεναι φαρμάκοις ἐξαμβλίσκουσιν ἅμα τῷ ἐμβρύῳ τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν. ἀλλʼ οἷς γε συγκεχώρηται γῆμαι, τούτοις ἐδέησεν παιδαγωγοῦ, ὡς μὴ μεθʼ ἡμέραν τὰ μυστικὰ τῆς φύσεως ἐκτελεῖσθαι ὄργια μηδὲ ἐξ ἐκκλησίας, φέρε, ἢ ἀγορᾶς ἥκοντα ἑωθινὸν ἀλεκτρυόνος ὀχεύειν δίκην, ὁπηνίκα εὐχῆς καὶ ἀναγνώσεως καὶ τῶν μεθʼ ἡμέραν εὐεργῶν ἔργων ὁ καιρός· ἑσπέρας δὲ ἀναπαύσασθαι καθήκει μετὰ τὴν ἑστίασιν καὶ
gamos de hē paidopoiias orexis, ouch hē tou spermatos ataktos ekkrisis hē paranomos kai hē paralogos. kata physin dʼ an hēmin chōroiē ho bios hapas kratousi tōn epithymiōn anōthen mē kteinousi te to ek pronoias theïkēs phyomenon tōn anthrōpōn genos kakotechnois mēchanais; hautai gar porneias epikalymmati tois es pantelē kataspōsi phthoran phthoriois synchrōmenai pharmakois exambliskousin hama tǭ embryǭ tēn philanthrōpian. allʼ hois ge synkechōrētai gēmai, toutois edeēsen paidagōgou, hōs mē methʼ hēmeran ta mystika tēs physeōs ekteleisthai orgia mēde ex ekklēsias, phere, ē agoras hēkonta heōthinon alektryonos ocheuein dikēn, hopēnika euchēs kai anagnōseōs kai tōn methʼ hēmeran euergōn ergōn ho kairos; hesperas de anapausasthai kathēkei meta tēn hestiasin kai
Marriage is the desire for the begetting of children, not the disorderly, unlawful, and irrational emission of seed. Our whole life would go according to nature if we mastered our desires from the start and did not kill, by evil devices, the human race born by divine providence. For women who, to hide their sexual immorality, use abortive drugs that bring on complete ruin, cast out their humanity together with the embryo. But those who have been permitted to marry need an Instructor, so that they may not perform the mystic rites of nature by day, nor, say, coming from church or from the market at dawn, mate like a rooster, when it is the time for prayer, reading, and the good works of the day. In the evening it is fitting to rest after the meal and
2.10.97Stählin 1:215
μετὰ τὴν ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀπολαύσεσιν εὐχαριστίαν. οὐκ ἀεὶ δὲ καιρὸν ἐνδίδωσιν ἡ φύσις τὴν ἔντευξιν τοῦ γάμου τελειοῦσθαι· καὶ γὰρ ποθεινοτέρα ἡ χρονιωτέρα συμπλοκή. οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ὡς ἐν σκότῳ νύκτωρ ἀκολαστητέον, ἀλλʼ ἐγκαθειρκτέον τῇ ψυχῇ τὸ αἰδῆμον οἱονεὶ φῶς τοῦ λογισμοῦ· οὐδὲν γὰρ τῆς ἱστουργούσης Πηνελόπης διοίσομεν, μεθʼ ἡμέραν μὲν τὰ σωφροσύνης ἐξυφαίνοντες δόγματα, νυκτὸς δὲ ἀναλύοντες, ἐπὴν εἰς κοίτην ἴωμεν· εἰ γὰρ σεμνότητα ἀσκητέον, ὥσπερ οὖν, πολὺ πλέον τῇ γυναικὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν σεμνότητα ἐπιδεικτέον τὰς ἀσχήμονας συμπλοκὰς παραιτούμενον καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πλησίον ἡ ἐχέγγυος πίστις οἴκοθεν παραγινέσθω. οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν, οὐκ ἔστι σεμνὸν παρʼ ἐκείνῃ νομισθῆναι, παρʼ ᾗ τὸ σεμνὸν οὐκ ἐμμάρτυρον δείκνυται ἐν αὐταῖς ἐκείναις ταῖς ὀξείαις ἡδοναῖς. εὔνοια δὲ ὀλισθηρῶς εἰς συνουσίαν ἔχειν ὁμολογοῦσα ὀλίγον ἀνθεῖ καὶ συγγηράσκει τῷ σώματι, ἔσθʼ ὅτε δὲ καὶ προγηράσκει μαρανθείσης τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, ὁπόταν τὴν γαμήλιον σωφροσύνην ἑταιρικαὶ καθυβρίσωσιν ἡδοναί· πτηναὶ γὰρ αἱ τῶν ἐρώντων καρδίαι καὶ σβέννυται μετανοίᾳ τὰ φίλτρα, τρέπεται δὲ πολλάκις τὸ φιλεῖν εἰς τὸ μισεῖν, ὁπόταν αἴσθηται τῆς καταγνώσεως ὁ κόρος.
meta tēn epi tais apolausesin eucharistian. ouk aei de kairon endidōsin hē physis tēn enteuxin tou gamou teleiousthai; kai gar potheinotera hē chroniōtera symplokē. ou mēn oudʼ hōs en skotǭ nyktōr akolastēteon, allʼ enkatheirkteon tę̄ psychę̄ to aidēmon hoionei phōs tou logismou; ouden gar tēs histourgousēs Pēnelopēs dioisomen, methʼ hēmeran men ta sōphrosynēs exyphainontes dogmata, nyktos de analyontes, epēn eis koitēn iōmen; ei gar semnotēta askēteon, hōsper oun, poly pleon tę̄ gynaiki tę̄ heautou tēn semnotēta epideikteon tas aschēmonas symplokas paraitoumenon kai tēs pros tous plēsion hē echengyos pistis oikothen paraginesthō. ou gar estin, ouk esti semnon parʼ ekeinę̄ nomisthēnai, parʼ hę̄ to semnon ouk emmartyron deiknytai en autais ekeinais tais oxeiais hēdonais. eunoia de olisthērōs eis synousian echein homologousa oligon anthei kai syngēraskei tǭ sōmati, esthʼ hote de kai progēraskei marantheisēs tēs epithymias, hopotan tēn gamēlion sōphrosynēn hetairikai kathybrisōsin hēdonai; ptēnai gar hai tōn erōntōn kardiai kai sbennytai metanoią ta philtra, trepetai de pollakis to philein eis to misein, hopotan aisthētai tēs katagnōseōs ho koros.
after thanksgiving for the good things enjoyed. Nature does not always give opportunity for fulfilling the intercourse of marriage; indeed, union after a longer interval is more desired. Nor should we be licentious at night, as if in darkness, but should keep modesty shut up in the soul, like the light of reason. For we will be no different from Penelope at her weaving if by day we weave the teachings of self-control and by night unravel them when we go to bed. For if we must practice dignity, as we must, we should show dignity much more to our own wife, refusing indecent embraces; and let trustworthy faithfulness toward our neighbors begin at home. For it is not, it is not possible to be thought dignified by a woman before whom dignity is not shown to be witnessed in those very sharp pleasures. Affection that confesses a slippery tendency toward intercourse blooms a little and ages with the body, and sometimes grows old before it, when desire has withered, whenever courtesan-like pleasures outrage marital self-control. For the hearts of lovers have wings, and their love charms are quenched by regret; and love often turns to hate when satiety perceives its own condemnation.
2.10.98Stählin 1:215–216
Ῥημάτων δὲ ἀκολάστων καὶ σχημάτων ἀσχημόνων ἑταιρικῶν τε φιλημάτων [ὀνόματα πορνικὰ] καὶ τοιουτωνί τινων λαγνευμάτων οὐδὲ ἐπιμνηστέον, τῷ μακαρίῳ πειθομένοις ἀποστόλῳ, διαρρήδην λέγοντι· »πορνεία δὲ καὶ ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα ἢ πλεονεξία μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν, καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις.« εὖ γοῦν τις εἰρηκέναι φαίνεται· »συνουσία ὤνησεν μὲν οὐδένα, ἀγαπητὸν δὲ εἰ μὴ ἔβλαψεν.« ἡ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ νόμον σφαλερά, εἰ μὴ ὅσον αὐτῆς ἐπὶ παιδοποιίᾳ, περὶ δὲ τῆς παρανόμου ἡ γραφὴ λέγει· »γυνὴ μισθία ἴση σιάλῳ λογισθήσεται, ὕπανδρος δὲ πύργος θανάτου τοῖς χρωμένοις.« κάπρῳ ἢ συῒ τὸ ἑταιρικὸν ἀπείκασε πάθος, θάνατον δὲ ζητούμενον εἴρηκεν τὴν μοιχείαν ἐπὶ πόρνῃ τηρουμένῃ.
Rhēmatōn de akolastōn kai schēmatōn aschēmonōn hetairikōn te philēmatōn [onomata pornika] kai toioutōni tinōn lagneumatōn oude epimnēsteon, tǭ makariǭ peithomenois apostolǭ, diarrēdēn legonti; »porneia de kai akatharsia pasa ē pleonexia mēde onomazesthō en hymin, kathōs prepei hagiois.« eu goun tis eirēkenai phainetai; »synousia ōnēsen men oudena, agapēton de ei mē eblapsen.« hē men gar kata nomon sphalera, ei mē hoson autēs epi paidopoiią, peri de tēs paranomou hē graphē legei; »gynē misthia isē sialǭ logisthēsetai, hypandros de pyrgos thanatou tois chrōmenois.« kaprǭ ē syï to hetairikon apeikase pathos, thanaton de zētoumenon eirēken tēn moicheian epi pornę̄ tēroumenę̄.
Licentious words, indecent postures, courtesans' kisses [whorish names], and such lustful acts must not even be mentioned, if we obey the blessed apostle, who says plainly: “But sexual immorality and all impurity or covetousness must not even be named among you, as is fitting among saints.” Someone seems to have said well: “Intercourse has never benefited anyone; one must be content if it has done no harm.” For lawful intercourse is risky, except so far as it is for the begetting of children; and of unlawful intercourse Scripture says: “A hired woman will be counted as a hog, and a married woman a tower of death to those who use her.” It likened the courtesan's passion to a boar or a sow, and called adultery with a woman under guard a seeking of death.
2.10.99Stählin 1:216–217
οἶκον δὲ καὶ πόλιν, ἐν ᾗ ἀσελγαίνουσιν, [ναὶ μὴν] καὶ ἡ παρʼ ὑμῖν ποιητικὴ ὀνειδίζουσά πως γράφει· μοιχεῖαι παρὰ σοί τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν μῖξις ἄθεσμος θηλυγενὴς ἄδικός τε, κακὴ πόλι, πάντʼ ἀκάθαρτε· ἔμπαλιν δὲ ἄγαται τοὺς σώφρονας· οὔτε ἐπʼ ἀλλοτρίᾳ κοίτῃ πόθον αἰσχρὸν ἔχοντας οὐδὲ ἐπʼ ἄρρενος ὕβριν ἀπεχθέα τε στυγερήν τε ὁρμωμένους, ὅτι παρὰ φύσιν· ταύτας ἡγοῦνται οἱ πολλοὶ τρυφάς, τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἁμαρτίας, οἱ δὲ τούτων ἐπιεικέστεροι γνωρίζουσι μὲν οὔσας αὐτὰς ἁμαρτίας, ἡττῶνται δὲ τῶν ἡδονῶν. καὶ τὸ σκότος αὐτοῖς ἐστι προκάλυμμα τῶν παθῶν· μοιχεύει γὰρ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ γάμον ὁ ἐταιριζόμενος αὐτόν, καὶ οὐκ ἀκούει τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ βοῶντος· »ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἀναβαίνων ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης αὐτοῦ, ὁ λέγων ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ· τίς με ὁρᾷ; σκότος κύκλῳ μου, καὶ οἱ τοῖχοι σκέπη μου, καὶ οὐδεὶς βλέπει τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου· τί εὐλαβοῦμαι; μὴ μνησθήσεται ὁ ὕψιστος.« ταλάντατος μὲν οὗτος, ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνθρώπων δεδιὼς μόνους, λήσειν δὲ τὸν θεὸν ὑπονοῶν. »οὐ γὰρ γινώσκει«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, »ὅτι ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ὑψίστου μυριοπλασίως ἡλίου φωτεινότεροί εἰσιν, οἳ ἐπιβλέπουσι πάσας ὁδοὺς ἀνθρώπων καὶ κατανοοῦσιν εἰς ἀπόκρυφα μέρη.« ταύτῃ τε πάλιν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς αὐτοῖς ἀπειλεῖ διὰ Ἡσαΐου λέγων· »οὐαὶ οἱ ἐν κρυφῇ βουλὴν ποιοῦντες, καὶ ἐροῦσι· τίς ἡμᾶς ὁρᾷ;« λήσεται μὲν γὰρ ἴσως τὸ αἰσθητὸν φῶς τις, τὸ δὲ νοητὸν ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν, ἢ ὥς φησιν Ἡράκλειτος· »τὸ μὴ δῦνόν ποτε πῶς ἄν τις λάθοι;«
oikon de kai polin, en hę̄ aselgainousin, [nai mēn] kai hē parʼ hymin poiētikē oneidizousa pōs graphei; moicheiai para soi te kai andrōn mixis athesmos thēlygenēs adikos te, kakē poli, pantʼ akatharte; empalin de agatai tous sōphronas; oute epʼ allotrią koitę̄ pothon aischron echontas oude epʼ arrenos hybrin apechthea te stygerēn te hormōmenous, hoti para physin; tautas hēgountai hoi polloi tryphas, tas heautōn hamartias, hoi de toutōn epieikesteroi gnōrizousi men ousas autas hamartias, hēttōntai de tōn hēdonōn. kai to skotos autois esti prokalymma tōn pathōn; moicheuei gar ton heautou gamon ho etairizomenos auton, kai ouk akouei tou paidagōgou boōntos; »ho anthrōpos ho anabainōn epi tēs klinēs autou, ho legōn en tę̄ psychę̄; tis me horą? skotos kyklǭ mou, kai hoi toichoi skepē mou, kai oudeis blepei tas hamartias mou; ti eulaboumai? mē mnēsthēsetai ho hypsistos.« talantatos men houtos, ophthalmous anthrōpōn dediōs monous, lēsein de ton theon hyponoōn. »ou gar ginōskei«, phēsin hē graphē, »hoti ophthalmoi kyriou hypsistou myrioplasiōs hēliou phōteinoteroi eisin, hoi epiblepousi pasas hodous anthrōpōn kai katanoousin eis apokrypha merē.« tautę̄ te palin ho paidagōgos autois apeilei dia Hēsaïou legōn; »ouai hoi en kryphę̄ boulēn poiountes, kai erousi; tis hēmas horą?« lēsetai men gar isōs to aisthēton phōs tis, to de noēton adynaton estin, ē hōs phēsin Hērakleitos; »to mē dynon pote pōs an tis lathoi?«
Your own poetry too writes reproachfully of a house and city in which they live licentiously: “Adulteries are with you, and lawless union of males with males, womanish and unjust, evil city, wholly unclean.” On the other hand it admires the self-controlled: “having no shameful desire for another's bed, nor rushing into the hateful and abominable outrage on a male,” because it is against nature. The many consider these things, their own sins, to be luxuries; those more reasonable than they recognize them as sins but are overcome by pleasures. And darkness is a cover for their passions. For the one who treats his own marriage as a courtesan's affair commits adultery against it, and does not hear the Instructor crying out: “The man who goes up on his bed, who says in his soul, Who sees me? Darkness is around me, and the walls are my shelter, and no one sees my sins; what should I fear? The Most High will not remember.” Most wretched is this man, fearing only the eyes of men and supposing that he will escape God's notice. “For he does not know,” says Scripture, “that the eyes of the Lord Most High are ten thousand times brighter than the sun, looking upon all the ways of men and perceiving the hidden places.” So again the Instructor threatens them through Isaiah, saying: “Woe to those who make plans in secret, and will say, Who sees us?” One may perhaps escape the perceptible light, but the intelligible light is impossible to escape, or as Heraclitus says, “How could anyone escape that which never sets?”
2.10.100Stählin 1:217
μηδαμῶς τοίνυν ἐπικαλυπτώμεθα τὸ σκότος, τὸ γὰρ φῶς ἔνοικον ἡμῖν· »καὶ ἡ σκοτία«, φησίν, »αὐτὸ οὐ καταλαμβάνει«, καταυγάζεται δὲ [αὐτὸ] ἡ νὺξ τῷ σώφρονι λογισμῷ· λογισμοὺς δὲ ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν [οὓς] ἀκοιμήτους λύχνους ὡνόμασεν ἡ γραφή. καίτοι τό γε πειρᾶσθαι λανθάνειν ἐφʼ οἷς πράττει τις ὁμολογοῦντος ἁμαρτάνειν ἐστίν, πᾶς δὲ ὃς ἁμαρτάνει, καὶ ἀδικεῖ εὐθύς, οὐχ οὕτως τὸν πέλας, ἂν μοιχεύῃ, ὡς ἑαυτόν, ὅτι μεμοίχευκεν· ἀλλὰ πάντως αὑτὸν χείρονα ἀποφαίνει καὶ ἀτιμότερον. ὁ γὰρ ἁμαρτάνων, παρʼ ὅσον ἁμαρτάνει, χείρων καὶ ἀτιμότερος αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ· πάντως δὲ ἤδη που καὶ ἀκολασία πρόσεστι τῷ ἡττωμένῳ αἰσχρᾶς ἡδονῆς· διὸ καὶ πάντως ὁ πορνεύων ἀπέθανεν θεῷ, καὶ καταλέλειπται ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου, καθάπερ ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος, νεκρός. βδελύττεται γὰρ τὸ ἅγιον μολύνεσθαι, ὥσπερ οὖν εἰκός. ἀεὶ δὲ καθαρῷ καθαροῦ θέμις θιγγάνειν· μὴ δὴ ἅμα χιτῶνι ἀποδυομένῳ ἀποδυσώμεθα καὶ τὴν αἰδῶ ποτε, ἐπεὶ οὐδέποτε τῷ δικαίῳ σωφροσύνην ἀποδύσασθαι θέμις. ἰδοὺ γὰρ τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐπενδύσεται ἀφθαρσίαν, ὁπηνίκα ἂν τὸ ἀκόρεστον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, τὸ εἰς ἀσέλγειαν ῥέον, ἐγκρατείᾳ παιδαγωγούμενον, ἀνέραστον γενόμενον τῆς φθορᾶς, ἀιδίῳ σωφροσύνῃ παραχωρήσῃ τὸν ἄνθρωπον· »ἐν γὰρ τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ γαμοῦσι καὶ γαμίσκονται«, καταργήσαντες δὲ τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς ἔργα, αὐτῇ καθαρᾷ τῇ σαρκὶ ἐπενδυσάμενοι τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν τὸ πρὸς μέτρον τῶν ἀγγέλων διώκομεν.
mēdamōs toinyn epikalyptōmetha to skotos, to gar phōs enoikon hēmin; »kai hē skotia«, phēsin, »auto ou katalambanei«, kataugazetai de [auto] hē nyx tǭ sōphroni logismǭ; logismous de andrōn agathōn [hous] akoimētous lychnous hōnomasen hē graphē. kaitoi to ge peirasthai lanthanein ephʼ hois prattei tis homologountos hamartanein estin, pas de hos hamartanei, kai adikei euthys, ouch houtōs ton pelas, an moicheuę̄, hōs heauton, hoti memoicheuken; alla pantōs hauton cheirona apophainei kai atimoteron. ho gar hamartanōn, parʼ hoson hamartanei, cheirōn kai atimoteros autos hautou; pantōs de ēdē pou kai akolasia prosesti tǭ hēttōmenǭ aischras hēdonēs; dio kai pantōs ho porneuōn apethanen theǭ, kai kataleleiptai hypo tou logou, kathaper hypo tou pneumatos, nekros. bdelyttetai gar to hagion molynesthai, hōsper oun eikos. aei de katharǭ katharou themis thinganein; mē dē hama chitōni apodyomenǭ apodysōmetha kai tēn aidō pote, epei oudepote tǭ dikaiǭ sōphrosynēn apodysasthai themis. idou gar to phtharton touto ependysetai aphtharsian, hopēnika an to akoreston tēs epithymias, to eis aselgeian rheon, enkrateią paidagōgoumenon, aneraston genomenon tēs phthoras, aidiǭ sōphrosynę̄ parachōrēsę̄ ton anthrōpon; »en gar tǭ aiōni toutǭ gamousi kai gamiskontai«, katargēsantes de ta tēs sarkos erga, autę̄ katharą tę̄ sarki ependysamenoi tēn aphtharsian to pros metron tōn angelōn diōkomen.
Let us by no means, then, cover ourselves with darkness, for the light dwells in us: “And the darkness,” it says, “does not overtake it,” and night is lit up by self-controlled reasoning. Scripture has named the thoughts of good men unsleeping lamps. Indeed, trying to escape notice in what one does is admitting that one sins; and everyone who sins at once does wrong, not so much to his neighbor, if he commits adultery, as to himself, because he has committed adultery. He certainly shows himself worse and more dishonorable. For the sinner, insofar as he sins, is worse and more dishonorable than himself; and licentiousness is present in one who is overcome by shameful pleasure. So the fornicator is altogether dead to God, abandoned by the Word as by the Spirit, a corpse. For the holy loathes being defiled, as is natural; and it is always right for the pure to touch the pure. Let us never, when we take off our tunic, take off modesty too; for it is never right for the righteous to take off self-control. For behold, this corruptible will put on incorruption, when the insatiability of desire, which flows into licentiousness, trained by self-control and no longer in love with corruption, yields the human being to eternal self-control. “For in this age they marry and are given in marriage”; but having done away with the works of the flesh, putting on incorruption in the pure flesh itself, we pursue the measure of the angels.
2.10.101Stählin 1:217–218
ταύτῃ τοι καὶ Πλάτων ἐν Φιλήβῳ ὁ τῆς βαρβάρου μαθητὴς φιλοσοφίας ἀθέους κέκληκε μυστικῶς τοὺς τὸν θεὸν τὸν ἔνοικον αὐτοῖς, τὸν λόγον, διαφθείροντας καὶ μιαίνοντας τὸ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῖς ἐν τῇ τῶν παθῶν οἰκειώσει. οὐκ ἄρα ποτὲ θνητῶς βιωτέον ἁγιαζομένους θεῷ οὐδὲ μήν, ὥς φησιν ὁ Παῦλος, οὐ χρὴ πόρνης ποιεῖν μέλη τὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ μέλη οὐδὲ μὴν νεὼν τῶν παθῶν τῶν αἰσχρῶν τὸν νεὼν τοῦ θεοῦ ποιητέον. μέμνησθε γὰρ τὰς τέτταρας καὶ εἴκοσι χιλιάδας διὰ πορνείαν ἀπωσμένας, τὰ δὲ παθήματα τῶν πορνευσάντων, ὡς ἤδη μοι λέλεκται, »τύποι« παιδαγωγοῦντες ἡμῶν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας εἰσίν. ἡμῖν δὲ ὁ παιδαγωγὸς παραινεῖ σαφέστατα· »ὀπίσω τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν σου μὴ πορεύου, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀρέξεών σου κωλύου·« »οἶνος γὰρ καὶ γυναῖκες ἀποστήσουσι συνετούς, καὶ ὁ κολλώμενος πόρναις τολμηρότερος ἐκβήσεται, σῆψις καὶ σκώληξ κληρονομήσουσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξαρθήσεται ἐν παραδειγματισμῷ μείζονι«, καὶ πάλιν (οὐ γὰρ ἀποκάμνει ὠφελῶν)· »ὁ δὲ ἀντοφθαλμῶν
tautę̄ toi kai Platōn en Philēbǭ ho tēs barbarou mathētēs philosophias atheous keklēke mystikōs tous ton theon ton enoikon autois, ton logon, diaphtheirontas kai miainontas to hoson ephʼ heautois en tę̄ tōn pathōn oikeiōsei. ouk ara pote thnētōs biōteon hagiazomenous theǭ oude mēn, hōs phēsin ho Paulos, ou chrē pornēs poiein melē ta tou Christou melē oude mēn neōn tōn pathōn tōn aischrōn ton neōn tou theou poiēteon. memnēsthe gar tas tettaras kai eikosi chiliadas dia porneian apōsmenas, ta de pathēmata tōn porneusantōn, hōs ēdē moi lelektai, »typoi« paidagōgountes hēmōn tas epithymias eisin. hēmin de ho paidagōgos parainei saphestata; »opisō tōn epithymiōn sou mē poreuou, kai apo tōn orexeōn sou kōlyou;« »oinos gar kai gynaikes apostēsousi synetous, kai ho kollōmenos pornais tolmēroteros ekbēsetai, sēpsis kai skōlēx klēronomēsousin auton, kai exarthēsetai en paradeigmatismǭ meizoni«, kai palin (ou gar apokamnei ōphelōn); »ho de antophthalmōn
So Plato too, the pupil of the barbarian philosophy, in the Philebus mystically called godless those who, as far as in them lies, corrupt and defile the God who dwells in them, the Word, by becoming familiar with the passions. Those who are sanctified to God must never live as mortals; nor, as Paul says, must we make the members of Christ members of a harlot, nor make the temple of God a temple of shameful passions. Remember the twenty-four thousand rejected for sexual immorality; the sufferings of those who committed sexual immorality, as I have already said, are “examples,” instructing our desires. The Instructor advises us most clearly: “Do not go after your desires, and restrain yourself from your appetites”; “For wine and women will make the intelligent fall away, and he who cleaves to harlots will become more reckless; decay and worms will inherit him, and he will be removed as a greater example.” And again (for he does not grow weary of helping): “He who shuts his eyes
2.10.102Stählin 1:218
ἡδονῇ στεφανοῖ τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῦ.« οὔκουν ἀφροδισίων ἡττᾶσθαι δίκαιον οὐδὲ μὴν κεχηνέναι περὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐκπαθαίνεσθαι περὶ τὰς ἀλόγους ὀρέξεις οὐδὲ ἐπιθυμεῖν μολύνεσθαι. σπείρειν δὲ μόνον ἐπιτέτραπται τῷ γήμαντι ὡς γεωργῷ τὸ τηνικάδε, ὁπηνίκα ὁ καιρὸς δέχεται τὸν σπόρον. πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὴν ἄλλην ἀκρασίαν ἄριστον μὲν ὁ λόγος φάρμακον, βοηθεῖ δὲ καὶ ἡ ἔνδεια τοῦ κόρου, διʼ οὗ φλεγμαίνουσαι αἱ ἐπιθυμίαι σκιρτῶσι περὶ τὰς ἡδονάς. οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ ἐσθῆτος ἀντιποιητέον πολυτελοῦς καθάπερ οὐδὲ τροφῆς ποικίλης. αὐτὸς γοῦν ὁ κύριος διαιρῶν τὰς ὑποθήκας εἴς τε ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα καὶ τρίτον τὰ ἐκτός, διὰ μὲν τὸ σῶμα τὰ ἐκτὸς πορίζεσθαι συμβουλεύει, διοικεῖν δὲ τὸ σῶμα τῇ ψυχῇ, παιδαγωγεῖ δὲ τὴν ψυχήν, »μὴ μεριμνᾶτε« λέγων »τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν τί φάγητε, μηδὲ τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν τί ἐνδύσησθε· ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλείων ἐστὶ τῆς τροφῆς καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος.« καὶ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἐναργὲς ὑπόδειγμα ἐπιφέρει· »κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας, ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν, οἷς οὐκ ἔστι ταμιεῖον καὶ ἀποθήκη, καὶ ὁ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς. οὐχ ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πτηνῶν;« καὶ ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τροφῆς· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ ἐσθῆτος παρεγγυᾷ, ἣ τῶν τρίτων μετείληφε, τῶν ἐκτός, »κατανοήσατε« λέγων »τὰ κρίνα πῶς οὔτε νήθει οὔτε ὑφαίνει, λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδὲ Σολομὼν περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων.« σφόδρα δὲ ἐπὶ πλούτῳ ἐκόμα ὁ Σολομὼν ὁ βασιλεύς.
hēdonę̄ stephanoi tēn zōēn autou.« oukoun aphrodisiōn hēttasthai dikaion oude mēn kechēnenai peri tas epithymias, allʼ oude ekpathainesthai peri tas alogous orexeis oude epithymein molynesthai. speirein de monon epitetraptai tǭ gēmanti hōs geōrgǭ to tēnikade, hopēnika ho kairos dechetai ton sporon. pros de dē tēn allēn akrasian ariston men ho logos pharmakon, boēthei de kai hē endeia tou korou, diʼ hou phlegmainousai hai epithymiai skirtōsi peri tas hēdonas. oukoun oude esthētos antipoiēteon polytelous kathaper oude trophēs poikilēs. autos goun ho kyrios diairōn tas hypothēkas eis te psychēn kai sōma kai triton ta ektos, dia men to sōma ta ektos porizesthai symbouleuei, dioikein de to sōma tę̄ psychę̄, paidagōgei de tēn psychēn, »mē merimnate« legōn »tę̄ psychę̄ hymōn ti phagēte, mēde tǭ sōmati hymōn ti endysēsthe; hē gar psychē pleiōn esti tēs trophēs kai to sōma tou endymatos.« kai tēs didaskalias enarges hypodeigma epipherei; »katanoēsate tous korakas, hoti ou speirousin oude therizousin, hois ouk esti tamieion kai apothēkē, kai ho theos trephei autous. ouch hymeis diapherete tōn ptēnōn?« kai tauta men peri trophēs; homoiōs de kai peri esthētos parengyą, hē tōn tritōn meteilēphe, tōn ektos, »katanoēsate« legōn »ta krina pōs oute nēthei oute hyphainei, legō de hymin, hoti oude Solomōn periebaleto hōs hen toutōn.« sphodra de epi ploutǭ ekoma ho Solomōn ho basileus.
to pleasure crowns his life.” It is not right, then, to be overcome by sexual pleasure, nor to gape after desires, nor to be driven wild by irrational appetites, nor to desire to be defiled. Only the married man is permitted to sow, like a farmer, at the time when the season receives the seed. For the rest of incontinence the best medicine is the Word; and lack of surfeit helps too, by which desires, inflamed, leap after pleasures. Nor, then, should we lay claim to costly clothing, any more than to varied food. The Lord himself, dividing his precepts into soul, body, and third, external things, advises us to provide external things for the body, and to govern the body by the soul; and he instructs the soul, saying: “Do not be anxious for your soul, what you will eat, nor for your body, what you will put on; for the soul is more than food, and the body more than clothing.” And he adds a clear example of the teaching: “Consider the ravens: they neither sow nor reap, they have no storeroom or barn, and God feeds them. Are you not worth more than the birds?” This about food; and likewise he gives charge about clothing, which belongs to the third class, external things: “Consider the lilies, how they neither spin nor weave; and I tell you, not even Solomon was clothed like one of these.” And King Solomon prided himself greatly on his wealth.
2.10.103Stählin 1:218–219
τί οὖν ὡραιότερον καὶ εὐανθέστερον ἀνθέων; τί δὲ ἐπιτερπέστερον κρίνων [ἢ μύρων] ἢ ῥόδων; »εἰ δὲ τὸν χόρτον σήμερον ἐν ἀγρῷ ὄντα καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσι, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι. καὶ ὑμεῖς μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε ἢ τί πίητε.« ἐνταῦθα τὸ »τί« μόριον τὴν ποικιλίαν τῆς τροφῆς ἐκβέβληκε, σημαίνεται γὰρ ἐκ τῆς γραφῆς τοῦτο· μὴ μεριμνᾶτε ποῖα φάγητε ἢ ποῖα πίητε· πλεονεξία γὰρ καὶ τρυφὴ μεριμνᾶν ταῦτα· τὸ δὲ φαγεῖν μόνον ψιλῶς νοούμενον ἀνάγκης ἐστὶ τεκμήριον, τὸ πλήρωμα, ὡς ἔφαμεν, τῆς ἐνδείας· τὸ δὲ »τί« ἐκ περισσοῦ, τὸ δὲ περιττὸν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου μεμήνυκεν ἡ γραφή. σαφηνίζει δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν ἡ ἐπιφερομένη λέξις. »μὴ γὰρ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε ἢ τί πίητε« εἰπών, ἐπήγαγεν· »καὶ μὴ μετεωρίζεσθε·« μετεώρους δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀλαζονεία καὶ τρυφὴ ποιεῖ, καὶ ἡ εἰς τὰ περιττὰ ἀπασχολοῦσα ἡδυπάθεια ἀπάγει τῆς ἀληθείας· διὸ καί φησι παγκάλως· »ταῦτα δὲ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου ζητεῖ.« οἱ ἄτακτοι καὶ ἀνόητοι τὰ ἔθνη εἰσίν. τίνα δὲ λέγει »ταῦτα«; τὴν τρυφήν, τὴν ἡδυπάθειαν, τὴν καρυκείαν, τὴν ὀψοφαγίαν, τὴν λαιμαργίαν· ταῦτά ἐστι τὸ »τί«. περὶ δὲ ψιλῆς τῆς τροφῆς, τῆς τε ξηρᾶς καὶ τῆς ὑγρᾶς, ὡς ἀναγκαίων οὐσῶν, »οἶδε«, φησίν, »ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὅτι χρῄζετε«. εἰ δὲ ὅλως ζητητικοὶ γεγόναμεν, μὴ εἰς τρυφὴν τὸ ζητητικὸν ἀπολλύωμεν, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὴν εὕρεσιν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀναζωπυρήσωμεν.
ti oun hōraioteron kai euanthesteron antheōn? ti de epiterpesteron krinōn [ē myrōn] ē rhodōn? »ei de ton chorton sēmeron en agrǭ onta kai aurion eis klibanon ballomenon ho theos houtōs amphiennysi, posǭ mallon hymas, oligopistoi. kai hymeis mē zēteite ti phagēte ē ti piēte.« entautha to »ti« morion tēn poikilian tēs trophēs ekbeblēke, sēmainetai gar ek tēs graphēs touto; mē merimnate poia phagēte ē poia piēte; pleonexia gar kai tryphē merimnan tauta; to de phagein monon psilōs nooumenon anankēs esti tekmērion, to plērōma, hōs ephamen, tēs endeias; to de »ti« ek perissou, to de peritton ek tou diabolou memēnyken hē graphē. saphēnizei de tēn dianoian hē epipheromenē lexis. »mē gar zēteite ti phagēte ē ti piēte« eipōn, epēgagen; »kai mē meteōrizesthe;« meteōrous de apo tēs alētheias alazoneia kai tryphē poiei, kai hē eis ta peritta apascholousa hēdypatheia apagei tēs alētheias; dio kai phēsi pankalōs; »tauta de panta ta ethnē tou kosmou zētei.« hoi ataktoi kai anoētoi ta ethnē eisin. tina de legei »tauta«? tēn tryphēn, tēn hēdypatheian, tēn karykeian, tēn opsophagian, tēn laimargian; tauta esti to »ti«. peri de psilēs tēs trophēs, tēs te xēras kai tēs hygras, hōs anankaiōn ousōn, »oide«, phēsin, »ho patēr hymōn hoti chrę̄zete«. ei de holōs zētētikoi gegonamen, mē eis tryphēn to zētētikon apollyōmen, alla eis tēn heuresin tēs alētheias anazōpyrēsōmen.
What is lovelier and more blooming than flowers? What more delightful than lilies [or perfumes] or roses? “If God so clothes the grass that is in the field today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven, how much more you, you of little faith. And do not seek what you will eat or what you will drink.” Here the word “what” has thrown out variety of food; for this is what is meant by the Scripture: do not be anxious about what sort of things you will eat or drink; for to be anxious about these is greed and luxury. Eating alone, understood simply, is a sign of necessity, the filling, as we said, of want; but the “what” comes from excess, and Scripture has declared that excess comes from the devil. The following words make the meaning plain. Having said, “Do not seek what you will eat or what you will drink,” he added, “and do not be anxious” (literally, “up in the air”); for pretension and luxury put people up in the air, away from the truth, and voluptuousness occupied with superfluities leads away from the truth. So he says very beautifully, “For all the nations of the world seek these things.” The disorderly and foolish are the nations. What does he mean by “these things”? Luxury, voluptuousness, sauces, gourmandise, gluttony: these are the “what.” But about plain food, both dry and liquid, as necessary things, he says, “Your Father knows that you need them.” And if we have become seekers at all, let us not waste our seeking on luxury, but rekindle it for the finding of the truth.
2.10.104Stählin 1:219
»ζητεῖτε γάρ«, φησί, »τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τῆς τροφῆς προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν.« εἰ τοίνυν ἐσθῆτος καὶ τροφῆς καὶ τῶν περιττῶν ἁπαξαπλῶς ὡς οὐκ ἀναγκαίαν ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν μέριμναν, τί χρὴ νοεῖν ἐρεῖν αὐτὸν περὶ φιλοκοσμίας βαφῆς τε ἐρίων καὶ ποικιλίας χρωμάτων καὶ λίθων περιεργίας καὶ χρυσίου ἐξεργασίας πλοκάμων τε ἔτι ἐπιτεχνητῶν καὶ βοστρύχων ἑλικτῶν, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν ὑπογραφῆς παρατίλσεών τε καὶ παραφυκισμῶν καὶ ψιμυθισμοῦ καὶ βαφῆς τριχῶν καὶ τῶν περὶ τὰς ἀπάτας ταύτας κακοτεχνιῶν; οὐχὶ εὖ μάλα ἐκεῖνο δὴ ὑποτοπητέον, τὸ μικρῷ πρόσθεν εἰρημένον ἐπὶ τοῦ χόρτου, μὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀκόσμων φιλοκόσμων τούτων ᾖ λελεγμένον; ἀγρὸς γὰρ ὁ κόσμος, καὶ πόα ἡμεῖς οἱ τῇ χάριτι δροσιζόμενοι τοῦ θεοῦ, καρέντες δὲ αὖθις ἀνατέλλομεν, ὡς ἐν τῷ Περὶ ἀναστάσεως διὰ πλειόνων δηλωθήσεται, χόρτος δὲ ὁ χυδαῖος ἀλληγορεῖται ὄχλος, ὁ τῆς ἐφημέρου εὐφροσύνης οἰκεῖος, ὁ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἀνθῶν, ὁ φιλόκοσμος καὶ φιλόδοξος καὶ πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ φιλαλήθης, εἰς οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ εἰς ὑπέκκαυμα εὔθετος πυρός.
»zēteite gar«, phēsi, »tēn basileian tou theou, kai ta tēs trophēs prostethēsetai hymin.« ei toinyn esthētos kai trophēs kai tōn perittōn hapaxaplōs hōs ouk anankaian aphaireitai tēn merimnan, ti chrē noein erein auton peri philokosmias baphēs te eriōn kai poikilias chrōmatōn kai lithōn periergias kai chrysiou exergasias plokamōn te eti epitechnētōn kai bostrychōn heliktōn, pros de kai ophthalmōn hypographēs paratilseōn te kai paraphykismōn kai psimythismou kai baphēs trichōn kai tōn peri tas apatas tautas kakotechniōn? ouchi eu mala ekeino dē hypotopēteon, to mikrǭ prosthen eirēmenon epi tou chortou, mē kai epi tōn akosmōn philokosmōn toutōn ę̄ lelegmenon? agros gar ho kosmos, kai poa hēmeis hoi tę̄ chariti drosizomenoi tou theou, karentes de authis anatellomen, hōs en tǭ Peri anastaseōs dia pleionōn dēlōthēsetai, chortos de ho chydaios allēgoreitai ochlos, ho tēs ephēmerou euphrosynēs oikeios, ho pros oligon anthōn, ho philokosmos kai philodoxos kai panta mallon ē philalēthēs, eis ouden allʼ ē eis hypekkauma euthetos pyros.
“For seek the kingdom of God,” he says, “and the things of food will be added to you.” If, then, he removes anxiety about clothing and food and superfluities in general as unnecessary, what must we think he would say about love of finery, dyeing of wool, variety of colors, elaborate stones, working of gold, and besides, artificial locks and curled ringlets, and further, painting the eyes, plucking hairs, rouge, white lead, dyeing the hair, and the mischievous arts that go with these deceptions? Should we not rather suspect that what was said just before about the grass was said of these tasteless lovers of adornment? For the world is a field, and we are the grass, watered by the grace of God, and, cut down, we spring up again, as will be shown more fully in our work On the Resurrection. But “grass” is a figure for the vulgar crowd, at home with the pleasure of a day, blooming for a little, loving finery and glory and everything rather than truth, fit for nothing but kindling for the fire.
2.10.105Stählin 1:219–220
»Ἄνθρωπος γοῦν ἦν τις«, ὁ κύριος διηγούμενος λέγει, »πλούσιος σφόδρα, ὃς ἐνεδιδύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον, εὐφραινόμενος καθʼ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς·« οὗτος ὁ χόρτος ἦν· »πτωχὸς δέ τις ὄνομα Λάζαρος ἐβέβλητο εἰς τὸν πυλῶνα τοῦ πλουσίου εἱλκωμένος, ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασθῆναι ἐκ τῶν πιπτόντων τῆς τραπέζης τοῦ πλουσίου·« οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ πόα. ἀλλʼ ὃ μὲν ἐκολάζετο ἐν Ἅιδου, ὁ πλούσιος, μετέχων τοῦ πυρός, ὃ δὲ ἀνέθαλλεν ἐν κόλποις τοῦ πατρός. ἄγαμαι τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων τὴν πόλιν τὴν παλαιάν· μόναις ταῖς ἑταίραις ἀνθίνας ἐσθῆτας καὶ χρυσοῦν κόσμον ἐπέτρεψεν φορεῖν, ἀφαιρουμένη τῶν δοκίμων γυναικῶν τὴν φιλοκοσμίαν τῷ μόναις ἐφεῖναι καλλωπίζεσθαι ταῖς ἑταιρούσαις. Ἀθηναίων δὲ ἔμπαλιν οἱ ἄρχοντες οἱ τὸ ἀστικὸν πολίτευμα ἐζηλωκότες ἐκλαθόμενοι τῆς ἀνδρωνίτιδος ἐχρυσοφόρουν ποδήρεις χιτῶνας ἐνδυόμενοι [καὶ ποδήρεις ἠμπίσχοντο·] καὶ κρωβύλον, ὃ ἐμπλοκῆς ἐστιν εἶδος, ἀνεδοῦντο χρυσῶν ἐνέρσει τεττίγων κοσμούμενοι, τὸ γηγενὲς ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀπειροκαλίᾳ κιναιδίας ἐνδεικνύμενοι.
»Anthrōpos goun ēn tis«, ho kyrios diēgoumenos legei, »plousios sphodra, hos enedidysketo porphyran kai bysson, euphrainomenos kathʼ hēmeran lamprōs;« houtos ho chortos ēn; »ptōchos de tis onoma Lazaros ebeblēto eis ton pylōna tou plousiou heilkōmenos, epithymōn chortasthēnai ek tōn piptontōn tēs trapezēs tou plousiou;« houtos estin hē poa. allʼ ho men ekolazeto en Haidou, ho plousios, metechōn tou pyros, ho de anethallen en kolpois tou patros. agamai tōn Lakedaimoniōn tēn polin tēn palaian; monais tais hetairais anthinas esthētas kai chrysoun kosmon epetrepsen phorein, aphairoumenē tōn dokimōn gynaikōn tēn philokosmian tǭ monais epheinai kallōpizesthai tais hetairousais. Athēnaiōn de empalin hoi archontes hoi to astikon politeuma ezēlōkotes eklathomenoi tēs andrōnitidos echrysophoroun podēreis chitōnas endyomenoi [kai podēreis ēmpischonto;] kai krōbylon, ho emplokēs estin eidos, anedounto chrysōn enersei tettigōn kosmoumenoi, to gēgenes hōs alēthōs apeirokalią kinaidias endeiknymenoi.
“There was a certain man,” the Lord says in a story, “very rich, who was clothed in purple and fine linen, feasting splendidly every day”: this was the grass. “And a poor man named Lazarus had been laid at the rich man's gate, covered with sores, longing to be fed with what fell from the rich man's table”: this is the herb. But the rich man was punished in Hades, sharing in the fire, while the other flourished again in the Father's bosom. I admire the ancient city of the Spartans: it permitted only courtesans to wear flowered clothing and gold ornaments, taking away love of finery from respectable women by allowing only prostitutes to beautify themselves. At Athens, on the contrary, the rulers who aspired to refined city life, forgetting their manliness, wore gold and put on robes reaching to the feet, and tied up their hair in a krōbylos, a kind of braid, adorned with golden cicadas inserted in it, truly displaying their “earthborn” descent by the tastelessness of effeminacy.
2.10.106Stählin 1:220–221
ὁ δὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων τούτων ζῆλος καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους Ἴωνας διικνεῖτο, οὓς Ὅμηρος ἐκθηλύνων »ἑλκεσιπέπλους« καλεῖ. εἴδωλον οὖν τοῦ καλοῦ τὴν φιλοκοσμίαν, οὐχὶ δὲ αὐτὸ τὸ καλὸν προστρεπομένους, διʼ ὀνόματος ὡραίου πάλιν εἰδωλολατροῦντας, πόρρω τῆς ἀληθείας ἀποικιστέον, δόξῃ, οὐκ ἐπιστήμῃ, ὀνειροπολοῦντας τοῦ καλοῦ τὴν φύσιν. καὶ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς ὁ τῇδε βίος ἀγνοίας ὕπνος βαθύς, οὗ χρὴ ἐξεγειρομένους ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὸ ὄντων καλὸν καὶ κόσμιον σπεύδειν καὶ τούτου μόνου ἐφάπτεσθαι γλίχεσθαι καταλείποντας τὰ τῇδε κόσμια αὐτῷ κόσμῳ χαίρειν πρὶν ἢ τέλεον καταδαρθεῖν. φημὶ τοίνυν οὐκ ἄλλου τινὸς ἕνεκα δεηθῆναι ὑφασμάτων τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἢ σκέπης σώματος, πρὸς ἀπαλέξησιν κρυμῶν τε ὑπερβολῆς καὶ καυμάτων ἐπιτάσεως, μή τι ἡμᾶς παραλυποίη τοῦ περιέχοντος ἡ ἀμετρία.
ho de tōn archontōn toutōn zēlos kai eis tous allous Iōnas diikneito, hous Homēros ekthēlynōn »helkesipeplous« kalei. eidōlon oun tou kalou tēn philokosmian, ouchi de auto to kalon prostrepomenous, diʼ onomatos hōraiou palin eidōlolatrountas, porrō tēs alētheias apoikisteon, doxę̄, ouk epistēmę̄, oneiropolountas tou kalou tēn physin. kai estin autois ho tę̄de bios agnoias hypnos bathys, hou chrē exegeiromenous hēmas epi to ontōn kalon kai kosmion speudein kai toutou monou ephaptesthai glichesthai kataleipontas ta tę̄de kosmia autǭ kosmǭ chairein prin ē teleon katadarthein. phēmi toinyn ouk allou tinos heneka deēthēnai hyphasmatōn ton anthrōpon ē skepēs sōmatos, pros apalexēsin krymōn te hyperbolēs kai kaumatōn epitaseōs, mē ti hēmas paralypoiē tou periechontos hē ametria.
The emulation of these rulers spread to the other Ionians too, whom Homer, making them womanish, calls “trailing-robed.” Those who revere love of finery, an idol of the beautiful, instead of the beautiful itself, and so again commit idolatry under a lovely name, must be banished far from the truth, since they dream of the nature of the beautiful by opinion, not by knowledge. For them life here is a deep sleep of ignorance; we must wake from it and hasten to what is truly beautiful and orderly, and long to lay hold of this alone, leaving the ornaments here to the world itself, before we fall fast asleep. I say, then, that the human being needs clothing for nothing else than to cover the body, to ward off excessive cold and intense heat, so that the immoderation of the air may not harm us.
2.10.107Stählin 1:221
Εἰ δὴ οὗτός ἐστι τῆς ἐσθῆτος ὁ σκοπός, ὅρα μὴ οὐκ ἄλλη μὲν ἀνδράσιν, ἄλλη δὲ ἐσθὴς ἀπονεμητέα γυναιξίν· κοινὸν γὰρ ἀμφοῖν τὸ σκέπεσθαι κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν. κοινῆς οὖν οὔσης τῆς χρείας τὴν ὁμοίαν κατασκευὴν δοκιμάζομεν. ὡς γὰρ τὸ δεῖσθαι τῶν σκεπόντων κοινὸν ἑκατέροις, οὕτως καὶ τὰ σκέποντα παραπλήσια εἶναι χρή, εἰ δέ, καὶ σκέπην ταύτην παραληπτέον, καθʼ ἣν * * κρύπτειν ὄμματα θηλειῶν χρεών. εἰ γὰρ καὶ πλεονεκτεῖ τὸ θῆλυ διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν, τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἀγωγῆς τῆς κακῆς αἰτιατέον, διʼ ἣν πολλάκις φαύλοις διαίταις ἐντρεφόμενοι ἄνδρες γυναικῶν γεγόνασι θηλύτεροι· οὐ δὴ καθυφεῖναι χρὴ τοῦ τόνου. εἰ δὲ συμπεριφέρεσθαι χρή, ὀλίγον ἐνδοτέον αὐταῖς μαλακωτέροις χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὑφάσμασιν μόνον τὰς μεμωρημένας λεπτουργίας καὶ τὰς ἐν ταῖς ὑφαῖς περιέργους πλοκὰς ἐκποδὼν μεθιστάντας, νῆμα χρυσοῦ καὶ σῆρας Ἰνδικοὺς καὶ τοὺς περιέργους βόμβυκας χαίρειν ἐῶντας. σκώληξ φύεται τὸ πρῶτον, εἶτα ἐξ αὐτοῦ δασεῖα ἀναφαίνεται κάμπη, μεθʼ ἣν εἰς τρίτην μεταμόρφωσιν νεοχμοῦται βομβύλιον (οἳ δὲ νεκύδαλλον αὐτὸ καλοῦσιν), ἐξ οὗ μακρὸς τίκτεται στήμων, καθάπερ ἐκ τῆς ἀράχνης ὁ τῆς ἀράχνης μίτος· τὰ γὰρ περιττὰ ταῦτα καὶ διαφανῆ ἔλεγχός ἐστι διανοίας οὐκ ἐρρωμένης, ὀλίγῳ παραπετάσματι τὴν αἰσχύνην τοῦ σώματος προαγωγεύοντα. οὐ γὰρ ἔτι σκέπη ἡ ἁβροδίαιτός ἐστιν ἐσθής, τὸ σχῆμα τῆς γυμνότητος κρύπτειν μὴ δυναμένη· προσπίπτουσα γὰρ ἡ τοιαύτη ἐσθὴς τῷ σώματι προστυποῦται αὐτῷ ὑγρότερον καὶ προσαναπλάττεται σαρκικῶς ἐμφῦσα τῷ σχήματι, καὶ τὸν τύπον ἐκμάττεται τῆς γυναικός, ὥστʼ οὐχ ὁρῶντι τὴν ὅλην τοῦ σώματος εἶναι φανερὰν διάθεσιν.
Ei dē houtos esti tēs esthētos ho skopos, hora mē ouk allē men andrasin, allē de esthēs aponemētea gynaixin; koinon gar amphoin to skepesthai kata ta auta tǭ esthiein kai pinein. koinēs oun ousēs tēs chreias tēn homoian kataskeuēn dokimazomen. hōs gar to deisthai tōn skepontōn koinon hekaterois, houtōs kai ta skeponta paraplēsia einai chrē, ei de, kai skepēn tautēn paralēpteon, kathʼ hēn * * kryptein ommata thēleiōn chreōn. ei gar kai pleonektei to thēly dia tēn astheneian, to ethos tēs agōgēs tēs kakēs aitiateon, diʼ hēn pollakis phaulois diaitais entrephomenoi andres gynaikōn gegonasi thēlyteroi; ou dē kathypheinai chrē tou tonou. ei de symperipheresthai chrē, oligon endoteon autais malakōterois chrēsthai tois hyphasmasin monon tas memōrēmenas leptourgias kai tas en tais hyphais periergous plokas ekpodōn methistantas, nēma chrysou kai sēras Indikous kai tous periergous bombykas chairein eōntas. skōlēx phyetai to prōton, eita ex autou daseia anaphainetai kampē, methʼ hēn eis tritēn metamorphōsin neochmoutai bombylion (hoi de nekydallon auto kalousin), ex hou makros tiktetai stēmōn, kathaper ek tēs arachnēs ho tēs arachnēs mitos; ta gar peritta tauta kai diaphanē elenchos esti dianoias ouk errōmenēs, oligǭ parapetasmati tēn aischynēn tou sōmatos proagōgeuonta. ou gar eti skepē hē habrodiaitos estin esthēs, to schēma tēs gymnotētos kryptein mē dynamenē; prospiptousa gar hē toiautē esthēs tǭ sōmati prostypoutai autǭ hygroteron kai prosanaplattetai sarkikōs emphysa tǭ schēmati, kai ton typon ekmattetai tēs gynaikos, hōstʼ ouch horōnti tēn holēn tou sōmatos einai phaneran diathesin.
If this is the purpose of clothing, consider whether one kind of clothing need really be assigned to men and another to women; for covering is common to both, like eating and drinking. The need being common, we approve a similar provision. For as the need of coverings is common to each, so the coverings should be alike; but if there is a difference, we must adopt that covering by which … it is fitting to hide women's eyes. For if the female is allowed more because of her weakness, we must blame the habit of bad upbringing, through which men, reared on bad diets, have often become more womanish than women; we must not relax our tension. But if we must make allowances, let a little be conceded to women, to use softer fabrics, only removing the foolish fine work and the elaborate plaiting in the weaving, and saying farewell to gold thread, Indian silks, and elaborate silks. A worm is born first; then from it appears a hairy caterpillar; after this, in a third transformation, it becomes a silk moth (some call it the nekydallos), from which a long thread is produced, as the spider's thread from the spider. These superfluous and transparent fabrics are a proof of a mind not strong, pandering to the shame of the body with a slight screen. For luxurious clothing is no longer a covering, being unable to hide the shape of nakedness; for such clothing, falling against the body, molds itself to it more closely and clings fleshily to its shape, taking the impression of the woman, so that the whole form of the body is visible to one who is not even looking.
2.10.108Stählin 1:221–222
Παραιτητέον δὲ τῆς ἐσθῆτος καὶ τὰς βαφάς· αὗται γὰρ πόρρω καὶ τῆς χρείας καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας πρὸς τῷ καὶ εἰς διαβολὴν τοῦ ἤθους ἐξανθεῖν· οὔτε γὰρ ἡ χρῆσις ὠφέλιμος (οὐ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ κρύος εὔθετος) οὔτε πρὸς σκέπην ἔχει τι περιττὸν παρὰ τὴν ἄλλην ἐσθῆτα ἢ τὸν ψόγον μόνον, καὶ τὸ ἐπιτερπὲς τῆς χροιᾶς τοὺς λίχνους ἀνιᾷ εἰς τὴν ἀνόητον ὀφθαλμίαν ἐρεθίζον, τοὺς δὲ λευκοὺς καὶ οὐ νόθους τὰ ἔνδον λευκαῖς καὶ ἀπεριέργοις ἁρμοδιώτατον ἐσθήσεσι χρῆσθαι. σαφῶς γοῦν καὶ καθαρῶς Δανιὴλ ὁ προφήτης »ἐτέθησαν«, φησί, »θρόνοι καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν, καὶ τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ χιὼν λευκόν«. τοιαύτῃ χρώμενον στολῇ τὸν κύριον ἐν ὁράματι θεωρεῖ· καὶ ἡ Ἀποκάλυψίς φησιν· »εἶδον τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μεμαρτυρηκότων ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου· καὶ ἐδόθη ἑκάστῳ στολὴ λευκή.« εἰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλο τι δέοι χρῶμα ζητεῖν, τὸ αὐτοφυὲς τῆς ἀληθείας ἀπόχρη βάμμα, αἱ δὲ τοῖς ἄνθεσιν ἐοικυῖαι ἐσθῆτες βακχικοῖς καὶ τελεστικοῖς καταλειπτέαι λήροις, πρὸς δὲ καὶ »ἡ πορφύρα καὶ τὰ ἀργυρώματα«, ὥς φησιν ὁ κωμικός, »εἰς τοὺς τραγῳδοὺς χρήσιμα καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν βίον«, τὸν δὲ ἡμέτερον βίον πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ πομπὴν εἶναι χρεών. βάμμα γοῦν Σαρδιανικὸν καὶ ἄλλο ὀμφάκινον καὶ χλωρὸν ἕτερον ῥοδομιγές τε καὶ κοκκοβαφὲς καὶ ἄλλα μυρία διὰ σπουδῆς βάμματα ἐπινενόηται ταῖς ἐξώλοις ἡδυπαθείαις.
Paraitēteon de tēs esthētos kai tas baphas; hautai gar porrō kai tēs chreias kai tēs alētheias pros tǭ kai eis diabolēn tou ēthous exanthein; oute gar hē chrēsis ōphelimos (ou gar pros to kryos euthetos) oute pros skepēn echei ti peritton para tēn allēn esthēta ē ton psogon monon, kai to epiterpes tēs chroias tous lichnous anią eis tēn anoēton ophthalmian erethizon, tous de leukous kai ou nothous ta endon leukais kai aperiergois harmodiōtaton esthēsesi chrēsthai. saphōs goun kai katharōs Daniēl ho prophētēs »etethēsan«, phēsi, »thronoi kai ekathisen epʼ autōn hōsei palaios hēmerōn, kai to endyma autou hōsei chiōn leukon«. toiautę̄ chrōmenon stolę̄ ton kyrion en horamati theōrei; kai hē Apokalypsis phēsin; »eidon tas psychas tōn memartyrēkotōn hypokatō tou thysiastēriou; kai edothē hekastǭ stolē leukē.« ei de kai allo ti deoi chrōma zētein, to autophyes tēs alētheias apochrē bamma, hai de tois anthesin eoikuiai esthētes bakchikois kai telestikois kataleipteai lērois, pros de kai »hē porphyra kai ta argyrōmata«, hōs phēsin ho kōmikos, »eis tous tragǭdous chrēsima kai ouk eis ton bion«, ton de hēmeteron bion panta mallon ē pompēn einai chreōn. bamma goun Sardianikon kai allo omphakinon kai chlōron heteron rhodomiges te kai kokkobaphes kai alla myria dia spoudēs bammata epinenoētai tais exōlois hēdypatheiais.
Dyes must also be refused in clothing; for they are far from both need and truth, besides blooming into a slander on one's character. Their use is not beneficial (they are no good against cold), nor do they add anything to covering beyond other clothing, except reproach; and the delight of the color distresses the dainty, stirring them to foolish ogling. It is most fitting for those who are white and not counterfeit within to wear white and unelaborate clothing. Daniel the prophet says clearly and plainly: “Thrones were set, and one like the Ancient of Days sat on them, and his garment was white as snow.” He sees the Lord in a vision wearing such a robe. And the Revelation says: “I saw the souls of those who had borne witness under the altar; and to each was given a white robe.” If some other color must be sought, the natural dye of truth is enough; garments like flowers should be left to Bacchic and initiatory nonsense; and besides, “purple and silver plate,” as the comic poet says, “are useful for tragedians, not for life”; and our life should be anything rather than a procession. Sardian dye, and another olive-green, and another pale green, rose-colored, scarlet, and countless others have been eagerly invented for destructive luxuries.
2.10.109Stählin 1:222–223
Ὄψεως, οὐ σκέπης ἡ ἐσθὴς αὕτη. τά τε χρυσῷ πεποικιλμένα καὶ τὰ ἁλουργοβαφῆ καὶ ζῳωτὰ (προσήνεμόν γέ τι τρύφημα τουτοῒ) τόν τε μυροβαφῆ ἐκεῖνον κροκωτὸν καὶ τῶν ὑμενίνων τῶν περιόπτων τὰ πολυτελῆ καὶ ποικίλα ἱμάτια, ἔχοντα ζῴδια ἐν τῇ πορφύρᾳ, αὐτῇ τέχνῃ χαίρειν ἐατέον. »τί γὰρ ἂν φρόνιμον γυναῖκες ἐργάσαιντο ἢ λαμπρόν, αἳ καθήμεθα«, φησὶν ἡ κωμῳδία, ἐξηνθισμέναι, κροκωτοφοροῦσαι καὶ κεκαλλωπισμέναι; παραινεῖ δὲ διαρρήδην ὁ παιδαγωγός· »ἐν περιβολῇ ἱματίου οὐ μὴ καυχήσῃ, μηδὲ ἐπαίρου ἐν δόξῃ πάσῃ ἀπαραμόνῳ οὔσῃ.« ἐπισκώπτων γοῦν τοὺς τοῖς μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένους ἱματίοις ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ λέγει· »ἰδού, οἱ ἐν ἱματισμῷ ἐνδόξῳ καὶ ἐν τρυφῇ διάγοντες ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις εἰσί«, τοῖς ἐπιγείοις βασιλείοις λέγει, τοῖς φθαρτοῖς, ἔνθα δοξοκαλία καὶ δοξοκοπία καὶ κολακεία καὶ πλάνη· οἱ δὲ τὴν οὐράνιον θεραπεύοντες αὐλὴν περὶ τὸν πάντων βασιλέα τὴν ἀκήρατον τῆς ψυχῆς ἐσθῆτα, τὴν σάρκα, ἁγιάζονται, καὶ ταύτῃ ἐπενδύονται ἀφθαρσίαν. καθάπερ οὖν ἡ ἄγαμος μόνῳ σχολάζει τῷ θεῷ καὶ ἡ φροντὶς αὐτῆς οὐ περισχίζεται, γημαμένη δὲ ἥ γε σώφρων διαιρεῖται τὸν βίον καὶ πρὸς θεὸν καὶ πρὸς ἄνδρα, ἡ δὲ ἄλλως φερομένη ὅλη γίνεται τοῦ γάμου, τοῦτʼ ἔστι τοῦ πάθους, τὸν αὐτόν, οἶμαι, τρόπον ἡ σώφρων γυνὴ σχολάζουσα μὲν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἀνυποκρίτως θεοσεβεῖ, φιλοκοσμοῦσα δὲ ἀποπέπτωκεν καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ γάμου τοῦ σώφρονος, τὸν κόσμον ἀντικαταλλαττομένη τἀνδρὸς κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῇ Ἀργείᾳ ἑταίρᾳ, τῇ Ἐριφύλῃ λέγω, ἣ χρυσὸν φίλου ἀνδρὸς ἐδέξατο τιμήεντα.
Opseōs, ou skepēs hē esthēs hautē. ta te chrysǭ pepoikilmena kai ta halourgobaphē kai zǭōta (prosēnemon ge ti tryphēma toutoï) ton te myrobaphē ekeinon krokōton kai tōn hymeninōn tōn perioptōn ta polytelē kai poikila himatia, echonta zǭdia en tę̄ porphyrą, autę̄ technę̄ chairein eateon. »ti gar an phronimon gynaikes ergasainto ē lampron, hai kathēmetha«, phēsin hē kōmǭdia, exēnthismenai, krokōtophorousai kai kekallōpismenai? parainei de diarrēdēn ho paidagōgos; »en peribolę̄ himatiou ou mē kauchēsę̄, mēde epairou en doxę̄ pasę̄ aparamonǭ ousę̄.« episkōptōn goun tous tois malakois ēmphiesmenous himatiois en tǭ euangeliǭ legei; »idou, hoi en himatismǭ endoxǭ kai en tryphę̄ diagontes en tois basileiois eisi«, tois epigeiois basileiois legei, tois phthartois, entha doxokalia kai doxokopia kai kolakeia kai planē; hoi de tēn ouranion therapeuontes aulēn peri ton pantōn basilea tēn akēraton tēs psychēs esthēta, tēn sarka, hagiazontai, kai tautę̄ ependyontai aphtharsian. kathaper oun hē agamos monǭ scholazei tǭ theǭ kai hē phrontis autēs ou perischizetai, gēmamenē de hē ge sōphrōn diaireitai ton bion kai pros theon kai pros andra, hē de allōs pheromenē holē ginetai tou gamou, toutʼ esti tou pathous, ton auton, oimai, tropon hē sōphrōn gynē scholazousa men tǭ andri anypokritōs theosebei, philokosmousa de apopeptōken kai tou theou kai tou gamou tou sōphronos, ton kosmon antikatallattomenē tandros kata ta auta tę̄ Argeią hetairą, tę̄ Eriphylę̄ legō, hē chryson philou andros edexato timēenta.
This clothing is for show, not for covering. Garments embroidered with gold, purple-dyed, and figured with animals (this luxury, surely, is a thing for the wind), that perfume-dyed saffron robe, and the costly, varied cloaks of conspicuous fine membranes, with little figures in the purple, must be dismissed along with the art itself. “For what wise or splendid thing could we women do,” says comedy, “who sit about” decked with flowers, wearing saffron robes and beautified? The Instructor advises expressly: “Do not boast of the clothing you wear, nor be exalted in any glory, since it does not last.” Mocking those clothed in soft garments, he says in the Gospel: “Behold, those in splendid clothing and living in luxury are in kings' courts”: he means earthly courts, perishable ones, where there is love of display, glory-hunting, flattery, and deceit. But those who serve in the heavenly court around the King of all are sanctified in the soul's pure garment, the flesh, and in this way put on incorruption. As the unmarried woman devotes herself to God alone and her care is not divided, while the married woman, if she is self-controlled, divides her life between God and her husband, and the one who behaves otherwise belongs wholly to marriage, that is, to passion; in the same way, I think, the self-controlled wife, devoting herself to her husband, is sincerely godly; but when she loves finery, she falls away both from God and from self-controlled marriage, exchanging her husband for ornament, like the Argive courtesan, I mean Eriphyle, “who took precious gold for her own husband.”
2.10.110Stählin 1:223
Ταύτῃ καὶ τὸν Κεῖον ἀποδέχομαι σοφιστὴν τὰς ἐοικυίας καὶ καταλλήλους ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας εἰκόνας ὑπογράφοντα· τὴν μὲν αὐταῖν ἀφελῶς ἱσταμένην ἐποίησε καὶ λευχείμονα καὶ καθάριον, τὴν ἀρετήν, αἰδοῖ μόνῃ κεκοσμημένην (τοιαύτην εἶναι χρὴ τὴν πίστιν, ἐνάρετον μετʼ αἰδοῦς), θατέραν δὲ τοὐναντίον εἰσάγει, τὴν κακίαν, περιττῇ μὲν ἐσθῆτι ἠμφιεσμένην, ἀλλοτρίῳ δὲ χρώματι γεγανωμένην· καὶ ἡ κίνησις αὐτῆς καὶ ἡ σχέσις πρὸς τὸ ἐπιτερπὲς ἐπιτηδευομένη ταῖς μαχλώσαις ἔκκειται σκιαγραφία γυναιξί. πρὸς οὐδεμίαν δὲ ὅλως ὁ ἑπόμενος τῷ λόγῳ αἰσχρὰν ἡδονὴν οἰκειώσεται· διὸ καὶ τῆς ἐσθῆτος τὸ χρειῶδες προκριτέον. κἂν ὁ λόγος τοῦτο ψάλλῃ διὰ Δαβὶδ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου λέγων »εὔφρανάν σε θυγατέρες βασιλέων ἐν τῇ τιμῇ σου· παρέστη ἡ βασίλισσα ἐκ δεξιῶν σου ἐν ἱματισμῷ διαχρύσῳ καὶ κροσσωτοῖς χρυσοῖς περιβεβλημένη«, οὐκ ἐσθῆτα τὴν τρυφητικὴν μεμήνυκεν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐκ πίστεως συνυφασμένον ἀκήρατον τῶν ἠλεημένων κόσμον τῆς ἐκκλησίας δεδήλωκεν, ἐν ᾗ ὁ ἄδολος Ἰησοῦς »ὡς χρυσὸς διαπρέπει«, καὶ οἱ
Tautę̄ kai ton Keion apodechomai sophistēn tas eoikuias kai katallēlous aretēs kai kakias eikonas hypographonta; tēn men autain aphelōs histamenēn epoiēse kai leucheimona kai katharion, tēn aretēn, aidoi monę̄ kekosmēmenēn (toiautēn einai chrē tēn pistin, enareton metʼ aidous), thateran de tounantion eisagei, tēn kakian, perittę̄ men esthēti ēmphiesmenēn, allotriǭ de chrōmati geganōmenēn; kai hē kinēsis autēs kai hē schesis pros to epiterpes epitēdeuomenē tais machlōsais ekkeitai skiagraphia gynaixi. pros oudemian de holōs ho hepomenos tǭ logǭ aischran hēdonēn oikeiōsetai; dio kai tēs esthētos to chreiōdes prokriteon. kan ho logos touto psallę̄ dia Dabid peri tou kyriou legōn »euphranan se thygateres basileōn en tę̄ timę̄ sou; parestē hē basilissa ek dexiōn sou en himatismǭ diachrysǭ kai krossōtois chrysois peribeblēmenē«, ouk esthēta tēn tryphētikēn memēnyken, alla ton ek pisteōs synyphasmenon akēraton tōn ēleēmenōn kosmon tēs ekklēsias dedēlōken, en hę̄ ho adolos Iēsous »hōs chrysos diaprepei«, kai hoi
So I also accept the sophist of Ceos, who drew fitting and corresponding pictures of virtue and vice. He made the one, virtue, stand simply, dressed in white and clean, adorned only with modesty (such should faith be, virtuous with modesty); and he brought in the other, vice, the opposite, clothed in superfluous clothing and brightened with a borrowed color, and her movement and bearing, contrived to please, were set out as a sketch of lewd women. The one who follows the Word will make no shameful pleasure his own; so in clothing too usefulness must be preferred. And if the Word sings this through David concerning the Lord: “The daughters of kings have delighted you in your honor; the queen stood at your right hand in gold-woven clothing, arrayed in golden fringes,” he has not indicated luxurious clothing, but has shown the pure adornment, woven together from faith, of those who have received mercy, the church, in which the guileless Jesus “shines like gold,” and the
2.10.111Stählin 1:223–224
κροσσοί, οἱ ἐκλεκτοί, οἱ χρυσοῖ. εἰ δὲ καὶ ὑφεῖναι χρὴ τοῦ τόνου διὰ τὰς γυναῖκας, λείαν τὴν ἐσθῆτα καὶ προσηνῆ πρὸς τὴν ἁφὴν ἐξυφαντέον, οὐχὶ δὲ καθάπερ τὰς γραφὰς πρὸς τὸ τερπνὸν τῆς ὄψεως ἐξανθιστέον· ἐξίτηλος μὲν γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ τῷ χρόνῳ γίνεται, αἱ δὲ ῥύψεις καὶ αἱ στύψεις τοῖς φαρμακώδεσι τῆς βαφῆς χυμοῖς ἐκτήκουσαι τὰ ἔρια τῶν ἀμπεχονῶν τὰς ὑφάνσεις ἀσθενεῖς ἀποτελοῦσι, τὸ δὲ οὐδʼ εἰς οἰκονομίαν εὔθετον. ἀπειροκαλία δὲ ἡ μεγίστη τοσοῦτον ἐπτοῆσθαι περὶ τοὺς πέπλους καὶ τὰς ξυστίδας καὶ τὰς ἐφαπτίδας χλαίνας τε καὶ χιτῶνας, »τά τʼ αἰδῶ ἀμφικαλύπτει«, Ὅμηρός φησιν. αἰσχύνομαι γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ὁρῶν τοσοῦτον ἐκχεόμενον πλοῦτον εἰς τὴν αἰδοίων σκέπην. ὁ γάρ τοι ἀρχαῖος ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ κλάδοις καὶ φύλλοις τὴν σκέπην τῆς αἰσχύνης παρεμέτρει, νυνὶ δὲ ἐπεὶ τὰ πρόβατα ἡμῖν δεδημιούργηται, μὴ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς προβάτοις ἀφραίνωμεν, παιδαγωγούμενοι δὲ τῷ λόγῳ τὸ πολυτελὲς τῆς ἐσθῆτος διελέγχωμεν ἐπιλέγοντες, τρίχες ἐστὲ προβάτων, κἂν Μίλητος αὐχῇ, κἂν Ἰταλία δοξάζηται, κἂν ὑπὸ διφθέραις φυλάττωνται αἱ τρίχες, περὶ ἃς μεμήνασιν οἱ πολλοί, ἀλλὰ ἡμῖν γε οὐ σπουδαστέον.
krossoi, hoi eklektoi, hoi chrysoi. ei de kai hypheinai chrē tou tonou dia tas gynaikas, leian tēn esthēta kai prosēnē pros tēn haphēn exyphanteon, ouchi de kathaper tas graphas pros to terpnon tēs opseōs exanthisteon; exitēlos men gar hē graphē tǭ chronǭ ginetai, hai de rhypseis kai hai stypseis tois pharmakōdesi tēs baphēs chymois ektēkousai ta eria tōn ampechonōn tas hyphanseis astheneis apotelousi, to de oudʼ eis oikonomian eutheton. apeirokalia de hē megistē tosouton eptoēsthai peri tous peplous kai tas xystidas kai tas ephaptidas chlainas te kai chitōnas, »ta tʼ aidō amphikalyptei«, Homēros phēsin. aischynomai gar hōs alēthōs horōn tosouton ekcheomenon plouton eis tēn aidoiōn skepēn. ho gar toi archaios anthrōpos ho en tǭ paradeisǭ kladois kai phyllois tēn skepēn tēs aischynēs paremetrei, nyni de epei ta probata hēmin dedēmiourgētai, mē kata ta auta tois probatois aphrainōmen, paidagōgoumenoi de tǭ logǭ to polyteles tēs esthētos dielenchōmen epilegontes, triches este probatōn, kan Milētos auchę̄, kan Italia doxazētai, kan hypo diphtherais phylattōntai hai triches, peri has memēnasin hoi polloi, alla hēmin ge ou spoudasteon.
fringes are the elect, the golden ones. If we must relax our tension because of women, let their clothing be woven smooth and soft to the touch, but not embroidered with flowers like paintings for the delight of the eye. For painting fades with time, and washings and the astringent, drug-like juices of dyes melt away the wool of garments and make the weave weak, which is not good for economy either. It is the greatest tastelessness to be so excited about robes, rugs, mantles, cloaks, and tunics, “which cover the private parts,” as Homer says. I am truly ashamed to see so much wealth poured out on covering the private parts. For the first man in paradise measured the covering of his shame with branches and leaves; now that sheep have been created for us, let us not be as foolish as sheep, but, instructed by the Word, let us expose the costliness of clothing, saying: “You are sheep's hair, even if Miletus boasts, even if Italy is glorified, even if the hair is guarded under hides.” The many are mad about it, but we must not be eager.
2.10.112Stählin 1:224
Ὁ δὲ μακάριος Ἰωάννης καὶ τῶν προβάτων ὑπεριδὼν τὰς τρίχας ὀζούσας τρυφῆς τὰς τῶν καμήλων εἵλατο τρίχας καὶ ταύτας ἠμπίσχετο, τὸ εὐτελὲς καὶ ἄδολον τοῦ βίου ὑποτυπούμενος. καὶ γὰρ μέλι ἤσθιεν καὶ ἀκρίδας, γλυκεῖαν καὶ πνευματικὴν τροφήν, ἀτύφους καὶ σώφρονας τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ κυρίου παρασκευάζων. ἦ που γὰρ ἂν ἁλουργὴν χλανίδα περιεβάλετο ὁ τὴν ἀλαζονείαν τὴν πολιτικὴν ἐκτραπείς, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἔρημον * * τῆς ἐρημίας γαλήνην θεῷ πεπολιτευμένος ἐκτὸς πάσης κενοσπουδίας, ἀπειραγαθίας, μικροπρεπείας. μηλωτῇ δὲ ἐχρῆτο Ἠλίας ἐνδύματι καὶ ζώνῃ τὴν μηλωτὴν κατέσφιγγεν ἐκ τριχῶν πεποιημένῃ.
Ho de makarios Iōannēs kai tōn probatōn hyperidōn tas trichas ozousas tryphēs tas tōn kamēlōn heilato trichas kai tautas ēmpischeto, to euteles kai adolon tou biou hypotypoumenos. kai gar meli ēsthien kai akridas, glykeian kai pneumatikēn trophēn, atyphous kai sōphronas tas hodous tou kyriou paraskeuazōn. ē pou gar an halourgēn chlanida periebaleto ho tēn alazoneian tēn politikēn ektrapeis, eis de tēn erēmon * * tēs erēmias galēnēn theǭ pepoliteumenos ektos pasēs kenospoudias, apeiragathias, mikroprepeias. mēlōtę̄ de echrēto Ēlias endymati kai zōnę̄ tēn mēlōtēn katesphingen ek trichōn pepoiēmenę̄.
The blessed John, despising even sheep's hair as smelling of luxury, chose camel's hair and clothed himself with it, showing the frugality and guilelessness of his life. He ate honey and locusts, sweet and spiritual food, preparing the ways of the Lord, free of pride and self-controlled. How could he have put on a purple robe, he who turned from the pretensions of the city, and in the desert … lived for God in the calm of solitude, free from all vain zeal, ignorant display, and pettiness? Elijah used a sheepskin as his garment, and bound the sheepskin with a belt made of hair.
2.10.113Stählin 1:224–225
Ἡσαΐας δέ, ἄλλος οὗτος προφήτης, »γυμνός τε καὶ ἀνυπόδετος« ἦν, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ σάκκον ἠμπίσχετο ταπεινοφροσύνης ἔνδυμα. εἰ δὲ καὶ Ἱερεμίαν καλεῖς, λινοῦν οὗτος περίζωμα εἶχε μόνον. ὡς δὲ τὰ εὐτραφῆ τῶν σωμάτων γυμνούμενα φανερωτέραν δείκνυσι τὴν ἀκμήν, οὕτως καὶ τῶν ἠθῶν τὸ κάλλος, μὴ ἐνειλούμενον ἀπειροκάλοις φλυαρίαις, τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς ἐνδείκνυται. Τὸ δὲ καὶ σύρειν τὰς ἐσθῆτας ἐπʼ ἄκρους καθιέντας τοὺς πόδας κομιδῇ ἀλαζονικόν, ἐμποδὼν τῇ ἐνεργείᾳ τοῦ περιπατεῖν γινόμενον. καλλύντρου δίκην ἐπισυρομένης τῆς ἐσθῆτος τὰς ἐπιπολαίους τῆς γῆς ἀχυρμιάς, οὐδὲ τῶν κατεαγότων τούτων δὴ τῶν τὴν κιναιδίαν τὴν ἄφωνον ἐπὶ ταῖς σκηναῖς μετιόντων ὀρχηστῶν ἀπορρέουσαν εἰς τοσοῦτον ὕβρεως τὴν ἐσθῆτα περιορώντων, οἷς οἱ ἐπιμελεῖς στολισμοὶ καὶ τῶν κρασπέδων αἱ ἀπαιωρήσεις καὶ τῶν σχημάτων οἱ περίεργοι ῥυθμοὶ βλακείας μικρολόγου ἐπισυρμὸν ἐμφαίνουσιν. κἂν τὸν ποδήρη τις παραφέρῃ τὸν κυρίου, ὁ ποικιλανθὴς ἐκεῖνος χιτὼν τὰ τῆς σοφίας ἄνθη δεικνύει, τὰς ποικίλας καὶ μὴ μαραινομένας γραφάς, τὰ λόγια τὰ κυρίου ταῖς τῆς ἀληθείας ἀπαστράπτοντα αὐγαῖς, τοιαύτην ἄλλην τὸν κύριον ἐσθῆτα διὰ τοῦ Δαβὶδ ἠμφίεσεν τὸ πνεῦμα ὧδέ πως ψάλλον· »ἐξομολόγησιν καὶ εὐπρέπειαν ἐνεδύσω, ἀναβαλλόμενος φῶς ὡς ἱμάτιον.«
Hēsaïas de, allos houtos prophētēs, »gymnos te kai anypodetos« ēn, pollakis de kai sakkon ēmpischeto tapeinophrosynēs endyma. ei de kai Hieremian kaleis, linoun houtos perizōma eiche monon. hōs de ta eutraphē tōn sōmatōn gymnoumena phanerōteran deiknysi tēn akmēn, houtōs kai tōn ēthōn to kallos, mē eneiloumenon apeirokalois phlyariais, to megaloprepes endeiknytai. To de kai syrein tas esthētas epʼ akrous kathientas tous podas komidę̄ alazonikon, empodōn tę̄ energeią tou peripatein ginomenon. kallyntrou dikēn episyromenēs tēs esthētos tas epipolaious tēs gēs achyrmias, oude tōn kateagotōn toutōn dē tōn tēn kinaidian tēn aphōnon epi tais skēnais metiontōn orchēstōn aporreousan eis tosouton hybreōs tēn esthēta periorōntōn, hois hoi epimeleis stolismoi kai tōn kraspedōn hai apaiōrēseis kai tōn schēmatōn hoi periergoi rhythmoi blakeias mikrologou episyrmon emphainousin. kan ton podērē tis parapherę̄ ton kyriou, ho poikilanthēs ekeinos chitōn ta tēs sophias anthē deiknyei, tas poikilas kai mē marainomenas graphas, ta logia ta kyriou tais tēs alētheias apastraptonta augais, toiautēn allēn ton kyrion esthēta dia tou Dabid ēmphiesen to pneuma hōde pōs psallon; »exomologēsin kai euprepeian enedysō, anaballomenos phōs hōs himation.«
Isaiah, another prophet, was “naked and barefoot,” and often wore sackcloth, the garment of humility. And if you call Jeremiah, he had only a linen loincloth. As well-nourished bodies show their bloom more plainly when stripped, so beauty of character, not wrapped in tasteless trifles, shows its magnificence. Trailing one's clothes down to the tips of the feet is most pretentious, hindering the activity of walking, the garment sweeping up the surface refuse of the ground like a broom; not even those broken dancers who pursue silent effeminacy on the stage let their clothing trail down into such insolence, though their careful dressing, the dangling of their hems, and the elaborate rhythms of their postures show the trailing of petty effeminacy. And if anyone brings up the Lord's long robe, that many-flowered tunic shows the flowers of wisdom, the varied and unfading Scriptures, the oracles of the Lord flashing with the rays of truth. The Spirit clothed the Lord with another such garment through David, singing thus: “You have put on confession and majesty, covering yourself with light as with a garment.”
2.10.114Stählin 1:225
Καθάπερ οὖν περὶ τὴν κατασκευὴν τῶν ἐσθήτων καθαρευτέον πάσης ἀτοπίας, οὕτως δὲ καὶ τῆς χρήσεως τὴν ἀμετρίαν εὐλαβητέον. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπὲρ γόνυ καθάπερ τὰς Λακαίνας φασὶ παρθένους ἐστολίσθαι καλόν· οὐδὲν γὰρ μέρος ὁτιοῦν ἀπογυμνοῦσθαι γυναικὸς εὐπρεπές. καίτοι δυνατὸν ἀποφθέγξασθαι μάλα κοσμίως τὴν ἀστείαν ἐκείνην φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν εἰπόντα »καλὸς ὁ πῆχυς«, »ἀλλʼ οὐ δημόσιος«, καὶ »κνῆμαι καλαί«, »ἀλλὰ μόνου«, φάναι, »τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τοῦ ἐμοῦ«, καὶ »πρόσωπον εὐπρεπές«, »ἀλλὰ μόνου τοῦ γεγαμηκότος«. ἐγὼ δὲ οὐδὲ τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν τοιούτων ἐπαίνων θέλω παρέχειν τὰς σώφρονας τοῖς διὰ τῶν ἐπαίνων θηρωμένοις τὰ ἐπίψογα, καὶ οὐδʼ ὅτι γε παραγυμνοῦν τὸ σφυρὸν κεκώλυται μόνον; ἐγκεκαλύφθαι δὲ καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον ἐπεσκιάσθαι προστέτακται. οὐ γὰρ ὅσιον εἶναι θήρατρον ἀνθρώπων τὸ κάλλος τοῦ σώματος, οὐδὲ ἁλουργῷ παραπετάσματι χρωμένην περίβλεπτον ἐθέλειν γίνεσθαι τὴν γυναῖκα εὔλογον. εἴθε γὰρ καὶ τῆς ἐσθῆτος οἷόν τε ἦν ἐξελεῖν τὴν πορφύραν, ὡς μὴ ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον τῶν χρωμένων τοὺς θεατὰς ἐπιστρέφειν· αἳ δὲ ὀλίγον κομιδῇ τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἀμπεχόνης ὑφαίνουσαι τὸ πᾶν ἁλουργὲς εἰργάσαντο ἐκφλέγουσαι τὰς ῥᾳθυμίας, καὶ δῆτα αὐτὰς περὶ τὰς μεμωρημένας ταύτας καὶ ἁβρὰς ἀλυούσας πορφύρας κατὰ τὸ ποιητικὸν δὴ ἐκεῖνο »ἔλλαβε πορφύρεος θάνατος«.
Kathaper oun peri tēn kataskeuēn tōn esthētōn kathareuteon pasēs atopias, houtōs de kai tēs chrēseōs tēn ametrian eulabēteon. oude gar hyper gony kathaper tas Lakainas phasi parthenous estolisthai kalon; ouden gar meros hotioun apogymnousthai gynaikos euprepes. kaitoi dynaton apophthenxasthai mala kosmiōs tēn asteian ekeinēn phōnēn pros ton eiponta »kalos ho pēchys«, »allʼ ou dēmosios«, kai »knēmai kalai«, »alla monou«, phanai, »tou andros tou emou«, kai »prosōpon euprepes«, »alla monou tou gegamēkotos«. egō de oude tēn aitian tōn toioutōn epainōn thelō parechein tas sōphronas tois dia tōn epainōn thērōmenois ta epipsoga, kai oudʼ hoti ge paragymnoun to sphyron kekōlytai monon? enkekalyphthai de kai tēn kephalēn kai to prosōpon epeskiasthai prostetaktai. ou gar hosion einai thēratron anthrōpōn to kallos tou sōmatos, oude halourgǭ parapetasmati chrōmenēn periblepton ethelein ginesthai tēn gynaika eulogon. eithe gar kai tēs esthētos hoion te ēn exelein tēn porphyran, hōs mē epi to prosōpon tōn chrōmenōn tous theatas epistrephein; hai de oligon komidę̄ to loipon tēs ampechonēs hyphainousai to pan halourges eirgasanto ekphlegousai tas rhąthymias, kai dēta autas peri tas memōrēmenas tautas kai habras alyousas porphyras kata to poiētikon dē ekeino »ellabe porphyreos thanatos«.
Just as we must keep clear of all absurdity in the making of clothes, so we must guard against immoderation in their use. It is not good to be dressed above the knee, as they say Spartan girls are; for it is not seemly for any part of a woman to be bared. Indeed, one could very decorously give that witty reply to the man who said, “A beautiful arm,” “But not public”; and “Beautiful legs,” “But only for my husband”; and “A lovely face,” “But only for the one who married me.” But I do not want self-controlled women even to give occasion for such praises to those who, through praises, hunt for what is blameworthy. It is not only that baring the ankle is forbidden; it is commanded that the head be veiled and the face shaded. For it is not holy for the beauty of the body to be a snare for men; nor is it reasonable for a woman to wish to be admired by using a purple veil. Would that it were possible to remove the purple from clothing, so that it might not turn the eyes of spectators to the face of those who wear it! But the women, weaving very little of the rest of the garment, have made the whole of it purple, inflaming idleness; and indeed, going about distracted over these foolish and delicate purples, “purple death has seized them,” as the poet says.
2.10.115Stählin 1:225–226
διὰ ταύτην γοῦν τὴν πορφύραν ἡ Τύρος καὶ ἡ Σιδὼν καὶ τῆς Λακωνικῆς ἡ γείτων τῆς θαλάσσης ποθεινόταται· ἀνάγονται δὲ εὖ μάλα καὶ οἱ βαφεῖς αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ πορφυρευταὶ καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ κογχύλια διὰ τὸ αἷμα τούτων ἐξανθεῖν τὴν πορφύραν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς λίχνοις ὑφάσμασιν ἐγκαταμιγνύουσαι αἱ δολεραὶ γυναῖκες καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν οἱ γυναικώδεις τὰς δολερὰς βαφὰς μαργαίνουσιν περὶ τὴν ἀμετρίαν, οὐκέτι τὰς ὀθόνας τὰς ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου, ἄλλας δέ τινας ἐκ γῆς Ἑβραίων καὶ Κιλίκων ἐκποριζόμενοι γῆς. τὰ δὲ ἀμόργινα καὶ τὰ βύσσινα σιωπῶ· ὑπερεκπέπαικεν ἡ τρυφὴ καὶ τὴν ὀνομασίαν. δεῖ δὲ τὴν σκέπην, οἶμαι, αὐτὸ αὑτῆς κρεῖττον ἀποφαίνειν τὸ σκεπόμενον, ὡς τὸ ἄγαλμα τοῦ νεὼ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῆς ἐσθῆτος τὸ σῶμα. νυνὶ δὲ πᾶν τοὐναντίον, τὸ μὲν σῶμα αὐταῖς εἰ πιπράσκοιτο, οὐκ ἄν ποτε χιλίας εὕροι Ἀττικάς, μίαν δέ που ἐσθῆτα μυρίων ταλάντων ὠνούμεναι σφᾶς αὐτὰς ἀχρειοτέρας καὶ ἀτιμοτέρας τῶν ὑφασμάτων ἐλέγχουσιν. τί ποτʼ οὖν διώκετε τὰ σπάνια καὶ πολυτελῆ πρὸ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ καὶ τῶν εὐτελῶν; ὅτι ἀγνοεῖτε τὸ ὄντως καλὸν καὶ τὸ ὄντως ἀγαθόν· καὶ ἀντὶ τῶν ὄντων τὰ δοκοῦντα παρὰ τοῖς ἀνοήτοις σπουδάζεται, οἳ τοῖς μεμηνόσιν ἐπʼ ἴσης τὰ λευκὰ ὡς μέλανα φαντάζονται.
dia tautēn goun tēn porphyran hē Tyros kai hē Sidōn kai tēs Lakōnikēs hē geitōn tēs thalassēs potheinotatai; anagontai de eu mala kai hoi bapheis autōn kai hoi porphyreutai kai auta ta konchylia dia to haima toutōn exanthein tēn porphyran. alla kai tois lichnois hyphasmasin enkatamignyousai hai dolerai gynaikes kai tōn andrōn hoi gynaikōdeis tas doleras baphas margainousin peri tēn ametrian, ouketi tas othonas tas apʼ Aigyptou, allas de tinas ek gēs Hebraiōn kai Kilikōn ekporizomenoi gēs. ta de amorgina kai ta byssina siōpō; hyperekpepaiken hē tryphē kai tēn onomasian. dei de tēn skepēn, oimai, auto hautēs kreitton apophainein to skepomenon, hōs to agalma tou neō kai tēn psychēn tou sōmatos kai tēs esthētos to sōma. nyni de pan tounantion, to men sōma autais ei pipraskoito, ouk an pote chilias heuroi Attikas, mian de pou esthēta myriōn talantōn ōnoumenai sphas autas achreioteras kai atimoteras tōn hyphasmatōn elenchousin. ti potʼ oun diōkete ta spania kai polytelē pro tōn en mesǭ kai tōn eutelōn? hoti agnoeite to ontōs kalon kai to ontōs agathon; kai anti tōn ontōn ta dokounta para tois anoētois spoudazetai, hoi tois memēnosin epʼ isēs ta leuka hōs melana phantazontai.
Because of this purple, Tyre and Sidon and the coast of Laconia are most sought after; their dyers and purple fishers are highly esteemed, and the shellfish themselves, because the purple blooms from their blood. And deceitful women, and womanish men, mixing these deceitful dyes into dainty fabrics, run mad in their immoderation, no longer procuring linens from Egypt, but others from the land of the Hebrews and of the Cilicians. I say nothing of amorgine and byssus garments; luxury has outrun even their names. I think the covering should show what is covered to be better than itself, as the statue is better than the temple, the soul than the body, and the body than the clothing. But now it is quite the reverse: if their body were sold, it would never fetch a thousand Attic drachmas, while buying one garment for ten thousand talents they prove themselves more worthless and less valuable than the fabrics. Why, then, do you pursue rare and costly things instead of those at hand and cheap? Because you do not know what is truly beautiful and truly good; and instead of what is, what seems is pursued among the foolish, who, like the mad, imagine white to be black.
The 2, chapter 11
2.11.116Stählin 1:226
Παραπλήσιαι δὲ καὶ περὶ τὰς ὑποδέσεις εἰσὶν αἱ ἀλαζόνες τὴν πολλὴν βλακείαν κἀνταῦθα ἐπιδεικνύμεναι. αἰσχρὰ γοῦν ἀληθῶς τὰ σανδάλια ἐκεῖνα, ἐφʼ οἷς ἐστι τὰ χρυσᾶ ἄνθεμα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἥλους ἑλικοειδῶς τοῖς καττύμασιν ἐγκατακρούειν ἀξιοῦσιν, πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ ἐρωτικοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐγχαράττουσιν αὐτοῖς, ὡς ἂν ἐκ τῆς ἐπιβάσεως ῥυθμίζουσαι τὴν γῆν, τὸ ἑταιρικὸν τοῦ φρονήματος ἐκ τοῦ βαδίσματος ἐναποσφραγίσωνται. χαίρειν οὖν ἐατέον τὰς ἐπιχρύσους καὶ διαλίθους τῶν σανδαλίων ματαιοτεχνίας καὶ κρηπῖδας Ἀττικὰς καὶ τὰς Σικυωνίας καὶ τοὺς κοθόρνους, Περσικάς τε καὶ Τυρρηνικάς, προθεμένους δὲ καθὼς ἔθος τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἡμῶν τὸν σκοπὸν τὸν ὀρθὸν τὸ κατὰ φύσιν ἐκλέγειν χρή.
Paraplēsiai de kai peri tas hypodeseis eisin hai alazones tēn pollēn blakeian kantautha epideiknymenai. aischra goun alēthōs ta sandalia ekeina, ephʼ hois esti ta chrysa anthema, alla kai tous hēlous helikoeidōs tois kattymasin enkatakrouein axiousin, pollai de kai erōtikous aspasmous encharattousin autois, hōs an ek tēs epibaseōs rhythmizousai tēn gēn, to hetairikon tou phronēmatos ek tou badismatos enaposphragisōntai. chairein oun eateon tas epichrysous kai dialithous tōn sandaliōn mataiotechnias kai krēpidas Attikas kai tas Sikyōnias kai tous kothornous, Persikas te kai Tyrrēnikas, prothemenous de kathōs ethos tę̄ alētheią hēmōn ton skopon ton orthon to kata physin eklegein chrē.
Similar are the pretentious women with their footwear, showing much effeminacy here too. Truly shameful are those sandals with golden flowers on them; they even think it right to hammer nails into the soles in spirals; and many engrave erotic greetings on them, so that, keeping time on the ground as they step, they may stamp the courtesan-like character of their mind by their walk. We must say farewell, then, to the vain art of gilded and jeweled sandals, to Attic and Sicyonian shoes, to buskins, Persian and Etruscan; and, setting before us, as is the custom of our truth, the right aim, we must choose what accords with nature.
2.11.117Stählin 1:226–227
ἡ γὰρ χρῆσις τῶν ὑποδημάτων ἣ μὲν αὐτῶν εἰς σκέπην ποδῶν, ἣ δὲ εἰς προφυλακὴν τῶν προσπταισμάτων καὶ τῶν ὀρειβατικῶν τραχυτήτων τὴν πέλμα ποδὸς σῴζουσαν. γυναιξὶ μὲν οὖν τὸ λευκὸν ὑπόδημα συγχωρητέον, πλὴν εἰ μὴ ὁδεύοιεν, τότε δὲ τῷ ἀλειπτῷ χρηστέον. ἡλωμένων δὲ δέονται τῶν καττυμάτων αἱ ὁδεύουσαι. πλὴν τὰ πολλὰ ὑποδήμασι χρηστέον αὐταῖς· οὐ γὰρ ἁρμόζει γυμνὸν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι τὸν πόδα· ἄλλως τε καὶ εὐολίσθητον εἰς βλάβην ἡ γυνή. ἀνδρὶ δὲ εὖ μάλα ἁρμόδιον ἀνυποδησία, πλὴν εἰ μὴ στρατεύοιτο. καὶ γάρ πως ἐγγὺς τὸ ὑποδεδέσθαι τῷ δεδέσθαι. ἀσκητικώτατόν γέ τοι γυμνοῖς χρῆσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν καὶ πρὸς ὑγείαν καὶ εὐκολίαν εὔθετον, ἔνθα μὴ ἀνάγκη τις διακωλύοι. εἰ δὲ μὴ ὁδεύοιμεν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ φέροιμεν τὴν ἀνυποδησίαν, βλαύταις ἢ φαικασίοις χρηστέον· κονίποδας αὐτὰ ἐκάλουν οἱ Ἀττικοί, διὰ τὸ πελάζειν μοι δοκεῖν τῇ κόνει τὼ πόδε. τῆς λιτῆς ὑποδέσεως ἀπόχρη μάρτυς Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἄξιος εἶναι ὁμολογῶν τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων λύειν τοῦ κυρίου. οὐ γάρ τι τῶν περιέργων ὑπεδέδετο ὁ τῆς ἀληθοῦς Ἑβραίοις φιλοσοφίας ὑποδεικνύμενος τὸν τύπον. τοῦτο δὲ εἰ καὶ αἰνίττεταί τι, ἐν ἄλλοις δηλωθήσεται.
hē gar chrēsis tōn hypodēmatōn hē men autōn eis skepēn podōn, hē de eis prophylakēn tōn prosptaismatōn kai tōn oreibatikōn trachytētōn tēn pelma podos sǭzousan. gynaixi men oun to leukon hypodēma synchōrēteon, plēn ei mē hodeuoien, tote de tǭ aleiptǭ chrēsteon. hēlōmenōn de deontai tōn kattymatōn hai hodeuousai. plēn ta polla hypodēmasi chrēsteon autais; ou gar harmozei gymnon epideiknysthai ton poda; allōs te kai euolisthēton eis blabēn hē gynē. andri de eu mala harmodion anypodēsia, plēn ei mē strateuoito. kai gar pōs engys to hypodedesthai tǭ dedesthai. askētikōtaton ge toi gymnois chrēsthai tois posin kai pros hygeian kai eukolian eutheton, entha mē anankē tis diakōlyoi. ei de mē hodeuoimen, alla mēde pheroimen tēn anypodēsian, blautais ē phaikasiois chrēsteon; konipodas auta ekaloun hoi Attikoi, dia to pelazein moi dokein tę̄ konei tō pode. tēs litēs hypodeseōs apochrē martys Iōannēs, ouk axios einai homologōn ton himanta tōn hypodēmatōn lyein tou kyriou. ou gar ti tōn periergōn hypededeto ho tēs alēthous Hebraiois philosophias hypodeiknymenos ton typon. touto de ei kai ainittetai ti, en allois dēlōthēsetai.
The use of shoes is partly for covering the feet and partly for protecting the sole of the foot against stumbling and the roughness of mountain paths. Women may be allowed white shoes, except when traveling, when they should use oiled leather; women who travel need nailed soles. But for the most part they should wear shoes; for it is not fitting to show the bare foot; and besides, a woman is easily slipped into harm. For a man, going barefoot is very fitting, except when he is on military service. Indeed, being shod is somehow close to being bound. Using bare feet is most ascetic and suited to health and ease, where no necessity prevents it. If we are not traveling and cannot bear going barefoot, we should use slippers or light white shoes; the Athenians called them “dust-feet,” because, it seems to me, they bring the feet near the dust. John is a sufficient witness to plain footwear, confessing that he was not worthy to untie the strap of the Lord's sandals. For he who showed the Hebrews the pattern of true philosophy wore nothing elaborate. If this hints at something, it will be shown elsewhere.
The 2, chapter 12
2.12.118Stählin 1:227–228
Λίθους δὲ πελίους ἢ χλωροὺς καὶ τῆς ἀπεξενωμένης θαλάττης τὰ ἐκβράσματα καὶ τῆς γῆς τὰ ἐκψήγματα μειρακιῶδές ἐστι τεθηπέναι. ἐπὶ γὰρ τὰ διαυγῆ τῶν λιθιδίων καὶ τὰς ἰδιαζούσας χρόας ὑέλους τε ἵεσθαι ποικίλας οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ ἀνοήτων ἐστὶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπὸ τῶν πληκτικὴν ἐχόντων φαντασίαν ἑλκομένων. ταύτῃ καὶ τὸ πῦρ τὰ παιδία θεασάμενα φέρεται ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τῇ λαμπρότητι ἀγόμενα, τῆς δὲ ἐπαφήσεως τὸ ἐπισφαλὲς διὰ τὴν ἄνοιαν οὐ κατανενοηκότα. τοιοῦτο ταῖς ἠλιθίαις οἱ λίθοι γυναιξὶν περιδούμενοι τοῖς ὅρμοις καὶ τοῖς περιδεραίοις ἐγκατακλειόμενοι ἀμέθυστοι καὶ κεραυνῖται καὶ ἰάσπιδες καὶ τοπάζιον ἥ τε Μιλησία σμάραγδος ἐμπόλημα τιμηέστατον. ὁ δὲ πολυτίμητος μαργαρίτης ὑπερφυῶς τῇ γυναικωνίτιδι εἰσεκώμασεν· γίνεται δὲ οὗτος ἐν ὀστρείῳ τινὶ παραπλησίῳ ταῖς πίνναις, μέγεθος δὲ ἡλίκος ἰχθύος ὀφθαλμὸς εὐμεγέθης. καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται αἱ κακοδαίμονες περὶ ὄστρειον ὀλίγον τοῦτο τὴν πᾶσαν σπουδὴν πεποιημέναι, ἐξὸν ἁγίῳ κοσμεῖσθαι λίθῳ, τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃν μαργαρίτην ἡ γραφὴ κέκληκέν που, τὸν διαυγῆ καὶ καθαρὸν Ἰησοῦν, τὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐπόπτην ὀφθαλμόν, τὸν λόγον τὸν διαφανῆ, διʼ ὃν ἡ σὰρξ τιμία ὕδατι ἀναγεννωμένη. καὶ γὰρ τὸ ὄστρειον ἐκεῖνο ἐν ὕδατι γιγνόμενον περιστέγει τὴν σάρκα, ἐκ δὲ ταύτης ὁ μαργαρίτης κυΐσκεται.
Lithous de pelious ē chlōrous kai tēs apexenōmenēs thalattēs ta ekbrasmata kai tēs gēs ta ekpsēgmata meirakiōdes esti tethēpenai. epi gar ta diaugē tōn lithidiōn kai tas idiazousas chroas hyelous te hiesthai poikilas ouden allʼ ē anoētōn estin anthrōpōn hypo tōn plēktikēn echontōn phantasian helkomenōn. tautę̄ kai to pyr ta paidia theasamena pheretai epʼ auto tę̄ lamprotēti agomena, tēs de epaphēseōs to episphales dia tēn anoian ou katanenoēkota. toiouto tais ēlithiais hoi lithoi gynaixin peridoumenoi tois hormois kai tois perideraiois enkatakleiomenoi amethystoi kai keraunitai kai iaspides kai topazion hē te Milēsia smaragdos empolēma timēestaton. ho de polytimētos margaritēs hyperphyōs tę̄ gynaikōnitidi eisekōmasen; ginetai de houtos en ostreiǭ tini paraplēsiǭ tais pinnais, megethos de hēlikos ichthyos ophthalmos eumegethēs. kai ouk aischynontai hai kakodaimones peri ostreion oligon touto tēn pasan spoudēn pepoiēmenai, exon hagiǭ kosmeisthai lithǭ, tǭ logǭ tou theou, hon margaritēn hē graphē keklēken pou, ton diaugē kai katharon Iēsoun, ton en sarki epoptēn ophthalmon, ton logon ton diaphanē, diʼ hon hē sarx timia hydati anagennōmenē. kai gar to ostreion ekeino en hydati gignomenon peristegei tēn sarka, ek de tautēs ho margaritēs kyïsketai.
To gape at stones, dark or green, the refuse cast up by a foreign sea and the scrapings of the earth, is childish. For to rush after translucent pebbles and stones of peculiar colors and varied glass is nothing but the mark of foolish people drawn by things that strike the imagination. So children, seeing fire, rush toward it, drawn by its brightness, not understanding through folly the danger of touching it. Such are the stones that foolish women fasten on themselves in chains and necklaces: amethysts, thunderstones, jaspers, topaz, and the Milesian emerald, the most precious merchandise. And the much-prized pearl has marched in extravagantly into the women's quarters. It is formed in a kind of oyster like the pinna, and is about the size of a large fish's eye. And the wretched women are not ashamed to have spent all their zeal on this little oyster, when they could adorn themselves with the holy stone, the Word of God, whom Scripture somewhere has called a pearl, the translucent and pure Jesus, the eye that watches in the flesh, the transparent Word, through whom the flesh is made precious, regenerated by water. For that oyster too, formed in water, encloses the flesh, and from this the pearl is conceived.
2.12.119Stählin 1:228
λίθοις δὲ ἁγίοις τὴν ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ τετειχίσθαι παρειλήφαμεν, καὶ τὰς δώδεκα τῆς οὐρανοπόλεως πύλας τιμίοις ἀπεικασμένας λίθοις τὸ περίοπτον τῆς ἀποστολικῆς [φωνῆς] αἰνίττεσθαι χάριτος ἐκδεχόμεθα. ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν λίθων τῶν πολυτελῶν αἱ χρόαι τετάχαται, τίμιαι δὲ αὗται, τὰ δʼ ἄλλα ὕλη γεώδης καταλείπονται. συμβολικῶς τούτοις εἰκότως τειχίζεται τῶν ἁγίων ἡ πόλις πνευματικῶς οἰκοδομουμένη. πρὸς τὸ ἄνθος τῶν λίθων τὸ ἀμίμητον τὸ ἄνθος τοῦ πνεύματος τὸ ἀκήρατον καὶ ἅγιον τῆς οὐσίας νενοήκασιν· αἳ δέ, μὴ συνιεῖσαι τὸ συμβολικὸν τῶν γραφῶν, ὅλαι περικεχήνασι τοῖς λίθοις, τὸν θαυμάσιον ἐκεῖνον ἀπολογισμὸν προφερόμεναι· ὅ τι κατέδειξεν ὁ θεός, διὰ τί μὴ χρησώμεθα; καὶ πάρεστί μοι, διὰ τί μὴ τρυφήσω; καὶ τίσιν οὖν ταῦτα γέγονεν, εἰ μὴ ἡμῖν; τελέως δὲ ἠγνοηκότων τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ αἱ τοιαῦται φωναί.
lithois de hagiois tēn anō Hierousalēm teteichisthai pareilēphamen, kai tas dōdeka tēs ouranopoleōs pylas timiois apeikasmenas lithois to periopton tēs apostolikēs [phōnēs] ainittesthai charitos ekdechometha. epi gar tōn lithōn tōn polytelōn hai chroai tetachatai, timiai de hautai, ta dʼ alla hylē geōdēs kataleipontai. symbolikōs toutois eikotōs teichizetai tōn hagiōn hē polis pneumatikōs oikodomoumenē. pros to anthos tōn lithōn to amimēton to anthos tou pneumatos to akēraton kai hagion tēs ousias nenoēkasin; hai de, mē synieisai to symbolikon tōn graphōn, holai perikechēnasi tois lithois, ton thaumasion ekeinon apologismon propheromenai; ho ti katedeixen ho theos, dia ti mē chrēsōmetha? kai paresti moi, dia ti mē tryphēsō? kai tisin oun tauta gegonen, ei mē hēmin? teleōs de ēgnoēkotōn to thelēma tou theou hai toiautai phōnai.
We have received the tradition that the Jerusalem above is walled with holy stones, and we understand that the twelve gates of the heavenly city, likened to precious stones, hint at the conspicuous grace of the apostolic [voice]. For colors are set in the costly stones, and these are precious, while the rest is left as earthy matter. Fittingly, then, the city of the saints, spiritually built, is walled symbolically with these. By the inimitable bloom of the stones they have understood the pure and holy bloom of the Spirit's substance. But those women, not understanding the symbolism of the Scriptures, gape wholly after the stones, offering that marvelous defense: “What God has shown, why should we not use? It is at hand for me; why should I not enjoy it? For whom were these things made, if not for us?” Such words belong to those who are completely ignorant of God's will.
2.12.120Stählin 1:228–229
πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα καθάπερ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὸν ἀέρα προφανῆ πᾶσι χορηγεῖ, τὰ δὲ ὅσα μὴ ἀναγκαῖα γῇ τε καὶ ὕδατι ἔκρυψεν. διὰ τοῦτό τοι μύρμηκες χρυσωρυχοῦσι, καὶ γρῦπες χρυσοφυλακοῦσι, καὶ ἡ θάλασσα τὸν μαργαρίτην ἔκρυψεν λίθον· ὑμεῖς δὲ περίεργοι εἰς ἃ μὴ δεῖ. ἰδοὺ ὅλος ἀναπέπταται οὐρανός, καὶ οὐ ζητεῖτε τὸν θεόν· τὸ δὲ κεκρυμμένον χρυσίον καὶ τοὺς λίθους οἱ τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ κεκριμένοι γεωρυχοῦσι παρʼ ἡμῖν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ γραφῇ ἀντᾴδετε, βοώσης ἐκείνης διαρρήδην· »ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν.« εἰ δὲ καὶ πάντα ὑμῖν δεδώρηται καὶ εἰ πάντα ὑμῖν συγκεχώρηται καὶ εἰ »πάντα ἡμῖν ἔξεστι«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει«. παρήγαγεν δὲ τὸ γένος ἡμῶν ἐπὶ κοινωνίᾳ ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸς τῶν ἑαυτοῦ πρότερος μεταδοὺς καὶ κοινὸν πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἐπικουρήσας λόγον, πάντα ποιήσας ὑπὲρ πάντων. κοινὰ οὖν τὰ πάντα καὶ μὴ πλεονεκτούντων οἱ πλούσιοι. τὸ οὖν πάρεστί μοι καὶ πλεονάζει μοι, διὰ τί μὴ τρυφήσω; οὐκ ἀνθρώπινον οὐδὲ κοινωνικόν, ἐκεῖνο δὲ μᾶλλον ἀγαπητικόν· πάρεστί μοι, διὰ τί μὴ μεταδῶ τοῖς δεομένοις; ὁ γὰρ τοιοῦτος τέλειος ὁ τὸ »ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτὸν« πληρώσας. αὕτη γὰρ ἡ ἀληθὴς τρυφή, ἡ θησαυριζομένη πολυτέλεια, ἣ δὲ εἰς τὰς ματαίους ἐπιθυμίας ἀνάλωσις ἀπωλείας, οὐ δαπάνης, ἐπέχει λόγον. δέδωκεν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς οἶδʼ ὅτι τῆς χρήσεως ἡμῖν τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλὰ μέχρι τοῦ ἀναγκαίου, καὶ τὴν χρῆσιν κοινὴν εἶναι βεβούληται. ἄτοπον δὲ ἕνα τρυφᾶν πενομένων πλειόνων. πόσῳ μὲν γὰρ εὐκλεέστερον τοῦ πολυτελῶς οἰκεῖν τὸ πολλοὺς εὐεργετεῖν; πόσῳ δὲ συνετώτερον τοῦ εἰς λίθους καὶ χρυσίον τὸ εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἀναλίσκειν; πόσῳ δὲ ὠφελιμώτερον τῶν ἀψύχων κοσμίων τὸ φίλους κεκτῆσθαι κοσμίους; τίνα δὲ ἂν ἀγροὶ τοσοῦτον ὅσον τὸ χαρίζεσθαι ὠφελήσειαν;
prōton men gar ta anankaia kathaper to hydōr kai ton aera prophanē pasi chorēgei, ta de hosa mē anankaia gę̄ te kai hydati ekrypsen. dia touto toi myrmēkes chrysōrychousi, kai grypes chrysophylakousi, kai hē thalassa ton margaritēn ekrypsen lithon; hymeis de periergoi eis ha mē dei. idou holos anapeptatai ouranos, kai ou zēteite ton theon; to de kekrymmenon chrysion kai tous lithous hoi tēn epi thanatǭ kekrimenoi geōrychousi parʼ hēmin. alla kai tę̄ graphę̄ antądete, boōsēs ekeinēs diarrēdēn; »zēteite prōton tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, kai tauta panta prostethēsetai hymin.« ei de kai panta hymin dedōrētai kai ei panta hymin synkechōrētai kai ei »panta hēmin exesti«, phēsin ho apostolos, »allʼ ou panta sympherei«. parēgagen de to genos hēmōn epi koinōnią ho theos autos tōn heautou proteros metadous kai koinon pasin anthrōpois ton heautou epikourēsas logon, panta poiēsas hyper pantōn. koina oun ta panta kai mē pleonektountōn hoi plousioi. to oun paresti moi kai pleonazei moi, dia ti mē tryphēsō? ouk anthrōpinon oude koinōnikon, ekeino de mallon agapētikon; paresti moi, dia ti mē metadō tois deomenois? ho gar toioutos teleios ho to »agapēseis ton plēsion sou hōs seauton« plērōsas. hautē gar hē alēthēs tryphē, hē thēsaurizomenē polyteleia, hē de eis tas mataious epithymias analōsis apōleias, ou dapanēs, epechei logon. dedōken gar ho theos oidʼ hoti tēs chrēseōs hēmin tēn exousian, alla mechri tou anankaiou, kai tēn chrēsin koinēn einai beboulētai. atopon de hena tryphan penomenōn pleionōn. posǭ men gar eukleesteron tou polytelōs oikein to pollous euergetein? posǭ de synetōteron tou eis lithous kai chrysion to eis anthrōpous analiskein? posǭ de ōphelimōteron tōn apsychōn kosmiōn to philous kektēsthai kosmious? tina de an agroi tosouton hoson to charizesthai ōphelēseian?
For, first, he supplies the necessities, like water and air, openly to all, while what is not necessary he has hidden in earth and water. So ants dig for gold and griffins guard gold, and the sea has hidden the pearl; but you are curious about what you should not be. Look, the whole heaven is spread open, and you do not seek God; while hidden gold and stones are dug up among us by those condemned to death. And you contradict the Scripture, which cries out plainly: “Seek first the kingdom of heaven, and all these things will be added to you.” Even if all things have been given to you, and all permitted, and “all things are lawful for us,” says the apostle, “not all things are profitable.” God himself brought our race into being for sharing, first sharing his own, and giving his own Word as a common help to all humankind, making all things for all. So all things are common, and let not the rich take more than their share. To say, “It is at hand for me and I have plenty; why should I not enjoy it?” is not human nor social; this rather is loving: “I have it; why should I not share it with those in need?” Such a one is perfect, having fulfilled “You shall love your neighbor as yourself.” This is true enjoyment, the treasured wealth; while spending on vain desires counts as waste, not expenditure. I know that God has given us the right to use, but only up to what is necessary, and he has willed that the use be common. It is absurd for one to live in luxury while many are in need. How much more glorious it is to do good to many than to live expensively! How much wiser to spend on people than on stones and gold! How much more useful to acquire well-ordered friends than lifeless ornaments! What estates could benefit anyone as much as giving?
2.12.121Stählin 1:229–230
Λείπεται τοίνυν ἡμῖν κἀκεῖνο ἐπιλῦσαι τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον· τίσιν οὖν τὰ πολυτελέστερα, ἂν αἱρῶνται πάντες τὰ εὐτελέστερα; τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, φήσαιμʼ ἄν, ἐὰν χωρὶς προσπαθείας καὶ διαφορᾶς χρώμεθα αὐτοῖς. εἰ δὲ ἀμήχανον πάντας σωφρονεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀναγκαίων χρείαν τὰ εὐπόριστα μεταδιωκτέον μακρὰ τοῖς περιττοῖς τούτοις χαίρειν φράσασιν. καθόλου μὲν οὖν τὰ κόσμια ὥσπερ κοροκόσμια ἀποσκορακιστέον ὅλον καὶ αὐτὸν παραιτουμέναις τὸν κόσμον. χρὴ γὰρ εἶναι κοσμίας ἔνδοθεν καὶ τὴν ἔσω γυναῖκα δεικνύναι καλήν· ἐν μόνῃ γὰρ τῇ ψυχῇ καταφαίνεται καὶ τὸ κάλλος καὶ τὸ αἶσχος. διὸ καὶ μόνος ὁ σπουδαῖος καλὸς κἀγαθὸς ὄντως ἐστίν, καὶ μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀγαθὸν δογματίζεται, ἡ δὲ ἀρετὴ μόνη καὶ διὰ καλοῦ τοῦ σώματος καταφαίνεται καὶ ἐπανθεῖ τῇ σαρκί, τὸ ὡραῖον τῆς σωφροσύνης ἀξιέραστον δεικνύουσα, ὅταν οἱονεὶ φέγγος ἐπιλάμπῃ τῇ μορφῇ τὸ ἦθος. τὸ γὰρ ἑκάστου καὶ φυτοῦ καὶ ζῴου κάλλος ἐν τῇ ἑκάστου ἀρετῇ εἶναι συμβέβηκεν. ἀνθρώπου δὲ ἀρετὴ δικαιοσύνη καὶ σωφροσύνη καὶ ἀνδρεία καὶ εὐσέβεια. καλὸς ἄρα ἄνθρωπος ὁ δίκαιος καὶ σώφρων καὶ συλλήβδην ὁ ἀγαθός, οὐχ ὁ πλούσιος. ἤδη δὲ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται χρυσίῳ κεκοσμῆσθαι βούλονται, οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνο ἀνεγνωκότες τὸ ποιητικόν, ὃς καὶ χρυσὸν ἔχων πόλεμον κίεν ἠύτε κούρη νηπίη.
Leipetai toinyn hēmin kakeino epilysai to epipheromenon; tisin oun ta polytelestera, an hairōntai pantes ta eutelestera? tois anthrōpois, phēsaimʼ an, ean chōris prospatheias kai diaphoras chrōmetha autois. ei de amēchanon pantas sōphronein, alla kai dia tēn tōn anankaiōn chreian ta euporista metadiōkteon makra tois perittois toutois chairein phrasasin. katholou men oun ta kosmia hōsper korokosmia aposkorakisteon holon kai auton paraitoumenais ton kosmon. chrē gar einai kosmias endothen kai tēn esō gynaika deiknynai kalēn; en monę̄ gar tę̄ psychę̄ kataphainetai kai to kallos kai to aischos. dio kai monos ho spoudaios kalos kagathos ontōs estin, kai monon to kalon agathon dogmatizetai, hē de aretē monē kai dia kalou tou sōmatos kataphainetai kai epanthei tę̄ sarki, to hōraion tēs sōphrosynēs axieraston deiknyousa, hotan hoionei phengos epilampę̄ tę̄ morphę̄ to ēthos. to gar hekastou kai phytou kai zǭou kallos en tę̄ hekastou aretę̄ einai symbebēken. anthrōpou de aretē dikaiosynē kai sōphrosynē kai andreia kai eusebeia. kalos ara anthrōpos ho dikaios kai sōphrōn kai syllēbdēn ho agathos, ouch ho plousios. ēdē de kai hoi stratiōtai chrysiǭ kekosmēsthai boulontai, oude ekeino anegnōkotes to poiētikon, hos kai chryson echōn polemon kien ēute kourē nēpiē.
It remains for us to answer the objection brought forward: “For whom, then, are the more costly things, if all choose the cheaper?” For human beings, I would say, if we use them without attachment and without discrimination. But if it is impossible for all to be self-controlled, still for the need of necessities we should pursue what is easily obtained, saying a long farewell to these superfluities. In general, ornaments, like dolls' finery, are to be thrown away entirely, and adornment itself refused. For women should be adorned within and show the inner woman beautiful; for only in the soul are beauty and ugliness seen. That is why only the virtuous man is truly beautiful and good, and only the beautiful is held to be good. Virtue alone appears even through a beautiful body and blooms on the flesh, showing the loveliness of self-control worthy of love, when character shines on the form like light. For the beauty of each plant and animal lies in its own virtue; and the virtue of a human being is justice, self-control, courage, and godliness. The beautiful human being, then, is the just, the self-controlled, in a word the good, not the rich. Now even soldiers want to be adorned with gold, not having read that verse of the poet: “who went to war wearing gold, like a foolish girl.”
2.12.122Stählin 1:230–231
ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὴν μὲν φιλοκοσμίαν ἥκιστα ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελουμένην, σώματος δὲ ἀντιποιουμένην, ἐκτραπέντος τοῦ φιλοκάλου περὶ τὴν κενοδοξίαν, ἄρδην ἐκβλητέον. τὰ γὰρ μὴ οἰκεῖα τῷ σώματι ὡς οἰκεῖα προσάπτουσα μελέτην τοῦ ψεύδεσθαι καὶ ἔθος ἀπάτης ἐνεγέννησεν, οὔτι τὸ σεμνὸν καὶ ἄπλαστον καὶ νήπιον ὡς ἀληθῶς, τὸ σοβαρὸν δὲ καὶ θρυπτικὸν καὶ ἁβροδίαιτον φαίνουσα. αἳ δὲ ἀμαυροῦσι τὸ κάλλος τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἐπισκιάζουσαι χρυσίῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἴσασι τὸ πλημμέλημα οἷόν ἐστι, δεσμὰ ἑαυταῖς περιθεῖσαι πλούσια μυρία, καθάπερ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς βαρβάροις φασὶν δεδέσθαι τοὺς κακούργους χρυσίῳ. τούτους ἐζηλωκέναι δοκοῦσί μοι αἱ γυναῖκες τοὺς δεσμώτας τοὺς πλουσίους. ἦ γὰρ οὐχὶ κλοιὸς τὸ χρυσοῦν ἐστι περιδέραιον καὶ οἱ στρεπτοί; οἵ τε καθετῆρες καλούμενοι ἁλύσεων ἐπέχοντες τρόπον [καὶ] παρὰ τοῖς Ἀττικοῖς αὐτῷ τούτῳ τῷ ὀνόματι ἁλύσεις κέκληνται. πέδας δὲ περισφυρίους τὴν περὶ τοὺς πόδας ἀκοσμίαν τῶν γυναικῶν Φιλήμων ἐν Συνεφήβῳ προσεῖπεν, ἱμάτια διαφαίνοντα καὶ πέδην τινὰ χρυσῆν.
alla gar tēn men philokosmian hēkista aretēs epimeloumenēn, sōmatos de antipoioumenēn, ektrapentos tou philokalou peri tēn kenodoxian, ardēn ekblēteon. ta gar mē oikeia tǭ sōmati hōs oikeia prosaptousa meletēn tou pseudesthai kai ethos apatēs enegennēsen, outi to semnon kai aplaston kai nēpion hōs alēthōs, to sobaron de kai thryptikon kai habrodiaiton phainousa. hai de amaurousi to kallos to alēthinon episkiazousai chrysiǭ, kai ouk isasi to plēmmelēma hoion esti, desma heautais peritheisai plousia myria, kathaper kai para tois barbarois phasin dedesthai tous kakourgous chrysiǭ. toutous ezēlōkenai dokousi moi hai gynaikes tous desmōtas tous plousious. ē gar ouchi kloios to chrysoun esti perideraion kai hoi streptoi? hoi te kathetēres kaloumenoi halyseōn epechontes tropon [kai] para tois Attikois autǭ toutǭ tǭ onomati halyseis keklēntai. pedas de perisphyrious tēn peri tous podas akosmian tōn gynaikōn Philēmōn en Synephēbǭ proseipen, himatia diaphainonta kai pedēn tina chrysēn.
But love of finery, which cares least for virtue and lays claim to the body, the love of beauty having turned aside into vanity, must be thrown out altogether. For by attaching to the body what is not its own as if it were its own, it has bred the practice of lying and the habit of deceit, showing not what is dignified, unaffected, and truly childlike, but what is pompous, soft, and luxurious. Those women obscure true beauty by shading it with gold, and do not know what an offense it is, putting on themselves countless rich chains, as among the barbarians, they say, criminals are bound with gold. Women seem to me to have emulated these rich prisoners. For is not the golden necklace a collar, and are not the twisted bands the same? The pendants called kathetēres, being like chains, are called by that very name, “chains,” among the Athenians. And Philemon, in The Fellow Youth, called the women's indecent ornaments around their feet “ankle fetters”: “see-through garments and some golden fetter.”
2.12.123Stählin 1:231
Τί οὖν ἔτι ὁ καλλωπισμὸς ὁ ζηλωτὸς ἢ ἐθέλειν ὑμᾶς, ὦ γυναῖκες, σφᾶς αὐτὰς φαίνεσθαι πεπεδημένας; εἰ γὰρ ἡ ὕλη τὸ ὄνειδος ὑπεκλύει, τὸ πάθος ἀδιάφορον. ἐμοὶ γοῦν δοκοῦσιν ἑκουσίως περιπίπτουσαι δεσμοῖς αὐχεῖν ἐπὶ συμφοραῖς πλουσίαις. ἴσως δὲ καὶ ὁ ποιητικὸς μῦθος τοιούτους δεσμοὺς μοιχευομένῃ τῇ Ἀφροδίτῃ περιβεβλῆσθαι λέγει, οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ μοιχείας σύμβολον αἰνιττόμενος τὰ κόσμια· χρυσοῦς γὰρ εἶπεν κἀκείνους Ὅμηρος τοὺς δεσμούς. ἤδη δὲ τὰ φανερώτατα τοῦ πονηροῦ σύμβολα οὐκ αἰσχύνονται περικείμεναι. ὡς γὰρ τὴν Εὔαν ὁ ὄφις ἠπάτησεν, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας γυναῖκας ὁ κόσμος ὁ χρυσοῦς δελέατι προσχρώμενος τοῦ ὄφεως τῷ σχήματι ἐξέμηνεν εἰς ὕβρεις, σμυραίνας τινὰς καὶ ὄφεις ἀποπλαττομένας εἰς εὐπρέπειαν. λέγει γοῦν ὁ κωμικὸς Νικόστρατος, ἁλύσεις, καθετῆρας, δακτυλίους, βουβάλια, ὄφεις, περισκελίδας, ἐλλέβορον.
Ti oun eti ho kallōpismos ho zēlōtos ē ethelein hymas, ō gynaikes, sphas autas phainesthai pepedēmenas? ei gar hē hylē to oneidos hypeklyei, to pathos adiaphoron. emoi goun dokousin hekousiōs peripiptousai desmois auchein epi symphorais plousiais. isōs de kai ho poiētikos mythos toioutous desmous moicheuomenę̄ tę̄ Aphroditę̄ peribeblēsthai legei, ouden allʼ ē moicheias symbolon ainittomenos ta kosmia; chrysous gar eipen kakeinous Homēros tous desmous. ēdē de ta phanerōtata tou ponērou symbola ouk aischynontai perikeimenai. hōs gar tēn Euan ho ophis ēpatēsen, houtō de kai tas allas gynaikas ho kosmos ho chrysous deleati proschrōmenos tou opheōs tǭ schēmati exemēnen eis hybreis, smyrainas tinas kai opheis apoplattomenas eis euprepeian. legei goun ho kōmikos Nikostratos, halyseis, kathetēras, daktylious, boubalia, opheis, periskelidas, elleboron.
What, then, is still enviable about this adornment, or about your wishing, women, to appear fettered? For if the material removes the reproach, the condition is the same. They seem to me to fall voluntarily into bonds and to boast of rich misfortunes. Perhaps the poets' myth too says that such bonds were thrown around Aphrodite in her adultery, hinting that ornaments are nothing but a symbol of adultery; for Homer called those bonds golden too. And now they are not ashamed to wear the plainest symbols of the evil one. For as the serpent deceived Eve, so golden ornament, using the serpent's shape as bait, has driven the other women mad for outrage, molding themselves images of lampreys and snakes for beauty. The comic poet Nicostratus says: “chains, pendants, rings, bracelets, snakes, anklets, hellebore.”
2.12.124Stählin 1:231–232
πάνυ γοῦν ἐπιψόγως πάντα τὸν γυναικεῖον καταλεγόμενος κόσμον Ἀριστοφάνης ἐν Θεσμοφοριαζούσαις ὑποδείκνυσιν. παραθήσομαι δὲ αὐτὰς τοῦ κωμικοῦ τὰς λέξεις διελεγχούσας ἀκριβῶς τὸ φορτικὸν ὑμῶν τῆς ἀπειραγαθίας· Α. μίτρας, ἀναδήματα, νίτρον, κίσηριν, στρόφιον, ὀπισθοσφενδόνην, κάλυμμα, φῦκος, περιδέραια, ὑπογράμματα, τρυφοκαλάσιριν, ἐλλέβορον, κεκρύφαλον, ζῶμα, ἀμπέχονον, τρύφημα, παρυφές, ξυστίδα, κιθῶνα, βάραθρον, ἔγκυκλον, χιτώνιον. τὰ μέγιστα δʼ οὐκ εἴρηκα τούτων. Β. εἶτα τί; A. διόπας, διάλιθον, πλάστρα, μολόχιον, βότρυς, χλίδωνα, περόνας, ἀμφιδέας, ὅρμους, πέδας, σφραγῖδας, ἁλύσεις, δακτυλίους, καταπλάσματα, πομφόλυγας, ἀποδέσμους, ὀλίσβους, σάρδια, ὑποδερίδας, ἑλικτῆρας.
pany goun epipsogōs panta ton gynaikeion katalegomenos kosmon Aristophanēs en Thesmophoriazousais hypodeiknysin. parathēsomai de autas tou kōmikou tas lexeis dielenchousas akribōs to phortikon hymōn tēs apeiragathias; A. mitras, anadēmata, nitron, kisērin, strophion, opisthosphendonēn, kalymma, phykos, perideraia, hypogrammata, tryphokalasirin, elleboron, kekryphalon, zōma, ampechonon, tryphēma, paryphes, xystida, kithōna, barathron, enkyklon, chitōnion. ta megista dʼ ouk eirēka toutōn. B. eita ti? A. diopas, dialithon, plastra, molochion, botrys, chlidōna, peronas, amphideas, hormous, pedas, sphragidas, halyseis, daktylious, kataplasmata, pompholygas, apodesmous, olisbous, sardia, hypoderidas, heliktēras.
Aristophanes, in the Women Celebrating the Thesmophoria, very reproachfully lists all women's ornament. I will set out the comic poet's own words, which expose exactly the vulgarity of your tastelessness: “A. Headbands, fillets, soda, pumice, breast-band, back-sling, veil, rouge, necklaces, eye paint, soft gown, hellebore, hairnet, girdle, shawl, bordered robe, fine robe, gown, tunic, pit, round cloak, little tunic. And the greatest of them I have not named. B. What then? A. Eardrops, jeweled ornament, earrings, mallow-dyed garment, grape-clusters, bracelets, brooches, armlets, necklaces, anklets, seals, chains, rings, plasters, bubbles, breast-bands, olisboi, carnelians, collars, spiral earrings.”
2.12.125Stählin 1:232
ἐγὼ μὲν ἔκαμον καὶ ἄχθομαι λέγων τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κοσμίων, τὰς δὲ καὶ θαυμάζειν ἔπεισί μοι, ὡς ἄρα οὐκ ἀποκναίονται τοσοῦτον ἄχθος βαστάζουσαι. ὢ τῆς κενῆς πολυπραγμοσύνης, ὢ τῆς ματαίας δοξομανίας· ἐκχέουσιν ἑταιρικῶς τὸν πλοῦτον εἰς ὄνειδος, καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ δωρήματα ἀπειροκαλίᾳ παραχαράττουσι ζηλοῦσαι τοῦ πονηροῦ τὴν τέχνην. σαφῶς δὲ ὁ κύριος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τὸν πλούσιον τὸν θησαυρίζοντα εἰς τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν λέγοντα· »ἔχεις ἀγαθὰ πολλὰ ἀποκείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά· φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου«, ἄφρονα κέκληκεν, »ταύτῃ γὰρ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν σου παραλαμβάνουσιν· ἃ οὖν ἡτοίμασας, τίνος γένηται;« Ἀπελλῆς ὁ ζωγράφος θεασάμενός τινα τῶν μαθητῶν Ἑλένην [ὀνόματι] πολύχρυσον γράψαντα· ὦ μειράκιον, εἶπεν, μὴ δυνάμενος γράψαι καλὴν πλουσίαν πεποίηκας.
egō men ekamon kai achthomai legōn to plēthos tōn kosmiōn, tas de kai thaumazein epeisi moi, hōs ara ouk apoknaiontai tosouton achthos bastazousai. ō tēs kenēs polypragmosynēs, ō tēs mataias doxomanias; ekcheousin hetairikōs ton plouton eis oneidos, kai tou theou ta dōrēmata apeirokalią paracharattousi zēlousai tou ponērou tēn technēn. saphōs de ho kyrios en tǭ euangeliǭ ton plousion ton thēsaurizonta eis tas apothēkas kai pros heauton legonta; »echeis agatha polla apokeimena eis etē polla; phage, pie, euphrainou«, aphrona keklēken, »tautę̄ gar tę̄ nykti tēn psychēn sou paralambanousin; ha oun hētoimasas, tinos genētai?« Apellēs ho zōgraphos theasamenos tina tōn mathētōn Helenēn [onomati] polychryson grapsanta; ō meirakion, eipen, mē dynamenos grapsai kalēn plousian pepoiēkas.
I am tired and vexed from naming the multitude of ornaments, and I am amazed at the women for not being worn out carrying such a burden. O vain busyness! O foolish craze for glory! Like courtesans they pour out their wealth for their disgrace, and debase God's gifts by tastelessness, emulating the art of the evil one. The Lord in the Gospel clearly called a fool the rich man who stored up in his barns and said to himself, “You have many good things laid up for many years; eat, drink, be merry”: “For this night they will require your soul of you; and what you have prepared, whose will it be?” Apelles the painter, seeing one of his pupils paint Helen loaded with gold, said: “Young man, unable to paint her beautiful, you have made her rich.”
2.12.126Stählin 1:232–233
τοιαῦται τοίνυν Ἑλέναι αἱ νῦν εἰσι γυναῖκες, οὐ καλαὶ γνησίως, πεπλασμέναι δὲ πλουσίως. ταύταις προφητεύει διὰ τοῦ Σοφονίου τὸ πνεῦμα· »καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ χρυσίον αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ δύνηται ἐξελέσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς κυρίου.« ταῖς δὲ ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ παιδαγωγουμέναις οὐ χρυσίῳ κοσμεῖσθαι προσήκει, ἀλλὰ τῷ λόγῳ, διʼ οὗ μόνου καταφαίνεται τὸ χρυσίον. μακάριοι μεντἂν ἦσαν οἱ παλαιοὶ τῶν Ἑβραίων, εἰ περιελόμενοι τὸν κόσμον τῶν γυναικῶν ἔρριψαν ἢ ἐχώνευσαν μόνον, νυνὶ δὲ εἰς βοῦν χρυσοχοήσαντες καὶ τούτῳ εἰδωλολατρήσαντες αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐκ ὤναντο οὔτε τῆς τέχνης οὔτε τῆς ἐπιβολῆς, ἐδίδαξαν δὲ ἡμῶν τὰς γυναῖκας τυπικώτατα κοσμίων ἀποσχέσθαι. τὸ γοῦν ἐκπορνεῦσαν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας εἰς χρυσίον εἴδωλον γίνεται βασανιζόμενον πυρί, ᾧ μόνῳ τηρεῖται τρυφὴ καθάπερ εἴδωλον, οὐκ ἀλήθεια. ἐντεῦθεν ὀνειδίζων ὁ λόγος διὰ τοῦ προφήτου τοὺς Ἑβραίους· »ἀργυρᾶ καὶ χρυσᾶ«, φησίν, »ἐποίησαν τῇ Βάαλ«, κόσμια δηλονότι· καὶ ἐναργέστατα ἐπαπειλῶν »καὶ ἐκδικήσω« λέγει »ἐπʼ αὐτὴν τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Βααλείμ, ἐν αἷς ἐπέθυσεν αὐτῇ, καὶ περιετίθετο τὰ ἐνώτια ἑαυτῆς καὶ τὰ καθόρμια αὐτῆς«, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ κοσμήματος ἐπήγαγεν εἰπών· »καὶ ἐπορεύετο ὀπίσω τῶν ἐραστῶν αὐτῆς, ἐμοῦ δὲ ἐπελάθετο, λέγει κύριος.«
toiautai toinyn Helenai hai nyn eisi gynaikes, ou kalai gnēsiōs, peplasmenai de plousiōs. tautais prophēteuei dia tou Sophoniou to pneuma; »kai to argyrion autōn kai to chrysion autōn ou mē dynētai exelesthai autous en hēmerą orgēs kyriou.« tais de hypo Christou paidagōgoumenais ou chrysiǭ kosmeisthai prosēkei, alla tǭ logǭ, diʼ hou monou kataphainetai to chrysion. makarioi mentan ēsan hoi palaioi tōn Hebraiōn, ei perielomenoi ton kosmon tōn gynaikōn erripsan ē echōneusan monon, nyni de eis boun chrysochoēsantes kai toutǭ eidōlolatrēsantes autoi men ouk ōnanto oute tēs technēs oute tēs epibolēs, edidaxan de hēmōn tas gynaikas typikōtata kosmiōn aposchesthai. to goun ekporneusan tēs epithymias eis chrysion eidōlon ginetai basanizomenon pyri, hǭ monǭ tēreitai tryphē kathaper eidōlon, ouk alētheia. enteuthen oneidizōn ho logos dia tou prophētou tous Hebraious; »argyra kai chrysa«, phēsin, »epoiēsan tę̄ Baal«, kosmia dēlonoti; kai enargestata epapeilōn »kai ekdikēsō« legei »epʼ autēn tas hēmeras tōn Baaleim, en hais epethysen autę̄, kai perietitheto ta enōtia heautēs kai ta kathormia autēs«, kai tēn aitian tou kosmēmatos epēgagen eipōn; »kai eporeueto opisō tōn erastōn autēs, emou de epelatheto, legei kyrios.«
Such Helens are the women of today: not truly beautiful, but richly made up. To them the Spirit prophesies through Zephaniah: “Their silver and their gold will not be able to deliver them on the day of the Lord's wrath.” But those instructed by Christ should be adorned not with gold but with the Word, through whom alone the gold is seen. The ancient Hebrews would have been blessed if they had taken off the women's ornaments and thrown them away or only melted them down; but as it was, they cast them into a calf and worshiped it as an idol, and they themselves gained nothing from the art or the enterprise, but they taught our women, most figuratively, to abstain from ornaments. For desire that has gone whoring after gold becomes an idol, tried by fire, by which alone luxury is kept, like an idol, not truth. So the Word, reproaching the Hebrews through the prophet, says: “They made silver and gold for Baal,” meaning ornaments; and threatening most plainly, he says: “And I will punish her for the days of the Baals, in which she sacrificed to her, and put on her earrings and her necklaces”; and he added the reason for the adornment, saying: “And she went after her lovers, and forgot me, says the Lord.”
2.12.127Stählin 1:233
Ἀποθέμεναι τοίνυν τοὺς λήρους αὐτῷ πονηρῷ σοφιστῇ τοῦ ἑταιρικοῦ τούτου μὴ μετεχόντων καλλωπισμοῦ μηδὲ εἰδωλολατρούντων διὰ παραπετάσματος εὐπρεποῦς. πάνυ γοῦν θαυμασίως ὁ Πέτρος ὁ μακάριος »γυναῖκας«, φησίν, »ὡσαύτως μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν ἢ χρυσῷ ἢ μαργαρίταις ἢ ἱματισμῷ πολυτελεῖ, ἀλλʼ ὃ πρέπει γυναιξὶν ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν, διʼ ἔργων ἀγαθῶν σφᾶς αὐτὰς κοσμουσῶν.«
Apothemenai toinyn tous lērous autǭ ponērǭ sophistę̄ tou hetairikou toutou mē metechontōn kallōpismou mēde eidōlolatrountōn dia parapetasmatos euprepous. pany goun thaumasiōs ho Petros ho makarios »gynaikas«, phēsin, »hōsautōs mē en plegmasin ē chrysǭ ē margaritais ē himatismǭ polytelei, allʼ ho prepei gynaixin epangellomenais theosebeian, diʼ ergōn agathōn sphas autas kosmousōn.«
Laying aside, then, these trifles for the evil sophist himself, let them not share in this courtesan's adornment, nor commit idolatry behind a fine-looking screen. Very admirably the blessed Peter says: “Likewise women, not with braids or gold or pearls or costly clothing, but, as befits women who profess godliness, adorning themselves with good works.”
2.12.128Stählin 1:233
καὶ γὰρ εἰκότως ἀπεῖναι αὐτῶν τὸν καλλωπισμὸν κελεύει· εἰ μὲν γὰρ καλαὶ εἶεν, ἀπόχρη ἡ φύσις· μὴ φιλονεικείτω ἡ τέχνη πρὸς τὴν φύσιν, τουτέστιν ἀπάτη ἀληθείᾳ μὴ ἐριζέτω· εἰ δὲ αἰσχραὶ φύσει, ἐλέγχουσιν ἐξ ὧν προσάπτουσιν ὃ μὴ ἔχουσιν. προσήκει τοίνυν λιτότητα ἀσπάζεσθαι τὰς Χριστῷ λατρευούσας. τῷ ὄντι γὰρ ἡ λιτότης ἁγιωσύνης προμηθεῖται ἐξισοῦσα τὰς πλεονεξίας καὶ διὰ τῶν τυχόντων τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν περιττῶν κομιζομένη χρείαν. τὸ γὰρ λιτόν, ᾗ καὶ τοὔνομα ἐμφαίνει, οὐκ ἐξέχει οὐδὲ κατά τι ὀγκοῦται ἢ τυφοῦται, ὁμαλὸν δὲ ὅλον καὶ λεῖον καὶ ἴσον καὶ ἀπέριττον καὶ ταύτῃ ἱκανόν ἐστιν. ἱκανότης δὲ ἕξις ἐστὶν ἐξικνουμένη πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον πέρας ἀνελλιπῶς καὶ ἀπερίττως· μήτηρ δὲ αὐτῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη, τιθηνὴ δὲ ἡ αὐτάρκεια.
kai gar eikotōs apeinai autōn ton kallōpismon keleuei; ei men gar kalai eien, apochrē hē physis; mē philoneikeitō hē technē pros tēn physin, toutestin apatē alētheią mē erizetō; ei de aischrai physei, elenchousin ex hōn prosaptousin ho mē echousin. prosēkei toinyn litotēta aspazesthai tas Christǭ latreuousas. tǭ onti gar hē litotēs hagiōsynēs promētheitai exisousa tas pleonexias kai dia tōn tychontōn tēn apo tōn perittōn komizomenē chreian. to gar liton, hę̄ kai tounoma emphainei, ouk exechei oude kata ti onkoutai ē typhoutai, homalon de holon kai leion kai ison kai aperitton kai tautę̄ hikanon estin. hikanotēs de hexis estin exiknoumenē pros to oikeion peras anellipōs kai aperittōs; mētēr de autōn hē dikaiosynē, tithēnē de hē autarkeia.
Rightly he commands that adornment be absent from them. For if they are beautiful, nature is enough; let not art contend with nature, that is, let not deceit strive with truth. If they are ugly by nature, they prove it by what they add, since they do not have it. It is fitting, then, for women who serve Christ to embrace simplicity. For simplicity truly provides for holiness, leveling excesses and obtaining from ordinary things the use sought from superfluities. For what is simple (liton), as the name shows, does not stand out, nor swell or puff up in any respect, but is entirely level, smooth, equal, and without excess, and in this way sufficient. Sufficiency is a disposition that reaches its proper end without deficiency and without excess; its mother is justice, its nurse self-sufficiency.
2.12.129Stählin 1:233–235
αὕτη γοῦν τοι ἕξις ἐστὶν ἀρκουμένη οἷς δεῖ καὶ διʼ αὑτῆς ποριστικὴ τῶν πρὸς τὸν μακάριον συντελούντων βίον. ἔστω οὖν ἐπὶ μὲν καρποῖς τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν κόσμος ἅγιος, εὐμετάδοτος κοινωνία καὶ ἔργα οἰκουρίας. »ὁ γὰρ διδοὺς πτωχῷ δανείζει θεῷ«, καὶ »χεῖρες ἀνδρείων πλουτίζουσιν.« ἀνδρείους τοὺς καταφρονοῦντας χρημάτων καὶ περὶ τὰς μεταδόσεις εὐκόλους εἴρηκεν. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ποδῶν ἡ ἄοκνος πρὸς εὐποιίαν ἑτοιμότης ἐπιφαινέσθω καὶ ἡ πρὸς δικαιοσύνην ὁδοιπορία. καθετῆρες δὲ καὶ περιδέραια αἰδὼς καὶ σωφροσύνη εἰσίν. τοιούτους ὅρμους χρυσοχοεῖ ὁ θεός. »μακάριος ἄνθρωπος, ὃς εὗρεν σοφίαν, καὶ θνητός, ὃς εἶδεν φρόνησιν«, διὰ Σολομῶντος τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει, »κρεῖσσον γὰρ αὐτὴν ἐμπορευθῆναι ἢ χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου θησαυρούς, τιμιωτέρα δέ ἐστι λίθων πολυτελῶν.« αὕτη γὰρ ἡ ἀληθινὴ εὐκοσμία. τὰ δὲ ὦτα αὐταῖς παρὰ φύσιν μὴ τιτράσθω εἰς ἀπάρτησιν ἐλλοβίων καὶ πλάστρων· οὔτε γὰρ θέμις βιάζεσθαι τὴν φύσιν, παρʼ ὃ βεβούληται, οὔτε μὴν ἄλλος ἀμείνων ἂν εἴη τῶν ὤτων κόσμος εἰς τοὺς κατὰ φύσιν τῆς ἀκοῆς καταβαίνων πόρους κατηχήσεως ἀληθοῦς. ὀφθαλμοὶ δὲ ὑπαληλιμμένοι λόγῳ καὶ ὧτα εἰς αἴσθησιν διατετρημένα θείων ἀκουστὴν καὶ ἁγίων ἐπόπτην παρασκευάζουσιν δεικνύντος ὡς ἀληθῶς τοῦ λόγου τὸ κάλλος τὸ ἀληθινόν, »ὃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν οὐδὲ οὖς ἤκουσε« πρότερον.
hautē goun toi hexis estin arkoumenē hois dei kai diʼ hautēs poristikē tōn pros ton makarion syntelountōn bion. estō oun epi men karpois tōn cheirōn hymōn kosmos hagios, eumetadotos koinōnia kai erga oikourias. »ho gar didous ptōchǭ daneizei theǭ«, kai »cheires andreiōn ploutizousin.« andreious tous kataphronountas chrēmatōn kai peri tas metadoseis eukolous eirēken. epi de tōn podōn hē aoknos pros eupoiian hetoimotēs epiphainesthō kai hē pros dikaiosynēn hodoiporia. kathetēres de kai perideraia aidōs kai sōphrosynē eisin. toioutous hormous chrysochoei ho theos. »makarios anthrōpos, hos heuren sophian, kai thnētos, hos eiden phronēsin«, dia Solomōntos to pneuma legei, »kreisson gar autēn emporeuthēnai ē chrysiou kai argyriou thēsaurous, timiōtera de esti lithōn polytelōn.« hautē gar hē alēthinē eukosmia. ta de ōta autais para physin mē titrasthō eis apartēsin ellobiōn kai plastrōn; oute gar themis biazesthai tēn physin, parʼ ho beboulētai, oute mēn allos ameinōn an eiē tōn ōtōn kosmos eis tous kata physin tēs akoēs katabainōn porous katēchēseōs alēthous. ophthalmoi de hypalēlimmenoi logǭ kai hōta eis aisthēsin diatetrēmena theiōn akoustēn kai hagiōn epoptēn paraskeuazousin deiknyntos hōs alēthōs tou logou to kallos to alēthinon, »ho ophthalmos ouk eiden oude ous ēkouse« proteron.
Self-sufficiency is a disposition content with what is needed and able by itself to provide what contributes to the blessed life. Let there be on the wrists of your hands a holy adornment: generous sharing and the works of managing the household. For “whoever gives to the poor lends to God,” and “the hands of the brave make rich.” He called brave those who despise money and are ready to share. On the feet let there appear unwearying readiness to do good and the journey toward righteousness. Pendants and necklaces are modesty and self-control; such chains God forges of gold. “Blessed is the man who has found wisdom, and the mortal who has seen understanding,” the Spirit says through Solomon, “for it is better to trade for her than for treasures of gold and silver, and she is more precious than costly stones.” This is the true good adornment. Let their ears not be pierced, against nature, to hang earrings and ear-ornaments; for it is not right to force nature against what it has willed, nor could there be a better ornament for the ears than true instruction entering the natural passages of hearing. Eyes anointed by the Word and ears pierced for perception make one a hearer of divine things and a beholder of holy things, the Word showing truly the true beauty, “which eye has not seen nor ear heard” before.
The 3, chapter 1
3.1.1Stählin 1:235–236
Ἦν ἄρα, ὡς ἔοικεν, πάντων μέγιστον μαθημάτων τὸ γνῶναι αὑτόν· ἑαυτὸν γάρ τις ἐὰν γνῷ, θεὸν εἴσεται, θεὸν δὲ εἰδὼς ἐξομοιωθήσεται θεῷ, οὐ χρυσοφορῶν οὐδὲ ποδηροφορῶν, ἀλλὰ ἀγαθοεργῶν καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα ὀλιγίστων δεόμενος· ἀνενδεὴς δὲ μόνος ὁ θεὸς καὶ χαίρει μάλιστα μὲν καθαρεύοντας ἡμᾶς ὁρῶν τῷ τῆς διανοίας κόσμῳ, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῷ τοῦ σώματος, ἁγνὴν στολήν, σωφροσύνην, περιβεβλημένους. τριγενοῦς οὖν ὑπαρχούσης τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ νοερόν, ὅ δὴ λογιστικὸν καλεῖται, ὁ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ὁ ἔνδον, ὁ τοῦ φαινομένου τοῦδε ἄρχων ἀνθρώπου, αὐτὸν δὲ ἐκεῖνον ἄλλος ἄγει, θεός· τὸ δὲ θυμικόν, θηριῶδες ὄν, πλησίον μανίας οἰκεῖ· πολύμορφον δὲ τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν καὶ τρίτον, ὑπὲρ τὸν Πρωτέα τὸν θαλάττιον δαίμονα ποικίλον, ἄλλοτε ἄλλως μετασχηματιζόμενον, εἰς μοιχείας καὶ λαγνείας καὶ εἰς φθορὰς ἐξαρεσκευόμενον· ἤτοι μὲν πρώτιστα λέων γένετʼ ἠυγένειος, ἔτι φέρων τὸν καλλωπισμόν· ἄνδρα δείκνυσιν ἡ τοῦ γενείου κόμη· αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα δράκων ἢ πάρδαλις ἠδὲ μέγας σῦς· κατώλισθεν εἰς τὴν ἀσέλγειαν ἡ φιλοκοσμία. οὐκέτι καρτερῷ θηρίῳ † ἄνθρωπος φαίνεται, γίνετο δʼ ὑγρὸν ὕδωρ καὶ δένδρεον ὑψιπέτηλον. ἐκχεῖται τὰ πάθη, ἐκβλύζονται αἱ ἡδοναί, μαραίνεται τὸ κάλλος, καὶ θᾶττον ἀποπίπτει τοῦ πετάλου χαμαί, ὅταν αὐτοῦ καταπνεύσωσιν αἱ ἐρωτικαὶ τῆς ὕβρεως λαίλαπες, καὶ πρὶν ἢ τὸ μετόπωρον ἐλθεῖν μαραίνεται τῇ φθορᾷ· πάντα γὰρ ἡ ἐπιθυμία γίνεταί τε καὶ πλάττεται καὶ φενακίζειν βούλεται, ἵνα κατακρύψῃ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος, ᾧ σύνοικος ὁ λόγος, οὐ ποικίλλεται, οὐ πλάττεται, μορφὴν ἔχει τὴν τοῦ λόγου, ἐξομοιοῦται τῷ θεῷ, καλός ἐστιν, οὐ καλλωπίζεται· κάλλος ἐστὶ τὸ ἀληθινόν, καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεός ἐστιν· θεὸς
Ēn ara, hōs eoiken, pantōn megiston mathēmatōn to gnōnai hauton; heauton gar tis ean gnǭ, theon eisetai, theon de eidōs exomoiōthēsetai theǭ, ou chrysophorōn oude podērophorōn, alla agathoergōn kai hoti malista oligistōn deomenos; anendeēs de monos ho theos kai chairei malista men kathareuontas hēmas horōn tǭ tēs dianoias kosmǭ, epeita de kai tǭ tou sōmatos, hagnēn stolēn, sōphrosynēn, peribeblēmenous. trigenous oun hyparchousēs tēs psychēs to noeron, ho dē logistikon kaleitai, ho anthrōpos estin ho endon, ho tou phainomenou toude archōn anthrōpou, auton de ekeinon allos agei, theos; to de thymikon, thēriōdes on, plēsion manias oikei; polymorphon de to epithymētikon kai triton, hyper ton Prōtea ton thalattion daimona poikilon, allote allōs metaschēmatizomenon, eis moicheias kai lagneias kai eis phthoras exareskeuomenon; ētoi men prōtista leōn genetʼ ēugeneios, eti pherōn ton kallōpismon; andra deiknysin hē tou geneiou komē; autar epeita drakōn ē pardalis ēde megas sys; katōlisthen eis tēn aselgeian hē philokosmia. ouketi karterǭ thēriǭ † anthrōpos phainetai, gineto dʼ hygron hydōr kai dendreon hypsipetēlon. ekcheitai ta pathē, ekblyzontai hai hēdonai, marainetai to kallos, kai thatton apopiptei tou petalou chamai, hotan autou katapneusōsin hai erōtikai tēs hybreōs lailapes, kai prin ē to metopōron elthein marainetai tę̄ phthorą; panta gar hē epithymia ginetai te kai plattetai kai phenakizein bouletai, hina katakrypsę̄ ton anthrōpon. ho de anthrōpos ekeinos, hǭ synoikos ho logos, ou poikilletai, ou plattetai, morphēn echei tēn tou logou, exomoioutai tǭ theǭ, kalos estin, ou kallōpizetai; kallos esti to alēthinon, kai gar ho theos estin; theos
It was, then, it seems, the greatest of all lessons to know oneself. For if one knows himself, he will know God; and knowing God, he will be made like God, not by wearing gold or long robes, but by doing good and needing as little as possible. God alone needs nothing, and he rejoices most to see us pure with the adornment of the mind, and then also of the body, clothed with a holy robe, self-control. The soul being threefold, the intellectual part, which is called the reasoning part, is the inner man, the ruler of this visible man; and another leads that one: God. The spirited part, being bestial, dwells near madness; and the desiring part, the third, is many-shaped, more varied than Proteus, the sea daemon, changing its shape now one way and now another, and eager for adulteries, lusts, and corruptions. “First he became a lion with a fine beard,” still keeping the adornment; the hair of the beard shows the man. “But then a serpent, or a leopard, or a great boar”: love of finery has slipped into licentiousness. No longer … does the man appear as a strong beast, but “he became flowing water and a tree with lofty leaves.” The passions pour out, the pleasures gush forth, beauty withers and falls to the ground faster than a leaf, when the erotic storms of insolence blow upon it, and it withers in corruption before autumn comes. For desire becomes and fashions everything and wishes to deceive, so as to hide the human being. But that man with whom the Word dwells does not change his shape, does not make himself up; he has the form of the Word; he is made like God; he is beautiful, he does not beautify himself; his is true beauty, for it is God; and that man becomes god,
3.1.2Stählin 1:236–237
δὲ ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἄνθρωπος γίνεται, ὅτι βούλεται ὃ θεός. ὀρθῶς ἄρα εἶπεν Ἡράκλειτος· »ἄνθρωποι θεοί, θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι. λόγος γὰρ ωὐτός·« μυστήριον ἐμφανές· θεὸς ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ, καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος θεός, καὶ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ μεσίτης ἐκτελεῖ· μεσίτης γὰρ ὁ λόγος ὁ κοινὸς ἀμφοῖν, θεοῦ μὲν υἱός, σωτὴρ δὲ ἀνθρώπων, καὶ τοῦ μὲν διάκονος, ἡμῶν δὲ παιδαγωγός. δούλης δὲ οὔσης τῆς σαρκός, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Παῦλος μαρτυρεῖ, πῶς ἄν τις εἰκότως τὴν θεράπαιναν κοσμοίη προαγωγοῦ δίκην; ὅτι γὰρ δούλου μορφὴ τὸ σαρκικόν, ἐπὶ τοῦ κυρίου φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος· »ὅτι ἐκένωσεν ἑαυτὸν μορφὴν δούλου λαβών«, τὸν ἐκτὸς ἄνθρωπον δοῦλον προσειπὼν πρὶν ἢ δουλεῦσαι καὶ σαρκοφορῆσαι τὸν κύριον.
de ekeinos ho anthrōpos ginetai, hoti bouletai ho theos. orthōs ara eipen Hērakleitos; »anthrōpoi theoi, theoi anthrōpoi. logos gar ōytos;« mystērion emphanes; theos en anthrōpǭ, kai ho anthrōpos theos, kai to thelēma tou patros ho mesitēs ektelei; mesitēs gar ho logos ho koinos amphoin, theou men huios, sōtēr de anthrōpōn, kai tou men diakonos, hēmōn de paidagōgos. doulēs de ousēs tēs sarkos, kathōs kai ho Paulos martyrei, pōs an tis eikotōs tēn therapainan kosmoiē proagōgou dikēn? hoti gar doulou morphē to sarkikon, epi tou kyriou phēsin ho apostolos; »hoti ekenōsen heauton morphēn doulou labōn«, ton ektos anthrōpon doulon proseipōn prin ē douleusai kai sarkophorēsai ton kyrion.
because he wills what God wills. Rightly, then, Heraclitus said: “Men are gods, gods are men; for the reason is the same.” A manifest mystery: God in man, and man god; and the Mediator fulfills the will of the Father. For the Mediator is the Word, common to both, Son of God and Savior of human beings, servant of the one and Instructor of us. Since the flesh is a slave, as Paul too testifies, how could anyone reasonably adorn the handmaid like a procuress? For that the fleshly is the form of a slave, the apostle says of the Lord: “He emptied himself, taking the form of a slave,” calling the outer man a slave before the Lord became a slave and bore flesh.
3.1.3Stählin 1:237
ὁ δὲ συμπαθὴς θεὸς αὐτὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν τὴν σάρκα τῆς φθορᾶς καὶ δουλείας τῆς θανατηφόρου καὶ πικρᾶς ἀπαλλάξας τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν περιέθηκεν αὐτῇ, ἅγιον τοῦτο τῇ σαρκὶ [καὶ] ἀιδιότητος καλλώπισμα περιθείς, τὴν ἀθανασίαν. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλο κάλλος ἀνθρώπων ἀγάπη· »ἀγάπη δέ«, κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον, »μακροθυμεῖ, χρηστεύεται, οὐ ζηλοῖ, οὐ περπερεύεται, οὐ φυσιοῦται.« περπερεία γὰρ ὁ καλλωπισμὸς περιττότητος καὶ ἀχρειότητος ἔχων ἔμφασιν. διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει· »οὐκ ἀσχημονεῖ.« ἄσχημον γὰρ τὸ ἀλλότριον καὶ μὴ κατὰ φύσιν σχῆμα· τὸ δʼ ἐπίπλαστον ἀλλότριον, ὅπερ ἐξηγεῖται σαφῶς, »οὐ ζητεῖ« φήσας »τὸ μὴ ἑαυτῆς«· τὸ γὰρ ἴδιον ἡ ἀλήθεια τὸ οἰκεῖον καλεῖ, τὸ δʼ ἀλλότριον ἡ φιλοκοσμία ζητεῖ, ἐκτὸς οὖσα καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς ἀγάπης. τὸν δὲ κύριον αὐτὸν τὴν ὄψιν αἰσχρὸν γεγονέναι διὰ Ἡσαΐου τὸ πνεῦμα μαρτυρεῖ· »καὶ εἴδομεν αὐτόν, καὶ οὐκ εἶχεν εἶδος οὐδὲ κάλλος, ἀλλὰ τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ ἄτιμον, ἐκλεῖπον παρὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.« καὶ τίς ἀμείνων κυρίου; ἀλλʼ οὐ τὸ κάλλος τῆς σαρκὸς τὸ φαντασιαστικόν, τὸ δὲ ἀληθινὸν καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ σώματος ἐνεδείξατο κάλλος, τῆς μὲν τὸ εὐεργετικόν, τὸ δὲ ἀθάνατον τῆς σαρκός.
ho de sympathēs theos autos ēleutherōsen tēn sarka tēs phthoras kai douleias tēs thanatēphorou kai pikras apallaxas tēn aphtharsian periethēken autę̄, hagion touto tę̄ sarki [kai] aidiotētos kallōpisma peritheis, tēn athanasian. esti de kai allo kallos anthrōpōn agapē; »agapē de«, kata ton apostolon, »makrothymei, chrēsteuetai, ou zēloi, ou perpereuetai, ou physioutai.« perpereia gar ho kallōpismos perittotētos kai achreiotētos echōn emphasin. dio kai epipherei; »ouk aschēmonei.« aschēmon gar to allotrion kai mē kata physin schēma; to dʼ epiplaston allotrion, hoper exēgeitai saphōs, »ou zētei« phēsas »to mē heautēs«; to gar idion hē alētheia to oikeion kalei, to dʼ allotrion hē philokosmia zētei, ektos ousa kai tou theou kai tou logou kai tēs agapēs. ton de kyrion auton tēn opsin aischron gegonenai dia Hēsaïou to pneuma martyrei; »kai eidomen auton, kai ouk eichen eidos oude kallos, alla to eidos autou atimon, ekleipon para tous anthrōpous.« kai tis ameinōn kyriou? allʼ ou to kallos tēs sarkos to phantasiastikon, to de alēthinon kai tēs psychēs kai tou sōmatos enedeixato kallos, tēs men to euergetikon, to de athanaton tēs sarkos.
But God, who suffers with us, himself set the flesh free from corruption, released it from deadly and bitter slavery, and clothed it with incorruption, putting on the flesh this holy adornment of eternity: immortality. There is another beauty of human beings: love. “Love,” according to the apostle, “is patient, kind, not jealous, does not brag, is not puffed up.” For adornment is bragging, conveying superfluity and uselessness. So he adds: “It does not behave unseemly”; for unseemly is a form that is foreign and not natural; and what is put on artificially is foreign, which he explains clearly by saying, “It does not seek what is not its own.” For truth calls what is proper one's own, while love of finery seeks what is another's, being outside God, the Word, and love. And the Spirit bears witness through Isaiah that the Lord himself was ugly in appearance: “And we saw him, and he had no form nor beauty, but his form was dishonored, falling short of men.” Yet who is better than the Lord? But he showed not the imaginary beauty of the flesh, but the true beauty both of soul and of body: of the soul, beneficence; of the flesh, immortality.
The 3, chapter 2
3.2.4Stählin 1:237–238
Οὐκ ἄρα ἡ πρόσοψις τοῦ ἐκτὸς ἀνθρώπου, ἀλλὰ ἡ ψυχὴ καλλωπιστέα τῷ τῆς καλοκἀγαθίας κοσμήματι· εἴη δʼ ἂν καὶ τὴν σάρκα εἰπεῖν τῷ τῆς ἐγκρατείας κόσμῳ. αἳ δέ, τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν καλλωπιζόμεναι καὶ τὰ βάθη χερσούμεναι, λελήθασι σφᾶς αὐτὰς κατὰ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίων κοσμοῦσαι ναούς· προπύλαια παρʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ προτεμενίσματα ἐξήσκηται, ἄλση τε καὶ ὀργάδες, κίοσίν τε παμπόλλοις ἐστεφάνωνται αἱ αὐλαί· τοῖχοι δὲ ἀποστίλβουσι ξενικοῖς λίθοις καὶ γραφῆς ἐντέχνου [οἷς] ἐνδεῖ οὐδὲ ἕν· χρυσῷ δὲ καὶ ἀργύρῳ καὶ ἠλέκτρῳ παραστίλβουσιν οἱ ναοί, καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ Ἰνδίας καὶ Αἰθιοπίας πεποικιλμένοι μαρμαίρουσι λιθιδίοις, τὰ δὲ ἄδυτα χρυσοπάστοις ἐπισκιάζεται πέπλοις· ἀλλʼ ἢν παρεισέλθῃς εἰς τὸ βάθος τοῦ περιβόλου σπεύδων ἐπὶ τὴν θέαν τοῦ κρείττονος, ζητήσεις τὸ ἄγαλμα τὸ ἔνοικον τοῦ νεώ, παστοφόρος δὲ ἤ τις ἄλλος τῶν ἱεροποιούντων περὶ τὸ τέμενος σεμνὸν δεδορκώς, παιᾶνα τῇ Αἰγυπτίων ᾄδων γλώττῃ, ὀλίγον ἐπαναστείλας τοῦ καταπετάσματος, ὡς δείξων τὸν θεόν, πλατὺν ἡμῖν ἐνδίδωσι γέλωτα τοῦ σεβάσματος. οὐ γὰρ θεὸς ὁ ζητούμενος ἔνδον εὑρεθήσεται, ἐφʼ ὃν ἐσπεύσαμεν, αἴλουρος δὲ ἢ κροκόδειλος ἢ αὐτόχθων ὄφις ἤ τι τοιοῦτον θηρίον ἀνάξιον μὲν τοῦ νεώ, χηραμοῦ δὲ ἢ φωλεοῦ ἢ βορβόρου ἀντάξιον· ὁ θεὸς Αἰγυπτίων ἐπὶ στρωμνῆς ἁλουργῆς
Ouk ara hē prosopsis tou ektos anthrōpou, alla hē psychē kallōpistea tǭ tēs kalokagathias kosmēmati; eiē dʼ an kai tēn sarka eipein tǭ tēs enkrateias kosmǭ. hai de, tēn epiphaneian kallōpizomenai kai ta bathē chersoumenai, lelēthasi sphas autas kata tous Aigyptiōn kosmousai naous; propylaia parʼ autois kai protemenismata exēskētai, alsē te kai orgades, kiosin te pampollois estephanōntai hai aulai; toichoi de apostilbousi xenikois lithois kai graphēs entechnou [hois] endei oude hen; chrysǭ de kai argyrǭ kai ēlektrǭ parastilbousin hoi naoi, kai tois apo Indias kai Aithiopias pepoikilmenoi marmairousi lithidiois, ta de adyta chrysopastois episkiazetai peplois; allʼ ēn pareiselthę̄s eis to bathos tou peribolou speudōn epi tēn thean tou kreittonos, zētēseis to agalma to enoikon tou neō, pastophoros de ē tis allos tōn hieropoiountōn peri to temenos semnon dedorkōs, paiana tę̄ Aigyptiōn ądōn glōttę̄, oligon epanasteilas tou katapetasmatos, hōs deixōn ton theon, platyn hēmin endidōsi gelōta tou sebasmatos. ou gar theos ho zētoumenos endon heurethēsetai, ephʼ hon espeusamen, ailouros de ē krokodeilos ē autochthōn ophis ē ti toiouton thērion anaxion men tou neō, chēramou de ē phōleou ē borborou antaxion; ho theos Aigyptiōn epi strōmnēs halourgēs
It is not, then, the appearance of the outer man but the soul that must be adorned with the ornament of goodness; and one might say the flesh too, with the adornment of self-control. Those women who adorn the surface and leave the depths barren unwittingly adorn themselves like the temples of the Egyptians. Among them, gateways and forecourts are elaborately built, and groves and sacred meadows; the courts are crowned with many columns; the walls gleam with foreign stones and lack nothing of artful painting; the temples glitter with gold and silver and electrum, and flash, varied with little stones from India and Ethiopia; and the inner shrines are shaded with gold-embroidered curtains. But if you go into the depth of the enclosure, hurrying to see the higher being, and look for the statue that dwells in the temple, a shrine-bearer or some other of those who perform the rites in the precinct, looking solemn and singing a paean in the Egyptian tongue, draws back the curtain a little as if to show the god, and gives us a broad laugh at the object of worship. For the god we hurried to will not be found within, but a cat or a crocodile or a native snake or some such beast, unworthy of the temple, fit rather for a hole or a den or mud. The god of the Egyptians appears on a purple couch
3.2.5Stählin 1:238–239
καταφαίνεται κυλιόμενον θηρίον. ταύτῃ μοι δοκοῦσιν αἱ χρυσοφοροῦσαι γυναῖκες, τῶν πλοκάμων τοὺς ἐνουλισμοὺς ἀσκοῦσαι χρίσματά τε παρειῶν καὶ ὑπογραφὰς ὀφθαλμῶν καὶ βαφὰς μετιοῦσαι τριχῶν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην βλακείαν κακομηχανώμεναι, κοσμοῦσαι τὸν περίβολον τὸν σαρκικόν, αἰγυπτιάζουσαι ὡς ἀληθῶς, ἐπισπᾶσθαι τοὺς δεισιδαίμονας ἐραστάς. ἀλλʼ ἢν ἀποκαλύψῃ τις τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ νεώ, τὸν κεκρύφαλον λέγω, τὴν βαφήν, τὴν ἐσθῆτα, τὸ χρυσίον, τὸ φῦκος, τὰ ἐντρίμματα, τουτέστι τὸ ἐκ τούτων συγκείμενον ὕφος, [τὸ καταπέτασμα, ] ὡς ἔνδον εὑρήσων τὸ κάλλος τὸ ἀληθινόν, μυσάξεται, εὖ οἶδʼ ἐγώ. οὐ γὰρ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ κατοικοῦσαν ἔνδον εὑρήσει τὴν ἀξιόλογον, πόρνη δὲ ἀντʼ αὐτῆς καὶ μοιχαλὶς τῆς ψυχῆς κατείληφε τὸ ἄδυτον, τό τε ἀληθινὸν θηρίον ἐλεγχθήσεται ψιμυθίῳ πίθηκος ἐντετριμμένος, καὶ ὁ παλίμβολος ὄφις ἐκεῖνος διαβιβρώσκων τὸ νοερὸν τῆς ἀνθρώπου διὰ τῆς φιλοδοξίας χηραμὸν ἔχει τὴν ψυχήν· πάντα φαρμάκων ὀλεθρίων ἐμπλήσας καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τῆς πλάνης ἐνερευξάμενος ἰὸν μετεσκεύασεν τὰς γυναῖκας εἰς πόρνας ὁ προαγωγὸς οὗτος δράκων (οὐ γὰρ γυναικός, ἀλλʼ ἑταίρας τὸ φιλόκοσμον)· αἳ τῆς παρὰ μὲν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν οἰκουρίας ὀλίγα φροντίζουσιν, λύσασαι δὲ τἀνδρὸς τὸ βαλλάντιον ἐκτρέπουσι τὰς χορηγίας εἰς ἐπιθυμίας, ὡς πολλοὺς ἔχοιεν τοῦ καλαὶ δοκεῖν εἶναι μάρτυρας, καὶ τὴν πᾶσαν ἡμέραν κομμωτικῇ
kataphainetai kyliomenon thērion. tautę̄ moi dokousin hai chrysophorousai gynaikes, tōn plokamōn tous enoulismous askousai chrismata te pareiōn kai hypographas ophthalmōn kai baphas metiousai trichōn kai tēn allēn blakeian kakomēchanōmenai, kosmousai ton peribolon ton sarkikon, aigyptiazousai hōs alēthōs, epispasthai tous deisidaimonas erastas. allʼ ēn apokalypsę̄ tis to katapetasma tou neō, ton kekryphalon legō, tēn baphēn, tēn esthēta, to chrysion, to phykos, ta entrimmata, toutesti to ek toutōn synkeimenon hyphos, [to katapetasma, ] hōs endon heurēsōn to kallos to alēthinon, mysaxetai, eu oidʼ egō. ou gar tēn eikona tou theou katoikousan endon heurēsei tēn axiologon, pornē de antʼ autēs kai moichalis tēs psychēs kateilēphe to adyton, to te alēthinon thērion elenchthēsetai psimythiǭ pithēkos entetrimmenos, kai ho palimbolos ophis ekeinos diabibrōskōn to noeron tēs anthrōpou dia tēs philodoxias chēramon echei tēn psychēn; panta pharmakōn olethriōn emplēsas kai ton heautou tēs planēs enereuxamenos ion meteskeuasen tas gynaikas eis pornas ho proagōgos houtos drakōn (ou gar gynaikos, allʼ hetairas to philokosmon); hai tēs para men tois andrasin oikourias oliga phrontizousin, lysasai de tandros to ballantion ektrepousi tas chorēgias eis epithymias, hōs pollous echoien tou kalai dokein einai martyras, kai tēn pasan hēmeran kommōtikę̄
a beast rolling about. Such, it seems to me, are the women who wear gold, practicing the curling of their locks, rubbing ointments on their cheeks, painting their eyes, dyeing their hair, and contriving the rest of their effeminacy: adorning the fleshly enclosure, truly Egyptian-like, to attract superstitious lovers. But if one draws back the curtain of the temple, I mean the headdress, the dye, the clothing, the gold, the rouge, the cosmetics, that is, the web woven of them [the curtain], expecting to find true beauty within, he will be disgusted, I know well. For he will not find dwelling within the image of God, which is worthy of regard; instead a harlot and adulteress has occupied the inner shrine of the soul, and the true beast will be exposed, an ape smeared with white lead; and that deceitful serpent, eating through the intellectual part of the human being by vainglory, has the soul as its hole. Filling everything with deadly poisons and belching out the venom of its own error, this procurer, the dragon, has changed women into harlots (for love of finery belongs not to a wife but to a courtesan). They care little for keeping house with their husbands, but loosening their husband's purse they turn his means to their desires, so that they may have many witnesses to their seeming beautiful; and all day long, sitting by the dressing table,
3.2.6Stählin 1:239
προσκαθεζόμεναι ἀργυρωνήτοις σχολάζουσιν ἀνδραπόδοις. καθάπερ οὖν ὄψον πονηρὸν ἡδύνουσι τὴν σάρκα καὶ τὴν μὲν ἡμέραν κομμωτικῇ προστετήκασι θαλαμευόμεναι, μὴ ἐλεγχθῶσιν ξανθιζόμεναι, ἑσπέρας δὲ καθάπερ ἐκ φωλεοῦ πρὸς τὸν λύχνον τὸ νόθον τοῦτο προσέρπει κάλλος· συνεργεῖ γὰρ καὶ ἡ μέθη καὶ τὸ ἀμυδρὸν τοῦ φωτὸς πρὸς τὴν ἐπίθεσιν αὐτῶν. καὶ τὴν μὲν ξανθίζουσαν τοὺς πλοκάμους ὁ κωμικὸς Μένανδρος εἴργει τῆς οἰκίας· νῦν δʼ ἕρπε ἀπʼ οἴκων τῶνδε· τὴν γυναῖκα γὰρ τὴν σώφρονα οὐ δεῖ τὰς τρίχας ξανθὰς ποιεῖν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὰς παρειὰς φυκοῦν οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑπογράφεσθαι. λελήθασι δὲ σφᾶς αἱ κακοδαίμονες τὸ οἰκεῖον ἀπολλύουσαι κάλλος τοῦ ὀθνείου τῇ ἐπεισαγωγῇ· ἅμα γοῦν ἡμέρᾳ σπαρασσόμεναι καὶ ἀποτριβόμεναι καὶ φυράμασί τισι καταπλαττόμεναι ψήχουσι μὲν τὸν χρῶτα, θρύπτουσι δὲ τὴν σάρκα τοῖς φαρμάκοις καὶ τῇ περιεργίᾳ τῶν ῥυμμάτων τὸ οἰκεῖον μαραίνουσιν ἄνθος. διὰ τοῦτό τοι ὠχραὶ μὲν ἐκ καταπλασμάτων καταφαίνονται, εὐάλωτοι δὲ ὑπὸ νόσων γίνονται τακερὰν ἤδη τὴν σάρκα φαρμάκοις τὴν ἐσκιαγραφημένην ἔχουσαι, τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν δημιουργὸν ἀτιμάζουσαι, ὡς οὐ κατʼ ἀξίαν δεδωρημένον τὸ κάλλος.
proskathezomenai argyrōnētois scholazousin andrapodois. kathaper oun opson ponēron hēdynousi tēn sarka kai tēn men hēmeran kommōtikę̄ prostetēkasi thalameuomenai, mē elenchthōsin xanthizomenai, hesperas de kathaper ek phōleou pros ton lychnon to nothon touto proserpei kallos; synergei gar kai hē methē kai to amydron tou phōtos pros tēn epithesin autōn. kai tēn men xanthizousan tous plokamous ho kōmikos Menandros eirgei tēs oikias; nyn dʼ herpe apʼ oikōn tōnde; tēn gynaika gar tēn sōphrona ou dei tas trichas xanthas poiein, allʼ oude tas pareias phykoun oude tous ophthalmous hypographesthai. lelēthasi de sphas hai kakodaimones to oikeion apollyousai kallos tou othneiou tę̄ epeisagōgę̄; hama goun hēmerą sparassomenai kai apotribomenai kai phyramasi tisi kataplattomenai psēchousi men ton chrōta, thryptousi de tēn sarka tois pharmakois kai tę̄ periergią tōn rhymmatōn to oikeion marainousin anthos. dia touto toi ōchrai men ek kataplasmatōn kataphainontai, eualōtoi de hypo nosōn ginontai takeran ēdē tēn sarka pharmakois tēn eskiagraphēmenēn echousai, tōn anthrōpōn ton dēmiourgon atimazousai, hōs ou katʼ axian dedōrēmenon to kallos.
they spend their time with slaves bought with money. Like bad cooks seasoning a dish, they season the flesh; they waste the day at the dressing table, shut up in their rooms, lest they be caught dyeing their hair; and in the evening this counterfeit beauty creeps out, as from a den, into the lamplight; for drunkenness and the dim light help their scheme. The comic poet Menander drives the woman who dyes her hair blond out of the house: “Now creep out of this house; for a self-controlled wife should not make her hair blond,” nor rouge her cheeks, nor paint her eyes. The wretched women do not see that they destroy their own beauty by bringing in a foreign one. From daybreak they are torn, rubbed, and plastered with some concoctions; they chafe their skin, soften their flesh with drugs, and wither their natural bloom with elaborate washes. So they appear pale from plasters and are easily caught by diseases, having their flesh, painted with drugs, already wasted, dishonoring the Creator of human beings, as though he had not given them beauty as it deserved.
3.2.7Stählin 1:239–240
εἰκότως ἀργαὶ πρὸς οἰκουρίας γίνονται, καθάπερ ἐζωγραφημέναι, καθεζόμεναι εἰς θέαν, οὐκ εἰς οἰκουρίαν γεγενημέναι. διὰ τοῦτό τοι ἡ παρὰ τῷ κωμικῷ ἐπιλογιστικὴ γυνὴ λέγει· τί δʼ ἂν γυναῖκες φρόνιμον ἐργασαίμεθα ἢ λαμπρόν, αἳ καθήμεθʼ ἐξανθισμέναι, τῶν ἐλευθέρων γυναικῶν λυμαινόμεναι τὸν χαρακτῆρα, οἴκων ἀνατροπὰς καὶ γάμων ἐκτροπὰς καὶ παίδων ὑποβολὰς περιποιούμεναι. τοῦτο αὐτὸ γάρ τοι καὶ Ἀντιφάνης ὁ κωμικὸς ἐν Μαλθακῇ τὸ ἑταιρικὸν τῶν γυναικῶν ἐπισκώπτει τὰ κοινὰ πάσαις ῥήματα εἰς τὴν κατατριβὴν ἐξηυρημένα λέγων ἔρχεται, μετέρχεται αὖ, προσέρχεται αὖ, μετέρχεται, ἥκει, πάρεστι, ῥύπτεται, προσέρχεται, σμῆται, κτενίζεται, ἐμβέβηκε, τρίβεται, λοῦται, σκοπεῖται, στέλλεται, μυρίζεται, κοσμεῖται, ἀλείφεται· † ἂν δʼ ἔχοι τι, ἀπάγχεται.
eikotōs argai pros oikourias ginontai, kathaper ezōgraphēmenai, kathezomenai eis thean, ouk eis oikourian gegenēmenai. dia touto toi hē para tǭ kōmikǭ epilogistikē gynē legei; ti dʼ an gynaikes phronimon ergasaimetha ē lampron, hai kathēmethʼ exanthismenai, tōn eleutherōn gynaikōn lymainomenai ton charaktēra, oikōn anatropas kai gamōn ektropas kai paidōn hypobolas peripoioumenai. touto auto gar toi kai Antiphanēs ho kōmikos en Malthakę̄ to hetairikon tōn gynaikōn episkōptei ta koina pasais rhēmata eis tēn katatribēn exēurēmena legōn erchetai, meterchetai au, proserchetai au, meterchetai, hēkei, paresti, rhyptetai, proserchetai, smētai, ktenizetai, embebēke, tribetai, loutai, skopeitai, stelletai, myrizetai, kosmeitai, aleiphetai; † an dʼ echoi ti, apanchetai.
Naturally they become idle for housekeeping, sitting like painted pictures, made to be looked at, not for keeping house. That is why the thoughtful woman in the comic poet says: “What wise or splendid thing could we women do, who sit about all made up,” corrupting the character of free women, bringing about the overthrow of households, the ruin of marriages, and the substitution of children. Antiphanes the comic poet, in The Soft Woman, mocks this courtesan-like behavior of women, using words common to them all, invented for wasting time: “She comes, she goes again, she comes up again, she goes, she arrives, she is here, she washes, she comes up, she is soaped, she is combed, she steps out, she is rubbed, she bathes, she looks at herself, she is dressed, she is perfumed, she is adorned, she is anointed; † and if she has anything, she hangs herself.”
3.2.8Stählin 1:240–241
τρὶς γάρ, οὐχ ἅπαξ ἀπολωλέναι δίκαιαι κροκοδείλων ἀποπάτοις χρώμεναι καὶ σηπεδόνων ἀφροῖς ἐγχριόμεναι, καὶ ταῖς ὀφρύσι τὴν ἀσβόλην ἀναματτόμεναι καὶ ψιμυθίῳ τὰς παρειὰς ἐντριβόμεναι. αἱ τοίνυν καὶ τοῖς ἐθνικοῖς προσκορεῖς ποιηταῖς διὰ τὸν τρόπον πῶς οὐκ ἂν ἀπόβλητοι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ γένοιντο; ἕτερος γοῦν κωμικὸς ἐλέγχων αὐτὰς Ἄλεξις· καὶ γὰρ καὶ τούτου παραθήσομαι τὴν λέξιν δυσωποῦσαν τῷ περιέργῳ τῆς ἑρμηνείας τὸ ἀδιάτρεπτον τῆς ἀναισχυντίας· οὐ γὰρ εἰς τοσοῦτον περίεργος ἦν· ἐγὼ δὲ αἰσχύνομαι κωμῳδουμένης ἐς τοσοῦτον τῆς γυναικωνίτιδος, ἣ »βοηθὸς« γενομένη εἶτα μέντοι προσαπολλύει καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα. πρῶτα μὲν γὰρ ἐς τὸ κέρδος καὶ τὸ συλᾶν τοὺς πέλας πάντα τὰ ἄλλα [ἔργα] αὐταῖς πάρεργα γίγνεται. τυγχάνει μικρά τις οὖσα· φελλὸς ἐν ταῖς βαυκίσιν ἐγκεκάττυται. μακρά τις· διάβαθρον λεπτὸν φορεῖ τήν τε κεφαλὴν ἐπὶ τὸν ὦμον καταβαλοῦσα ἐξέρχεται· τοῦτο τοῦ μήκους ἀφεῖλεν. οὐκ ἔχει τις ἰσχία· ὑπενέδυσʼ ἐρραμμένα αὐτήν, ὥστε τὴν εὐπυγίαν ἀναβοᾶν τοὺς εἰσιδόντας. κοιλίαν ἁδρὰν ἔχει· τιτθίʼ ἔστʼ αὐταῖσι τούτων ὧν ἔχουσ(ιν) οἱ κωμικοί· ὀρθὰ προσθεῖσαι τοιαῦτα τοὐνδυτὸν τῆς κοιλίας ὡσπερεὶ κοντοῖσι τούτοις εἰς τὸ πρόσθ(εν) ἀπήγαγον. τὰς ὀφρῦς πυρρὰς ἔχει τις· ζωγραφοῦσιν ἀσβόλῳ. συμβέβηκ(εν) εἶναι μέλαιναν· κατέπλασε ψιμυθίῳ· λευκόχρως λίαν τις ἐστίν· παιδέρωτʼ ἐντρίβεται. καλὸν ἔχει τοῦ σώματός τι· τοῦτο γυμνὸν δεικνύει. εὐφυεῖς ὀδόντας ἔσχεν· ἐξ ἀνάγκης δεῖ γελᾶν, ἵνα θεωρῶσ(ιν) οἱ παρόντες τὸ στόμα ὡς κομψὸν φορεῖ. ἂν δὲ μὴ χαίρῃ γελῶσα, διατελεῖ τὴν ἡμέραν ξυλήφιον μυρρίνης ἔχουσα λεπτὸν ὀρθὸν ἐν τοῖς χείλεσιν, ὥστε τῷ χρόνῳ σεσηρένʼ, ἄν τε βούλητʼ ἄν τε μή.
tris gar, ouch hapax apolōlenai dikaiai krokodeilōn apopatois chrōmenai kai sēpedonōn aphrois enchriomenai, kai tais ophrysi tēn asbolēn anamattomenai kai psimythiǭ tas pareias entribomenai. hai toinyn kai tois ethnikois proskoreis poiētais dia ton tropon pōs ouk an apoblētoi tę̄ alētheią genointo? heteros goun kōmikos elenchōn autas Alexis; kai gar kai toutou parathēsomai tēn lexin dysōpousan tǭ periergǭ tēs hermēneias to adiatrepton tēs anaischyntias; ou gar eis tosouton periergos ēn; egō de aischynomai kōmǭdoumenēs es tosouton tēs gynaikōnitidos, hē »boēthos« genomenē eita mentoi prosapollyei kai ton andra. prōta men gar es to kerdos kai to sylan tous pelas panta ta alla [erga] autais parerga gignetai. tynchanei mikra tis ousa; phellos en tais baukisin enkekattytai. makra tis; diabathron lepton phorei tēn te kephalēn epi ton ōmon katabalousa exerchetai; touto tou mēkous apheilen. ouk echei tis ischia; hypenedysʼ errammena autēn, hōste tēn eupygian anaboan tous eisidontas. koilian hadran echei; titthiʼ estʼ autaisi toutōn hōn echous(in) hoi kōmikoi; ortha prostheisai toiauta toundyton tēs koilias hōsperei kontoisi toutois eis to prosth(en) apēgagon. tas ophrys pyrras echei tis; zōgraphousin asbolǭ. symbebēk(en) einai melainan; kateplase psimythiǭ; leukochrōs lian tis estin; paiderōtʼ entribetai. kalon echei tou sōmatos ti; touto gymnon deiknyei. euphyeis odontas eschen; ex anankēs dei gelan, hina theōrōs(in) hoi parontes to stoma hōs kompson phorei. an de mē chairę̄ gelōsa, diatelei tēn hēmeran xylēphion myrrinēs echousa lepton orthon en tois cheilesin, hōste tǭ chronǭ sesērenʼ, an te boulētʼ an te mē.
For they deserve to perish three times, not once, those who use crocodiles' dung and anoint themselves with the froth of rotting matter, smear soot on their eyebrows and rub white lead on their cheeks. If even the pagan poets are disgusted with them for their conduct, how could they not be rejected by the truth? Another comic poet, Alexis, exposes them; I will set out his words too, which shame the unabashed shamelessness by the elaborateness of the description (for he was not himself so elaborate). I am ashamed that the women's quarters are ridiculed so much in comedy, the woman who, having become a “helper,” then ruins her husband too. “First, for gain and for plundering their neighbors, everything else becomes secondary to them. One happens to be short: cork is stitched into her shoes. One is tall: she wears a thin sole, and goes out with her head leaning on her shoulder; that takes something off her height. One has no hips: she puts sewn padding under her dress, so that those who see her cry out at her fine figure. One has a big belly: they have breasts like the comic actors'; setting them upright, they draw the front of the dress away from the belly as if with poles. One has red eyebrows: they paint them with soot. One happens to be dark: she plasters herself with white lead. One is too fair: she rubs on rouge. One has a beautiful part of the body: she shows it bare. One has fine teeth: she must laugh, so that those present may see what a pretty mouth she has. And if she does not enjoy laughing, she spends the day with a thin stick of myrtle standing upright between her lips, so that in time she grins, whether she wants to or not.”
3.2.9Stählin 1:241
Ταῦτα ὑμῖν εἰς τὴν ἀποτροπὴν τῆς φιλοκόσμου κακομηχανίας ἐκ σοφίας κοσμικῆς παρατίθεμαι, παμμάχως σῴζειν ἐθελήσαντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ λόγου, μετὰ μικρὸν δὲ καὶ ταῖς θείαις ἐπιστύψω γραφαῖς. φιλεῖ δέ πως τὸ μὴ λανθάνον διʼ αἰσχύνην τῶν ἐλέγχων ἀφίστασθαι τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων. ὡς δὲ ἡ καταπεπλασμένη χεὶρ καὶ ὁ περιαληλιμμένος ὀφθαλμὸς ὑπόνοιαν τοῦ νοσοῦντος ἐκ τῆς ὄψεως ἐνδείκνυται, οὕτως τὰ ἐντρίμματα καὶ αἱ βαφαὶ νοσοῦσαν ἐν βάθει τὴν ψυχὴν αἰνίττονται. ἡμῖν δὲ παριέναι »ποταμὸν ἀλλότριον« ὁ θεῖος παραινεῖ παιδαγωγός, τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν γυναῖκα, τὴν μάχλον, ποταμὸν ἀλλότριον ἀλληγορῶν, πᾶσιν ἐπιρρέουσαν, πᾶσι διʼ ἀσέλγειαν πορνικὴν εἰς τρυφὴν ἐκχεομένην· »ἀπὸ ὕδατος ἀλλοτρίου ἀπόσχου«, φησίν, »καὶ ἀπὸ πηγῆς ἀλλοτρίας μὴ πίῃς«, τὸ ῥεῦμα τῆς ἡδυπαθείας φυλάξασθαι παραινῶν, »ἵνα πολὺν ζήσωμεν χρόνον, προστεθῇ δὲ ἡμῖν ἔτη ζωῆς«, εἴτε ἀλλοτρίαν ἡδονὴν μὴ θηρωμένοις εἴτε καὶ τὰς αἱρέσεις ἐκτρεπομένοις.
Tauta hymin eis tēn apotropēn tēs philokosmou kakomēchanias ek sophias kosmikēs paratithemai, pammachōs sǭzein ethelēsantos hēmas tou logou, meta mikron de kai tais theiais epistypsō graphais. philei de pōs to mē lanthanon diʼ aischynēn tōn elenchōn aphistasthai tōn hamartēmatōn. hōs de hē katapeplasmenē cheir kai ho perialēlimmenos ophthalmos hyponoian tou nosountos ek tēs opseōs endeiknytai, houtōs ta entrimmata kai hai baphai nosousan en bathei tēn psychēn ainittontai. hēmin de parienai »potamon allotrion« ho theios parainei paidagōgos, tēn allotrian gynaika, tēn machlon, potamon allotrion allēgorōn, pasin epirreousan, pasi diʼ aselgeian pornikēn eis tryphēn ekcheomenēn; »apo hydatos allotriou aposchou«, phēsin, »kai apo pēgēs allotrias mē pię̄s«, to rheuma tēs hēdypatheias phylaxasthai parainōn, »hina polyn zēsōmen chronon, prostethę̄ de hēmin etē zōēs«, eite allotrian hēdonēn mē thērōmenois eite kai tas haireseis ektrepomenois.
I set these things before you from worldly wisdom to turn you from the mischievous contrivance of love of finery, since the Word wishes to save us by every means; a little later I will also apply the astringent of the divine Scriptures. What is not hidden tends somehow to keep away from sins out of shame at being exposed. As a bandaged hand and an eye smeared with ointment suggest to the sight that the person is ill, so cosmetics and dyes hint at a soul sick in its depths. The divine Instructor advises us to pass by “a strange river,” speaking figuratively of the strange woman, the lewd one, as a strange river, flowing to all, pouring out to all in harlot's licentiousness for luxury: “Keep away from strange water,” he says, “and do not drink from a strange spring,” advising us to guard against the stream of voluptuousness, “that we may live a long time, and years of life be added to us,” whether by not hunting after strange pleasure or by turning away from heresies.
3.2.10Stählin 1:241–242
φιλοψία μὲν οὖν καὶ φιλοινία εἰ καὶ πάθη μεγάλα, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοσαῦτα τὸ μέγεθος ὁπόση ἡ φιλοκοσμία. τράπεζα πλήρης καὶ κύλικες ἐπάλληλοι ἱκαναὶ πληρῶσαι τὴν λαιμαργίαν· τοῖς δὲ φιλοχρύσοις καὶ φιλοπορφύροις καὶ φιλολίθοις οὔτε ὁ ὑπὲρ γῆς καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν χρυσὸς αὐτάρκης οὔτε ἡ Τυρίων θάλαττα οὔτε μὴν ὁ φόρτος ὁ ἀπʼ Ἰνδῶν καὶ Αἰθιόπων, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ὁ Πακτωλὸς ὁ ῥέων τὸν πλοῦτον. οὐδʼ ἂν Μίδας τις αὐτῶν γένηται, πεπλήρωται, ἀλλὰ ἔτι πένης ἐστὶ πλοῦτον ἄλλον ποθῶν, ἕτοιμοι δὲ οὗτοι συναποθανεῖν χρυσίῳ. εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Πλοῦτος τυφλός, ὥσπερ οὖν, αἱ περὶ αὐτὸν ἐπτοημέναι καὶ συμπαθοῦσαι πῶς οὐ τυφλώττουσιν; ὅρον γοῦν ἐπιθυμίας οὐκ ἔχουσαι εἰς ἀναισχυντίαν ἐξοκέλλουσιν· δεῖ γὰρ αὐταῖς καὶ θεάτρου καὶ πομπῆς καὶ πλήθους θεατῶν καὶ πλάνης ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἀμφόδοις διατριβῆς, ὡς πᾶσιν αὐτὰς γίνεσθαι καταφανεῖς. κοσμοῦνται γὰρ ἵνα ἄλλοις ἀρέσκοιεν αἱ ἐν προσώπῳ καυχώμεναι, οὐκ ἐν καρδίᾳ· ὡς γὰρ τὸν δραπέτην τὰ στίγματα, οὕτω τὴν μοιχαλίδα δείκνυσι τὰ ἀνθίσματα. »κἂν περιβάλῃ κόκκινον καὶ κοσμήσῃ κόσμῳ χρυσῷ, καὶ ἐὰν χρίσῃ στίμμι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, εἰς μάτην ὁ ὡραϊσμός σου«, ὁ λόγος διὰ Ἱερεμίου φησίν.
philopsia men oun kai philoinia ei kai pathē megala, allʼ ou tosauta to megethos hoposē hē philokosmia. trapeza plērēs kai kylikes epallēloi hikanai plērōsai tēn laimargian; tois de philochrysois kai philoporphyrois kai philolithois oute ho hyper gēs kai hypo gēn chrysos autarkēs oute hē Tyriōn thalatta oute mēn ho phortos ho apʼ Indōn kai Aithiopōn, allʼ oude ho Paktōlos ho rheōn ton plouton. oudʼ an Midas tis autōn genētai, peplērōtai, alla eti penēs esti plouton allon pothōn, hetoimoi de houtoi synapothanein chrysiǭ. ei de kai ho Ploutos typhlos, hōsper oun, hai peri auton eptoēmenai kai sympathousai pōs ou typhlōttousin? horon goun epithymias ouk echousai eis anaischyntian exokellousin; dei gar autais kai theatrou kai pompēs kai plēthous theatōn kai planēs en hierois kai tēs en tois amphodois diatribēs, hōs pasin autas ginesthai kataphaneis. kosmountai gar hina allois areskoien hai en prosōpǭ kauchōmenai, ouk en kardią; hōs gar ton drapetēn ta stigmata, houtō tēn moichalida deiknysi ta anthismata. »kan peribalę̄ kokkinon kai kosmēsę̄ kosmǭ chrysǭ, kai ean chrisę̄ stimmi tous ophthalmous sou, eis matēn ho hōraïsmos sou«, ho logos dia Hieremiou phēsin.
Love of dainties and love of wine, though great passions, are not as great as love of finery. A full table and cup after cup are enough to satisfy gluttony; but for those who love gold, purple, and precious stones, neither the gold above and below the earth is enough, nor the sea of Tyre, nor the cargo from India and Ethiopia, nor even the Pactolus flowing with wealth. Even if one of them became a Midas, she would not be satisfied, but would still be poor, longing for more wealth; and these are ready to die with their gold. And if Wealth is blind, as he is, how can the women who are excited about him and share his passion not be blind? Having no limit to their desire, they run aground on shamelessness; for they need the theater, the procession, a crowd of spectators, wandering in the temples, and lingering in the streets, so as to be seen by all. For those who glory in appearance, not in heart, adorn themselves to please others; as brands show the runaway slave, so gaudy clothes show the adulteress. “And if you clothe yourself in scarlet and adorn yourself with golden ornament, and if you paint your eyes with antimony, your beautifying is in vain,” the Word says through Jeremiah.
3.2.11Stählin 1:242
Εἶτα οὐκ ἄτοπον ἵππους μὲν καὶ ὄρνεις καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ἐκ τῆς χλόης καὶ τῶν λειμώνων ἀνίστασθαι καὶ ἀνίπτασθαι οἰκείῳ κόσμῳ χαίροντα, χαίτῃ ἱππικῇ καὶ χροιᾷ φυσικῇ καὶ πτερώσει ποικίλῃ, ὡς δὲ ἐνδεέστερον καὶ τῆς θηρείου φύσεως ἡ γυνὴ ἀκαλλὴς εἰς τοσοῦτον εἶναι οἴεται, ὡς ὀθνείου δεῖσθαι κάλλους, ὠνητοῦ καὶ σκιαγραφουμένου; κεκρύφαλοι μέν γε καὶ κεκρυφάλων διαφοραὶ καὶ περίεργοι πλοκαί, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν τριχῶν οἱ μυρίοι σχηματισμοὶ κατόπτρων τε πολυτίμητοι κατασκευαί, οἷς κατασχηματίζονται θηρῶσαι τοὺς δίκην παίδων ἀφρόνων περὶ τὰς μορφὰς ἐπτοημένους, τέλεον ἀπηρυθριακυιῶν ἐστι γυναικῶν, ἃς ἑταίρας καλῶν οὐκ ἄν τις ἀφαμάρτοι προσωπεῖα ποιούσας τὰ πρόσωπα. ἡμῖν δὲ ὁ λόγος παραινεῖ »μὴ σκοπεῖν τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα· τὰ γὰρ βλεπόμενα πρόσκαιρα, τὰ δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα αἰώνια«. ὃ δὲ καὶ πέρα τῆς ἀτοπίας προβέβηκεν, τῆς ἐπιπλάστου μορφῆς τῆς ἑαυτῶν οἷον ἀνδραγαθήματός τινος ἢ ἐπανορθώματος κάτοπτρα ἐπινενοήκασιν, ἐφʼ ἧς ἀπάτης μάλιστα κάλυμμα ἐπιτιθέναι ἐχρῆν· οὐδὲ γάρ, ὡς ὁ μῦθος Ἑλλήνων ἔχει, Ναρκίσσῳ προεχώρησεν τῷ καλῷ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ εἰκόνος γενέσθαι θεατήν.
Eita ouk atopon hippous men kai orneis kai ta alla zǭa ek tēs chloēs kai tōn leimōnōn anistasthai kai aniptasthai oikeiǭ kosmǭ chaironta, chaitę̄ hippikę̄ kai chroią physikę̄ kai pterōsei poikilę̄, hōs de endeesteron kai tēs thēreiou physeōs hē gynē akallēs eis tosouton einai oietai, hōs othneiou deisthai kallous, ōnētou kai skiagraphoumenou? kekryphaloi men ge kai kekryphalōn diaphorai kai periergoi plokai, alla kai tōn trichōn hoi myrioi schēmatismoi katoptrōn te polytimētoi kataskeuai, hois kataschēmatizontai thērōsai tous dikēn paidōn aphronōn peri tas morphas eptoēmenous, teleon apērythriakuiōn esti gynaikōn, has hetairas kalōn ouk an tis aphamartoi prosōpeia poiousas ta prosōpa. hēmin de ho logos parainei »mē skopein ta blepomena, alla ta mē blepomena; ta gar blepomena proskaira, ta de mē blepomena aiōnia«. ho de kai pera tēs atopias probebēken, tēs epiplastou morphēs tēs heautōn hoion andragathēmatos tinos ē epanorthōmatos katoptra epinenoēkasin, ephʼ hēs apatēs malista kalymma epitithenai echrēn; oude gar, hōs ho mythos Hellēnōn echei, Narkissǭ proechōrēsen tǭ kalǭ tēs heautou eikonos genesthai theatēn.
Is it not absurd, then, that horses and birds and the other animals should spring from the grass and the meadows, and fly up, rejoicing in their own adornment, the horse's mane, natural color, and varied plumage, while woman, as if more deficient even than the nature of beasts, thinks herself so lacking in beauty that she needs a foreign beauty, bought and painted on? Headdresses, varieties of headdresses, elaborate plaits, countless styles of hair, and costly mirrors, by which they arrange themselves to hunt those who, like foolish children, are excited by appearances, belong to women who have lost all shame; one would not be wrong to call them courtesans, since they make their faces into masks. But the Word advises us “not to look at what is seen, but at what is not seen; for what is seen is temporary, but what is not seen is eternal.” And going beyond absurdity, they have invented mirrors for their artificial form, as if it were some brave deed or accomplishment, when they should rather put a veil over the deception. For not even Narcissus, as the Greek myth has it, profited from becoming a spectator of his own image.
3.2.12Stählin 1:242–243
εἰ δὲ οὐδεμίαν εἰκόνα ὁ Μωυσῆς παραγγέλλει ποιεῖσθαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀντίτεχνον τῷ θεῷ, πῶς ἂν εὐλόγως ποιοῖεν αἱ γυναῖκες αὗται σφῶν κατὰ ἀνάκλασιν ἀπομιμούμεναι τὰς εἰκόνας εἰς τοῦ προσώπου τὴν ψευδοποιίαν; ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ Σαμουὴλ τῷ προφήτῃ, ὁπότε πέμπεται ἕνα χρῖσαι τῶν υἱῶν Ἰεσσαὶ εἰς βασιλέα, [καὶ] τὸν πρεσβύτατον τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ καλὸν καὶ μέγαν ἰδόντι, ὁπότε τὸ χρῖσμα προέβαλεν ὁ Σαμουὴλ ἡσθεὶς ἐπʼ αὐτῷ, »εἶπεν«, φησίν, »ὁ κύριος αὐτῷ· μὴ ἐπιβλέψῃς εἰς τὴν ὄψιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὕψος τοῦ μεγέθους αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἀπῶσμαι αὐτόν. ἄνθρωπος μὲν γὰρ εἰς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὄψεται καὶ κύριος εἰς καρδίαν«, καὶ οὐκ ἔχρισε τὸν καλὸν τὸ σῶμα, ἀλλὰ τὸν καλὸν τὴν ψυχήν. εἰ οὖν τὸ φυσικὸν τοῦ σώματος κάλλος ἔλαττον τοῦ ψυχικοῦ λογίζεται κύριος, τί περὶ τοῦ νόθου φρονεῖ, ἅπαν τὸ ψεῦσμα ἄρδην ἐκβαλών; »διὰ πίστεως γὰρ περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους.« σαφέστατα γοῦν ὁ κύριος διὰ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ διδάσκει καὶ πατρίδος καὶ συγγενέων καὶ κτήσεως καὶ πλούτου παντὸς καταφρονεῖν τὸν ἑπόμενον τῷ θεῷ, ποιήσας αὐτὸν ἔπηλυν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ »φίλον« αὐτὸν ὠνόμασεν τῆς οἴκοι καταφρονήσαντα περιουσίας· εὐπατρίδης γὰρ ἦν καὶ εὔπορος σφόδρα. τριακοσίοις γοῦν καὶ ὀκτωκαίδεκα οἰκέταις ἰδίοις κεχείρωται τοὺς τέσσαρας βασιλεῖς τοὺς αἰχμαλωτεύσαντας τὸν Λώτ. μόνην εὑρίσκομεν τὴν Ἐσθὴρ δικαίως κοσμουμένην. ἐκαλλωπίζετο μυστικῶς ἡ γυνὴ βασιλεῖ τῷ ἑαυτῆς, ἀλλὰ τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς ἐκεῖνο λύτρον εὑρίσκεται φονευομένου λαοῦ.
ei de oudemian eikona ho Mōysēs parangellei poieisthai tois anthrōpois antitechnon tǭ theǭ, pōs an eulogōs poioien hai gynaikes hautai sphōn kata anaklasin apomimoumenai tas eikonas eis tou prosōpou tēn pseudopoiian? alla kai tǭ Samouēl tǭ prophētę̄, hopote pempetai hena chrisai tōn huiōn Iessai eis basilea, [kai] ton presbytaton tōn paidōn autou kalon kai megan idonti, hopote to chrisma proebalen ho Samouēl hēstheis epʼ autǭ, »eipen«, phēsin, »ho kyrios autǭ; mē epiblepsę̄s eis tēn opsin autou kai to hypsos tou megethous autou, hoti apōsmai auton. anthrōpos men gar eis ophthalmous opsetai kai kyrios eis kardian«, kai ouk echrise ton kalon to sōma, alla ton kalon tēn psychēn. ei oun to physikon tou sōmatos kallos elatton tou psychikou logizetai kyrios, ti peri tou nothou phronei, hapan to pseusma ardēn ekbalōn? »dia pisteōs gar peripatoumen, ou dia eidous.« saphestata goun ho kyrios dia tou Abraam didaskei kai patridos kai syngeneōn kai ktēseōs kai ploutou pantos kataphronein ton hepomenon tǭ theǭ, poiēsas auton epēlyn, kai dia touto kai »philon« auton ōnomasen tēs oikoi kataphronēsanta periousias; eupatridēs gar ēn kai euporos sphodra. triakosiois goun kai oktōkaideka oiketais idiois kecheirōtai tous tessaras basileis tous aichmalōteusantas ton Lōt. monēn heuriskomen tēn Esthēr dikaiōs kosmoumenēn. ekallōpizeto mystikōs hē gynē basilei tǭ heautēs, alla to kallos autēs ekeino lytron heurisketai phoneuomenou laou.
If Moses commands human beings to make no image to rival God, how can these women reasonably make images of themselves by reflection, imitating them for the falsification of the face? When Samuel the prophet was sent to anoint one of the sons of Jesse as king, and saw the eldest of his sons, handsome and tall, and was pleased with him and brought out the anointing oil, “the Lord said to him,” it says, “Do not look on his appearance or the height of his stature, for I have rejected him. For man looks on the eyes, but the Lord on the heart”; and he did not anoint the one beautiful in body, but the one beautiful in soul. If, then, the Lord considers the natural beauty of the body less than that of the soul, what does he think of counterfeit beauty, he who casts out all falsehood entirely? “For we walk by faith, not by sight.” Most clearly the Lord teaches through Abraham that the one who follows God must despise fatherland, kindred, possessions, and all wealth, making him a sojourner; and for this he called him “friend,” since he despised his wealth at home; for he was of noble birth and very rich. With three hundred and eighteen of his own servants he overcame the four kings who had taken Lot captive. We find Esther alone rightly adorned. The woman beautified herself mystically for her king; but that beauty of hers proved to be the ransom of a people being slaughtered.
3.2.13Stählin 1:243–244
Ὅτι δὲ ἑταίρας μὲν ποιεῖ τὰς γυναῖκας ὁ καλλωπισμός, ἀνδρογύνους δὲ τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ μοιχικούς, μάρτυς ἡμῖν ὁ τραγικὸς διηγούμενος ὧδέ πως· ἐλθὼν δὲ ἐκ Φρυγῶν ὁ τὰς θεὰς κρίνων ὅδε, ὡς ὁ μῦθος Ἀργείων ἔχει, Λακεδαίμονα, ἀνθηρὸς μὲν εἱμάτων στολῇ χρυσῷ τε λαμπρός, βαρβάρῳ χλιδήματι, ἐρῶν ἐρῶσαν ᾤχετʼ ἐξαναρπάσας Ἑλένην πρὸς Ἴδης βούσταθμα, ἔκδημον λαβὼν Μενέλαον. ὢ κάλλους μοιχικοῦ· ἀνέτρεψε τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἡ βάρβαρος φιλοκοσμία καὶ ἡ ἀνδρόγυνος τρυφή· σωφροσύνην διέφθειρεν Λακωνικὴν ἐσθὴς καὶ χλιδὴ καὶ κάλλος ὡραῖον· αἱ βάρβαροι φιλοκοσμίαι ἑταίραν ἤλεγξαν τὴν Διὸς θυγατέρα. οὐκ ἦν παιδαγωγὸς αὐτοῖς ἀνακόπτων τὰς ἐπιθυμίας οὐδὲ μὴν ὁ λέγων »μὴ μοιχεύσῃς« οὐδὲ ὁ »μὴ ἐπιθυμήσῃς« λέγων μηδὲ εἰς μοιχείαν ὁδεύσῃς διʼ ἐπιθυμίας, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τὰς ὀρέξεις ἐκκαύσῃς διὰ φιλοκοσμίας. οἷον αὐτοῖς τὸ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐξηκολούθησεν τέλος, καὶ ὅσων ἀπέλαυσαν κακῶν οἱ φιλαυτίαν κωλῦσαι μὴ θελήσαντες· ἤπειροι κεκίνηνται δύο ἀπαιδεύτοις ἡδοναῖς καὶ κλονεῖται τὰ πάντα μειρακίῳ βαρβάρῳ· Ἑλλὰς ὅλη ναυτίλλεται, στενοχωρεῖται δὲ ἡ θάλασσα ἠπείρους φέρουσα· πόλεμος ἐκριπίζεται μακρός, καὶ μάχαι καταρρήγνυνται καρτεραί, καὶ νεκρῶν ἐμπίμπλαται τὰ πεδία· ἐνυβρίζει τῷ ναυστάθμῳ ὁ βάρβαρος· ἀδικία κρατεῖ καὶ τοῦ ποιητικοῦ Διὸς ἐκείνου τὸ ὄμμα τοὺς Θρᾷκας βλέπει· εὐγενὲς αἷμα βάρβαρα πίνει πεδία καὶ ποταμῶν ῥεύματα σώμασιν ἵσταται νεκροῖς· στήθη κρούεται θρήνοις καὶ τὸ πένθος ἐπινέμεται τὴν γῆν· πάντες δὲ σείονται πόδες πολυπιδάκου Ἴδης καὶ κορυφαί, Τρώων τε πόλις καὶ νῆες Ἀχαιῶν. ποῖ φύγωμεν, Ὅμηρε, καὶ στῶμεν; δεῖξον ἡμῖν γῆν μὴ κεκινημένην.
Hoti de hetairas men poiei tas gynaikas ho kallōpismos, androgynous de tous andras kai moichikous, martys hēmin ho tragikos diēgoumenos hōde pōs; elthōn de ek Phrygōn ho tas theas krinōn hode, hōs ho mythos Argeiōn echei, Lakedaimona, anthēros men heimatōn stolę̄ chrysǭ te lampros, barbarǭ chlidēmati, erōn erōsan ǭchetʼ exanarpasas Helenēn pros Idēs boustathma, ekdēmon labōn Menelaon. ō kallous moichikou; anetrepse tēn Hellada hē barbaros philokosmia kai hē androgynos tryphē; sōphrosynēn diephtheiren Lakōnikēn esthēs kai chlidē kai kallos hōraion; hai barbaroi philokosmiai hetairan ēlenxan tēn Dios thygatera. ouk ēn paidagōgos autois anakoptōn tas epithymias oude mēn ho legōn »mē moicheusę̄s« oude ho »mē epithymēsę̄s« legōn mēde eis moicheian hodeusę̄s diʼ epithymias, alla mēde tas orexeis ekkausę̄s dia philokosmias. hoion autois to epi toutois exēkolouthēsen telos, kai hosōn apelausan kakōn hoi philautian kōlysai mē thelēsantes; ēpeiroi kekinēntai dyo apaideutois hēdonais kai kloneitai ta panta meirakiǭ barbarǭ; Hellas holē nautilletai, stenochōreitai de hē thalassa ēpeirous pherousa; polemos ekripizetai makros, kai machai katarrēgnyntai karterai, kai nekrōn empimplatai ta pedia; enybrizei tǭ naustathmǭ ho barbaros; adikia kratei kai tou poiētikou Dios ekeinou to omma tous Thrąkas blepei; eugenes haima barbara pinei pedia kai potamōn rheumata sōmasin histatai nekrois; stēthē krouetai thrēnois kai to penthos epinemetai tēn gēn; pantes de seiontai podes polypidakou Idēs kai koryphai, Trōōn te polis kai nēes Achaiōn. poi phygōmen, Homēre, kai stōmen? deixon hēmin gēn mē kekinēmenēn.
That adornment makes women courtesans and men effeminate and adulterous, the tragic poet is our witness, telling the story thus: “This judge of the goddesses, coming from Phrygia, as the myth of the Argives has it, to Lacedaemon, flowery in the robe of his garments and gleaming with gold, in barbarian luxury, loving and loved, went off, snatching Helen away to the cattle stalls of Ida, having found Menelaus abroad.” O adulterous beauty! Barbarian love of finery and effeminate luxury overturned Greece; clothing, luxury, and youthful beauty corrupted Spartan self-control; barbarian finery exposed the daughter of Zeus as a courtesan. They had no Instructor to check their desires, nor one who said, “Do not commit adultery,” nor one who said, “Do not covet,” nor “Do not go to adultery through desire,” nor “Do not inflame your appetites through love of finery.” What an end followed for them, and how many evils those enjoyed who would not restrain their self-love! Two continents were stirred by uneducated pleasures, and all was shaken by a barbarian youth. All Greece put to sea, the sea was cramped carrying continents; a long war was fanned into flame, fierce battles broke out, and the plains were filled with corpses; the barbarian insulted the naval station; injustice prevailed, and the eye of that poetic Zeus looked at the Thracians; barbarian plains drank noble blood, and the streams of rivers were dammed by dead bodies; breasts were beaten in lamentation, and mourning spread over the earth; “all the feet of many-fountained Ida were shaken, and its peaks, and the city of the Trojans and the ships of the Achaeans.” Where shall we flee, Homer, and stand? Show us a land that has not been shaken.
3.2.14Stählin 1:244
* * * μὴ θίγῃς ἡνιῶν, παιδίον, ἄπειρος ὤν, μηδὲ ἀναβῇς τὸν δίφρον ἐλαύνειν μὴ μαθών· δυσὶν ἡνιόχοις οὐρανὸς ἥδεται, οἷς μόνοις ἐλαυνόμενον ἄγεται τὸ πῦρ. μετάγεται γὰρ ἡ διάνοια ὑπὸ ἡδονῆς, καὶ τὸ ἀκήρατον τοῦ λογισμοῦ μὴ παιδαγωγούμενον τῷ λόγῳ εἰς ἀσέλγειαν κατολισθαίνει καὶ μισθὸν τοῦ παραπτώματος τὸ ἀπόπτωμα λαμβάνει. δεῖγμά σοι τούτων οἱ ἄγγελοι τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ κάλλος καταλελοιπότες διὰ κάλλος μαραινόμενον καὶ τοσοῦτον ἐξ οὐρανῶν ἀποπεσόντες χαμαί. ἀλλὰ καὶ Σικιμῖται κολάζονται καταπεπτωκότες τὴν ἁγίαν ὑβρίζοντες παρθένον· τάφος ἡ κόλασις αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ μνημόσυνον τῆς ἐπιτιμίας εἰς σωτηρίαν παιδαγωγεῖ.
* * * mē thigę̄s hēniōn, paidion, apeiros ōn, mēde anabę̄s ton diphron elaunein mē mathōn; dysin hēniochois ouranos hēdetai, hois monois elaunomenon agetai to pyr. metagetai gar hē dianoia hypo hēdonēs, kai to akēraton tou logismou mē paidagōgoumenon tǭ logǭ eis aselgeian katolisthainei kai misthon tou paraptōmatos to apoptōma lambanei. deigma soi toutōn hoi angeloi tou theou to kallos kataleloipotes dia kallos marainomenon kai tosouton ex ouranōn apopesontes chamai. alla kai Sikimitai kolazontai katapeptōkotes tēn hagian hybrizontes parthenon; taphos hē kolasis autois kai to mnēmosynon tēs epitimias eis sōtērian paidagōgei.
… Do not touch the reins, child, being inexperienced, nor mount the chariot to drive without having learned. Heaven rejoices in two charioteers, by whom alone the fire is driven and led. For the mind is carried away by pleasure, and the purity of reasoning, not instructed by the Word, slides into licentiousness and receives the fall as the wage of its transgression. An example of this for you is the angels of God, who abandoned the beauty of God for a fading beauty and fell so far from heaven to the ground. The Shechemites too were punished, falling because they outraged the holy virgin; their tomb is their punishment, and the memory of the penalty instructs us toward salvation.
The 3, chapter 3
3.3.15Stählin 1:244–245
Εἰς τοσοῦτον δὲ ἄρα ἐλήλακεν ἡ χλιδὴ ὡς μὴ τὸ θῆλυ μόνον νοσεῖν περὶ τὴν κενοσπουδίαν ταύτην, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας ζηλοῦν τὴν νόσον. μὴ γὰρ καθαρεύοντες καλλωπισμοῦ οὐχ ὑγιαίνουσιν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ μαλθακώτερον ἀποκλίναντες γυναικίζονται, κουρὰς μὲν ἀγεννεῖς καὶ πορνικὰς ἀποκειρόμενοι, χλανίσι δὲ δὴ φαναῖσι περιπεπεμμένοι καὶ μαστίχην τρώγοντες, ὄζοντες μύρου. τί ἄν τις φαίη τούτους ἰδών; ἀτεχνῶς καθάπερ μετωποσκόπος ἐκ τοῦ σχήματος αὐτοὺς καταμαντεύεται μοιχούς τε καὶ ἀνδρογύνους, ἀμφοτέραν ἀφροδίτην θηρωμένους, μισότριχας, ἄτριχας, τὸ ἄνθος τὸ ἀνδρικὸν μυσαττομένους, τὰς κόμας δέ, ὥσπερ αἱ γυναῖκες, κοσμουμένους. »ἐπʼ οὐχ ὁσίοις δὲ τόλμαις ζῶντες« οἱ παλίμβολοι ῥέζουσιν ἀτάσθαλα καὶ κακὰ ἔργα, φησὶν ἡ Σίβυλλα. διὰ τούτους γοῦν πλήρεις αἱ πόλεις πιττούντων, ξυρούντων, παρατιλλόντων τοὺς θηλυδρίας τούτους· ἐργαστήρια δὲ κατεσκεύασται καὶ ἀνέῳκται πάντῃ καὶ τεχνῖται τῆς ἑταιρικῆς ταύτης πορνείας συχνὸν ἐμπολῶσιν ἀργύριον ἐμφανῶς· οἷς σφᾶς καταπιττοῦσι καὶ τὰς τρίχας ἀνασπῶσι πάντα τρόπον παρέχουσιν, οὐδὲν αἰσχυνόμενοι τοὺς ὁρῶντας οὐδὲ τοὺς παριόντας, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἑαυτοὺς ἄνδρας ὄντας· τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἀγεννεστέρων ζηλωταὶ παθῶν, ἅπαν τὸ
Eis tosouton de ara elēlaken hē chlidē hōs mē to thēly monon nosein peri tēn kenospoudian tautēn, alla kai tous andras zēloun tēn noson. mē gar kathareuontes kallōpismou ouch hygiainousin, pros de to malthakōteron apoklinantes gynaikizontai, kouras men agenneis kai pornikas apokeiromenoi, chlanisi de dē phanaisi peripepemmenoi kai mastichēn trōgontes, ozontes myrou. ti an tis phaiē toutous idōn? atechnōs kathaper metōposkopos ek tou schēmatos autous katamanteuetai moichous te kai androgynous, amphoteran aphroditēn thērōmenous, misotrichas, atrichas, to anthos to andrikon mysattomenous, tas komas de, hōsper hai gynaikes, kosmoumenous. »epʼ ouch hosiois de tolmais zōntes« hoi palimboloi rhezousin atasthala kai kaka erga, phēsin hē Sibylla. dia toutous goun plēreis hai poleis pittountōn, xyrountōn, paratillontōn tous thēlydrias toutous; ergastēria de kateskeuastai kai aneǭktai pantę̄ kai technitai tēs hetairikēs tautēs porneias sychnon empolōsin argyrion emphanōs; hois sphas katapittousi kai tas trichas anaspōsi panta tropon parechousin, ouden aischynomenoi tous horōntas oude tous pariontas, allʼ oude heautous andras ontas; toioutoi gar hoi tōn agennesterōn zēlōtai pathōn, hapan to
Luxury has gone so far that not only women are sick with this vain zeal, but men too emulate the disease. Not being free of adornment, they are not healthy, but turning to what is softer they become womanish, cutting their hair in ignoble and whorish styles, wrapped in fine, transparent cloaks, chewing mastic, smelling of perfume. What would one say on seeing them? Like a reader of faces, he would divine from their appearance that they are adulterers and effeminate, hunting both kinds of sexual love, hair-haters, hairless, loathing the bloom of manhood, and arranging their locks like women. “Living in unholy daring,” these shape-changers “do reckless and evil deeds,” says the Sibyl. Because of them the cities are full of those who apply pitch, shave, and pluck these effeminates; shops have been fitted out and opened everywhere, and the craftsmen of this courtesan-like harlotry openly earn a great deal of money. They offer themselves in every way to those who smear them with pitch and pull out their hair, not at all ashamed before those who look on or pass by, nor of themselves, though they are men. Such are the emulators of the more ignoble passions, having their whole
3.3.16Stählin 1:245–246
σῶμα τοῖς βιαίοις τῆς πίττης ὁλκοῖς λελειουργημένοι. μέλει δὲ οὐδʼ ὁπωστιοῦν περαιτέρω τῆς τοιαύτης προβαίνειν ἀναισχυντίας. εἰ γὰρ μηδὲν ἄπρακτον αὐτοῖς ὑπολείπεται, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἄρρητον. ἕνα τινὰ τούτων τῶν ἀγεννῶν παιδαγωγικῶς ἐπιπλήττων ὁ Διογένης ὁπηνίκα ἐπιπράσκετο, ἀνδρείως σφόδρα »ἧκε« εἶπεν, »μειράκιον, ἄνδρα ὤνησαι σαυτῷ«, ἀμφιβόλῳ λόγῳ τὸ πορνικὸν ἐκείνου σωφρονίζων. τὸ γὰρ ἄνδρας ὄντας ξύρεσθαι καὶ λεαίνεσθαι πῶς οὐκ ἀγεννές; βαφὰς δέ τινας τριχῶν καὶ χρίσματα πολιῶν καὶ ξανθίσματα, ἀνδρογύνων ἐξωλῶν ἐπιτηδεύματα, καὶ τοὺς διακτενισμοὺς αὐτῶν τοὺς θηλυδριώδεις μεθετέον. ἡγοῦνται γὰρ καθάπερ ὄφις τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπεκδύσασθαι τὸ γῆρας μεταγράφοντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ νεοποιοῦντες· εἰ καὶ σοφίσονται τὰς τρίχας, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὰς ῥυτίδας διαφεύξονται, ἀλλʼ οὐ λήσονται τὸν θάνατον σοφιζόμενοι τὸν χρόνον. οὐ γὰρ δεινόν, οὐ δεινὸν γέροντα δοκεῖν τὸ εἶναι λαθεῖν μὴ δυνάμενον. ὅσῳ γοῦν ὁ ἄνθρωπος σπεύδει πρὸς τέλος, τοσούτῳ τιμιώτερος πρὸς ἀλήθειαν, μόνον ἔχων αὑτοῦ πρεσβύτερον τὸν θεόν, ἐπεὶ κἀκεῖνος ἀίδιος γέρων ὁ τῶν ὄντων πρεσβύτερος· »παλαιὸν ἡμερῶν« κέκληκεν αὐτὸν ἡ προφητεία, »καὶ ἡ θρὶξ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ ἔριον καθαρόν«, ὁ προφήτης λέγει.
sōma tois biaiois tēs pittēs holkois leleiourgēmenoi. melei de oudʼ hopōstioun peraiterō tēs toiautēs probainein anaischyntias. ei gar mēden aprakton autois hypoleipetai, oude emoi arrēton. hena tina toutōn tōn agennōn paidagōgikōs epiplēttōn ho Diogenēs hopēnika epiprasketo, andreiōs sphodra »hēke« eipen, »meirakion, andra ōnēsai sautǭ«, amphibolǭ logǭ to pornikon ekeinou sōphronizōn. to gar andras ontas xyresthai kai leainesthai pōs ouk agennes? baphas de tinas trichōn kai chrismata poliōn kai xanthismata, androgynōn exōlōn epitēdeumata, kai tous diaktenismous autōn tous thēlydriōdeis metheteon. hēgountai gar kathaper ophis tēs kephalēs apekdysasthai to gēras metagraphontes heautous kai neopoiountes; ei kai sophisontai tas trichas, allʼ ou tas rhytidas diapheuxontai, allʼ ou lēsontai ton thanaton sophizomenoi ton chronon. ou gar deinon, ou deinon geronta dokein to einai lathein mē dynamenon. hosǭ goun ho anthrōpos speudei pros telos, tosoutǭ timiōteros pros alētheian, monon echōn hautou presbyteron ton theon, epei kakeinos aidios gerōn ho tōn ontōn presbyteros; »palaion hēmerōn« keklēken auton hē prophēteia, »kai hē thrix tēs kephalēs autou hōsei erion katharon«, ho prophētēs legei.
body smoothed by the violent pulling of the pitch. I have no care at all to go further into such shamelessness; for if nothing is left undone by them, neither is anything left unsaid by me. When Diogenes was being sold, rebuking one of these ignoble men in the manner of an instructor, he said very manfully: “Come, young man, buy yourself a man,” correcting his harlotry with an ambiguous saying. For how is it not ignoble for men to shave and smooth themselves? Dyes for the hair, ointments for gray hair, and blondings, the practices of ruined effeminates, and their womanish combing must be given up. For they think that, like a snake, they can strip old age from their heads, repainting and renewing themselves. Even if they trick their hair, they will not escape their wrinkles, nor will they cheat death by cheating time. It is not dreadful, not dreadful, to seem old when one cannot escape being old. The nearer a man hastens to his end, the more venerable he is in truth, having only God older than himself; since he too is the eternal Elder, older than all that exists. Prophecy has called him “the Ancient of Days,” “and the hair of his head like pure wool,” the prophet says.
3.3.17Stählin 1:246–247
οὐδεὶς δὲ ἄλλος, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, »δύναται ποιῆσαι τρίχα λευκὴν ἢ μέλαιναν«. πῶς οὖν ἀντιδημιουργοῦσι τῷ θεῷ, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀντικεῖσθαι βιάζονται οἱ ἄθεοι τὴν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πεπολιωμένην παραχαράττοντες τρίχα; »στέφανος δὲ γερόντων πολυπειρία«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, καὶ τοῦ προσώπου αὐτῶν ἡ πολιὰ ἄνθος πολυπειρίας· οἳ δὲ τὸ πρεσβεῖον τῆς ἡλικίας, τὸν πολιέα, καταισχύνουσιν. οὐκ ἔστιν δέ, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθινὴν ἐνδεικνύναι τὴν ψυχὴν τὸν κίβδηλον ἔχοντα κεφαλήν. »ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως«, φησίν, »ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν, εἴ γε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε, καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον«, οὐ τὸν πολιόν, ἀλλὰ »τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης· ἀνανεοῦσθαι δέ«, μὴ βαφαῖς καὶ καλλωπίσμασιν, ἀλλὰ »τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ἐνδύσασθαι τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν κατὰ θεὸν κτισθέντα ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας.« ἄνδρα δὲ ὄντα κτενίζεσθαι καὶ ἀποκείρεσθαι ξυρῷ πρὸς εὐπρέπειαν καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἔσοπτρον διατιθέμενον τὰς τρίχας ξύρεσθαί τε καὶ ἀποτίλλεσθαι καὶ λεαίνεσθαι τὰς γένυς πῶς οὐ γυναικεῖον; καὶ εἰ μή τις αὐτοὺς γυμνοὺς ἴδοι, κἂν γυναῖκας ὑπολάβοι. εἰ γὰρ μὴ χρυσοφορεῖν καὶ αὐτοῖς ἐφεῖται, ἀλλʼ οὖν γε διὰ τὴν θηλυδριώδη ἐπιθυμίαν ἱμάντας καὶ λώματα χρυσίου περιπτύξαντες πετάλοις ἤ τινα σφαιρικὰ τῆς αὐτῆς ὕλης ποιησάμενοι σχήματα σφυρῶν ἀπαρτῶνται
oudeis de allos, phēsin ho kyrios, »dynatai poiēsai tricha leukēn ē melainan«. pōs oun antidēmiourgousi tǭ theǭ, mallon de antikeisthai biazontai hoi atheoi tēn hypʼ autou pepoliōmenēn paracharattontes tricha? »stephanos de gerontōn polypeiria«, phēsin hē graphē, kai tou prosōpou autōn hē polia anthos polypeirias; hoi de to presbeion tēs hēlikias, ton poliea, kataischynousin. ouk estin de, ouk estin alēthinēn endeiknynai tēn psychēn ton kibdēlon echonta kephalēn. »hymeis de ouch houtōs«, phēsin, »emathete ton Christon, ei ge auton ēkousate kai en autǭ edidachthēte, kathōs estin alētheia en tǭ Iēsou, apothesthai hymas kata tēn proteran anastrophēn ton palaion anthrōpon«, ou ton polion, alla »ton phtheiromenon kata tas epithymias tēs apatēs; ananeousthai de«, mē baphais kai kallōpismasin, alla »tǭ pneumati tou noos hymōn kai endysasthai ton kainon anthrōpon ton kata theon ktisthenta en dikaiosynę̄ kai hosiotēti tēs alētheias.« andra de onta ktenizesthai kai apokeiresthai xyrǭ pros euprepeian kai pros to esoptron diatithemenon tas trichas xyresthai te kai apotillesthai kai leainesthai tas genys pōs ou gynaikeion? kai ei mē tis autous gymnous idoi, kan gynaikas hypolaboi. ei gar mē chrysophorein kai autois epheitai, allʼ oun ge dia tēn thēlydriōdē epithymian himantas kai lōmata chrysiou periptyxantes petalois ē tina sphairika tēs autēs hylēs poiēsamenoi schēmata sphyrōn apartōntai
No one else, says the Lord, “can make a hair white or black.” How, then, do these godless people set themselves up as rival creators to God, or rather force themselves into opposition to him, by counterfeiting the hair he has made gray? “The crown of old men is much experience,” says Scripture, and the gray hair of their face is the flower of much experience; but they shame the privilege of age, gray hair. It is not possible, it is not, for one with a counterfeit head to show a true soul. “But you did not so learn Christ,” it says, “if indeed you heard him and were taught in him, as the truth is in Jesus, to put off, according to your former way of life, the old man,” not the gray-haired one, but the one “corrupted according to the desires of deceit, and to be renewed,” not with dyes and adornments, but “in the spirit of your mind, and to put on the new man, created according to God in righteousness and holiness of truth.” For one who is a man to comb himself and cut his hair with a razor for appearance, arranging his hair before the mirror, and to shave, pluck, and smooth his cheeks, how is it not womanish? If one did not see them naked, he would take them for women. Even though they are not permitted to wear gold, out of womanish desire they wrap straps and cords with gold leaf, or make ball-shaped ornaments of the same material, and hang them from their ankles
3.3.18Stählin 1:247
καὶ τραχήλων ἀπαιωροῦσι. σόφισμα τοῦτο κατεαγότων ἀνθρώπων εἰς τὴν γυναικωνῖτιν κατασυρομένων, ἀμφιβίων καὶ λάγνων θηρίων· πορνικὸς τῆς ἐνέδρας ὁ τρόπος καὶ ἄθεος οὗτος. ὁ γὰρ θεὸς τὴν μὲν γυναῖκα λείαν ἠθέλησεν εἶναι, αὐτοφυεῖ τῇ κόμῃ μόνῃ ὥσπερ ἵππον τῇ χαίτῃ γαυρουμένην, τὸν δὲ ἄνδρα καθάπερ τοὺς λέοντας γενείοις κοσμήσας καὶ τοῖς λασίοις ἤνδρωσε στήθεσι· δεῖγμα τοῦτο ἀλκῆς καὶ ἀρχῆς. ταύτῃ καὶ τοὺς ἀλεκτρυόνας τοὺς ὑπερμαχοῦντας τῶν ὀρνίθων καθάπερ κόρυσι τοῖς κόλλεσιν ἐκαλλώπισεν. καὶ οὕτως περὶ πολλοῦ τὰς τρίχας ταύτας ὁ θεὸς ἡγεῖται ὥστε ἅμα φρονήσει κελεύειν παραγίνεσθαι αὐτὰς τοῖς ἀνδράσι, καὶ δὴ ἀγασθεὶς τῇ σεμνότητι τὸ βλοσυρὸν τοῦ θεάματος γεραρᾷ τετίμηκεν πολιᾷ.
kai trachēlōn apaiōrousi. sophisma touto kateagotōn anthrōpōn eis tēn gynaikōnitin katasyromenōn, amphibiōn kai lagnōn thēriōn; pornikos tēs enedras ho tropos kai atheos houtos. ho gar theos tēn men gynaika leian ēthelēsen einai, autophyei tę̄ komę̄ monę̄ hōsper hippon tę̄ chaitę̄ gauroumenēn, ton de andra kathaper tous leontas geneiois kosmēsas kai tois lasiois ēndrōse stēthesi; deigma touto alkēs kai archēs. tautę̄ kai tous alektryonas tous hypermachountas tōn ornithōn kathaper korysi tois kollesin ekallōpisen. kai houtōs peri pollou tas trichas tautas ho theos hēgeitai hōste hama phronēsei keleuein paraginesthai autas tois andrasi, kai dē agastheis tę̄ semnotēti to blosyron tou theamatos gerarą tetimēken polią.
and dangle them from their necks. This is a device of broken men dragged down into the women's quarters, amphibious and lustful beasts; this manner of ambush is whorish and godless. For God willed the woman to be smooth, priding herself on her natural hair alone, as the horse on its mane; but the man he adorned with a beard, like lions, and made manly with a hairy chest, a sign of strength and rule. So too he adorned cocks, which fight for the hens, with combs like helmets. God values this hair so highly that he orders it to come to men together with wisdom; and, admiring its dignity, he has honored the stern look with venerable gray hair.
3.3.19Stählin 1:247–248
φρόνησις δὲ καὶ ἀκριβεῖς λογισμοὶ πολιοὶ συνέσει συνακμάζουσι τῷ χρόνῳ, καὶ τὸ γῆρας ἐνισχύουσι τῷ τόνῳ τῆς πολυπειρίας, ἄνθος ἀξιέραστον φρονήσεως σεμνῆς εἰς πίστιν εὔλογον προτείνοντες τὴν πολιάν. τοῦτο οὖν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὸ σύνθημα, τὸ γένειον, διʼ οὗ καταφαίνεται [ὁ] ἀνήρ, πρεσβύτερόν ἐστι τῆς Εὔας καὶ σύμβολον τῆς κρείττονος φύσεως· τούτῳ πρέπειν ἐδικαίωσε τὸ λάσιον ὁ θεός, καὶ διέσπειρεν παρὰ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὰς τρίχας, τὸ δὲ ὅσον λεῖον αὐτοῦ καὶ μαλθακὸν ἀφείλετο τῆς πλευρᾶς εἰς ὑποδοχὴν σπέρματος εὐαφῆ τὴν Εὔαν δημιουργήσας γυναῖκα βοηθὸν οὖσαν γενέσεως καὶ οἰκουρίας. ὃ δὲ (προήκατο γὰρ τὸ λεῖον) ἔμεινέν τε ἀνὴρ καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα δεικνύει· καὶ τὸ δρᾶν αὐτῷ συγκεχώρηται, ὡς ἐκείνῃ τὸ πάσχειν. ξηρότερα γὰρ φύσει καὶ θερμότερα τὰ δασέα τῶν ψιλῶν ἐστιν. διὸ καὶ τὰ ἄρρενα τῶν θηλειῶν καὶ τὰ ἔνορχα τῶν ἐκτομιῶν καὶ τὰ τέλεια τῶν ἀτελῶν δασύτερά τέ ἐστι καὶ θερμότερα. τὸ οὖν τῆς ἀνδρώδους φύσεως σύμβολον, τὸ λάσιον, παρανομεῖν ἀνόσιον· τὸ δὲ καλλώπισμα τῆς λειάνσεως, θερμαίνομαι γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου, εἰ μὲν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας, θηλυδρίου, εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, μοιχοῦ· ἄμφω δὲ ὅτι μάλιστα πορρωτάτω τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐκτοπιστέον πολιτείας.
phronēsis de kai akribeis logismoi polioi synesei synakmazousi tǭ chronǭ, kai to gēras enischyousi tǭ tonǭ tēs polypeirias, anthos axieraston phronēseōs semnēs eis pistin eulogon proteinontes tēn polian. touto oun tou andros to synthēma, to geneion, diʼ hou kataphainetai [ho] anēr, presbyteron esti tēs Euas kai symbolon tēs kreittonos physeōs; toutǭ prepein edikaiōse to lasion ho theos, kai diespeiren para pan to sōma tou andros tas trichas, to de hoson leion autou kai malthakon apheileto tēs pleuras eis hypodochēn spermatos euaphē tēn Euan dēmiourgēsas gynaika boēthon ousan geneseōs kai oikourias. ho de (proēkato gar to leion) emeinen te anēr kai ton andra deiknyei; kai to dran autǭ synkechōrētai, hōs ekeinę̄ to paschein. xērotera gar physei kai thermotera ta dasea tōn psilōn estin. dio kai ta arrena tōn thēleiōn kai ta enorcha tōn ektomiōn kai ta teleia tōn atelōn dasytera te esti kai thermotera. to oun tēs andrōdous physeōs symbolon, to lasion, paranomein anosion; to de kallōpisma tēs leianseōs, thermainomai gar hypo tou logou, ei men epi tous andras, thēlydriou, ei de epi tas gynaikas, moichou; amphō de hoti malista porrōtatō tēs hēmeteras ektopisteon politeias.
Wisdom and exact reasonings, gray with understanding, come to their prime with time, and strengthen old age with the vigor of much experience, holding out gray hair, a lovely flower of dignified wisdom, as a reasonable pledge of trust. This sign of the man, then, the beard, by which the man is seen, is older than Eve and a symbol of the stronger nature. God judged hairiness fitting for him and scattered hair over the whole of the man's body; and whatever was smooth and soft in him he took away from his side, making Eve a woman soft to the touch for receiving seed, a helper in generation and housekeeping. And he (for he had given up the smoothness) remained a man and shows himself a man; and to him it is granted to act, as to her to receive. For hairy things are by nature drier and warmer than smooth ones; so males are hairier and warmer than females, the uncastrated than eunuchs, and the full-grown than the immature. To transgress against the symbol of manly nature, then, the hair, is unholy; and the adornment of smoothing, for I grow warm with the argument, if it is aimed at men, is the mark of an effeminate; if at women, of an adulterer; both must be banished as far as possible from our commonwealth.
3.3.20Stählin 1:248
»ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι«, φησὶν ὁ κύριος· ἠρίθμηνται δὲ καὶ αἱ ἐπὶ τῷ γενείῳ καὶ μὴν καὶ αἱ παρʼ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα. οὐδʼ ὁπωστιοῦν ἐκτιλτέον παρὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ἐγκατηριθμημένην τῷ αὐτοῦ θελήματι· »εἰ μή τι οὐκ ἐπιγιγνώσκετε ἑαυτούς«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »ὅτι Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ἐν ὑμῖν«, ὃν εἰ ἐνοικοῦντα ᾔδειμεν, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἂν αὐτὸν λωβᾶσθαι τετολμήκειμεν. τὸ δὲ καὶ πιττοῦσθαι (ὀκνῶ καὶ λέγειν τὴν περὶ τοὔργον ἀσχημοσύνην) ἀπεστραμμένους καὶ κεκυφότας καὶ τῆς φύσεως τὰ ἀπόρρητα εἰς τὸ συμφανὲς ἀπογυμνοῦντας, ἐξορχουμένους καὶ λορδουμένους, ἀπερυθριῶσι σχήμασιν οὐκ ἀπερυθριῶντας αὑτούς, ἐν αὐτῇ νεολαίᾳ καὶ γυμνασίῳ μέσῳ, ἔνθα ἀρετὴ ἀνδρῶν ἐξετάζεται, ἀσχημονοῦντας, τὸ παρὰ φύσιν τοῦτο διώκοντας ἐπιτήδευμα, πῶς οὐχὶ τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀσελγείας ἐστίν; οἱ γὰρ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ τοιαῦτα διαπραττόμενοι σχολῇ γʼ ἂν αἰδεσθεῖεν οἴκοι τινάς. καταμαρτυρεῖ δὲ αὐτῶν ἡ ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ ἀναισχυντία τὴν τῷ ἀφανεῖ ἐπʼ ἐξουσίας ἀκολασίαν· ὁ γὰρ ὑπὸ τὰς αὐγὰς τὸν ἄνδρα ἀρνούμενος πρόδηλός ἐστι νύκτωρ ἐλεγχόμενος γυνή. »οὐκ ἔσται δέ«, εἶπεν ὁ λόγος διὰ Μωυσέως, »ἀπὸ θυγατέρων Ἰσραὴλ πόρνη, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὁ πορνεύων ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.« ἀλλʼ ὠφελεῖ, φησίν, ἡ πίττα. ἀλλὰ διαβάλλει, φημί· οὐκ ἂν δὲ ἠθέλησέ τις εὖ φρονῶν πόρνος εἶναι δοκεῖν, μὴ νοσῶν, καὶ διαβάλλειν ἐπιτηδεύειν τὴν καλὴν εἰκόνα οὐκ ἂν ἑκὼν βουληθείη τις. εἰ γὰρ »τοὺς κατὰ πρόθεσιν κλητούς, οὓς προέγνω ὁ θεός, συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ« [διʼ οὕς] κατὰ τὸν μακάριον ἀπόστολον »ὥρισεν εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς«, πῶς οὐκ ἄθεοι τὸ σύμμορφον τοῦ κυρίου λωβώμενοι σῶμα;
»alla kai hai triches tēs kephalēs hymōn pasai ērithmēmenai«, phēsin ho kyrios; ērithmēntai de kai hai epi tǭ geneiǭ kai mēn kai hai parʼ holon to sōma. oudʼ hopōstioun ektilteon para tēn proairesin tou theou tēn enkatērithmēmenēn tǭ autou thelēmati; »ei mē ti ouk epigignōskete heautous«, phēsin ho apostolos, »hoti Christos Iēsous en hymin«, hon ei enoikounta ę̄deimen, ouk oidʼ hopōs an auton lōbasthai tetolmēkeimen. to de kai pittousthai (oknō kai legein tēn peri tourgon aschēmosynēn) apestrammenous kai kekyphotas kai tēs physeōs ta aporrēta eis to symphanes apogymnountas, exorchoumenous kai lordoumenous, aperythriōsi schēmasin ouk aperythriōntas hautous, en autę̄ neolaią kai gymnasiǭ mesǭ, entha aretē andrōn exetazetai, aschēmonountas, to para physin touto diōkontas epitēdeuma, pōs ouchi tēs eschatēs aselgeias estin? hoi gar en tǭ phanerǭ toiauta diaprattomenoi scholę̄ gʼ an aidestheien oikoi tinas. katamartyrei de autōn hē en tǭ dēmosiǭ anaischyntia tēn tǭ aphanei epʼ exousias akolasian; ho gar hypo tas augas ton andra arnoumenos prodēlos esti nyktōr elenchomenos gynē. »ouk estai de«, eipen ho logos dia Mōyseōs, »apo thygaterōn Israēl pornē, kai ouk estai ho porneuōn apo huiōn Israēl.« allʼ ōphelei, phēsin, hē pitta. alla diaballei, phēmi; ouk an de ēthelēse tis eu phronōn pornos einai dokein, mē nosōn, kai diaballein epitēdeuein tēn kalēn eikona ouk an hekōn boulētheiē tis. ei gar »tous kata prothesin klētous, hous proegnō ho theos, symmorphous tēs eikonos tou huiou autou« [diʼ hous] kata ton makarion apostolon »hōrisen eis to einai auton prōtotokon en pollois adelphois«, pōs ouk atheoi to symmorphon tou kyriou lōbōmenoi sōma?
“But even the hairs of your head are all numbered,” says the Lord; so are those on the chin, and indeed those on the whole body. None at all must be plucked out against the purpose of God, numbered by his will. “Unless you do not recognize yourselves,” says the apostle, “that Christ Jesus is in you”; if we knew he dwelt in us, I do not know how we would have dared to outrage him. And the application of pitch (I hesitate to name the indecency of the act), turned around and bent over, stripping the private parts of nature into full view, dancing and arching the back in shameless postures without being ashamed of themselves, behaving indecently in the very midst of the youth and the gymnasium, where men's virtue is tested, pursuing this unnatural practice: how is this not the height of licentiousness? Those who do such things in public would hardly respect anyone at home. Their shamelessness in public bears witness to their licentiousness in private when they have license; for the one who denies his manhood in the daylight is plainly proved a woman by night. “There shall not be a harlot among the daughters of Israel,” said the Word through Moses, “and there shall not be a fornicator among the sons of Israel.” “But pitch is beneficial,” one says. “But it brings slander,” I say. No one in his right mind would wish to seem a fornicator, if he is not sick with it, nor would anyone willingly practice slandering the beautiful image. For if, according to the blessed apostle, God “predestined those called according to his purpose, whom he foreknew, to be conformed to the image of his Son, so that he might be the firstborn among many brothers,” how are they not godless who mutilate the body that is conformed to the Lord?
3.3.21Stählin 1:248–249
ἀνδρὶ δὲ βουλομένῳ εἶναι καλῷ τὸ κάλλιστον ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ τὴν διάνοιαν κοσμητέον, ἣν καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν εὐπρεπεστέραν ἐπιδεικτέον· παρατιλτέον δὲ οὐ τὰς τρίχας, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας. ἐγὼ καὶ τῶν ἀνδραποδοκαπήλων τὰ παιδάρια ἐλεῶ εἰς ὕβριν κοσμούμενα, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑφʼ ἑαυτῶν λελώβηται, κελευόμενα δὲ εἰς αἰσχροκέρδειαν τὰ δύστηνα καλλωπίζεται. οἱ δὲ ἑκόντες ταῦτα αἱρούμενοι δρᾶν, ἃ κελευόμενοι θανάτου ἂν ἐτιμήσαντο, εἰ ἄνδρες ἦσαν, πῶς οὐ κατάπτυστοι; Καὶ νῦν μὲν εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀκολασίας ἐλήλακεν ὁ βίος ἐντρυφώσης ἀδικίας, καὶ τὸ λάγνον πᾶν ἐπικέχυται ταῖς πόλεσι νόμος γενόμενον· ἐπὶ τέγους ἑστᾶσι παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὴν σάρκα τὴν ἑαυτῶν εἰς ὕβριν ἡδονῆς πιπράσκουσαι γυναῖκες, καὶ παῖδες ἀρνεῖσθαι τὴν φύσιν δεδιδαγμένοι προσποιοῦνται γυναῖκες. πάντα μετακεκίνηκεν ἡ τρυφή· κατῄσχυνε τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἁβροδίαιτος περιεργία· πάντα ζητεῖ, πάντα ἐπιχειρεῖ, βιάζεται πάντα, συγχεῖ τὴν φύσιν, τὰ γυναικῶν οἱ ἄνδρες πεπόνθασιν καὶ γυναῖκες ἀνδρίζονται παρὰ φύσιν γαμούμεναί τε καὶ γαμοῦσαι γυναῖκες. πόρος δὲ οὐδεὶς ἄβατος ἀκολασίᾳ· κοινὴ δὲ αὐτοῖς ἀφροδίτη δημεύεται, συνέστιος τρυφή. ὢ τοῦ ἐλεεινοῦ θεάματος, ὢ τοῦ ἀρρήτου ἐπιτηδεύματος· τρόπαια ταῦτα τῆς πολιτικῆς ὑμῶν ἀκρασίας δείκνυται, τῶν ἔργων ὁ ἔλεγχος αἱ χαμαίτυπαι. φεῦ τῆς τοσαύτης ἀνομίας. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ συνιᾶσιν οἱ ταλαίπωροι, ὡς τὸ ἄδηλον τῆς συνουσίας πολλὰς ἐργάζεται τραγῳδίας. παιδὶ πορνεύσαντι καὶ μαχλώσαις θυγατράσιν ἀγνοήσαντες πολλάκις μίγνυνται πατέρες, οὐ μεμνημένοι τῶν ἐκτεθέντων παιδίων, καὶ ἄνδρας δείκνυσι τοὺς γεγεννηκότας ἀκρασίας ἐξουσία.
andri de boulomenǭ einai kalǭ to kalliston en anthrōpǭ tēn dianoian kosmēteon, hēn kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran euprepesteran epideikteon; paratilteon de ou tas trichas, alla tas epithymias. egō kai tōn andrapodokapēlōn ta paidaria eleō eis hybrin kosmoumena, allʼ ouch hyphʼ heautōn lelōbētai, keleuomena de eis aischrokerdeian ta dystēna kallōpizetai. hoi de hekontes tauta hairoumenoi dran, ha keleuomenoi thanatou an etimēsanto, ei andres ēsan, pōs ou kataptystoi? Kai nyn men eis tosouton akolasias elēlaken ho bios entryphōsēs adikias, kai to lagnon pan epikechytai tais polesi nomos genomenon; epi tegous hestasi parʼ autois tēn sarka tēn heautōn eis hybrin hēdonēs pipraskousai gynaikes, kai paides arneisthai tēn physin dedidagmenoi prospoiountai gynaikes. panta metakekinēken hē tryphē; katę̄schyne ton anthrōpon habrodiaitos periergia; panta zētei, panta epicheirei, biazetai panta, synchei tēn physin, ta gynaikōn hoi andres peponthasin kai gynaikes andrizontai para physin gamoumenai te kai gamousai gynaikes. poros de oudeis abatos akolasią; koinē de autois aphroditē dēmeuetai, synestios tryphē. ō tou eleeinou theamatos, ō tou arrētou epitēdeumatos; tropaia tauta tēs politikēs hymōn akrasias deiknytai, tōn ergōn ho elenchos hai chamaitypai. pheu tēs tosautēs anomias. allʼ oude syniasin hoi talaipōroi, hōs to adēlon tēs synousias pollas ergazetai tragǭdias. paidi porneusanti kai machlōsais thygatrasin agnoēsantes pollakis mignyntai pateres, ou memnēmenoi tōn ektethentōn paidiōn, kai andras deiknysi tous gegennēkotas akrasias exousia.
A man who wishes to be beautiful must adorn the most beautiful thing in a human being, the mind, and show it more seemly day by day; he must pluck out not hairs but desires. I pity even the boys of the slave dealers, adorned for outrage; but they have not been disfigured by themselves; the poor creatures are beautified on command, for shameful gain. But those who willingly choose to do what, if commanded, they would have preferred death to, if they were men, how are they not despicable? Now life has gone so far in licentiousness, with injustice luxuriating, that every kind of lust is poured out over the cities, having become law. Among them women stand in brothels selling their own flesh for the outrage of pleasure, and boys, taught to deny their nature, play the part of women. Luxury has turned everything upside down; voluptuous excess has disgraced humanity. It seeks everything, attempts everything, forces everything, confounds nature: men suffer what women suffer, and women act like men against nature, being married and marrying women. No passage is closed to licentiousness; sexual love is made public and common among them, luxury a housemate. O pitiable sight! O unspeakable practice! These are displayed as the trophies of your civic incontinence; the prostitutes are the proof of the deeds. Alas for such lawlessness! The wretches do not even understand that the uncertainty of intercourse produces many tragedies. Fathers, not remembering the children they exposed, often unknowingly have intercourse with a son who has become a prostitute and with daughters who have become harlots; and the license of incontinence shows the begetters to be the husbands.
3.3.22Stählin 1:249
ταῦτα οἱ σοφοὶ τῶν νόμων ἐπιτρέπουσιν· ἔξεστιν αὐτοῖς ἁμαρτεῖν κατὰ νόμον, καὶ τὸ ἀπόρρητον τῆς ἡδονῆς εὐκολίαν λέγουσιν. μοιχείας ἀπηλλάχθαι νομίζουσιν οἱ μοιχεύοντες τὴν φύσιν, ἕπεται δὲ αὐτοῖς τῶν τολμημάτων τιμωρὸς ἡ δίκη· καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτῶν ἀπαραίτητον ἐπισπώμενοι συμφορὰν ὀλίγου νομίσματος ὠνοῦνται θάνατον. τούτων ἔμποροι τῶν φορτίων οἱ κακοδαίμονες πλέουσιν, ὡς σῖτον, ὡς οἶνον, πορνείαν ἀγώγιμον φέροντες. ἄλλοι δὲ ἀθλιώτεροι μακρῷ ὡς ἄρτον, ὡς ὄψον, ἀγοράζουσιν ἡδονάς, οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνο ἐν νῷ λαβόντες τὸ Μωυσέως· »οὐ βεβηλώσεις τὴν θυγατέρα σου ἐκπορνεῦσαι αὐτήν, καὶ οὐκ ἐκπορνεύσει ἡ γῆ, καὶ ἡ γῆ πλησθήσεται ἀνομίας.« ταῦτα προεφητεύετο πάλαι, ἀρίδηλος δὲ ἡ ἔκβασις· πᾶσα ἤδη πεπλήρωται γῆ καὶ πορνείας καὶ ἀνομίας.
tauta hoi sophoi tōn nomōn epitrepousin; exestin autois hamartein kata nomon, kai to aporrēton tēs hēdonēs eukolian legousin. moicheias apēllachthai nomizousin hoi moicheuontes tēn physin, hepetai de autois tōn tolmēmatōn timōros hē dikē; kai kathʼ heautōn aparaitēton epispōmenoi symphoran oligou nomismatos ōnountai thanaton. toutōn emporoi tōn phortiōn hoi kakodaimones pleousin, hōs siton, hōs oinon, porneian agōgimon pherontes. alloi de athliōteroi makrǭ hōs arton, hōs opson, agorazousin hēdonas, oude ekeino en nǭ labontes to Mōyseōs; »ou bebēlōseis tēn thygatera sou ekporneusai autēn, kai ouk ekporneusei hē gē, kai hē gē plēsthēsetai anomias.« tauta proephēteueto palai, aridēlos de hē ekbasis; pasa ēdē peplērōtai gē kai porneias kai anomias.
The wise men of the laws permit these things; they are allowed to sin according to law, and they call the unspeakable pleasure a convenience. Those who commit adultery against nature think they are free of adultery; but justice, the avenger of their daring deeds, follows them; and drawing on themselves an inexorable calamity, they buy death for a small coin. The wretched merchants of these cargoes sail, carrying sexual immorality as merchandise, like grain or wine. Others, far more wretched, buy pleasures like bread or meat, not taking to heart that saying of Moses: “You shall not profane your daughter by making her a prostitute, and the land shall not commit sexual immorality, and the land shall be filled with lawlessness.” This was prophesied long ago, and the outcome is plain: the whole earth is already filled with sexual immorality and lawlessness.
3.3.23Stählin 1:249–250
Ἄγαμαι τοὺς παλαιοὺς Ῥωμαίων νομοθέτας· ἀνδρόγυνον ἐμίσησαν ἐπιτήδευσιν οὗτοι, καὶ τοῦ σώματος τὴν πρὸς τὸ θῆλυ κοινωνίαν παρὰ τὸν τῆς φύσεως νόμον ὀρύγματος κατηξίωσαν κατὰ τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης νόμον. οὐ γὰρ θέμις ἐκτῖλαί ποτε τὸ γένειον, τὸ κάλλος τὸ σύμφυτον, τὸ γενναῖον κάλλος πρῶτον ὑπηνήτῃ, οὗπερ χαριεστάτη ἥβη. προβαίνων δὲ ἤδη ἐπαλείφεται γανούμενος πώγωνι, ἐφʼ ὃν κατέβαινε τὸ μύρον τὸ προφητικὸν Ἀαρὼν τιμωμένου. χρὴ δὲ τὸν ὀρθῶς παιδαγωγούμενον, ἐφʼ ὃν ἡ εἰρήνη κατεσκήνωσεν, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἑαυτοῦ τρίχας εἰρήνην ἄγειν. τί τοίνυν οὐκ ἂν ἐπιτηδεύσειαν αἱ γυναῖκες αἱ εἰς μαχλοσύνην σπεύδουσαι, τοιαῦτα τολμῶσιν ἐνοπτριζόμεναι τοῖς ἀνδράσιν; μᾶλλον δὲ οὐκ ἄνδρας, βατάλους δὲ καὶ γύννιδας καλεῖν τούτους χρή, ὧν καὶ αἱ φωναὶ τεθρυμμέναι καὶ ἡ ἐσθὴς τεθηλυμμένη ἁφῇ καὶ βαφῇ. δῆλοι δὲ οἱ τοιοῦτοι ἐλεγχόμενοι τὸν τρόπον ἔξωθεν ἀμπεχόνῃ, ὑποδέσει, σχήματι, βαδίσματι, κουρᾷ, βλέμματι· »ἀπὸ ὁράσεως γὰρ ἐπιγνωσθήσεται ἀνήρ«, ἡ γραφὴ λέγει, »καὶ ἀπὸ ἀπαντήσεως ἀνθρώπου ἐπιγνωσθήσεται ἄνθρωπος· στολισμὸς ἀνδρὸς καὶ βῆμα ποδὸς καὶ γέλως ὀδόντων ἀναγγελεῖ τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ.«
Agamai tous palaious Rhōmaiōn nomothetas; androgynon emisēsan epitēdeusin houtoi, kai tou sōmatos tēn pros to thēly koinōnian para ton tēs physeōs nomon orygmatos katēxiōsan kata ton tēs dikaiosynēs nomon. ou gar themis ektilai pote to geneion, to kallos to symphyton, to gennaion kallos prōton hypēnētę̄, houper chariestatē hēbē. probainōn de ēdē epaleiphetai ganoumenos pōgōni, ephʼ hon katebaine to myron to prophētikon Aarōn timōmenou. chrē de ton orthōs paidagōgoumenon, ephʼ hon hē eirēnē kateskēnōsen, kai pros tas heautou trichas eirēnēn agein. ti toinyn ouk an epitēdeuseian hai gynaikes hai eis machlosynēn speudousai, toiauta tolmōsin enoptrizomenai tois andrasin? mallon de ouk andras, batalous de kai gynnidas kalein toutous chrē, hōn kai hai phōnai tethrymmenai kai hē esthēs tethēlymmenē haphę̄ kai baphę̄. dēloi de hoi toioutoi elenchomenoi ton tropon exōthen ampechonę̄, hypodesei, schēmati, badismati, kourą, blemmati; »apo horaseōs gar epignōsthēsetai anēr«, hē graphē legei, »kai apo apantēseōs anthrōpou epignōsthēsetai anthrōpos; stolismos andros kai bēma podos kai gelōs odontōn anangelei ta peri autou.«
I admire the ancient Roman lawgivers: they hated effeminate practice, and they judged the giving of one's body to be used as a woman, against the law of nature, worthy of the pit, according to the law of justice. It is not right to pluck out the beard, the natural beauty, the noble beauty, “for one whose beard is first growing, whose youth is most charming.” As he advances, he is anointed, delighting in his beard, on which the prophetic ointment of Aaron came down when he was honored. The one rightly instructed, on whom peace has settled, should be at peace with his own hair too. What, then, would women eager for lewdness not practice, when they see themselves mirrored in men who dare such things? Rather, such men should not be called men but catamites and womanish, whose voices are softened and whose clothing is made feminine in touch and dye. Such men are clearly exposed in their character from outside, by their cloak, shoes, posture, walk, haircut, and look. “For a man will be known by his look,” says Scripture, “and a man will be known by meeting him; a man's attire, the step of his foot, and the laughter of his teeth tell about him.”
3.3.24Stählin 1:250
οἱ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας πεπολεμωμένοι τρίχας μόνον τὰς ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ περιέπουσι, μικροῦ δεῖν ἀναδούμενοι κεκρυφάλοις τὰς κόμας ὥσπερ αἱ γυναῖκες. λέοντες μὲν οὖν αὐχοῦσι τὸ λάσιον αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀλκῆς ὁπλίζονται τῇ τριχί, κάπροι δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ σεμνύνονται λοφιᾷ, ἀλλὰ φρίσσοντας αὐτοὺς τὴν τρίχα δεδοίκασιν κυνηγοί, εἰροπόκοι δʼ ὄιες μαλλοῖς καταβεβρίθασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων ἐπλήθυνεν τὰς τρίχας ὁ φιλάνθρωπος πατὴρ εἰς σήν, ἄνθρωπε, ὑπουργίαν κεῖραι διδάξας τοὺς πόκους. καὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν οἱ Κελτοὶ καὶ οἱ Σκύθαι κομῶσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ κομμοῦνται· ἔχει τι φοβερὸν τὸ εὔτριχον τοῦ βαρβάρου καὶ τὸ ξανθὸν αὐτοῦ πόλεμον ἀπειλεῖ· συγγενές τι τὸ χρῶμα τῷ αἵματι. μεμισήκατον ἄμφω τούτω τὼ βαρβάρω τὴν τρυφήν· μάρτυρας ἐπιδείξονται σαφεῖς τὸν Ῥῆνον ὁ Γερμανός, ὁ Σκύθης τὴν ἅμαξαν. ὀλιγωρεῖ δὲ ἔσθʼ ὅτε καὶ τῆς ἁμάξης ὁ Σκύθης (πλοῦτος εἶναι δοκεῖ τῷ βαρβάρῳ τὸ μέγεθος αὐτῆς) καὶ καταλιπὼν τὴν τρυφὴν εὐτελὴς πολιτεύεται· οἶκον αὐτάρκη καὶ τῆς ἁμάξης εὐζωνότερον, τὸν ἵππον, λαβὼν Σκύθης ἀνὴρ ἀναβὰς φέρεται οἷ βούλεται· κάμνων δὲ ἄρα λιμῷ αἰτεῖ τὸν ἵππον τροφάς, ὃ δὲ ὑπέχει τὰς φλέβας, καὶ ὃ κέκτηται μόνον, τῷ κυρίῳ τὸ αἷμα
hoi gar kai ta malista pros tas allas pepolemōmenoi trichas monon tas epi tę̄ kephalę̄ periepousi, mikrou dein anadoumenoi kekryphalois tas komas hōsper hai gynaikes. leontes men oun auchousi to lasion autōn, allʼ epi tēs alkēs hoplizontai tę̄ trichi, kaproi de kai autoi semnynontai lophią, alla phrissontas autous tēn tricha dedoikasin kynēgoi, eiropokoi dʼ oies mallois katabebrithasin, alla kai toutōn eplēthynen tas trichas ho philanthrōpos patēr eis sēn, anthrōpe, hypourgian keirai didaxas tous pokous. kai tōn ethnōn hoi Keltoi kai hoi Skythai komōsin, allʼ ou kommountai; echei ti phoberon to eutrichon tou barbarou kai to xanthon autou polemon apeilei; syngenes ti to chrōma tǭ haimati. memisēkaton amphō toutō tō barbarō tēn tryphēn; martyras epideixontai sapheis ton Rhēnon ho Germanos, ho Skythēs tēn hamaxan. oligōrei de esthʼ hote kai tēs hamaxēs ho Skythēs (ploutos einai dokei tǭ barbarǭ to megethos autēs) kai katalipōn tēn tryphēn eutelēs politeuetai; oikon autarkē kai tēs hamaxēs euzōnoteron, ton hippon, labōn Skythēs anēr anabas pheretai hoi bouletai; kamnōn de ara limǭ aitei ton hippon trophas, ho de hypechei tas phlebas, kai ho kektētai monon, tǭ kyriǭ to haima
Those who are most at war with their other hair take care only of the hair on the head, all but binding their locks in hairnets like women. Lions boast of their shagginess, but they are armed by their hair for strength; boars too pride themselves on their crest, but hunters fear them when their hair bristles; wool-fleeced sheep are weighed down with fleeces, but the loving Father multiplied their hair for your service, man, teaching you to shear the fleeces. Among the nations, the Celts and Scythians wear their hair long, but do not dress it; the barbarian's thick hair has something fearsome, and its yellow color threatens war; the color is akin to blood. Both these barbarians have hated luxury; the German will show the Rhine as a clear witness, the Scythian his wagon. The Scythian sometimes even despises his wagon (its size seems wealth to the barbarian) and, leaving luxury, lives frugally: taking a house sufficient and lighter than the wagon, his horse, the Scythian mounts and is carried wherever he wishes; and when he is weary with hunger he asks his horse for food, and the horse offers its veins, and gives its master the only thing it has, its blood.
3.3.25Stählin 1:250–251
χορηγεῖ, καὶ τῷ νομάδι ὁ ἵππος ὄχημα γίνεται καὶ τροφή. Ἀραβίων δὲ (ἄλλοι οὗτοι νομάδες) ἡ μάχιμος ἡλικία καμηλοβάται εἰσί· κυούσας οὗτοι τὰς καμήλους ἐφέζονται· αἳ δὲ νέμονται ἅμα καὶ θέουσιν ἀναλαμβάνουσαι τοὺς δεσπότας, καὶ τὸν οἶκον ἐπιφέρονται σὺν αὐτοῖς. εἰ δὲ καὶ ποτὸν ἐπιλίποι τοῖς βαρβάροις, ἀμέλγονται τοῦ γάλακτος, κενουμένης δὲ ἤδη τῆς τροφῆς, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοῦ αἵματος φείδονται, ᾗ φασι λυττήσαντας τοὺς λύκους. αἳ δὲ ἄρα ἡμερώτεραι τῶν βαρβάρων οὐ μνησικακοῦσιν ἀδικούμεναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἔρημον διεκθέουσιν τεθαρρηκότως δεσπότας ὁμοῦ καὶ φέρουσαι καὶ τρέφουσαι. ὄλοιντο οὖν οἱ θῆρες οἱ φυλακτικοί, οἷς τὸ αἷμα ἡ τροφή· οὐδὲ γὰρ θιγεῖν αἵματος ἀνθρώποις θέμις, οἷς τὸ σῶμα οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ σάρξ ἐστιν αἵματι γεωργουμένη. μετέσχηκεν τοῦ λόγου τὸ αἷμα τὸ ἀνθρώπινον καὶ τῆς χάριτος κοινωνεῖ τῷ πνεύματι, κἂν ἀδικήσῃ τις αὐτό, οὐ λήσεται. ἔξεστιν αὐτῷ καὶ γυμνῷ τοῦ σχήματος πρὸς τὸν κύριον λαλεῖν. ἀποδέχομαι δὲ τῶν βαρβάρων τὴν λιτότητα· εὔζωνον ἀγαπήσαντες πολιτείαν οἱ βάρβαροι κατέλειψαν τὴν τρυφήν. τοιούτους ὁ κύριος ἡμᾶς καλεῖ γυμνοὺς ἀπειροκαλίας, γυμνοὺς κενοδοξίας, ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπεσπασμένους, μόνον ἐπιφερομένους τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς, μόνον ἐπέχοντας τὴν σωτηρίαν.
chorēgei, kai tǭ nomadi ho hippos ochēma ginetai kai trophē. Arabiōn de (alloi houtoi nomades) hē machimos hēlikia kamēlobatai eisi; kyousas houtoi tas kamēlous ephezontai; hai de nemontai hama kai theousin analambanousai tous despotas, kai ton oikon epipherontai syn autois. ei de kai poton epilipoi tois barbarois, amelgontai tou galaktos, kenoumenēs de ēdē tēs trophēs, allʼ oude tou haimatos pheidontai, hę̄ phasi lyttēsantas tous lykous. hai de ara hēmerōterai tōn barbarōn ou mnēsikakousin adikoumenai, alla kai tēn erēmon diektheousin tetharrēkotōs despotas homou kai pherousai kai trephousai. olointo oun hoi thēres hoi phylaktikoi, hois to haima hē trophē; oude gar thigein haimatos anthrōpois themis, hois to sōma ouden allʼ ē sarx estin haimati geōrgoumenē. meteschēken tou logou to haima to anthrōpinon kai tēs charitos koinōnei tǭ pneumati, kan adikēsę̄ tis auto, ou lēsetai. exestin autǭ kai gymnǭ tou schēmatos pros ton kyrion lalein. apodechomai de tōn barbarōn tēn litotēta; euzōnon agapēsantes politeian hoi barbaroi kateleipsan tēn tryphēn. toioutous ho kyrios hēmas kalei gymnous apeirokalias, gymnous kenodoxias, hamartiōn apespasmenous, monon epipheromenous to xylon tēs zōēs, monon epechontas tēn sōtērian.
and to the nomad the horse becomes both vehicle and food. Among the Arabs (another nomad people) those of fighting age ride camels; they mount the camels when pregnant, and the camels graze and run at the same time, carrying their masters, and they carry the house along with them. If drink fails the barbarians, they milk them, and when their food is used up they do not even spare their blood, as they say mad wolves do. And the camels, gentler than the barbarians, bear no grudge when wronged, but run boldly across the desert, at once carrying and feeding their masters. Perish, then, the wild beasts who feed on blood! It is not lawful for human beings even to touch blood, for their body is nothing but flesh cultivated by blood. Human blood has shared in the Word and has fellowship with grace through the Spirit; and if anyone wrongs it, it will not escape notice; it may speak to the Lord even when bare of form. I approve the frugality of the barbarians: loving an unencumbered way of life, the barbarians have abandoned luxury. Such the Lord calls us to be: stripped of tastelessness, stripped of vainglory, torn away from sins, carrying only the tree of life, holding only to salvation.
The 3, chapter 4
3.4.26Stählin 1:251–252
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐλελήθειν παραπλεύσας τῷ πνεύματι τὴν ἀκολουθίαν, ἐφʼ ἣν αὖθις παλινδρομητέον καὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν τὴν πολυκτημοσύνην ὀνειδιστέον. φεύγοντες γὰρ αὐτουργίαν καὶ αὐτοδιακονίαν ἐπὶ τοὺς θεράποντας καταφεύγουσιν, ὀψοποιῶν καὶ τραπεζοποιῶν καὶ τῶν ἐντέχνως εἰς μοίρας κατατεμνόντων τὰ κρέα τὸν πολὺν συνωνούμενοι ὄχλον. μεμέρισται δὲ αὐτοῖς ἡ θητεία πολυσχιδῶς· καὶ οἳ μὲν περὶ τὴν γαστριμαργίαν αὐτῶν πονοῦσι δαιτροί τε καὶ καρυκευταὶ καὶ οἱ τῶν πεμμάτων καὶ οἱ τῶν μελιπήκτων καὶ οἱ τῶν ῥοφημάτων συσκευασταί τε καὶ δημιουργοί, οἳ δὲ περὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας ἀσχολοῦνται τὰς περιττάς, οἳ δὲ χρυσοφυλακοῦσιν ὡς γρῦπες, οἳ δὲ τὸν ἄργυρον φυλάττουσι καὶ σμήχουσιν τὰ ἐκπώματα καὶ τὰς περὶ τὰς ἑστιάσεις παρασκευὰς εὐτρεπίζουσιν, ἄλλοι καταψήχουσι τὰ ὑποζύγια, οἰνοχόων τε ὅμιλος ἀσκεῖται παρʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ μειρακίων ὡραίων ἀγέλαι καθάπερ θρεμμάτων, παρʼ ὧν ἀμέλγονται τὸ κάλλος. κομμωταὶ δὲ καὶ κομμώτριαι περὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἀμφιπολεύουσιν αἳ μὲν τὰ κάτοπτρα, αἳ δὲ τοὺς κεκρυφάλους, ἄλλαι τοὺς κτένας * *, εὐνοῦχοι πολλοὶ καὶ οὗτοι μαστροποί, τῷ ἀξιοπίστῳ τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαι φιληδεῖν τοῖς εἰς ἡδονὰς ἐθέλουσιν ῥᾳθυμεῖν ἀνυπόπτως διακονούμενοι.
Alla gar elelēthein parapleusas tǭ pneumati tēn akolouthian, ephʼ hēn authis palindromēteon kai tōn oiketōn tēn polyktēmosynēn oneidisteon. pheugontes gar autourgian kai autodiakonian epi tous therapontas katapheugousin, opsopoiōn kai trapezopoiōn kai tōn entechnōs eis moiras katatemnontōn ta krea ton polyn synōnoumenoi ochlon. memeristai de autois hē thēteia polyschidōs; kai hoi men peri tēn gastrimargian autōn ponousi daitroi te kai karykeutai kai hoi tōn pemmatōn kai hoi tōn melipēktōn kai hoi tōn rhophēmatōn syskeuastai te kai dēmiourgoi, hoi de peri tas esthētas ascholountai tas perittas, hoi de chrysophylakousin hōs grypes, hoi de ton argyron phylattousi kai smēchousin ta ekpōmata kai tas peri tas hestiaseis paraskeuas eutrepizousin, alloi katapsēchousi ta hypozygia, oinochoōn te homilos askeitai parʼ autois kai meirakiōn hōraiōn agelai kathaper thremmatōn, parʼ hōn amelgontai to kallos. kommōtai de kai kommōtriai peri tas gynaikas amphipoleuousin hai men ta katoptra, hai de tous kekryphalous, allai tous ktenas * *, eunouchoi polloi kai houtoi mastropoi, tǭ axiopistǭ tou mē dynasthai philēdein tois eis hēdonas ethelousin rhąthymein anypoptōs diakonoumenoi.
But I did not notice that I had been carried by the wind past the order of my subject; I must return to it and reproach the keeping of many slaves. Avoiding working and serving themselves, they take refuge in servants, buying a great crowd of cooks, table-setters, and those who skillfully carve meat into portions. Their service is divided in many ways: some labor for their gluttony, carvers and sauce-makers and makers of cakes, honey pastries, and broths; others are busy with superfluous clothing; others guard gold like griffins; others keep the silver, polish the cups, and prepare the equipment for feasts; others curry the beasts of burden; a throng of cupbearers is trained among them, and herds of handsome boys like cattle, from whom they milk their beauty. Male and female hairdressers attend the women, some with mirrors, some with hairnets, others with combs; many eunuchs too, and these are procurers, serving without suspicion those who wish to indulge in pleasures, trusted because they cannot enjoy them.
3.4.27Stählin 1:252
εὐνοῦχος δὲ ἀληθὴς οὐχ ὁ μὴ δυνάμενος, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὴ βουλόμενος φιληδεῖν. διαμαρτυρόμενος γοῦν ὁ λόγος διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Σαμουὴλ πρὸς τοὺς παραβεβηκότας τῶν Ἰουδαίων αἰτοῦντι τῷ λαῷ βασιλέα οὐ τὸν φιλάνθρωπον ὑπισχνεῖται κύριον, ἀλλά τινα αὐτοῖς αὐθάδη τύραννον ἀπειλεῖ τρυφητικόν, »ὃς λήψεται«, φησί, »τὰς θυγατέρας ὑμῶν εἰς μυρεψοὺς καὶ εἰς μαγειρίσσας καὶ εἰς πεσσούσας«, νόμῳ πολέμου κρατήσας, οὐκ εἰρηνικὴν οἰκονομίαν ζηλώσας. οἳ δὲ τὰ φορεῖα εἰς ὕψος αἴροντες τῶν γυναικῶν καὶ φοράδην βαστάζοντες Κελτοὶ πολλοί· ἔριθοι δὲ καὶ ταλασίαι καὶ ἱστοπονίαι καὶ ἡ γυναικωνῖτις ἐργάνη καὶ ἡ οἰκουρία οὐδαμοῦ, ἀλλʼ οἱ ψευδοποιοῦντες τὰς γυναῖκας διημερεύουσι μετʼ αὐτῶν μύθους ἐρωτικοὺς ἀδολεσχοῦντες καὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν διακναίοντες ψευδεργίᾳ καὶ ψευδολογίᾳ. »οὐκ ἔσῃ δὲ μετὰ πολλῶν«, φησίν, »ἐπὶ κακίᾳ, οὐδὲ προσθήσῃ μετὰ πλήθους«, ὅτι ἡ σοφία ἐν ὀλίγοις, ἀταξία δὲ ἐν πλήθει καταφαίνεται.
eunouchos de alēthēs ouch ho mē dynamenos, allʼ ho mē boulomenos philēdein. diamartyromenos goun ho logos dia tou prophētou Samouēl pros tous parabebēkotas tōn Ioudaiōn aitounti tǭ laǭ basilea ou ton philanthrōpon hypischneitai kyrion, alla tina autois authadē tyrannon apeilei tryphētikon, »hos lēpsetai«, phēsi, »tas thygateras hymōn eis myrepsous kai eis mageirissas kai eis pessousas«, nomǭ polemou kratēsas, ouk eirēnikēn oikonomian zēlōsas. hoi de ta phoreia eis hypsos airontes tōn gynaikōn kai phoradēn bastazontes Keltoi polloi; erithoi de kai talasiai kai histoponiai kai hē gynaikōnitis erganē kai hē oikouria oudamou, allʼ hoi pseudopoiountes tas gynaikas diēmereuousi metʼ autōn mythous erōtikous adoleschountes kai to sōma kai tas psychas autōn diaknaiontes pseudergią kai pseudologią. »ouk esę̄ de meta pollōn«, phēsin, »epi kakią, oude prosthēsę̄ meta plēthous«, hoti hē sophia en oligois, ataxia de en plēthei kataphainetai.
But the true eunuch is not the one who cannot, but the one who does not wish, to indulge in pleasure. Bearing witness through the prophet Samuel against the Jews who had transgressed, when the people asked for a king, the Word does not promise them the loving Lord, but threatens them with a willful and luxurious tyrant, “who will take your daughters,” he says, “as perfumers and cooks and bakers,” ruling by the law of war, not seeking the government of peace. And many Celts lift the women's litters on high and carry them. Spinning, wool-working, weaving, the women's domestic work, and housekeeping are nowhere to be seen; instead those who make the women false spend the day with them, chattering love stories and wearing out their bodies and souls with deceitful work and deceitful talk. “You shall not be with the many for evil,” it says, “nor join the multitude,” because wisdom appears among the few and disorder in the crowd.
3.4.28Stählin 1:252–253
αἳ δὲ οὐ διὰ σεμνότητα τοῦ κατασκοπεῖσθαι μὴ βούλεσθαι συνωνοῦνται τοὺς φορεῖς (ἀγαπητὸν γὰρ ἦν ἄν, εἰ τῇ διαθέσει ταύτῃ προσεβάλλοντο τὴν σκέπην), ἀλλὰ θρυπτόμεναι ἐποχοῦνται τοῖς οἰκέταις ἐμπομπεύειν γλιχόμεναι. ἀναπεπταμένης γοῦν τῆς αὐλαίας περιβλέπουσαι δριμύτερον τοὺς εἰς αὐτὰς ἀφορῶντας διελέγχονται τὸν τρόπον, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ προκύπτουσιν ἔνδοθεν τὴν ἐπιπόλαιον σεμνότητα καταισχύνουσαι τῇ ὀλισθαινούσῃ περιεργίᾳ. »μὴ περιβλέπου δέ«, φησί, »ἐν ῥύμαις πόλεως, μηδὲ πλανῶ ἐν ταῖς ἐρημίαις αὐτῆς«, ἐρημία γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς, κἂν ὄχλος ἀκολάστων ᾖ, ἔνθα μὴ πάρεστιν ἄνθρωπος σωφρονῶν. περιφέρονται δὲ αὗται ἀνὰ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐκθυόμεναι καὶ μαντευόμεναι, ἀγύρταις καὶ μητραγύρταις καὶ γραίαις βωμολόχοις οἰκοφθορούσαις ὁσημέραι συμπομπεύουσαι καὶ τοὺς παρὰ ταῖς κύλιξι ψιθυρισμοὺς γραϊκοὺς ἀνεχόμεναι, φίλτρα ἄττα καὶ ἐπῳδὰς παρὰ τῶν γοήτων ἐπʼ ὀλέθρῳ γάμων ἐκμανθάνουσαι. καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἔχουσι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, τοὺς δὲ εὔχονται, ἄλλους δὲ αὐταῖς οἱ μάντεις ὑπισχνοῦνται. οὐκ ἴσασι δὲ ἀπατώμεναι καὶ αὑτὰς μὲν ὡς σκεῦος ἐκδιδοῦσαι ἡδονῆς τοῖς λαγνεύειν ἐθέλουσι, τὴν δὲ ἁγνείαν τὴν σφῶν τῆς αἰσχίστης ἀντικαταλλαττόμεναι ὕβρεως ἔργον ἡγοῦνται χρηματισμοῦ τὴν ἐπονείδιστον φθοράν.
hai de ou dia semnotēta tou kataskopeisthai mē boulesthai synōnountai tous phoreis (agapēton gar ēn an, ei tę̄ diathesei tautę̄ proseballonto tēn skepēn), alla thryptomenai epochountai tois oiketais empompeuein glichomenai. anapeptamenēs goun tēs aulaias periblepousai drimyteron tous eis autas aphorōntas dielenchontai ton tropon, pollakis de kai prokyptousin endothen tēn epipolaion semnotēta kataischynousai tę̄ olisthainousę̄ periergią. »mē periblepou de«, phēsi, »en rhymais poleōs, mēde planō en tais erēmiais autēs«, erēmia gar hōs alēthōs, kan ochlos akolastōn ę̄, entha mē parestin anthrōpos sōphronōn. peripherontai de hautai ana ta hiera ekthyomenai kai manteuomenai, agyrtais kai mētragyrtais kai graiais bōmolochois oikophthorousais hosēmerai sympompeuousai kai tous para tais kylixi psithyrismous graïkous anechomenai, philtra atta kai epǭdas para tōn goētōn epʼ olethrǭ gamōn ekmanthanousai. kai tous men echousi tōn andrōn, tous de euchontai, allous de autais hoi manteis hypischnountai. ouk isasi de apatōmenai kai hautas men hōs skeuos ekdidousai hēdonēs tois lagneuein ethelousi, tēn de hagneian tēn sphōn tēs aischistēs antikatallattomenai hybreōs ergon hēgountai chrēmatismou tēn eponeidiston phthoran.
They buy litter-bearers not out of modesty, because they do not wish to be seen (that would be welcome, if they took cover with that disposition), but, giving themselves airs, they ride on their servants, eager to make a show. With the curtain opened, looking around keenly at those who look at them, they expose their character; and often they lean out from within, shaming their superficial modesty with slippery curiosity. “Do not look around in the streets of the city,” it says, “nor wander in its deserted places”; for it is truly a desert, even if there is a crowd of the licentious, where no self-controlled person is present. These women are carried around the temples, sacrificing and consulting diviners, going about every day with mendicant priests, begging priests of the Mother, and ribald old women who ruin households, enduring the old women's whispers over the cups, learning love charms and incantations from sorcerers for the ruin of marriages. Some men they have, others they pray for, and others the diviners promise them. They do not know that they are being deceived, and that, giving themselves over as a vessel of pleasure to those who wish to indulge their lust, and exchanging their purity for the most shameful outrage, they think shameful corruption a matter of business.
3.4.29Stählin 1:253
πολλοὶ δὲ οἱ τῆς ἑταιρικῆς διάκονοι ἀκολασίας ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν παρεισδύοντες· εὐεπίφοροι γὰρ οἱ ἀκόλαστοι πρὸς τὴν ἀσέλγειαν καθάπερ οἱ χοῖροι πρὸς τὸ καταδυόμενον τοῦ σκάφους ἐπιφερόμενοι. ὅθεν ἐρρωμενέστατα ἡ γραφὴ παραινεῖ· »μὴ πάντα ἄνθρωπον εἴσαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου, πολλὰ γὰρ τὰ ἔνεδρα τοῦ δολίου·« ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ »ἄνδρες δίκαιοι« φησὶν »ἔστωσαν σύνδειπνοί σου, καὶ ἐν φόβῳ κυρίου τὸ καύχημά σου διαμενεῖ.« ἐς κόρακας ἡ πορνεία· »εὖ γὰρ τοῦτο ἴστε«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »ὅτι πᾶς πόρνος ἢ πλεονέκτης, ὅς ἐστιν εἰδωλολάτρης, οὐκ ἔχει κληρονομίαν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ θεοῦ.« αἳ δὲ ἀνδρογύνων συνουσίαις ἥδονται, παρεισρέουσι δὲ ἔνδον κιναίδων ὄχλοι ἀθυρόγλωσσοι, μιαροὶ μὲν τὰ σώματα, μιαροὶ δὲ τὰ φθέγματα, εἰς ὑπουργίας ἀκολάστους ἠνδρωμένοι, μοιχείας διάκονοι, κιχλίζοντες καὶ ψιθυρίζοντες καὶ τὸ πορνικὸν ἀνέδην εἰς ἀσέλγειαν διὰ ῥινῶν ἐπιψοφοῦντες ἐπικιναίδισμα, ἀκολάστοις ῥήμασι καὶ σχήμασι τέρπειν πειρώμενοι καὶ εἰς γέλωτα ἐκκαλούμενοι πορνείας πρόδρομον· ἔστι δʼ ὅτε καὶ ὑπεκκαιόμενοι διὰ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ὀργήν, ἤτοι πόρνοι αὐτοὶ ἢ καὶ κιναίδων ὄχλον εἰς ὄλεθρον ἐζηλωκότες, ἐπικροτοῦσι τῇ ῥινὶ βατράχων
polloi de hoi tēs hetairikēs diakonoi akolasias allos allothen pareisdyontes; euepiphoroi gar hoi akolastoi pros tēn aselgeian kathaper hoi choiroi pros to katadyomenon tou skaphous epipheromenoi. hothen errōmenestata hē graphē parainei; »mē panta anthrōpon eisage eis ton oikon sou, polla gar ta enedra tou doliou;« allachou de »andres dikaioi« phēsin »estōsan syndeipnoi sou, kai en phobǭ kyriou to kauchēma sou diamenei.« es korakas hē porneia; »eu gar touto iste«, phēsin ho apostolos, »hoti pas pornos ē pleonektēs, hos estin eidōlolatrēs, ouk echei klēronomian en tę̄ basileią tou Christou kai theou.« hai de androgynōn synousiais hēdontai, pareisreousi de endon kinaidōn ochloi athyroglōssoi, miaroi men ta sōmata, miaroi de ta phthegmata, eis hypourgias akolastous ēndrōmenoi, moicheias diakonoi, kichlizontes kai psithyrizontes kai to pornikon anedēn eis aselgeian dia rhinōn epipsophountes epikinaidisma, akolastois rhēmasi kai schēmasi terpein peirōmenoi kai eis gelōta ekkaloumenoi porneias prodromon; esti dʼ hote kai hypekkaiomenoi dia tēn tychousan orgēn, ētoi pornoi autoi ē kai kinaidōn ochlon eis olethron ezēlōkotes, epikrotousi tę̄ rhini batrachōn
Many are the servants of courtesan-like licentiousness, creeping in from every side; for the licentious are prone to lewdness, like pigs rushing to a sinking boat. So Scripture most strongly advises: “Do not bring every man into your house, for the snares of the deceitful are many”; and elsewhere it says, “Let righteous men be your companions at table, and your boast will remain in the fear of the Lord.” To the crows with sexual immorality! “For know this well,” says the apostle, “that every fornicator or covetous person, who is an idolater, has no inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God.” Those women who enjoy the company of effeminate men let in crowds of catamites with unbridled tongues, foul in body, foul in speech, made men for licentious services, servants of adultery, giggling and whispering and snorting through their noses the whorish sound of lewdness, trying to please with licentious words and postures and to provoke laughter, the forerunner of sexual immorality. And sometimes, inflamed by some chance anger, being fornicators themselves or emulating a crowd of catamites to their ruin, they rattle with their noses like frogs,
3.4.30Stählin 1:253–254
δίκην, καθάπερ ἔνοικον τοῖς μυκτῆρσι τὴν χολὴν κεκτημένοι. ἀλλʼ αἵ γε ἀστειότεραι τούτων ὄρνεις Ἰνδικοὺς καὶ ταῶνας Μηδικοὺς ἐκτρέφουσιν καὶ συνανακλίνονται τοῖς φοξοῖς παίζουσαι, σικίννοις τέρασι γανύμεναι· καὶ τὸν μὲν Θερσίτην ἀκούουσαι γελῶσιν, αὐταὶ δὲ πολυτιμήτους ὠνούμεναι Θερσίτας οὐκ ἐπʼ ἀνδράσιν ὁμοζύγοις, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις αὐχοῦσιν, ἃ δὴ ἄχθος ἐστὶ γῆς· καὶ χήραν μὲν παρορῶσι σωφρονοῦσαν Μελιταίου πολλῷ διαφέρουσαν κυνιδίου, καὶ πρεσβύτην παραβλέπουσι δίκαιον, εὐπρεπέστερον, οἶμαι, τέρατος ἀργυρωνήτου· παιδίον δὲ οὐδὲ προσίενται ὀρφανὸν αἱ τοὺς ψιττακοὺς καὶ τοὺς χαραδριοὺς ἐκτρέφουσαι, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν οἴκοι κυϊσκόμενα ἐκτιθέασι παιδία, τοὺς δὲ τῶν ὀρνίθων ὑπολαμβάνουσι νεοττούς· καὶ τὰ ἄλογα τῶν λογικῶν προκεκρίκασιν, δέον ὑποτρέφειν τοὺς σωφροσύνην ἐπαγγελλομένους γέροντας, καὶ πιθήκων, οἶμαι, εὐπροσωποτέρους καὶ ἀηδόνων φθέγξασθαί τι βέλτιον δυναμένους. »ἐφʼ ὅσον δέ«, φησίν, »ἑνὶ τούτων ἐποιήσατε τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε.« αἳ δὲ ἔμπαλιν ἀπαιδευσίαν προτετιμήκασι σωφροσύνης, τὰς ἑαυτῶν οὐσίας ἀπολιθοῦσαι εἰς τοὺς μαργαρίτας καὶ τὰς σμαράγδους τὰς Ἰνδικάς· ναὶ μὴν καὶ εἰς τὰς ἐξιτήλους βαφὰς καὶ εἰς τὰ ἀργυρώνητα ἀνδράποδα σπαθῶσι καὶ διαρρίπτουσι τὰ χρήματα, δίκην ὀρνίθων κεκορεσμένων τὰ τοῦ βίου σκαλεύουσαι κόπρια. »πενία δέ«, φησίν, »ἄνδρα ταπεινοῖ·« τὴν φειδωλίαν πενίαν λέγει, καθʼ ἣν οἱ πλούσιοι πένονται μεταδόσεως, ὡς οὐκ ἔχοντες.
dikēn, kathaper enoikon tois myktērsi tēn cholēn kektēmenoi. allʼ hai ge asteioterai toutōn orneis Indikous kai taōnas Mēdikous ektrephousin kai synanaklinontai tois phoxois paizousai, sikinnois terasi ganymenai; kai ton men Thersitēn akouousai gelōsin, autai de polytimētous ōnoumenai Thersitas ouk epʼ andrasin homozygois, allʼ epʼ ekeinois auchousin, ha dē achthos esti gēs; kai chēran men parorōsi sōphronousan Melitaiou pollǭ diapherousan kynidiou, kai presbytēn parablepousi dikaion, euprepesteron, oimai, teratos argyrōnētou; paidion de oude prosientai orphanon hai tous psittakous kai tous charadrious ektrephousai, alla ta men oikoi kyïskomena ektitheasi paidia, tous de tōn ornithōn hypolambanousi neottous; kai ta aloga tōn logikōn prokekrikasin, deon hypotrephein tous sōphrosynēn epangellomenous gerontas, kai pithēkōn, oimai, euprosōpoterous kai aēdonōn phthenxasthai ti beltion dynamenous. »ephʼ hoson de«, phēsin, »heni toutōn epoiēsate tōn elachistōn, emoi epoiēsate.« hai de empalin apaideusian protetimēkasi sōphrosynēs, tas heautōn ousias apolithousai eis tous margaritas kai tas smaragdous tas Indikas; nai mēn kai eis tas exitēlous baphas kai eis ta argyrōnēta andrapoda spathōsi kai diarriptousi ta chrēmata, dikēn ornithōn kekoresmenōn ta tou biou skaleuousai kopria. »penia de«, phēsin, »andra tapeinoi;« tēn pheidōlian penian legei, kathʼ hēn hoi plousioi penontai metadoseōs, hōs ouk echontes.
as if they had their bile living in their nostrils. The more refined of these women keep Indian birds and Median peacocks, and recline with pointed-headed creatures, playing, delighting in dwarfs as monsters; they laugh when they hear of Thersites, but they themselves, buying costly Thersiteses, pride themselves not on their husbands but on these, who are “a burden to the earth.” They overlook a self-controlled widow, who is worth far more than a Maltese lapdog, and pass by a righteous old man, more seemly, I think, than a monster bought with money. They will not take in an orphan child, these women who keep parrots and curlews; they expose the children born at home, and take in the young of birds, preferring irrational creatures to rational ones. They ought rather to support old men who profess self-control, more handsome, I think, than apes, and able to utter something better than nightingales. “Inasmuch as you did it to one of the least of these,” he says, “you did it to me.” But these women, on the contrary, have preferred ignorance to self-control, turning their property into stone in pearls and Indian emeralds; and they squander and throw away their money on fading dyes and slaves bought with money, like fattened hens scratching the dunghills of life. “Poverty humbles a man,” it says; he calls stinginess poverty, by which the rich are poor in giving, as though they had nothing.
The 3, chapter 5
3.5.31Stählin 1:254
Οἷα δὲ καὶ τὰ λουτρὰ αὐταῖς· οἶκοι τεχνητοί, συμπαγεῖς καὶ περιφορητοί, διαφανεῖ σινδόνι καλυπτόμενοι, καθέδραι τε ἐπίχρυσοι, ἀργυροῖ * * καὶ σκεύη μυρία χρυσοῦ τε καὶ ἀργύρου, τὰ μὲν εἰς προπόσεις, τὰ δὲ εἰς τροφάς, τὰ δὲ εἰς τὸ λούσασθαι περιφερόμενα· ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἐσχαρίδες ἀνθράκων· εἰς τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἀκρασίας ἥκουσιν ὡς δειπνεῖν καὶ μεθύειν ἔτι λουομένας· τά τε ἀργυρώματα, μεθʼ ὧν ἐμπομπεύουσιν, ἀπειροκάλως ἐν τοῖς βαλανείοις προτιθέασι· τάχα μέν που καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον διʼ ἀλαζονείαν περιττήν, μάλιστα δὲ τὴν αὐτεξούσιον ἀπαιδευσίαν, καθʼ ἣν κατηγοροῦσιν ἀνάνδρων ἀνδρῶν πρὸς γυναικῶν κεκρατημένων, ἐπιδεικνύμεναι ἐλέγχουσαί τε ἁμῇ γέ πῃ σφᾶς αὐτὰς μὴ οἵας τε εἶναι [συνεῖναι] καὶ δίχα τῶν σκευῶν τῶν πολλῶν ἱδροῦν [δύνασθαι]· καὶ γὰρ αἱ πενόμεναι τῆς πομπῆς μὴ μεταλαμβάνουσαι τῶν ἴσων κοινωνοῦσι λουτρῶν. ἔχει δὲ ἄρα ὁ ῥύπος τῆς περιουσίας βλασφημίας περιβολὴν πολλήν. τούτῳ καθάπερ δελέατι ἀγκιστρεύουσιν τοὺς ἀθλίους κεχηνότας ἐπὶ τὰς μαρμαρυγὰς τοῦ χρυσίου· καὶ γὰρ ἐκπλήττουσαι τούτῳ τοὺς ἀπειροκάλους θαυμάζειν σφᾶς τεχνῶνται τοὺς ἐραστάς, οἳ μετʼ ὀλίγον αὐταῖς ἐνυβρίζουσι
Hoia de kai ta loutra autais; oikoi technētoi, sympageis kai periphorētoi, diaphanei sindoni kalyptomenoi, kathedrai te epichrysoi, argyroi * * kai skeuē myria chrysou te kai argyrou, ta men eis proposeis, ta de eis trophas, ta de eis to lousasthai peripheromena; nai mēn kai escharides anthrakōn; eis tosouton gar akrasias hēkousin hōs deipnein kai methyein eti louomenas; ta te argyrōmata, methʼ hōn empompeuousin, apeirokalōs en tois balaneiois protitheasi; tacha men pou kai ton plouton diʼ alazoneian perittēn, malista de tēn autexousion apaideusian, kathʼ hēn katēgorousin anandrōn andrōn pros gynaikōn kekratēmenōn, epideiknymenai elenchousai te hamę̄ ge pę̄ sphas autas mē hoias te einai [syneinai] kai dicha tōn skeuōn tōn pollōn hidroun [dynasthai]; kai gar hai penomenai tēs pompēs mē metalambanousai tōn isōn koinōnousi loutrōn. echei de ara ho rhypos tēs periousias blasphēmias peribolēn pollēn. toutǭ kathaper deleati ankistreuousin tous athlious kechēnotas epi tas marmarygas tou chrysiou; kai gar ekplēttousai toutǭ tous apeirokalous thaumazein sphas technōntai tous erastas, hoi metʼ oligon autais enybrizousi
And what baths they have! Artificial rooms, compact and portable, covered with transparent linen, gilded chairs, silver … and countless vessels of gold and silver, carried around, some for drinking, some for food, some for bathing; and even braziers of coals; for they have come to such incontinence as to dine and get drunk while still bathing. They tastelessly display in the baths the silver plate with which they parade, perhaps partly from superfluous pretension about their wealth, but chiefly showing their self-willed lack of education, by which they accuse unmanly men of being ruled by women, and prove at the same time that they cannot even sweat without their many vessels; for poor women, who have no share in the pomp, share the same baths. The filth of wealth has a great covering of blasphemy. With this, as with bait, they hook the wretches who gape at the glitter of the gold; for by dazzling the tasteless with it they contrive to make their lovers admire them, who shortly insult them when they are
3.5.32Stählin 1:254–255
γυμναῖς. καὶ δὴ τοῖς μὲν ἀνδράσι τοῖς σφῶν οὐκ ἂν ἀποδύσαιντο προσποίητον αἰσχύνης ἀξιοπιστίαν μνώμεναι, ἔξεστι δὲ τοῖς βουλομένοις τῶν ἄλλων τὰς οἴκοι κατακλείστους γυμνὰς ἐν τοῖς βαλανείοις θεάσασθαι· ἐνταῦθα γὰρ ἀποδύσασθαι τοῖς θεαταῖς ὥσπερ καπήλοις σωμάτων οὐκ αἰσχύνονται. ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν Ἡσίοδος μηδὲ γυναικείῳ λουτρῷ χρόα φαιδρύνεσθαι παραινεῖ. κοινὰ δὲ ἀνέῳκται ἀνδράσιν ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναιξὶ τὰ βαλανεῖα, κἀντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρασίαν ἀποδύονται· »ἐκ τοῦ γὰρ εἰσορᾶν γίνεται ἀνθρώποις ἐρᾶν«, ὥσπερ ἀποκλυζομένης τῆς αἰδοῦς αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὰ λουτρά. αἳ δὲ μὴ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀπερυθριῶσαι τοὺς μὲν ὀθνείους ἀποκλείουσιν, ἰδίοις δὲ οἰκέταις συλλούονται καὶ δούλοις ἀποδύονται γυμναὶ καὶ ἀνατρίβονται ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, ἐξουσίαν δοῦσαι τῷ κατεπτηχότι τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τὸ ἀδεὲς τῆς ψηλαφήσεως· οἱ γὰρ παρεισαγόμενοι παρὰ τὰ λουτρὰ ταῖς δεσποίναις γυμναῖς μελέτην ἴσχουσιν ἀποδύσασθαι πρὸς τόλμαν ἐπιθυμίας ἔθει πονηρῷ περιγράφοντες τὸν φόβον.
gymnais. kai dē tois men andrasi tois sphōn ouk an apodysainto prospoiēton aischynēs axiopistian mnōmenai, exesti de tois boulomenois tōn allōn tas oikoi katakleistous gymnas en tois balaneiois theasasthai; entautha gar apodysasthai tois theatais hōsper kapēlois sōmatōn ouk aischynontai. allʼ ho men Hēsiodos mēde gynaikeiǭ loutrǭ chroa phaidrynesthai parainei. koina de aneǭktai andrasin homou kai gynaixi ta balaneia, kanteuthen epi tēn akrasian apodyontai; »ek tou gar eisoran ginetai anthrōpois eran«, hōsper apoklyzomenēs tēs aidous autois kata ta loutra. hai de mē eis tosouton aperythriōsai tous men othneious apokleiousin, idiois de oiketais syllouontai kai doulois apodyontai gymnai kai anatribontai hypʼ autōn, exousian dousai tǭ kateptēchoti tēs epithymias to adees tēs psēlaphēseōs; hoi gar pareisagomenoi para ta loutra tais despoinais gymnais meletēn ischousin apodysasthai pros tolman epithymias ethei ponērǭ perigraphontes ton phobon.
naked. Before their own husbands they would not undress, affecting a pretended credibility of modesty; but any others who wish may see them naked in the baths, shut up as they are at home; for there they are not ashamed to undress before spectators, as before dealers in bodies. Hesiod advises not even to wash one's skin in a women's bath. But the baths are open to men and women together, and there they strip for incontinence; for “from looking comes loving,” as if their modesty were washed away in the baths. Those who are not so shameless shut out strangers but bathe with their own servants, strip naked before slaves, and are rubbed down by them, giving the cowering desire the fearless liberty of touching. For those brought in to their naked mistresses at the baths learn to strip for daring in desire, setting aside their fear through evil habit.
3.5.33Stählin 1:255–256
καὶ οἱ μὲν παλαιοὶ τῶν ἀθλητῶν γυμνὸν δεικνύναι τὸν ἄνδρα αἰδούμενοι ἐν διαζώσμασι τὴν ἀγωνίαν ἐκτελοῦντες τὸ αἰδῆμον ἐφύλαττον· αἳ δὲ ἀποδυσάμεναι ἅμα τῷ χιτῶνι καὶ τὴν αἰδῶ φαίνεσθαι μὲν βούλονται καλαί, ἄκουσαι δʼ ὁμοίως ἐλέγχονται κακαί· καὶ γὰρ διʼ αὐτοῦ καταφαίνεται μάλιστα τοῦ σώματος τὸ μάχλον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, καθάπερ τοῖς ὑδεριῶσιν τὸ περιστεγόμενον τῆς ἐπιφανείας ὑγρόν· τὸ νοσοῦν δὲ ἀμφοῖν ἐκ τῆς ὄψεως γνωρίζεται. χρὴ τοίνυν τοὺς ἄνδρας γενναῖον ἀληθείας ὑπόδειγμα ταῖς γυναιξὶ γινομένους αἰσχύνεσθαι τὰς μετʼ αὐτῶν ἀποδύσεις καὶ φυλάττεσθαι τὰς ὄψεις τὰς ὀλισθηράς »ὁ γὰρ ἐμβλέψας«, φησί, »περιεργότερον ἤδη ἥμαρτεν.« οἴκοι μὲν οὖν τοὺς γονεῖς καὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας αἰδεῖσθαι χρή, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ὁδοῖς τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας, ἐν δὲ τοῖς λουτροῖς τὰς γυναῖκας, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἐρημίαις ἑαυτούς, πανταχοῦ δὲ τὸν λόγον, ὅς ἐστι πανταχοῦ, καὶ »ἐγένετο ἄνευ αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ ἕν«. οὕτως γὰρ μόνως ἀπτώς τις διαμενεῖ, εἰ πάντοτε αὐτῷ συμπαρεῖναι νομίζοι τὸν θεόν.
kai hoi men palaioi tōn athlētōn gymnon deiknynai ton andra aidoumenoi en diazōsmasi tēn agōnian ektelountes to aidēmon ephylatton; hai de apodysamenai hama tǭ chitōni kai tēn aidō phainesthai men boulontai kalai, akousai dʼ homoiōs elenchontai kakai; kai gar diʼ autou kataphainetai malista tou sōmatos to machlon tēs epithymias, kathaper tois hyderiōsin to peristegomenon tēs epiphaneias hygron; to nosoun de amphoin ek tēs opseōs gnōrizetai. chrē toinyn tous andras gennaion alētheias hypodeigma tais gynaixi ginomenous aischynesthai tas metʼ autōn apodyseis kai phylattesthai tas opseis tas olisthēras »ho gar emblepsas«, phēsi, »periergoteron ēdē hēmarten.« oikoi men oun tous goneis kai tous oiketas aideisthai chrē, en de tais hodois tous apantōntas, en de tois loutrois tas gynaikas, en de tais erēmiais heautous, pantachou de ton logon, hos esti pantachou, kai »egeneto aneu autou oude hen«. houtōs gar monōs aptōs tis diamenei, ei pantote autǭ sympareinai nomizoi ton theon.
The ancient athletes, ashamed to show a man naked, kept their modesty by competing in loincloths; but these women, putting off modesty together with their tunic, want to appear beautiful, but are unwillingly proved bad. For through the body itself the lewdness of desire is most clearly seen, as in those with dropsy the fluid held under the skin; the disease of both is recognized from their appearance. Men, then, being a noble example of truth to women, should be ashamed to strip with them and should guard against slippery looks; “for the one who looks,” it says, “too curiously has already sinned.” At home one should respect parents and servants; in the streets, those one meets; in the baths, the women; in solitude, oneself; and everywhere the Word, who is everywhere, and “without whom not one thing came to be.” For only so will one remain without falling, if he considers that God is always present with him.
The 3, chapter 6
3.6.34Stählin 1:256
Πλούτου τοίνυν μεταληπτέον ἀξιολόγως καὶ μεταδοτέον φιλανθρώπως, οὐ βαναύσως οὐδὲ ἀλαζονικῶς, οὐδὲ ἐκτρεπτέον τὸ φιλόκαλον εἰς φιλαυτίαν καὶ ἀπειροκαλίαν, μή πῃ ἄρα καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς φήσῃ τις· ὁ ἵππος αὐτοῦ πεντεκαίδεκα ταλάντων ἐστὶν ἄξιος ἢ τὸ χωρίον ἢ ὁ οἰκέτης ἢ τὸ χρυσίον, αὐτὸς δὲ χαλκῶν ἐστι τίμιος τριῶν. αὐτίκα γοῦν περίελε τὸν κόσμον τῶν γυναικῶν καὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας τῶν δεσποτῶν, οὐδὲν διαφέροντας τῶν ἀργυρωνήτων εὑρήσεις. τοὺς δεσπότας, οὐκ ἐν βαδίσματι, οὐκ ἐν βλέμματι, οὐκ ἐν φθέγματι· οὕτως τοίνυν τοῖς ἀνδραπόδοις ἐοίκασιν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἀσθενέστεροι εἶναι τῶν οἰκετῶν διακρίνονται καὶ τῷ νοσηλότερον ἀνατεθράφθαι. ἄριστον γοῦν δογμάτων τοῦτο ᾄδειν παρʼ ἕκαστα χρή, ὡς ὁ μὲν ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ σώφρων ὢν καὶ δίκαιος ἐν οὐρανῷ θησαυρίζει τὰ χρήματα· οὗτος [ὁ] τὰ ἐπίγεια καταπωλήσας καὶ πτωχοῖς ἐπιδοὺς τὸν ἀνώλεθρον ἐξευρίσκει θησαυρόν, ἔνθα οὐ σής, οὐ λῃστής· μακάριος οὗτος ὄντως, ἐάν τε σμικρὸς καὶ ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἄδοξος ᾖ, καὶ πλοῦτον ὄντως πλουτεῖ τὸν μέγιστον· ἐὰν δὲ ἄρα πλουτῇ μὲν Κινύρα τε καὶ Μίδα μᾶλλον, ᾖ δὲ ἄδικος καὶ ὑφερήφανος, καθάπερ ὁ ἐν τῇ πορφύρᾳ καὶ βύσσῳ τρυφῶν καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ὑπερηφανῶν, ἄθλιός τέ ἐστι
Ploutou toinyn metalēpteon axiologōs kai metadoteon philanthrōpōs, ou banausōs oude alazonikōs, oude ektrepteon to philokalon eis philautian kai apeirokalian, mē pę̄ ara kai pros hēmas phēsę̄ tis; ho hippos autou pentekaideka talantōn estin axios ē to chōrion ē ho oiketēs ē to chrysion, autos de chalkōn esti timios triōn. autika goun periele ton kosmon tōn gynaikōn kai tous oiketas tōn despotōn, ouden diapherontas tōn argyrōnētōn heurēseis. tous despotas, ouk en badismati, ouk en blemmati, ouk en phthegmati; houtōs toinyn tois andrapodois eoikasin. alla kai tǭ asthenesteroi einai tōn oiketōn diakrinontai kai tǭ nosēloteron anatethraphthai. ariston goun dogmatōn touto ądein parʼ hekasta chrē, hōs ho men agathos anēr sōphrōn ōn kai dikaios en ouranǭ thēsaurizei ta chrēmata; houtos [ho] ta epigeia katapōlēsas kai ptōchois epidous ton anōlethron exeuriskei thēsauron, entha ou sēs, ou lę̄stēs; makarios houtos ontōs, ean te smikros kai asthenēs kai adoxos ę̄, kai plouton ontōs ploutei ton megiston; ean de ara ploutę̄ men Kinyra te kai Mida mallon, ę̄ de adikos kai hypherēphanos, kathaper ho en tę̄ porphyrą kai byssǭ tryphōn kai ton Lazaron hyperēphanōn, athlios te esti
Wealth, then, should be partaken of worthily and shared generously, not vulgarly nor pretentiously; nor should love of the beautiful be turned into self-love and tastelessness, lest someone say of us: “His horse is worth fifteen talents, or his estate, or his servant, or his gold; but he himself is worth three coppers.” Indeed, take away the finery of the women and the servants of the masters, and you will find the masters no different from the bought slaves, not in walk, not in look, not in voice; so they are like the slaves. But they are distinguished by being weaker than their servants and by having been brought up more sickly. The best of all teachings must be sung at every turn: that the good man, being self-controlled and just, treasures his wealth in heaven. The one who has sold his earthly goods and given to the poor finds the imperishable treasure, where there is no moth, no robber. He is truly blessed, even if he is small, weak, and obscure, and he is rich with truly the greatest wealth; but if he is richer than Cinyras and Midas, yet unjust and arrogant, like the one who lived in luxury in purple and fine linen and despised Lazarus, he is wretched,
3.6.35Stählin 1:256–257
καὶ ἀνιαρῶς ζῇ καὶ οὐ ζήσεται. ἐοικέναι γοῦν μοι δοκεῖ ὁ πλοῦτος ἑρπετῷ, οὗ εἰ μή τις ἐπίσταιτο λαβέσθαι ἀβλαβῶς, πόρρωθεν ἀκινδύνως ἄκρας οὐρᾶς ἀνακρημνὰς τὸ θηρίον, περιπλέξεται τῇ χειρὶ καὶ δήξεται· δεινὸς δὲ καὶ ὁ πλοῦτος ἰλυσπώμενος παρὰ τὴν ἔμπειρον ἢ ἄπειρον αὐτοῦ λαβὴν προσφῦναι καὶ δάκνειν, εἰ μή τις αὐτῷ καταμεγαλοφρονῶν ἐπιστημόνως χρῷτο, ἵνα σὺν τῇ ἐπῳδῇ τοῦ λόγου καταξέσηται μὲν τὸ θηρίον, αὐτὸς δὲ ἀπαθὴς μείνῃ. ἀλλʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, τὰ πλείονος ἄξια κεκτημένος πλούσιος ὢν μόνος ἐλελήθει· πολλοῦ δὲ ἄξια οὐ λίθος, οὐκ ἄργυρος, οὐκ ἐσθής, οὐ κάλλος σώματος, ἀλλʼ ἡ ἀρετή, ὅς ἐστι λόγος διὰ τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ παραδιδόμενος εἰς ἄσκησιν· λόγος οὗτος ὁ τὴν τρυφὴν ἐξομνύμενος, τὴν δὲ αὐτουργίαν διάκονον παρακαλῶν καὶ τὴν εὐτέλειαν ἐξυμνῶν τῆς σωφροσύνης τὴν ἔγγονον, »λάβετε παιδείαν«, φησί, »καὶ μὴ ἀργύριον, καὶ γνῶσιν ὑπὲρ χρυσίον δεδοκιμασμένον· κρείσσων γὰρ σοφία λίθων πολυτελῶν, πᾶν δὲ τίμιον οὐκ ἄξιον αὐτῆς ἐστι.« καὶ πάλιν· »ἐμὲ καρπίζεσθαι ὑπὲρ χρυσίον καὶ λίθον τίμιον καὶ ἄργυρον· τὰ γὰρ ἐμὰ γενήματα κρείττω ἀργυρίου ἐκλεκτοῦ.« εἰ δὲ καὶ διελεῖν χρή, πλούσιος μὲν ὁ πολυκτήμων ἔστω, χρυσίῳ σεσαγμένος καθάπερ φασκώλιον ἐρρυπωμένον, εὐσχήμων δὲ ὁ δίκαιος, ἐπεὶ εὐσχημοσύνη τάξις ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ δέοντι σχηματισμῷ περὶ τὰς διοικήσεις καὶ τὰς ἐπιδόσεις μεμετρημένη· »εἰσὶ γὰρ οἱ σπείροντες καὶ πλείονα συνάγοντες«, περὶ ὧν γέγραπται· »ἐσκόρπισεν, ἔδωκεν τοῖς πένησιν, ἡ δικαιοσύνη αὐτοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.« ὥστε οὐχ ὁ ἔχων καὶ φυλάττων, ἀλλʼ ὁ μεταδιδοὺς πλούσιος, καὶ ἡ μετάδοσις τὸν μακάριον, οὐχ ἡ κτῆσις δείκνυσι· καρπὸς δὲ ψυχῆς τὸ εὐμετάδοτον· ἐν ψυχῇ ἄρα τὸ πλούσιον.
kai aniarōs zę̄ kai ou zēsetai. eoikenai goun moi dokei ho ploutos herpetǭ, hou ei mē tis epistaito labesthai ablabōs, porrōthen akindynōs akras ouras anakrēmnas to thērion, periplexetai tę̄ cheiri kai dēxetai; deinos de kai ho ploutos ilyspōmenos para tēn empeiron ē apeiron autou labēn prosphynai kai daknein, ei mē tis autǭ katamegalophronōn epistēmonōs chrǭto, hina syn tę̄ epǭdę̄ tou logou kataxesētai men to thērion, autos de apathēs meinę̄. allʼ, hōs eoiken, ta pleionos axia kektēmenos plousios ōn monos elelēthei; pollou de axia ou lithos, ouk argyros, ouk esthēs, ou kallos sōmatos, allʼ hē aretē, hos esti logos dia tou paidagōgou paradidomenos eis askēsin; logos houtos ho tēn tryphēn exomnymenos, tēn de autourgian diakonon parakalōn kai tēn euteleian exymnōn tēs sōphrosynēs tēn engonon, »labete paideian«, phēsi, »kai mē argyrion, kai gnōsin hyper chrysion dedokimasmenon; kreissōn gar sophia lithōn polytelōn, pan de timion ouk axion autēs esti.« kai palin; »eme karpizesthai hyper chrysion kai lithon timion kai argyron; ta gar ema genēmata kreittō argyriou eklektou.« ei de kai dielein chrē, plousios men ho polyktēmōn estō, chrysiǭ sesagmenos kathaper phaskōlion errypōmenon, euschēmōn de ho dikaios, epei euschēmosynē taxis estin en tǭ deonti schēmatismǭ peri tas dioikēseis kai tas epidoseis memetrēmenē; »eisi gar hoi speirontes kai pleiona synagontes«, peri hōn gegraptai; »eskorpisen, edōken tois penēsin, hē dikaiosynē autou menei eis ton aiōna.« hōste ouch ho echōn kai phylattōn, allʼ ho metadidous plousios, kai hē metadosis ton makarion, ouch hē ktēsis deiknysi; karpos de psychēs to eumetadoton; en psychę̄ ara to plousion.
lives painfully, and will not live. Wealth seems to me like a snake: if one does not know how to take hold of it harmlessly, lifting the beast from a distance by the tip of the tail, it will coil around the hand and bite. Wealth too, wriggling in the hand of one who holds it skillfully or unskillfully, is dangerous, clinging and biting, unless one, despising it, uses it with knowledge, so that the beast may be charmed by the incantation of the Word and he himself remain unharmed. It seems that he alone, unnoticed, is rich who possesses what is worth most. What is worth much is not stone, not silver, not clothing, not bodily beauty, but virtue, which is the Word handed on by the Instructor for practice: the Word who forswears luxury, calls in working with one's own hands as a servant, and praises frugality, the offspring of self-control. “Take instruction,” he says, “and not silver, and knowledge rather than tried gold; for wisdom is better than precious stones, and nothing precious is worth as much as she.” And again: “Reap my fruit rather than gold and precious stone and silver; for my produce is better than choice silver.” And if we must distinguish, let the one with many possessions be called rich, loaded with gold like a dirty purse; but the just man is seemly, since seemliness is order, measured in the fitting arrangement of management and giving. “For there are those who sow and gather more,” of whom it is written: “He scattered, he gave to the poor; his righteousness remains forever.” So it is not the one who has and keeps, but the one who shares, who is rich; and it is sharing, not possession, that shows the blessed man; and generosity is a fruit of the soul; so wealth is in the soul.
3.6.36Stählin 1:257–258
καὶ μὴν τὰ μὲν ἀγαθὰ ἔστω μόνοις κτητὰ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, ἀγαθοὶ δὲ οἱ Χριστιανοί· ἄφρων δὲ ἢ ἀκόλαστος ἄνθρωπος οὔτʼ ἂν αἴσθησιν ἀγαθοῦ σχοίη οὔτʼ ἂν κτήσεως τύχοι· μόνοις ἄρα τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς κτητὰ τὰ ἀγαθά. τούτων δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν πλουσιώτερον οὐθέν· πλούσιοι ἄρα οὗτοι μόνοι. πλοῦτος γὰρ ἀληθινὸς ἡ δικαιοσύνη καὶ ὁ παντὸς θησαυροῦ πολυτιμότερος λόγος οὐκ ἀπὸ θρεμμάτων καὶ χωρίων αὐξανόμενος, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ δωρούμενος, πλοῦτος ἀναφαίρετος (ἡ ψυχὴ μόνη θησαυρὸς αὐτοῦ), κτῆμα τῷ κεκτημένῳ ἄριστον, μακάριον τῇ ἀληθείᾳ παρεχόμενον τὸν ἄνθρωπον. ᾧ γὰρ ἂν ὑπάρχῃ μηδενὸς μὲν ὀρέγεσθαι τῶν οὐκ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, ὧν δὲ ὀρέγεται, τούτων τυγχάνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὧν ὁσίως ἐφίεται, ταῦτα αἰτούμενον λαμβάνειν παρὰ θεοῦ, πῶς οὗτος οὐ πολυκτήμων καὶ παγκτήμων, θησαυρὸν ἔχων αἰώνιον τὸν θεόν; »τῷ αἰτοῦντι«, φησί, »δοθήσεται καὶ τῷ κρούοντι ἀνοιγήσεται.« εἰ μηδὲν ἀρνεῖται ὁ θεός, τὰ πάντα τοῦ θεοσεβοῦς γίνεται.
kai mēn ta men agatha estō monois ktēta tois agathois, agathoi de hoi Christianoi; aphrōn de ē akolastos anthrōpos outʼ an aisthēsin agathou schoiē outʼ an ktēseōs tychoi; monois ara tois Christianois ktēta ta agatha. toutōn de tōn agathōn plousiōteron outhen; plousioi ara houtoi monoi. ploutos gar alēthinos hē dikaiosynē kai ho pantos thēsaurou polytimoteros logos ouk apo thremmatōn kai chōriōn auxanomenos, allʼ hypo tou theou dōroumenos, ploutos anaphairetos (hē psychē monē thēsauros autou), ktēma tǭ kektēmenǭ ariston, makarion tę̄ alētheią parechomenon ton anthrōpon. hǭ gar an hyparchę̄ mēdenos men oregesthai tōn ouk ephʼ hēmin, hōn de oregetai, toutōn tynchanein, alla kai hōn hosiōs ephietai, tauta aitoumenon lambanein para theou, pōs houtos ou polyktēmōn kai panktēmōn, thēsauron echōn aiōnion ton theon? »tǭ aitounti«, phēsi, »dothēsetai kai tǭ krouonti anoigēsetai.« ei mēden arneitai ho theos, ta panta tou theosebous ginetai.
Goods can be acquired by the good alone, and Christians are the good; a foolish or licentious person could neither perceive the good nor obtain its possession; so goods can be acquired by Christians alone. Nothing is richer than these goods; so these alone are rich. For true wealth is righteousness and the Word, more precious than any treasure, not increased by flocks and fields but given by God, wealth that cannot be taken away (the soul alone is its treasury), the best possession for the one who has it, making the human being truly blessed. For the one who desires nothing that is not in our power, and obtains what he desires, and receives from God by asking whatever he holily seeks: how is he not rich in possessions, possessing all things, having God as his eternal treasure? “To the one who asks,” he says, “it will be given, and to the one who knocks it will be opened.” If God refuses nothing, all things belong to the godly.
The 3, chapter 7
3.7.36Stählin 1:258
Τρυφὴ δὲ εἰς ἡδονὰς ἀλωμένη χαλεπὸν ἀνθρώποις ναυάγιον γίνεται·
Tryphē de eis hēdonas alōmenē chalepon anthrōpois nauagion ginetai;
Luxury, wandering into pleasures, becomes a grievous shipwreck for human beings.
3.7.37Stählin 1:258
ἀλλότριον γὰρ τῆς ἀληθοῦς φιλοκαλίας καὶ τῶν ἀστείων ἡδονῶν ὁ ἡδὺς οὗτος καὶ ἀκλεὴς τῶν πολλῶν βίος. φύσει γὰρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὑψηλόν ἐστι ζῷον καὶ γαῦρον καὶ τοῦ καλοῦ ζητητικόν, ἄτε τοῦ μόνου καλοῦ δημιούργημα, ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ γαστέρα αὐτῷ βίος ἄσεμνός τε καὶ ἐπονείδιστος καὶ εἰδεχθὴς καὶ καταγέλαστος. ἀλλοτριώτατον δὲ τῆς θείας φύσεως ἡ φιληδονία, ὁμοίως μὲν σιτεῖσθαι τοῖς στρουθοῖς, ὁμοίως δὲ τοῖς ὑσὶν καὶ τοῖς τράγοις ὀχεύειν· τὸ γὰρ τὴν ἡδονὴν νομίζειν ἀγαθὸν ἀπειροκαλίας ἐστὶ τελείας, φιλοπλουτία δὲ ἐξίστησι τῆς ὀρθῆς διαίτης τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀπερυθριᾶν πρὸς τὰ αἰσχρὰ ἀναπείθουσα, »ἐὰν μόνον ἔχῃ δύναμιν καθάπερ θηρίον τοῦ φαγεῖν παντοδαπὰ καὶ πιεῖν ὡσαύτως καὶ ἀφροδισίων πᾶσαν πάντως παρέχειν πλησμονήν«. διὰ τοῦτο σπανιαίτατα τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ κληρονομεῖ. ποῦ τοίνυν τὰ τοσαῦτα παρασκευάζονται ὄψα ἢ ἵνα μίαν πληρώσωσι γαστέρα; τὸ ἀκάθαρτον τῆς γαστριμαργίας οἱ κοπρῶνες ἐλέγχουσιν, εἰς οὓς ἀποπτύουσιν ἡμῶν αἱ γαστέρες τῆς δαιτὸς τὰ λείψανα. ποῦ δὲ τοὺς οἰνοχόους τοὺς τοσούτους συναγείρουσι μιᾷ κύλικι πλησθῆναι δυνάμενοι; ποῦ δὲ τῶν ἐσθήτων τὰς κιβωτούς; τὰ χρυσία δὲ ποῦ; καὶ τὰ κόσμια ποῦ; λωποδύταις δὲ αὐτὰ καὶ κακούργοις παρασκευάζονται καὶ τοῖς λίχνοις ὀφθαλμοῖς.
allotrion gar tēs alēthous philokalias kai tōn asteiōn hēdonōn ho hēdys houtos kai akleēs tōn pollōn bios. physei gar ho anthrōpos hypsēlon esti zǭon kai gauron kai tou kalou zētētikon, ate tou monou kalou dēmiourgēma, ho de epi gastera autǭ bios asemnos te kai eponeidistos kai eidechthēs kai katagelastos. allotriōtaton de tēs theias physeōs hē philēdonia, homoiōs men siteisthai tois strouthois, homoiōs de tois hysin kai tois tragois ocheuein; to gar tēn hēdonēn nomizein agathon apeirokalias esti teleias, philoploutia de existēsi tēs orthēs diaitēs ton anthrōpon aperythrian pros ta aischra anapeithousa, »ean monon echę̄ dynamin kathaper thērion tou phagein pantodapa kai piein hōsautōs kai aphrodisiōn pasan pantōs parechein plēsmonēn«. dia touto spaniaitata tēn basileian tou theou klēronomei. pou toinyn ta tosauta paraskeuazontai opsa ē hina mian plērōsōsi gastera? to akatharton tēs gastrimargias hoi koprōnes elenchousin, eis hous apoptyousin hēmōn hai gasteres tēs daitos ta leipsana. pou de tous oinochoous tous tosoutous synageirousi mią kyliki plēsthēnai dynamenoi? pou de tōn esthētōn tas kibōtous? ta chrysia de pou? kai ta kosmia pou? lōpodytais de auta kai kakourgois paraskeuazontai kai tois lichnois ophthalmois.
For this pleasant and inglorious life of the many is foreign to true love of the beautiful and to refined pleasures. By nature the human being is a lofty animal, proud, and a seeker of the beautiful, as the creation of the only Beautiful One; but the life given to the belly is undignified, disgraceful, ugly, and ridiculous. Love of pleasure is most foreign to the divine nature: to feed like sparrows and to mate like pigs and goats. To consider pleasure the good belongs to complete tastelessness; and love of wealth drives the human being out of a right way of life, persuading him to lose all shame at what is shameful, “if only he has the power, like a beast, to eat everything and to drink likewise, and to have every kind of fill of sexual pleasure.” That is why he very rarely inherits the kingdom of God. Why, then, are so many dishes prepared, except to fill one belly? The latrines expose the impurity of gluttony, into which our bellies spit the remains of the feast. Why do they gather so many cupbearers, when one cup can satisfy them? Why chests of clothes? Where is the gold for, and the ornaments? They are prepared for clothes-thieves and criminals and dainty eyes.
3.7.38Stählin 1:258–259
»ἐλεημοσύναι δὲ καὶ πίστεις μὴ ἐκλειπέτωσάν σε«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή. ἰδοὺ γοῦν καὶ τὸν Θεσβίτην Ἠλίαν καλὸν ὑπόδειγμα τῆς εὐτελείας ἔχομεν, ὅτε »ἐκάθισεν ὑπὸ τὴν ῥάμνον« καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος αὐτῷ κομίζει τροφάς· »ἐγκρυφίας κρίθινος ἦν καὶ καψάκης ὕδατος.« τοιοῦτον ἄριστον αὐτῷ κύριος ἔπεμψεν. ἡμῖν ἄρα ἀνάγκη πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὁδοιποροῦσιν εὐζώνοις γενέσθαι· »μὴ βαστάζετε γάρ«, εἶπεν ὁ κύριος, »βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν μηδὲ ὑπόδημα«, τουτέστι, μὴ πλοῦτον κτήσησθε τὸν ἐν βαλλαντίῳ μόνον θησαυριζόμενον, μὴ τὰς ἀποθήκας πληρώσητε τὰς ἰδίας ὡς ἐν πήρᾳ παρατιθέμενοι τὸν σπόρον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς δεομένοις κοινωνήσατε, μὴ ὑποζύγια καὶ οἰκέτας πολυπραγμονεῖτε, οἵτινες ὑποδήματα τῆς πορείας τῶν πλουσίων ἀχθοφοροῦντες ἀλληγορικῶς εἴρηνται. ἀπορριπτέον οὖν τῶν σκευῶν τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τὰ ἀργυρᾶ καὶ τὰ χρυσᾶ ἐκπώματα καὶ τὸν ὄχλον τῶν οἰκετῶν, καλὰς καὶ σεμνὰς παρὰ τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ συνοπαδοὺς αὐτουργίαν καὶ εὐτέλειαν παραλαβόντας· καὶ δὴ βαδιστέον εὐαρμόστως τῷ λόγῳ, κἂν γυνή τῳ παρῇ καὶ τέκνα· οὐκ ἄχθος ἐστὶν ὁ οἶκος συνεπισπέσθαι μαθὼν ὁδοιπόρῳ σώφρονι.
»eleēmosynai de kai pisteis mē ekleipetōsan se«, phēsin hē graphē. idou goun kai ton Thesbitēn Ēlian kalon hypodeigma tēs euteleias echomen, hote »ekathisen hypo tēn rhamnon« kai ho angelos autǭ komizei trophas; »enkryphias krithinos ēn kai kapsakēs hydatos.« toiouton ariston autǭ kyrios epempsen. hēmin ara anankē pros alētheian hodoiporousin euzōnois genesthai; »mē bastazete gar«, eipen ho kyrios, »ballantion, mē pēran mēde hypodēma«, toutesti, mē plouton ktēsēsthe ton en ballantiǭ monon thēsaurizomenon, mē tas apothēkas plērōsēte tas idias hōs en pērą paratithemenoi ton sporon, alla kai tois deomenois koinōnēsate, mē hypozygia kai oiketas polypragmoneite, hoitines hypodēmata tēs poreias tōn plousiōn achthophorountes allēgorikōs eirēntai. aporripteon oun tōn skeuōn to plēthos kai ta argyra kai ta chrysa ekpōmata kai ton ochlon tōn oiketōn, kalas kai semnas para tou paidagōgou synopadous autourgian kai euteleian paralabontas; kai dē badisteon euarmostōs tǭ logǭ, kan gynē tǭ parę̄ kai tekna; ouk achthos estin ho oikos synepispesthai mathōn hodoiporǭ sōphroni.
“Let not almsgiving and faithfulness fail you,” says Scripture. See, we have Elijah the Tishbite as a fine example of frugality, when “he sat under the broom tree,” and the angel brought him food: “there was a barley cake and a jar of water.” Such a meal the Lord sent him. So we, journeying toward the truth, must be unencumbered. “Carry no purse,” said the Lord, “no bag, no sandals,” that is, do not acquire wealth treasured up only in a purse; do not fill your own barns, laying up seed as in a bag, but share with those in need; do not busy yourselves with beasts of burden and servants, who are figuratively called sandals, since they carry the loads of the rich on their journey. We must throw away the multitude of vessels, the silver and gold cups, and the crowd of servants, taking from the Instructor fine and dignified companions: working with one's own hands, and frugality. We must walk in harmony with the Word, even if one has a wife and children; a household that has learned to follow a self-controlled traveler is no burden.
3.7.39Stählin 1:259
σταλτέον δὲ καὶ τὴν φίλανδρον γυναῖκα τἀνδρὶ παραπλησίως, ὁδοιπορικῶς καλὸν ἐφόδιον τῆς εἰς οὐρανοὺς πορείας εὐτέλειαν ἐπιφερομένους μιᾷ σεμνότητι σώφρονι· μέτρον δὲ καθάπερ ὁ ποὺς τοῦ ὑποδήματος, οὕτως καὶ τῆς κτήσεως ἑκάστου τὸ σῶμα· τὸ δὲ περιττόν, ἃ δή φασι κόσμια, καὶ τὰ ἔπιπλα τῶν πλουσίων ἄχθος ἐστίν, οὐ κόσμος τοῦ σώματος. χρὴ δὲ τὸν ἀναβαίνειν βιαζόμενον εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καλὴν βακτηρίαν τὴν εὐεργεσίαν περιφέρειν καὶ τοῖς θλιβομένοις μεταδεδωκότα τῆς ἀληθοῦς ἀναπαύσεως μεταλαμβάνειν· ὁμολογεῖ γὰρ ἡ γραφή, ὡς ἄρα »λύτρον ἐστὶν ἀνδρὸς ψυχῆς ὁ ἴδιος πλοῦτος«, τουτέστιν, ἐὰν πλουτῇ, μεταδόσει σωθήσεται. καθάπερ γὰρ τῶν φρεάτων ὅσα πέφυκεν βρύειν ἀπαντλούμενα εἰς τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἀναπιδύει μέτρον, οὕτως ἡ μετάδοσις ἀγαθὴ φιλανθρωπίας ὑπάρχουσα πηγή, κοινωνοῦσα τοῖς διψῶσι τοῦ ποτοῦ αὔξεται πάλιν καὶ πίμπλαται, ὃν τρόπον ἐπὶ τοὺς θηλαζομένους ἢ καὶ βδαλλομένους μαστοὺς ἐπιρρεῖν εἴωθε τὸ γάλα.
stalteon de kai tēn philandron gynaika tandri paraplēsiōs, hodoiporikōs kalon ephodion tēs eis ouranous poreias euteleian epipheromenous mią semnotēti sōphroni; metron de kathaper ho pous tou hypodēmatos, houtōs kai tēs ktēseōs hekastou to sōma; to de peritton, ha dē phasi kosmia, kai ta epipla tōn plousiōn achthos estin, ou kosmos tou sōmatos. chrē de ton anabainein biazomenon eis tous ouranous kalēn baktērian tēn euergesian peripherein kai tois thlibomenois metadedōkota tēs alēthous anapauseōs metalambanein; homologei gar hē graphē, hōs ara »lytron estin andros psychēs ho idios ploutos«, toutestin, ean ploutę̄, metadosei sōthēsetai. kathaper gar tōn phreatōn hosa pephyken bryein apantloumena eis to archaion anapidyei metron, houtōs hē metadosis agathē philanthrōpias hyparchousa pēgē, koinōnousa tois dipsōsi tou potou auxetai palin kai pimplatai, hon tropon epi tous thēlazomenous ē kai bdallomenous mastous epirrein eiōthe to gala.
The wife who loves her husband should be equipped like her husband, both carrying frugality, a fine provision for the journey to heaven, with one self-controlled dignity. As the foot is the measure of the shoe, so the body is the measure of each person's possessions; what is superfluous, the so-called ornaments and the furnishings of the rich, is a burden, not an adornment of the body. The one who is striving to force his way up to heaven must carry beneficence as a good staff, and, sharing with the afflicted, partake of true rest. For Scripture confesses that “a man's own wealth is the ransom of his soul,” that is, if he is rich, he will be saved by sharing. As wells that naturally gush up, when drawn from, rise again to their former level, so sharing, being a good spring of love for humankind, when it shares its drink with the thirsty, grows again and is filled, just as milk usually flows into breasts that are suckled or milked.
3.7.40Stählin 1:259–260
ἀνενδεὴς γὰρ ὁ τὸν παντοκράτορα θεὸν λόγον ἔχων καὶ οὐδενὸς ὧν χρῄζει ἀπορεῖ ποτε· κτῆσις γὰρ ὁ λόγος ἀνενδεὴς καὶ εὐπορίας ἁπάσης αἴτιος. εἰ δέ τις φαίη ἑωρακέναι πολλάκις ἄρτου πενόμενον δίκαιον, σπάνιον μὲν τοῦτο, καὶ ἔνθα οὐκ ἄλλος δίκαιος, ἀναγνώτω δὲ ὅμως κἀκεῖνο· »οὐ γὰρ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ δίκαιος, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ ῥήματι κυρίου«, ὅς ἐστιν ἄρτος ἀληθινός, ἄρτος οὐρανῶν. οὐκ ἄρα ποτὲ ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ ἄπορος, ἕως ἂν ἔχῃ σῴαν τὴν πρὸς θεὸν ὁμολογίαν· πάρεστι μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ αἰτεῖσθαι καὶ λαμβάνειν ὧν ἂν δέηται παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων καὶ τῶν ἰδίων ἀπολαύειν, εἰ φυλάττοι τὸν υἱόν· πάρεστι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο, μηδεμιᾶς ἐνδείας αἰσθάνεσθαι. ὁ παιδαγωγικὸς ἡμῶν οὗτος λόγος τὸν πλοῦτον ἡμῖν δίδωσι, καὶ πλουτεῖν οὐ φθόνος τὸ ἀνενδεὲς κτωμένοις διʼ αὐτοῦ· ὁ τοῦτον ἔχων τὸν πλοῦτον βασιλείαν κληρονομήσει θεοῦ.
anendeēs gar ho ton pantokratora theon logon echōn kai oudenos hōn chrę̄zei aporei pote; ktēsis gar ho logos anendeēs kai euporias hapasēs aitios. ei de tis phaiē heōrakenai pollakis artou penomenon dikaion, spanion men touto, kai entha ouk allos dikaios, anagnōtō de homōs kakeino; »ou gar epʼ artǭ monǭ zēsetai ho dikaios, allʼ en tǭ rhēmati kyriou«, hos estin artos alēthinos, artos ouranōn. ouk ara pote ho agathos anēr aporos, heōs an echę̄ sǭan tēn pros theon homologian; paresti men gar autǭ aiteisthai kai lambanein hōn an deētai para tou patros tōn holōn kai tōn idiōn apolauein, ei phylattoi ton huion; paresti de kai touto, mēdemias endeias aisthanesthai. ho paidagōgikos hēmōn houtos logos ton plouton hēmin didōsi, kai ploutein ou phthonos to anendees ktōmenois diʼ autou; ho touton echōn ton plouton basileian klēronomēsei theou.
For the one who has the almighty God, the Word, lacks nothing and is never at a loss for anything he needs; for the Word is a possession that lacks nothing and the cause of all abundance. If anyone should say that he has often seen a just man in need of bread, this is rare, and only where there is no other just man; but let him read this too: “For the just man shall not live by bread alone, but by the word of the Lord,” who is the true bread, the bread of heaven. So the good man is never without resources, as long as he keeps his confession toward God intact. For he may ask and receive from the Father of all whatever he needs, and enjoy what is his own, if he keeps the Son; and this too is possible: to feel no need at all. This Word, our Instructor, gives us wealth, and there is no envy in being rich for those who acquire through him freedom from need; whoever has this wealth will inherit the kingdom of God.
The 3, chapter 8
3.8.41Stählin 1:260–261
Εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν φεύξεται διὰ τέλους τρυφὴν εὐτελείᾳ τιθηνούμενος, μελετήσει ῥᾷον τοὺς ἀκουσίους ὑπομένειν πόνους, τὰς ἑκουσίους θλίψεις γυμνάσματα συνεχῶς ποιούμενος διωγμῶν, ὁπόταν εἰς ἀναγκαίους ἔλθῃ πόνους καὶ φόβους καὶ λύπας, οὐκ ἀμελέτητος ὢν καρτερεῖν. διὰ τοῦτό τοι πατρίδα ἐπὶ γῆς οὐκ ἔχομεν, ὡς ἂν καταφρονοῖμεν τῶν ἐπιγείων κτημάτων. πλουσιωτάτη δὲ ἡ εὐτέλεια ἕξις οὖσα ἀνελλιπὴς ἐν δαπάναις ταῖς εἰς ἃ χρὴ καὶ ἐφʼ ὅσον χρὴ τελεῖσθαι προσηκούσαις· τέλη γὰρ τὰ δαπανήματα. ὅπως μὲν οὖν συμβιωτέον ἀνδρὶ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ περὶ αὐτουργίας καὶ οἰκουρίας καὶ οἰκετῶν χρήσεως, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ γάμου καὶ τῶν ὅσα γυναιξὶν ἁρμόζει, ἐν τῷ γαμικῷ διέξιμεν λόγῳ· ἃ δὲ ἁρμόδια πρὸς παιδαγωγίαν, ταῦτα ἡμῖν νῦν παραθετέα μόνα ἐν ὑπογραφῆς μέρει παρασημειουμένοις Χριστιανῶν τὸν βίον. καὶ δὴ τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα ἤδη λέλεκται καὶ πεπαιδαγώγηται, ὃ δὲ ἔτι λοιπόν, ὑποθησόμεθα· οὐ γὰρ μικρὰ ῥοπὴ εἰς σωτηρίαν τὰ ὑποδείγματα. ὅρα· φησὶν ἡ τραγῳδία, Ὀδυσσέως ἄλοχον οὐ κατέκτανε Τηλέμαχος· οὐ γὰρ ἐπεγάμει πόσει πόσιν, μένει δὲ ἐν οἴκοις ὑγιὲς εὐναστήριον. ὀνειδίζων τις μοιχείαν ἀσελγῆ καλὴν εἰκόνα σωφροσύνης ἐδείκνυεν φιλανδρίαν· τοὺς δὲ Εἵλωτας [οἰκέτας] (οἰκετῶν ὄνομά εἰσιν οἱ Εἵλωτες) οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι μεθύειν ἀναγκάζοντες ἐδείκνυον σφίσιν αὐτοῖς τῆς μέθης τὰ ἔργα σωφρονοῦσιν ἐν θεραπείας καὶ διορθώσεως μέρει.
Ei de tis hymōn pheuxetai dia telous tryphēn euteleią tithēnoumenos, meletēsei rhąon tous akousious hypomenein ponous, tas hekousious thlipseis gymnasmata synechōs poioumenos diōgmōn, hopotan eis anankaious elthę̄ ponous kai phobous kai lypas, ouk ameletētos ōn karterein. dia touto toi patrida epi gēs ouk echomen, hōs an kataphronoimen tōn epigeiōn ktēmatōn. plousiōtatē de hē euteleia hexis ousa anellipēs en dapanais tais eis ha chrē kai ephʼ hoson chrē teleisthai prosēkousais; telē gar ta dapanēmata. hopōs men oun symbiōteon andri tēn gynaika kai peri autourgias kai oikourias kai oiketōn chrēseōs, pros de kai tēs hōras tou gamou kai tōn hosa gynaixin harmozei, en tǭ gamikǭ dieximen logǭ; ha de harmodia pros paidagōgian, tauta hēmin nyn parathetea mona en hypographēs merei parasēmeioumenois Christianōn ton bion. kai dē ta men pleista ēdē lelektai kai pepaidagōgētai, ho de eti loipon, hypothēsometha; ou gar mikra rhopē eis sōtērian ta hypodeigmata. hora; phēsin hē tragǭdia, Odysseōs alochon ou katektane Tēlemachos; ou gar epegamei posei posin, menei de en oikois hygies eunastērion. oneidizōn tis moicheian aselgē kalēn eikona sōphrosynēs edeiknyen philandrian; tous de Heilōtas [oiketas] (oiketōn onoma eisin hoi Heilōtes) hoi Lakedaimonioi methyein anankazontes edeiknyon sphisin autois tēs methēs ta erga sōphronousin en therapeias kai diorthōseōs merei.
If any of you shuns luxury to the end, nursed by frugality, he will more easily practice enduring involuntary labors, making voluntary hardships a constant training for persecutions, so that when he comes to necessary labors, fears, and griefs, he will not be untrained in endurance. That is why we have no fatherland on earth, so that we may despise earthly possessions. Frugality is the richest thing, being a disposition that lacks nothing in the expenses that ought to be made for what is needed and as far as is needed; for expenses are payments. How a wife should live with her husband, about working with her own hands, housekeeping, and the use of servants, and also about the time for marriage and what befits women, we discuss in the treatise on marriage; what suits instruction is all we must set down now, noting in outline the life of Christians. Most of it has already been said and taught; what is still left we will set out; for examples are no small weight toward salvation. “See,” says tragedy, “Telemachus did not kill the wife of Odysseus; for she did not take a husband over her husband, but the marriage bed remains sound in the house.” Someone, reproaching lewd adultery, showed love for her husband as a fine image of self-control. And the Spartans, compelling the Helots (Helots is a name for servants) to get drunk, showed themselves, being sober, the deeds of drunkenness by way of cure and correction.
3.8.42Stählin 1:261
παραφυλάττοντες δʼ οὖν τὴν ἐκείνων ἀσχημοσύνην, ὡς μὴ περιπέσοιεν αὐτοὶ ταῖς ὁμοίαις καταγνώσεσιν, ἐπαιδεύοντο τῷ ἐπονειδίστῳ τῶν μεθυόντων εἰς τὸ ἑαυτῶν ἀναμάρτητον ὠφελούμενοι. τῶν γὰρ ἀνθρώπων οἳ μὲν διδαχθέντες ἐσώθησαν, οἳ δὲ αὐτοδιδάκτως· ἢ ἐζήλωσαν ἢ ἐζήτησαν ἀρετήν. κεῖνος μὲν πανάριστος, ὃς αὑτῷ πάντα νοήσῃ· οὗτός ἐστιν Ἀβραὰμ ὁ ζητήσας τὸν θεόν· ἐσθλὸς δʼ αὖ κἀκεῖνος, ὃς εὖ εἰπόντι πίθηται· οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ μαθηταὶ οἱ πεισθέντες τῷ λόγῳ· διὰ τοῦτο ὃ μὲν ἤκουσεν φίλος, οἳ δὲ ἀπόστολοι, ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν θεὸν ὃ μὲν πολυπραγμονῶν, οἳ δὲ κηρύσσοντες, ἐσθλοὶ δὲ ἄμφω· ἀμφοῖν δὲ τούτοιν οἱ ἀκροαταί, ὃ μὲν ὠφελούμενος διὰ τὴν ζήτησιν, ὃ δὲ σῳζόμενος διὰ τὴν εὕρεσιν.
paraphylattontes dʼ oun tēn ekeinōn aschēmosynēn, hōs mē peripesoien autoi tais homoiais katagnōsesin, epaideuonto tǭ eponeidistǭ tōn methyontōn eis to heautōn anamartēton ōpheloumenoi. tōn gar anthrōpōn hoi men didachthentes esōthēsan, hoi de autodidaktōs; ē ezēlōsan ē ezētēsan aretēn. keinos men panaristos, hos hautǭ panta noēsę̄; houtos estin Abraam ho zētēsas ton theon; esthlos dʼ au kakeinos, hos eu eiponti pithētai; houtoi eisin hoi mathētai hoi peisthentes tǭ logǭ; dia touto ho men ēkousen philos, hoi de apostoloi, hena kai ton auton theon ho men polypragmonōn, hoi de kēryssontes, esthloi de amphō; amphoin de toutoin hoi akroatai, ho men ōpheloumenos dia tēn zētēsin, ho de sǭzomenos dia tēn heuresin.
Watching the others' indecency, so that they themselves would not fall into similar condemnation, they were trained by the disgrace of the drunkards, benefiting from it for their own sinlessness. Of human beings, some are saved by being taught, others by teaching themselves; they either emulated or sought virtue. “That man is best of all who understands all things for himself”: this is Abraham, who sought God. “And good too is he who obeys one who speaks well”: these are the disciples, who obeyed the Word. That is why the one was called friend, the others apostles: the one searching for the one and the same God, the others proclaiming him; and both are good. Hearers of both are the one who benefits by seeking and the other who is saved by finding.
3.8.43Stählin 1:261–262
ὃς δέ κε μήτʼ αὐτὸς νοέῃ μήτʼ ἄλλου ἀκούων ἐν θυμῷ βάλληται, ὃ δʼ αὖτʼ ἀχρήιος ἀνήρ. [λαὸς ἄλλος ἐστὶν ἐθνικός, ἀχρεῖος·] οὗτος ὁ λαὸς ὁ μὴ Χριστῷ ἑπόμενος· πολυτρόπως δὲ ὅμως ὠφελῶν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ὁ φιλάνθρωπος τὰ μὲν παρῄνεσεν, τὰ δὲ καὶ ὠνείδισεν, τὸ δὲ καὶ ἄλλων ἁμαρτανόντων τὸ αἶσχος αὐτῶν ὑπέδειξεν ἡμῖν καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τούτῳ τιμωρίαν ψυχαγωγῶν τε ἅμα καὶ νουθετῶν ἐφανέρωσε, φιλάνθρωπον ἀποτροπὴν τῆς κακίας μηχανώμενος διὰ τῆς τῶν προπεπονθότων ἐνδείξεως· διʼ ὧν εἰκόνων σαφέστατα τοὺς μὲν ἔπαυσεν κακῶς διατεθέντας, τοὺς δὲ τὰ ἴσα τολμῶντας ἐκώλυσεν, ἄλλους εἰς ὑπομονὴν ἐθεμελίωσεν, ἑτέρους ἔπαυσε κακίας, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἰάσατο τῇ τοῦ ὁμοίου θεωρίᾳ μεταθεμένους ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον. τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἄν [τι] παραφυλάξαιτο, ἑπόμενός τῳ καθʼ ὁδόν, εἶτα μέντοι τοῦ προτέρου εἰς βόθρον ἐμπεσόντος, μὴ οὐχὶ ἀποκλῖναι τὸν ἴσον κίνδυνον, τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς ἁμαρτίας φυλαξάμενος; τίς δὲ αὖθις ἀσκητὴς ὤν, καταμαθὼν τῆς φιλοδοξίας τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ τὸ ἔπαθλον ἰδὼν τὸν πρὸ αὑτοῦ ἀγωνιστὴν εἰληφότα, οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸν στέφανον ἵεται καὶ αὐτός, μιμούμενος τὸν πρεσβύτερον;
hos de ke mētʼ autos noeę̄ mētʼ allou akouōn en thymǭ ballētai, ho dʼ autʼ achrēios anēr. [laos allos estin ethnikos, achreios;] houtos ho laos ho mē Christǭ hepomenos; polytropōs de homōs ōphelōn ho paidagōgos ho philanthrōpos ta men parę̄nesen, ta de kai ōneidisen, to de kai allōn hamartanontōn to aischos autōn hypedeixen hēmin kai tēn epi toutǭ timōrian psychagōgōn te hama kai nouthetōn ephanerōse, philanthrōpon apotropēn tēs kakias mēchanōmenos dia tēs tōn propeponthotōn endeixeōs; diʼ hōn eikonōn saphestata tous men epausen kakōs diatethentas, tous de ta isa tolmōntas ekōlysen, allous eis hypomonēn ethemeliōsen, heterous epause kakias, tous de kai iasato tę̄ tou homoiou theōrią metathemenous epi to beltion. tis gar ouk an [ti] paraphylaxaito, hepomenos tǭ kathʼ hodon, eita mentoi tou proterou eis bothron empesontos, mē ouchi apoklinai ton ison kindynon, tēn akolouthian tēs hamartias phylaxamenos? tis de authis askētēs ōn, katamathōn tēs philodoxias tēn hodon kai to epathlon idōn ton pro hautou agōnistēn eilēphota, ouk epi ton stephanon hietai kai autos, mimoumenos ton presbyteron?
“But the one who neither understands himself nor, hearing another, takes it to heart, he is a useless man.” [Another people is the pagan, useless.] This is the people that does not follow Christ. But the loving Instructor, helping in many ways, has admonished some things and reproached others, and has also shown us the shame of others who sinned and has revealed their punishment, at once leading and admonishing us, contriving a loving turning away from vice by showing those who suffered before. By these examples he most clearly stopped some who were ill-disposed, prevented others who dared the same things, established others in endurance, stopped others from vice, and healed others who, seeing the like, changed for the better. For who, following someone on a road, when the one ahead has fallen into a pit, would not take care to turn aside from the same danger, guarding against following the sin? And again, what athlete, having learned the way to glory and seen the one before him receive the prize, does not also strive for the crown, imitating his predecessor?
3.8.44Stählin 1:262
πολλαὶ τοιαῦται τῆς θεϊκῆς σοφίας αἱ εἰκόνες· ἑνὸς δὲ ὑποδείγματος μνησθήσομαι καὶ διὰ βραχέων παραθήσομαι· τὸ Σοδομιτῶν πάθος κρίσις μὲν ἀδικήσασι, παιδαγωγία δὲ ἀκούσασιν. οἱ Σοδομῖται ὑπὸ πολλῆς τρυφῆς ἐξοκείλαντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν, μοιχεύοντες μὲν ἀδεῶς, περὶ τὰ παιδικὰ ἐκμανῶς ἐπτοημένοι, ἐπεῖδεν αὐτοὺς ὁ παντεπόπτης λόγος, ὃν οὐκ ἔστι λαθεῖν ἀνόσια δρῶντας, οὐδὲ ἐπηρέμησεν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ αὐτῶν ὁ ἄγρυπνος τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος φύλαξ· ἀποτρέπων δὲ ἡμᾶς τῆς μιμήσεως τῆς ἐκείνων, πρὸς σωφροσύνην τὴν αὑτοῦ παιδαγωγῶν, τίσιν τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς ἐπιβαλών, ὡς μὴ τὸ ἀτιμώρητον τῆς ἀκολασίας ἀδείας ἐπιρροὴν προσλάβῃ, καταφλεχθῆναι προσέταξε τὰ Σόδομα, ὀλίγον τι τοῦ φρονίμου πυρὸς ἐκείνου ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκολασίαν ἐκχέων, ὡς μὴ ἀκόλαστον αὐτῶν τὸ λάγνον γενόμενον πλατείας ἀναπετάσῃ κλισιάδας τοῖς εἰς ἡδυπάθειαν φερομένοις. γέγονεν τοίνυν ἡ Σοδομιτῶν δικαία τιμωρία τῆς εὐλογίστου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις σωτηρίας εἰκών· οἱ γὰρ μὴ τὰ ὅμοια τοῖς κεκολασμένοις ἁμαρτήσαντες οὐ τὴν ὁμοίαν ποτὲ τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς ὑπόσχοιεν ἂν δίκην τῷ μὴ ἁμαρτεῖν τὸ μὴ παθεῖν πεφυλαγμένοι. »εἰδέναι γὰρ ὑμᾶς«, φησὶν ὁ Ἰούδας, »βούλομαι, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἅπαξ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου λαὸν σώσας τὸ δεύτερον τοὺς μὴ πιστεύσαντας ἀπώλεσεν, ἀγγέλους τε τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν, ἀλλὰ ἀπολιπόντας τὸ ἴδιον οἰκητήριον εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας δεσμοῖς ἀιδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον
pollai toiautai tēs theïkēs sophias hai eikones; henos de hypodeigmatos mnēsthēsomai kai dia bracheōn parathēsomai; to Sodomitōn pathos krisis men adikēsasi, paidagōgia de akousasin. hoi Sodomitai hypo pollēs tryphēs exokeilantes eis aselgeian, moicheuontes men adeōs, peri ta paidika ekmanōs eptoēmenoi, epeiden autous ho pantepoptēs logos, hon ouk esti lathein anosia drōntas, oude epēremēsen tę̄ aselgeią autōn ho agrypnos tēs anthrōpotētos phylax; apotrepōn de hēmas tēs mimēseōs tēs ekeinōn, pros sōphrosynēn tēn hautou paidagōgōn, tisin tois hamartōlois epibalōn, hōs mē to atimōrēton tēs akolasias adeias epirroēn proslabę̄, kataphlechthēnai prosetaxe ta Sodoma, oligon ti tou phronimou pyros ekeinou epi tēn akolasian ekcheōn, hōs mē akolaston autōn to lagnon genomenon plateias anapetasę̄ klisiadas tois eis hēdypatheian pheromenois. gegonen toinyn hē Sodomitōn dikaia timōria tēs eulogistou tois anthrōpois sōtērias eikōn; hoi gar mē ta homoia tois kekolasmenois hamartēsantes ou tēn homoian pote tois hamartōlois hyposchoien an dikēn tǭ mē hamartein to mē pathein pephylagmenoi. »eidenai gar hymas«, phēsin ho Ioudas, »boulomai, hoti ho theos hapax ek gēs Aigyptou laon sōsas to deuteron tous mē pisteusantas apōlesen, angelous te tous mē tērēsantas tēn heautōn archēn, alla apolipontas to idion oikētērion eis krisin megalēs hēmeras desmois aidiois hypo zophon
Many such are the images of divine wisdom; I will recall one example and set it out briefly. The suffering of the Sodomites is judgment for the wrongdoers and instruction for those who hear. The Sodomites, running aground through much luxury on licentiousness, committing adultery without fear and madly excited over boys: the all-seeing Word, whom those who do unholy things cannot escape, looked upon them; and the sleepless guardian of humanity did not keep quiet at their licentiousness. Turning us from imitating them, training us to his own self-control, inflicting punishment on the sinners so that impunity for their incontinence might not bring an influx of fearlessness, he commanded Sodom to be burned up, pouring a little of that wise fire on licentiousness, lest their lust, left unchecked, should throw wide the doors to those carried away into voluptuousness. The just punishment of the Sodomites, then, has become an image of salvation well-reasoned for human beings; for those who have not sinned like those who were punished would never suffer a penalty like the sinners, having guarded against suffering by not sinning. “For I want you to know,” says Jude, “that God, having once saved a people from the land of Egypt, afterward destroyed those who did not believe; and the angels who did not keep their own dominion, but left their proper dwelling, he has kept in eternal chains under darkness for the judgment of the great day
3.8.45Stählin 1:262–263
ἀγρίων ἀγγέλων τετήρηκεν.« καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν διδασκαλικώτατα ἐκτίθεται τὰς εἰκόνας τῶν κρινομένων· »οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς, ὅτι τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάιν ἐπορεύθησαν καὶ τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ ἐξεχύθησαν καὶ τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κορὲ ἀπώλοντο.« τοὺς γὰρ μὴ δυναμένους ἐξουσίαν υἱοθεσίας φέρειν ὁ φόβος μὴ ἐξυβρίζειν διατηρεῖ. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ αἱ κολάσεις καὶ αἱ ἀπειλαί, ἵνα δείσαντες τὰς δίκας τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν ἀποσχώμεθα. ἔχω σοι φιλοκοσμίας κολάσεις διηγήσασθαι καὶ φιλοδοξίας τιμωρίας, οὐκ ἀκρασίας μόνον, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ πλούτῳ κακόφρονας παραθέσθαι βλασφημίας, ἐν αἷς διὰ τοῦ φοβεῖν ὁ λόγος ἀνείργει τῶν ἀδικημάτων. ἀλλὰ γὰρ φειδόμενος τοῦ μήκους τοῦ συντάγματος τὰς ἑξῆς τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ προσάγω σοι ἐντολάς, ἵνα δὴ φυλάξῃ τὰς ἀπειλάς.
agriōn angelōn tetērēken.« kai kata mikron didaskalikōtata ektithetai tas eikonas tōn krinomenōn; »ouai autois, hoti tę̄ hodǭ tou Kain eporeuthēsan kai tę̄ planę̄ tou Balaam exechythēsan kai tę̄ antilogią tou Kore apōlonto.« tous gar mē dynamenous exousian huiothesias pherein ho phobos mē exybrizein diatērei. dia touto gar hai kolaseis kai hai apeilai, hina deisantes tas dikas tou hamartanein aposchōmetha. echō soi philokosmias kolaseis diēgēsasthai kai philodoxias timōrias, ouk akrasias monon, pros de kai tas epi ploutǭ kakophronas parathesthai blasphēmias, en hais dia tou phobein ho logos aneirgei tōn adikēmatōn. alla gar pheidomenos tou mēkous tou syntagmatos tas hexēs tou paidagōgou prosagō soi entolas, hina dē phylaxę̄ tas apeilas.
of savage angels.” And a little further on he sets out most instructively the images of those judged: “Woe to them, for they went in the way of Cain, and abandoned themselves to the error of Balaam, and perished in the rebellion of Korah.” Fear keeps those who cannot bear the freedom of adoption from insolence. That is why there are punishments and threats: so that, fearing the penalties, we may keep from sinning. I could tell you the punishments of love of finery and the penalties of love of glory, not only of incontinence, and set out the denunciations of those who are evil-minded about wealth, in which the Word restrains us from wrongdoing by fear. But, sparing the length of the treatise, I bring you the Instructor's commandments that follow, so that you may guard against the threats.
The 3, chapter 9
3.9.46Stählin 1:263
Βαλανείου τοίνυν (ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ ἀπετράπην λέγων) τέσσαρές εἰσιν αἰτίαι, καθʼ ἃς ἐπʼ αὐτὸ παραγινόμεθα· ἢ γὰρ καθαριότητος ἕνεκα ἢ ἀλέας ἢ ὑγιείας ἢ τελευταῖον ἡδονῆς. ἡδονῆς μὲν οὖν ἕνεκα λοῦσθαι παραπεμπτέον· ἄρδην γὰρ τὴν ἀναίσχυντον ἡδονὴν ἐκκοπτέον. παραληπτέον δὲ τὸ λουτρὸν ταῖς μὲν γυναιξὶ καθαριότητος ἕνεκεν καὶ ὑγιείας, ὑγείας δὲ μόνης ἀνδράσι. περιττὸν δὲ τὸ τῆς ἀλέας ἐξὸν [δὲ] καὶ ἄλλως παραμυθεῖσθαι τὸ κατεσκληκὸς ὑπὸ κρύους. αἱ δὲ τοῦ βαλανείου συνεχεῖς χρήσεις καθαιροῦσι τὰς δυνάμεις καὶ τοὺς φυσικοὺς χαλῶσι τόνους, πολλάκις δὲ ἐκλύσεις ἄγουσι καὶ λειποθυμίας. τρόπον γάρ τινα πίνει τὰ σώματα, ὥσπερ τὰ δένδρα, οὐ μόνον τῷ στόματι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ διʼ ὅλου τοῦ σώματος κατὰ τὸ λουτρόν, ὥς φασι, ποροποιίᾳ. τεκμήριον τούτου· διψήσαντες πολλάκις ἔπειτα ἐμβάντες εἰς τὰ ὕδατα τὴν δίψαν ἠκέσαντο. οὔκουν εἰ πρός τι ὠφελεῖ τὸ λουτρόν, ἤδη σφᾶς ἐκλυτέον αὐτῷ· ἀνθρωπογναφεῖα ἐκάλουν αὐτὰ οἱ παλαιοί, ἐπεὶ θᾶττον ἢ προσῆκεν ῥακοῖ τὰ σώματα καὶ προγηράσκειν ἀναγκάζει καθέψοντα κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ σιδήρῳ μαλασσομένης τῇ θερμότητι τῆς σαρκός· ἐντεῦθεν οἱονεὶ τῆς βαφῆς
Balaneiou toinyn (enteuthen gar apetrapēn legōn) tessares eisin aitiai, kathʼ has epʼ auto paraginometha; ē gar kathariotētos heneka ē aleas ē hygieias ē teleutaion hēdonēs. hēdonēs men oun heneka lousthai parapempteon; ardēn gar tēn anaischynton hēdonēn ekkopteon. paralēpteon de to loutron tais men gynaixi kathariotētos heneken kai hygieias, hygeias de monēs andrasi. peritton de to tēs aleas exon [de] kai allōs paramytheisthai to katesklēkos hypo kryous. hai de tou balaneiou synecheis chrēseis kathairousi tas dynameis kai tous physikous chalōsi tonous, pollakis de eklyseis agousi kai leipothymias. tropon gar tina pinei ta sōmata, hōsper ta dendra, ou monon tǭ stomati, alla kai tę̄ diʼ holou tou sōmatos kata to loutron, hōs phasi, poropoiią. tekmērion toutou; dipsēsantes pollakis epeita embantes eis ta hydata tēn dipsan ēkesanto. oukoun ei pros ti ōphelei to loutron, ēdē sphas eklyteon autǭ; anthrōpognapheia ekaloun auta hoi palaioi, epei thatton ē prosēken rhakoi ta sōmata kai progēraskein anankazei kathepsonta kata ta auta tǭ sidērǭ malassomenēs tę̄ thermotēti tēs sarkos; enteuthen hoionei tēs baphēs
There are four reasons (for this is where I turned aside) for which we go to the bath: for cleanliness, warmth, health, or finally pleasure. Bathing for pleasure must be dismissed; for shameless pleasure must be cut out entirely. Women may take the bath for cleanliness and health, men for health only. Bathing for warmth is superfluous, since one can relieve in other ways what is stiffened by cold. Constant use of the bath weakens the strength and relaxes the natural tone, and often brings faintness and fainting fits. For bodies drink, in a way, like trees, not only with the mouth but also, they say, through the opening of the pores of the whole body in the bath. The proof is that people who are thirsty often relieve their thirst by getting into the water. So even if the bath is useful for something, we should not weaken ourselves by it. The ancients called baths “fullers of men,” since they wrinkle bodies sooner than is fitting and force them to age before their time, boiling them, as the flesh is softened by the heat like iron; hence, as it were for dipping
3.9.47Stählin 1:263–264
καὶ τῆς στομώσεως τοῦ ψυχροῦ δεόμεθα. οὐδὲ μὴν ἑκάστοτε λουτέον, ἀλλʼ εἴτε λίαν τις εἴη κενὸς ἢ αὖ πλήρης ἄγαν, παραιτητέον τὸ βαλανεῖον· ναὶ μὴν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἡλικίαν καὶ τοῦ ἔτους τὴν ὥραν· οὐ γὰρ πάντας [ἀεὶ] οὐδὲ ἀεὶ ὀνίνησιν, ὡς οἱ περὶ ταῦτα σοφοὶ ὁμολογοῦσιν. ἡμῖν δὲ ἀπόχρη ἡ συμμετρία, ἣν πανταχοῦ βοηθὸν ἐπικαλούμεθα τῷ βίῳ· οὐδὲ γὰρ τοσοῦτον ἐνδιατριπτέον τῷ βαλανείῳ ὡς δεῖσθαι χειραγωγοῦ, οὐδὲ συνεχῶς καὶ πολλάκις τῆς ἡμέρας λούεσθαι καθάπερ εἰς ἀγορὰν θαμίζοντας. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ πλειόνων οἰκετῶν καταιονεῖσθαι ἐξυβρίζειν ἐστὶν εἰς τοὺς πλησίον, πλεονεκτούντων τῇ τρυφῇ καὶ συνιέναι μὴ ἐθελόντων, ὡς κοινὸν ἐπʼ ἴσης εἶναι τῶν λουομένων τὸ βαλανεῖον δεῖν. λούειν δὲ δεῖ μάλιστα μὲν τὴν ψυχὴν καθαρσίῳ λόγῳ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα δὲ ἔσθʼ ὅτε διὰ τὴν ἄσιν τὴν ἐπιφυομένην αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔσθʼ ὅτε καὶ ὑπεκλύειν τοὺς καμάτους. »οὐαὶ γὰρ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι ὑποκριταί,« φησὶν ὁ κύριος, »ὅτι ὅμοιοί ἐστε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις· ἔξωθεν ὁ τάφος φαίνεται ὡραῖος, ἔνδον δὲ γέμει ὀστέων νεκρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας.«
kai tēs stomōseōs tou psychrou deometha. oude mēn hekastote louteon, allʼ eite lian tis eiē kenos ē au plērēs agan, paraitēteon to balaneion; nai mēn kata tēn tou sōmatos hēlikian kai tou etous tēn hōran; ou gar pantas [aei] oude aei oninēsin, hōs hoi peri tauta sophoi homologousin. hēmin de apochrē hē symmetria, hēn pantachou boēthon epikaloumetha tǭ biǭ; oude gar tosouton endiatripteon tǭ balaneiǭ hōs deisthai cheiragōgou, oude synechōs kai pollakis tēs hēmeras louesthai kathaper eis agoran thamizontas. alla kai to hypo pleionōn oiketōn kataioneisthai exybrizein estin eis tous plēsion, pleonektountōn tę̄ tryphę̄ kai synienai mē ethelontōn, hōs koinon epʼ isēs einai tōn louomenōn to balaneion dein. louein de dei malista men tēn psychēn katharsiǭ logǭ, kai to sōma de esthʼ hote dia tēn asin tēn epiphyomenēn autǭ, ou mēn allʼ esthʼ hote kai hypeklyein tous kamatous. »ouai gar hymin, grammateis kai Pharisaioi hypokritai,« phēsin ho kyrios, »hoti homoioi este taphois kekoniamenois; exōthen ho taphos phainetai hōraios, endon de gemei osteōn nekrōn kai pasēs akatharsias.«
and tempering, we need cold water. We should not bathe on every occasion, but should avoid the bath if one is very empty or very full; and also according to the age of the body and the season of the year; for it does not benefit all, nor always, as those skilled in these matters agree. For us moderation is enough, which we call on everywhere as a help in life. We should not stay so long in the bath as to need someone to lead us out by the hand, nor bathe continually and many times a day, frequenting it like the market. And to be doused by many servants is an insult to our neighbors, since it takes more for luxury and refuses to understand that the bath should be common to all bathers equally. We must wash above all the soul with the cleansing Word, and the body sometimes, because of the dirt that grows on it, and sometimes also to relieve fatigue. “For woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites,” says the Lord, “for you are like whitewashed tombs; outwardly the tomb appears beautiful, but inside it is full of dead men's bones and all uncleanness.”
3.9.48Stählin 1:264
καὶ πάλιν τοῖς αὐτοῖς φησιν· »οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξω τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔνδοθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἀκαθαρσίας. καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἔνδον τοῦ ποτηρίου, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἔξωθεν καθαρόν.« τὸ μὲν οὖν ἄριστον λουτρὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποσμήχει τὸν ῥύπον καί ἐστι πνευματικόν, ἐφʼ οὗ διαρρήδην ἡ προφητεία λέγει· »ἐκπλυνεῖ κύριος τὸν ῥύπον τῶν υἱῶν καὶ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἰσραήλ, καὶ καθαριεῖ τὸ αἷμα ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν«, τὸ αἷμα τῆς ἀνομίας καὶ τῶν προφητῶν τοὺς φόνους. καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς καθάρσεως ἐπήγαγεν ὁ λόγος εἰπών· »ἐν πνεύματι κρίσεως καὶ ἐν πνεύματι καύσεως.« τὸ δὲ τοῦ σώματος τὸ σαρκικὸν καὶ διὰ μόνου ὕδατος ἀποπληροῦται, καθάπερ ἐν ἀγροῖς γίνεται πολλάκις, ὅπου βαλανεῖον οὐκ ἔστιν.
kai palin tois autois phēsin; »ouai hymin, hoti katharizete to exō tou potēriou kai tēs paropsidos, endothen de gemousin akatharsias. katharison prōton to endon tou potēriou, hina genētai kai to exōthen katharon.« to men oun ariston loutron tēs psychēs aposmēchei ton rhypon kai esti pneumatikon, ephʼ hou diarrēdēn hē prophēteia legei; »ekplynei kyrios ton rhypon tōn huiōn kai tōn thygaterōn Israēl, kai kathariei to haima ek mesou autōn«, to haima tēs anomias kai tōn prophētōn tous phonous. kai ton tropon tēs katharseōs epēgagen ho logos eipōn; »en pneumati kriseōs kai en pneumati kauseōs.« to de tou sōmatos to sarkikon kai dia monou hydatos apoplēroutai, kathaper en agrois ginetai pollakis, hopou balaneion ouk estin.
And again he says to the same people: “Woe to you, for you clean the outside of the cup and the dish, but inside they are full of uncleanness. Clean first the inside of the cup, so that the outside also may become clean.” The best bath, then, wipes off the filth of the soul and is spiritual; of it prophecy says expressly: “The Lord will wash away the filth of the sons and daughters of Israel, and will cleanse the blood from their midst,” the blood of lawlessness and the murders of the prophets. And the Word added the manner of cleansing, saying: “by a spirit of judgment and by a spirit of burning.” The fleshly washing of the body is accomplished even by water alone, as often happens in the country, where there is no bath.
The 3, chapter 10
3.10.49Stählin 1:264–265
Μειρακίοις δὲ γυμνάσιον ἀπόχρη, κἂν βαλανεῖον παρῇ· καὶ γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα τοῖς ἀνδράσι παντὸς μᾶλλον πρὸ τῶν λουτρῶν ἐγκρῖναι οὐ φαῦλον ἴσως, ἔχοντά τι χρήσιμον τοῖς νέοις πρὸς ὑγίειαν, σπουδήν τε καὶ φιλοτιμίαν ἐντιθέντα οὐχὶ εὐεξίας μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐψυχίας ἐπιμελεῖσθαι· ὃ δὴ γινόμενον ἄνευ τοῦ τῶν κρειττόνων ἔργων ἀποσπᾶσθαι χαρίεν καὶ οὐκ ἀλυσιτελές. οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ὑπεξαιρετέον τῆς κατὰ τὸ σῶμα διαπονήσεως τὰς γυναῖκας, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάλην καὶ δρόμους παρακλητέον αὐτάς, ταλασιουργίᾳ δὲ γυμναστέον καὶ ἱστουργίᾳ καὶ τῷ παραστῆναι τῇ πεττούσῃ, εἰ δέοι. ἔτι δὲ αὐτουργικῶς προκομίζειν χρὴ ἐκ τοῦ ταμιείου τὰς γυναῖκας ὧν δεοίμεθα, καὶ τῷ μύλῳ προσελθεῖν οὐκ αἰσχρὸν αὐταῖς· οὐδὲ μὴν περὶ τοὔψον ἀσχολεῖσθαι, ὅπως θυμῆρες ᾖ τἀνδρί, ὄνειδος οἰκουρῷ γαμετῇ καὶ βοηθῷ. εἰ δὲ καὶ στρωμνὴν ἀνατινάξαι διʼ αὑτῆς καὶ ποτὸν ὀρέξαι διψῶντι τῷ γεγαμηκότι καὶ ὄψον παραθείη, εὐσχημονέστατα μεντἂν καὶ εἰς σώφρονα ὑγίειαν γυμνασθείη· τὴν τοιαύτην γυναῖκα ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἀποδέχεται, ἣ »τοὺς πήχεις ἐκτενεῖ εἰς τὰ χρήσιμα, τὰς χεῖρας δὲ αὐτῆς ἐρείδεται εἰς ἄτρακτον· χεῖρας δὲ αὐτῆς διήνοιξεν πένητι, καρπὸν δὲ ἐξέτεινεν πτωχῷ«, τὴν καλλίστην διακονίαν οὐκ ἐπῃσχύνθη ζηλώσασα Σάρραν, ὑπουργῆσαι τοῖς ὁδοιπόροις. εἶπεν γὰρ αὐτῇ Ἀβραάμ· »σπεῦσον καὶ φύρασον τρία μέτρα σεμιδάλεως καὶ ποίησον ἐγκρυφίας.« »Ῥαχὴλ δὲ ἡ θυγάτηρ Λάβαν ἤρχετο«, φησί, »μετὰ τῶν προβάτων τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς.«
Meirakiois de gymnasion apochrē, kan balaneion parę̄; kai gar kai tauta tois andrasi pantos mallon pro tōn loutrōn enkrinai ou phaulon isōs, echonta ti chrēsimon tois neois pros hygieian, spoudēn te kai philotimian entithenta ouchi euexias monon, alla kai eupsychias epimeleisthai; ho dē ginomenon aneu tou tōn kreittonōn ergōn apospasthai charien kai ouk alysiteles. oude entautha hypexaireteon tēs kata to sōma diaponēseōs tas gynaikas, allʼ ouk epi palēn kai dromous paraklēteon autas, talasiourgią de gymnasteon kai histourgią kai tǭ parastēnai tę̄ pettousę̄, ei deoi. eti de autourgikōs prokomizein chrē ek tou tamieiou tas gynaikas hōn deoimetha, kai tǭ mylǭ proselthein ouk aischron autais; oude mēn peri toupson ascholeisthai, hopōs thymēres ę̄ tandri, oneidos oikourǭ gametę̄ kai boēthǭ. ei de kai strōmnēn anatinaxai diʼ hautēs kai poton orexai dipsōnti tǭ gegamēkoti kai opson paratheiē, euschēmonestata mentan kai eis sōphrona hygieian gymnastheiē; tēn toiautēn gynaika ho paidagōgos apodechetai, hē »tous pēcheis ektenei eis ta chrēsima, tas cheiras de autēs ereidetai eis atrakton; cheiras de autēs diēnoixen penēti, karpon de exeteinen ptōchǭ«, tēn kallistēn diakonian ouk epę̄schynthē zēlōsasa Sarran, hypourgēsai tois hodoiporois. eipen gar autę̄ Abraam; »speuson kai phyrason tria metra semidaleōs kai poiēson enkryphias.« »Rhachēl de hē thygatēr Laban ērcheto«, phēsi, »meta tōn probatōn tou patros autēs.«
For youths, the gymnasium is enough, even if a bath is available; and indeed for men too it is perhaps not bad to prefer it to the baths, since it has something useful for the health of the young and instills zeal and ambition to care not only for good bodily condition but also for good spirit; done without being drawn away from better works, it is pleasant and not unprofitable. Nor are women to be excluded from bodily exercise here; but they should not be called to wrestling and running, but exercised in spinning, weaving, and helping the baker if need be. Women should also fetch from the storeroom with their own hands what we need; and it is not shameful for them to go to the mill; nor is it a reproach to a wife who keeps house and is a helper to be busy with the cooking, so that it may please her husband. If she shakes out the bed herself, hands her husband a drink when he is thirsty, and serves him food, she would be exercised most becomingly and for self-controlled health. The Instructor approves such a woman, who “stretches out her arms to useful work, and sets her hands to the spindle; she opens her hands to the needy, and stretches out her fruit to the poor”; who was not ashamed of the finest service, emulating Sarah in waiting on travelers. For Abraham said to her: “Hurry and knead three measures of fine flour and make cakes.” “And Rachel the daughter of Laban came,” it says, “with her father's sheep.”
3.10.50Stählin 1:265
καὶ οὐκ ἤρκει ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀτυφίαν ἐκδιδάσκων προσεπήγαγεν· »αὕτη γὰρ ἔβοσκεν τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς.« καὶ μυρία ὅσα αἱ γραφαὶ ὀρέγουσιν εὐτελείας ἅμα καὶ αὐτουργίας, πρὸς δὲ καὶ γυμνασίων ὑποδείγματα. ἀνδρῶν δὲ οἳ μὲν γυμνοὶ καὶ πάλης μετεχόντων, οἳ δὲ καὶ σφαίρῃ τῇ μικρᾷ παιζόντων τὴν φαινίνδα παιδιὰν ἐν ἡλίῳ μάλιστα· ἄλλοις ὁ περίπατος αὐτάρκης ἀγρόνδε βαδίζουσιν ἢ εἰς ἄστυ κατιοῦσιν. εἰ δὲ καὶ σκαπάνης ἅψαιντο, οὐκ ἀγεννὲς τοῦτο παρεμπόρευμα οἰκονομικὸν γυμνασίου γεωργικοῦ. ἀλλὰ γὰρ μικροῦ δεῖν ἔλαθέν με [εἰπεῖν] ὁ Πιττακὸς ἐκεῖνος, ὅτι ἤληθεν ὁ Μιτυληναίων βασιλεὺς ἐνεργῷ γυμνασίῳ χρώμενος. καλὸν δὲ καὶ ὕδωρ ἀνιμῆσαι διʼ αὑτοῦ καὶ ξύλα διατεμεῖν, οἷς αὐτὸς χρήσεται. »Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐποίμαινεν τὰ πρόβατα Λάβαν τὰ ὑπολειφθέντα«, σημεῖον ἔχων βασιλικὸν »ῥάβδον στυρακίνην«, ἐναλλάττειν μελετῶν διὰ τοῦ ξύλου ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον τὴν φύσιν.
kai ouk ērkei tauta, alla tēn atyphian ekdidaskōn prosepēgagen; »hautē gar ebosken ta probata tou patros autēs.« kai myria hosa hai graphai oregousin euteleias hama kai autourgias, pros de kai gymnasiōn hypodeigmata. andrōn de hoi men gymnoi kai palēs metechontōn, hoi de kai sphairę̄ tę̄ mikrą paizontōn tēn phaininda paidian en hēliǭ malista; allois ho peripatos autarkēs agronde badizousin ē eis asty katiousin. ei de kai skapanēs hapsainto, ouk agennes touto paremporeuma oikonomikon gymnasiou geōrgikou. alla gar mikrou dein elathen me [eipein] ho Pittakos ekeinos, hoti ēlēthen ho Mitylēnaiōn basileus energǭ gymnasiǭ chrōmenos. kalon de kai hydōr animēsai diʼ hautou kai xyla diatemein, hois autos chrēsetai. »Iakōb de epoimainen ta probata Laban ta hypoleiphthenta«, sēmeion echōn basilikon »rhabdon styrakinēn«, enallattein meletōn dia tou xylou epi to beltion tēn physin.
And that was not enough, but teaching freedom from pride he added: “For she was the one who pastured her father's sheep.” The Scriptures offer countless examples of frugality and working with one's own hands, and of exercise too. As for men, let some strip and take part in wrestling, some play with the small ball the game called phaininda, especially in the sun; for others walking is enough, going out to the country or down to town. If they take up the hoe too, this is no ignoble economic side-benefit of farm exercise. I nearly forgot to mention that famous Pittacus, king of the Mitylenaeans, who ground grain, using an active exercise. It is good also to draw water oneself and to cut the wood one will use. “Jacob pastured the sheep of Laban that were left,” having as a royal sign “a rod of storax,” practicing to change nature for the better by means of the wood.
3.10.51Stählin 1:265–266
πολλοῖς δὲ ἔσθʼ ὅτε καὶ τὸ γεγωνὸς τῆς ἀναγνώσεως γυμνάσιόν ἐστιν. καὶ δὴ τά γε [καὶ] κατὰ πάλην, ἣν ἐνεκρίναμεν, μὴ φιλονεικίας ἀχρήστου παραλαμβανέσθω χάριν, εἰς δὲ ἱδρώτων ἀνδρωδῶν ἐκκρίσεις· καὶ οὔτι γε τὸ ἔντεχνον διαπονητέον, τὸ ἐπιδεικτικὸν αὐτῆς, τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ ὀρθῆς πάλης, ἀπʼ αὐχένων καὶ χειρῶν καὶ πλευρῶν ἐξειλήσεως· κοσμιωδεστέρα γὰρ καὶ ἀνδρωδεστέρα μετʼ εὐσχήμονος ῥώμης ἡ τοιαύτη διαπόνησις ὑγείας ἕνεκεν εὐχρήστου καὶ ὀνησιφόρου παραλαμβανομένη, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι πόνοι γυμναστικῆς οὐκ ἐλευθέρων στάσεων μελέτην καταγγέλλοντες. πανταχοῦ δὲ τοῦ μέτρου στοχαστέον. ὡς γὰρ πόνους σιτίων ἡγεῖσθαι ἄριστον, οὕτως τὸ ὑπὲρ τὸ μέτρον πονεῖν καὶ κάκιστον καὶ κοπῶδες καὶ νοσοποιόν. οὔτʼ οὖν παντάπασιν ἀργὸν εἶναι χρὴ οὐδὲ μὴν παντελῶς ἐπίπονον. καθάπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς τροφῆς διεξεληλύθαμεν, παραπλησίως ἐν πᾶσι καὶ πανταχοῦ οὐ πρὸς ἡδυπάθειαν τετράφθαι καὶ ἀκόλαστον χρὴ δίαιταν οὐδʼ αὖ πρὸς τὴν ἐναντίαν τὴν ἄκρατον, ἀλλὰ τὴν μεταξὺ τούτων τὴν ἐμμελῆ τε καὶ σώφρονα καὶ καθαρὰν ἑκατέρας κακίας,
pollois de esthʼ hote kai to gegōnos tēs anagnōseōs gymnasion estin. kai dē ta ge [kai] kata palēn, hēn enekrinamen, mē philoneikias achrēstou paralambanesthō charin, eis de hidrōtōn andrōdōn ekkriseis; kai outi ge to entechnon diaponēteon, to epideiktikon autēs, ta de apo orthēs palēs, apʼ auchenōn kai cheirōn kai pleurōn exeilēseōs; kosmiōdestera gar kai andrōdestera metʼ euschēmonos rhōmēs hē toiautē diaponēsis hygeias heneken euchrēstou kai onēsiphorou paralambanomenē, hoi de alloi ponoi gymnastikēs ouk eleutherōn staseōn meletēn katangellontes. pantachou de tou metrou stochasteon. hōs gar ponous sitiōn hēgeisthai ariston, houtōs to hyper to metron ponein kai kakiston kai kopōdes kai nosopoion. outʼ oun pantapasin argon einai chrē oude mēn pantelōs epiponon. kathaper gar epi tēs trophēs diexelēlythamen, paraplēsiōs en pasi kai pantachou ou pros hēdypatheian tetraphthai kai akolaston chrē diaitan oudʼ au pros tēn enantian tēn akraton, alla tēn metaxy toutōn tēn emmelē te kai sōphrona kai katharan hekateras kakias,
For many, reading aloud is sometimes an exercise too. As for wrestling, which we have accepted, let it be taken up not for the sake of useless rivalry but for the manly sweating it produces; and not the artful kind, for show, but straight wrestling, with the unwinding of necks, hands, and sides. For such exercise is more decorous and manly, with seemly strength, taken up for useful and beneficial health; while the other exercises of the gymnasium teach unfree postures. Everywhere we must aim at measure. As it is best to take exercise before meals, so to labor beyond measure is worst, fatiguing, and causes disease. One should be neither entirely idle nor wholly laborious. As we discussed concerning food, so in everything and everywhere one must turn neither to voluptuousness and a licentious way of life nor to its opposite extreme, but to the mean between them, harmonious, self-controlled, and pure of both vices,
3.10.52Stählin 1:266
τρυφῆς τε καὶ φειδωλίας. ἤδη δέ, ὡς καὶ πρόσθεν εἰρήκαμεν, ἄτυφον ἡ αὐτουργία γυμνάσιον καὶ τὸ ὑποδήσασθαί τινα αὐτὸν αὑτῷ καὶ τὸ ἀπονίψασθαι τὼ πόδε, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀληλιμμένον λίπα ἀνατρῖψαι αὑτόν· τὸ δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀμοιβὴν τὴν ἴσην ἀνταποδοῦναι τῷ τρίψαντι ἐναλλὰξ καὶ τοῦτο δικαιοσύνης ἐστὶ κοινωνικῆς τὸ γυμνάσιον καὶ παραδαρθεῖν φίλῳ νοσοῦντι καὶ ὑπουργῆσαι μὴ δυναμένῳ καὶ παραθεῖναι δεομένῳ. »καὶ παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς«, φησίν, »Ἀβραὰμ τοῖς τρισὶν ἄριστον ὑπὸ τὸ δένδρον καὶ παρέστη ἐσθίουσιν αὐτοῖς.« καὶ ἡ ἁλεία, ὡς τῷ Πέτρῳ, εἰ σχολὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀναγκαίων τῶν ἐν λόγῳ μαθημάτων ἄγοιμεν. αὕτη δὲ βελτίων ἡ ἄγρα, ἣν ἐχαρίσατο ὁ κύριος τῷ μαθητῇ, καθάπερ ἰχθῦς διʼ ὕδατος ἀνθρώπους ἁλιεύειν διδάξας.
tryphēs te kai pheidōlias. ēdē de, hōs kai prosthen eirēkamen, atyphon hē autourgia gymnasion kai to hypodēsasthai tina auton hautǭ kai to aponipsasthai tō pode, pros de kai to alēlimmenon lipa anatripsai hauton; to de kai tēn amoibēn tēn isēn antapodounai tǭ tripsanti enallax kai touto dikaiosynēs esti koinōnikēs to gymnasion kai paradarthein philǭ nosounti kai hypourgēsai mē dynamenǭ kai paratheinai deomenǭ. »kai parethēken autois«, phēsin, »Abraam tois trisin ariston hypo to dendron kai parestē esthiousin autois.« kai hē haleia, hōs tǭ Petrǭ, ei scholēn apo tōn anankaiōn tōn en logǭ mathēmatōn agoimen. hautē de beltiōn hē agra, hēn echarisato ho kyrios tǭ mathētę̄, kathaper ichthys diʼ hydatos anthrōpous halieuein didaxas.
luxury and stinginess. As we have said before, working with one's own hands is an exercise free of pride: putting on one's own shoes, washing one's own feet, and rubbing oneself with oil. To return the same service in turn to the one who has rubbed us is an exercise of social justice; so is sleeping beside a sick friend, helping one who is unable, and serving food to one in need. “And Abraham set before the three a meal under the tree,” it says, “and stood by them as they ate.” Fishing too, as for Peter, if we have leisure from the necessary lessons of the Word. But the better catch is the one the Lord gave the disciple, teaching him to catch men, like fish, through water.
The 3, chapter 11
3.11.53Stählin 1:266–267
Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ χρυσοφορεῖν καὶ τὸ ἐσθῆτι μαλακωτέρᾳ χρῆσθαι οὐ τέλεον περικοπτέον, χαλινωτέον δὲ τὰς ἀλόγους τῶν ὁρμῶν, μὴ εἰς τὸ ἁβροδίαιτον ἡμᾶς ἐνσείσωσιν φέρουσαι ὑπὸ πολλῆς τῆς ἀνέσεως ἐξαρπάσασαι· δεινὴ γὰρ ἡ τρυφὴ εἰς κόρον ἐξοκείλασα σκιρτῆσαι καὶ ἀναχαιτίσαι καὶ τὸν ἡνίοχον, [καὶ] τὸν παιδαγωγόν, ἀποσείσασθαι, ὃς πόρρωθεν ἀνακόπτων τὰς ἡνίας ἄγει καὶ φέρει πρὸς σωτηρίαν τὸν ἵππον τὸν ἀνθρώπειον, τὸ ἄλογον μέρος τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ περὶ ἡδονὰς καὶ ὀρέξεις ἐπιψόγους καὶ λίθους καὶ χρυσίον καὶ ἐσθῆτα ποικίλην καὶ τὴν ἄλλην χλιδὴν ἐκθηριούμενον· ἐκεῖνο μάλιστα ἐν νῷ ἔχοντες τὸ εἰρημένον ἁγίως »τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν, ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς κακοποιῶν, ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύσαντες δοξάσωσι τὸν θεόν.« δίδωσιν οὖν ἡμῖν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἐσθῆτι χρῆσθαι τῇ λιτῇ, χρόᾳ δὲ τῇ λευκῇ, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, ἵνα μὴ τέχνῃ ποικιλλομένῃ, φύσει δὲ γεννωμένῃ οἰκειούμενοι, πᾶν ὅσον ἀπατηλὸν καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας καταψευδόμενον παρωσάμενοι τὸ μονότροπον καὶ μονοπρόσωπον τῆς ἀληθείας ἀσπασώμεθα. ἁβροδίαιτον ὀνειδίζων νεανίαν ὁ Σοφοκλῆς λέγει· γυναικομίμοις ἐμπρέπεις ἐσθήμασιν.
Dia touto kai to chrysophorein kai to esthēti malakōterą chrēsthai ou teleon perikopteon, chalinōteon de tas alogous tōn hormōn, mē eis to habrodiaiton hēmas enseisōsin pherousai hypo pollēs tēs aneseōs exarpasasai; deinē gar hē tryphē eis koron exokeilasa skirtēsai kai anachaitisai kai ton hēniochon, [kai] ton paidagōgon, aposeisasthai, hos porrōthen anakoptōn tas hēnias agei kai pherei pros sōtērian ton hippon ton anthrōpeion, to alogon meros tēs psychēs to peri hēdonas kai orexeis epipsogous kai lithous kai chrysion kai esthēta poikilēn kai tēn allēn chlidēn ekthērioumenon; ekeino malista en nǭ echontes to eirēmenon hagiōs »tēn anastrophēn hymōn en tois ethnesin echontes kalēn, hina en hǭ katalalousin hymōn hōs kakopoiōn, ek tōn kalōn ergōn epopteusantes doxasōsi ton theon.« didōsin oun hēmin ho paidagōgos esthēti chrēsthai tę̄ litę̄, chroą de tę̄ leukę̄, hōs proeirēkamen, hina mē technę̄ poikillomenę̄, physei de gennōmenę̄ oikeioumenoi, pan hoson apatēlon kai tēs alētheias katapseudomenon parōsamenoi to monotropon kai monoprosōpon tēs alētheias aspasōmetha. habrodiaiton oneidizōn neanian ho Sophoklēs legei; gynaikomimois emprepeis esthēmasin.
So wearing gold and using softer clothing is not to be cut off entirely; but the irrational impulses must be bridled, lest, carried off by too much relaxation, they hurl us into effeminacy. For luxury, running aground on satiety, is apt to leap and rear and throw off the charioteer, the Instructor, who, checking the reins from afar, leads and drives to salvation the human horse, the irrational part of the soul, made savage by pleasures and blameworthy appetites, stones, gold, embroidered clothing, and the rest of luxury; keeping in mind above all that holy saying: “Keeping your conduct among the Gentiles good, so that, though they slander you as evildoers, they may see your good works and glorify God.” The Instructor, then, allows us to wear plain clothing, white in color, as we said before, so that, making our own not what is embroidered by art but what is born of nature, and rejecting all that is deceptive and lies against the truth, we may embrace the single form and single face of the truth. Sophocles, reproaching a luxurious youth, says: “You are conspicuous in clothes that imitate women.”
3.11.54Stählin 1:267–268
ὡς γὰρ στρατιώτου καὶ ναύτου καὶ ἄρχοντος, οὕτως δὲ καὶ σώφρονός ἐστιν οἰκεία στολὴ ἡ ἀπερίεργος καὶ εὐσχήμων καὶ καθάριος. παρʼ ὃ καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ περὶ τῆς λέπρας διὰ Μωυσέως τεθεὶς νόμος τὸ ποικίλον καὶ πολύστικτον ὡς οὐχ ὅσιον ἀπωθεῖται ταῖς ποικίλαις τοῦ ὄφεως φολίσιν ἐοικός. τὸν γοῦν μηκέτι διηνθισμένον ποικιλίᾳ χρωμάτων, ὅλον δὲ λευκωθέντα διʼ ὅλων ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἄκρας ἄχρι ποδῶν ἐσχάτων καθαρὸν εἶναι ἐθέλει, ἵνα κατὰ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος μετάβασιν τὸ ποικίλον καὶ πανοῦργον τῆς διανοίας μεθέμενοι πάθος τὸ ἀποίκιλτον καὶ ἀνενδοίαστον τῆς ἀληθείας ἁπλοῦν ἀγαπήσωμεν χρῶμα. ὁ δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἄρα ζηλωτὴν Μωυσέως, ὁ πάντα ἄριστος Πλάτων, ὑφὴν ἐκείνην ἀποδέχεται, ᾗ μὴ πλέον ἔργον πρόσεστι γυναικὸς σώφρονος· »χρώματα δὲ λευκὰ πρέποντα ἂν εἴη σεμνότητι καὶ ἄλλοθι« λέγει »καὶ ἐν ὑφῇ· βάμματα δὲ μὴ προσφέρειν ἀλλʼ ἢ πρὸς τὰ πολέμου κοσμήματα.«
hōs gar stratiōtou kai nautou kai archontos, houtōs de kai sōphronos estin oikeia stolē hē aperiergos kai euschēmōn kai katharios. parʼ ho kai ho en tǭ nomǭ peri tēs lepras dia Mōyseōs tetheis nomos to poikilon kai polystikton hōs ouch hosion apōtheitai tais poikilais tou opheōs pholisin eoikos. ton goun mēketi diēnthismenon poikilią chrōmatōn, holon de leukōthenta diʼ holōn apo kephalēs akras achri podōn eschatōn katharon einai ethelei, hina kata tēn apo tou sōmatos metabasin to poikilon kai panourgon tēs dianoias methemenoi pathos to apoikilton kai anendoiaston tēs alētheias haploun agapēsōmen chrōma. ho de kai en toutǭ ara zēlōtēn Mōyseōs, ho panta aristos Platōn, hyphēn ekeinēn apodechetai, hę̄ mē pleon ergon prosesti gynaikos sōphronos; »chrōmata de leuka preponta an eiē semnotēti kai allothi« legei »kai en hyphę̄; bammata de mē prospherein allʼ ē pros ta polemou kosmēmata.«
As the soldier, the sailor, and the ruler each have their proper dress, so the self-controlled person has his: unelaborate, seemly, and clean. So the law about leprosy laid down through Moses rejects the many-colored and spotted as unholy, like the variegated scales of the serpent. It wishes the one no longer blooming with a variety of colors, but made white all over from head to foot, to be clean; so that, by transferring the lesson from the body, we may put off the varied and knavish passion of the mind and love the unvaried and unambiguous simple color of truth. And in this too the best Plato, the emulator of Moses, accepts that weaving which does not involve more than the work of a self-controlled woman: “White colors,” he says, “would befit dignity, both elsewhere and in weaving; and dyes should not be used except for the ornaments of war.”
3.11.55Stählin 1:268
εἰρηνικοῖς ἄρα ἀνθρώποις καὶ φωτεινοῖς κατάλληλον τὸ λευκόν. ὡς οὖν τὰ σημεῖα τὰ ἐγγυτάτω ὄντα τῶν αἰτίων παρόντα σημαίνει, μᾶλλον δὲ δείκνυσι τὴν τοῦ ἀποτελέσαντος ὕπαρξιν, οἷον καπνὸς μὲν πῦρ, εὔχροια δὲ καὶ εὐσφυξία ὑγίειαν, οὕτως καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἡ τοιάδε στολὴ τοῦ ἤθους τὴν κατάστασιν ἐνδείκνυται. καθάριος δὲ καὶ ἀφελὴς ἡ σωφροσύνη, ἐπεὶ ἡ μὲν καθαριότης ἕξις ἐστὶν παρασκευαστικὴ διαίτης καθαρᾶς καὶ ἀμιγοῦς αἰσχροῖς, ἡ δὲ ἀφέλεια ἕξις ἀφαιρετικὴ τῶν περιττῶν. ἡ δὲ στερεὰ ἐσθὴς καὶ μάλιστα ἡ ἄγναφος ἀποστέγει τὸ θερμὸν τὸ ἐν τῷ σώματι, οὐχ ὅτι ἐν αὑτῇ ἔχει τὴν θερμότητα ἡ ἐσθής, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τὴν ἐν τῷ σώματι ἐξιοῦσαν ἀναστρέφει καὶ πάροδον αὐτῇ οὐ παρέχει, εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐμπέσοι τις, συλλαβοῦσα αὐτὴν ἐν αὑτῇ ἔχει καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς θερμανθεῖσα ἀντιθερμαίνει τὸ σῶμα, διʼ ὃ καὶ χειμῶνος μάλιστα ταύτῃ χρηστέον· εὔκολος δὲ αὕτη· εὐκολία δέ ἐστιν ἕξις ἀπέριττος προσδεκτικὴ τῶν πρὸς τὸ ἀνελλιπὲς ἐξαρκούντων εἰς τὸν κατὰ λόγον, τὸν ὑγιῆ καὶ μακάριον, βίον.
eirēnikois ara anthrōpois kai phōteinois katallēlon to leukon. hōs oun ta sēmeia ta engytatō onta tōn aitiōn paronta sēmainei, mallon de deiknysi tēn tou apotelesantos hyparxin, hoion kapnos men pyr, euchroia de kai eusphyxia hygieian, houtōs kai parʼ hēmin hē toiade stolē tou ēthous tēn katastasin endeiknytai. katharios de kai aphelēs hē sōphrosynē, epei hē men kathariotēs hexis estin paraskeuastikē diaitēs katharas kai amigous aischrois, hē de apheleia hexis aphairetikē tōn perittōn. hē de sterea esthēs kai malista hē agnaphos apostegei to thermon to en tǭ sōmati, ouch hoti en hautę̄ echei tēn thermotēta hē esthēs, allʼ hoti tēn en tǭ sōmati exiousan anastrephei kai parodon autę̄ ou parechei, ei de kai empesoi tis, syllabousa autēn en hautę̄ echei kai hypʼ autēs thermantheisa antithermainei to sōma, diʼ ho kai cheimōnos malista tautę̄ chrēsteon; eukolos de hautē; eukolia de estin hexis aperittos prosdektikē tōn pros to anellipes exarkountōn eis ton kata logon, ton hygiē kai makarion, bion.
White, then, befits peaceful and enlightened people. As signs closest to their causes signify their presence, or rather show the existence of what produced them, as smoke shows fire, and good color and a good pulse show health, so among us such dress shows the state of the character. Self-control is clean and simple, since cleanliness is a disposition that prepares a pure way of life unmixed with shameful things, and simplicity is a disposition that removes superfluities. Solid clothing, and especially undressed wool, keeps in the heat of the body, not because the clothing has heat in itself, but because it turns back the heat going out from the body and gives it no passage; and if any heat falls on it, it takes it in, keeps it, and, warmed by it, warms the body in return; so it should be used especially in winter. It is also a sign of contentment; and contentment is a disposition without superfluity, receptive of what is sufficient for a life lacking nothing according to reason, a healthy and blessed life.
3.11.56Stählin 1:268
κεχρήσθω δὲ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῇ λιτῇ στολῇ καὶ τῇ σεμνῇ, μαλακωτέρᾳ δὲ μᾶλλον ἢ προσῆκεν ἀνδρί, πλὴν οὐ τέλεον ἀπηρυθριακυίᾳ, οὐ διαρρεούσῃ τῇ μαλακότητι. ἔστων δὲ αἱ ἐσθῆτες ἁρμόζουσαι ἡλικίᾳ, προσώπῳ, τόποις, φύσει, ἐπιτηδεύμασιν. »ἐνδύσασθαι« γὰρ παγκάλως ἡμῖν ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος συμβουλεύει »τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθαι εἰς ἐπιθυμίας«. κωλύει δὲ βιαζομένους τὴν φύσιν ὁ λόγος τοὺς λοβοὺς τῶν ὠτίων τιτρᾶναι. διὰ τί γὰρ οὐχὶ καὶ τὴν ῥῖνα; ἵνα δὴ κἀκεῖνο πληρωθῇ τὸ εἰρημένον· »ὥσπερ ἐνώτιον ἐν ῥινὶ ὑός, οὕτως γυναικὶ κακόφρονι κάλλος.« καθόλου γὰρ εἴ τις ἡγεῖται κοσμεῖσθαι χρυσίῳ, ἐλάττων ἐστὶν χρυσίου, ὁ δὲ ἐλάττων χρυσίου οὐκ ἔστι κύριος αὐτοῦ. ἀκοσμότερον δὲ ὁμολογεῖν ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἥττονα τοῦ Λυδίου ψήγματος πῶς οὐκ ἀτοπώτατον;
kechrēsthō de kai hē gynē tę̄ litę̄ stolę̄ kai tę̄ semnę̄, malakōterą de mallon ē prosēken andri, plēn ou teleon apērythriakuią, ou diarreousę̄ tę̄ malakotēti. estōn de hai esthētes harmozousai hēlikią, prosōpǭ, topois, physei, epitēdeumasin. »endysasthai« gar pankalōs hēmin ho theios apostolos symbouleuei »ton Christon Iēsoun, kai tēs sarkos pronoian mē poieisthai eis epithymias«. kōlyei de biazomenous tēn physin ho logos tous lobous tōn ōtiōn titranai. dia ti gar ouchi kai tēn rhina? hina dē kakeino plērōthę̄ to eirēmenon; »hōsper enōtion en rhini hyos, houtōs gynaiki kakophroni kallos.« katholou gar ei tis hēgeitai kosmeisthai chrysiǭ, elattōn estin chrysiou, ho de elattōn chrysiou ouk esti kyrios autou. akosmoteron de homologein heauton kai hēttona tou Lydiou psēgmatos pōs ouk atopōtaton?
Let the woman too wear plain and dignified clothing, softer than is fitting for a man, but not completely shameless nor dissolving in softness. Let clothes suit age, person, place, nature, and occupation. For the divine apostle very beautifully advises us to “put on Christ Jesus, and make no provision for the flesh, for its desires.” The Word forbids us to do violence to nature by piercing the lobes of the ears. For why not the nose too? So that that saying might be fulfilled: “As an earring in a pig's snout, so is beauty to an evil-minded woman.” In general, if anyone thinks he is adorned by gold, he is less than gold; and one who is less than gold is not its master. How is it not most absurd to confess oneself less adorned and inferior to the Lydian gold dust?
3.11.57Stählin 1:268–269
καθάπερ οὖν καὶ τὸ χρυσίον μιαίνεται τῆς συὸς τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ τῷ ῥύγχει τὸν φορυτὸν ἐκταρασσούσης, οὕτως ἀσελγαίνειν αἱ τρυφητικώτεραι ὑπὸ τῆς περιουσίας ἐπαιρόμεναι τὸ κάλλος τὸ ἀληθινὸν καθυβρίζουσιν ἀφροδισίων μολυσμοῖς. δίδωσιν οὖν αὐταῖς δακτύλιον ἐκ χρυσίου, οὐδὲ τοῦτον εἰς κόσμον, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὸ ἀποσημαίνεσθαι τὰ οἴκοι φυλακῆς ἄξια διὰ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς οἰκουρίας. εἰ γὰρ οἱ πάντες ἦσαν παιδαγωγούμενοι, οὐδὲν τῶν σφραγίδων ἔδει ἐπʼ ἴσης ὄντων δικαίων καὶ οἰκετῶν καὶ δεσποτῶν· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡ ἀπαιδευσία πολλὴν ἐνδίδωσι ῥοπὴν εἰς ἀδικίαν, σφραγίδων ἐδεήθημεν. ἀλλʼ ἔστιν οὗ καθυφεῖναι τοῦ τόνου καιρός. καὶ γὰρ ἔσθʼ ὅτε συγγνωστέον ταῖς οὐκ εὐτυχούσαις περὶ γάμον σώφρονα καὶ τἀνδρὸς διὰ τὴν ἀρέσκειαν κοσμουμέναις. ὅρος δὲ αὐταῖς ἐπικείσθω ἡ πρὸς μόνους τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἄνδρας φιλοτιμία. ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἐβουλόμην τὴν σωματικὴν εὐπρέπειαν ἀσκεῖν αὐτάς, ἐπάγεσθαι δὲ τοὺς γήμαντας φιλανδρίᾳ σώφρονι, βιαστικῷ καὶ δικαίῳ φαρμάκῳ· πλὴν ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ δυστυχεῖν βούλονται τὴν ψυχήν, προκείσθω αὐταῖς, εἴ γε σωφρονεῖν ἐθέλοιεν, τὰς ἀλόγους ὁρμὰς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας τῶν ἀνδρῶν καταπραΰνειν ἠρέμα· ἡσυχῇ δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν λιτότητα ὑπακτέον τῷ πρὸς ὀλίγον πρὸς τὸ σωφρονέστερον ἐθισμῷ.
kathaper oun kai to chrysion miainetai tēs syos tę̄ akatharsią tǭ rhynchei ton phoryton ektarassousēs, houtōs aselgainein hai tryphētikōterai hypo tēs periousias epairomenai to kallos to alēthinon kathybrizousin aphrodisiōn molysmois. didōsin oun autais daktylion ek chrysiou, oude touton eis kosmon, allʼ eis to aposēmainesthai ta oikoi phylakēs axia dia tēn epimeleian tēs oikourias. ei gar hoi pantes ēsan paidagōgoumenoi, ouden tōn sphragidōn edei epʼ isēs ontōn dikaiōn kai oiketōn kai despotōn; epei de hē apaideusia pollēn endidōsi rhopēn eis adikian, sphragidōn edeēthēmen. allʼ estin hou kathypheinai tou tonou kairos. kai gar esthʼ hote syngnōsteon tais ouk eutychousais peri gamon sōphrona kai tandros dia tēn areskeian kosmoumenais. horos de autais epikeisthō hē pros monous tous heautōn andras philotimia. egō men ouk eboulomēn tēn sōmatikēn euprepeian askein autas, epagesthai de tous gēmantas philandrią sōphroni, biastikǭ kai dikaiǭ pharmakǭ; plēn allʼ epei dystychein boulontai tēn psychēn, prokeisthō autais, ei ge sōphronein etheloien, tas alogous hormas kai epithymias tōn andrōn katapraÿnein ērema; hēsychę̄ de autous epi tēn litotēta hypakteon tǭ pros oligon pros to sōphronesteron ethismǭ.
As gold is defiled by the uncleanness of a pig stirring up the filth with its snout, so the more luxurious women, exalted by abundance into licentiousness, outrage true beauty with the pollutions of sexual pleasure. He gives them, then, a gold ring, and not even this for adornment, but for sealing what is worth guarding at home, in their care of the household. If all were instructed, there would be no need of seals, since servants and masters would be equally just; but since lack of instruction gives much weight toward injustice, we have needed seals. But there are times to relax our strictness. Sometimes we must be indulgent to women who are not fortunate in having a self-controlled husband, and adorn themselves to please him. But let their limit be ambition to please their own husbands only. I would not wish them to practice bodily beauty, but to win their husbands by self-controlled love, a powerful and just medicine. Yet since they wish to be unfortunate in soul, let this be set before them, if they wish to be self-controlled: to calm gently the irrational impulses and desires of their husbands, and quietly lead them toward simplicity by accustoming them little by little to greater self-control.
3.11.58Stählin 1:269–270
τὸ γὰρ σεμνὸν κατάστημα οὐ προσθήκῃ τοῦ φορτικοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀφαιρέσει τοῦ περιττοῦ περιγίγνεται. καθάπερ οὖν ὠκύπτερα περικοπτέον τῶν γυναικῶν τὰ χρήματα τὰ τρυφητικά, χαυνότητας ἀβεβαίους καὶ κενὰς ἐμποιοῦντα ἡδονάς, ὑφʼ ὧν ἐπαιρόμεναι καὶ πτερούμεναι πολλάκις ἀποπέτονται τῶν γάμων. διὸ καὶ συστέλλειν χρὴ τὰς γυναῖκας κοσμίως καὶ περισφίγγειν αἰδοῖ σώφρονι, μὴ παραρρυῶσι τῆς ἀληθείας διὰ χαυνότητα. καλὸν μὲν οὖν ταῖς γαμεταῖς πεπιστευκότας ταῖς σφῶν τοὺς ἄνδρας τὴν οἰκουρίαν αὐταῖς ἐπιτρέπειν βοηθοῖς εἰς τοῦτο δεδομέναις. εἰ δὲ ἄρα δέοι καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐμπολιτευομένους καὶ ἄλλας τινὰς τῶν κατʼ ἀγρὸν διοικουμένους πράξεις, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ ἄνευ γυναικῶν γενομένους ὑπὲρ ἀσφαλείας ἀποσφραγίζεσθαί τινα, δίδωσιν καὶ ἡμῖν εἰς τοῦτο μόνον σημαντῆρα, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἀπορριπτέον δακτυλίους, ἐπεὶ »κόσμος« κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν »χρυσοῦς φρονίμῳ παιδεία«. αἱ δὲ χρυσοφοροῦσαι τῶν γυναικῶν δεδιέναι μοι δοκοῦσιν, μή, ἢν ἀφέληταί τις αὐτῶν τὰ χρυσία, δοῦλαι νομισθῶσιν οὐ κοσμούμεναι. τὸ δὲ εὐγενὲς τῆς ἀληθείας, ἐν τῷ φύσει καλῷ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἐξεταζόμενον, οὐ πράσει καὶ ὠνῇ τὸν δοῦλον, ἀλλὰ τῇ γνώμῃ τῇ ἀνελευθέρῳ διακέκρικεν, ἡμῖν δὲ οὐ φαίνεσθαι ἐλευθέροις, ἀλλὰ εἶναι ἁρμόζει, τοῖς θεῷ μὲν παιδαγωγουμένοις,
to gar semnon katastēma ou prosthēkę̄ tou phortikou, alla aphairesei tou perittou perigignetai. kathaper oun ōkyptera perikopteon tōn gynaikōn ta chrēmata ta tryphētika, chaunotētas abebaious kai kenas empoiounta hēdonas, hyphʼ hōn epairomenai kai pteroumenai pollakis apopetontai tōn gamōn. dio kai systellein chrē tas gynaikas kosmiōs kai perisphingein aidoi sōphroni, mē pararryōsi tēs alētheias dia chaunotēta. kalon men oun tais gametais pepisteukotas tais sphōn tous andras tēn oikourian autais epitrepein boēthois eis touto dedomenais. ei de ara deoi kai hēmas empoliteuomenous kai allas tinas tōn katʼ agron dioikoumenous praxeis, pollakis de kai aneu gynaikōn genomenous hyper asphaleias aposphragizesthai tina, didōsin kai hēmin eis touto monon sēmantēra, tous de allous aporripteon daktylious, epei »kosmos« kata tēn graphēn »chrysous phronimǭ paideia«. hai de chrysophorousai tōn gynaikōn dedienai moi dokousin, mē, ēn aphelētai tis autōn ta chrysia, doulai nomisthōsin ou kosmoumenai. to de eugenes tēs alētheias, en tǭ physei kalǭ kata psychēn exetazomenon, ou prasei kai ōnę̄ ton doulon, alla tę̄ gnōmę̄ tę̄ aneleutherǭ diakekriken, hēmin de ou phainesthai eleutherois, alla einai harmozei, tois theǭ men paidagōgoumenois,
For a dignified bearing comes not from adding what is vulgar but from taking away what is superfluous. Like wing feathers, the women's luxurious possessions must be clipped, since they produce unstable conceit and empty pleasures, by which, lifted up and given wings, they often fly away from their marriages. So women must be restrained decorously and girded with self-controlled modesty, lest they slip away from the truth through conceit. It is good for husbands who trust their wives to entrust the housekeeping to them, as helpers given for this. And if we too, taking part in public life and managing other affairs in the country, often apart from our wives, need to seal something for safety, he gives us too a signet for this purpose only; other rings must be thrown away, since, according to Scripture, “instruction is a golden ornament to the wise.” Women who wear gold seem to me to be afraid that, if one takes away their gold, they will be thought slaves because they are not adorned. But the nobility of truth, examined in what is naturally beautiful in the soul, distinguishes the slave not by sale and purchase but by an unfree mind; and it befits us not to seem free but to be free, instructed by God,
3.11.59Stählin 1:270
θεῷ δὲ εἰσπεποιημένοις. διὸ καὶ στάσιν καὶ κίνησιν καὶ βάδισμα καὶ ἐσθῆτα καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς τὸν πάντα βίον ὅτι μάλιστα ἐλευθεριώτατον ἐπαναιρετέον. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν δακτύλιον οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄρθρῳ φορητέον τοῖς ἀνδράσι (γυναικεῖον γὰρ τοῦτο), εἰς δὲ τὸν μικρὸν δάκτυλον, καὶ τούτου εἰς τοὔσχατον καθιέναι· ἔσται γὰρ οὕτως εὐεργὴς ἡ χείρ, ἐν οἷς αὐτῆς δεόμεθα· καὶ οὐ ῥᾷστα ὁ σημαντὴρ ἀποπεσεῖται τῇ μείζονι τοῦ ἄρθρου συνδέσει φυλαττόμενος. αἱ δὲ σφραγῖδες ἡμῖν ἔστων πελειὰς ἢ ἰχθὺς ἢ ναῦς οὐριοδρομοῦσα ἢ λύρα μουσική, ᾗ κέχρηται Πολυκράτης, ἢ ἄγκυρα ναυτική, ἣν Σέλευκος ἐνεχαράττετο τῇ γλυφῇ, κἂν ἁλιεύων τις ᾖ, ἀποστόλου μεμνήσεται καὶ τῶν ἐξ ὕδατος ἀνασπωμένων παιδίων· οὐ γὰρ εἰδώλων πρόσωπα ἐναποτυπωτέον, οἷς καὶ τὸ προσέχειν ἀπείρηται, οὐδὲ μὴν ξίφος ἢ τόξον τοῖς εἰρήνην
theǭ de eispepoiēmenois. dio kai stasin kai kinēsin kai badisma kai esthēta kai hapaxaplōs ton panta bion hoti malista eleutheriōtaton epanaireteon. alla kai ton daktylion ouk epʼ arthrǭ phorēteon tois andrasi (gynaikeion gar touto), eis de ton mikron daktylon, kai toutou eis touschaton kathienai; estai gar houtōs euergēs hē cheir, en hois autēs deometha; kai ou rhąsta ho sēmantēr apopeseitai tę̄ meizoni tou arthrou syndesei phylattomenos. hai de sphragides hēmin estōn peleias ē ichthys ē naus ouriodromousa ē lyra mousikē, hę̄ kechrētai Polykratēs, ē ankyra nautikē, hēn Seleukos enecharatteto tę̄ glyphę̄, kan halieuōn tis ę̄, apostolou memnēsetai kai tōn ex hydatos anaspōmenōn paidiōn; ou gar eidōlōn prosōpa enapotypōteon, hois kai to prosechein apeirētai, oude mēn xiphos ē toxon tois eirēnēn
and adopted by God. So our standing, movement, walk, clothing, and in a word our whole life must be as free as possible. Men should not wear a ring on the joint of the finger (that is womanish), but on the little finger, and pushed to its base; for so the hand will be free for the work we need it for, and the signet will not easily fall off, being held by the larger joint. Let our seals be a dove, a fish, a ship running before the wind, a musical lyre, which Polycrates used, or a ship's anchor, which Seleucus had engraved; and if one is a fisherman, he will remember the apostle and the children drawn up out of the water. For the faces of idols must not be engraved, to which we are forbidden even to pay attention; nor a sword or a bow for us who pursue peace,
3.11.60Stählin 1:270
διώκουσιν ἢ κύπελλα τοῖς σωφρονοῦσιν. πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν ἀκολάστων ἐγγεγλυμμένους ἔχουσι τοὺς ἐρωμένους ἢ τὰς ἑταίρας, ὡς μηδὲ ἐθελήσασιν αὐτοῖς λήθην ποτὲ ἐγγενέσθαι δυνηθῆναι τῶν ἐρωτικῶν παθημάτων διὰ τὴν ἐνδελεχῆ τῆς ἀκολασίας ὑπόμνησιν. Τριχῶν δὲ πέρι ταύτῃ δοκεῖ· ψιλὴ μὲν ἡ τῶν ἀνδρῶν κεφαλή, πλὴν εἰ μὴ οὔλας ἔχοι τὰς τρίχας, λάσιον δὲ τὸ γένειον, αἱ δὲ συνεστραμμέναι τῶν τριχῶν ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς μὴ καθικέσθωσαν ἄγαν εἰς πλοκάμους κατολισθαίνουσαι γυναικείους· ἀπόχρη γὰρ τὸ »ἠυγένειον« τοῖς ἀνδράσιν. εἰ δέ τις καὶ κείραιτό τι τοῦ γενείου, οὐ μέντοι παντελῶς ψιλωτέον αὐτό· αἰσχρὸν γὰρ τὸ θέαμα καὶ κατέγνωσται ἡ τοῦ γενείου ἐν χρῷ κουρὰ παρατίλσει καὶ λειότητι γειτνιῶσα. αὐτίκα γοῦν ὁ ψαλμῳδὸς τοῦ γενείου τερπόμενος τῇ κόμῃ »ὡς τὸ μύρον« φησὶ »τὸ καταβαῖνον ἐπὶ πώγωνα, τὸν πώγωνα τὸν Ἀαρών«· τῇ παλινῳδίᾳ τοῦ πώγωνος τὸ εὐπρεπὲς ὑμνήσας, τὸ πρόσωπον τῷ μύρῳ κατεγάνωσε κυρίου.
diōkousin ē kypella tois sōphronousin. polloi de tōn akolastōn engeglymmenous echousi tous erōmenous ē tas hetairas, hōs mēde ethelēsasin autois lēthēn pote engenesthai dynēthēnai tōn erōtikōn pathēmatōn dia tēn endelechē tēs akolasias hypomnēsin. Trichōn de peri tautę̄ dokei; psilē men hē tōn andrōn kephalē, plēn ei mē oulas echoi tas trichas, lasion de to geneion, hai de synestrammenai tōn trichōn apo tēs kephalēs mē kathikesthōsan agan eis plokamous katolisthainousai gynaikeious; apochrē gar to »ēugeneion« tois andrasin. ei de tis kai keiraito ti tou geneiou, ou mentoi pantelōs psilōteon auto; aischron gar to theama kai kategnōstai hē tou geneiou en chrǭ koura paratilsei kai leiotēti geitniōsa. autika goun ho psalmǭdos tou geneiou terpomenos tę̄ komę̄ »hōs to myron« phēsi »to katabainon epi pōgōna, ton pōgōna ton Aarōn«; tę̄ palinǭdią tou pōgōnos to euprepes hymnēsas, to prosōpon tǭ myrǭ kateganōse kyriou.
nor drinking cups for the self-controlled. Many of the licentious have their beloved boys or courtesans engraved on their rings, so that even if they wished they could never forget their erotic passions, through the constant reminder of licentiousness. About hair this is our view: the men's head should be close-cropped, unless their hair is curly, and the chin bearded; and let the hair gathered from the head not hang down too far, slipping into women's locks; “well-bearded” is enough for men. If one cuts part of the beard, it should not be made entirely bare; the sight is shameful, and shaving the beard to the skin is condemned as close to plucking and smoothing. The psalmist, delighting in the beard's hair, says, “like the ointment running down on the beard, the beard of Aaron”; praising the seemliness of the beard in the refrain, he made the face of the Lord shine with ointment.
3.11.61Stählin 1:270–271
ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐχ ὡραϊσμοῦ χάριν ἡ κουρὰ παραληπτέα, διὰ περίστασιν δέ, τὰς μὲν τῆς κεφαλῆς τρίχας ὡς μὴ αὐξόμεναι ταῖς ὄψεσιν ἐμποδίζοιεν καταβαίνουσαι, καὶ ἴσως τὰς ἐπὶ τῷ μύστακι μολυνομένας κατὰ τὴν τροφὴν περικαρτέον, οὐ ξυρῷ (ἀγεννὲς γάρ), ἀλλὰ ταῖς δυοῖν μαχαίραις ταῖς κουρικαῖς, τὰς δὲ τοῦ γενείου μηδέν τι παραλυπούσας οὐκ ἐνοχλητέον, σεμνότητα μὲν τοῦ προσώπου καὶ κατάπληξιν γεννητικὴν * * ἐμποιούσας· πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ τὸ σχῆμα παραπαιδαγωγεῖ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν διὰ τὸ εὐεξέλεγκτον, τοῖς δὲ ἀναφανδὸν ἁμαρτάνειν ἐθέλουσιν τὸ λανθάνον τοῦ σχήματος καὶ μὴ παράσημον ἐπιτερπέστατον, ὑφʼ ᾧ δεδυκότες οἷς ἔξεστι διʼ ἄγνοιαν πλημμελεῖν
epei de ouch hōraïsmou charin hē koura paralēptea, dia peristasin de, tas men tēs kephalēs trichas hōs mē auxomenai tais opsesin empodizoien katabainousai, kai isōs tas epi tǭ mystaki molynomenas kata tēn trophēn perikarteon, ou xyrǭ (agennes gar), alla tais dyoin machairais tais kourikais, tas de tou geneiou mēden ti paralypousas ouk enochlēteon, semnotēta men tou prosōpou kai kataplēxin gennētikēn * * empoiousas; pollous de kai to schēma parapaidagōgei mē hamartanein dia to euexelenkton, tois de anaphandon hamartanein ethelousin to lanthanon tou schēmatos kai mē parasēmon epiterpestaton, hyphʼ hǭ dedykotes hois exesti diʼ agnoian plēmmelein
Since cutting the hair is to be done not for beauty but out of necessity, the hair of the head should be cut so that, as it grows, it does not come down and get in the eyes; and perhaps the hair on the upper lip, which is soiled in eating, should be trimmed, not with a razor (that is ignoble) but with a pair of scissors; but the hair of the beard, which causes no trouble, should not be disturbed, since it gives the face dignity and inspires … respect. The appearance itself teaches many not to sin, because it makes them easily recognized; while for those who wish to sin boldly, an appearance that escapes notice and is not distinctive is most pleasing: slipping behind it, they can offend unrecognized,
3.11.62Stählin 1:271
τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐξομοιούμενοι τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἀδεῶς κεκάρπωνται. οὐ μόνον οὖν αὐστηρὸν δεικνύει τὸν ἄνδρα τῆς κεφαλῆς τὸ ψιλόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ δυσπαθὲς κατασκευάζει τὸ κρανίον, προσομιλεῖν ἐθίζον καὶ κρύει καὶ καύματι, καὶ τὰς ἀπὸ τούτων διωθεῖται βλάβας, ἃς ἡ κόμη σπόγγου τρόπον εἰς ἑαυτὴν ἀναλαμβάνουσα, ἐγκατασκήπτει τῷ ἐγκεφάλῳ παράμονον ἐκ τῆς νοτίδος τὴν βλάβην. Ταῖς γυναιξὶ δὲ ἀπόχρη μαλάσσειν τὰς τρίχας καὶ ἀναδεῖσθαι τὴν κόμην εὐτελῶς περόνῃ τινὶ λιτῇ παρὰ τὸν αὐχένα, ἀφελεῖ θεραπείᾳ συναυξούσαις εἰς κάλλος γνήσιον τὰς σώφρονας κόμας. καὶ γὰρ αἱ περιπλοκαὶ τῶν τριχῶν αἱ ἑταιρικαὶ καὶ αἱ τῶν σειρῶν ἀναδέσεις πρὸς τῷ εἰδεχθεῖς αὐτὰς δεικνύναι κόπτουσι τὰς τρίχας, ἀποτίλλουσαι ταῖς πανούργοις ἐμπλοκαῖς, διʼ ἃς οὐδὲ θιγγάνουσι τῆς κεφαλῆς τῆς σφῶν αὐτῶν συγχεῖν τὰς τρίχας φοβούμεναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ ὕπνος αὐταῖς μετὰ δέους παραγίνεται, μὴ κατασκύλωσιν λαθοῦσαι τὸ σχῆμα
tois pollois exomoioumenoi to hamartanein adeōs kekarpōntai. ou monon oun austēron deiknyei ton andra tēs kephalēs to psilon, alla kai dyspathes kataskeuazei to kranion, prosomilein ethizon kai kryei kai kaumati, kai tas apo toutōn diōtheitai blabas, has hē komē spongou tropon eis heautēn analambanousa, enkataskēptei tǭ enkephalǭ paramonon ek tēs notidos tēn blabēn. Tais gynaixi de apochrē malassein tas trichas kai anadeisthai tēn komēn eutelōs peronę̄ tini litę̄ para ton auchena, aphelei therapeią synauxousais eis kallos gnēsion tas sōphronas komas. kai gar hai periplokai tōn trichōn hai hetairikai kai hai tōn seirōn anadeseis pros tǭ eidechtheis autas deiknynai koptousi tas trichas, apotillousai tais panourgois emplokais, diʼ has oude thinganousi tēs kephalēs tēs sphōn autōn synchein tas trichas phoboumenai, alla kai ho hypnos autais meta deous paraginetai, mē kataskylōsin lathousai to schēma
and, being like the many, have reaped fearless sinning. A close-cropped head not only shows a man to be austere, but also hardens the skull, accustoming it to cold and heat, and wards off the harm from these, which long hair, soaking it up like a sponge, brings down on the brain, a lasting harm from the moisture. For women it is enough to make their hair soft and to tie up their hair simply with a plain pin at the neck, their self-controlled locks growing with simple care into genuine beauty. For the courtesans' braiding of hair and binding of plaits, besides making them look ugly, cut the hair, pulling it out with their cunning plaits; because of which they do not even touch their own heads, afraid of disarranging their hair; and even sleep comes to them with fear, lest they unwittingly spoil the shape
3.11.63Stählin 1:271–272
τῆς ἐμπλοκῆς. ἀλλοτρίων δὲ αἱ προσθέσεις τριχῶν τέλεον ἔκβλητοι, ὀθνείας τε ἐπισκευάζεσθαι τῇ κεφαλῇ τὰς κόμας ἀθεώτατον νεκροῖς ἐνδιδυσκούσας πλοκάμοις τὸ κρανίον· τίνι γὰρ ὁ πρεσβύτερος ἐπιθήσει χεῖρα; τίνα δὲ εὐλογήσει; οὐ τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν κεκοσμημένην, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀλλοτρίας τρίχας καὶ διʼ αὐτῶν ἄλλην κεφαλήν. εἰ δὲ »κεφαλὴ γυναικὸς μὲν ἀνήρ, ἀνδρὸς δὲ ὁ Χριστός«, πῶς οὐκ ἄθεον διττοῖς αὐτὰς περιπίπτειν ἁμαρτήμασιν; τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἀπατῶσι, τοὺς ἄνδρας, διὰ τὴν ὑποβολὴν τῆς κόμης, καταισχύνουσι δὲ τὸν κύριον τὸ ὅσον ἐπʼ αὐταῖς ἑταιρικῶς κοσμούμεναι εἰς ἀπάτην ἀληθείας καὶ τὴν ὄντως οὖσαν καλὴν βλασφημοῦσαι κεφαλήν. οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ βαπτέον τὰς τρίχας οὐδὲ μὴν τὰς πολιὰς μεταχρωστέον· οὐδὲ γὰρ τὴν ἐσθῆτα ποικίλλειν συγκεχώρηται· καὶ μάλιστα τὸ γεραιὸν τῆς ἡλικίας καὶ ἀξιόπιστον οὐκ ἐπικαλυπτέον, ἀναδεικτέον δὲ ὑπʼ αὐγὰς τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ τίμημα εἰς σέβασμα τῶν νέων· καὶ γὰρ ἀναισχυντοῦσιν ἔσθʼ ὅτε πολιᾶς ἐπιφάνεια παιδαγωγοῦ δίκην ἐπιστᾶσα ἐπὶ σωφροσύνην μεθηρμόσατο αὐτοὺς καὶ κατεπλήξατο τῇ στιλπνότητι τῆς ὄψεως τὸ νεάζον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας.
tēs emplokēs. allotriōn de hai prostheseis trichōn teleon ekblētoi, othneias te episkeuazesthai tę̄ kephalę̄ tas komas atheōtaton nekrois endidyskousas plokamois to kranion; tini gar ho presbyteros epithēsei cheira? tina de eulogēsei? ou tēn gynaika tēn kekosmēmenēn, alla tas allotrias trichas kai diʼ autōn allēn kephalēn. ei de »kephalē gynaikos men anēr, andros de ho Christos«, pōs ouk atheon dittois autas peripiptein hamartēmasin? tous men gar apatōsi, tous andras, dia tēn hypobolēn tēs komēs, kataischynousi de ton kyrion to hoson epʼ autais hetairikōs kosmoumenai eis apatēn alētheias kai tēn ontōs ousan kalēn blasphēmousai kephalēn. oukoun oude bapteon tas trichas oude mēn tas polias metachrōsteon; oude gar tēn esthēta poikillein synkechōrētai; kai malista to geraion tēs hēlikias kai axiopiston ouk epikalypteon, anadeikteon de hypʼ augas tou theou to timēma eis sebasma tōn neōn; kai gar anaischyntousin esthʼ hote polias epiphaneia paidagōgou dikēn epistasa epi sōphrosynēn methērmosato autous kai kateplēxato tę̄ stilpnotēti tēs opseōs to neazon tēs epithymias.
of the braid. Adding other people's hair must be utterly rejected; putting on the head someone else's locks, clothing the skull in dead tresses, is most godless. For on whom will the presbyter lay his hand? Whom will he bless? Not the woman who is adorned, but the other person's hair, and through it another head. And if “the head of the woman is the man, and the head of the man is Christ,” how is it not godless for them to fall into a double sin? They deceive the men, their husbands, by substituting hair; and, as far as in them lies, they shame the Lord by adorning themselves like courtesans to deceive the truth, blaspheming the truly beautiful head. Nor, then, should hair be dyed, nor gray hair colored; for neither is it permitted to make clothing varicolored. Above all, the venerable and trustworthy mark of age should not be covered, but the honor from God displayed in the light for the reverence of the young; for sometimes the appearance of gray hair, standing over the shameless like an instructor, has turned them toward self-control and startled the youthfulness of their desire by the brightness of its look.
3.11.64Stählin 1:272
Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὰ πρόσωπα ἐντριπτέον αὐταῖς πανούργου σοφίας τερθρεύμασιν· ὑποδείξωμεν δὲ αὐταῖς κομμωτικὴν σώφρονα· κάλλος γὰρ ἄριστον πρῶτον μὲν τὸ ψυχικόν, ὡς πολλάκις ἐπεσημηνάμην, ὅταν ᾖ κεκοσμημένη ψυχὴ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι καὶ τοῖς ἐκ τούτου ἐμπνεομένη φαιδρύσμασιν, δικαιοσύνῃ, φρονήσει, ἀνδρείᾳ, σωφροσύνῃ φιλαγαθίᾳ τε καὶ αἰδοῖ, ἧς οὐδὲν εὐανθέστερον χρῶμα ἑώραται πώποτε. ἔπειτα καὶ τὸ σωματικὸν κάλλος ἠσκήσθω, »συμμετρία μελῶν καὶ μερῶν μετʼ εὐχροίας«. ἡ κομμωτικὴ τῆς ὑγείας ἐνταῦθα εὔθετος, καθʼ ἣν ἡ τοῦ εἰδώλου τοῦ ἐπιπλάστου εἰς τὸ ἀληθὲς μετάβασις κατὰ τὸ σχῆμα τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ δεδομένον περιγίνεται. δεινὴ δὲ καλλωπίσαι κατὰ φύσιν ἡ τῶν ποτῶν εὐκρασία καὶ ἡ τῶν σιτίων συμμετρία. οὐ γὰρ μόνον τὴν ὑγίειαν ἴσχει τὸ σῶμα ἐκ τούτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ κάλλος διαφαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ πυρώδους τὸ στιλπνὸν καὶ μαρμαρυγῶδες περιγίνεται, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ὑγροῦ τὸ λαμπρὸν καὶ κεχαρισμένον, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ξηροῦ τὸ ἀνδρῶδες καὶ πάγιον, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἀερώδους τὸ εὔπνουν καὶ ἰσοστάσιον, ἐξ ὧν ὁ εὔρυθμος καὶ καλὸς οὗτος ἀνδριὰς τοῦ λόγου κεκόσμηται. ἄνθος δὲ τῆς ὑγιείας ἐλευθέριον τὸ κάλλος· ἣ μὲν γὰρ ἔνδον τοῦ σώματος ἐργάζεται, τὸ δὲ εἰς τὸ ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος ἐξανθῆσαν φανερὰν ἐνδείκνυται τὴν εὔχροιαν.
Allʼ oude ta prosōpa entripteon autais panourgou sophias terthreumasin; hypodeixōmen de autais kommōtikēn sōphrona; kallos gar ariston prōton men to psychikon, hōs pollakis epesēmēnamēn, hotan ę̄ kekosmēmenē psychē hagiǭ pneumati kai tois ek toutou empneomenē phaidrysmasin, dikaiosynę̄, phronēsei, andreią, sōphrosynę̄ philagathią te kai aidoi, hēs ouden euanthesteron chrōma heōratai pōpote. epeita kai to sōmatikon kallos ēskēsthō, »symmetria melōn kai merōn metʼ euchroias«. hē kommōtikē tēs hygeias entautha euthetos, kathʼ hēn hē tou eidōlou tou epiplastou eis to alēthes metabasis kata to schēma to ek tou theou dedomenon periginetai. deinē de kallōpisai kata physin hē tōn potōn eukrasia kai hē tōn sitiōn symmetria. ou gar monon tēn hygieian ischei to sōma ek toutōn, alla kai to kallos diaphainesthai poiei. apo gar tou pyrōdous to stilpnon kai marmarygōdes periginetai, apo de tou hygrou to lampron kai kecharismenon, apo de tou xērou to andrōdes kai pagion, apo de tou aerōdous to eupnoun kai isostasion, ex hōn ho eurythmos kai kalos houtos andrias tou logou kekosmētai. anthos de tēs hygieias eleutherion to kallos; hē men gar endon tou sōmatos ergazetai, to de eis to ektos tou sōmatos exanthēsan phaneran endeiknytai tēn euchroian.
Nor should they rub their faces with the tricks of cunning art; let us show them a self-controlled cosmetic art. The best beauty is first that of the soul, as I have often indicated, when the soul is adorned with the Holy Spirit and breathes with the radiance that comes from him: justice, wisdom, courage, self-control, love of the good, and modesty, than which no more blooming color has ever been seen. Then let bodily beauty too be cultivated, “the symmetry of limbs and parts with good color.” The cosmetic art of health is fitting here, by which the passage from the made-up image to the true is achieved, in accordance with the form given by God. Temperate drinking and moderate eating are powerful for beautifying according to nature; for from these the body gains not only health but also makes beauty shine through. From the fiery element comes brilliance and sparkle; from the moist, radiance and grace; from the dry, manliness and firmness; from the airy, easy breathing and balance; with these this well-proportioned and beautiful statue of the Word is adorned. Beauty is the free-born flower of health; for health works within the body, and beauty, blooming outward on the body, shows a visible good color.
3.11.65Stählin 1:272
αἱ γοῦν κάλλισται καὶ ὑγιεινόταται ἀγωγαὶ διαπονοῦσαι τὰ σώματα τὸ κάλλος τὸ γνήσιον καὶ παράμονον ἐργάζονται, ἕλκοντος ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸ τοῦ θερμοῦ τήν τε ἰκμάδα πᾶσαν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ψυχρόν· ὁλκὸν δὲ εἰς ἑαυτὴν ἡ θερμότης ἐκριπιζομένη κινήσεσιν. ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἑλκύσῃ, ἀλεαινομένην ἠρέμα διʼ αὐτῶν ἀτμίζει τῶν σαρκῶν τὴν ἐκ τῆς τροφῆς περιουσίαν, ποσῇ μὲν τῇ ὑγρότητι, ὑπερβολῇ δὲ θερμότητος. διὸ καὶ ἡ προτέρα κενοῦται τροφή· ἀκινήτῳ δὲ τῷ σώματι τὸ βρωθὲν σιτίον οὐ προσφύεται, ἀλλὰ ἐκπίπτει, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ ψυχροῦ κλιβάνου ὁ ἄρτος ἢ ὅλος ἢ μόνον ὑπολειπόμενος τὸν πυθμένα.
hai goun kallistai kai hygieinotatai agōgai diaponousai ta sōmata to kallos to gnēsion kai paramonon ergazontai, helkontos ephʼ heauto tou thermou tēn te ikmada pasan kai to pneuma to psychron; holkon de eis heautēn hē thermotēs ekripizomenē kinēsesin. epeidan de helkysę̄, aleainomenēn ērema diʼ autōn atmizei tōn sarkōn tēn ek tēs trophēs periousian, posę̄ men tę̄ hygrotēti, hyperbolę̄ de thermotētos. dio kai hē protera kenoutai trophē; akinētǭ de tǭ sōmati to brōthen sition ou prosphyetai, alla ekpiptei, hōsper apo psychrou klibanou ho artos ē holos ē monon hypoleipomenos ton pythmena.
The finest and healthiest ways of life, exercising the body, produce genuine and lasting beauty, the heat drawing to itself all the moisture and cold breath; for heat, fanned by movement, draws things to itself. When it has drawn them, it gently evaporates through the flesh the surplus from food, warmed, with some moisture but an excess of heat. So the earlier food is used up; but in a motionless body the food eaten does not attach itself, but falls away, like bread from a cold oven, either whole or leaving only the bottom.
3.11.66Stählin 1:272–273
εἰκότως οὖν τοῖς περιττεύουσι κατὰ τὰς ἀποτρίψεις τὰ οὖρα καὶ τὰ σκύβαλα πλεονάζει, πλεονάζει δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα περιττώματα αὐτοῖς, πρὸς δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱδρῶτες, οὐκ ἀναδιδομένης τῷ σώματι τῆς τροφῆς, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὰ περιττὰ ἐκχεομένης. ἐντεῦθεν καὶ αἱ λαγνεῖαι ὁρμῶνται, περὶ τὰ παιδοποιίας μόρια ἐπιρρεούσης τῆς περιττείας. διὸ κινήσεσι συμμέτροις [διὸ] τηκτέον ταύτην τὴν περιττείαν καὶ εἰς πέψιν ἀναχυτέον, διʼ ἧς τὸ κάλλος ἐρυθραίνεται. Ἄτοπον δὲ τοὺς »κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ« γεγονότας ὥσπερ ἀτιμάζοντας τὸ ἀρχέτυπον ἔπηλυν ἐπάγεσθαι κομμωτικήν, τὴν ἀνθρώπειον κακοτεχνίαν πρὸ τῆς θείας αἱρουμένους δημιουργίας. προσιέναι δὲ αὐτὰς ὁ παιδαγωγὸς κελεύει »ἐν καταστολῇ κοσμίῳ, μετὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ σωφροσύνης κοσμεῖν ἑαυτάς«, »ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν, ὡς καὶ εἴ τινες ἀπειθοῖεν τῷ λόγῳ, διὰ τῆς τῶν γυναικῶν ἀναστροφῆς ἄνευ λόγου κερδηθήσονται, ἐποπτεύσαντες« φησὶ »τὴν ἐν λόγῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν· ὧν ἔστω οὐχ ὁ ἔξωθεν ἐμπλοκῆς καὶ περιθέσεως χρυσίων ἢ ἐνδύσεως ἱματίων κόσμος, ἀλλʼ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέος καὶ ἡσυχίου
eikotōs oun tois peritteuousi kata tas apotripseis ta oura kai ta skybala pleonazei, pleonazei de kai ta alla perittōmata autois, pros de kai hoi hidrōtes, ouk anadidomenēs tǭ sōmati tēs trophēs, alla eis ta peritta ekcheomenēs. enteuthen kai hai lagneiai hormōntai, peri ta paidopoiias moria epirreousēs tēs peritteias. dio kinēsesi symmetrois [dio] tēkteon tautēn tēn peritteian kai eis pepsin anachyteon, diʼ hēs to kallos erythrainetai. Atopon de tous »katʼ eikona kai kathʼ homoiōsin theou« gegonotas hōsper atimazontas to archetypon epēlyn epagesthai kommōtikēn, tēn anthrōpeion kakotechnian pro tēs theias hairoumenous dēmiourgias. prosienai de autas ho paidagōgos keleuei »en katastolę̄ kosmiǭ, meta aidous kai sōphrosynēs kosmein heautas«, »hypotassomenas tois idiois andrasin, hōs kai ei tines apeithoien tǭ logǭ, dia tēs tōn gynaikōn anastrophēs aneu logou kerdēthēsontai, epopteusantes« phēsi »tēn en logǭ hagnēn anastrophēn hymōn; hōn estō ouch ho exōthen emplokēs kai peritheseōs chrysiōn ē endyseōs himatiōn kosmos, allʼ ho kryptos tēs kardias anthrōpos en tǭ aphthartǭ tou praeos kai hēsychiou
Naturally, then, in those who have excess in their discharges, urine and stools abound, and other residues too, and also sweat, since the food is not distributed to the body but poured out into superfluities. From this lusts too are stirred, the superfluity flowing to the organs of generation. So by moderate movements this superfluity must be dissolved and diffused into digestion, by which beauty is reddened. It is absurd for those made “in the image and likeness of God,” as though dishonoring the archetype, to bring in foreign cosmetics, preferring human mischief to divine workmanship. The Instructor bids women come “in decent apparel, adorning themselves with modesty and self-control,” “being subject to their own husbands, so that even if some do not obey the word, they may be won without a word by the conduct of their wives, seeing,” he says, “your pure conduct in the word; let yours be not the outward adornment of braiding and wearing of gold or putting on of clothes, but the hidden man of the heart, in the incorruptible ornament of a gentle and quiet
3.11.67Stählin 1:273
πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ πολυτελές.« ἡ δὲ αὐτουργία ταῖς γυναιξὶν μάλιστα τὸ γνήσιον ἐπιφέρει κάλλος γυμνάζουσα τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν καὶ σφᾶς αὐτὰς διʼ αὑτῶν κοσμοῦσα, οὐ τὸν ὑπʼ ἄλλων πεπονημένον προσφέρουσα κόσμον, ἄκοσμον καὶ ἀνελεύθερον καὶ ἑταιρικόν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἑκάστης σώφρονος γυναικὸς διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῆς, ὁπότε χρῄζοι μάλιστα, ἀσκούμενον καὶ ἐξυφαινόμενον· οὐ γάρ ποτε καθήκει ἐξ ἀγορᾶς ὠνητοῖς, ἀλλὰ τοῖς οἰκουρικοῖς [τοῖς ἰδίοις] ἔργοις κοσμουμένας φαίνεσθαι τὰς κατὰ θεὸν πολιτευομένας. κάλλιστον γὰρ ἔργον γυνὴ οἰκουρὸς αὑτήν τε καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῖς ἰδίοις περιβάλλουσα κοσμήμασι, διʼ ὧν ἀγάλλονται πάντες, οἱ μὲν παῖδες ἐπὶ τῇ μητρί, ὁ δὲ ἀνὴρ ἐπὶ τῇ γυναικί, αὕτη δὲ ἐπὶ τούτοις, πάντες δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ. συλλήβδην γοῦν ταμιεῖον ἀρετῆς ἐστιν ἀνδρεία γυνή, ἥτις »σῖτα ὀκνηρὰ οὐκ ἔφαγεν, θεσμοὶ δὲ ἐλεημοσύνης ἐπὶ τῇ γλώσσῃ αὐτῆς«, ἥτις »τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς διήνοιξεν σοφῶς καὶ ἐννόμως, ἧς τὰ τέκνα ἐμακάρισαν ἀνιστάμενα«, ὡς διὰ Σολομῶντος λέγει ὁ ἅγιος λόγος, »ὁ δὲ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς ἐνεκωμίασεν. γυνὴ γὰρ εὐσεβὴς εὐλογεῖται, φόβον δὲ κυρίου αὐτὴ αἰνείτω.« καὶ πάλιν· »γυνὴ ἀνδρεία στέφανος τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς.«
pneumatos, ho estin enōpion tou theou polyteles.« hē de autourgia tais gynaixin malista to gnēsion epipherei kallos gymnazousa ta sōmata autōn kai sphas autas diʼ hautōn kosmousa, ou ton hypʼ allōn peponēmenon prospherousa kosmon, akosmon kai aneleutheron kai hetairikon, alla ton hekastēs sōphronos gynaikos dia tōn cheirōn autēs, hopote chrę̄zoi malista, askoumenon kai exyphainomenon; ou gar pote kathēkei ex agoras ōnētois, alla tois oikourikois [tois idiois] ergois kosmoumenas phainesthai tas kata theon politeuomenas. kalliston gar ergon gynē oikouros hautēn te kai ton andra tois idiois periballousa kosmēmasi, diʼ hōn agallontai pantes, hoi men paides epi tę̄ mētri, ho de anēr epi tę̄ gynaiki, hautē de epi toutois, pantes de epi tǭ theǭ. syllēbdēn goun tamieion aretēs estin andreia gynē, hētis »sita oknēra ouk ephagen, thesmoi de eleēmosynēs epi tę̄ glōssę̄ autēs«, hētis »to stoma autēs diēnoixen sophōs kai ennomōs, hēs ta tekna emakarisan anistamena«, hōs dia Solomōntos legei ho hagios logos, »ho de anēr autēs enekōmiasen. gynē gar eusebēs eulogeitai, phobon de kyriou autē aineitō.« kai palin; »gynē andreia stephanos tǭ andri autēs.«
spirit, which is very precious in the sight of God.” Working with their own hands most of all gives women genuine beauty, exercising their bodies and adorning themselves by their own efforts, not bringing in ornament worked by others, tasteless, unfree, and courtesan-like, but that of each self-controlled woman, practiced and woven by her own hands when she most needs it. For it is never fitting for women who live according to God to appear adorned with things bought in the market, but with their own household work. For the finest work is a housekeeping wife clothing herself and her husband with her own ornaments, in which all rejoice: the children in their mother, the husband in his wife, she in them, and all in God. In short, a valiant woman is a storehouse of virtue, who “did not eat the bread of idleness, and laws of mercy are on her tongue,” who “opened her mouth wisely and lawfully, whose children rose up and called her blessed,” as the holy Word says through Solomon, “and her husband praised her. For a godly woman is blessed; let her praise the fear of the Lord.” And again: “A valiant woman is a crown to her husband.”
3.11.68Stählin 1:273–274
Ἐπανορθωτέον δὲ ὅτι μάλιστα καὶ τὰ σχήματα καὶ τὰ βλέμματα καὶ τὰ βαδίσματα καὶ τὰς φωνάς. οὐ γὰρ ὥς τινες τὴν ὑπόκρισιν ζηλοῦσαι τῆς κωμῳδίας καὶ τὰς κατεαγυίας τῶν ὀρχηστῶν κινήσεις παραφυλάττουσαι παρὰ τὰς ὁμιλίας σκηνοβατοῦσιν, αὐτοῖς τοῖς κινήμασιν τοῖς ἁβροῖς καὶ τοῖς ὑγροῖς βαδίσμασιν καὶ φωναῖς ταῖς πεπλασμέναις κλαδαρὸν περιβλέπουσαι, δέλεαρ ἡδονῆς ἐξησκημέναι. »μέλι γὰρ ἀποστάζει ἀπὸ χειλέων γυναικὸς πόρνης, ἣ πρὸς χάριν λαλοῦσα λιπαίνει σὸν φάρυγγα, ὕστερον μέντοι πικρότερον χολῆς εὑρήσεις καὶ ἠκονημένον μᾶλλον ἢ μάχαιραν δίστομον· τῆς γὰρ ἀφροσύνης οἱ πόδες κατάγουσι τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτῇ μετὰ θανάτου εἰς Ἅιδην.« Σαμψὼν γοῦν τὸν γεννάδαν ἡ πόρνη νενίκηκεν, καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα ἔκειρεν αὐτοῦ ἑτέρα γυνή. ἀλλʼ οὐχ οὕτως ἠπάτησεν τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ἄλλη γυνή, νενίκηται δὲ ἡ πόρνη ἡ Αἰγυπτία, καὶ δεσμὰ σωφροσύνη λαμβάνουσα κρείττων ἀναφαίνεται λελυμένης.
Epanorthōteon de hoti malista kai ta schēmata kai ta blemmata kai ta badismata kai tas phōnas. ou gar hōs tines tēn hypokrisin zēlousai tēs kōmǭdias kai tas kateaguias tōn orchēstōn kinēseis paraphylattousai para tas homilias skēnobatousin, autois tois kinēmasin tois habrois kai tois hygrois badismasin kai phōnais tais peplasmenais kladaron periblepousai, delear hēdonēs exēskēmenai. »meli gar apostazei apo cheileōn gynaikos pornēs, hē pros charin lalousa lipainei son pharynga, hysteron mentoi pikroteron cholēs heurēseis kai ēkonēmenon mallon ē machairan distomon; tēs gar aphrosynēs hoi podes katagousi tous chrōmenous autę̄ meta thanatou eis Haidēn.« Sampsōn goun ton gennadan hē pornē nenikēken, kai ton andra ekeiren autou hetera gynē. allʼ ouch houtōs ēpatēsen ton Iōsēph allē gynē, nenikētai de hē pornē hē Aigyptia, kai desma sōphrosynē lambanousa kreittōn anaphainetai lelymenēs.
Postures, looks, walks, and voices must be corrected as much as possible. For some women, emulating the acting of comedy and imitating the broken movements of dancers, behave as on the stage in their conversation, with soft movements, languid walks, and affected voices, casting wanton glances around, trained as bait for pleasure. “For honey drips from the lips of a harlot, who, speaking to please, anoints your throat; but afterward you will find her more bitter than gall and sharper than a two-edged sword; for the feet of folly lead down with death to Hades those who have dealings with her.” The harlot defeated the noble Samson, and another woman shaved the man; but another woman did not so deceive Joseph: the Egyptian harlot was defeated, and self-control, accepting chains, proves stronger than licentiousness set free.
3.11.69Stählin 1:274
ἔχοι δʼ ἂν κἀκεῖνο ἄριστα τὸ εἰρημένον τὸ δʼ ὅλον οὐκ ἐπίσταμαι ἐγὼ ψιθυρίζειν οὐδὲ κατακεκλασμένως πλάγιον ποιήσας τὸν τράχηλον περιπατεῖν, ὥσπερ ἑτέρους ὁρῶ κιναίδους ἐνθάδε πολλοὺς ἐν ἄστει καὶ πεπιττοκοπημένους. αἱ δὲ γυναικεῖοι κινήσεις καὶ θρύψεις καὶ χλιδαὶ κολουστέαι παντελῶς· τὸ γὰρ ἁβροδίαιτον τῆς περὶ τὸν περίπατον κινήσεως καὶ τὸ »σαυλὰ βαίνειν«, ὥς φησιν Ἀνακρέων, κομιδῇ ἑταιρικά, ὥς γέ μοι φαίνεται. ἡ κωμῳδία φησὶν »τὰ ἴχνη τὰ ἑταιρικὰ ὥραν ἀπολείπειν καὶ τρυφήν«. »ἴχνη δὲ πορνικὰ οὐκ ἐρείδεται εἰς ἀλήθειαν· ὁδοὺς γὰρ ζωῆς οὐκ ἐπέρχεται, σφαλεραὶ δὲ αἱ τροχιαὶ αὐτῆς καὶ οὐκ εὔγνωστοι.«
echoi dʼ an kakeino arista to eirēmenon to dʼ holon ouk epistamai egō psithyrizein oude katakeklasmenōs plagion poiēsas ton trachēlon peripatein, hōsper heterous horō kinaidous enthade pollous en astei kai pepittokopēmenous. hai de gynaikeioi kinēseis kai thrypseis kai chlidai kolousteai pantelōs; to gar habrodiaiton tēs peri ton peripaton kinēseōs kai to »saula bainein«, hōs phēsin Anakreōn, komidę̄ hetairika, hōs ge moi phainetai. hē kōmǭdia phēsin »ta ichnē ta hetairika hōran apoleipein kai tryphēn«. »ichnē de pornika ouk ereidetai eis alētheian; hodous gar zōēs ouk eperchetai, sphalerai de hai trochiai autēs kai ouk eugnōstoi.«
That saying would fit very well: “In general I do not know how to whisper, nor to walk with my neck bent sideways affectedly, as I see many other catamites here in the city, and those plucked with pitch.” Womanish movements, affectations, and luxuries must be cut off entirely; for luxuriousness in the movement of walking and “walking mincingly,” as Anacreon says, are quite courtesan-like, it seems to me. Comedy says that “the steps of a courtesan leave behind charm and luxury.” “But the harlot's steps do not rest on truth; for she does not go on the paths of life, and her tracks are slippery and hard to know.”
3.11.70Stählin 1:274–275
μάλιστα δὲ ὀφθαλμῶν φειστέον, ἐπεὶ τοῖς ποσὶν ἢ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἄμεινον ὀλισθεῖν. ὁ γοῦν κύριος συντομώτατα ἰᾶται τὸ πάθος τοῦτο, »εἰ σκανδαλίζει σε ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου, ἔκκοψον αὐτόν« λέγων, ἐκ βάθρων ἀνασπῶν τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν· κλαδαραὶ δὲ ὄψεις καὶ τὸ ἐνιλλώπτειν, ὃ διὰ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν βλεφαρίζειν ἐστίν, οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ διὰ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μοιχεύειν ἐστὶν ἀκροβολιζομένης τῆς ἐπιθυμίας διʼ αὐτῶν. πρὸ γὰρ τοῦ παντὸς σώματος διαφθείρονται οἱ ὀφθαλμοί. »θεωρῶν δὲ καλὰ ὀφθαλμὸς εὐφραίνει καρδίαν«, τουτέστι καλῶς μαθὼν θεωρεῖν εὐφραίνει, »ἐννεύων δὲ ὀφθαλμὸν μετὰ δόλου συνάγει ἀνδράσι λύπας.« τοιοῦτόν που τὸν θηλυδρίαν Σαρδανάπαλλον, τῶν Ἀσσυρίων τὸν βασιλέα, ἐπὶ κλίνῃ ἀναβάδην ἑζόμενον εἰσάγουσι πορφύραν ξαίνοντα καὶ τὰ λευκὰ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐπαναβάλλοντα. αἱ ταῦτα ἐπιτηδεύουσαι γυναῖκες ἰδίαις ὄψεσι προαγωγεύουσιν αὑτάς· »λύχνος γὰρ τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, διʼ οὗ καταφαίνεται τὰ ἔνδον φωτὶ τῷ φαινομένῳ καταυγαζόμενα.
malista de ophthalmōn pheisteon, epei tois posin ē tois ophthalmois ameinon olisthein. ho goun kyrios syntomōtata iatai to pathos touto, »ei skandalizei se ho ophthalmos sou, ekkopson auton« legōn, ek bathrōn anaspōn tēn epithymian; kladarai de opseis kai to enillōptein, ho dia tōn ophthalmōn blepharizein estin, ouden allʼ ē dia tōn ophthalmōn moicheuein estin akrobolizomenēs tēs epithymias diʼ autōn. pro gar tou pantos sōmatos diaphtheirontai hoi ophthalmoi. »theōrōn de kala ophthalmos euphrainei kardian«, toutesti kalōs mathōn theōrein euphrainei, »enneuōn de ophthalmon meta dolou synagei andrasi lypas.« toiouton pou ton thēlydrian Sardanapallon, tōn Assyriōn ton basilea, epi klinę̄ anabadēn hezomenon eisagousi porphyran xainonta kai ta leuka tōn ophthalmōn epanaballonta. hai tauta epitēdeuousai gynaikes idiais opsesi proagōgeuousin hautas; »lychnos gar tou sōmatos estin ho ophthalmos«, phēsin hē graphē, diʼ hou kataphainetai ta endon phōti tǭ phainomenǭ kataugazomena.
Above all the eyes must be guarded, since it is better to slip with the feet than with the eyes. The Lord heals this passion most briefly, saying, “If your eye makes you stumble, cut it out,” tearing up desire from its foundations. Wanton looks and ogling, which is winking with the eyes, is nothing but committing adultery with the eyes, desire skirmishing through them. For the eyes are corrupted before the whole body. “The eye that beholds good things gladdens the heart,” that is, the one that has learned to look rightly gladdens; “but one who winks with the eye deceitfully gathers griefs for men.” Such, they portray the effeminate Sardanapalus, king of the Assyrians, sitting astride on a couch, carding purple and rolling up the whites of his eyes. Women who practice these things play the procuress for themselves with their own looks; “for the eye is the lamp of the body,” says Scripture, through which what is within is seen lit up by the light that shines.
3.11.71Stählin 1:275
»πορνεία δὲ γυναικὸς ἐν μετεωρισμῷ ὀφθαλμῶν.« »νεκρώσατε οὖν τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, πορνείαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν, πάθος, ἐπιθυμίαν κακὴν καὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰδωλολατρεία, διʼ ἃ ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ«, ὁ μὲν ἀπόστολος βοᾷ, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀναζωπυροῦμεν τὰ πάθη καὶ οὐκ αἰσχυνόμεθα. αἳ μὲν αὐτῶν »μαστίχην ἐντραγοῦσαι«, περιιοῦσαι, σεσήρασι τοῖς παριοῦσιν, αἳ δὲ τὰς κεφαλάς, ὡς μὴ δακτύλους ἔχουσαι, ταῖς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν φερομέναις περόναις σκαλεύουσαι θρύπτονται, καὶ ταύτας ἢ χελώνης ἢ ἐλέφαντος ἢ τινος ἄλλου ζῴου νεκροῦ πεποιημένας πολυπραγμονοῦσιν· ἄλλαι δὲ καθάπερ ἐξανθήματά τινα ἔχουσαι πρὸς εὐπρέπειαν τῶν ὁρώντων εὐανθέσι περιχρίστοις κοσμούμεναι σπιλοῦσι τὰ πρόσωπα τὰ αὐτῶν. »ἄφρονα« τὴν τοιαύτην καὶ »θρασεῖαν γυναῖκα« διὰ Σολομῶντος λέγει, »ἣ οὐκ ἐπίσταται αἰσχύνην· ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ θύραις τοῦ ἑαυτῆς οἴκου ἐπὶ δίφρου, ἐμφανῶς προσκαλουμένη τοὺς παριόντας ὁδόν, τοὺς εὐθύνοντας τὰς ἑαυτῶν τροχιάς«, διὰ τοῦ σχήματος αὐτῆς καὶ τοῦ βίου παντὸς δηλονότι λέγουσα, »τίς ἐστιν ὑμῶν ἀφρονέστατος; ἐκκλινάτω πρός με.
»porneia de gynaikos en meteōrismǭ ophthalmōn.« »nekrōsate oun ta melē ta epi tēs gēs, porneian, akatharsian, pathos, epithymian kakēn kai tēn pleonexian, hētis estin eidōlolatreia, diʼ ha erchetai hē orgē tou theou«, ho men apostolos boą, hēmeis de anazōpyroumen ta pathē kai ouk aischynometha. hai men autōn »mastichēn entragousai«, periiousai, sesērasi tois pariousin, hai de tas kephalas, hōs mē daktylous echousai, tais hypʼ autōn pheromenais peronais skaleuousai thryptontai, kai tautas ē chelōnēs ē elephantos ē tinos allou zǭou nekrou pepoiēmenas polypragmonousin; allai de kathaper exanthēmata tina echousai pros euprepeian tōn horōntōn euanthesi perichristois kosmoumenai spilousi ta prosōpa ta autōn. »aphrona« tēn toiautēn kai »thraseian gynaika« dia Solomōntos legei, »hē ouk epistatai aischynēn; ekathisen epi thyrais tou heautēs oikou epi diphrou, emphanōs proskaloumenē tous pariontas hodon, tous euthynontas tas heautōn trochias«, dia tou schēmatos autēs kai tou biou pantos dēlonoti legousa, »tis estin hymōn aphronestatos? ekklinatō pros me.
“A woman's sexual immorality is in the raising of her eyes.” “Put to death, then, the members that are on the earth: sexual immorality, impurity, passion, evil desire, and covetousness, which is idolatry, because of which the wrath of God comes,” cries the apostle; but we rekindle the passions and are not ashamed. Some of them, “chewing mastic,” go about grinning at passers-by; others, as if they had no fingers, affectedly scratch their heads with the pins they carry, and take trouble over them, made of tortoise shell or ivory or some other dead animal; others, as though they had some eruptions, adorn themselves with brightly colored salves to please those who see them, and spot their own faces. Through Solomon he calls such a woman “foolish” and “bold,” “who does not know shame; she sits at the doors of her house on a seat, openly calling to those who pass by on the road, those who go straight on their ways,” saying plainly by her appearance and her whole life: “Who among you is most foolish? Let him turn aside to me.
3.11.72Stählin 1:275–276
ἐνδεέσι δὲ φρονήσεως παρακελεύεται λέγουσα, ἄρτων κρυφίων ἡδέως ἅψασθε καὶ ὕδατος κλοπῆς γλυκεροῦ«, τὴν ἐπίκλοπον ταύτην Ἀφροδίτην λέγει. ἐντεῦθεν ὠφελημένος ὁ Βοιώτιος Πίνδαρος »γλυκύ τι« φησὶν »κλεπτόμενον μέλημα Κύπριδος«. »ὃ δὲ οὐκ οἶδεν ἄθλιος ὅτι γηγενεῖς παρʼ αὐτῇ ὀλοῦνται, καὶ ἐπὶ πέτευρον Ἅιδου συναντᾷ. ἀλλὰ ἀποπήδησον«, φησίν, »μὴ χρονίσῃς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ« ὁ παιδαγωγός, »μηδὲ ἐπιστήσῃς τὸ σὸν ὄμμα πρὸς αὐτήν. οὕτως γὰρ διαβήσῃ ὕδωρ ἀλλότριον καὶ ὑπερβήσῃ τὸν Ἀχέροντα.« διὰ τοῦτο τάδε λέγει κύριος διὰ Ἡσαΐου· »ἀνθʼ ὧν ἐπορεύθησαν αἱ θυγατέρες Σιὼν ὑψηλῷ τραχήλῳ καὶ ἐν νεύμασιν ὀφθαλμῶν, καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ ἅμα σύρουσαι τοὺς χιτῶνας καὶ τοῖς ποσὶ παίζουσαι, καὶ ταπεινώσει ὁ θεὸς τὰς θυγατέρας Σιὼν καὶ ἀνακαλύψει τὸ σχῆμα αὐτῶν«, τὸ ἄσχημον σχῆμα.
endeesi de phronēseōs parakeleuetai legousa, artōn kryphiōn hēdeōs hapsasthe kai hydatos klopēs glykerou«, tēn epiklopon tautēn Aphroditēn legei. enteuthen ōphelēmenos ho Boiōtios Pindaros »glyky ti« phēsin »kleptomenon melēma Kypridos«. »ho de ouk oiden athlios hoti gēgeneis parʼ autę̄ olountai, kai epi peteuron Haidou synantą. alla apopēdēson«, phēsin, »mē chronisę̄s en tǭ topǭ« ho paidagōgos, »mēde epistēsę̄s to son omma pros autēn. houtōs gar diabēsę̄ hydōr allotrion kai hyperbēsę̄ ton Acheronta.« dia touto tade legei kyrios dia Hēsaïou; »anthʼ hōn eporeuthēsan hai thygateres Siōn hypsēlǭ trachēlǭ kai en neumasin ophthalmōn, kai tę̄ poreią hama syrousai tous chitōnas kai tois posi paizousai, kai tapeinōsei ho theos tas thygateras Siōn kai anakalypsei to schēma autōn«, to aschēmon schēma.
And to those lacking understanding she urges, saying, “Touch hidden bread with pleasure, and sweet stolen water,” meaning this stolen Aphrodite. Benefiting from this, Pindar of Boeotia says, “Something sweet is the stolen care of Cypris.” “But the wretch does not know that the earthborn perish with her and he meets a springboard of Hades. But leap away,” says the Instructor, “do not linger in the place, nor fix your eye on her. For so you will pass through strange water and cross over Acheron.” That is why the Lord says this through Isaiah: “Because the daughters of Zion walked with outstretched necks and with winking eyes, trailing their tunics as they walked and playing with their feet, God will humble the daughters of Zion and uncover their form,” their unseemly form.
3.11.73Stählin 1:276–277
Ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδὲ τὰς θεραπαίνας ἀξιῶ τὰς ἐπʼ ἀριστερᾶς ταῖς γυναιξὶν ἢ τὰς ἑπομένας αὐταῖς αἰσχρολογεῖν ἢ αἰσχροεργεῖν, σωφρονίζεσθαι δὲ αὐτὰς πρὸς τῶν δεσποινῶν· σφόδρα γοῦν ἐπιτιμητικώτατα ὁ κωμικὸς Φιλήμων φησίν· ἐξιὼν γυναικὸς ἐξόπισθʼ ἐλευθέρας βλέπω μόνην θεράπαιναν κατόπιν ἀκολουθεῖν καλὴν ἐκ τοῦ Πλαταιικοῦ τε παρακολουθοῦντά τινα ταύτῃ κατιλλώπτειν. ἀναστρέφει γὰρ ἐπὶ τὴν δέσποιναν ἡ τῆς θεραπαίνης ἀκολασία, ἐπιβάθραν ἐνδιδοῦσα τοῖς πειρῶσι τὰ ἥττονα τοῦ μὴ εὐλαβεῖσθαι τὰ μείζονα, διὰ τοῦ συγγιγνώσκειν τοῖς αἰσχροῖς τὸ μὴ καταγιγνώσκειν ἐμφαινούσης τῆς δεσποίνης. τὸ δὲ μὴ ἐπαγανακτεῖν τοῖς ἀκολασταίνουσιν σαφὲς γίνεται τεκμήριον γνώμης εἰς τὸ ὅμοιον ἐκτρεπομένης. »οἵα γὰρ δέσποινα«, φασὶν οἱ παροιμιαζόμενοι, »τοιάδε χἀ κύων.« Ἀποσκορακιστέον δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ τοῦ περιπάτου τὸ μανιῶδες, τὸ δὲ σεμνὸν καὶ τὸ σχολαῖον ἐκλεκτέον, οὐ τὸ βάδισμα τὸ μελλητικόν, οὐδὲ τὸ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς σαλεύειν καὶ ἐξυπτιάζοντα παραβλέπειν εἰς τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας, εἰ ἀποβλέπουσιν εἰς αὐτόν, καθάπερ ἐπὶ σκηνῆς ἐμπομπεύοντα καὶ δακτυλοδεικτούμενον. οὐδὲ ὑπὸ οἰκετῶν ἀναστρέφεσθαι χρὴ πρὸς τὸ σιμὸν ὠθουμένους, ὥσπερ τοὺς τρυφητικωτέρους ὁρῶμεν, ἐρρωμένους εἶναι δοκοῦντας, ὑπὸ μαλακίας δὲ ψυχικῆς διατεθρυμμένους. ἀνδρὸς δὲ γενναίου σημεῖον οὐδὲν εἶναι δεῖ περιφανὲς ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ μαλακίας, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐν ἑτέρῳ μέρει τοῦ σώματος.
Egō men oude tas therapainas axiō tas epʼ aristeras tais gynaixin ē tas hepomenas autais aischrologein ē aischroergein, sōphronizesthai de autas pros tōn despoinōn; sphodra goun epitimētikōtata ho kōmikos Philēmōn phēsin; exiōn gynaikos exopisthʼ eleutheras blepō monēn therapainan katopin akolouthein kalēn ek tou Plataiikou te parakolouthounta tina tautę̄ katillōptein. anastrephei gar epi tēn despoinan hē tēs therapainēs akolasia, epibathran endidousa tois peirōsi ta hēttona tou mē eulabeisthai ta meizona, dia tou syngignōskein tois aischrois to mē katagignōskein emphainousēs tēs despoinēs. to de mē epaganaktein tois akolastainousin saphes ginetai tekmērion gnōmēs eis to homoion ektrepomenēs. »hoia gar despoina«, phasin hoi paroimiazomenoi, »toiade cha kyōn.« Aposkorakisteon de hēmin kai tou peripatou to maniōdes, to de semnon kai to scholaion eklekteon, ou to badisma to mellētikon, oude to en tais hodois saleuein kai exyptiazonta parablepein eis tous apantōntas, ei apoblepousin eis auton, kathaper epi skēnēs empompeuonta kai daktylodeiktoumenon. oude hypo oiketōn anastrephesthai chrē pros to simon ōthoumenous, hōsper tous tryphētikōterous horōmen, errōmenous einai dokountas, hypo malakias de psychikēs diatethrymmenous. andros de gennaiou sēmeion ouden einai dei periphanes en tǭ prosōpǭ malakias, allʼ oude en heterǭ merei tou sōmatos.
I do not think it right even for the maidservants who stand at women's left, or who follow them, to use foul speech or do shameful things; they should be taught self-control by their mistresses. The comic poet Philemon says very reprovingly: “Going out, I see behind a free woman a pretty maidservant following alone, and someone from the Plataean quarter following her and ogling her.” For the maidservant's licentiousness reflects on her mistress, giving those who try lesser things a stepping stone to not fearing greater ones, since the mistress, by forgiving shameful things, shows that she does not condemn them. Not being indignant at the licentious is a clear proof of a mind turning toward the same. “As is the mistress,” say the proverb-makers, “so is the dog.” We must also banish frenzied walking, and choose the dignified and leisurely, not the dawdling walk, nor swaying in the streets and throwing the head back to look sidelong at those one meets, to see whether they are looking at one, as though parading on a stage and being pointed at. Nor should one be propelled uphill by servants, as we see the more luxurious, who seem strong but are softened by weakness of soul. There should be no mark of softness in the face of a noble man, nor in any other part of the body.
3.11.74Stählin 1:277
μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ἐν κινήσεσιν μηδὲ ἐν σχέσεσιν εὑρεθείη ποθʼ ἡ ἀσχημοσύνη τῆς ἀνανδρίας. οὐδὲ μὴν καθάπερ ὑποζυγίοις τοῖς οἰκέταις χρηστέον τῷ ὑγιαίνοντι. ὡς γάρ τοι ἐκείνοις παραγγέλλεται »παντὶ φόβῳ τοῖς δεσπόταις, οὐ μόνον τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς σκολιοῖς ὑποτάσσεσθαι«, φησὶν ὁ Πέτρος, οὕτως ἡ ἰσότης καὶ ἡ μακροθυμία καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία τοῖς δεσπόταις εὐάρμοστος. »τὸ γὰρ τέλος«, φησί, »πάντες ὁμόφρονες, συμπαθεῖς, φιλάδελφοι, εὔσπλαγχνοι, ταπεινόφρονες« καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις, »ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε.« καλήν τινα καὶ ἀξιέραστον ὑπογράφειν ὁ Κιτιεὺς ἔοικεν Ζήνων εἰκόνα νεανίᾳ καὶ οὕτως αὐτὸν ἀνδριαντουργεῖ· »ἔστω«, φησί, »καθαρὸν τὸ πρόσωπον, ὀφρὺς μὴ καθειμένη, μηδὲ ὄμμα ἀναπεπταμένον μηδὲ διακεκλασμένον, μὴ ὕπτιος ὁ τράχηλος, μηδὲ ἀνιέμενα τὰ τοῦ σώματος μέλη, ἀλλὰ [τὰ] μετέωρα ἐντόνοις ὅμοια, ὀρθόνους πρὸς τὸν λόγον ὀξύτης, καὶ κατοκωχὴ τῶν ὀρθῶς εἰρημένων, καὶ σχηματισμοὶ καὶ κινήσεις μηδὲν ἐνδιδοῦσαι τοῖς ἀκολάστοις ἐλπίδος. αἰδὼς μὲν ἐπανθείτω καὶ ἀρρενωπία· ἀπέστω δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀπὸ τῶν μυροπωλίων καὶ χρυσοχοείων καὶ ἐριοπωλίων ἄλυς καὶ ὁ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἐργαστηρίων, ἔνθα ἑταιρικῶς κεκοσμημένοι, ὥσπερ αἱ ἐπὶ τέγους καθεζόμεναι, διημερεύουσι.«
mē toinyn mēde en kinēsesin mēde en schesesin heuretheiē pothʼ hē aschēmosynē tēs anandrias. oude mēn kathaper hypozygiois tois oiketais chrēsteon tǭ hygiainonti. hōs gar toi ekeinois parangelletai »panti phobǭ tois despotais, ou monon tois agathois kai epieikesin, alla kai tois skoliois hypotassesthai«, phēsin ho Petros, houtōs hē isotēs kai hē makrothymia kai hē philanthrōpia tois despotais euarmostos. »to gar telos«, phēsi, »pantes homophrones, sympatheis, philadelphoi, eusplanchnoi, tapeinophrones« kai ta epi toutois, »hina eulogian klēronomēsēte.« kalēn tina kai axieraston hypographein ho Kitieus eoiken Zēnōn eikona neanią kai houtōs auton andriantourgei; »estō«, phēsi, »katharon to prosōpon, ophrys mē katheimenē, mēde omma anapeptamenon mēde diakeklasmenon, mē hyptios ho trachēlos, mēde aniemena ta tou sōmatos melē, alla [ta] meteōra entonois homoia, orthonous pros ton logon oxytēs, kai katokōchē tōn orthōs eirēmenōn, kai schēmatismoi kai kinēseis mēden endidousai tois akolastois elpidos. aidōs men epantheitō kai arrenōpia; apestō de kai ho apo tōn myropōliōn kai chrysochoeiōn kai eriopōliōn alys kai ho apo tōn allōn ergastēriōn, entha hetairikōs kekosmēmenoi, hōsper hai epi tegous kathezomenai, diēmereuousi.«
Let the unseemliness of unmanliness never be found in our movements or postures. Nor should a healthy man use his servants like beasts of burden. As they are commanded “to be subject with all fear to their masters, not only to the good and gentle but also to the crooked,” says Peter, so equity, patience, and kindness befit masters. “Finally,” he says, “be all of one mind, sympathetic, loving the brethren, compassionate, humble-minded,” and so on, “that you may inherit a blessing.” Zeno of Citium seems to sketch a fine and lovable image of a young man, and sculpts him thus: “Let his face be clean, his brow not lowered, his eye neither wide open nor languishing, his neck not thrown back, the limbs of his body not relaxed but held high like taut strings; let there be an alertness of mind toward reason, a holding fast to what is rightly said, and postures and movements that give the licentious no hope. Let modesty and manliness bloom; and away with the lounging around the perfume shops, goldsmiths, wool shops, and other workshops, where men spend the whole day adorned like courtesans, like women sitting on the roofs.”
3.11.75Stählin 1:277–278
Μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ οἱ ἄνδρες ἐπὶ τῶν κουρείων καὶ καπηλείων διατρίβοντες ἀδολεσχούντων στωμυλευόμενοι, καὶ τὰς παριούσας θηρώμενοι γυναῖκας παυσάσθων ποτέ· πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ βλασφημοῦντες εἰς γέλωτα οὐ παύονται. κωλυτέα γε μὴν ἔτι καὶ ἡ διὰ τῶν κύβων παιδιά, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἡ διὰ τῶν ἀστραγάλων μελέτη πλεονεξίας, ἣν μεταχειρίζεσθαι φιλοῦσι. τοιαῦτά τινα τῆς τρυφῆς τὸ ἀταμίευτον αὐτοῖς κακοσχολοῦσιν ἐξευρίσκει· αἰτία γὰρ ἡ ἀργία· ματαίων δέ τις ἐρᾷ τῶν ἐκτὸς τῆς ἀληθείας ὄντων· οὐ γὰρ ἔστι καὶ ἄλλως θυμηδίαν ἄνευ βλάβης κτήσασθαι· τῆς δὲ ἑκάστου τῶν ἀνθρώπων διανοίας μίμησίς ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ βίου προαίρεσις. ἀλλʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, μόναι αἱ μετὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν συναναστροφαὶ ὠφελοῦσιν. ἔμπαλιν γοῦν τὴν μετὰ τῶν φαύλων συνδιαίτησιν ἀνθρώπων ὑώδη γνωρίζων ὁ πάνσοφος διὰ Μωυσέως παιδαγωγὸς χοιρείων ἀπηγόρευσεν μεταλαμβάνειν τῷ λαῷ τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ, ἐμφαίνων μὴ δεῖν τοὺς θεὸν ἐπιβοωμένους ἀκαθάρτοις ἀναμίγνυσθαι ἀνθρώποις, οἳ δίκην ὑῶν ἡδοναῖς σωματικαῖς καὶ δεισαλέαις τροφαῖς καὶ γαργαλισμοῖς ἀσελγέσι κνηστιῶντες πρὸς ἀφροδίτην κακόχαρτον ἡδονὴν χαίρουσιν.
Mē toinyn mēde hoi andres epi tōn koureiōn kai kapēleiōn diatribontes adoleschountōn stōmyleuomenoi, kai tas pariousas thērōmenoi gynaikas pausasthōn pote; pollous de kai blasphēmountes eis gelōta ou pauontai. kōlytea ge mēn eti kai hē dia tōn kybōn paidia, pros de kai hē dia tōn astragalōn meletē pleonexias, hēn metacheirizesthai philousi. toiauta tina tēs tryphēs to atamieuton autois kakoscholousin exeuriskei; aitia gar hē argia; mataiōn de tis erą tōn ektos tēs alētheias ontōn; ou gar esti kai allōs thymēdian aneu blabēs ktēsasthai; tēs de hekastou tōn anthrōpōn dianoias mimēsis estin hē tou biou proairesis. allʼ, hōs eoiken, monai hai meta tōn agathōn andrōn synanastrophai ōphelousin. empalin goun tēn meta tōn phaulōn syndiaitēsin anthrōpōn hyōdē gnōrizōn ho pansophos dia Mōyseōs paidagōgos choireiōn apēgoreusen metalambanein tǭ laǭ tǭ presbyterǭ, emphainōn mē dein tous theon epiboōmenous akathartois anamignysthai anthrōpois, hoi dikēn hyōn hēdonais sōmatikais kai deisaleais trophais kai gargalismois aselgesi knēstiōntes pros aphroditēn kakocharton hēdonēn chairousin.
Nor should men spend time in barbershops and taverns, babbling and chattering, and hunting the women who pass by; let them stop at last. Many do not stop slandering people to raise a laugh. Dice-playing must be forbidden too, and knucklebones, the practice of greed, which they love to pursue. The unrestrained extravagance of luxury invents such things for those who are idle; for idleness is the cause, and one loves vanities that are outside the truth; for it is not possible to gain cheer otherwise without harm, and each person's choice of life is an imitation of his mind. It seems that only the company of good men benefits. On the other hand, the all-wise Instructor, through Moses, recognizing that living with worthless people is swinish, forbade the people of old to eat pork, showing that those who call on God should not mix with unclean people, who, like pigs, itching for bodily pleasures, filthy food, and lewd titillation, rejoice in the evil-delighting pleasure of sexual love.
3.11.76Stählin 1:278
ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ »ἴκτινα ἢ ὠκύπτερον μαστοφαγῆ ἢ αἰετὸν« φαγεῖν φησιν, οὐκ ἐγγιεῖς, λέγων, τοῖς διʼ ἁρπαγῆς τὸν βίον ποριζομένοις· καὶ τὰ ἄλλα δὲ ὁμοίως ἀλληγορεῖται. τίσιν οὖν οἰκειωτέον; τοῖς δικαίοις, πάλιν ἀλληγορῶν φησιν. πᾶν γὰρ »διχηλοῦν καὶ μαρυκώμενον« καθαρόν ἐστιν, ὅτι τὸ διχηλοῦν δικαιοσύνην ἐμφαίνει τὴν ἰσοστάσιον μηρυκάζουσαν τὴν οἰκείαν δικαιοσύνης τροφήν, τὸν λόγον ἔκτοσθεν μὲν εἰσιόντα κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῇ τροφῇ διὰ κατηχήσεως, ἔνδοθεν δὲ ἀναπεμπόμενον ὥσπερ ἐκ κοιλίας τῆς διανοίας εἰς ἀνάμνησιν λογικήν. μηρυκάζει δὲ ὁ δίκαιος τὴν πνευματικὴν τροφὴν ἀνὰ στόμα ἔχων τὸν λόγον, καὶ διχηλεῖ ἡ δικαιοσύνη εἰκότως, κἀνταῦθα ἁγιάζουσα καὶ εἰς τὸν μέλλοντα παραπέμπουσα αἰῶνα. Οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τὰς θέας ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἄξει ἡμᾶς, οὐδὲ ἀπεικότως τὰ στάδια καὶ τὰ θέατρα »καθέδραν λοιμῶν« προσείποι τις ἄν· »βουλὴ« γὰρ κἀνταῦθα πονηρὰ καθάπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ δικαίῳ, διὸ καταρᾶται ὁ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ σύλλογος. πεπλήθασι γοῦν πολλῆς ἀταξίας καὶ παρανομίας αἱ συναγωγαὶ αὗται, καὶ αἱ προφάσεις τῆς συνηλύσεως ἀκοσμίας ἐστὶν αἰτία ἀναμὶξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν συνιόντων ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλλήλων θέαν. ἐνταῦθα ἤδη περπερεύεται τὸ συνέδριον.
allʼ oudʼ »iktina ē ōkypteron mastophagē ē aieton« phagein phēsin, ouk engieis, legōn, tois diʼ harpagēs ton bion porizomenois; kai ta alla de homoiōs allēgoreitai. tisin oun oikeiōteon? tois dikaiois, palin allēgorōn phēsin. pan gar »dichēloun kai marykōmenon« katharon estin, hoti to dichēloun dikaiosynēn emphainei tēn isostasion mērykazousan tēn oikeian dikaiosynēs trophēn, ton logon ektosthen men eisionta kata tauta tę̄ trophę̄ dia katēchēseōs, endothen de anapempomenon hōsper ek koilias tēs dianoias eis anamnēsin logikēn. mērykazei de ho dikaios tēn pneumatikēn trophēn ana stoma echōn ton logon, kai dichēlei hē dikaiosynē eikotōs, kantautha hagiazousa kai eis ton mellonta parapempousa aiōna. Oukoun oude epi tas theas ho paidagōgos axei hēmas, oude apeikotōs ta stadia kai ta theatra »kathedran loimōn« proseipoi tis an; »boulē« gar kantautha ponēra kathaper kai epi tǭ dikaiǭ, dio kataratai ho epʼ autǭ syllogos. peplēthasi goun pollēs ataxias kai paranomias hai synagōgai hautai, kai hai prophaseis tēs synēlyseōs akosmias estin aitia anamix andrōn kai gynaikōn syniontōn epi tēn allēlōn thean. entautha ēdē perpereuetai to synedrion.
Nor, he says, shall you eat “the kite, or the swift-winged bird, or the eagle,” saying, You shall not come near those who get their living by plunder; and the rest is allegorized in the same way. With whom, then, should we associate? With the righteous, he says, again allegorizing. For everything that “parts the hoof and chews the cud” is clean, because parting the hoof signifies righteousness, which is evenly balanced and chews the cud of its own food of righteousness: the Word, which enters from outside like food through catechesis, but is brought back up from within, as from the stomach of the mind, into rational recollection. The righteous man chews the cud of spiritual food, having the Word in his mouth; and righteousness fittingly parts the hoof, sanctifying here and escorting us on to the age to come. So the Instructor will not lead us to the shows either; and one might not unfittingly call the stadiums and theaters “the seat of pestilences”; for there is evil “counsel” there too, as there was against the Righteous One, which is why the assembly against him is cursed. At any rate these gatherings are full of great disorder and lawlessness, and the pretexts for meeting are a cause of indecency, men and women coming together promiscuously to look at one another. There the assembly already shows off its vanity.
3.11.77Stählin 1:278–279
λιχνευούσης γὰρ τῆς ὄψεως χλιαίνονται αἱ ὀρέξεις, καὶ ἰταμώτερον βλέπειν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ πρὸς τοὺς πλησίον ἐθιζόμενοι τῷ ἔχειν σχολὴν ἐφειμένην ἐκφλέγουσι τὰς ἐρωτικὰς ἐπιθυμίας. ἀπειρήσθων οὖν καὶ αἱ θέαι καὶ τὰ ἀκροάματα βωμολοχίας καὶ σπερμολογίας πολλῆς γέμοντα. τί μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἐπιδείκνυνται αἰσχρὸν ἔργον ἐν θεάτροις; τί δʼ οὐ προφέρονται ῥῆμα ἀναίσχυντον οἱ γελωτοποιοί; οἱ δὲ ἀπολαύσαντες τῆς ἐν αὐτοῖς κακίας ἐναργεῖς οἴκοι ἀπομάσσονται τὰς εἰκόνας, ἔμπαλιν δὲ οἱ πρὸς ταῦτα ἀκήλητοι καὶ ἀπαθεῖς οὐκ ἂν περὶ τὰς ῥᾳθύμους ἡδονὰς σφαλεῖέν ποτε. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐν παιδιᾶς μέρει παραλαμβάνεσθαι φήσουσι τὰς θέας εἰς θυμηδίαν, οὐ σωφρονεῖν φήσαιμʼ ἂν τὰς πόλεις, αἷς καὶ τὸ παίζειν σπουδάζεται. οὐκέτι γὰρ παιδιαὶ αἱ φιλοδοξίαι ἀνηλεεῖς εἰς τοσοῦτον θανατῶσαι, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ αἱ κενοσπουδίαι καὶ αἱ ἀλόγιστοι φιλοτιμίαι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ αἱ μάταιοι καταναλώσεις τῆς οὐσίας, οὐδὲ μὴν αἱ ἐπὶ τούτοις στάσεις ἔτι παιδιαί.
lichneuousēs gar tēs opseōs chliainontai hai orexeis, kai itamōteron blepein hoi ophthalmoi pros tous plēsion ethizomenoi tǭ echein scholēn epheimenēn ekphlegousi tas erōtikas epithymias. apeirēsthōn oun kai hai theai kai ta akroamata bōmolochias kai spermologias pollēs gemonta. ti men gar ouk epideiknyntai aischron ergon en theatrois? ti dʼ ou propherontai rhēma anaischynton hoi gelōtopoioi? hoi de apolausantes tēs en autois kakias enargeis oikoi apomassontai tas eikonas, empalin de hoi pros tauta akēlētoi kai apatheis ouk an peri tas rhąthymous hēdonas sphaleien pote. ei gar kai en paidias merei paralambanesthai phēsousi tas theas eis thymēdian, ou sōphronein phēsaimʼ an tas poleis, hais kai to paizein spoudazetai. ouketi gar paidiai hai philodoxiai anēleeis eis tosouton thanatōsai, allʼ oude hai kenospoudiai kai hai alogistoi philotimiai, pros de kai hai mataioi katanalōseis tēs ousias, oude mēn hai epi toutois staseis eti paidiai.
For when the sight is greedy, the appetites grow warm, and the eyes, accustomed to look more boldly at their neighbors because they have leisure allowed them, inflame the erotic desires. Let the shows be forbidden, then, and the entertainments full of buffoonery and much idle babble. For what shameful deed is not displayed in the theaters? What shameless word do the clowns not bring out? Those who have enjoyed the vice in them carry home its vivid images, while those who are unmoved and unaffected by these things would never fall into lazy pleasures. For even if they say that the shows are taken up as a kind of play, for amusement, I would say that cities in which even play is pursued in earnest are not sensible. For contests for glory that kill so many without pity are no longer play; nor are vain zeal and senseless ambition, and besides them the futile squandering of wealth, nor indeed the riots that arise over them, still play.
3.11.78Stählin 1:279
τὸ δὲ ῥᾳθυμεῖν οὐδέποτε ὠνητέον κενοσπουδίᾳ. οὐ γὰρ πρὸ τοῦ βελτίονος ἕλοιτο ἄν ποτε ὁ νοῦν ἔχων τὸ ἥδιον. ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντες, φησί, φιλοσοφοῦμεν. μή τι οὖν οὐδὲ πάντες τὴν ζωὴν μετερχόμεθα; τί σὺ λέγεις; πῶς οὖν πεπίστευκας; πῶς δὲ ἔτι ἀγαπᾷς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸν πλησίον σου μὴ φιλοσοφῶν; πῶς δὲ σεαυτὸν ἀγαπᾷς, εἰ μὴ φιλοζωεῖς; γράμματα, φησίν, οὐκ ἔμαθον. ἀλλʼ εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀναγιγνώσκειν ἔμαθες, τὸ ἀκούειν ἀναπολόγητον, ὅτι μὴ διδακτόν· πίστις δὲ οὐ σοφῶν τῶν κατὰ κόσμον, ἀλλὰ τῶν κατὰ θεόν ἐστιν τὸ κτῆμα· ἣ δὲ καὶ ἄνευ γραμμάτων ἐκπαιδεύεται, καὶ τὸ σύγγραμμα αὐτῆς τὸ ἰδιωτικὸν ἅμα καὶ θεῖον ἀγάπη κέκληται, σύνταγμα πνευματικόν. ἐξὸν δὲ ἀκροᾶσθαι μὲν σοφίας θεϊκῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολιτεύσασθαι ἐξόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐν κόσμῳ κοσμίως κατὰ θεὸν ἀγαγεῖν οὐ κεκώλυται.
to de rhąthymein oudepote ōnēteon kenospoudią. ou gar pro tou beltionos heloito an pote ho noun echōn to hēdion. allʼ ou pantes, phēsi, philosophoumen. mē ti oun oude pantes tēn zōēn meterchometha? ti sy legeis? pōs oun pepisteukas? pōs de eti agapąs ton theon kai ton plēsion sou mē philosophōn? pōs de seauton agapąs, ei mē philozōeis? grammata, phēsin, ouk emathon. allʼ ei mē to anagignōskein emathes, to akouein anapologēton, hoti mē didakton; pistis de ou sophōn tōn kata kosmon, alla tōn kata theon estin to ktēma; hē de kai aneu grammatōn ekpaideuetai, kai to syngramma autēs to idiōtikon hama kai theion agapē keklētai, syntagma pneumatikon. exon de akroasthai men sophias theïkēs, alla kai politeusasthai exon, alla kai ta en kosmǭ kosmiōs kata theon agagein ou kekōlytai.
Idleness must never be bought with vain zeal; for no one with sense would ever choose the more pleasant before the better. “But we are not all philosophers,” someone says. Do we not all, then, pursue life? What are you saying? How then have you believed? How do you still love God and your neighbor, if you do not practice philosophy? How do you love yourself, if you do not love life? “I have not learned letters,” he says. But if you did not learn to read, hearing has no excuse, since it need not be taught. Faith is the possession not of the wise according to the world but of those according to God; and it is instructed even without letters, and its book, at once untutored and divine, is called love, a spiritual composition. It is possible to listen to divine wisdom, and it is possible also to live by it; nor is one prevented from conducting the things of the world in a seemly way, according to God.
3.11.79Stählin 1:279–280
Καὶ ὁ πωλῶν τι ἢ ὠνούμενος μή ποτε εἴπῃ δύο τιμάς, ὧν ἂν ἢ ὠνῆται ἢ πιπράσκῃ, ἁπλῆν δὲ εἰπὼν καὶ ἀληθεύειν μελετῶν, ἂν μὴ τυγχάνῃ ταύτης, τυγχάνων τῆς ἀληθείας πλουτεῖ τῇ διαθέσει τῇ ὀρθῇ. ἔπαινος δὲ ὅρκος τε περὶ παντὸς τοῦ πωλουμένου ἀπέστω, ἀπέστω δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὁ ὅρκος. καὶ ταύτῃ φιλοσοφούντων οἱ ἀγοραῖοι καὶ οἱ κάπηλοι· »οὐ γὰρ λήψῃ τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου ἐπὶ ματαίῳ, οὐ γὰρ μὴ καθαρίσῃ κύριος τὸν λαμβάνοντα τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ ματαίῳ.« τοὺς δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα πράττοντας, τοὺς φιλαργύρους, τοὺς ψεύστας, τοὺς ὑποκριτάς, τοὺς καπηλεύοντας τὴν ἀλήθειαν, τῆς πατρῴας ἐξέβαλεν αὐλῆς ὁ κύριος, μὴ βουλόμενος ἀδίκου ἐμπορίας ἢ λόγων ἢ τῶν ἐξ ὕλης κτημάτων οἶκον εἶναι τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν ἅγιον. Ἐπὶ δὲ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀκτέον τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα ἐστολισμένους κοσμίως, ἀπλάστῳ βαδίσματι, ἐχεμυθίαν ἀσπαζομένους, »ἀγάπην ἀνυπόκριτον« κεκτημένους, ἁγνοὺς τὰ σώματα, ἁγνοὺς τὰς καρδίας, ἐπιτηδείους προσεύξασθαι τῷ θεῷ. πλεῖον τοῦτο ἐχέτω ἡ γυνή· κεκαλύφθω τὰ πάντα, πλὴν εἰ μὴ οἴκοι τύχοι· σεμνὸν γὰρ τὸ σχῆμα καὶ ἀκατάσκοπον· καὶ οὔποτε αὐτὴ σφαλήσεται πρὸ τῶν ὀμμάτων τὴν αἰδῶ καὶ τὴν ἀμπεχόνην θεμένη οὐδὲ ἄλλον εἰς ὄλισθον ἁμαρτίας ἐκκαλέσεται τὸ πρόσωπον ἀπογυμνουμένη. τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ λόγος βούλεται, ἐπεὶ πρέπον αὐτῇ ἐγκεκαλυμμένῃ προσεύχεσθαι.
Kai ho pōlōn ti ē ōnoumenos mē pote eipę̄ dyo timas, hōn an ē ōnētai ē pipraskę̄, haplēn de eipōn kai alētheuein meletōn, an mē tynchanę̄ tautēs, tynchanōn tēs alētheias ploutei tę̄ diathesei tę̄ orthę̄. epainos de horkos te peri pantos tou pōloumenou apestō, apestō de kai epi tōn allōn ho horkos. kai tautę̄ philosophountōn hoi agoraioi kai hoi kapēloi; »ou gar lēpsę̄ to onoma kyriou epi mataiǭ, ou gar mē katharisę̄ kyrios ton lambanonta to onoma autou epi mataiǭ.« tous de para tauta prattontas, tous philargyrous, tous pseustas, tous hypokritas, tous kapēleuontas tēn alētheian, tēs patrǭas exebalen aulēs ho kyrios, mē boulomenos adikou emporias ē logōn ē tōn ex hylēs ktēmatōn oikon einai ton oikon tou theou ton hagion. Epi de tēn ekklēsian akteon tēn gynaika kai ton andra estolismenous kosmiōs, aplastǭ badismati, echemythian aspazomenous, »agapēn anypokriton« kektēmenous, hagnous ta sōmata, hagnous tas kardias, epitēdeious proseuxasthai tǭ theǭ. pleion touto echetō hē gynē; kekalyphthō ta panta, plēn ei mē oikoi tychoi; semnon gar to schēma kai akataskopon; kai oupote autē sphalēsetai pro tōn ommatōn tēn aidō kai tēn ampechonēn themenē oude allon eis olisthon hamartias ekkalesetai to prosōpon apogymnoumenē. touto gar ho logos bouletai, epei prepon autę̄ enkekalymmenę̄ proseuchesthai.
Whoever sells or buys anything should never name two prices for what he buys or sells, but should name one and study to speak the truth; if he does not get that price, by getting the truth he is rich in right disposition. Let praise and oaths be absent concerning everything sold, and let the oath be absent in other matters too. Let the market people and tradesmen practice philosophy in this way: “For you shall not take the name of the Lord in vain; for the Lord will not hold guiltless the one who takes his name in vain.” Those who act contrary to this, the lovers of money, the liars, the hypocrites, those who peddle the truth, the Lord cast out of his Father's court, not wishing the holy house of God to be a house of unjust trade, whether in words or in material goods. Woman and man are to go to church decently dressed, with natural walk, embracing silence, possessing “love unfeigned,” pure in body, pure in heart, fit to pray to God. Let the woman observe this further: let her be entirely covered, unless she happens to be at home; for that style of dress is grave and protects from being stared at. And she will never fall, who puts modesty and her shawl before her eyes, nor will she invite another to fall into sin by uncovering her face. For this is what the Word wishes, since it is fitting for her to pray veiled.
3.11.80Stählin 1:280
τὴν δὲ Αἰνεία γυναῖκά φασι διʼ ὑπερβολὴν σεμνότητος μηδὲ τῆς Τροίας ἁλισκομένης περιδεᾶ γενομένην ἀποκαλύψασθαι, ἀλλὰ καίτοι φεύγουσαν ἐκ τῆς ἐκπυρώσεως μεῖναι συγκεκαλυμμένην. τοιούτους δὲ ἐχρῆν παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον φαίνεσθαι καὶ διαπλάττεσθαι τοὺς Χριστῷ τελουμένους οἵους σφᾶς ἐν ἐκκλησίαις ἐπὶ τὸ σεμνότερον σχηματίζουσιν, καὶ εἶναι, μὴ δοκεῖν εἶναι, τοιούτους, οὕτως πραεῖς, οὕτως εὐλαβεῖς, ἀγαπητικοὺς οὕτως· νυνὶ δὲ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως συμμεταβάλλονται τοῖς τόποις καὶ τὰ σχήματα καὶ τοὺς τρόπους, καθάπερ καὶ τοὺς πολύποδας ταῖς πέτραις φασὶν ἐξομοιουμένους, αἷς ἂν προσομιλῶσιν, τοιούτους φαίνεσθαι καὶ τὴν χροιάν. τὸ γοῦν τῆς συναγωγῆς ἔνθεον μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαγὴν ἀποθέμενοι τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐξομοιοῦνται, μεθʼ ὧν καὶ διαιτῶνται· μᾶλλον δὲ ἐλέγχονται, τὴν ἐπίπλαστον ἀποθέμενοι τῆς σεμνότητος ὑπόκρισιν, οἷοι ὄντες ἐλελήθεσαν· καὶ τὸν περὶ θεοῦ λόγον σεβασάμενοι καταλελοίπασιν ἔνδον οὗ ἤκουσαν, ἔξωθεν δὲ ἄρα μετὰ τῶν ἀθέων ἀλύουσι, κρουμάτων καὶ τερετισμάτων ἐρωτικῶν αὐλῳδίας τε καὶ κρότου καὶ μέθης καὶ παντὸς ἀναπιμπλάμενοι συρφετοῦ· τοῦτο δὴ ᾄδοντες καὶ ἀντᾴδοντες αὐτοὶ οἱ πρόσθεν ἐξυμνοῦντες ἀθανασίαν, ἐπὶ τέλει τὴν ἐξωλεστάτην κακοὶ κακῶς ψάλλοντες παλινῳδίαν·
tēn de Aineia gynaika phasi diʼ hyperbolēn semnotētos mēde tēs Troias haliskomenēs peridea genomenēn apokalypsasthai, alla kaitoi pheugousan ek tēs ekpyrōseōs meinai synkekalymmenēn. toioutous de echrēn parʼ holon ton bion phainesthai kai diaplattesthai tous Christǭ teloumenous hoious sphas en ekklēsiais epi to semnoteron schēmatizousin, kai einai, mē dokein einai, toioutous, houtōs praeis, houtōs eulabeis, agapētikous houtōs; nyni de ouk oidʼ hopōs symmetaballontai tois topois kai ta schēmata kai tous tropous, kathaper kai tous polypodas tais petrais phasin exomoioumenous, hais an prosomilōsin, toioutous phainesthai kai tēn chroian. to goun tēs synagōgēs entheon meta tēn enthende apallagēn apothemenoi tois pollois exomoiountai, methʼ hōn kai diaitōntai; mallon de elenchontai, tēn epiplaston apothemenoi tēs semnotētos hypokrisin, hoioi ontes elelēthesan; kai ton peri theou logon sebasamenoi kataleloipasin endon hou ēkousan, exōthen de ara meta tōn atheōn alyousi, kroumatōn kai teretismatōn erōtikōn aulǭdias te kai krotou kai methēs kai pantos anapimplamenoi syrphetou; touto dē ądontes kai antądontes autoi hoi prosthen exymnountes athanasian, epi telei tēn exōlestatēn kakoi kakōs psallontes palinǭdian;
They say that the wife of Aeneas, through excess of modesty, did not uncover herself even when Troy was being taken, though terrified, but, fleeing from the burning, remained veiled. Those who are being initiated into Christ ought to appear and to shape themselves throughout their whole life such as they present themselves in the churches, in the more dignified manner; and to be, not to seem to be, such: so gentle, so reverent, so loving. But now, I do not know how, they change their fashions and manners with the places, just as they say polyps, becoming like the rocks they cling to, take on their color too. At any rate, laying aside the inspiration of the assembly after leaving it, they become like the many with whom they live; or rather, laying aside the feigned pretense of dignity, they are exposed as what they secretly were. Having revered the word about God, they have left behind inside what they heard, and outside they wander about with the godless, filling themselves with the strumming and trilling of love songs, flute-playing, clapping, drunkenness, and every kind of rubbish. They sing and answer in song, these very people who earlier were hymning immortality, and at the end, wicked men wickedly singing the most ruinous recantation:
3.11.81Stählin 1:280–281
»φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν.« οἳ δὲ οὐκ αὔριον ἀληθῶς, ἀλλʼ ἤδη τεθνήκασι τῷ θεῷ, θάπτοντες τοὺς σφετέρους νεκρούς, τουτέστιν αὑτοὺς εἰς θάνατον κατορύττοντες. ἀντιτάσσεται δὲ αὐτοῖς εὖ μάλα ἐρρωμένως ὁ ἀπόστολος· »μὴ πλανᾶσθε· οὔτε μοιχοὶ οὔτε μαλακοὶ οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται οὔτε κλέπται οὔτε πλεονέκται, οὐ μέθυσοι, οὐ λοίδοροι,« καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τούτοις ἐπᾴδει, »βασιλείαν θεοῦ οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν.« εἰ δὲ καὶ εἰς βασιλείαν θεοῦ κεκλήμεθα, ἀξίως τῆς βασιλείας πολιτευώμεθα θεὸν ἀγαπῶντες καὶ τὸν πλησίον. ἀγάπη δὲ οὐκ ἐν φιλήματι, ἀλλʼ ἐν εὐνοίᾳ κρίνεται. οἳ δὲ οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ φιλήματι καταψοφοῦσι τὰς ἐκκλησίας, τὸ φιλοῦν ἔνδον οὐκ ἔχοντες αὐτό. καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ τοῦτο ἐκπέπληκεν ὑπονοίας αἰσχρᾶς καὶ βλασφημίας τὸ ἀνέδην χρῆσθαι τῷ φιλήματι, ὅπερ ἐχρῆν εἶναι μυστικόν (»ἅγιον« αὐτὸ κέκληκεν ὁ ἀπόστολος), † ἀπογευομένης [ἀξίως τῆς βασιλείας πολιτευώμεθα] τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν εὔνοιαν διὰ στόματος σώφρονος καὶ μεμυκότος, διʼ οὗ μάλιστα διακονεῖται τρόπος ἥμερος. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλο ἄναγνον φίλημα, πλῆρες ἰοῦ, ἁγιωσύνην ὑποκρινόμενον.
»phagōmen kai piōmen, aurion gar apothnę̄skomen.« hoi de ouk aurion alēthōs, allʼ ēdē tethnēkasi tǭ theǭ, thaptontes tous spheterous nekrous, toutestin hautous eis thanaton katoryttontes. antitassetai de autois eu mala errōmenōs ho apostolos; »mē planasthe; oute moichoi oute malakoi oute arsenokoitai oute kleptai oute pleonektai, ou methysoi, ou loidoroi,« kai hosa alla toutois epądei, »basileian theou ou klēronomēsousin.« ei de kai eis basileian theou keklēmetha, axiōs tēs basileias politeuōmetha theon agapōntes kai ton plēsion. agapē de ouk en philēmati, allʼ en eunoią krinetai. hoi de ouden allʼ ē philēmati katapsophousi tas ekklēsias, to philoun endon ouk echontes auto. kai gar dē kai touto ekpeplēken hyponoias aischras kai blasphēmias to anedēn chrēsthai tǭ philēmati, hoper echrēn einai mystikon (»hagion« auto keklēken ho apostolos), † apogeuomenēs [axiōs tēs basileias politeuōmetha] tēs psychēs tēn eunoian dia stomatos sōphronos kai memykotos, diʼ hou malista diakoneitai tropos hēmeros. esti de kai allo anagnon philēma, plēres iou, hagiōsynēn hypokrinomenon.
“Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die.” But they are not dying tomorrow; truly they are already dead to God, burying their own dead, that is, burying themselves into death. The apostle opposes them very forcefully: “Do not be deceived: neither adulterers nor effeminate men nor men who have sex with men nor thieves nor the greedy, nor drunkards, nor revilers,” and whatever else he adds in the same strain, “will inherit the kingdom of God.” If we have been called into the kingdom of God, let us live worthily of the kingdom, loving God and our neighbor. Love is judged not by a kiss but by goodwill. But there are those who do nothing but make the churches resound with a kiss, not having love itself within. For this very thing, the unrestrained use of the kiss, which ought to be mystical (the apostle has called it “holy”), has filled the churches with shameful suspicions and evil reports; the soul should taste goodwill through a self-controlled and closed mouth, through which above all a gentle disposition is expressed. There is also another, impure kiss, full of poison, pretending to holiness.
3.11.82Stählin 1:281
ἦ οὐκ ἴστε ὅτι καὶ τὰ φαλάγγια προσαπτόμενα μόνον τῷ στόματι ὀδύναις ἐπιτρίβει τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, φιλήματα δὲ πολλάκις ἐνίησιν ἰὸν ἀκολασίας; σαφὲς τοίνυν ἡμῖν γεγένηται ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγάπη τὸ φίλημα· »ἡ γὰρ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστίν.« »αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ,« φησὶν Ἰωάννης, »ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς τηρήσωμεν,« οὐχ ἵνα σαίνωμεν ἀλλήλους ἐν τῷ στόματι, »καὶ αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ εἰσίν.« ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ οἱ κατὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς τῶν ἀγαπητῶν ἀσπασμοὶ παρρησίας ἀνοήτου γέμοντες καταφανῶν τοῖς ἐκτὸς εἶναι βουλομένων οὐδὲ ἐλαχίστης μετέχουσι χάριτος. εἰ γὰρ »ἐν τῷ ταμιείῳ« μυστικῶς »προσεύχεσθαι« τῷ θεῷ δίκαιον, ἑπόμενον ἂν εἴη καὶ »τὸν πλησίον«, ὃν δεύτερον ἀγαπᾶν κελευόμεθα, ὁμοίως τῷ θεῷ καὶ μυστικῶς φιλοφρονεῖσθαι ἔνδοθεν ἐξαγοραζομένους τὸν καιρόν· τὸ γὰρ »ἅλας τῆς γῆς« ἡμεῖς, »ὃς δʼ ἂν εὐλογῇ«, φησί, »φίλον τὸ πρωΐ μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ, καταρωμένου οὐδὲν διαφέρειν δόξει.« Δοκεῖ δὲ ὑπὲρ πάντα τῆς τῶν γυναικῶν ὄψεως ἀπεστράφθαι.
ē ouk iste hoti kai ta phalangia prosaptomena monon tǭ stomati odynais epitribei tous anthrōpous, philēmata de pollakis eniēsin ion akolasias? saphes toinyn hēmin gegenētai hōs ouk estin agapē to philēma; »hē gar agapē tou theou estin.« »hautē de estin hē agapē tou theou,« phēsin Iōannēs, »hina tas entolas tērēsōmen,« ouch hina sainōmen allēlous en tǭ stomati, »kai hai entolai autou bareiai ouk eisin.« alla mēn kai hoi kata tas hodous tōn agapētōn aspasmoi parrēsias anoētou gemontes kataphanōn tois ektos einai boulomenōn oude elachistēs metechousi charitos. ei gar »en tǭ tamieiǭ« mystikōs »proseuchesthai« tǭ theǭ dikaion, hepomenon an eiē kai »ton plēsion«, hon deuteron agapan keleuometha, homoiōs tǭ theǭ kai mystikōs philophroneisthai endothen exagorazomenous ton kairon; to gar »halas tēs gēs« hēmeis, »hos dʼ an eulogę̄«, phēsi, »philon to prōï megalę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄, katarōmenou ouden diapherein doxei.« Dokei de hyper panta tēs tōn gynaikōn opseōs apestraphthai.
Do you not know that spiders, merely touching the mouth, torment people with pains, and kisses often inject the poison of licentiousness? It has become clear to us, then, that the kiss is not love; “for love is from God.” “And this is the love of God,” says John, “that we keep his commandments,” not that we fawn on one another with the mouth, “and his commandments are not burdensome.” Moreover, greetings given to loved ones in the streets, full of foolish boldness by those who wish to be conspicuous to outsiders, have not the least grace. For if it is right to “pray” to God mystically “in the inner room,” it would follow that we should also greet “our neighbor,” whom we are commanded to love second, like God, mystically and indoors, “redeeming the time.” For we are “the salt of the earth.” “Whoever blesses a friend in the morning with a loud voice,” it says, “will seem no different from one who curses.” It seems that above all one should turn away from the sight of women.
3.11.83Stählin 1:281–282
οὐ γὰρ ἁψαμένους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεασαμένους ἔστιν ἁμαρτεῖν, ὃ μάλιστα ἀποφεύγειν χρὴ τὸν γνησίως παιδαγωγούμενον. »οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ γάρ σου ὀρθὰ βλεπέτωσαν, τὰ δὲ βλέφαρα νευέτω δίκαια·« μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἐξὸν καὶ ἰδόντα καρτερεῖν; ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν φυλακτέον. δυνατὸν γὰρ ἰδόντα ὀλισθεῖν, ἀμήχανον δὲ μὴ ἰδόντα ἐπιθυμεῖν. οὐ γὰρ τὸ καθαρεύειν μόνον ἀπόχρη τοῖς σώφροσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς εἶναι τοῦ ψόγου σπουδαστέον πᾶσαν ἀποκλείσαντας ὑπονοίας αἰτίαν πρὸς συγκεφαλαίωσιν ἁγνείας, ὡς μὴ μόνον εἶναι ἡμᾶς πιστούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀξιοπίστους φανῆναι. καὶ γὰρ οὖν καὶ τοῦτο παραφυλακτέον, ὥς φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »μή τις ἡμᾶς μωμήσηται· προνοούμενοι γὰρ καλὰ οὐ μόνον ἐνώπιον κυρίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων.« »ἀπόστρεψον δὲ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἀπὸ γυναικὸς κεχαριτωμένης, καὶ μὴ καταμάνθανε κάλλος ἀλλότριον,« φησὶν ἡ γραφή. κἂν πύθῃ τὴν αἰτίαν, προσεπεξηγήσεταί σοι· »ἐν γὰρ κάλλει γυναικὸς πολλοὶ ἀπεπλανήθησαν, καὶ ἐκ τούτου φιλία ὡς πῦρ ἀνακαίεται,« εἰς πῦρ ἄγουσα ἀκατάπαυστον διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἡ ἐκ πυρὸς ὁρμωμένη φιλία, ἣν ἔρωτα κεκλήκασιν.
ou gar hapsamenous monon, alla kai theasamenous estin hamartein, ho malista apopheugein chrē ton gnēsiōs paidagōgoumenon. »hoi ophthalmoi gar sou ortha blepetōsan, ta de blephara neuetō dikaia;« mē gar ouk exon kai idonta karterein? alla to empesein phylakteon. dynaton gar idonta olisthein, amēchanon de mē idonta epithymein. ou gar to kathareuein monon apochrē tois sōphrosin, alla kai to ektos einai tou psogou spoudasteon pasan apokleisantas hyponoias aitian pros synkephalaiōsin hagneias, hōs mē monon einai hēmas pistous, alla kai axiopistous phanēnai. kai gar oun kai touto paraphylakteon, hōs phēsin ho apostolos, »mē tis hēmas mōmēsētai; pronooumenoi gar kala ou monon enōpion kyriou, alla kai enōpion anthrōpōn.« »apostrepson de ton ophthalmon apo gynaikos kecharitōmenēs, kai mē katamanthane kallos allotrion,« phēsin hē graphē. kan pythę̄ tēn aitian, prosepexēgēsetai soi; »en gar kallei gynaikos polloi apeplanēthēsan, kai ek toutou philia hōs pyr anakaietai,« eis pyr agousa akatapauston dia tēn hamartian hē ek pyros hormōmenē philia, hēn erōta keklēkasin.
For it is possible to sin not only by touching but also by looking, which the one who is genuinely instructed must above all avoid. “Let your eyes look straight, and your eyelids nod just things.” For is it not possible to look and remain firm? Yes, but falling must be guarded against. For it is possible for one who looks to slip, but impossible for one who does not look to desire. It is not enough for the self-controlled to be pure; they must also take care to be beyond reproach, shutting out every occasion of suspicion, for the crowning of purity, so that we may not only be faithful but also appear worthy of trust. For this too must be guarded against, as the apostle says, “that no one should blame us; for we take thought for what is good not only in the sight of the Lord but also in the sight of men.” “Turn away your eye from a graceful woman, and do not gaze at another's beauty,” says Scripture. And if you ask the reason, it will explain further: “for by the beauty of a woman many have been led astray, and from this affection is kindled like fire,” the affection that springs from fire, which they have called erotic love, leading to unquenchable fire because of sin.
The 3, chapter 12
3.12.84Stählin 1:282
Ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ τοῖς γεγαμηκόσι παραινέσαιμι ἂν οἴκοι τὰς γυναῖκας τὰς σφῶν μήποτε κατὰ πρόσωπον οἰκετῶν φιλεῖν. οὐδὲ γὰρ προσγελᾶν δούλοις Ἀριστοτέλης εἴα ποτέ, πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ κατʼ ὄψιν αὐτῶν φιλοφρονούμενον φαίνεσθαι τὴν γυναῖκα. ἄμεινον δὲ οἴκοθεν ἀρξαμένους ἀπὸ τοῦ γάμου τὴν σεμνότητα ἐπιδείκνυσθαι. μεγίστη γὰρ ἡ σωφροσύνης συζυγία καθαρᾶς ἡδονῆς ἀποπνέουσα. πάνυ γοῦν θαυμασίως ἡ τραγῳδία. φεῦ φεῦ, γυναῖκες, (φησίν) ὡς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἄρα οὐ χρυσός, οὐ τυραννίς, οὐ πλούτου χλιδὴ τοσοῦτον εἶχε διαφόρους τὰς ἡδονὰς ὡς ἀνδρὸς ἐσθλοῦ καὶ γυναικὸς εὐσεβοῦς γνώμη δικαία καὶ φρονοῦσα τἄνδικα.
Egō de kai tois gegamēkosi parainesaimi an oikoi tas gynaikas tas sphōn mēpote kata prosōpon oiketōn philein. oude gar prosgelan doulois Aristotelēs eia pote, pollou ge kai dei katʼ opsin autōn philophronoumenon phainesthai tēn gynaika. ameinon de oikothen arxamenous apo tou gamou tēn semnotēta epideiknysthai. megistē gar hē sōphrosynēs syzygia katharas hēdonēs apopneousa. pany goun thaumasiōs hē tragǭdia. pheu pheu, gynaikes, (phēsin) hōs en anthrōpois ara ou chrysos, ou tyrannis, ou ploutou chlidē tosouton eiche diaphorous tas hēdonas hōs andros esthlou kai gynaikos eusebous gnōmē dikaia kai phronousa tandika.
I would advise married men never to kiss their wives at home in front of the servants. For Aristotle did not allow one even to smile at slaves, much less to be seen showing affection to one's wife in their sight. It is better for those who marry to show dignity at home from the start of the marriage. For the greatest union is that of self-control, breathing the fragrance of pure pleasure. The tragedy says very admirably: “Alas, alas, women, among mankind neither gold, nor sovereignty, nor the luxury of wealth holds such surpassing pleasures as the just mind of a noble husband and a godly wife, thinking what is right.”
3.12.85Stählin 1:282–283
ταῦτα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τὰ παραγγέλματα καὶ παρὰ τοῖς τὴν κοσμικὴν μετιοῦσι σοφίαν ἐκφωνηθέντα οὐ παραιτητέον. ἐγνωκότες οὖν »τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον, ἐν φόβῳ τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον ἀναστράφητε, εἰδότες ὅτι οὐ φθαρτοῖς, ἀργυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθημεν ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ἡμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου, ἀλλὰ τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου Χριστοῦ.« »ἀρκετὸς οὖν ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος,« ὁ Πέτρος φησί, »τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν κατειργάσθαι, πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρείαις.« ὅρον ἔχωμεν τὸν σταυρὸν τοῦ κυρίου, ᾧ περισταυρούμεθα καὶ περιθριγκούμεθα τῶν προτέρων ἁμαρτιῶν. ἀναγεννηθέντες τοίνυν προσηλωθῶμεν [ἐν] τῇ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀνανήψωμέν τε καὶ ἁγιασθῶμεν, »ὅτι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν, πρόσωπον δὲ κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά. καὶ τίς ὁ κακώσων ἡμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γενώμεθα;« ἡ δὲ ἀρίστη ἀγωγὴ εὐταξία ἐστίν, παντελὴς οὖσα εὐσχημοσύνη καὶ δύναμις τεταγμένη βεβαία, τῶν ἑξῆς ἀλλήλοις κειμένων ἐν ἔργῳ καλῶς ἀποδοτική, κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἀνυπέρβλητος.
tauta tēs dikaiosynēs ta parangelmata kai para tois tēn kosmikēn metiousi sophian ekphōnēthenta ou paraitēteon. egnōkotes oun »to hekastou ergon, en phobǭ ton tēs paroikias hymōn chronon anastraphēte, eidotes hoti ou phthartois, argyriǭ ē chrysiǭ, elytrōthēmen ek tēs mataias hēmōn anastrophēs patroparadotou, alla timiǭ haimati hōs amnou amōmou kai aspilou Christou.« »arketos oun ho parelēlythōs chronos,« ho Petros phēsi, »to boulēma tōn ethnōn kateirgasthai, peporeumenous en aselgeiais, epithymiais, oinophlygiais, kōmois, potois kai athemitois eidōlolatreiais.« horon echōmen ton stauron tou kyriou, hǭ peristauroumetha kai perithrinkoumetha tōn proterōn hamartiōn. anagennēthentes toinyn prosēlōthōmen [en] tę̄ alētheią kai ananēpsōmen te kai hagiasthōmen, »hoti hoi ophthalmoi kyriou epi dikaious kai ōta autou eis deēsin autōn, prosōpon de kyriou epi poiountas kaka. kai tis ho kakōsōn hēmas, ean tou agathou zēlōtai genōmetha?« hē de aristē agōgē eutaxia estin, pantelēs ousa euschēmosynē kai dynamis tetagmenē bebaia, tōn hexēs allēlois keimenōn en ergǭ kalōs apodotikē, katʼ aretēn anyperblētos.
These precepts of righteousness, even when spoken by those who pursue worldly wisdom, should not be rejected. Knowing, then, “each one's work, conduct yourselves in fear during the time of your sojourning, knowing that you were redeemed from your futile way of life handed down from your fathers not with perishable things, silver or gold, but with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot.” “For the time that is past is enough,” Peter says, “to have done the will of the Gentiles, walking in licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, revelries, drinking parties, and lawless idolatries.” Let us have as our boundary the cross of the Lord, by which we are fenced about and walled off from our former sins. Having been born again, then, let us be nailed to the truth, and return to sobriety and be sanctified, “because the eyes of the Lord are on the righteous and his ears open to their prayer, but the face of the Lord is against those who do evil. And who will harm us, if we become zealous for what is good?” The best way of life is good order, which is complete seemliness and settled, ordered power, rendering well in action the things that follow one another in sequence, unsurpassed in virtue.
3.12.86Stählin 1:283
Ταῦτα, εἰ καὶ τραχύτερον προηνέχθην οἰκονομούμενος τῆς ἐπανορθώσεως τὴν σωτηρίαν, ἐμοὶ μὲν λελέχθων, φησὶν ὁ παιδαγωγός, ἐπειδὴ »ὁ ἐλέγχων μετὰ παρρησίας εἰρηνοποιεῖ,« ὑμεῖς δὲ εἰ μὲν ἀκούσεσθέ μου, σωθήσεσθε, εἰ δʼ οὐ προσέξετε τοῖς εἰρημένοις, οὔ μοι μέλει· μέλει δὲ ὅμως καὶ οὕτως· »τὴν γὰρ μετάνοιαν τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν θάνατον αἱρεῖται.« »ἢν δὲ εἰσακούσητέ μου, τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῆς γῆς φάγεσθε«, ὁ παιδαγωγὸς πάλιν λέγει, γῆς ἀγαθὰ τὰ ἀνθρώπεια ὀνομάζων καλά, τὸ κάλλος, τὸν πλοῦτον, τὴν ὑγίειαν καὶ τὴν ἰσχύν, τὴν τροφήν· ἀγαθὰ μὲν γὰρ ὄντως »ἃ οὔτε οὖς ἤκουσεν οὔτε ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνέβη ποτέ«, περὶ τὸν ὄντως ὄντα βασιλέα τὰ ὄντως ὄντα ἀγαθὰ ὄντα καὶ ἀναμένοντα ἡμᾶς· ἀγαθῶν γάρ ἐστι καὶ δοτὴρ καὶ φύλαξ· κατὰ μετουσίαν δὲ ἐκείνων τὰ τῇδε συνωνυμεῖ, παιδαγωγοῦντος ἐνθέως τοῦ λόγου τὴν ἀνθρώπων ἀσθένειαν ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπὶ τὴν νόησιν.
Tauta, ei kai trachyteron proēnechthēn oikonomoumenos tēs epanorthōseōs tēn sōtērian, emoi men lelechthōn, phēsin ho paidagōgos, epeidē »ho elenchōn meta parrēsias eirēnopoiei,« hymeis de ei men akousesthe mou, sōthēsesthe, ei dʼ ou prosexete tois eirēmenois, ou moi melei; melei de homōs kai houtōs; »tēn gar metanoian tou hamartōlou mallon ē ton thanaton haireitai.« »ēn de eisakousēte mou, ta agatha tēs gēs phagesthe«, ho paidagōgos palin legei, gēs agatha ta anthrōpeia onomazōn kala, to kallos, ton plouton, tēn hygieian kai tēn ischyn, tēn trophēn; agatha men gar ontōs »ha oute ous ēkousen oute epi kardian anebē pote«, peri ton ontōs onta basilea ta ontōs onta agatha onta kai anamenonta hēmas; agathōn gar esti kai dotēr kai phylax; kata metousian de ekeinōn ta tę̄de synōnymei, paidagōgountos entheōs tou logou tēn anthrōpōn astheneian apo tōn aisthētōn epi tēn noēsin.
“Let these things be said by me,” says the Instructor, “even if I have spoken rather harshly, arranging for the salvation that comes by correction, since ‘he who reproves boldly makes peace.’ If you listen to me, you will be saved; if you do not heed what has been said, it is no concern of mine.” And yet it is his concern even so; “for he prefers the repentance of the sinner rather than his death.” “If you listen to me, you shall eat the good things of the land,” the Instructor says again, calling human goods the good things of the land: beauty, wealth, health, strength, food. For the true good things are those “which ear has not heard, nor have they ever entered into the heart,” the truly existing goods that belong to the truly existing King and await us; for he is the giver and guardian of good things. Things here share the name by participation in those, the Word divinely instructing human weakness from things perceived by the senses to understanding.
3.12.87Stählin 1:283–284
Ὅσα μὲν οὖν οἴκοι παραφυλακτέον καὶ ὡς τὸν βίον ἐπανορθωτέον, ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῖν ἅδην διείλεκται· ἃ δʼ οὖν καὶ κατὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς ὁμιλεῖν αὐτῷ φίλον τοῖς παιδίοις ἄχρις ἂν ἀγάγῃ αὐτὰ πρὸς τὸν διδάσκαλον, ταῦτα δὲ ἡμῖν ἐν κεφαλαίου μέρει διʼ αὐτῶν ὑποτίθεται καὶ παρατίθεται τῶν γραφῶν, γυμνὰς παρατιθέμενος τὰς παραγγελίας, ἁρμοζόμενος μὲν τῷ χρόνῳ τῆς καθοδηγήσεως, τὰς δὲ ἐξηγήσεις αὐτῶν ἐπιτρέπων τῷ διδασκάλῳ· καὶ γὰρ ὁ νόμος αὐτοῦ τὸν φόβον ὑπεκλύειν βούλεται τὸ ἑκούσιον ἐλευθερώσας εἰς πίστιν. ἄκουε, φησίν, ὦ παιδίον καλῶς παιδαγωγούμενον, τὰ κεφάλαια τῆς σωτηρίας, γυμνώσω γὰρ τὸ ἦθος τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ, καί σοι ταύτας τὰς καλὰς ἐντολὰς ὑποθήσομαι, διʼ ὧν ἀφίξῃ πρὸς σωτηρίαν. ἄγω δέ σε τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν σωτήριον. ἀπόστα τῶν τῆς πλάνης ὁδῶν, »ὅτι κύριος γινώσκει ὁδὸν δικαίων, καὶ ὁδὸς ἀσεβῶν ἀπολεῖται.« ἕπου τοίνυν, ὦ παιδίον, τὴν ἀγαθὴν ὁδόν, ἣν ἂν σοι ἐξηγήσωμαι, τὰ ὦτά μοι ὑποσχὼν τὰ ἀκουστικά, »καὶ δώσω σοι θησαυροὺς σκοτεινούς, ἀποκρύφους, ἀοράτους« ἔθνεσιν, ἡμῖν δὲ ὁρατούς· »σοφίας δὲ θησαυροὶ ἀνέκλειπτοι«, οὓς θαυμάζων ὁ ἀπόστολος »ὢ βάθος« φησὶ »πλούτου καὶ σοφίας«. θησαυροὶ δὲ ὑφʼ ἑνὸς πολλοὶ χορηγούμενοι θεοῦ, οἳ μὲν διὰ τοῦ νόμου, οἳ δὲ διὰ προφητῶν ἀποκαλύπτονται, οἳ δὲ τῷ θείῳ στόματι, ἄλλος δὲ τοῦ πνεύματος τῇ ἑπτάδι ἐπᾴδων· εἷς δὲ ὢν ὁ κύριος διὰ πάντων τούτων ὁ αὐτός
Hosa men oun oikoi paraphylakteon kai hōs ton bion epanorthōteon, ho paidagōgos hēmin hadēn dieilektai; ha dʼ oun kai kata tas hodous homilein autǭ philon tois paidiois achris an agagę̄ auta pros ton didaskalon, tauta de hēmin en kephalaiou merei diʼ autōn hypotithetai kai paratithetai tōn graphōn, gymnas paratithemenos tas parangelias, harmozomenos men tǭ chronǭ tēs kathodēgēseōs, tas de exēgēseis autōn epitrepōn tǭ didaskalǭ; kai gar ho nomos autou ton phobon hypeklyein bouletai to hekousion eleutherōsas eis pistin. akoue, phēsin, ō paidion kalōs paidagōgoumenon, ta kephalaia tēs sōtērias, gymnōsō gar to ēthos to emautou, kai soi tautas tas kalas entolas hypothēsomai, diʼ hōn aphixę̄ pros sōtērian. agō de se tēn hodon tēn sōtērion. aposta tōn tēs planēs hodōn, »hoti kyrios ginōskei hodon dikaiōn, kai hodos asebōn apoleitai.« hepou toinyn, ō paidion, tēn agathēn hodon, hēn an soi exēgēsōmai, ta ōta moi hyposchōn ta akoustika, »kai dōsō soi thēsaurous skoteinous, apokryphous, aoratous« ethnesin, hēmin de horatous; »sophias de thēsauroi anekleiptoi«, hous thaumazōn ho apostolos »ō bathos« phēsi »ploutou kai sophias«. thēsauroi de hyphʼ henos polloi chorēgoumenoi theou, hoi men dia tou nomou, hoi de dia prophētōn apokalyptontai, hoi de tǭ theiǭ stomati, allos de tou pneumatos tę̄ heptadi epądōn; heis de ōn ho kyrios dia pantōn toutōn ho autos
The Instructor has discussed with us sufficiently what must be observed at home and how life must be corrected. What it pleases him to say to the children along the way, until he brings them to the Teacher, he sets before us in summary through the Scriptures themselves, setting out the commandments bare, suited to the time of guidance, and entrusting their interpretation to the Teacher. For his law wishes to loosen fear, freeing the will for faith. “Hear,” he says, “O child well instructed, the chief points of salvation; for I will lay bare my character and set before you these good commandments, through which you will come to salvation. I lead you on the way of salvation. Stand away from the ways of error, ‘for the Lord knows the way of the righteous, and the way of the ungodly will perish.’ Follow, then, O child, the good way that I will explain to you, lending me your attentive ears, ‘and I will give you treasures dark, hidden, unseen’” by the Gentiles but seen by us. “The treasures of wisdom are unfailing,” at which the apostle marvels and says, “O the depth of the riches and wisdom!” Many treasures are supplied by the one God; some are revealed through the law, some through the prophets, some by the divine mouth, and another by the sevenfold chorus of the Spirit; but the Lord, being one, is through all of them the same
3.12.88Stählin 1:284–285
ἐστιν παιδαγωγός. ἔστι μὲν οὖν αὐτόθεν κεφαλαιώδης ὑποθήκη καὶ βιωτικὴ παραίνεσις, πάντα ἐμπεριέχουσα· »καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς.« δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ διὰ δυεῖν ἐμπεριλαβεῖν τὰς ἐντολάς, ὥς φησιν ὁ κύριος· »ἀγαπήσεις τὸν θεόν σου ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ σου καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύι σου, καὶ τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν.« εἶτα »ἐκ τούτων« ἐπιφέρει »ὅλος ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται κρέμανται.« ναὶ μὴν καὶ πρὸς τὸν πυθόμενον, »τί ποιήσας ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω;« »τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας« ἀπεκρίνατο· τοῦ δὲ καταφήσαντος »τοῦτο ποίει« φησὶ »καὶ σωθήσῃ«. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ διαιρετικώτερον τὸ φιλάνθρωπον τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ διὰ τῶν ποικίλων καὶ σωτηρίων ἐντολῶν παραθετέον, ὡς ἔχοιμεν πρὸς ἀφθόνου διατάξεως τῶν γραφῶν καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας ἑτοιμοτέραν τὴν εὕρεσιν.
estin paidagōgos. esti men oun autothen kephalaiōdēs hypothēkē kai biōtikē parainesis, panta emperiechousa; »kathōs thelete hina poiōsin hymin hoi anthrōpoi, poieite autois.« dynaton de kai dia dyein emperilabein tas entolas, hōs phēsin ho kyrios; »agapēseis ton theon sou en holę̄ kardią sou kai en holę̄ tę̄ psychę̄ sou kai en holę̄ tę̄ ischui sou, kai ton plēsion sou hōs seauton.« eita »ek toutōn« epipherei »holos ho nomos kai hoi prophētai kremantai.« nai mēn kai pros ton pythomenon, »ti poiēsas zōēn aiōnion klēronomēsō?« »tas entolas oidas« apekrinato; tou de kataphēsantos »touto poiei« phēsi »kai sōthēsę̄«. ou mēn alla diairetikōteron to philanthrōpon tou paidagōgou dia tōn poikilōn kai sōtēriōn entolōn paratheteon, hōs echoimen pros aphthonou diataxeōs tōn graphōn kai tēs sōtērias hetoimoteran tēn heuresin.
Instructor. There is, then, a summary precept and counsel for life that embraces everything: “As you wish people to do to you, do so to them.” The commandments can also be comprehended in two, as the Lord says: “You shall love your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength, and your neighbor as yourself.” Then he adds, “On these hang the whole law and the prophets.” And to the one who asked, “What shall I do to inherit eternal life?” he answered, “You know the commandments”; and when he agreed, he said, “Do this and you will be saved.” Nevertheless the Instructor's love for mankind must be set out in more detail through the varied and saving commandments, so that we may have a readier finding of salvation from the abundant ordering of the Scriptures.
3.12.89Stählin 1:285
Ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἡ δεκάλογος ἡ διὰ Μωυσέως, ἁπλῷ καὶ μονογενεῖ αἰνιττομένη στοιχείῳ, † προσηγορίαν σωτήριον ἁμαρτιῶν περιγράφουσα »οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐκ εἰδωλολατρήσεις«, οὐ παιδοφθορήσεις, »οὐ κλέψεις, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις· τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα«, καὶ τὰ ἀκόλουθα τούτοις. ταῦτα ἡμῖν παραφυλακτέον καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα κατὰ τὰς ἀναγνώσεις τῶν βιβλίων παραγγέλλεται. παραγγέλλει δὲ καὶ διὰ Ἡσαΐου· »λούσασθε, καθαροὶ γένεσθε, ἀφέλετε τὰς πονηρίας ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου· μάθετε καλὸν ποιεῖν, ἐκζητήσατε κρίσιν, ῥύσασθε ἀδικούμενον, κρίνατε ὀρφανῷ, δικαιώσατε χήραν· καὶ δεῦτε καὶ διαλεχθῶμεν, λέγει κύριος.« πολλὰς δʼ ἂν καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὕροιμεν ὑποθήκας, οἷον φέρε, εὐχῆς μὲν πέρι· »τὰ ἔργα τὰ ἀγαθά«, φησίν, »εὐχὴ κυρίῳ δεκτή«, λέγει ἡ γραφή. καὶ ὁ τρόπος τῆς εὐχῆς ὑπαγορεύεται· »ἐὰν ἴδῃς«, φησί, »γυμνόν, περίβαλε, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκείων τοῦ σπέρματός σου οὐχ ὑπερόψει. τότε φανήσεται πρώιμον τὸ φῶς σου, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτιά σου ταχὺ ἀνατελεῖ, καὶ προπορεύσεται ἔμπροσθεν ἡ δικαιοσύνη σου, καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ περιστελεῖ σε.« τίς οὖν ὁ καρπὸς τῆς εὐχῆς ταύτης;
Estin hēmin hē dekalogos hē dia Mōyseōs, haplǭ kai monogenei ainittomenē stoicheiǭ, † prosēgorian sōtērion hamartiōn perigraphousa »ou moicheuseis, ouk eidōlolatrēseis«, ou paidophthorēseis, »ou klepseis, ou pseudomartyrēseis; tima ton patera sou kai tēn mētera«, kai ta akoloutha toutois. tauta hēmin paraphylakteon kai hosa alla kata tas anagnōseis tōn bibliōn parangelletai. parangellei de kai dia Hēsaïou; »lousasthe, katharoi genesthe, aphelete tas ponērias apo tōn psychōn hymōn apenanti tōn ophthalmōn mou; mathete kalon poiein, ekzētēsate krisin, rhysasthe adikoumenon, krinate orphanǭ, dikaiōsate chēran; kai deute kai dialechthōmen, legei kyrios.« pollas dʼ an kai para tois allois heuroimen hypothēkas, hoion phere, euchēs men peri; »ta erga ta agatha«, phēsin, »euchē kyriǭ dektē«, legei hē graphē. kai ho tropos tēs euchēs hypagoreuetai; »ean idę̄s«, phēsi, »gymnon, peribale, kai apo tōn oikeiōn tou spermatos sou ouch hyperopsei. tote phanēsetai prōimon to phōs sou, kai ta himatia sou tachy anatelei, kai proporeusetai emprosthen hē dikaiosynē sou, kai hē doxa tou theou peristelei se.« tis oun ho karpos tēs euchēs tautēs?
We have the Decalogue given through Moses, signified by a single and unique letter, … outlining the saving designation of sins: “You shall not commit adultery, you shall not worship idols,” you shall not corrupt boys, “you shall not steal, you shall not bear false witness; honor your father and mother,” and what follows these. These must be observed by us, and whatever else is commanded in the readings of the books. He commands also through Isaiah: “Wash, become clean; put away the evil from your souls before my eyes; learn to do good, seek justice, rescue the wronged, judge for the orphan, vindicate the widow; and come, let us reason together, says the Lord.” We would find many counsels among the other writers too; for example, concerning prayer: “Good works,” it says, “are a prayer acceptable to the Lord,” says Scripture. And the manner of prayer is prescribed: “If you see one naked,” it says, “clothe him, and do not overlook those of your own offspring. Then your light will break forth early, and your garments will spring up quickly, and your righteousness will go before you, and the glory of God will surround you.” What, then, is the fruit of this prayer?
3.12.90Stählin 1:285–286
»τότε ἐπιβοήσῃ, καὶ ὁ θεὸς ὑπακούσεταί σου· ἔτι λαλοῦντός σου ἐρεῖ· ἰδοὺ πάρειμι.« περὶ δὲ νηστείας »ἵνα τί μοι«, φησίν, »νηστεύετε; λέγει κύριος. οὐ ταύτην τὴν νηστείαν ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἡμέραν ἄνθρωπον ταπεινοῦν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ· οὐδʼ ἂν κάμψῃς ὡς κρίκον τὸν τράχηλόν σου καὶ σάκκον καὶ σποδὸν ὑποστρώσῃ, οὐδʼ οὕτως καλέσετε νηστείαν δεκτήν.« τί οὖν αἰνίττεται ἡ νηστεία; »ἰδοὺ αὕτη«, φησίν, »ἡ νηστεία, ἣν ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην, λέγει κύριος. λῦε πάντα σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας, διάλυε στραγγαλιὰς βιαίων συναλλαγμάτων, ἀπόλυε τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει, καὶ πᾶσαν ἄδικον συγγραφὴν διάσπα. διάθρυπτε πεινῶντι τὸν ἄρτον σου, καὶ πτωχοὺς ἀστέγους εἴσαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου· ἐὰν ἴδῃς γυμνόν, περίβαλε.« ναὶ μὴν καὶ περὶ θυσιῶν· »τί μοι πλῆθος τῶν θυσιῶν ὑμῶν; λέγει κύριος. πλήρης εἰμὶ ὁλοκαυτωμάτων κριῶν, καὶ στέαρ ἀρνῶν καὶ αἷμα ταύρων καὶ ἐρίφων οὐ βούλομαι, οὐδʼ ἂν ἔρχησθε ὀφθῆναί μοι. τίς γὰρ ἐξεζήτησεν ταῦτα ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν; πατεῖν μου τὴν αὐλὴν οὐ προσθήσεσθε· ἐὰν φέρητε σεμίδαλιν, μάταιον· θυμίαμα, βδέλυγμά μοί ἐστιν· τὰς νουμηνίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ σάββατα οὐκ ἀνέχομαι.« πῶς οὖν θύσω τῷ κυρίῳ; »θυσία«, φησίν, »τῷ κυρίῳ πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον.« πῶς οὖν στέψω ἢ μύρῳ χρίσω; ἢ τί θυμιάσω τῷ κυρίῳ; »ὀσμή«, φησίν, »εὐωδίας τῷ θεῷ καρδία δοξάζουσα τὸν πεπλακότα αὐτήν.«
»tote epiboēsę̄, kai ho theos hypakousetai sou; eti lalountos sou erei; idou pareimi.« peri de nēsteias »hina ti moi«, phēsin, »nēsteuete? legei kyrios. ou tautēn tēn nēsteian egō exelexamēn, kai hēmeran anthrōpon tapeinoun tēn psychēn autou; oudʼ an kampsę̄s hōs krikon ton trachēlon sou kai sakkon kai spodon hypostrōsę̄, oudʼ houtōs kalesete nēsteian dektēn.« ti oun ainittetai hē nēsteia? »idou hautē«, phēsin, »hē nēsteia, hēn egō exelexamēn, legei kyrios. lye panta syndesmon adikias, dialye strangalias biaiōn synallagmatōn, apolye tethrausmenous en aphesei, kai pasan adikon syngraphēn diaspa. diathrypte peinōnti ton arton sou, kai ptōchous astegous eisage eis ton oikon sou; ean idę̄s gymnon, peribale.« nai mēn kai peri thysiōn; »ti moi plēthos tōn thysiōn hymōn? legei kyrios. plērēs eimi holokautōmatōn kriōn, kai stear arnōn kai haima taurōn kai eriphōn ou boulomai, oudʼ an erchēsthe ophthēnai moi. tis gar exezētēsen tauta ek tōn cheirōn hymōn? patein mou tēn aulēn ou prosthēsesthe; ean pherēte semidalin, mataion; thymiama, bdelygma moi estin; tas noumēnias hymōn kai ta sabbata ouk anechomai.« pōs oun thysō tǭ kyriǭ? »thysia«, phēsin, »tǭ kyriǭ pneuma syntetrimmenon.« pōs oun stepsō ē myrǭ chrisō? ē ti thymiasō tǭ kyriǭ? »osmē«, phēsin, »euōdias tǭ theǭ kardia doxazousa ton peplakota autēn.«
“Then you will cry out, and God will hear you; while you are still speaking he will say, ‘Here I am.’” Concerning fasting: “Why do you fast for me?” he says, “says the Lord. I did not choose this fast, and a day for a man to humble his soul; not even if you bend your neck like a ring and spread sackcloth and ashes beneath you, not even so will you call it an acceptable fast.” What, then, does fasting signify? “Behold,” he says, “this is the fast that I have chosen, says the Lord. Loose every bond of injustice, undo the knots of violent contracts, set free the broken in release, and tear up every unjust bond. Break your bread for the hungry, and bring the homeless poor into your house; if you see one naked, clothe him.” And concerning sacrifices: “What to me is the multitude of your sacrifices? says the Lord. I am full of burnt offerings of rams, and I do not want the fat of lambs and the blood of bulls and goats, nor should you come to appear before me. For who required these from your hands? You shall no longer trample my court. If you bring fine flour, it is vain; incense is an abomination to me; your new moons and sabbaths I cannot endure.” How then shall I sacrifice to the Lord? “A sacrifice to the Lord,” he says, “is a broken spirit.” How then shall I crown myself, or anoint myself with ointment? Or what shall I burn as incense to the Lord? “A sweet-smelling fragrance to God,” he says, “is a heart that glorifies him who formed it.”
3.12.91Stählin 1:286
ταῦτα στέφη καὶ θυσίαι καὶ ἀρώματα καὶ ἄνθη τοῦ θεοῦ. ἔτι περὶ ἀνεξικακίας· »ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ«, φησίν, »ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐὰν μετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ. ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμάρτῃ εἰς σὲ καὶ τὸ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέφῃ πρός σε λέγων· μετανοῶ, ἄφες αὐτῷ·« καὶ τοῖς μὲν στρατευομένοις διὰ Ἰωάννου παραγγέλλει ἀρκεῖσθαι μόνοις τοῖς ὀψωνίοις, τοῖς δὲ τελώναις μηδὲν πλέον πράσσειν παρὰ τὰ διατεταγμένα· δικαστῇ δὲ »οὐ λήψῃ« φησὶ »πρόσωπον ἐν κρίσει, τὰ γὰρ δῶρα ἐκτυφλοῖ ὀφθαλμοὺς βλεπόντων καὶ λυμαίνεται ῥήματα δίκαια·« »ῥύσασθε ἀδικουμένους.« ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς οἰκονομικοῖς· »κτῆσις ἐπισπουδαζομένη μετὰ ἀνομίας ἐλάσσων γίνεται.« ναὶ μὴν καὶ περὶ ἀγάπης· »ἀγάπη«, φησί, »καλύπτει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν·« καὶ περὶ πολιτείας· »ἀπόδοτε τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ·« ὅρκου δὲ πέρι καὶ μνησικακίας· »μὴ ἐγὼ ἐνετειλάμην τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου προσενέγκαι μοι ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ θυσίας· ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἐνετειλάμην αὐτοῖς· ἕκαστος ὑμῶν κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ
tauta stephē kai thysiai kai arōmata kai anthē tou theou. eti peri anexikakias; »ean hamartę̄«, phēsin, »ho adelphos sou, epitimēson autǭ, kai ean metanoēsę̄, aphes autǭ. ean heptakis tēs hēmeras hamartę̄ eis se kai to heptakis epistrephę̄ pros se legōn; metanoō, aphes autǭ;« kai tois men strateuomenois dia Iōannou parangellei arkeisthai monois tois opsōniois, tois de telōnais mēden pleon prassein para ta diatetagmena; dikastę̄ de »ou lēpsę̄« phēsi »prosōpon en krisei, ta gar dōra ektyphloi ophthalmous blepontōn kai lymainetai rhēmata dikaia;« »rhysasthe adikoumenous.« alla kai tois oikonomikois; »ktēsis epispoudazomenē meta anomias elassōn ginetai.« nai mēn kai peri agapēs; »agapē«, phēsi, »kalyptei plēthos hamartiōn;« kai peri politeias; »apodote ta Kaisaros Kaisari kai ta tou theou tǭ theǭ;« horkou de peri kai mnēsikakias; »mē egō eneteilamēn tois patrasin hymōn ekporeuomenois ek gēs Aigyptou prosenenkai moi holokautōmata kai thysias; alla touto eneteilamēn autois; hekastos hymōn kata tou plēsion en tę̄ kardią
These are God's crowns, sacrifices, spices, and flowers. Further, concerning forbearance: “If your brother sins,” he says, “rebuke him, and if he repents, forgive him. If he sins against you seven times in a day and seven times turns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ forgive him.” Through John he commands soldiers to be content with their wages alone, and tax collectors to exact nothing more than what is appointed. To the judge he says, “You shall not show partiality in judgment, for gifts blind the eyes of those who see and corrupt just words.” “Rescue the wronged.” And to those who manage property: “Possessions hastily gained with lawlessness grow less.” Concerning love: “Love,” he says, “covers a multitude of sins.” Concerning civic life: “Render to Caesar the things that are Caesar's and to God the things that are God's.” Concerning oaths and bearing grudges: “Did I command your fathers when they came out of the land of Egypt to offer me burnt offerings and sacrifices? But this is what I commanded them: let none of you in his heart
3.12.92Stählin 1:286–287
αὐτοῦ μὴ μνησικακείτω, ὅρκον ψευδῆ μὴ ἀγαπάτω.« ἀλλὰ καὶ ψεύσταις καὶ τετυφωμένοις προσαπειλεῖ, τοῖς μὲν ὧδέ πως· »οὐαὶ τοῖς λέγουσι τὸ γλυκὺ πικρὸν καὶ τὸ πικρὸν γλυκύ«, τοῖς δὲ ὡδί· »οὐαὶ οἱ συνετοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἐπιστήμονες·« »ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινωθήσεται.« καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐλεήμονας μακαρίζει, »ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται«, ὀργὴν δὲ ἡ σοφία ταλανίζει, »ὅτι ἄρα ἀπολέσει καὶ φρονίμους.« ἤδη δὲ ἀγαπᾶν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς κελεύει καὶ τοὺς καταρωμένους ἡμᾶς εὐλογεῖν προσεύχεσθαί τε ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ἡμᾶς. »τῷ τύπτοντί σε«, φησίν, »εἰς τὴν σιαγόνα πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην, καὶ ἐὰν ἄρῃ σού τις τὸν χιτῶνα, μὴ κωλύσῃς καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον.« περὶ δὲ τῆς πίστεως· »πάντα ὅσα ἐὰν αἰτήσησθε ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ πιστεύοντες, λήψεσθε«, φησίν· »πιστὸν δὲ ἀπίστοις οὐδὲν« κατὰ Πίνδαρον. καὶ οἰκέταις μὲν χρηστέον ὡς ἑαυτοῖς. ἄνθρωποι γάρ εἰσιν ὡς ἡμεῖς· »ὁ γὰρ θεὸς πᾶσι, τοῖς ἐλευθέροις καὶ τοῖσι δούλοις, ἐστίν, ἂν σκοπῇς, ἴσος.«
autou mē mnēsikakeitō, horkon pseudē mē agapatō.« alla kai pseustais kai tetyphōmenois prosapeilei, tois men hōde pōs; »ouai tois legousi to glyky pikron kai to pikron glyky«, tois de hōdi; »ouai hoi synetoi en heautois kai enōpion autōn epistēmones;« »ho tapeinōn heauton hypsōthēsetai, kai ho hypsōn heauton tapeinōthēsetai.« kai tous men eleēmonas makarizei, »hoti autoi eleēthēsontai«, orgēn de hē sophia talanizei, »hoti ara apolesei kai phronimous.« ēdē de agapan tous echthrous keleuei kai tous katarōmenous hēmas eulogein proseuchesthai te hyper tōn epēreazontōn hēmas. »tǭ typtonti se«, phēsin, »eis tēn siagona pareche kai tēn allēn, kai ean arę̄ sou tis ton chitōna, mē kōlysę̄s kai to himation.« peri de tēs pisteōs; »panta hosa ean aitēsēsthe en tę̄ proseuchę̄ pisteuontes, lēpsesthe«, phēsin; »piston de apistois ouden« kata Pindaron. kai oiketais men chrēsteon hōs heautois. anthrōpoi gar eisin hōs hēmeis; »ho gar theos pasi, tois eleutherois kai toisi doulois, estin, an skopę̄s, isos.«
bear a grudge against his neighbor; let him not love a false oath.” He threatens liars and the conceited too, the former somewhat thus: “Woe to those who call sweet bitter and bitter sweet”; the latter thus: “Woe to those who are wise in their own eyes and clever in their own sight.” “He who humbles himself will be exalted, and he who exalts himself will be humbled.” He blesses the merciful, “for they shall obtain mercy,” while Wisdom pronounces anger wretched, “for it will destroy even the prudent.” And now he commands us to love our enemies, to bless those who curse us, and to pray for those who mistreat us. “To him who strikes you on the cheek,” he says, “offer the other also, and if anyone takes away your tunic, do not withhold your cloak as well.” Concerning faith: “Whatever you ask in prayer, believing, you will receive,” he says; but “nothing is trustworthy to the faithless,” as Pindar says. Servants should be treated like ourselves, for they are human beings as we are: “For God, if you consider, is the same to all, to the free and to slaves.”
3.12.93Stählin 1:287
δεῖ δὲ καὶ τοὺς πλημμελοῦντας τῶν οἰκετῶν οὐ κολάζειν, ἐπιτιμᾶν δέ· »ὁ γὰρ φειδόμενος«, φησί, »τῆς βακτηρίας ἑαυτοῦ μισεῖ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ υἱόν.« ἔτι τὴν μὲν φιλοδοξίαν ἀποσκορακίζει. »οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, Φαρισαῖοι«, λέγων, »ὅτι ἀγαπᾶτε τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς.« τὴν δὲ μετάνοιαν τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ ἀσπάζεται, τὴν ἑπομένην ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις μετάνοιαν ἀγαπῶν· μόνος γὰρ ἀναμάρτητος αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος· τὸ μὲν (γὰρ) ἐξαμαρτάνειν ἅπασιν ἔμφυτον καὶ κοινόν, ἀναδραμεῖν δὲ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐ τοῦ τυχόντος ἀνδρός, ἀλλὰ ἀξιολόγου. περὶ δὲ τῆς μεταδόσεως »δεῦτε« εἶπε »πρός με πάντες οἱ εὐλογημένοι, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ δεδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθετε πρός με.« καὶ πότε τι τούτων τῷ κυρίῳ πεποιήκαμεν ἡμεῖς; αὐτὸς ἐρεῖ πάλιν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς τὴν εὐποιίαν [καὶ] τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀγαπητικῶς εἰς ἑαυτὸν μετατρέπων καὶ λέγων· »ἐφʼ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε τοῖς μικροῖς τούτοις, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οἱ τοιοῦτοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον.«
dei de kai tous plēmmelountas tōn oiketōn ou kolazein, epitiman de; »ho gar pheidomenos«, phēsi, »tēs baktērias heautou misei ton heautou huion.« eti tēn men philodoxian aposkorakizei. »ouai hymin, Pharisaioi«, legōn, »hoti agapate tēn prōtokathedrian en tais synagōgais kai tous aspasmous en tais agorais.« tēn de metanoian tou hamartōlou aspazetai, tēn hepomenēn tais hamartiais metanoian agapōn; monos gar anamartētos autos ho logos; to men (gar) examartanein hapasin emphyton kai koinon, anadramein de tēn hamartian ou tou tychontos andros, alla axiologou. peri de tēs metadoseōs »deute« eipe »pros me pantes hoi eulogēmenoi, klēronomēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn hymin basileian apo katabolēs kosmou. epeinasa gar kai dedōkate moi phagein, edipsēsa kai epotisate me, xenos ēmēn kai synēgagete me, gymnos kai periebalete me, asthenēs kai epeskepsasthe me, en phylakę̄ ēmēn kai ēlthete pros me.« kai pote ti toutōn tǭ kyriǭ pepoiēkamen hēmeis? autos erei palin ho paidagōgos tēn eupoiian [kai] tōn adelphōn agapētikōs eis heauton metatrepōn kai legōn; »ephʼ hoson epoiēsate tois mikrois toutois, emoi epoiēsate. kai apeleusontai hoi toioutoi eis zōēn aiōnion.«
Servants who do wrong should not be punished but rebuked; “for he who spares his rod,” it says, “hates his son.” Further, he drives away love of glory, saying, “Woe to you, Pharisees, for you love the first seats in the synagogues and greetings in the marketplaces.” He welcomes the repentance of the sinner, loving the repentance that follows sins; for the Word himself alone is without sin; for to sin is natural and common to all, but to turn back from sin is the mark not of an ordinary man but of a remarkable one. Concerning sharing, he said, “Come to me, all you who are blessed, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. For I was hungry and you gave me to eat, I was thirsty and you gave me drink, I was a stranger and you welcomed me, naked and you clothed me, sick and you visited me, I was in prison and you came to me.” And when have we done any of these things for the Lord? The Instructor himself will say again, lovingly referring the good deeds done to the brethren to himself: “Inasmuch as you did it to these little ones, you did it to me. And such people will go away into eternal life.”
3.12.94Stählin 1:287–288
Τοιοίδε μὲν οἱ λογικοὶ νόμοι, οἱ παρακλητικοὶ λόγοι οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶ λιθίναις δακτύλῳ γεγραμμέναις κυρίου, ἀλλʼ ἐν καρδίαις ἀνθρώπων ἐναπογεγραμμένοι ταῖς μόνον φθορὰν οὐκ ἐπιδεχομέναις. διὰ τοῦτό τοι κατεάγασιν αἱ πλάκες τῶν σκληροκαρδίων, ἵνʼ αἱ πίστεις τῶν νηπίων ἐν μαλθακαῖς τυπωθῶσιν διανοίαις. ἄμφω δὲ τὼ νόμω διηκόνουν τῷ λόγῳ εἰς παιδαγωγίαν τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος, ὃ μὲν διὰ Μωυσέως, ὃ δὲ διʼ ἀποστόλων. οἵα γοῦν καὶ διʼ ἀποστόλων ἡ παιδαγωγία. ἀναγκαῖόν μοι δοκεῖ καὶ περὶ τοῦ εἴδους διαλεχθῆναι τούτου, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐμαυτοῦ μεμνημένος ὁ παιδαγωγός φησιν αὐτός, οὗ σπερματικῶς πάλιν τὰς ὑποθήκας ἐκθήσομαι· »ἀποθέμενοι τὸ ψεῦδος λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν ἕκαστος μετὰ τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων μέλη. ὁ ἥλιος μὴ ἐπιδυέτω ἐπὶ τῷ παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν, μηδὲ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ. ὁ κλέπτων μηκέτι κλεπτέτω, μᾶλλον δὲ κοπιάτω ἐργαζόμενος τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἵνα ἔχῃ μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρῄζοντι. πᾶσα πικρία καὶ ὀργὴ καὶ θυμὸς καὶ κραυγὴ καὶ βλασφημία ἀρθήτω ἀφʼ ὑμῶν σὺν πάσῃ κακίᾳ. γίνεσθε εἰς ἀλλήλους χρηστοί, εὔσπλαγχνοι, χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς, καθὼς καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐν Χριστῷ ἐχαρίσατο ὑμῖν. γίνεσθε οὖν φρόνιμοι καὶ μιμηταὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητά, καὶ περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς.«
Toioide men hoi logikoi nomoi, hoi paraklētikoi logoi ouk en plaxi lithinais daktylǭ gegrammenais kyriou, allʼ en kardiais anthrōpōn enapogegrammenoi tais monon phthoran ouk epidechomenais. dia touto toi kateagasin hai plakes tōn sklērokardiōn, hinʼ hai pisteis tōn nēpiōn en malthakais typōthōsin dianoiais. amphō de tō nomō diēkonoun tǭ logǭ eis paidagōgian tēs anthrōpotētos, ho men dia Mōyseōs, ho de diʼ apostolōn. hoia goun kai diʼ apostolōn hē paidagōgia. anankaion moi dokei kai peri tou eidous dialechthēnai toutou, mallon de emautou memnēmenos ho paidagōgos phēsin autos, hou spermatikōs palin tas hypothēkas ekthēsomai; »apothemenoi to pseudos laleite alētheian hekastos meta tou plēsion autou, hoti esmen allēlōn melē. ho hēlios mē epidyetō epi tǭ parorgismǭ hymōn, mēde didote topon tǭ diabolǭ. ho kleptōn mēketi kleptetō, mallon de kopiatō ergazomenos to agathon, hina echę̄ metadidonai tǭ chrę̄zonti. pasa pikria kai orgē kai thymos kai kraugē kai blasphēmia arthētō aphʼ hymōn syn pasę̄ kakią. ginesthe eis allēlous chrēstoi, eusplanchnoi, charizomenoi heautois, kathōs kai ho theos en Christǭ echarisato hymin. ginesthe oun phronimoi kai mimētai tou theou, hōs tekna agapēta, kai peripateite en agapę̄, kathōs kai ho Christos ēgapēsen hēmas.«
Such are the rational laws, the words of exhortation, written not on tablets of stone by the finger of the Lord but inscribed in human hearts, which alone do not admit corruption. That is why the tablets of the hard-hearted were broken: so that the faith of the little ones might be impressed on soft minds. Both laws served the Word for the instruction of humanity, the one through Moses, the other through the apostles. Such, then, is the instruction through the apostles too. It seems necessary to me to discuss this kind as well, or rather, the Instructor himself says, “reminding myself,” whose counsels I will set out again in seed form: “Putting away falsehood, let each of you speak truth with his neighbor, for we are members of one another. Let not the sun go down on your anger, nor give place to the devil. Let the thief no longer steal, but rather let him labor, working what is good, so that he may have something to share with one in need. Let all bitterness and wrath and anger and clamor and slander be put away from you, with all malice. Be kind to one another, tenderhearted, forgiving one another, as God in Christ forgave you. Be, then, wise, and imitators of God, as beloved children, and walk in love, as Christ also loved us.”
3.12.95Stählin 1:288–289
»αἱ μὲν γυναῖκες τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν ὑποτασσέσθωσαν, ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ, οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες τὰς γυναῖκας τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἀγαπάτωσαν, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἠγάπησεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν.« ἀγαπάτωσαν οὖν ἀλλήλους οἱ συνεζευγμένοι »ὡς τὰ ἴδια σώματα«. »τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε τοῖς γονεῦσιν ὑμῶν. οἱ πατέρες, μὴ παροργίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐκτρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ κυρίου. οἱ δοῦλοι, ὑπακούετε τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐν ἁπλότητι τῆς καρδίας ὑμῶν ὡς τῷ Χριστῷ, ἐκ ψυχῆς μετʼ εὐνοίας δουλεύοντες. καὶ οἱ κύριοι, εὖ ποιεῖτε τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑμῶν, ἀνιέντες τὴν ἀπειλήν, εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ αὐτῶν καὶ ὑμῶν ὁ κύριός ἐστιν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, καὶ προσωποληψία οὐκ ἔστιν.« »εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν. μὴ γινώμεθα κενόδοξοι, ἀλλήλους προκαλούμενοι, ἀλλήλοις φθονοῦντες. ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε, καὶ οὕτως ἀναπληρώσατε τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ. μὴ πλανᾶσθε, θεὸς οὐ μυκτηρίζεται. τὸ καλὸν ποιοῦντες μὴ ἐγκακῶμεν· καιρῷ γὰρ ἰδίῳ θερίσομεν μὴ ἐκλυόμενοι.« »εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, νουθετεῖτε τοὺς ἀτάκτους, παραμυθεῖσθε τοὺς ὀλιγοψύχους, ἀντέχεσθε τῶν ἀσθενῶν, μακροθυμεῖτε πρὸς πάντας. ὁρᾶτε μή τις κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ τινι ἀποδῷ. τὸ πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε, προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε· πάντα δὲ δοκιμάζετε, τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε· ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχεσθε.« »τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε, γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ. ἐν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖτε πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι. ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι, ἅλατι ἠρτυμένος, εἰδέναι πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ ἀποκρίνεσθαι.«
»hai men gynaikes tois idiois andrasin hypotassesthōsan, hōs tǭ kyriǭ, hoi de andres tas gynaikas tas heautōn agapatōsan, kathōs kai ho Christos ēgapēsen tēn ekklēsian.« agapatōsan oun allēlous hoi synezeugmenoi »hōs ta idia sōmata«. »ta tekna, hypakouete tois goneusin hymōn. hoi pateres, mē parorgizete ta tekna hymōn, allʼ ektrephete auta en paideią kai nouthesią kyriou. hoi douloi, hypakouete tois kata sarka kyriois meta phobou kai tromou en haplotēti tēs kardias hymōn hōs tǭ Christǭ, ek psychēs metʼ eunoias douleuontes. kai hoi kyrioi, eu poieite tous oiketas hymōn, anientes tēn apeilēn, eidotes hoti kai autōn kai hymōn ho kyrios estin en ouranois, kai prosōpolēpsia ouk estin.« »ei zōmen pneumati, pneumati kai stoichōmen. mē ginōmetha kenodoxoi, allēlous prokaloumenoi, allēlois phthonountes. allēlōn ta barē bastazete, kai houtōs anaplērōsate ton nomon tou Christou. mē planasthe, theos ou myktērizetai. to kalon poiountes mē enkakōmen; kairǭ gar idiǭ therisomen mē eklyomenoi.« »eirēneuete en heautois. parakaloumen de hymas, adelphoi, noutheteite tous ataktous, paramytheisthe tous oligopsychous, antechesthe tōn asthenōn, makrothymeite pros pantas. horate mē tis kakon anti kakou tini apodǭ. to pneuma mē sbennyte, prophēteias mē exoutheneite; panta de dokimazete, to kalon katechete; apo pantos eidous ponērou apechesthe.« »tę̄ proseuchę̄ proskartereite, grēgorountes en autę̄ en eucharistią. en sophią peripateite pros tous exō ton kairon exagorazomenoi. ho logos hymōn pantote en chariti, halati ērtymenos, eidenai pōs dei hymas heni hekastǭ apokrinesthai.«
“Let wives be subject to their own husbands, as to the Lord, and let husbands love their own wives, as Christ loved the church.” Let the married, then, love one another “as their own bodies.” “Children, obey your parents. Fathers, do not provoke your children to anger, but bring them up in the discipline and instruction of the Lord. Slaves, obey your masters according to the flesh with fear and trembling, in singleness of heart, as to Christ, serving from the soul with goodwill. And masters, treat your servants well, giving up threatening, knowing that both their Lord and yours is in heaven, and there is no partiality with him.” “If we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit. Let us not become conceited, provoking one another, envying one another. Bear one another's burdens, and so fulfill the law of Christ. Do not be deceived; God is not mocked. Let us not grow weary in doing good; for in due season we shall reap, if we do not lose heart.” “Be at peace among yourselves. We exhort you, brothers, admonish the disorderly, encourage the fainthearted, help the weak, be patient toward all. See that no one repays anyone evil for evil. Do not quench the Spirit; do not despise prophecies; test all things; hold fast what is good; abstain from every form of evil.” “Continue steadfastly in prayer, watching in it with thanksgiving. Walk in wisdom toward outsiders, redeeming the time. Let your speech always be with grace, seasoned with salt, so that you may know how you ought to answer each one.”
3.12.96Stählin 1:289
»ἐντρέφεσθε τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως· γυμνάζεσθε πρὸς εὐσέβειαν. ἡ γὰρ σωματικὴ γυμνασία πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν ὠφέλιμος, ἡ δὲ εὐσέβεια πρὸς πάντα ὠφέλιμός ἐστιν, ἐπαγγελίαν ἔχουσα τῆς ζωῆς τῆς νῦν καὶ τῆς μελλούσης.« »οἱ πιστοὺς ἔχοντες δεσπότας μὴ καταφρονείτωσαν, ὅτι ἀδελφοί εἰσιν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον δουλευέτωσαν, ὅτι πιστοί εἰσιν.« »ὁ μεταδιδοὺς ἔστω ἐν ἁπλότητι, ὁ προϊστάμενος ἐν σπουδῇ, ὁ ἐλεῶν ἐν ἱλαρότητι. ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος. ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ· τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι, τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι, τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες, τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες, τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες, ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες.«
»entrephesthe tois logois tēs pisteōs; gymnazesthe pros eusebeian. hē gar sōmatikē gymnasia pros oligon estin ōphelimos, hē de eusebeia pros panta ōphelimos estin, epangelian echousa tēs zōēs tēs nyn kai tēs mellousēs.« »hoi pistous echontes despotas mē kataphroneitōsan, hoti adelphoi eisin, alla mallon douleuetōsan, hoti pistoi eisin.« »ho metadidous estō en haplotēti, ho proïstamenos en spoudę̄, ho eleōn en hilarotēti. hē agapē anypokritos. apostygountes to ponēron, kollōmenoi tǭ agathǭ; tę̄ philadelphią eis allēlous philostorgoi, tę̄ timę̄ allēlous proēgoumenoi, tę̄ spoudę̄ mē oknēroi, tǭ pneumati zeontes, tǭ kyriǭ douleuontes, tę̄ elpidi chairontes, tę̄ thlipsei hypomenontes, tę̄ proseuchę̄ proskarterountes, tēn philoxenian diōkontes, tais chreiais tōn hagiōn koinōnountes.«
“Be nourished on the words of the faith; train yourselves for godliness. For bodily training is of some profit for a little, but godliness is profitable for all things, having the promise of the present life and of the life to come.” “Let those who have believing masters not despise them because they are brothers, but serve them all the more because they are believers.” “Let the one who shares do so with simplicity, the one who leads with diligence, the one who shows mercy with cheerfulness. Let love be unfeigned. Abhor what is evil, cling to what is good; be devoted to one another in brotherly love, outdo one another in showing honor; be not slothful in zeal, be fervent in spirit, serving the Lord, rejoicing in hope, patient in affliction, constant in prayer, pursuing hospitality, sharing in the needs of the saints.”
3.12.97Stählin 1:289
Ὀλίγα ταῦτα ἐκ πολλῶν δείγματος χάριν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν διεξελθὼν τῶν θείων γραφῶν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς τοῖς αὑτοῦ παρατίθεται παισίν, διʼ ὧν, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἄρδην ἐκκόπτεται κακία καὶ περιγράφεται ἀδικία. μυρίαι δὲ ὅσαι ὑποθῆκαι εἰς πρόσωπα ἐκλεκτὰ διατείνουσαι ἐγγεγράφαται ταῖς βίβλοις ταῖς ἁγίαις, αἳ μὲν πρεσβυτέροις, αἳ δὲ ἐπισκόποις καὶ διακόνοις, ἄλλαι χήραις, περὶ ὧν ἄλλος ἂν εἴη λέγειν καιρός. πολλὰ δὲ καὶ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ διὰ παραβολῶν τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν ἔξεστιν ὠφελεῖσθαι. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐμόν, φησὶν ὁ παιδαγωγός, διδάσκειν ἔτι ταῦτα, διδασκάλου δὲ εἰς τὴν ἐξήγησιν τῶν ἁγίων ἐκείνων λόγων χρῄζομεν, πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν βαδιστέον.
Oliga tauta ek pollōn deigmatos charin apʼ autōn diexelthōn tōn theiōn graphōn ho paidagōgos tois hautou paratithetai paisin, diʼ hōn, hōs epos eipein, ardēn ekkoptetai kakia kai perigraphetai adikia. myriai de hosai hypothēkai eis prosōpa eklekta diateinousai engegraphatai tais biblois tais hagiais, hai men presbyterois, hai de episkopois kai diakonois, allai chērais, peri hōn allos an eiē legein kairos. polla de kai diʼ ainigmatōn, polla de kai dia parabolōn tois entynchanousin exestin ōpheleisthai. allʼ ouk emon, phēsin ho paidagōgos, didaskein eti tauta, didaskalou de eis tēn exēgēsin tōn hagiōn ekeinōn logōn chrę̄zomen, pros hon hēmin badisteon.
These few out of many, for the sake of example, the Instructor has gone through from the divine Scriptures themselves and sets before his children; through them, so to speak, vice is cut out root and branch and injustice is circumscribed. Countless counsels addressed to chosen persons are written in the holy books, some to presbyters, some to bishops and deacons, others to widows, about which there will be another occasion to speak. Many things, too, through riddles, and many through parables, readers may profit from. “But it is not my task,” says the Instructor, “to teach these things any longer. We need a Teacher for the interpretation of those holy words, to whom we must go.”
3.12.98Stählin 1:289–290
καὶ δὴ ὥρα γε ἐμοὶ μὲν πεπαῦσθαι τῆς παιδαγωγίας, ὑμᾶς δὲ ἀκροᾶσθαι τοῦ διδασκάλου. παραλαβὼν δὲ οὗτος ὑμᾶς ὑπὸ καλῇ τεθραμμένους ἀγωγῇ ἐκδιδάξεται τὰ λόγια. διδασκαλεῖον δὲ ἡ ἐκκλησία ἥδε καὶ ὁ νυμφίος ὁ μόνος διδάσκαλος, ἀγαθοῦ πατρὸς ἀγαθὸν βούλημα, σοφία γνήσιος, ἁγίασμα γνώσεως· »καὶ αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστι περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν,« ὥς φησιν ὁ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἰώμενος ἡμῶν καὶ σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν, τὸν ἀίδιον ἄνθρωπον, Ἰησοῦς, »οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον ἁμαρτιῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου. καὶ ἐν τούτῳ γιγνώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν. ὁ λέγων ὅτι ἔγνωκα αὐτόν, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ μὴ τηρῶν, ψεύστης ἐστί, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν· ὃς δʼ ἂν τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον, ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ τετελείωται. ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν· ὁ λέγων ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν ὀφείλει καθὼς κἀκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν.«
kai dē hōra ge emoi men pepausthai tēs paidagōgias, hymas de akroasthai tou didaskalou. paralabōn de houtos hymas hypo kalę̄ tethrammenous agōgę̄ ekdidaxetai ta logia. didaskaleion de hē ekklēsia hēde kai ho nymphios ho monos didaskalos, agathou patros agathon boulēma, sophia gnēsios, hagiasma gnōseōs; »kai autos hilasmos esti peri tōn hamartiōn hēmōn,« hōs phēsin ho Iōannēs, ho iōmenos hēmōn kai sōma kai psychēn, ton aidion anthrōpon, Iēsous, »ou peri tōn hēmeterōn de monon hamartiōn, alla kai peri holou tou kosmou. kai en toutǭ gignōskomen hoti egnōkamen auton, ean tas entolas autou tērōmen. ho legōn hoti egnōka auton, kai tas entolas autou mē tērōn, pseustēs esti, kai en toutǭ hē alētheia ouk estin; hos dʼ an tērę̄ autou ton logon, alēthōs en toutǭ hē agapē tou theou teteleiōtai. en toutǭ ginōskomen hoti en autǭ esmen; ho legōn en autǭ menein opheilei kathōs kakeinos periepatēsen kai autos peripatein.«
And now it is time for me to cease from instructing, and for you to listen to the Teacher. He will receive you, reared under good training, and will teach you the oracles. This church here is the school, and the Bridegroom is the only Teacher, the good will of the good Father, genuine wisdom, the sanctuary of knowledge. “And he is the propitiation for our sins,” as John says, he who heals both our body and soul, the eternal man: Jesus, “and not for our sins only, but also for the whole world. And by this we know that we have known him, if we keep his commandments. He who says, ‘I have known him,’ and does not keep his commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him; but whoever keeps his word, truly in him the love of God has been perfected. By this we know that we are in him: he who says he abides in him ought himself to walk just as he walked.”
3.12.99Stählin 1:290
Ὢ τῆς μακαρίου θρέμματα παιδαγωγίας· τὸ καλὸν τῆς ἐκκλησίας πληρώσωμεν πρόσωπον καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀγαθὴν προσδράμωμεν οἱ νήπιοι μητέρα, κἂν ἀκροαταὶ τοῦ λόγου γενώμεθα, τὴν μακαρίαν δοξάζωμεν οἰκονομίαν, διʼ ἣν παιδαγωγεῖται μὲν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἁγιάζεται δὲ ὡς θεοῦ παιδίον, καὶ πολιτεύεται μὲν ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς παιδαγωγούμενος, πατέρα δὲ ἐκεῖ λαμβάνει, ὃν ἐπὶ γῆς μανθάνει. πάντα ὁ λόγος καὶ ποιεῖ καὶ διδάσκει καὶ παιδαγωγεῖ. ἵππος ἄγεται χαλινῷ, καὶ ταῦρος ἄγεται ζυγῷ, θηρίον βρόχῳ ἁλίσκεται, ὁ δʼ ἄνθρωπος μεταπλάσσεται λόγῳ, ᾧ θηρία τιθασεύεται καὶ νηκτὰ δελεάζεται καὶ πτηνὰ κατασύρεται. οὗτος ὡς ἀληθῶς τεχνάζεται ἵππῳ χαλινόν, ταύρῳ ζυγόν, θηρίῳ βρόχον, κάλαμον ἰχθύι, πάγην ὀρνέῳ· οὗτος πολιτεύεται καὶ γεωργεῖ, ἄρχει καὶ ὑπουργεῖ καὶ τὰ ὅλα δημιουργεῖ· ἐν μὲν γαῖαν ἔτευξʼ, ἐν δʼ οὐρανόν, ἐν δὲ θάλασσαν, ἐν δὲ τὰ τείρεα πάντα, τά τʼ οὐρανὸς ἐστεφάνωται.
Ō tēs makariou thremmata paidagōgias; to kalon tēs ekklēsias plērōsōmen prosōpon kai pros tēn agathēn prosdramōmen hoi nēpioi mētera, kan akroatai tou logou genōmetha, tēn makarian doxazōmen oikonomian, diʼ hēn paidagōgeitai men ho anthrōpos, hagiazetai de hōs theou paidion, kai politeuetai men en ouranois epi gēs paidagōgoumenos, patera de ekei lambanei, hon epi gēs manthanei. panta ho logos kai poiei kai didaskei kai paidagōgei. hippos agetai chalinǭ, kai tauros agetai zygǭ, thērion brochǭ halisketai, ho dʼ anthrōpos metaplassetai logǭ, hǭ thēria tithaseuetai kai nēkta deleazetai kai ptēna katasyretai. houtos hōs alēthōs technazetai hippǭ chalinon, taurǭ zygon, thēriǭ brochon, kalamon ichthui, pagēn orneǭ; houtos politeuetai kai geōrgei, archei kai hypourgei kai ta hola dēmiourgei; en men gaian eteuxʼ, en dʼ ouranon, en de thalassan, en de ta teirea panta, ta tʼ ouranos estephanōtai.
O nurslings of blessed instruction! Let us fill up the beautiful face of the church, and run as little children to our good mother; and if we become hearers of the Word, let us glorify the blessed dispensation by which man is instructed and sanctified as a child of God, and, instructed on earth, has his citizenship in heaven, and there receives the Father whom he learns on earth. The Word does all things, teaches all things, instructs in all things. A horse is led by a bridle, a bull by a yoke, a wild beast is caught in a noose; but man is refashioned by the Word, by whom wild beasts are tamed, fish are lured, and birds are brought down. He it is who truly devises the bridle for the horse, the yoke for the bull, the noose for the beast, the rod for the fish, the snare for the bird. He governs and tills, rules and serves, and creates all things: “on it he wrought the earth, and on it the heaven, and on it the sea, and on it all the constellations with which the heaven is crowned.”
3.12.100Stählin 1:290
ὢ τῶν θείων δημιουργημάτων, ὢ τῶν θείων παραγγελμάτων· ὕδωρ τοῦτο, ἐν ἑαυτῷ κυμαινέτω· πῦρ τοῦτο, τὴν ὀργὴν συνεχέτω, ἀὴρ τοῦτο, εἰς αἰθέρα πλανάσθω· γῆ δὲ καὶ πεπήχθω καὶ φερέσθω, ὅταν ἐγὼ θέλω. ἄνθρωπον ἔτι πλάσαι βούλομαι· ὕλην ἔχω τὰ στοιχεῖα· συνοικῶ μου τῷ πλάσματι. ἐάν με γνωρίσῃς, δουλεύσει σοι τὸ πῦρ. τοσοῦτος ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ὁ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου δημιουργὸς καὶ διʼ αὐτὸν ἤδη καὶ τοῦ κόσμου παιδαγωγός· οὗ τῇ ἐγκελεύσει ἄμφω συνεστήκαμεν προσμένοντες τὴν κρίσιν. »οὐ γὰρ ὑπόκλοπον φορεῖ βροτοῖσι φωνάεντα λόγον † ἔσται λόγος σοφία,« ὥς φησι Βακχυλίδης. τὰ δὲ »ἄμεμπτα καὶ ἀκέραια καὶ ἄμωμα τοῦ θεοῦ« κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον »τέκνα μέσον γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης φωστήρων δίκην ἐν κόσμῳ φαίνεσθε«.
ō tōn theiōn dēmiourgēmatōn, ō tōn theiōn parangelmatōn; hydōr touto, en heautǭ kymainetō; pyr touto, tēn orgēn synechetō, aēr touto, eis aithera planasthō; gē de kai pepēchthō kai pheresthō, hotan egō thelō. anthrōpon eti plasai boulomai; hylēn echō ta stoicheia; synoikō mou tǭ plasmati. ean me gnōrisę̄s, douleusei soi to pyr. tosoutos ho logos houtos ho paidagōgos ho tou kosmou kai tou anthrōpou dēmiourgos kai diʼ auton ēdē kai tou kosmou paidagōgos; hou tę̄ enkeleusei amphō synestēkamen prosmenontes tēn krisin. »ou gar hypoklopon phorei brotoisi phōnaenta logon † estai logos sophia,« hōs phēsi Bakchylidēs. ta de »amempta kai akeraia kai amōma tou theou« kata ton Paulon »tekna meson geneas skolias kai diestrammenēs phōstērōn dikēn en kosmǭ phainesthe«.
O divine works of creation! O divine commands! “Let this be water, let it surge within itself; let this be fire, let it restrain its fury; let this be air, let it wander into the ether; and let the earth be both fixed and moved, when I will. I wish still to form man; I have the elements as material; I dwell with my creature. If you know me, fire will serve you.” Such is this Word, the Instructor, the Creator of the world and of man, and for man's sake now the Instructor of the world too; at whose command both the world and we hold together, awaiting the judgment. “For not a stolen word does he bear for mortals … the word will be wisdom,” as Bacchylides says. But you, “the blameless and pure and unblemished children of God,” according to Paul, “in the midst of a crooked and perverse generation, shine like lights in the world.”
3.12.101Stählin 1:290–292
Ὅπερ οὖν λοιπὸν ἐπὶ τοιαύτῃ πανηγύρει τοῦ λόγου, τῷ λόγῳ προσευξώμεθα· ἵλαθι τοῖς σοῖς, παιδαγωγέ, παιδίοις, πατήρ, ἡνίοχε Ἰσραήλ, υἱὲ καὶ πατήρ, ἓν ἄμφω, κύριε. δὸς δὲ ἡμῖν τοῖς σοῖς ἑπομένοις παραγγέλμασιν τὸ ὁμοίωμα πληρῶσαι τῆς εἰκόνος αἰσθάνεσθαί τε κατὰ κράτος ἀγαθοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ κριτοῦ τε μὴ πικροῦ, καὶ πάρασχε ἅπαντα αὐτός, ἐν εἰρήνῃ τῇ σῇ πολιτευομένους, ἐν τῇ σῇ μετατιθεμένους πόλει, ἀκυμάντως τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὸν κλύδωνα διαπλεύσαντας, γαληνιῶντας ἁγίῳ συμφέρεσθαι πνεύματι, σοφίᾳ τῇ ἀνεκφράστῳ· νύκτωρ, καθʼ ἡμέραν, εἰς τὴν τελείαν ἡμέραν, αἰνοῦντας εὐχάριστον αἶνον τῷ μόνῳ πατρὶ καὶ υἱῷ, υἱῷ καὶ πατρί, παιδαγωγῷ καὶ διδασκάλῳ υἱῷ, σὺν καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι. πάντα τῷ ἑνί, ἐν ᾧ τὰ πάντα, διʼ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἕν, διʼ ὃν τὸ ἀεί, οὗ μέλη πάντες, οὗ δόξα, αἰῶνες, πάντα τῷ ἀγαθῷ, πάντα τῷ καλῷ, πάντα τῷ σοφῷ, τῷ δικαίῳ τὰ πάντα. ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ νῦν καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἡμᾶς καταστήσας ὁ παιδαγωγὸς αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ παρακατέθετο τῷ διδασκαλικῷ καὶ πανεπισκόπῳ λόγῳ, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι ἡμᾶς ἐνταῦθα γενομένους μισθὸν εὐχαριστίας δικαίας κατάλληλον ἀστείου παιδαγωγίας αἶνον ἀναπέμψαι κυρίῳ. Στόμιον πώλων ἀδαῶν, πτερὸν ὀρνίθων ἀπλανῶν, οἴαξ νηῶν ἀτρεκής, ποιμὴν ἀρνῶν βασιλικῶν· τοὺς σοὺς ἀφελεῖς παῖδας ἄγειρον, αἰνεῖν ἁγίως, ὑμνεῖν ἀδόλως ἀκάκοις στόμασιν παίδων ἡγήτορα Χριστόν. ἁγίων βασιλεῦ, λόγε πανδαμάτωρ πατρὸς ὑψίστου, σοφίας πρύτανι, στήριγμα πόνων αἰωνοχαρές, βροτέας γενεᾶς σῶτερ Ἰησοῦ, ποιμήν, ἀροτήρ, οἴαξ, στόμιον, πτερὸν οὐράνιον παναγοῦς ποίμνης, ἁλιεῦ μερόπων τῶν σῳζομένων πελάγους κακίας, ἰχθῦς ἁγνοὺς κύματος ἐχθροῦ γλυκερῇ ζωῇ δελεάζων. ἡγοῦ προβάτων λογικῶν ποιμὴν ἅγιʼ, ἡγοῦ βασιλεῦ παίδων ἀνεπάφων. ἴχνια Χριστοῦ ὁδὸς οὐρανία. λόγος ἀέναος, αἰὼν ἄπλετος, φῶς ἀίδιον, ἐλέους πηγή, ῥεκτὴρ ἀρετῆς σεμνῇ βιοτῇ θεὸν ὑμνούντων, Χριστὲ Ἰησοῦ, γάλα οὐράνιον μαστῶν γλυκερῶν νύμφης, χαρίτων σοφίας τῆς σῆς, ἐκθλιβόμενον οἱ νηπίαχοι ἀταλοῖς στόμασιν ἀτιταλλόμενοι, θηλῆς λογικῆς πνεύματι δροσερῷ ἐμπιμπλάμενοι, αἴνους ἀφελεῖς, ὕμνους ἀτρεκεῖς βασιλεῖ Χριστῷ, μισθοὺς ὁσίους ζωῆς διδαχῆς, μέλπωμεν ὁμοῦ, πέμπωμεν ἁπλῶς παῖδα κρατερόν. χορὸς εἰρήνης οἱ χριστόγονοι· λαὸς σώφρων, ψάλλωμεν ὁμοῦ θεὸν εἰρήνης.
Hoper oun loipon epi toiautę̄ panēgyrei tou logou, tǭ logǭ proseuxōmetha; hilathi tois sois, paidagōge, paidiois, patēr, hēnioche Israēl, huie kai patēr, hen amphō, kyrie. dos de hēmin tois sois hepomenois parangelmasin to homoiōma plērōsai tēs eikonos aisthanesthai te kata kratos agathou tou theou kritou te mē pikrou, kai parasche hapanta autos, en eirēnę̄ tę̄ sę̄ politeuomenous, en tę̄ sę̄ metatithemenous polei, akymantōs tēs hamartias ton klydōna diapleusantas, galēniōntas hagiǭ sympheresthai pneumati, sophią tę̄ anekphrastǭ; nyktōr, kathʼ hēmeran, eis tēn teleian hēmeran, ainountas euchariston ainon tǭ monǭ patri kai huiǭ, huiǭ kai patri, paidagōgǭ kai didaskalǭ huiǭ, syn kai tǭ hagiǭ pneumati. panta tǭ heni, en hǭ ta panta, diʼ hon ta panta hen, diʼ hon to aei, hou melē pantes, hou doxa, aiōnes, panta tǭ agathǭ, panta tǭ kalǭ, panta tǭ sophǭ, tǭ dikaiǭ ta panta. hǭ hē doxa kai nyn kai eis tous aiōnas. amēn. Epei de eis tēn ekklēsian hēmas katastēsas ho paidagōgos autos heautǭ parakatetheto tǭ didaskalikǭ kai panepiskopǭ logǭ, kalōs an echoi hēmas entautha genomenous misthon eucharistias dikaias katallēlon asteiou paidagōgias ainon anapempsai kyriǭ. Stomion pōlōn adaōn, pteron ornithōn aplanōn, oiax nēōn atrekēs, poimēn arnōn basilikōn; tous sous apheleis paidas ageiron, ainein hagiōs, hymnein adolōs akakois stomasin paidōn hēgētora Christon. hagiōn basileu, loge pandamatōr patros hypsistou, sophias prytani, stērigma ponōn aiōnochares, broteas geneas sōter Iēsou, poimēn, arotēr, oiax, stomion, pteron ouranion panagous poimnēs, halieu meropōn tōn sǭzomenōn pelagous kakias, ichthys hagnous kymatos echthrou glykerę̄ zōę̄ deleazōn. hēgou probatōn logikōn poimēn hagiʼ, hēgou basileu paidōn anepaphōn. ichnia Christou hodos ourania. logos aenaos, aiōn apletos, phōs aidion, eleous pēgē, rhektēr aretēs semnę̄ biotę̄ theon hymnountōn, Christe Iēsou, gala ouranion mastōn glykerōn nymphēs, charitōn sophias tēs sēs, ekthlibomenon hoi nēpiachoi atalois stomasin atitallomenoi, thēlēs logikēs pneumati droserǭ empimplamenoi, ainous apheleis, hymnous atrekeis basilei Christǭ, misthous hosious zōēs didachēs, melpōmen homou, pempōmen haplōs paida krateron. choros eirēnēs hoi christogonoi; laos sōphrōn, psallōmen homou theon eirēnēs.
Since this is what remains at such a festival of the Word, let us pray to the Word: Be gracious to your children, O Instructor, Father, Charioteer of Israel, Son and Father, both one, O Lord. Grant to us who follow your precepts to fill up the likeness of the image, and to perceive with all our strength the good God and a judge who is not harsh; and supply all things yourself, that we may live as citizens in your peace, be transferred to your city, sail through the surge of sin without being tossed, and be borne along in calm by the Holy Spirit, the Wisdom beyond words; night and day, until the perfect day, praising with thankful praise the only Father and Son, Son and Father, the Son who is Instructor and Teacher, together with the Holy Spirit. All to the One, in whom are all things, through whom all things are one, through whom is eternity, whose members we all are, whose is the glory, the ages; all to the Good, all to the Beautiful, all to the Wise, all things to the Just. To him be the glory, now and forever. Amen. And since the Instructor, having brought us into the church, has entrusted us to himself, the teaching and all-surveying Word, it would be well for us, having arrived here, to send up to the Lord a hymn of praise, a fitting reward of just thanks for his gracious instruction. Bridle of untamed colts, wing of unwandering birds, sure rudder of ships, shepherd of the King's lambs: gather your simple children to praise in holiness, to sing without guile with innocent mouths Christ, the leader of children. King of the saints, all-subduing Word of the Most High Father, ruler of wisdom, support of toils, rejoicing forever, Jesus, Savior of the mortal race, shepherd, plowman, rudder, bridle, heavenly wing of the all-holy flock, fisher of men who are being saved from the sea of evil, luring the pure fish from the hostile wave with sweet life. Lead your rational sheep, holy shepherd; lead, O King, your unharmed children. The footsteps of Christ are the way to heaven. Ever-flowing Word, boundless age, eternal light, fount of mercy, worker of virtue for those who praise God with holy life, Christ Jesus: heavenly milk pressed from the sweet breasts of the Bride, the graces of your wisdom; we little ones, nursed with tender mouths, filled with the dewy spirit of the rational breast, let us sing together simple praises, true hymns, to Christ the King, a holy reward for the teaching of life; let us sing in simplicity to the mighty Child. Choir of peace, born of Christ, a self-controlled people, let us sing together to the God of peace.